A rr Ae

«e.

de ba o

a A

da 0 ”

»- ] h Dia ¿Jos y > Ar p> => E

: : a eii : a

A s5i Jo ALA

«Pa

..-

A e A

A . ; ! | |

do 557 o E : E ¿4 E

¡$ q . 4 pe. dia

S A . de

Ad - + Ho , a A p

. A Ps - .

S , -

a par > evt e EA

Pl , : '

e mo?

At yA : RÍA dde

A » nd =jal qe E Ai

: z cd 6 0 > o a o

en rara no ; , : di

Mo o mM

dis

ateo A Sh>o

a eS tara sez E

dd 3 ' e PR A

ya.

Par z

| . de e

E L 5. > ho EA

E E y ] : 5 cz Pl

A - 47 : ; ] : E ES : |

o A

pd dr rd A A Pap z RP

0 a >

. + S 3 y va q r E p-. Babe ivá 0

Rot : » ; 4 Ps . a pal : ba

A .

teo > e im

a - > hat 4 ' . 7 , - : “=> A ma

TACO : EE . , y : 7 : > o Pe : ; 4 y .

A » E

4 's a : , - > y p AS

E Pe h ? 0 . ALE » - s 5 5 7 y » N ; taa a

. .- 4 . 5 « > ; » > 2 Ma

ba: Ye del e > Lar pod 7 0 a e , IS - ae ,

Pq as r y Ñ 2 FR ES he o _

As de A p ! ci

sia

A ad

, h 2 . » y - . y . » » per $ AS

ds y ” ! . b q ón

E A :

idas

212154

Sima,

: > >. ; e e j . ; Ada md on

rial dd . A ] - 7 rs

ida Ed

bo 0 1 EN

PDA

ee Ny

FOURNAL

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

EDITED BY

THE SECRETARLES.

VOL. XXIX.

Nos. I. ro IV.—1860.

“Tb will fourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men

of sciente in different parts of Asta, will commit their observations to writing,

and send them to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. 1t will languish if such

communications shall be long 1 ¿ and 16 will die away, if they shall

entirely cease.”-— y

Sir Wm. Jones,

PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1861.

CONTENTS.

Amoy, Ornithology of,

Animals known as Wild Asses, Manda on Mr. Blyth's

paper, on the, .

Apologues, Medizeval, on certain,

Asia, S. E. on the flat-horned Taurine Cattle of; cita a Nota

on the Races of Rein Deer, and a note on Domestic Ani-

mals in general, 4 ..

Barren Island, account of a visit do, in cil 1858,

Bengal, Lower, the Cartilaginous Fishes of,

Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán, on the Irawadi, Rol upon

an ancient, ze a So

Damuda group, on the rocks of, A thelr lolo in Eastern

and Central India as illustrated by the re-examination of

the Rániganj field, .. par

Darpana, Sáhitya, on a passage in the ea lock of co

Difference, Physical, between a rush of water like a torrent

down a channel and the transmission of a wave down a

river—with reference to the Inundation of the Indus as

observed at Attock in August, 1858, .. Mes slo

Fishes received chiefly from the Sitang river and its Tributary

Streams, Tenasserim Provinces, Report on some, ..

Geological Specimens from the Persian Ghlf, doc., collected ha

Capt. C. G. Constable, H. M. I. N., cele le portion,

Report on, : se

Indus, Memorandum on the ON Flood of, August, 1858,

Inscriptions, Indian, two letters on,

Irawadi River, Memorandum on, with a monthly hilo of lts

rise and fall from 1856 to 1858, and a measurement of its

Minimum discharge, .. Ba .. ..

175

1v CONTENTS.

Page

Kashmir, Memorandum of Survey of, in progress under Capt.

T. G. Montgomerie, Bengal Engineers, F. R.G. $S. and the

Topographical Map of the valley and surrounding moun-

tains with Chart of the Triangulation of the same executed

in the Field Office and under the superintendence of Lt.-

Col. A. Scott Waugh, F. R. S., F. R. G. $., Surveyor Gre-

neral of India, «e. due., a 2 me e. 020

Literary Intelligence, e me pl 200, 306, 393

Malacology, Indian, No. 1., Contributions to, 5 117

Meteorological Observations, (Abstract of the Hourly) Jin

at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the months

of June, July and August, 1859, 4 : %.

- -———— for Sept., Oct. and No OV., 1859, E" Y.

2 AAA Dec. 1809, E Muro l0E.

XXX XK Jan., Feb., March and PSN

1860, E , di ea

Mir Khusrau, the Kiran-us- Sa dain of. él 3 ss 285

Paper Currency, on attempts by Asiatic Soria to esta-

blish a, E É A

Proceedings of the Asiatic Sodibba of alga

—— for January, February, and March, 1860, 46

April, May and June, 1860, .. bd DO

July and August, 1860, .. E .«. s1l0

—————-——- Sept., Oct., Nov. and December, 1860, e es 405

Pushto, is 14 a Semitic bad ? hi, Ed .. 323

Rein Deer, Note on the Races of, .. e Prado 876

Russian Researches, on Recent, .. va ba E 78

Translation of waves of water, with relation to the great' Flood

of the Indus in 1858, on the, .. 266

Waterspouts seen in Bengal between the years 1852 dida 1860, |

Notes upon some remarkable, .. a 366

CONTENTS.

INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Blanford, H. F. and W. T. Messrs., of the Geological Survey

of India, contributions to Indian Malacology, No. 1, ..

W. T. Esq., Geological Survey of India, on the rocks

of the Damuda Group and their Associates in Eastern and

Central India as illustrated by the re-examination of the

Raniganj field, e

Blyth, Edward, Esq., Note on the até of Reín Das

——————————— On the Fat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. Y.

Asia, with a Note on the Races of Rein Deer, and a Note

on Domestic Animals in general,

Report on some Fishes received chiefiy

from the Sitang River, and its Tributary Streams, Tenas-

serim Provinces, .. A mo de me

-———— The Cartilaginous fishes of Lower Bengal,

Carter, H. G. Esq., F. R. S., Concluding portion of a Report on

Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf, 4c., collected

by Capt. C. G. Constable, H. M. I. N., ;

Cowell, E. B. Esq., M. A., On attempts e Asiatic derrita

to establish a Paper Cube E :

-———— On a passage in bra tenth bol of

the Sáhitya Darpana,

—— On certain Medisval olas

The Kirán-us-Sa'dain of Mir il

o e

e A Le be e das Sí

Cunningham, Lieut.-Col. A., Bengal Engineers, Memorandum

on the Irawadi River, with a monthly Register of its rise

and fall from 1856 to 1858, and a measurement of its Mi-

nimum discharge,

Hall, FitzEdward, Esq., M. A., Two ts on dada no:

tions, ds ; De dia E

Liebig, G. Von., account of a visit to Barren Island in March,

1858, .. a ee

Loewenthal, Rev. Isidor, ras, Ao the Pushto a Semitic

Language ? e

Long, Rev. J., On Recent Russian Fille

Page

117

vi CONTENTS.

Page

Montgomerie, Capt. T. G. Bengal Engineers, F. R. G. $S., First

Assistant G. T. Survey of India, 4c., Memorandum on the

great Flood of the river Indus which reached Attok on the

10th August, 1858, sia - IN Da

Obbard, J. Esq., On the Translation of waves of lia with

relation to the great Flood of the Indus in 1858, .. .. 266

Phayre, Lieut.-Col. A., Commissioner of Pegu, Remarks upon

an ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán on the Irawadi, 346

Pratt, Archdeacon, J. H., On the Physical difference between a

rush of water like a torrent down a Channel and the trans-

mission of a wave down a river—with reference to the

Inundation of the Indus, as observed in Attok, in August,

ISS a 274

Sherwill, Major los Stone: Ras Coma aa

F. G. S., F. R. G. S., Notes upon some remarkable

waterspouts seen in mt between the years 1852 and

1860, E 366

Strachey, Major R., F. R. S. E. ML. S. cl on Mr.

Blyth's paper on the pe Pes as wild asses, .. 136

Swinhoe, Robert Esq., Ornithology of Amoy, .. : 240

Thuillier, Major H. L., F. R. G.S., Deputy Surveyor ia of

- India, edad on the Survey of Kashmir in progress

under Capt. T. G. Montgomerie, Bengal Engineers, F. R.

G. S. and the Topographical Map of the valley and sur-

rounding mountains, with chart of the Triangulation of the

same, executed in the Field office and under the superin-

tendence of Lieut.-Col. A. Scott Waugh, F. R. S,, F. R. G. $S.,

Surveyor General of India, dc. dic., .. a pe 20

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, dc.

Barren Island, es “le se .E es A

Opisthostoma Nilgirica, +. PES O

Diagrams shewing the rise and fall of no Meda 1856- 58, A

Sketch of the motion of wave particles, .. y 2068

CONTENTS.

Sketch of a portion of river with a barrier, .. AS

Figs. illustrative of the motion of water,

Ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pugán, ..

Plan of ditto ditto, .. ae Je

Ditto of a modern ditto, .. .. a

Ditto of a ruined Buddhist a le “e de

Waterspout seen at Dum-dum in 1859, (Pl. 1,)

Waterspouts seen in Bengal between the years 1855 and 1860,

(PL 2,) .. Ji he

A Group of twenty Waterspouts seen in Ho talado (EL 3 y) —

Waterspout seen at Dum-dum in 1860, (Pl. 4) a

LLIOISDIIDLIDIDIIODIDIDID DILO DDIO0IIDII ISS

o di

Ae FE adoro AA

7 pr 404 Ñ , K

> 7 O

ETS UN

238

Fig-1

From NzE

SN ¡ 7 y / j

AZ A

Ur, E

pus , 4 Ñ Ñ de

lá SN IV ONSS

E, A SS

Le | Y Pa, te

+ El y É ER rs senos Alen cera Jaen) aseo E ;

JOURNAL

OF TUE

ANSIA TIC SOCIETY,

ODDIIDISIOIISINESINISISISISIN ISI IN ISI IISLS ISS IS LISIS ISI IS ININISISLSISIOSLSISLSISSISS

No. 1. 1860.

DIDIINIIOLININ OIDIOLIVLDIVISLILILI IL LOLSLISISINO II ININIOINISININ INS

Ni of a Visit to Barren Island in March 1858. By G. VON

Lrepro, M. D.*

- Barren Island is a velénnio island, situated in Lat. 12 17' N. and

in Long. 95% 54' Jl. - Its smallest distance from the Andaman Archi-

pelago is in a straight line only 36 miles East. The distance from

the nearest point of the main land, near Tavoy, is about 270 miles

W.S. W. I5 lies not far out of the straight course between Port

Blair and Amherst, about 63 miles from the former, and 330 from the

latber place. The Semiramis approached the island on the morning

of the 19th March, 1858, coming from the N. E., and steamed round

y S. keeping close to the shore, until the ship was opposite the en-

- trance of the crater (Fig. 2.) bearing about W. and by N. from the

centre of the island, where she hove to, and we landed.

It is stated in former accounts, that all round the island the lead

finds no bottom at 150 fathoms, only + mile distance from the shore.

Captain Campbell found however ground at that distance on one side

of the island, its centre bearing N. E. at a depth varying from 43 to

14 fathoms.

Nearing the island from the North and passing round to the South

East of 16, 16 looks from a distance like an oval-topped hill; but com-

ing closer, the sides of the mountain are discovered to belong to a

steep circular elevation, sending out spurs towards the sea and en-

closing a central valley. The sides of the enclosing circle being low-

* An account of a previous visit to this Island by Dr. G.R. Playfair, Bengal

army, will be found in the 25th No. of the records of the Grovernment of India.

No. CII.—Nuw Series, Von. XXX. B

2 Account of a visit to Barren Island. [No E,

er in the direction of the spectator, the upper circumference of this

valley is seen in the shape of an oval ring, formed by the crest of the

surrounding ridge. In the middle of this ring, the upper part of a

regular cone is visible, from the apex of which small white vapour-

like clouds emanate. Itisalso distinguished from the surrounding

darker masses by its grey colour, and some large white marks on 16,

like fields of snow. An entrance is not discernible.

The slopes towards the sea are generally covered with shrubby ve-

getation, presenting however some bare patches towards the upper

edge; small trees grow about the base, where large rounded stones

are washed by the sea.

Turning now to the S. and S. W. the enclosing wall is higher than

the cone and the crest of the opposite ridge, and both therefore dis-

appear from the view. On this side the vegetation down the spurs

to the sea may be called rich, and consists of different forest trees of

moderate height, interspersed with graceful palms ; and where the

descent is rocky, the rocks are frequently covered with ferns.

Passing to the westward of the centre of the island, and continuing

the survey towards the northern end, one of the first turns discovers

a large sap in the circular wall, extending quite down to the base of

the island, through which the interior of the valley, with the cone

in the middle, opens at once into full view.

The sides of this gap or fissure in the circular wall form a regular

cut or short transverse valley through it, opening towards the sea

into a small bay, and on the other side into the circular valley, to

which it is the only way ofaccess. Opposite this entrance, in the centre

of the valley, rises the cone of grey ashes, and surrounding its base the

bottom of the valley is filled with black masses of cold lava, which

are continued like a congealed stream through the gap, breaking off

abruptly when they arrive near the water”s-edge. At its termination

the steam is about 10 or 15 feet high, and 1ts breadth seems less than

farther up. It looks like a black perpendicular wall drawn across the

entrance and facing the sea.

The lava consists of a black basalt mass (matrix) throughout which

are disseminated innumerable semi-transparent little crystals of a

yariety of common felspar (orthoclase), and also many bright green

granules of olivine. The lower part of its thickness is homogeneous,

1860. ] Account of a visit to Barren Island. 3

with a smooth fracture, but from the upper surface to a depth of

several feet 16 is cleft in all directions, whereby the upper part is

divided into rough blocks, possessing a spongy texture as well as

countless sharp edges and corners,

The older lava, composing the rocks on the side of the valley and

also the strata of the surrounding ridge is slighty different from this.

The colour of its principal mass is a reddish grey, felspar and olivine

erystals are embedded in 16 in the same proportions as before, and in

addition small pieces of black augite of the granular kind, with con-

choidal fracture. From underneath the black lava, where 16 termin-

ates near the sea, issues a broad but tlin sheet of hot water, mixing

with the sea water between the pebbles of the beach. 'The Ther-

mometer 1 had with me was not graduated high enough to measure

1ts temperature, its highest mark being 104? F. (40 C.) The water

where escaping from the rock must have been nearly at the boiling

point, judging from the heat felt when the hands were dipped into

16, or when the hot stones were touched. When bathing, we found

the sea water warm for many yards from the entrance of the hot

spring and to a depth of more than 8 feet. Ibis not impossible that

a jet of hot steam or water may emerge from the rocks below the

level of the sea. The hot water tasted quite fresh, and not saline as

might have been expected, showing that 16 could not have been long

in contact with the rocks.

We ascended to the base of the cone, passing along the sloping

sides of the transverse valley through dry grass and brushwood or

over sandy ridges, so long as the solidified stream of lava in the mid-

dle left us room to do so. At last we had to ascend the rugged sur-

face of the black lava itself, and cross the circular valley, which has

about the same breadth as the transverse valley (not quite one-eighth

of a mile), until we arrived at the base about half a mile from the sea.

The cone rises from the lava accumulated in the circular valley, and its

base is about 50 feet higher than the level of the sea, ata rough esti-

mate. 16 is quite round and smooth, and the inclination ofits sides is

40 degrees. No vegetation of any kind was visible along its surface.

We turned to the left and went up from the north side, where the

appearance of a ravine, some way up, only two or three feet deep and

very narrow with some tufts of grass growing along ib, promised an

di Account of a visit to Barren Island. [No. 1,

easier ascent for a part of the way, and where a rocky shoulder at

about two-thirds of the height would offer a place to rest. Our as-

cent commenced at about 23 P. M., aud was certainly the most fatiguing

expedition many of us remember ever to have undertaken. The sky

was almost cloudless, and the heat consequently was great. The

lower third and more of the slope consisted of a powder of ashes

into which we sunk ankle-deep, and we often fell a step back for two

gained. A little higher, stones loosening when the foot stepped on

them and rolling down in long jumps, were dangerous to any one

following.

Arrived at the rocks mentioned, their nature and the manner in

which the side of the cone bulged out in their neighbourhood, show-

ed that they marked the point from whence an effusion of lava of the

same kind, as we has seen below, had taken place from the side of the

cone, not reaching the mouth of the tube at the apex. The last third

of the way from the rocks upwards offered a firmer footing, the ashes

being cemented by sulphate of lime (gypsum) which, where it was

present, formed the white patches we had already observed from a

great distance when approaching the island. The ground now became

very hot, not however intolerably so, until about 30 feet from the apex

a few rocks again offered a convenient seat, not affected by the heat

of the ground. There the Aneroid barometer and the temperature

of the air were observed in the shade of an umbrella.

About half way between these rocks and the highest point cracks

and fissures commenced to intersect the ground, widening higher up

to the breadth of several inches, where clouds of hot watery vapour

issued from them. They were filled with sulphur, often accompanied

with beautifully crystallised white needles of gypsum, and a sulphu-

rous smell also accompanied the vapour (sulphurous acid). This smell

was however not very strong and did not prevent us from penetrat-

ing the clouds, when we discovered that what had appeared from

below as the summit was in fact the edge of a small crater, about

90 or 100 feet wide, and 50 or 60 deep. At that depth it had a

solid floor of decomposed lava or tufa and volcanic sand. Its walls

were made up of rocks, in appearance like those of the older lava and

were highest on the north and south sides. Towards the west the

erater opened with a similar cleft, to that which bad permitted us

1860.] Account of a visit to Barren Island. 5

to enter the island. The vapours rose principally from the northern

and southern quarters of the edge where the fissures were largest

and longest, running both parallel and across the edge. The rocks

where the sulphurous vapours issued from between them, were co-

vered with reddish and white crusts, indicating the beginning of decom-

position of their substance. From the top the horizon and more or

less of the sea were visible in all directions, with the exception of

the quarter between South and West. The inner slope of the cir-

cular elevation enclosing the valley, had no spurs, but was like a

plain wall, falling off with a steep descent all round towards the

centre. It had a uniform brownish colour, appertaining either to the

surface of larger masses of the rock itself, or being derived from the

dry grass and smaller shrubs covering the slope. There were no

trees or brushwood visible to correspond to the richer vegetation on

the external circumference. Horizontal parallel lines, traceable

throughout the circle and rising somewhat like the borders of reced-

ing steps, indicated the thickness and strike of the different sheets

of lava and tufa which, superimposed upon one another, formed the

substance of the circular elevation. A very good transverse section

of ib had already attracted my attention, where the left side of the

transverse valley debouches into the sea. Several strata of tufaceous

formation, alternatina with older rock like lava, could be seen there

rising from the rocky beach. One of the 'most remarkable amongst

these was a stratum of rounded stones, like large pebbles, cemented

by tufa, exactly like those of the present beach, but at a considerable

elevation (about 20 feet) above the high water mark, showing that

the sub-marine base of the Island must have been raised since those

pebbles had been washed by the sea. All these strata dipped out-

wards from the centre of the island, parallel with the external slope

of the encirclins wall. It is interesting to observe that this slope

continues under the sea level on three sides of the Island at least,

at the same inclination as above water, which averages about 35”.

This is shown by the soundings, which exceed 150 fathoms at a

distance of a quarter of a mile from the shore.

Judging from what we saw, as T have here attempted to describe

16, I would conclude that the circular valley and its walls constitute

the crater of a huge volcanic cone of sub-marine basis, which had

6 Account of a visit to Barren Island. [No. 1,

been the vent for fluid masses of rock, when such eruptions took

place on a larger scale than in more recent times. The smaller cone

in the centre of the old crater, corresponding in its size to the dimi-

nished forces of volcanic action, is of recent origin, and represents

those smaller cones of still active volcanoes which are usually dis-

tinguished as cones of eruption from the original cones, also called

the cones of elevation.

We have it on record that about 60 years ago, the crater of the

little cone was throwing out showers of red hot stones of several

tons weight and enormous volumes of smoke (Captain Blalr?s account

Asiatic Researches 1795), and but for the isolated position of the

volcano preventing its more frequent observation, we should doubtless

be able to fix the date of the eruption that left the stream of lava

behind, which is now fillins the valley and its outlet into the sea.

Since that time 16 has entered the period of decline of volcanic

activity, without however leaving us the assurance that 14 will not

some day revive again.

From barometrical observations, 1 deduced the height of the

cone by Gauss's formula, allowing for the time of the day and the

influence of the hot ground near the summit, to be about 980 feet,

from the level of the sea to the northern edge of the crater. This

height is confirmed by a trigonometrical measurement of Lieutenant

Heathcote, 1. N., to whom 1 am indebted for the communication

of his results. He visited the Island about four months earlier than

we did, when he found the height of the cone 975 feet above the

level of the sea, and the diameter of the Island 2,970 yards, 1.68

miles North and South.

The few notes 1 could glean respecting the recent history of the

Island, are derived from the Island itself, from the records of the

Asiatic Society, and from Horsburgh. We found on a rock in the

transverse valley the inscription “Galathea 1846,” showing that since

then no alteration has taken place. The same conclusion can be extend-

ed farther back to the year 1831 or 1832, judging from an account

communicated to the Asiatic Society (Asiatic Society”s Journal,

April 1832) by Dr. J. Adam, whose informant landed in the month

of March, and reached the base of the cone. By this explicit account,

the descriptions of the Island in “ Lyell,”* dated 1843, and in Hum-

* Lyell's Principles of Greology.

1860. |] Account of a visit to Barren Island. 7

boldt's Cosmos, both apparently derived from the same source, must

be rectified. The narrator states (in “ Lyell”) that the sea filled the

circular valley round the cone.

Horsburgh states that in 1803 the volcano was observed to ex-

plode regularly every 10 minutes, projecting each time a column of

black smoke, perpendicularly, to a great height, “and in the night a

fire of considerable size continued to burn on the east side of the

crater, which was then in view.”

The oldest account on record is that of Captain Blair, already

quoted, taken from his Report of the survey of the Andaman Islands.

He must have visited the Island about 1790, as far as 1 am able to

conclude from the publication in the researches and the date of his

chart of the Andamans which is 1790. Heapproached nearly to the

base of the cone, which he describes as the lowest part of the Island,

very little higher than the level of the sea, but he does not men-

tion the black stream of lava. The acclivity of the cone he states

to be 32? 17”, and its height 1,800 feet nearly, which, says he, is

also the elevation of the other parts of the Island. On the other hand

he remarks thab the cone is visible in clear weather at a distance of

twelve leagues, which would require a height of not more than from

900 to 1,000 feet. Itlink therefore that Captain Blair could have

taken no accurate measurements, contenting himself with a rough

estimate. If ib could be proved otherwise, the Island would have

subsided 820 feet since he visited i6.

From the description in some of these accounts 16 would appear

that the high vegetation which we found on the external slope of

the Island, is of quite recent origin.

Mr. Adawm's authority (1831) states as follows :—

“The summits to the N. E. were completely smooth and covered

with ashes; those to the S. W., although partly covered with ashes,

also have agood many small shrubs over them, with dry and parched

grass growing on the surface.”

He conjectures from this that the eruptions would take place only

in the S. W. Monsoon or rainy season, ab which time the S. W.

wind would blow the dust and ashes on the hills in the opposite di-

rection, or N. E.; such a conjecture is hardly admissible on the

ground given, if being easier to account for the vegetation on the

8 Account of a visit to Barren Island. [No. 1,

south-western slope by its angle of descent being much smaller than

that of the north-eastern slope.

The sulphur on the top of the cone occurs in such quantity in the

cracks and fissures, often lining them to the thickness of more than

half an inch, that the question naturally arises, whether the sulphur

could not be worked with advantage.

Although in the immediate neighbourhood of the crater, where

the fissures are numerous, the ground seems to be completely pene-

trated with sulphur, this is not so evident in other parts, only a few

feet lower, where the surface issunbroken. There are however some

reasons which seem to promise that a search might be successful.

In eruptive cones, like that of Barren Island, there is always a cen-

tral tube, or passage, connecting the vent in the crater with the

heat of voleanic action in the interior. In this tube the sulphur,

generally in combination with hydrogen, rises in company with the

watery vapour, and is partly deposited in the fissures and interstices

of the earth near the vent, tle remainder escaping through the

apertures.

If in the present case we admit the sensible heat of the ground of

the upper third of the cone to be principally due to the condensation

of steam, a process of which we have abundant evidence in the stream

of hot water rushing out from underneath the cold lava, 16 is not

improbable that the whole of the upper part of the interior of the

cone is intersected with spaces and fissures filled w1th steam and sul-

phurous vapour, these being sufficiently near the surface to permit

the heat to penetrate. It is therefore not unlikely that at a moder-

ate depth we should find sulphur saturating the volcanic sand that

covers the outside of the cone.

I only speak of the outside, as we may conclude from the evidence

we have in the rocks of lava in the crater and those bulging out on

the side, that the structure of the cone is supported by solid rock near-

ly to its summit, the ashes covering 14 only superficially.

From what has been said above, the probability of sulphur being

found near the surface disposed in such a way as to allow of its being

profitably exhausted, will depend on the following conditions :

First.—Thbat the communication of the central canal, through

which the vapours rise, with 1bs outlets, be effected not through a few

1860.] Account of a visit to Barren Island. 9

large, but through many aud smaller passages, distributed throughout

the thickness of the upper part of the cone.

Second.—That some of these passages communicate with the loose

cover of ashes and stones which envelopes the rocky support of the

cone.

Although I have mentioned some facts which seem to indicate the

existence of such favorable conditions, and which are moreover

strengthened by an observation by Captain Campbell, who saw vapour

issuing, and sulphur being deposited near a rocky shoulder about two-

thirds of the height on the eastern descent of the cone, still their

presence can only be ascertained satisfactorily by experimental dig-

ging.

The Solfatara at Puzuoli, near Naples, is a similar instance of the

production of sulphur. It is a crater in which exhalations of watery

vapour, sulphurous acid and hydrochloric acid take place, and where

sulphur is also deposited. The sulphur is gained there by distilling

16 out of the sand of the crater, to a depth of 10 metres or 32 feet

—it becomes too hot lower down—and returning the sand which af-

ter 25 or 30 years is again charged with sulphur. The permanency

of the volcano of Barren Island as a source of sulphur would depend

on the rapidity with which the sulphur would be replaced after the sand

had been once exhausted. The time required for this is not necessaril y

fixed to periods of 25 or 30 years. In Iceland, at a similar spot, the

sulphur is renewed every two or three years.

If a preliminary experiment should make 16 appear advantageous

to work the cone regularly, the material about the apex, after being

exhausted of the sulphur that is present, could by blasting and other

operations be disposed in such a way as to direct the jets of vapour

in the most convenient manner through uncharged portions of ground,

If the sulphur should aggregate in periods of not too long duration,

14 would be possible to carry on the work of filling up new ground

on one side, and taking away saburated earth on the other at the same

time, so that after working round the whole circumference, the earth

that had been first put on would be ready to be taken away.

1f the periods should prove too long to allow tle work permanently

to be carried on, an interval of time might be allowed to pass, before

resuming operations.

10 On certain Medieval Apoloques. No. Y,

Water for the labourers could always be obtained from the warm

spring at the entrance of the Island.

The distilling or melting of sulphur to separate 16 from adherent

earth is a matter of comparatively little expense or trouble. If the

sulphur be abundant, 16 might be effected as in Sicily by using a part

of ib as fuel. It is not necessary to do ib on the spot; 16 might be

done at any place where bricks and fuel are cheap.

It is impossible to predict certain and lasting success to an under-

taking of this kind, all depending on the quantity of sulphur present

and the rapidity with which ib will be replaced.

The situation of Barren Island offers every facility for a prelimina-

ry trial. The near proximity of the Andamans insures a supply of

convict labour, timber, bricks, and lime. All the wood and iron work

required for facilitating the transport of loads up and down the hill

could be made on the Andamans.

IIS NLO0LS OSOS >LONSLO NS TS LLL LON

On certain Medieval Apologues.—. By E. B. CowrLL, M. 4.

Among the many by-paths of inquiry which open in every direction

from the broad beaten track of literature, few are more inviting than

those which trace the mutual likenesses between the household le-

gends of different nations, now widely separated by lands and seas,

but once linked in close association. Mr. Dasent, in his recent work

on the Popular Norse Legends, has followed out most successfully

one of these paths, and has traced the same stories under varying

names and localities, from nation to nation of the great Indo-Ger-

manic family, —showing that everywhere the natural literature which

bursts spontaneously from the heart of the people, bears evidence of

a common origin for its favourite legends, though now lost in a far

distant past.

The present paper is not, however, concerned with those popular

tales which float from mouth to mouth among the unlettered pea-

sants, —ibs business is with certain apologues of a more philosophic

character, which are yek common to the East and West, and which

must have flowed from one identical source, though the particular

channels by which the commerce of ancient thought was conducted,

1860.] On certain Medieval .tpologues. 11

are now no longer to be mapped out by the historian. Nor can we

trace the course which any particular apologue took, as it found its

way from land to land ; too often it acts per saltum in its progress,

and its intermediate history is concealed between its two appearances

in two different epochs and countries. The stream rises to the sur-

face in the far East and the far West, but its main current runs

underground.

The first instance which 1 shall offer is one too well known to be

dwelt upon at length, but it is one too remarkable to be wholly omit-

ted in the present sketch,—1 refer to the story of Abraham and the

Fireworshipper, which Jeremy Taylor subjoined as a colophon to his

Liberty of prophesying,* expressly adding that he found it “in old

Jewish books.” I am not aware, however, that it has ever yet been

traced to the Rabbinical writings, and its spirit of toleration is wide-

ly different from the usual bigotry of the Talmud; and Bishop Heber

has very plausibly suggested that Jeremy Taylor's memory deceived

him and that he had really seen it as a quotation from Sádi's Bostán.

lt 2s thus quoted by Gentius in his preface to a translation of a

Hebrew History of the Jews published at Amsterdam in 1651; and

16 is singular that ib was added to the second edition of the * Liberty

of Prophesying” published in 1653—+the first, published six years be-

fore, and therefore earlier than Gentius? work, not containing any

allusion to 14t.+

Still any one who has seen the voluminous stores of medieval

Jewish writings, which fill the shelves of the Bodleian Library, can-

not but feel a lingering suspicion that Taylor in his omnivorous read-

ing may have met with the story as he states, —and that ib may yet

be found by the Rabbinical student in some medieval Jewish book.

Bishop Heber in his note remarks that a learned Jew, Mr. J. D*Alle-

mand, professes to have a strong impression on his mind that he has

seen it in a Jewish commentary on Genesis xvill. 1. Itis a favourite

story in the East,—ib occurs in the Subhat ul Abrár of Jámi as well

as the Bostán of Sádi,—and it may very probably be found in

Arabic, whence the Rabbis may have derived itas tley derived the

* It was here no doubt that Benjamin Franklin found it, though he borrowed

14 without acknowledgment.

4 See Bishop Heber's edition of Jeremy Taylor”s works, vol. 1, note xx,

c 2

12 On certain Medieval Apologues. [No. 1,

Ikhwán-us-Safá, of the Hebrew translation of which there are no less

than three editions, —printed respectively in 1557, 1708 and 1713.*

The next of these legends to be noticed occurs in the 237th num-

ber of the Spectator, in a paper by Hughes, who gives it as an old

Jewish tradition. I cannot however find any trace of Hughes” pro-

ficiency in Hebrew or Rabbinical lore, though he was a good classical

scholar, and 1 am quite at a loss to trace the source from which he

derived it. The story, as he relates 16, describes an interview between

Moses and the Supreme Being, respecting the apparent anomalies of

Providence, and the discourse turns on an incident which takes place

beside a stream at the mountains foot. A soldier comes to drink,

and, as he leaves, drops his purse, which is soon after picked up by a

boy who passes by. An old man next totters up to the fountain and

sits down to rest, when the soldier suddenly returns and accuses him

of having his purse. An altercation ensues, and the soldier in his

passion kills him. “Moses fell on his face with horror and amaze-

ment, when the divine voice thus prevented his expostulation: *Be

not surprised, Moses, nor ask why the Judge of the whole earth has

suffered this thing to come to pass. The child is the occasion that

the blood of the old man is spil6; but, know, that the old man,

whom thou sawest, was the murderer of that child”s father.” ””

The story is particularly interesting to an English reader, as there

can be no doubt that it must have given the first idea of * the Her-

mit” to Parnell. Whether 14 occurs in any Hebrew work, 1 cannot

say,—but the story wears on its face an oriental aspect. The only

oriental book, however, where I remember to have seen it, is the

Subhat ul Abrár of Jámi; and 1 subjoin the original with a trans-

lation. There are one or two singular variations between the two

versions, and the oriental has the advantage in compactness of nar-

rative.

tum és

esla ao a Jae Y mes ay de

* De Sacy, Notices des MSS. vol. ix. p. 406.

j Metre, — uv — — yv y — — uv —

1860.]

so. y ue uy

a Pp.

LY ys AA a lo pato

We 3 Lo emos aÉs 50

cambio aletas (sy Bio

Dadas Ego e ua) ES uv+>

RIA ES e.

AS -%) LSIS y bio Uy 3)

E ala IAB

E nl

is Lay Las, geo 3)

By. ¿dy ys

asia y E, ur >

By 35

sh a

E yo > E

ch a lpy ely las

ais

an Se ls sn y ay

oli ys li y 02 j

On certain Medieval Apologues. 13

a el

9 us! qu

Y y aer a y

8) 31 oe cr nl

AN ya !) os Easol) 9 + 5

MES LoS us un os)

sl BAS, Ls y avoÍ

4 A

sn 3244 $

Calp pito e e

ri SÁ 51 SÍ ¿ay qe af

UD SE Susy WT CITE

0 gine:

AS A AN

Dye y ¿UL als 3 yo

y sa my yr io ys

uelas e A yl GAS

One day spake Moses in his secret converse with God,

“ Oh thou all-merciful Lord of the world,

Open a window of wisdom to my heart,

Shew me thy justice under its guise of wrong.

God auswered, “ While the light of truth is not in thee,

Thou hast no power to behold the mystery.”

14 On certain Medieval Apologues. [No. 1,

Then Moses prayed, “ O God, give me that light,

Leave me not exiled far away from truth's beams.”

“* Then take thou thy station near yonder fountain,

And watch there, as from ambush, the counsels of my power.”

Thither went the prophet, and sat him down concealed,

He drew his foot beneath his garment, and waited whab would be.

Lo from the road there came a horseman,

Who stopped like the prophet Khizr by the fountain.

He stripped off his clothes and plunged into the stream,

He bathed and came in haste from the water.

He put on his clothes and pursued his journey,

Wending his way to mansion and gardens;

But he left behind on the ground a purse of gold,

Filled fuller with lucre than a miser”s heart.

And after him a stripling came by the road,

And his eye, as he passed, fell on the purse;

He glanced to right and to left, but none was in sight;

And he snatched it up and hastened to his home.

Then again the prophet looked, and lo! a blind old man

Who tottered to the fountain, leaning on his staff.

He stopped by its edge and performed his needful ablutions,

And pilgrim-like bound on him the sacred robe of prayer.

Suddenly came up he who had left the purse,

And left with 14 his wits and his senses too,

—Up he came, and, when he found not the purse he sought,

He hastened to make question of the blind old man.

The old man answered in rude speech to the questioner, [him.

And in passion the horseman struck him with his sword and slew

When the prophet beheld this dreadful scene,

He cried, “ Oh thou whose throne is highest heaven,

It was one man who stole the purse of gold,

And another who bears the blow of the sword.

Why to that the purse and to this the wound ?

This award, methinks, is wrong in the eye of reason or law,”

Then came the Divine Voice, “ Oh thou censurer of my ways,

Square not these doings of mine with thy rule ?

That young boy had once a father

1860.] On certain Medieval Apoloques. 15

Who worked for hire and so gained his bread ;

He wrought for that horseman and built him his house,

Long he wrought in that house for hire,

But ere he received his due, he fell down and died,

And in that purse was the hire, which the youth carried away.

Again, that blind old man in his young days of sight

Had spilt the blood of his murderer”s father ;

The son by the law of retaliation slays him to-day,

And gives him release from the price of blood in the day of retri-

bution !””

In neither of the foregoing apologues have we been able to trace a

Rabbinical origin, though there are grounds for believing that both

originally may have come from a Jewish source; but in the next

story, 1 have lately discovered the original Jewish version, which

affords a strong presumption thas a more careful search might iden-

tify the others too. The subject in itself may seem of small import, —

but it is not of small import to trace the progress of ideas among

nations; and each of these apologues has a professed philosophical

aim. They are not mere fables, whose marvels serve only to excite

amusement or wonder,—they are myths, like those in Plato, with an

intended meaning, and they passed current from the thinkers of one

nation to those of another because they came home to all with a cer-

tain reality and power of their own. Atthe same time, if we could

trace a Jewish origin to all the three, 16 would be a new and interest-

ing proof of the wide influence which the medieval Jewish mind ex-

ercised upon its contemporaries, in spite of the contempt and persecu-

tion which universally strove to keep 16 down.

This next apologue is one which, 1 believe, was given by Voltaire,

but I have not verified the passage in his works. It has been more

than once copied from him, as for instance by Lord Byron in the

notes to one of his poems.

The Persian version is found in the first book of the Masnavi of

Jaláluddin Rúmí, who died A. D. 1272 (A. H. 671.) To understand

the story aright, we must remember the oriental notions of Solomon”s

power over the elements and the genil.

One simple of heart came iñ the morning

Running into Solomon's judgment-hall,

16 On certain Medieval Apologues. [NoTE,

His face pale with terror and both his lips blue,

And Solomon said to him, *“ O friend, what meaneth this ?”

He answered, “ The angel "Izráil

Hath just thrown on me a glance full of wrath and hatred.””

“ Ask,” said the king, “what boon thou desirest.”

“ Oh thou refuge of the heart, command the wind

That 16 bear me from hence to Hindustán,

It may be that there I may save my life.”

Then Solomon gave to the wind its mission

And it bore the man away to Somnáth.—

Thus too tlou may?*st see men flying from poverty,

They are swallowed as victims by desire and hope,

That fear of theirs is but like his in the story,

And desire and its greed is their Hindustán !—

He commanded the wind that forthwith in haste

It should bear him to Hindustán across the sea.

The next day at the time of audience

King Solomon spake unto ”Izráíl,

“ Thou looked'st with wratl on a true believer,—

Tell me wherefore, oh messenger of the Lord.

"was a strange action, methinks, this of thine,

To frighten him an exile from house and home.”

He answered, “ Oh thou King of an unsetting empire,

His fancy interpreted my action wrong.

How should 1 have looked with anger on such as him ?

1 but cast a glance of wonder as I passed him in the road,

For God had commanded me that very day

To seize his soul in Hindustán.

I saw him here and greatly did 1 marvel,

And l lost myself in a maze of wonder.

I said in my heart, Though he had an hundred wings

He could never fly from hence to Hindustán in a day.

But when I arrived, as God commanded,

1 found him there before me and took his soul.””

Few Oriental Apologues have a more striking outline than the

above, rising almost to the moral sublime; bub it is only one of the

many fine legends and fables which are scattered throughout the

1850.] On certain Medieval Apologues. 17

Masnavi. Tt is in fact this simplicity and power which distinguish

the apologues of Jaláluddin from most of those which we find in

Jámi or Faríduddin *attár;—the latter are generally only stories,

oraceful enough in their way, but seldom striking any deeper chord.

The legend itself is found in al Beidáwi"s Commentary on the Koran,

sur. 31.; v. 34. ;* and the following, from the 'Talmud, is undoubtedly

an earlier and cruder version of the same story. It is immeasurably

poorer in every respect, but the scene and dramatis persons are iden-

tical. (See Dr. Lightfoot's Hore Talmudice, vol. 11. p. 428, who

quotes 16 from the treatise Succah, fol. 53. 1.)

“ Those two men of Cush that stood before Solomon, Elihoreph

and Ahijah the scribes, sons of Shausha. On a certain day Solomon

saw the Angel of death weeping; he said, Why weepest thou? He

answered, Because these two Cushites entreat me, that they may con-

tinue here. Solomon delivered them over to the devil, who brought

them to the borders of Luz; and when they were come to the borders

of Luz, they died.”

Dr. Lightfoot adds the following from the ancient Gloss. “He

calls them Cushitest |2romically], because they were very beautiful.

They “entreat me that they may continue here.” For the time of

their death was now come; but the angel of death could not take

their souls away, because ib had been decreed, that they should not

die but at the gates of Luz. Solomon, therefore, delivered them over

to the devils; for he reigned over the devils, as 16 1s written, And

Solomon sat upon the throne of the Lord, for he reigned over those

things that are above and those things that are below.”

I may mention in conclusion, as a fourth instance (though in a

somewhat different style), the story of the Santon Barsisa, in

the Guardian, No. 148. Steele avowedly takes 16 from the once popu-

lar “'Curkish tales ;”? but the original is probably to be found in the

fifth majlis of Sádi, and 16 is singular that even here we can trace some

apparent signs of a Jewish source, as the tale opens with the words,

Laso , 9l pa 39 (5091) US po! Ny 85 01 80391 “They have related

that among the children of Israel there was a Záhid named Barsisá.”

* TI may add that Parnell has taken part of his Hermit from the legend

in sur, 18.

y Scil, Ethiopians, or negroes,

18 Two Letters on Indian Inscriptions. [No. 1,

Two Letters on Indian Inscriptions.—By Fitz E. Hazz, M. A.

[We have received the following letters from Mr. Hall, in America;

—they were enclosed in a letter, dated Troy, New York, Nov. 17th,

1859.—Ebs. ]

Calcutta, April 22nd, 1859.

To the Secretary, Asiatic Society of” Bengal.

Sir,—My agent in this place has instructions to make over to you,

in my name, an inscription-stone, now on its way hither from Bena-

res. This monument I wish to present to the Museum of our Society.

16 was found among the ruins of Pátan, a decayed city near Rátgurh

in the Saugor District,

The inscription, as you will see, is well-nigh effaced. "With some

distrust, I read the beginning of it as follows :

ao ATAN Waz E ATT |

AZIÍATAMIE: AAA AUTE:

Rafa IRAN: |

GRUIEÍSANEREUORA HATÍA-

ARIATA TIA: UI A: RW ATA: ll

* Auspiciousness ! Year of Samvaf, 1115: Thursday, the Sth day of

the dark fortnight of Phálguna.

* May S'ambhu's son—with exudation falling on his cheeks, with

brilliant tusks, protector of the earth, checker of all darkness, waving

his ears, adorned with a mace-like proboscis, obdurate as adamant,

potent in removing mental impediments—protect you !”

All the rest is abundantly doubtful. Even the little that I have

decyphered of ib may, therefore, admit of correction. According to

my reading, there was a Bráhman in the west, apparently a royal

personage, by name Kandukádripa, of the Vásala (?) gotra and Ud-

gara anwaya; and among his ascendants was one Ráma. Ianduká-

dripa's wife was called Sávitri; and this pair had issue two sons,

Purukárva (Purukárya ?) and Mahodadhi; and a daughter Lakshmí.

1860. ] Two Letters on Indian Inscriptions. 19

Another family is afterwards spoken of. There was a Bráhman

named Bhíma, of the S'ándilya gotra and Udgara anwaya. He had

a brother Vásudeva and a sister Lakshmí. Her one Vámana seems

to have married : but 1 have failed to ascertain who he was, as like-

wise the purportb of all that ensues of the inscription.

The year 1115 of the Samvat era corresponds to A. D. 1058.

To the Secretary, Asratic Society of Bengal.

Srr,—I have the honor to present to our Society, on behalf of

Major R. KR. W. Ellis, a copper-plate land-grant, dated in the year

of Vikramáditya answering to A. D, 1097, The donor informs me

that this record was “ discovered, six years ago, by the Jágirdár of

Kotí, in removing some ruins in a fort, Raipur, near Soháwal, an an-

cient city four kos east from Nágod.”

This grantis the first of the two which I have translated in our Jour-

nal for last year, (Vol. XXVII. pp. 217, 250). On recent reference to

the original, I find that, at p. 221,1. 6 ab 2mfra, 1 should have read

aa ar in place of MRzramigara-. But the change of sense en-

tailed by this correction is only very immaterial. In my rendering of a

passage a little higher up the same page, perhaps 16 would have been

preferable to restrict Farataiata to FUETAL Ho bc., JTIJÍA to

fafarzro dc., and ariz uf to URI dee.

Calcutta, Maundy Thursday, 1859.

240 Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. [No. 1,

Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir in progress under Captain

T. G. MoNTGOMERTE, Bengal Engineers, F. R. GQ. S. and the Topo-

graphical Map of the Valley and surrounding Mountains, with chart

of the Triangulation of the same executed in the Field Office and

under the Superintendence of Lt.-Colonel A. Scorr Wauen, F. R. $.

F. R. G. $. Surveyor General of India, Dehra Dhoon, May 1859.

Read at a Meeting of the Ásiatic Society on the Gth of July, 1859.

By Major H. L. ThuruLier, £. ht. G. $. Deputy Surveyor General

of India.

In No. 263 of the Asiatic Journal for 1857 a paper was published

by Lieutenant (now Captain) Montgomeris of the Bengal Engineers,

1st Assistant Great Trigonometrical Survey of India on the height

of the Nanga Parbut and other snowy mountains of the Himalaya

range adjacent to Kashmir; and i6 was therein stated that although

not equal to Mount Everest (29,002 feet) still the Nanga Par-

but (26,629 feet) was as much the king of the Northern Hima-

layas as Mount Everest is the king of the Southern Himalaya.

I have now the satisfaction, through the kind consideration of my

friend Colonel Waugh, of laying before the Society, the actual results

of the progress of this magnificent and unparalleled survey, up to a

very recent date, and the maps now presented to the view of the

meeting, together with the few details 1 am about to read, will prove

better than anything else, the value and the character of the great

national work which the Surveyor General of India is now rapidly

carrying out to completion—a work which I believe will bear a

comparison with any geographical operation undertaken in any country

with which we are acquainted.

As the operations proceed, the labours of the Surveyors are rewarded

with discoveries which certainly of late years have been but of

infrequent occurrence, Another stupendous mountain has been mea-

sured and fixed by Captain Montgomerie, which perhaps is second in

the world only to the one above alluded to, viz. Mount Everest, as

measured by Col. Waugh in 1847. A snowy peak very nearly in

the ray of Skardo from Sirinagur and distant N. E. about one hun-

dred and fifty-cight miles from that capital, on“the Kara Koram

1860. | Memorandum on the Survey 0f Kashmir. 21

range, termed for the present K. 2, proves to be 28,278 feet above

the sea level, which is 122 higher than Kanchinginga, but 724 feeb

lower than Mount Everest. It is impossible to say therefore

what the exploration of the interesting ground in the Northern

Himalayas now under survey may bring forth. The project in hand

of bringing all this difficult and hitherto comparatively unknown

tract of country under minute and accurate survey is a grand one.

For the eastern portion already achieved, and represented by maps

in the form of degree sheets on the quarter inch scale, manuscript speci-

mens of which are laid on the table, together with one sheet No. 4/7

of the engraved Atlas of India, containing a portion of the same

survey, Colonel Waugh has been rewarded by the Royal Geographical

Society with their gold medal in 1857 ; and when the whole of the

Himalayas from British Gurhwal to the Indus is completed, it will

form a noble memorial of the undaunted skill and energy of the

officer who planned, and his subordinates who executed ib.

This valuable map and beautiful specimen of 'Popographical Draw-

ing now exhibited in manuscript, measuring 4 ft. 1 in. x 4 ft. 1 in.

embraced between the meridians of 74” to 75% 40' East Longitude and

the parallels of 33% 20'to0 34 44' North Latitude, has been compiled,

vn the scale of half an inch to the mile, from the Field work of the

Trigonometrical and VTopographical parties, under the immediate super-

intendence of Captain T. G. Montgomerie, Bengal Engineers, 1st Asst.

G. T. Survey of India. It embraces eight thousand and one hundred

square miles of country including the lovely valley and surrounding

mountains of the romantic country of Kashmir, with no less than

four thousand six hundred and six villages, depending on three hun-

dred and fifty-two trigonometrical points, and gives the computed

positions of the principal towns, mountains, dc. with all the topo-

graghical details, viz.: the villages, roads, passes, lakes, ridges, slopes

of mountains, dc.

This is the original scale on which the survey has been projected,

a reduction to the usual geographical scale of guarter ¿inch to the

mile is being likewise made and this will be incorporated into the

Indian Atlas and engraved like the other sheets.

The compilation of the Map has been executed by Mr, W. H. Scott,

the able Chief Draftsman at the Surveyor General's Head Quarters,

22 Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. [No. 1,

under the immediate inspection and guidance of Colonel Waugh; and

the drawing and printing which will bear close examination is due to Mr.

Scott and Sheikh Gholam Kadar, native draftsman, the hills in brush

work (Indian ink) being copied from the original plane table sheets

or sections executed on the ground by the officers of the Survey.

The skeleton chart of triangles shews the basis of the work on which

the topographical map has been compiled, and is interestins as ¡llus-

trating the rigorous and minute method with which every thing is

conducted in the Department.

Captain Montgomerie in his report gives the following description

of the country under survey.

“ Kashmir is a large valley lying between two snowy spurs of the

great Himalayan range drained by the * Vedasta* or *Jhelum” river

which with its tribubaries is navigable by large boats for about ninety

miles. The greatest length of the valley from ridge to ridge measured

from south-east to north-west, which is also the direction of the

drainage, is about one hundred and eighteen miles. The flat portion

is about eighty-nine miles long with an average breadth of sixteen

and three quarter miles, and elevated about 5,200 feet above the sea.

“ The flat ground consists of an upper, lower and level, the former

separated from the latter by eliffs of clay, coloured with burnt sienna,

called “kharewah” by the Kashmiris and forming a distinguishing

feature on the map, some 200 to 300 feet in height.

“The upper or table land is often found standing in isolated

masses,* but is generally connected with the foot of the hills. Most

of the upper level was formerly irrigated, but is now generally fallow

and dry.

“ "The lower level is subject to inundation, and indeed the portion

between the city and great lake, still forms one vasb marsh, but

vaguely separated from the lake itself.

“"lhe slopes of the hills between the flab ground and the limit of

forest are a mixture of cultivation, good grazing grounds and forests

of cedars, pines, firs, $:c. ; the forests preponderating.

“The number of lakes in the valley, and of tarns in the mountains

form a distinctive feature in Himalayan Geography, as they are but

rarely met with on the Hindustan side of the Himalayan range.”

* Several miles in length and breadth.

1860.] Memorandum on the Survey of. Kashmatr. 23

The chief features in the valley are the Lakes which are of world-

wide celebrity. These overflow the country and give it the marshy

eharacter so delicately depicted on the map before us.

The “ Great Wulur” lake, the largest in the valley, is about twenty-

one miles north-west of the city of Sirinagar, the capital, Its extreme

breadth north and south is ten and a half miles ; this does not include

the marshes on the south side, and which continue past the parallel

of the city. The extreme breadth a little north of the Island of

Lunka is ten miles and the circumference nearly thirty miles.

During a storm the waters lash themselves into high waves, so

that no boat will venture on it. The waters find their way out of

the valley by the Burrumulla pass, dashing in a most fearful torrent

through the mountains and at last meet the Jhelum river about one

hundred miles above the town of that name. About half way up

the mountains surrounding this lake a perfectly level water mark is

to be seen running along them, which would seem to corroborate the

belief of the natives that the valley was once a large lake.

The “ Manus Bal” lake is twelve and a half miles from Sirinagur and

in the same direction as the Wulur lake. Its length is two miles

east and west, and breadth seven-tentlis of a mile.

The hill of “Aha Tung” 6290 feet, bounds the southern face of

this lake and is remarkable, owing to its isolated position and abrupt

rise from the level of the surrounding country of 1000 feet.

The “ Anchar”” can scarcely be called a lake, ib is caused by the

waters of the Sind river, overflowing the low ground north of the city.

The lake immediately east of the city supplied by the Arrah river,

boasts of the far famed Isle of Chinars (Chinar or Platinus Orientalis

though considered an exotic thrives luxuriantly iu the valley). The

gardens and groves of poplars, cherries, walnut, peach, apricot, apples

and mulberries along its bank, ada considerably to the beauty of

this lake.

All over the valley very interesting ruins are found, some near the

Island of Lunka are entirely under water, whether these have been

submerged from the ground sinking or owing to the water rising

above its original level 16 is difficult to say.

The east end of the valley consists entirely of rice-fields. At the

west part there is little or no eultivation, being very woody. Culbi-

24, Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. [No. L,

vation is carried on in the small valleys that run into the mountains,

viz. the Daras valley, Teregram, Hurripore and Tevil (near Wurtapore).

These are the prettiest spots, the east end is scarcely worth a journey

bo see 16,

The Great Wulur Lake is a favorite resort of sportsmen in search

of rare aquatic birds. The lake also abounds with fish of all sizes

peculiar to hill waters, the larger kinds being speared or harpooned

from small boats.

The river Jhelum is navigable from the city to the great lake, and

indeed most of the marshes and lakes can be crossed in boats, so thab

sportsmen and travellers in search of the beautiful or romantic can

be easily gratified.

Ibex, Bara-singha or Elk, brown and black Bears, Musk-deer and

Gazelle are found on most of the higher ranges, but 16 needs a keen

sportsman both willing and able to endure fatigue and hardship,

to boast of having shot an Ibex. Many are the thrilling incidents

of a chase after Ibex, over fearful precipices and slippery glaciers,

where a single false step would have sealed the fate of the daring

hunter.

The grandeur and beauty of Kashmirian scenery cannot be described,

1h must be seen to be fully understood or appreciated. The high

masses of mountains, many covered with snow, which surround the

valley on every side, the lakes and streams, the variety and luxu-

riance of the foliage and the mildness of the climate are together

not to be met with in any other part of India.

The town of Kashmir or Sirinagur is quite an Kastern Venice, the

place being intersected with canals in every direction and the houses

built out from the water. The lake adjoining, with its pretty little

island of Chinars, and 16s numberless floating gardens, 1s like a mirror

reflecting the surrounding mountains on its surface, so as quite to

give the idea when passing over in a boat that one is skimming over

the peaks and crags in an aerial machine. At the bottom of these

mountains on the borders of the lake are the famous gardens of

Shalimar and Nishat. Streams from the mountains, are made to

ran through them, forming Cascades and canals, the Chinar trees

casting their shade over them and the walks lining the sides.

The houses in the city of Sirinagur are chiefly of brick-work, built

| 1860.] Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. 25

up in frames of wood. The walls seldom exceed a single brick in thick-

ness, so that but for the wooden frame work, these habitations would

not be very safe. Sirinagur, like all Indian cities, is exceedingly dirty,

and the inhabitants, except the shawl and wool merchants, vie with

each other in uncleanliness.

The bridges over the Jhelum, shewn on the map opposite Sirinagur,

are entirely constructed of logs of wood heaped up cross wise, which

serve as piers, over which a platform is laid of planks and beams

roughly nailed or tied together, the spaces between the piles of wood

being left open and of such width, as to allow of the passage of the

boats on the river.

The garden houses and dhurrumsallas in the suburbs of the city

are chiefly used by visitors,

“The mountains around Kaslmir” Capt. Montgomerie observes,

““ are covered with snow for at least eight months in the year, many

being from 15,000 to nearly 18,000 feet above the sea, include large

glaciers between their spurs, and retain the snow throughout the year.

The chief peculiarities of the survey operations arise from this

great elevation. Special arrangements were required for the protection

of the natives and for the necessary supplies of food and wood, when

the surveyors were working far above villages and even above the

forest itself.

“The triangulation depends upon the Itashmir Series of the

Great Trigonometrical Survey, which emanates from a side of the

North-West Longitudinal Series in low hills near Sealkote.

“ Tn order to connect the triangulation in the Punjab with Kashmir,

16 was necessary to carry it across the Chatadhar and Pir Punjal

snowy ridges. This was done by taking observations from the tops

of the snowy peaks best adapted to form a series of symmetrical

polygons and quadrilaterals. In this way the triangulation has been

carried on systematically from the foundation. Ib consists of one

main axis, viz. the principal triangulation, which is composed of

polygons and quadrilaterals. From this axis, diverge numerous minor

Series 0f triangles, which starting from one side of the principal

Series are tested by closing on another side of the same, or upon a

side of the North-west Himalaya Series,

26 Memorandum on the Survey 0f Kashmar. [No. 1,

“From these minor series, secondary stations have been fixed, so as

bo cover the whole country with tested trigonometrical points.

“Though the country to be surveyed was so elevated, the rigorous

rules of the G. T. Survey of India were adhered to throughout.

“The highest points suited to the triangulation were always

occupied and observations were taken from stations upwards of 16,000

feet above the sea.

“ On the principal series of triangles the observations were invarl-

ably made to luminous signals, viz. Heliotropes and Reverberatory

lamps on the Argand principle with parabolic reflectors, notwithstand-

ing the physical difficulties and the severity of the climate on the

snowy peaks, so especially trying to the natives of India who served

the signals.

“ Numerous observations being required, 1h was necessary to reside

on the peaks for at least two days and nights, generally more.

“Some of the peaks below 14,000 feet lose the greater part of

their snow by September, but practically 16 was necessary to observe

most of the stations earlier in the season, when the snow was still

heavy at 11,000 feet, and oecasionally in consequence of clouds and

storms, the party had to remain pitched on the snow for upwards of a

week at a time.”

Colonel Waugh thus speaks on this point :—

“ The physical difficulties imposed by the nature of the country

and survey arising from the necessity of ascending and encamping

on snowy mountains of great elevation were very great. The cha-

racter of a 'rigonometrical survey demands that the stations shall

be fized on the highest summits, or on points commanding extensive

views and the system of the department, requires that an adequate

number of good observations shall be taken, which usually occupies

several days. To accomplish this task, not only the observers, but

the signal men (natives) must encamp at or near the stations. The

heights of the snowy peaks, ascertained on the Punjal range were

* Moolee” 14,952 G. 'l'. Survey and Ahertatopa 13,042 G. T. Survey

and to the north of Kashmir Hara Mook 16,015 feet. Amoñegst the

highest elevations visited in Thibet were the principal stations of

Shimshak 18,417 and Shunika 18,224 feet. The difficulty of obtain-

ing supplies and firewood at such elevations may be imagined, yet

1860.] Memorandum on the Survey of” Kashmar. 27

they were every-day occurrences. Out of sixteen principal stations

in Thibet fourteen exceed 15,000 feet in height. Great as the hard-

ships entailed on the European officers undoubtedly were, they were

slight compared with those endured by the native establishment,

with the utmost cheerfulness. 'l'he signallers and headmen were

mostly natives of Hindustan to whom extrerue cold is a condition of

positive suffering, yet these men were loyal and contented as they

have been in all survey parties over India during the mutiny.”

Capt. Montgomerie states “On the Pir Punjal peaks the elecbricity

was so troublesome even when there was no storm, that 16 was found

necessary to carry a portable lightning conductor for the protection

of the Theodolite.

““ Space sufficient even for the very small camp could never be got

quite close to the stations on the peaks. During the day this did

not matter, but at night, though the distance might not be more

than two hundred yards, 16 was rather a difficult matter to get back

from the Observatory tent after the Surveyor had finished taking

observations to the lamps. Soon after sunset, the surface of the

snow becomes as slippery as glass, affording by no means a satis-

factory footing on a narrow ridge with either a precipitous slope, or

a precipice on either side.

“ The country was found too difficult to admit of the transport of

a twenty-four inch theodolite without great delay aud expense. Capt.

Montgomerie was therefore directed to take the principal observa-

tions with a fourteen-inch theodolite, a first rate instrument made by

Troughton and Simms which gave every satisfaction.

“ On the Secondary Series or Minor Triangulation, the ground cover-

ed by which is shewn by shade on the chart, twelve, eight and seven-

inch Theodolites were used, according to circumstances.

“ By means of the principal and secondary triangulations the whole

country was covered with TPrigonometrical points ab an average dis-

tance of little more than four miles from each other.”

During the first two seasons of the Kashmir Series, no less than six-

teenthousand square miles of close triangulation have been executed, i. e.

an area of more than half of Scotland has been covered with trigo-

nometrical points and thirty-two thousand square miles of topogra-

phical drawing were sent in, giving all the details of the country.

E 2

28 Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. [No. 1,

Besides these, numerous valuable sketches, routes, heights of passes,

$0. have been added to the survey.

The numerous observations taken to the great Snowy mountain

“ Nanga Parbut” or “ Dayarmur” in latitude 35” 14” 21” and longi-

tude 74" 37' 52” prove that its mean height is 26,629 feet above the

sea. No peak within sixty miles on any side of the general map of

the Nanga Parbut comes within 9,000 feet of the same height. This

pinnacle of the Himalayas is the highest point in the range between

Nepal and Attock. In consequence of its isolation from all peaks

of anything like an equal altitude, 16 naturally forms a noble object

in whatever aspect 1t is viewed.

“ The topographical detail was all sketched in the field on Plane

Tables, according to the system laid down in Colonel Waugh's pamphlet

of instructions on Topographical Surveying, an arduous task in such

an elevated country, as 1t was of course necessary to visif numerous

peaks and places on the ridge, in addition to the Trigonometrical

stations which include the highest peak in the Pir Punjal.

“The drawing of the Field Sections expresses the ground well,

that of Captains P. Lumsden, Bengal Army and Godwin Austen,

H. M. Army being more specially artistic.

“The advantage of this system in a country like India, especially

in the hilly and mountainous tracts, is that officers with a moderate

previous knowledge of military drawing, can be readily trained to

fill up the triangles and the work proceeds rapidly, producing a com-

plete and valuable map with the topographical features accurately

delineated at small expense.””

But the difficulty of sketching ground of such a character may be

imagined. To do so with any degree of faithfulness requires a pecu-

liar talent, and is a gift as much as copying the human face. Steven-

son, the Civil Engineer, in his evidence before Parliament on the

Ordnance Survey of England stated his belief, that there were not

above eight persons in England who understood how to pourtray

ground. If difficult therefore in England, it must be still more so

where the relative commands are so immense.

Colonel Waugh proceeds to observe—

“ In consequence of the difficulty in obtaining Topographical Assis-

tants Officers of the (Quarter Master General's Department were ab

1860.] Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. 29

first employed on the topograply, but they were soon called away by

the demands of their own department; consequently a fresh set had

to be trained, involving delay and expense, which would have been

avoided, if the same assistants could have been employed throughout.

“ Lieut. Basevi of the Engineers made a very careful reconnoissance

of many of the passes on the Pir Punjal, determined their heights,

and drew up an able report of their capabilities ; he also sketched a

portion of the ground near the ridge, and subsequently reported on

the river Vedusta or Jhelum. Lieutenant Basevi is a most energetic

talented and able officer and did excellent service, as also did Mr.

Bell, who is an able Surveyor.

“ Captains P. Lumsden, Allgood, and Johnson, took up their work

con amore, quickly acquired the requisite knowledge of the system,

and their zeal in this arduous and harassing work deserves high

praise. They completed three thousand and two hundred square

miles on the half inch scale, and the Surveyor General having person-

ally examined their plans, speaks in the highest terms of the same.

“* Captain Godwin Austen exhibited special talent for the delineation

of ground, and Lieut. Melville?s work was very good. Both of these

officers proved themselves indefatigable mountaineers and have alto-

gether exhibited so much zeal as to be deserving of high commend-

ation. Lieut. Murray also did good service, and proved himself a

useful Surveyor.

“ The success attending this season's work, the admirable manner in

which Captain Austen and Lieuts. Melville and Murray acquitted

themselves, induced the Surveyor General to apply to Government for

five additional qualified officers, to which sanction was accorded by

Government, but he has not been yet able to find any suitable persons.

A great deal of floating talent does exist in the army, and qualified

young officers are frequently to be met with, but the military oper-

ations consequent on the mutiny have absorbed most of the valuable

officers and rendered selection difficult.

“ Lieut. Elliot Brownlow of Engineers, an officer of the highest

promise and beloved by all his contemporaries, volunteered for service

and joined at Delhi, in eight days from Kashmir, though too late for

the assault ; he then proceeded to Agra and Lucknow with the Engi-

neer's Brigade, and was most lamentably killed at Lucknow after the

30 Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. [NoE

sliege by an explosion of gunpowder. The mountain survey thus lost

a most energetic and valuable member, unrivalled in physical power,

endurance and cheerfulness under fatigue, whilst the Engineer Corps

lost a talented and amiable officer.

“ Poor Elliot Brownlow”s adventures and achievem.ents in the snowy

mountains and his hardihood and endurance have been the theme

of much praise and admiration amongst his brother Surveyors. He

had intended to devote his rare and splendid qualities as a mountain

surveyor, had he survived, to the exploration of Central Asia on rigor-

ous principles.

““ The merits of the various assistants have been duly reported on.

By means of their zealous co-operation alone, was the Surveyor able

to finish this difficult piece of work. Though they have had much

to contend with in such a country, besides the extremes of heat and

cold, their exertions have been most praiseworthy.

“ The native establishment has from the commencement consisted

of a mixture of men from the plains and from the hills. They were

all not a little troubled by the impossibility of boiling or rather

softening their rice, dal, %c. at such high elevations. Notwith-

standing that, and the general severity of the climate, they have at

all times done their work carefully and efficiently.

“ There were many difficulties peculiar to surveying in a partially

independent state. The natives of the country moreover had preju-

dices against going up some of the high hills; but the clouds, mist

and haze were always by far the worst enemies of the Surveyors.

“ During the last year the party were troubled first by cholera and

secondly by a flood. The former had stuck to the valley strange to say

throughout the winter when the snow was up to a man's neck. The

camp did not suffer much as ib was taken up to the high Table Land.

During the flood they had to take to the boats ; about thirty miles by

ten to fifteen were submerged.

“ In the after part of the season the triangulation of Little Thibet

was finished and a good piece of Ladak, all on the other side of the

Himalayas, where the rains did not interfere so much, though the

clouds were troublesome.

“The Latitude and Longitude of Skardo have been obtained, but,

Leh, has not been laid down yet, though two peaks in its neighbourhood

_ _____J—_

1860.] Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. 31

have been fixed. It is supposed Leh will prove considerably to the

west of the old position.

“ The triangulation was commenced in 1855, and finished in 1856,

with, on an average, three Assistants each year.

“The topographical work was taken up in 1856 and completed in

1857 with on an average, four Assistants each year.”

The cost of the entire survey has been only Lis. 4-5-2 per square

mile, or say about 8 shillings and 8 pence, a sum believed to be trifling

in comparison with the immense advantage gained, and exceedingly

moderate when contrasted with similar or easier work in other

countries.

The able and successful manner in which Captain Montgomerie

with the aid of this small party during his first season accomplished

the arduous task allotted to him has been described in full in a previ-

ous printed Report of the Survey Operations for 1855-56, and the

meritorious services of the Captain and his party obtained the acknow-

ledgments of the Right Hon*ble the Governor General in Council.

The Surveyor General of India bears his professional testimony to

the fact that the measure of success attained is highly honorable to

Captain Montgomerie and all members of the party engaged in the

work. Colonel Waugh thus expresses himself; “ Considering the stu-

pendous physical difficulties presented by the nature of the country

to regular and systematic surveying, the quantity and quality of the

work performed, the ability displayed in command of an unusually

large party, the quantity of instructions which had to be imparted to

so many new hands, the judicious character of his general arrange-

ments combined with minute attention to the smallest details, as well

as the prudent policy of his relations with the Maharajah and the

people of the country—all the above marks Captain Montogomerie

as an officer of no ordinary stamp.” The exertions of the party are,

in the Surveyor General's opinion, weil deserving of commendation

and he particularly solicits that the thanks of the Government may

be accorded to Captain Montgomerie, and that the services of Mr,

Johnson who has been with the party from the commencement may

be noticed favorably as well as those of Messrs. G. Shelverton, W.

Beverley and Mr. W. H. Scott, the able Chief Draftsman of the

Field Office in connection with the compilation of the map.

32 Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmar. [No. 1,

But neither the physical character of the country nor the constant

task of training new hands formed the chief difficulty of a Survey

conducted in a foreign territory, and which at no time could be

expected to be agreeable to the ruler, his officials and people. To

them the influx of a considerable body of Surveyors spread over the

country, however orderly and well-conducted, must bear the aspect of

an intrusion. The tact, delicacy and ability with which Capt. Mont-

gomerie maintained amicable relations with the Court, a most difficult

one to deal with, and preserved discipline in a large mixed establish-

ment, is deserving of the highest praise, and stamps him as an officer

of great policy and judgment.

* His difficulties were much enhanced by the military rebellion of

1857, during the whole of which excited period the party continued

its peaceful labours without cessation and with only one serious

interruption. |

“ With the old Maharajah Golab Singh, Capt. Montgomerie was on

the most friendly terms and the estimation in which he is held by

Mabharajah Rumbeer Singh, can best be estimated from the acknow-

ledgments which his Highness made te the Captain in Durbar, on

the resumption of operations in 1859. Without such tact and conci-

liation, 14 would have been impossible to carry out the complete and

final survey successfully.”

Although the splendid climate of Kashmir added to the special

interest attaching to the country, and the unexplored tracts adjoining,

made the Survey deservedly a great attraction, still the exposure of

surveying in such a country is very trying to the constitution and

many persons suffered greatly. The lower valleys are very hot, and

the solar radiation on hill sides is very powerful. The labor of climb-

ing to great elevations has often been noticed by explorers. The

Surveyor however arriving heated by physical exertion at greab

elevations has to stand on ridges or peaks exposed to strong cold

winds while he is observing angles or sketching the ground. The

alternations of heat and cold and the laborious exertion limits success

to those persons who to the requisite professional qualifications can

add the physical constitution to stand the hardships which the work

imposes. Itis very doubtful in the opinion of the Surveyor General

whether the ability to undergo the requisite amount of fatigue and

1860. |] Memorandum on the Sarvuy of Kashmir. 33

exposure which mountain surveys entail can be reckoned on for a long

continuance, and he apprehends that, except in rare instances, a fre-

quent succession of well-trained young men would be necessary in

extensive mountalu surveys.

This map is a first instalment of this survey. The whole mountain

tract south of Kashmir Proper has been completely Triangulated and

Topographically surveyed, and the map tlereof is now in course of

construction. Altogether the area already surveyed amounts to twenty-

two thousand square miles in three years, and forty thousand square

miles of Triangulation, including all little Thibet, in four years, the chief

merit of which achievement is due deservedly to Captain Montgomerie.

The Surveyor General has requested that this may be submitted for

the opinion of the Council of the Royal Geographical Society together

with the chart of the Triangulation on which 16 is based, as a work

of accurate geography in a region hitherto imperfectly explored, and

16 is hoped that it may obtain for Captain Montogomerie some

mark of the approbation of that learned body.

The Surveyor General hopes next year to complete the maps of the

remaining Sub-Himalayan portion now in hand by the completion of

which the entire tract of Mountain Frontier from the Ganges to the

Cabul Territory will have been finished under his superintendence,

and rendered available for incorporation into the Indian Atlas.

The party under Captain Montgomerie is now engaged in Thibet.

The country is exceedingly difficult and the strength of tlie party

much diminished. In the progress of the survey advantage has been

taken of the opportunity to extend accurate geographical knowledge

by fixing numerous peaks in the Karakoram and Mustag ranges. One

of those already determined on the Karakoram range, along which

runs the boundary between Ladakh and Yarkund, one hundred and

fifty-eight miles N. E. of Srinagar, is 28,278 feet high (provisionally

settled only, being liable to a small' correction when the levelling

operations from the sea level at Karachi, now in progress, are com-

pleted). None of the peaks in the neighbourhood of K 2 come nearly

up to it though there is one fine group about sixteen miles away that;

is generally a little over twenty-six thousand. This is probably the

second highest mountain in the world, as 1 exceeds Kanchinginga by

34 Memorandum on the Survey of Kashmir. [No. 1,

122 feet, but is lower than Mount Everest by 724 feet, as measured

by the Surveyor General in 1847,

I6 is expected that Captain Montgomerie will be able to fix points

up to 86% 30' N. latitude, but 16 is doubted whether he will be able

to geb in all the Topography quite so far as that, in consequence of

the wild and Yághí state of some of the people.

It has been specially recommended that the map of Kashmir be

engraved or at least lithographed in England as soon as possible, in

order that its results may be rendered speedily available for geological

purposes as well as useful to public officers, travellers and the public

generally.

The panoramic sketch exhibited, taken by Captain Montgomerie,

which is a fair specimen of Calcutta Lithography, will give some idea

of the peaks, if the observer supposes himself to be in any way near

the Takt-i-súlimán close to the city. The sketch begins on the left

about south-east and goes round nearly to north-west.

The first long low bit without snow, starting from the left, is where

the Bamhal road erosses. About 137, inches from the left the peak

looking over the Peer is one of the principal stations, by means of

which the triangulation was brought over the Pir Panjal range. At

about eighteen inches come in the cragey Koserin Kútúr peaks

described as the three Bs.

The Pir Punjal pass is not visible, ib is believed the range is about

twenty-seven inches from the left. The highest peak of all is, Tabtakúti

with a very steep precipice to its right, 16 is about thirty-two inches

from the left. The Baramoula gap is three inches from the right.

If the sketch is held over the map the connection will be seen and.

the cliffs will be made out, eoloured burnt sienna on the map, thab

separate the lower from the upper level ground.

During the present season the snow is very low down and the work

is nearly all in high ground, which is very inconvenient. It may be

difficult for a Calcutta resident to imagine snow inconvenient, but

campaigning on the top of 16 soon undeceives one.

The party has now gone into Ladakh and hope to fix Leh and

some places beyond. The small index plan shews roughly the extent

of country embraced by the trigonometrical and topographical oper-

ations in the Himalayas tinted yellow up to the parallel of 36% N,

1860. | The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal. 30

latitude. The Punjab Proper tinted pink havins been completed by

the Revenue Survey operations, the upper portion of the Derajat alone

remaining.

The above information is chiefly taken from the reports of Colonel

Waugh, Surveyor General of India and Captain Montgomerie, L am

also indebted for assistance to Mr. J., O. N. James, Chief Draftsman

of the Surveyor Greneral's Office, who has for some years been

employed in the survey of the adjoining districbs.

The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal.—By EbwarD BLYtH.

The following does not profess to be a complete catalogue of the

cartilaginous fishes that inhabit the embouchure of the Ganges, but

merely of those which 1 have personally obtained in the fresh state,

chiefly in the Calcutta fish-bazars ; and having lately had occasion to

look them over, and paid some attention to the group, it may be

useful to give an enumeration of the species observed, especially as

in the genus 'PrYGoN ib appears that several permanently distinct

races or species have been confounded under T'r. UARNAK, (Forskal).

The cartilaginous fishes which I have obtained in Calcutta are as

follow :—

1. STEGOSTOMA FASCIATUM, Múller and Henle : uniformly spotted

variety, figured and described as S£. carinatum in J. A. S, XVI, 725,

One specimen only, procured at the Sandheads. Another, like 16, is in

the museum of the Calcutta Medical College.

2. SQUALUS (SCOLIODON) LATICAUDUS, M. and H. A small

species, oceasionally brought to the bazar. 1 have not seen ib more

than 13 ft. in length.

3. SQ. (CARCHARINUS) MiLBERTI, (? Val). One specimen

obtained, 27 ft, long. A skull from the Bay, of an individual probably

about 7 ft. long, has the largest upper teeth measuring 3 in. and

upwards along their lateral margins: other teeth, of apparently the

same species, from the Indian Ocean, have a lateral margin of 1% in.,

and extreme breadth at base of 13 in. ;* they more nearly resemble the

* Even tlrese are small, however, in comparison with the huge fossil teeth of

the CARCHARIAS MEGALODON and others figured by Agassiz, and those by Dr.

Gibbes in the “Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,”

for July, 1848.

r 2

36 The Cartilaginous Pishes of Lower Bengal. [No. 1,

teeth of SQ. LAMTA, as figured by Miller and Henle; but the fins differ

much from those of Sq. LAMIA, the pectorals being of moderate size

and remarkably falcate : tail and posterior fins conspicuously black-mar-

gined. Sq. MILBERTI is noted from India in Dr. Gray?s British

Museum catalogue; and the present is perhaps Dr. Gray*s Indian

species, though probably distinct from Sq. MILBERTI (verus).

4. Sq. (C.) eanerricus, (M. and H.) In Miller and Henle's

outline of the lower surface of the head, drawn evidently from a dry

specimen, the distance from muzzle to mouth is not sufficiently great.

I have not known this species to exceed 7 ft. in length, but have seen

many of that size.

5. Sq. (C.) Temmixcxtt, (M. and H.) Very common; but

rarely exceeding 5 ft. long, so far as I have observed.

6. $Sq. (C.) MELANOPTRRUS, (Quoy and Gaymard). Not common:

small individuals (under 3 ft.) occasionally brought, but we have the

teeth of one which must have been at least 6 or 7 f6.,

7. SPHYRNIAS BLO00u11, (Val.): Zygena laticeps, Cantor, passim.

Common. The largest specimens rarely exceed 4 f6. in length.

8. (GALEOCERDO TIGRINUS, M. and H. One large specimen,

obtained towards the mouth of the river. Length 11 £6.

9. PristIS ANTIQUORUM, Latham. Small individuals are nob

unfrequently brought to the bazar. We have a snout or rostrum in

the museum 5 f6. in length and 11 in. broad at the hindmost teeth.

10. Pr. PECTINATUS, Latham. Much commoner than the other.

A mutiláted specimen and portion of the snoub of a larger one were

sent to the museum from Asám (!) some years ago by Col. Jenkins.

11. RHuINoBATUS GRANULATUS, Cuv. Now and then brough6;

sometimes from 6 to 7 f6. in length.*

* Col. Jenkins heard much of a “snow fish of great rarity, the skin of which

is prized as a medicine by the people of Asám. Itis said by them to inhabit

the snows of the Butan mountains! Sending me some fragments of the skin for

examination, there was no difíiculty in recognising the RHINOBATUS GRANU-

LATUS: probably procured towards the sea; but as PRISTIS PEOTINATUS and

HYPOLOPHUS SEPHEN ascend many hundred miles up the great rivers, perhaps

the RHINOBATUS does so likewise.

In J. A. S. XIIL, 176, the then Lieut. J. T. Cunningham, in his * General

account of Kunáwar, remarks that “the mysterious Gangball, or “snow fish,'

1860. ] The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Benyal. 37

12. Ru. oBrusus, M. and H. Comparatively rare. 1 have not

seen 16 more than 23 ft. long.

13. DAsYATIS MICROURA, (Bloch) ; Raia paecilura, Shaw. Rare.

14. HyrPoLoPHUs seruen, (Forsk.): Raia sancur, B. H. (founded

on mutilated individuals, the caudal spine of which had been extract-

ed). Common.

15. AETOBATIS FLAGELLUM, (Bloch.). Of this fine species I

lately obtained a small specimen, with tail and spines complete, and

another and larger specimen with mutilated tail. Small dried fish of

this species are sometimes brought in considerable quantity.

N. B.—The Myliobatis macropterus of McClelland (Calc. Journ.

Nat. Hist. Y, 60, and pl. TI, f. 1,) has never occurred to me. Drs.

Cantor and Bleeker refer 16 to ArroBATIS NARINARI.

The Trygons or ordinary “ Sting-rays are here deferred to the last,

because the species of them do not appear to have been properly dis-

eriminated. All that 1 have obtained have the tail wholly finless, or

with merely such rudiment as in "TR. IMBRICATUS.

The Indian species fall into two principal groups, which might well

stand as distinct genera.

In the first the dorsal surface and tail are sprinkled over through-

out with detached limpet-shaped tubercles, and there is usually

no large globular central tubercle (or tubercles, as generally in the

others and also in HYPOLOPHUS SEPHEN).* Anterior margin of the

disk exceedingly obtuse, the expanded pectorals being continued

forward almost to a transverse line with tle medial peak where they

with four short legs and a human face, may be in fact, as in description, a fabled

animal ; butitis talked of, and is said to dwell only about the limits of the snow.”

What is here referred to are probably certain sand-burrowing Lizards of Af-

ghánistán, which in the dried state are sold as medicine all over India. One

is the true Egyptian Scinque, SCINCUS OFFICINALIS, Laurenti, Another sent by

the same name by Major Lumsden, late in charge of the Kandahar Mission, is the

SPHAENOCEPHALUS TRIDACTYLUS, nobis, J. 4. S. XX, 654, Both were obtained

in the vicinity of Kandahar.

* Since the above was written, 1 have seen an example of TR. MARGINATUS

ln the museum of the Calcutta Medical College, which has a central tubercle of

moderate size followed by a small one. This, 1 suspect, is very unusual,

38 The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal, [No. 1,

unite, on either side of which the outline describes merely a slight

coucavity.*

16. TrYGON MARGINATUS, nobis, 1. s. Grey above, buffy-white

below with a dark border except in front; the tail 15 the length of

the disk. A large species, adults of which are mostly quartered when

brought to the bazar, and then more or less sliced up by the dealers,

so that 16 1s difficult to examine them properly. Breadth of one

52 in., with tail 83 in.: distance of eyes apart 7 in. Form a trifle

longer than broad, or shorter than broad 1f the length be measured

from front to base of tail. In adults the small limpet-shaped tuber-

cles are disposed not only over the entire upper surface, but also on

the broad dark margin of the lower-parts (from which the species

derives its trivial name): they are larger and more closely set along

the middle, though for the most part notin absolute contact, and are

eradually smaller and less crowded laterally, but again become more

crowded towards the margin; and there is commonly an irregular

range of pointed tubercles larger than the rest on either side, about

3 in. from the median line in adults. Tail tuberculated all round to

within 23 in. of its base underneath, and having scattered and pointed

tubercles much larger than the rest above, from its base to the large

caudal spine. The colour of this fish is a light albescent-brown

above, with still a faint blackish wash; white, with more or less of a

buffy tinge, below, and a broad dark margin to the lower-parts except

- in front, but including the ventrals, this border consisting of numerous

large round spots on its inner edge, some wholly and others partially

detached from the rest; a few irregular spots are also generally

scattered upon the pectorals. The under-surface of the tail is white,

with similar scattered dark spots, which gradually become more

numerous and coalescent till they assume a marbled appearance, and

the apical half of the tail is wholly dark, This dark colour is more

intense in the young, approaching more or less to black: whereas in

* T presume this form to be characteristic of the division. In the Medical

College specimen the peak is stretched out of all shape. However, ina very large

example just added to the museum, the narrow medial peak projected more than

in the young.

+ A large specimen has just been presented to the Society, fresh, by Rája

Rádáikhánt Deb, 5 ft. across ; tail imperfect,

1860.] The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal. 39

adults 16 is weaker and more greyish, and in them 16 is also rough,

ened with minute limpet-shaped tubercles ; these appear again about

the gill-openings, and more sparingly medially, and a few are scattered

over the entire lower surface, which are more readily detected by the

feel than by the sight in the fresh specimen. From between the

eyes to the sides of the tail, and traceable along two-thirds of that

organ, are a couple of series of vermiculated lines; and there is a

double series of the same along the middle of the back. Ina young

female, measuring 18 in. to base of tail, with greatest breadth of disk

203 in., and tail 29 in., the tubercles generally are less crowded than

in the adult, especially on the tail, where there is little indication of

their future development. Although the caudal spine had been

broken away In every specimen examined, yet from the groove which

i5 occupied, that of an adult is shewn to be 7; in. long.* It is by

no means a rare species, though seldom to be obtained perfect in the

fish-bazars.

TR. ATROCISSIMUS, nobis, 7. s. We have in the museum a portion

of the tail, above 4 ft. in length, of an enormous TRYGON, which is

evidently a second species of this particular sub-group. The site of

the caudal spine is conspicuous as usual, indicating a much stouter

but nob so lons a weapon as that of TR. MARGINATUS. The limpet-

shaped tubercles are very much larger and fewer in number than in the

other, each being much expanded at base and abruptly rising to a sharp

point in the centre; they are of different sizes intermixed, and here and

there two or more of them are blended at base, and the tail appears to

be naturally much compressed. Below the spine, it is naked under-

neath along the middle, and beyond the spine this medial portion of

the tail underneath is studded with small tubercles. Where broken

off, ab a distance of 4 ft. from the spine, 16 seems to expand vertically,

being there twice as deep as broad. ltis a truly frightíul and most

* The Medical College specimen has a perfect caudal spine. Ttis larger than

the young example above described, with tail about 40 in., and spine 2% in. ;

some small sharp tubercles around the base of the latter. The dorsal tubercles

are smaller than in the other ; those on the base of the tail more crowded. Sex

male, that of the other female. The marginal band of the lower surface is repre-

sented only by a few distantly scattered spots.

40 The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal. No. Y,

formidable weapon. Habitat of the species unknown, but probably

the Indian Ocean. |

The ordinary Trygons are of a more rhomboidal shape, with close-

set flattened tubercles on the dorsal surface, occupying its medial

third only or less (according to the species), and the lateral border

of this tuberculated space is abruptly defined in adults. They have

generally one or more large globular bony tubercles in the centre of

the dorsal surface.

Some have two spines on a comparatively short tail, as—

17. TR. IMBRICATUS, (Bloch), to which 1 doubt if Russell's fig.

IV correctly applies, and upon this is founded Pastinaca dorsalis,

Swainson. Russell's figure more probably represents the Tr.

IMMUNIS, Rafles (Zool. App. to Life of Sir S. Raffles) ;* and other

double-spined species (also with comparatively short tail) exist in

the 'TrR. LYMNA figured by Rippell, and 'Pr. AxOJU and Vr. KUHLIL

figured by Múller and Henle. As Buchanan Hamilton approximates

his Raia fluviatilis to R. lymna, though referring merely to “the

spine on its tail,”” 1 think 16 likely that the present species is intended

by him, especially as ib is so very abundant. They are not unfre-

quently brought to the bazar with one spine on!y torn away by the

fishermen ; but this small species is commonly brought with both

caudal spines complete. The males are larger than the females, and

have proportionally longer tail; and very commonly the second

caudal spine of the female more especially does not extend beyond

the first; one. 1 have not seen the male larger than 7 in. to base

of tail, the tail 13 in., and caudal spines 23 in, Some have a small

lanceolated tubercle on centre of dorsal surface, others two or more

even to a series of five or six along the median line. This species is

so very often brought in pairs to the bazar, a male and a female, that

I cannot help suspecting that 16 lives in pairs, the two being com-

monly taken together.

Another type has an equally short tail, armed with one spine only,

and no dorsal tubercles whatever. To this appertains—

18. Tr. waLGa, M. aud H.: probably Zr. sindraki, Cuv., and

* “ Ty, corpore subquadrato, omnino leevi, caudá longiore, spinis duabis serra-

- tis citra medium armatá.”

1860. | The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal. 41

Pastinaca brevicauda, Swainson, founded on Russell's fig. V; but in

this figure the tail is represented as being still shorter than in Tn.

WALGA. The larger of two specimens (a female) measures 33 in.

to base of tail, the tail 6 in.; the latter being broad at the base, and

very rapidly attenuating from base of spine, which last is 1% in. long.

These specimens have much the appearance of being the young of

some considerably larger species ; but the shortness of the tail separates

16 from any of the following.*

The remainder have exceedingly long tails, from three to four times

the length of the head and body. All have at least one large bony

bubercle in the centre of the dorsal surface. At least five species are

brought more or less commonly to the Calcutta fish-bazars, which

are easily distinguished at any age, though supposed by Dr. Cantor

and others to be merely varieties, or characteristic of different ages,

of Tr. UARNAK, (Forsk.)

19. Tr. BLEEKERI, nobis, 2.5. A large species, plain dark brown

above and below with a narrowish white median patch on belly.

Peak, or anterior junction of pectorals, considerably more prolonged

and pointed than in the others. Medial third of dorsal surface

studded with intermixed larger and smaller round flat tubercles, con-

tinued along the upper surface of the tail as far as the caudal spines,

then thickly covering the whole tail to its extremity in adults, or

with a naked line below in specimens more than hal(-grown. Along

the median line of the tail above, the tubercles are not larger than

the rest. The usual large round tubercle on centre of back, and

commonly three smaller, set in form of a triangle, before it and three

similar behind it. Inall that 1 have seen the caudal spine had been

broken or entirely torn out by the fishermen. Length of one 25 in.

to base of tail, the tail 72 in.; of another 15 and 56 in.

20. Tr. EnLtorr, nobis, 1. s. Pale greyish olive-brown above and

white below : the united pectorals not more prolonged in front than in

TR. UARNAK, Size of last; at least 1 have obtained one tail 6 ft, in

length, but the fish was cub into small slices. A young individual

83 in. long to base of tail, 93 in. broad, with tail 29 in., has a central

* Dr. Bleeker gives the breadth of five specimens (four of them females) as

140 to 190 mill.

42 The Cartilaginous Fishes of; Lower Benyal. [No. 1,

dorsal tubercle and another behind it, surrounding which is a group

of small tubercles that might be covered by a crown-piece, except

anteriorly where a few are scattered along the dorsal line and between

the eyes, —the rest, including the tail, being wholly naked. A slight

marbled appearance on the tail beyond the spine, but no distincb

alternating bands. Another, only 10 in. to base of tail, las the

dorsal tubercles fully developed, and a band of them upon the tail

nob reaching so far as the caudal spine. In a specimen 13 in. long,

the tail measures 4/7 in.; and the tubercles on the tail (now that 16

is dry and shrunk) appear to extend two-thirds round its base anterior

to the spine ; but in the tail of 6 ft. long before noticed, the upper

half only is tuberculated anterior to the spine. The usual central

dorsal tubercle, with commonly one smaller before and another behind

it; and the small tubercles, which extend over the medial third of

the dorsal surface (as also in TR. BLEEKER1), are more uniform in

size than in the other species. In one specimen of a tail, which 1

assign to this particular species with some hesitation, there are two

sharp erect prickles in the median line towards its base, and others

beyond the spine. A commoner species than the last,

21. Tr. RusseLLI, Gray; young figured in Hardwicke's Ll.

Ind. Zool.: Tr. Gerrard, Gray, Brit. Mus. Catal., still younger.

A beautiful species, covered above with large round dark spots, a few of

which are generally confluent: tail banded throughout. Anterior

peak more acute than in Tr. ELLror1, less so than in Tk. BLEEKERI.

In large specimens (3 ft. across) the spots continue as strongly

marked as in the young, and are then more or less pale-centred,

forming distinct rings more or less perfect in some specimens. But

these markings, however vivid in the recent fish, are apt to disappear

in old stuffed specimens, the tail-bands being longest retained ; and a

smooth young fish, with the spots on the upper surface obliterated,

but retaining the bands on the tail, suits the description of Tr.

Gerrardiz, Gray. At the age figured by Hardwicke, the tubercles on

the back are sparse and heart-shaped, and a single line of them (pro-

longed more or less into backward-curving prickles) is continued along

the median line of the tail as far as 1ts spine. These are retained in

a specimen 12 in. in length (to base of tail); but in another of the

same size they had disappeared—or perhaps had never made their

1860.] The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal. 43

appearance—and the tail is wholly naked. In another, 15 in. (to

base of tail), the medial portion of the back is densely tuberculated,

and a series of tubercles (about six in number across) is continued

along the base of tail to its spine; in another, 193 in. (to base of

tail), with tail 6 ft. in length, the series of caudal tubercles is still

scarcely wider proportionally, and the tuberculated portion of the

back is comparatively much narrower than in the several preceding

species, being little more than a fifth of the entire breadth—instead

of fully a third as in Tr. BLErxER1 of half the size. 1n the adults, 3 £6.

across, —a fresh one before me is 22. ft., and 23 ft. to base of tail,

with tail 73 $t..—the tubercles of the dorsal surface remain as

in the last described, and cover just the upper half of the base of the

bail as far as the spine, the lower half being quite naked. 1n general,

there are a few tubercles rather larger than the rest, forming an

irregular mesial line from the anterior third of the dorsal surface to

the caudal spine. Halfgrown individuals have commonly two larger

tubercles on centre of back, either both heart-shaped or the anterior

globular, while larger specimens shew an intermediate tubercle; and

up to a considerable size, the thong of the tail is more sparsely tuber-

eulated than in the others. In this particular species, also, the

curious teeth are distinctly of a larger size than in the others, when

examples of the same size are compared together.

22. TR. VARIEGATUS, McClelland, Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1, 60,

and pl. II, fig. 2. Shaped as in the last, and remarkable—even when

half grown—+for the caudal tubercles completely surrounding the tail

bo very near its base,—whereas in Tk. RusseLLtr they never more

than half surround it as far as the spine, even in the largest indi-

viduals. In an example of VARIEGATUS, measuring 16 in. to base

of tail, with tail exceeding 37 fb., the tubercles already nearly surround

16 anterior to 1bs spine. Moreover, in examples of equal size, the teeth

of RUSSELLIT are conspicuously larger. The markings, too, are quite

different; TR. VARIEGATUS having the dorsal surface uniformly and

beautifully marked throughout with meandering lines, the dark and

pale colour in equal proportions or even the dark predominating—

not as represented in McClelland”s figure. Length of one 3 ft. to

base of tail, and 3 ft. 4 in. in greatest width: tail not quite perfect,

but of the same proportionate length as in the others. The bands

Ga 2

4d The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal. [No. 1,

on the tail are less conspicuous and distinct than in Tr. RussELLrr.

In stuffed specimens the markings are apt to disappear totally ; and

ib is as well, therefore, to preserve a portion of the fresh skin of this

and other species in spirib.

23. Tk. vAarRNAkK, (Forsk.) Young figured in Rúppell's Veue

Wirbelthiere. Much like Tr. RusseLLItr, but not attaining (1 suspect)

to nearly so great a size; the dorsal surface speckled with numerous

small spots (as in Rúppell's figure). The teeth also are considerably

smaller than in Tr. RUssELLIT in specimens of corresponding size.

In an example less than a foot in length (minus the tail), or of a size

ab which Tr. RussenLIt has few and sparse tubercles on the back

and a single row only of curved tubercles at base of tail (as shewn

in Hardwicke's figure), TR. UARNAK has the dorsal tubercles fully

developed, and a broader band of them at base of tail than is seen

in Tr. RusseLLIir of more than double the size,—whence 1 conclude

that 16 is a much smaller species when full-grown, and that the

tubercles probably surround the base of tail in adults, as in Tr.

VARIEGATUS. 1 have only once obtained it; and the specimen has a

single large tubercle on centre of back, and three slightly larger than

the rest placed in a triangle behind the principal tubercle.*

Of these various long-tailed 'Plrygons 1 have seen no intermediate

specimens; and in the fresh state they may be recognised at a glance

by the colouring, which unfortunately disappears more or less com-

pletely in dry museum specimens. The only species which 1 have

obtained with the caudal spine are the small PR. IMBRICATUS and

Tr. wAaLGA, HYPOLOPHUS SEPHEN (small), and ALrOBATIS FLA-

GELLUM (small); and ÍI am not aware that any difference occurs in

the structure of that formidable weapon in the different species

here noticed.

While preparing this paper, I have (in the course of a few wecks)

obtained fresh examples in the Calcutta fish-bazars of TrYGON MAR-

* T have since obtained another, not very much smaller, in which the tail is

quite naked, Two examples of Tk. RussELLIT were procured on the same occasion ;

and the peak is more obtuse in "Tk. UARNAK than in Tr. RUSSELLIT; as seen in

fresh specimens, —the dry being very much subject to be stretched out of the

proper shape. Dr. Bleeker gives the breadth of Tk, UARNAK (feem.) as 240 et 315

mill. Virh. Bat. Gen., Vol. XXIV, (1852) ; but then he considers Tk. RUSSELLIL

to be identical with ib.

1860.] The Cartilaginous Fishes of Lower Bengal. 45

GINATUS, TR. IMBRICATUS, Tr. WALGA, Vr. BLEEKERI, TR. ELLIOTI,

Tr. RusseLIit, Tr. UARNAK, and Tr. VARIEGATUS ; besides HYPo-

LOPHUS SEPHEN, AETOBATIS FLAGELLUM, RHINOBATUS GRANULATUS,

SPHYRNIAS BLoCcHEI, PristIS ANTIQUORUM and PR. PECTINATUS,

and SquAaLUSs MILBERTI (7), SQ. GANGETICUS, and SqQ. TEMMINCKII ;

—in all seventeen species of cartilaginous fishes.

.« Iadda brief notice of a young TrYGoN which I cannot find to

be described, obtained on the Arakan coast, and now in the Medical

College Museum of Calcutta,.

Tr. CrozIERI, nobis, 1. s. Tail twice as long as the disk, com-

pressed, with a considerable membrane on more than half the length

of its inferior surface, commencing below the insertion of the spine,

being nowhere however so high or deep as the tail itself. United

pectorals much prolonged into an acute peak anteriorly. Disk

smooth, with a mesial dorsal line of tubercles, beginning a little

behind the head, where a line of 11 (the last of them increasing in

size) have made their appearance above tle surface; the rest are

narrower and below the surface of the skin to the base of tail, where

a series of ten very stout prickles or decumbent spinelets-—compressed

and pointing backwards and forming a range like the teeth of a saw,

—is continued nearly to the base of the caudal spine; the latter

being much as in other Trygons, and having a backward-directed

serrabure on each side for its terminal third. The colouring appears

to have been pale above, but no markings are discernible in the dry

specimen. Length of disk 11 in. and breadth the same; tail 23 in.

This TrYyeox has the appearance of being the young of a very large

species. Anterior to the range of 11 developed caudal spinelets, two

others can be distinguished of equally large size within the skin, and

anterior to these the series consists of much smaller and narrow

spinelets, until again the size is abruptly greater a little anterior to

the centre of the disk,

April 2nd, 1859,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For JANUARY, 1860.

VADODDIIDII0ILDDIO0IDI0I III IO ISI ISI IN ISI IS ISS

The Annual General Meeting of the Society was held on the 4th

January. |

A. Grote Esq., President, in the Chair.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last Meeting, were

balloted for and elected Ordinary members.

Prince Mahomed Jallaludin of Mysore.

T. R. Grant, Esq.

H. V. Bayley, Esq., B. C. S. (re-elected).

W. J. Rivett Carnac, Esq. B. C. $.

Baboo Preonath Setút.

Dr. Theodore Duka.

Major J. J. M. Innes, Bengal Engineers.

B. E. E. Lindsay, Esq.

Reverend J. C. Thompson, (re-elected).

C. Oldham Esq. Geological Survey.

Capt. Alexander Fraser, Bengal Engineers.

David K. Mair, Esq. M. A.

The Council proposed for Ballot at the next meeting Mr. Robert

Swinhoe, of H, M. Consulate, Amoy, and the Rev. H. Baker,

Junior, Alipie, South Malabar, as corresponding members of the

Society.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot as ordinary mem-

bers at the next meeting.

Colonel E. W. S. Scott, Bengal Artillery, proposed by the Ven”ble

Archdeacon Pratt, seconded by Colonel Baird Smith.

Major Geo. Pearse, proposed by Mr. Atkinson, seconded by Mr.

E, A. Samuells.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 47

Dr. F. J. Mouat, proposed (for re-election) by Mr. Atkinson,

_seconded by Dr. T. Thomson.

Capt. T. G. Montgomerie, Bengal Engineers, F. KR. G. S., Gt. Trigl.

Survey of India, proposed by Major H. L. Thuillier, seconded by Col.

Waugh.

The Secretary read the following Report for 1859 :

ANNUAL REPORT.

The Council of the Asiatic Society have the satisfaction of sub-

mitting their usual Annual Report, exhibiting the state of the Society”s

affairs during the past year.

At the close of the year 1858, there were 152 ordinary members

on the Rolls of the Society, of whom 39 were absent in Europe.

- The number of retirements since that time has been 4, which, with

one death, gives a total loss of five; on the other hand, there

have been no less than 583 elections of ordinary members, which

have brought up the number on the effective list to 135, against

Ordinary. Paying. ps 95 of the preceding year. The

1851. 130 124 E

E Aaa 17 nopal number now on the rolls

1853 .. 146 123 23 1s 180, of whom 44 are absent

ESA 155 129 26 ; , ;

1855 162 128 34 from India, and one is a life mem-

18506... 167 131 36 ber.

EBST7 0... 14 109 38 . :

o The Hon'ble Sir J. W. Colvile,

1859 .. 180 135 45 Kt., the late President of the

Society, has, on his departure for Europe, been added to the list of

' honorary members and Drs. Max Miiller, P. Bleeker, and H. Fre-

| derick, have been elected corresponding members of the Society.

In alluding to the obituary of the past year, the Council desire

especially to express their regret at the loss which the Society and

' the cause of science have sustained by the untimely death of one of

'fheir corresponding members, Herr Adolphe Schlagintweit, while on

his travels in the neighbourhood of Kokan. From the time of his

arrival in India in 1855, he devoted his entire energies to the prosecu-

tion of physical researches, and contributed several valuable papers

¡to the journal of this Society. Sir George Staunton died in June

last. He was one of the oldest Honorary members of the Society

and a distinguished Oriental scholar. The only other member lost

by death is Col. M. E. Loftie.

48 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. NOE,

FINANCE.

In April 1859, the Council submitted a report, recommending tha,

in modification of the provisions of Rules 8, 10, and 11, of the Society”s

Code, ordinary members should be divided into two classes, Resident

and Non-resident; that all members who reside within 30 miles of

Calcutta should be deemed resident and required to pay an admission

fee of Rupees 32 and a quarterly subscription of Rs. 12, and that

Non-residents should pay an admission fee of Rs. 82 and a quarterly

contribution of Rs. 6. This report was adopted at a special general

meeting held in July last.

In making this recommendation the Council entertained a hope

that by rendering the Society more easily accessible to the literary

and scientific public of India, they might draw to 1ts ranks many

whose co-operation would prove highly valuable. They are glad to

find that they were not mistaken. The accessions made to the list

of members during the last five months number no less than 36, and

the total number for the year stands at 53, against 16 in 1858, and 6

in the preceding year.

The liabilities of the Society amount to Rupees 5,376-9 principally

on account of printing Journals and Catalogues ; and the Cash assets

to Rupees 7,878-13, (including Co.'s paper for Rs. 5000) besides

outstanding claims to the extent of Rs. 6,432-2-4: a great portion of

which will probably be realised in the course of the current year.

Owing, however, to the heavy outlay this year for the repairs of

ble Society's premises, the expenditure has been unusually large.

By Statement No. 1, 16 will be seen that the disbursements amount

to Rs. 15,072-12, while the total receipts amount to Rs. 12,921-9.

The Council would again urge on the members the imperative neces-

sity of using every exertion to increase their numbers in order that

the Society may meet the expenses of the coming year without being

obliged to curtail its usefulness by any untoward retrenclhments.

The probable expenses of the ensuing year may be estimated at

Rs. 12,603, the estimate under the usual heads being :

EXPENDITURE.

DENSA; 0 IR ds dad AS 02000 BIO

Libráry Establishimenk; emociones dentes als 936 0 0

Purchase of Books, 2... 2ecaecue: ne .ocnitiidire anio 2, DOS AUREA

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 49

A O 425 0 0

Contingencies, ...... A A 200 0 0

General UsÚnBlichnénty/ VS a A METOOINO M

AR A LA O

A A A 500 0 O

A A 100 0 O

A A Ao. 0 A AO

Total, Rs. 13,308 O 0

Monthly Average, .. 9 bs ..1,108 9 4

This amount would dt E md NÓ la enel reduced rates of

subseription, unless with an increased number of members, but the

Council confidently trust that the late revival of interest in the

Society will continue, and that. with fresh accessions to its numbers

all cause for anxiety regarding the Socieby”s prospects may be re-

moved.

INCOME.

75 Residents at Rs. 48 per annum, ...... Rs. 3,600 O 0

60 Non-residents at Rs. 24 per annum,...... 1440 O O

Admission Fees, aa aaa nati dl Oo 544 0 0

A A O

A A 780 0 O

IN A AAA 925"0.0

A A A 245 O O

A A OA 50 0 O

Rs. 11,184 0 0

Making up the probable Income of the forthcoming year.

ProroseD IMPERIAL MUSEUM.

The subject having remained for some time in abeyance on account

of the disturbances in the N. W. Provinces, the Council, in October

1858, under Authority delegated to them by the Society in May

1857, submitted a proposition to the Government of India for the

establishment of a public Museum, to which, under certain restric-

tions the whole of the Society”s collections might be transferred,

except the Library.

50 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

The Government of India having intimated their inability for the

present to entertain the proposition, the correspondence on the sub-

ject has since been submitted to the Secretary of State for India, and

copies have been printed and laid before the members of the Society.

LIBRARY.

The Library has received an accession of 345 volumes, among

which are some important works on Natural History purchased at

the sale of the late Dr. Walker's Library. The Society has regularly

received the publications of the different learned and Scientific

Institutions with which it is in correspondence, and the purchases

include all important Oriental works together with most of the leading

scientific and other periodicals of the day.

MUSEUM.

Number of visitors from January to Several valuable additions have

December, 1859, exclusive of Sundays b Pl: LN

and other Christian holidays. een made to the Museum

Nace: EA Pd during the past year, and ib

emales y

Maca 920964 continues to be resorted to

Europeans. 3 Femal 1,260

ES > largely by the European and

Total 66,635 Native community. The average

number of visitors, as per margin, appears to exceed 185 persons per

day.

Dr. Falconer's important Catalogue of Fossil Remains of Verte-

brata from the Sewalik Hills, the Nerbudda, Perim Island, 4c., has

been completed and copies have been distributed under the orders of

the Council.

Mr. W. Theobald, Junior, has been engaged in arrangins the

shells in the Society's Cabinet and in compiling a Catalogue for

publication; and Mr. H. F. Blanford has undertaken to arrange and

catalogue the Fossil remains in the Society”s collection which are not

included in Dr. Falconer”s work,

JOURNAL.

Four Nos. of the Journal have been published during the year and

a fifth is in the Press.

The Council are gratified to notice that the contributions received

have been of more than usual interest and importance, and they trust

that with the restoration of peace the cause of Literature and

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 51

Science in India may keep pace with the advancing prosperity of the

country. |

ORIENTAL FUND.

The Society in October last adopted a recommendation of the

Council to commence a new series of the Bibliotheca Indica, which

was to open with a: translation of the Surya Siddhanta by Pundit

Bapu Deva Shastri, the Ven*ble Archdeacon Pratt having undertaken

to aid in carrying 16 through the press. 'The Council is glad to be

able to announce that the printing of this work has already com-

menced. Meanwhile the editors of the old series are busily employ-

ed in completing their several works. In August last the Society

adopted the proposal of the Council that one of the large Arabic

works left unfinished at the suspension of the Bibliotheca Indica

in 1856, should be completed, viz., the Dictionary of technical

terms. At the suggestion of Captain Lees an arrangement has been

made by which the expenses of printing and editing will be materially

reduced.

The number of Fasciculi issued during the year is 8, of these 6 have

been carried through the press by Baboo Rajendralal Mittra, one by

Mr. F. E. Hall, and one by Dr. Roer and Mr. Cowell, (Dr. Roer”s

official duties occupying too much of his time to permit of his conti-

nuing the work under his own sole editorship as heretofore.)

The titles of the Fasciculi published during the year are

1. Taittiriya Brahmana of the Black Yajur Veda, Fasc. IV. to

IX., being Nos. 150 to 155, edited by Baboo Rajendralal Mittra,

2. Vasavadatta, Fasc. IIL., finishing the work, being No. 148,

edited by F. E. Hall, M. A.

3. Sanhita of the Black Yajur Veda, Fasc. 1X., being No. 149,

edited by Dr. E. Roer and Mr. E. B. Cowell.

OFFICERS.

The Assistant Secretary Baboo Gour Doss Bysack is still absent

on leave, and Baboo Bhobany Persaud Dutt has continued to act as

his substitute.

The Council have every reason to be satisfied with the zeal and

assiduiby with which the Curator and the acting Assistant Secretary

have discharged their duties,

52 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

The President observed that the report was one which would he

hoped be considered satisfactory by the meeting. It remained to be

seen how far the late reduction of subscription would succeed in its

object, but so far as could be judged from the large accession of mem-

bers during the year, he thought the experiment promised well,

Although 36 elections only out of the 53 had occurred since the

reduction was made, the others he thought were in a great measure

due to the expectation that ib would be made. He thought the

Council were justified in pointing to the improved character of the

numbers of the Journal which had been published during the year,

several of the papers published in them having been very interesting.

He hoped that in the course of the coming year the Council would

be able, besides the Catalogues on which Mr. Blanford and Mr.

Theobald were engaged, to bring out another of the Mammal speci-

mens contained in the Society”s Museum. Their Curator Mr. Blyth '

had already made some progress in this compilation and had under-

taken soon to complete 16.

The meeting then proceeded to ballot for the Council and Officers

for the ensuing year.

A. Fisher, Esq. and D. M. Gardner, Esq. were appointed scrutineers,

and at the close of the ballot the Chairman announced the following

resul6,

A. Grote, Esq. President.

Major R. Strachey,

Dr. T. Thompson, | Vice- Presidents.

Baboo Ramapersaud Roy,

Colonel R. Baird Smith.

Baboo Rajendralal Mittra.

E. A. Samuells, Esq.

Baboo Ramgopal Ghose.

T. Oldham, Esq.

Capt. C. H. Dickens.

Capt. W. N. Lees.

Dr. W. Crozier.

KR. Jones, Esq.

W. $. Atkinson, Esq.,

E, B. Cowell, Esq., ( Joint Secretaries.

1860.| Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 53

ABSTRACT STATEMENT

RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY,

FOR

THE YEAR, 1859,

54 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,.

STATEMENT

Abstract of the Cash Accounts

DOI OIIIIOIISI ISI LSIESLSISIS III IL IOININILSLSINIVLSLOISIIDDNIINISISSSSS

RECEIPTS.

1858. 1859.

CONTRIBUTIONS, ... ... 6,923 8 0 6,750 0 0

Received from Members.

ADMISSION FeEEs.

Received from New Members, Sn 9% 00 1,248 0 O

JOURNAL.

Sale proceeds and Subscriptions to the

Journal of the Asiatic Society, ... 496 3 0 339 0 0

LIBRARY, Mos TO da + 552 6 O

Sale proceeds of Books.

MUSEUM OF ZOOLOGY.

Received from the General Treasury at

300 Rs. per month, .., ... 3,600 O 0 3,600 0 O

SECRETARY'S OFFICE, EA 22 10 6

Discount on Postage Stamps, 20 012 6

Refund of Postage, se Eo 9 "970

— ——— 10 5 6

VestED FUND.

Interest on Company?s Paper from the

Bank of Bengal, 2% o 286 418 245 0 0

GENERAL EsTABLISHMENT.

Savings, E es a 36 10 5 410 6

DeEpPosrr, se SOS 74 4 0

W. Theobald, Esq. Junr.. e 32 0 0

E. B. Cowell, Esq. ... ... 1213 O

Baboo Nobiñchunder Boy, Sn 50 54.0

Rey. F. Mason, So ele 080

Moonshee Narain Doss, ... 50 209 10 0 O

C. W. Wilmot, Esq. ds Sa a 007.50

Col. J. Abbott, Eos 500 ns DO O

Major S. R. Tickell, Lalo co0 eN 18 0 0

=== 98 7 0

Muessrs. WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, ... 9080

Received through Rajah Radhacant Deva, duty on

paregls, si. Ea 112 0

Proceeds of Sundry Books sold on their account :

Weber”s Modern Investigation on Ancient India, ... 1050

A Copy of Bopp's Comparative Grammar, 360 25.00

A Copy of Muller's Buddhism, as 1050

Goldstucker”s Sanskrit and English Dictionary, Vol.

AU a 1 sde Sn 0 0

Ditto Ditto, Vol. 1. P, II. e de 2.850

li AN

Carried oyer, 12,884 1 0 |

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

No. 1.

of the Asiatic Society, for 1859.

DISBURSEMENTS.

1858.

JOURNAL, me di 392 1110

Freight, sde e Cd co 98.23

Printing Charges, dei ss. 13096 0

Commission on Sale of Books, ve. 0 615 6

Purchase of Postage Stamps, e es ala 0

Engraving, ... ES Abe da 3.0 0

Copying Charges, $e Cr 53 2050

Packing Charges, Be Md rO

Purchasing a large Tin Box for Journal MS8$. 2 4 9

LIBRARY, 1,595 310

Salary of the Librarian 12 months at 70 per month, 840 0 0

Establishment ditto, ne de dee 78 0 0

Purchase of Books, me $0 21101 518..S..0

Book Binding, 50 Ar O)

Commission on Sale of Books, daa ee 588.60

Printing Receipts, 8ic. ... 0 so 10 8 0

Stone Pedestals for Almirahs, cre A

A new Teak wood double a «door “glass Case, ... , 390-D 0

Landing Charges, A e Se O

Petty Charges, 00 So 20 3 5.0

MUSEUM, s.o 5,463 15 0

Salary of the Curator E. Blyth, Esq. at 250 per month

| 12 months, ... 3000 O O

House-rent at 40 per month, 12 months, e 1480 101.0

- Establishment, sua BZ 8 2

Extra Taxidermists” Salary, dee ALSO

- Contingent Charges, 50 326 13 11

2 Teak wood Glass Shell-cases and a case for pre-

serving Skeletons, AR 38l 4 0

Freight and Godown rent on a case of Ethnological

Copper Casts, EN A (ed IS

Bullock Train hire, ye 611 O

Making a mould from a piece of Iron Stone and taking

two casts of the same, ... Pe E 131000

| SECRETARY'S OFFICE, s.s 1,661 O 9

' Greneral Establishment, ... 2d Eo. 822, 050

| Secretary's Office Establishment, e seo 6712 00

Petty Charges, de Le des 14 3 9

| Stationery, ... “e eds 62 13 6

| Purchase of Postage Stamps, BES dE 40 13 0

Postage, — .. Pe a 611 6

| Three Blank Books for Writing, e es 10 12 0

| A Sheet Almanac for 1859, Po e NO

| Printing 300 Copies of Society” 5 Rules, dLc. EE 59,90

315)

OLILIVI0LSISS No

1859.

1716 4 6

2,276 1 3

5,604 14 4

1,/15 13 9

Carried over, 11,313 1 10

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. — [No. 1,

[ep]

Brought over, 12,884 1 0

ProrIT AND Loss. 122 0 0

Received from Muddoosoodun Dey, Sale proceeds of

a Copy of the Mahabharata, in part of amount

written off in 1856, ... do fis 10 0 O

BUILDING.

Sale proceeds of 9 Old Beams, e sa 201.8: 0

BALANCE OF 1858.

Bank of Bengal, de s.m 3,1442 3 5 ]

In hand, e a ps g.8 10

in 3,451 12 3

Inefficient Balance, E Gb 1,578 3 9

5,030 0 0

A e l E

Co.'s Rupees. ... 17,951 9 0

Examined.

The Asiatic Society's Rooms, BHuOBANYPROSAD Durr,

31s6 Dec. 1859. Offg. Asst. Secy.

1860. |] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of” Bengal. 57

Brought over, 11,313 1 10

BUILDING, sab ac 366 40

Assessment, PE e so 2707 0-50

Ditto for Lighting, esé TA A

Thoroughly repairing the Society” s Premises as per

Estimate, after deduction on account of sundry

works not done, «5 2.206; 1090

Sundry Contingent Charges on account of the repairs

for removing Cases and other Articles, .s. LAOS. O

-—— 2,728 13 0

DerPosIT ACCOUNT, ... : 167 15 0

E. B. Cowell, Esq. Se Sh sn ic

Major J. Gt. Stephen, .., e ae 32 0 0

W. Theobald, Esq., Junr. á : 24 0 0

6512 0

VesTeED FUND, 5 30918 9

Paid Commission for the Collection of Interest on

Company?s Paper, yA: 0. :9'10

Messks. WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 702 1 11

Purchase of Books on their account :

A Copy of Earase Buzurgan, de 100

A Copy of Bahar Ajum, Vol, 1. and IL. Bos 50 0 0

Freight for ditto, tl da EA 614 0

— —_—_—_—. 57 14 0

CONTRIBUTIONS.

Refund of Contributions to Major A. Fytche, ap 64 0 0

Ditto vf ditto to Captain G. H. Saxton, cu 64 0 0

——_—_— 128 0 0

MISCELLANEOUS, +. AR 79 8 56

Repairing the Monument to the Memory of Sir Wil-

liam Jones, Due ... da 30 0 O

Advertising Meetings, ... ... sen 2340

' Meeting Charges, A 1 LS E

' Subscription to the Oriental Translation Fund from

y 1850 to 1859, oe 1989 9. 4

Repairing 4 Ar gand Circular Hanging Lamps, de 10 00)

' Printing 25 Copies of Annual Accounts for 1857, ... 24 0 0

New Mat for small room, Sl da 9

Oiling, Cleaning and regulating a Clock, ... 67. 05%0

' Petty Charges, dE AS Me s1:6 0

| 718. "914

Balance, 0 ne 258 514 15,072 12 0

Bank of Bengal, 0 s.. 2,796 14 3

In hand, sis o 914.9

| —— —__—— 2,806 13 O

' Inefficient Balance, a en hee 712 0 0

| a 2,8818 00

Co.'s Rs.... 17,951 9 0

E. E.

Ebw. B. CoweLz,

Secy. As. Socy.

58 Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society of Bengal. — [No. 1,

STATEMENT

Abstract of the Oriental

ADIIVS

OOLIIDLIDIIY

AIN

1858. 1859.

SALE OF ORIENTAL PUBLICATIONS, Rs. 1,015 6 9

Received by Sale of Bib. Indica, Sd ss 1.150,15 76

Ditto by Subscription to ditto, ed ss ¿108 10.0

Ditto by Sale of White Yajur Veda, ... 80. or Ss Y

GOVERNMENT ÁLLOWANCE.

Received from the General Treasury, at :

500 per month, En ... 6,000 O 0 a OA00O nO +0

VesTED FUND.

Interest on Company's Paper from

the Bank of Bengal, ... o O 0 0 Ln 1 1140.00" 0

Derostr.

Received from Mahomed Hajee, Eo 4311 0 89 4 0

Cusropy or ORIENTAL WORKS.

Savings of Establishment, 0 3.00 244 610 3

BiBL. ÍNDICA.

Received discount on Postage Stamps, o nes 0.2 6

7,553 2 3

BALANCE OF 1858,

Bank of Bengal, 400 aaa LY

In hand,... Aa E 5.00 5

—_—— 56/0057 2 O

Inefficient Balance, ... 30 1.2, 1161292

— —_—_—— 1,173 14 2

Cos Rs. 14,727 5 |

Examined. |

The Asiatic Society's Rooms, BHoBANYPrROSAD DUTT,

31s£ Dec. 1859. Of3. Asst. Secy.

1860. ] Proceedings of" the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 59

No. 2.

Fund for the year 1859.

TVIDLIDINDIOI III III

SALE OF ORIENTAL PUBLICATIONS.

Commission on Sale of Books, Rs. 42 8 O as 13 RO

VesteD Fun.

Commission paid to the Bank of Bengal

for collecting Interest on e ada

Paper,... 35 0 9 0.558

Fee for renewing a piece of Company” S

Paper... de has a 100

e—— 158

Derrosrr.

Paid Mahomed Hajee, ... E Le qe 12 5 0

CustoDY OF ORIENTAL WORKS, .. 911 4 9

Salary of Librarian at Rs. 30 per month, sm. . 960 0 0

Establishment at Rs. 14 ds month, nos) 0: 0

- Book binding, pe ma OZ. 3748

Books cleaning, nao ye 34 4 3

A Blank Book for writing, Ape 312 0

Printing 1000 Copies of a Nagree and

Bengali list of works for sale, > de 20 0 0

Petty Charges, pola A So 140

— 711912 3

BrBL. INDICA, 500 Eds 30 11 4

Freight, . Ey E Sue 4215 9

Packing charges, 20 pr 510 O

Bullock train hire on two parcels of

Bibl. Indica, received from Mr, R,

Griffith, E 4 7 0

Printing 250 Copies of a Persian list of

works for sale, a 0d 180

Purchase of Postage Stamps, q o 5.00

59 8-9

CopYiNG PURraAN.

Copying Charges, 4d s.. Pb, 8 31 8 O

VEDANTA SUTRAS.

Editing Charges, dd e 36 8 O ... 18610 8

TAITTIRIYA SANHITA,

Editing Charges,... ... na bad 1,150.85 50

TAITTIRIYA BRAEMANA.

Printing Charges, 52 ... 1,141 14 O rv 224.00

2,579 12 4

BALANCE,

Bank of Bengal, 2... 6 LLOO LL TL

In hand, Es e 29 19 8

11,192 11 7

Inefficient Balance, .., e 954 8 6

12,147 4 1

Co.'s Rs. 14,727 0 5

E. E.

Enw. B. CoweELzL,

Secy. As. Sociely.

—

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

"(91909 DMÍVIS Y “hawvzaoas

“TIEMOD “LT "MAH

CINCO

O 6 98%

O PvP rv 0.030

0 O 006 0” 0.0

0 8 “99 0.00

Oo O 009 0,070

esos o” (“Surpurg) “onso]eye) ¿sprig

e... -* “onGOTeIeO SUS S,PIeqo UL “UN

.... ...0.0.... 0.6... .0. 60. se. .. s]ISSO HT

onSo[eyep) s.JQUO0dLA “IQ ÍUurung

+ + *- “anoqe es “Surjurtg suo9ue][e9sIp

“qnoqu 628T JO "AT 09 “IT PUB $81 JO

fo9g “95ssy7 BDO

“LLA([ AVSOUAANVIOHS

*p9UTWULX

RR AA

P Z ZEV9 € OL 6829

_EAÁáÁAAAKÁXA A AS AR

“GS8T “4aquiara(T 9518 YI —

SUOOJT 5 ÑJODOZ DDISY 94,

0 g GQ 0 8 e e... .. ..n. o... 91.4 iS IA O 9]ES “09H

De 0% 00010 0-0 as sa OSOS | IO OIE

O SS S<TIv O SS 0€9 es “LO8T jo pua 0) Ord TIENE —puano f

O O 31 0 8 821 ee ...o o. ooo... “SsyO00J JO ÓS £ivaquÍ

0 0 Z6T 0 0 F9 ec... .o a SUOIBSUID y

v G Lo9*p e Q 60p“a e... .. 00.16.0090 000600600. “SUOTANqriquo)

'SONIUNVISLAO

AAA A A

O £1 828% O O OSO

"LA 2 <8T JO "IA PUB *AT “SON Tumor | ——— —_——

8 7 e8eT 0) 0 0) DIAS “oyedloN pue sutIITIAA “SISSI TA 0) 0 0008 0 0 0008 ODO ODO EE “1ode q s £ueduog

0 EE 06 0 0 86 e... . .... .. 0.3 90... ..... .. ». .. sarsodo( 0 0 Zl 6 e 82ST e... .».... 90. 000000 “S9Ut]RJ JUAIPOUT

O A A a E A 018 6 so > LEO

We e 08 93% “su “premio “Ss 9IQUOH | S <P 063 98 BPE scr es** edueg JO qUeg

“G28T “8281 ( "6281 " *8G8T 'HSVO

$000 OT

'8 'ON LNUWELVLS

"$088 7

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 61

LIST OF ORDINARY MEMBERS

OF THI

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

ON THE 31sT DECEMBER, 1859.

The * distinguishes non-subscribing and the + non-resident Members,

TOLDO IDO III IN INININININIOLNIOLNLOLNLNISINISISINLINS

tAbbott, Lieut.-Col. J. Bengal Artillery, Lucknow.

tAlabaster, O. Esquire, China.

tAlexander, Lieut. W. G. 93rd Highlanders, Rohilcund Horse,

Pillabheet.

*Allen, C. Esquire, B, C. $., Europe.

“Anderson, Lieut.-Col. W. Bengal Artillery, Europe.

Archer, C., Esq. M. D., B. M. S.; Calcutta.

Atkinson, W. S. Esquire, M. A.; Calcutta.

Avdall, J. Esquire, Calcutta.

*Baker, Lieut.-Col. W. E., F. G. S.; Bengal Engineers, Europe.

TBatten, J. H. Esquire, B. C. S., Mynpoorie.

TBayley, E. C. Esquire, B. C. S., Allahabad.

tBeadon, C. Esquire, B. C. S., N. W. Provinces,

Beaufort, F. L. Esquire, B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Beckwith, J. Esquire, Europe.

*Benson, Lieut.-Col. R., Europe.

tBirch, Major Genl. R. J. H., C. B., N. W. Provinces,

*Bivar, Capt. H. S. 18th Regt. B. N. 1., Europe.

*Blagrave, Capt. T. C. 26th lRegt. B. N. I., Europe.

Blane, Major S. J., H. M. 52ud Regt., Calcutta.

-Blanford, H. F. Esquire, Geological Survey.

tBlanford, W. T, Esquire, Geological Survey.

tBlundell, E, A, Esquire, Singapore.

*Bogle, Lieut.-Col. Sir A. K5., Europe.

Boloi Chund Singh Bábu, Calcutta.

62 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

tBowring, L. B. Esquire, B. C. S.; N. W. Provinces.

Boycott, T. Esq., Bombay M.S., Calcutta.

*Brodie, Capt. T. 5th Regt. B. N. I., Europe.

Busheerooddeen Sultan Mahamed, Saheb, Calcutta.

Calcutta, Right Rev. Lord Bishop of, N. W., Provinces.

Campbell, A. Esq., M. D. Darjiling.

tChapman, C. E. Esquire, B. C. S., Bijnour.

Chapman, R. B. Esquire, B. C. S., Calcuta.

*Colvin, Y. H. B. Esquire, B. C. S., Europe.

Cowell, E. B. Esquire, M. A., Calcutta.

Crozier, William, Esq. B. M. S., Calcutta.

Dalton, Capt. E. S. 9th Regt. B. N. I., Chota Nagpore.

De Bourbel, Capt. R., Bengal Engineers, Calcutta.

Dickens, Capt. C. H., Bengal Artillery, Calcutta.

Douglas, Major C., Bengal Artillery, Calcutta.

Drummond, Hor”ble E., B. C. $., Calcutta.

Eatwell, W. C. B., Esq. M. D.; F. L. S., Calcutta.

*Edgeworth, M. P. Esquire, B. C. S., Europe.

tEdmonstone, Hon*ble G. F., B. Lieut.-Govr. N. W. P., Allahabad.

* Elliott, Hon*ble Walter, M. C. $S., Europe.

Elliott, C. A, Esquire, B. C. S., Lucknow.

*Ellis, Major R. R. 23rd Regt. B. N. I., Europe.

*Elphinstone, Lieut. N. W. 4th Regt. B. N. L., Europe.

*Erskine, Major W. C., 73rd Regt. B. N. L, Europe.

Fayrer, J., Esq. M. D.; F. R. C. S., B. M. $., Calcutta.

Fisher, A. Esquire, Calcutta.

Fitzpatrick, D. Esquire, B. C. S., N. W, Provinces.

fForlong, Capt. J. G. R., Maulmein.

tFreeling, G. H. Esquire, B. C. S., Bolundshuhur.

Futteh Ally, Moulvie, Calcutta.

+Fytche, Major A., 70th Regt. B. N. I., Bassein.

Gardner, D. M. Esquire, B. C. S., Calcutta.

+Gastrell, Capt. J. E. 13th Regt. N. 1. Serampoor.

tGeoghegan, J. Esquire, B. C. S., N. W. Provinces.

*Gladstone, W. Esquire, Europe.

Goodenough, F. A. Esquire, Calcutta.

Goodeve, E. Esq., M. D.; B. M. S,, Calcutta.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 63

Govinchunder Sen, Bábu, Calcutta,.

Grant, Honr*ble J. P., Lieut.-Govr. of Bengal, Calcutta.

*Grapel, W. Esquire, M. A., Europe.

Grote, A. Esquire, F. L. S., B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Hall, F. E. Esquire, M. A., America.

Halsey, W. S. Esquire, B. C. $., Calcutta.

fHamilton, R. Esquire, China.

*Hamilton, Sir R. N. E. Bart., B. C. S., Europe.

Hannynegton, Lieut.-Col. J. C., 63rd Regt. B. N, I., Calcutta.

Hardie, G. K., Esq. M. D., Staff Surjeon, Calcutta.

+Haughton, Capt. J. C., 54th Regt. B. N. 1., Port Blair.

Hearsay, Major Genl. Sir J. B., K. C. B., F. L. $S., Barrackpore.

tHenessey, Y. B. N. Esquire, Mussooree.

THerschel, W. J. Esquire., B. C. S., Shahabad.

*Hichens, Capt. W. Bengal Engineers, Europe.

tHopkinson, Capt. H., 70th Regt. B. N. 1., Moulmein.

fIshureepershad Singh Rajah, Bahadoor, Benares.

*Jackson, L. S. Esquire, Europe.

*Jackson, W. B. Esquire, B. C. $S., Europe.

Jadava Krishna Singh Bábu, Calcutta.

- *James, Capt. H. C. 32nd Regt. B. N. I., Egypt.

*Jerdon, T. C. Esquire, M. M. S., Darjiling.

- *Johnstone, J. Esquire, Europe.

va] ones, R. Esquire, Calcuta.

Ko oygopaul Bysack, Bábu, Calcutta.

' +Kabeeroodeen Ahmed Shah, Bahadoor, Sassaram.

Kaliprusunno Singh, Bábu, Calcuta.

Kassinath Roy Chowdry, Babu, Cossipore.

Kay, Rev. W., D. D., Bishop's College.

*Laidlay, J. W. Esquire, Europe.

tLayard, Capt. F. P. 19th Regt. B. N. 1., Berhampore.

| Lees, Capt. W. N., L. L. D. 42nd Regt. B. N. I., Calcutta.

| Leonard, H. Esquire, C. E., Calcutta.

| *Liebig, G. Von, M. D., B. M. S., Europe.

| Loch, G. Esquire, B. C. $S., Calcutta,

Low, Major Genl. J., Europe.

Lushington, F. A. Esquire, B, C, S., Rampore Beaulea.

64 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

+Maclagan, Capt. R., Bengal Engineers, Roorkee,

*Macleod, D. F. Esquire, B. C. S., Europe.

Macrae, A. C., Esq. M. D., B. M. $., Calcutta.

Manackjee Rustomjee, Esquire, Calcutta,

*Marshman, J. C. Esquire, Europe.

Mazzuchelli, Rev. F. F., D. D., Calcutta.

Medlicott, J. G. Esquire, Geological Survey.

*Middleton, Y. Esquire, Europe.

*Mills, A. J. M. Esquire, B. €. S., Europe.

*Money, D. J. Esquire, B. C. $., Europe.

Money, J. W. B. Esquire, Calcutta.

Morris, G. 6. Esquire, B. C. S., Moorshedabad.

*Muir, J. Esquire, Europe.

fMuir, W. Esquire, B. C. S., Allahabad.

jMurray, Lieut. W. G. 68th B. N. 1., Rawul Pindee.

tNarendra Narian Bhupa, Maha Rajah, I£ooch Behar.

+Nicholls, Capt. W. T. 24th Regt. M. N. 1., Burmah.

Nundolala Bose, Bábu, Calcutta.

Obbard, J. Esquire, Calcutta.

Oldham, T. Esquire, F. R. S., F. G. S., Calcutta.

O'"Shaughnessy, Sir W. B., M. D., F. k. S., Calcutta.

*Ouseley, Major W. R., Europe.

fPhayre, Lieut.-Col. A. P., Rangoon.

tPrasunnonath Roy, Rajah Bahadoor, Degaputti Rajshye.

Pratabchundra Siñha, Rajah, Calcutta.

Pratt, the Ven*ble Archdeacon, J. H., M. A., Calcutta.

*Prinsep, O. R. Esquire, Europe.

Prosonocoomar Tagore, Bábu, Calcutta,

Rádhánáth Sikdar, Bábu, Calcutta.

Rajendrá Dutt, Bábu, Calcutta.

Rajendralál Mittra, Bábu, Calcutta.

Ramánáth Tagore, Bábu, Calcuta.

Ramáprasad Roy, Bábu, Calcutta.

tRámchandra Siñha, Rájáa, Moorshedabad.

Rámgopál Ghose, Bábu, Calcutta.

Riddell, H. P. Esquire, B. C. S., Calcutta,

tRoberts, A. Esquire, B. €, $., Lahore.

[No. 1,

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Roer, E., Esq. Ph. D., Calcutta.

*Rogers, Capt. T. E., Europe.

+tRussell, R. H. Esquire, B. C. S., Bancoorah.

fRussell, A. E. Esquire, B. C. $S., Balasore.

Samuells, E. A. Esquire., B. C. S., Calcutta.

Sanders, J. Esquire, Calcubta.

+tSaxton, Capt. G. H. 38th M. N. I,, Cuttack.

Schiller, F. Esquire, Calcutta.

fScott, W. H. Esquire, Dehra Dhoon.

Sherwill, Major, W. $. 66th Regt. B. N. I.; F. G.S.; F. R. G. S.,

Dum Dum.

+Sherwill, Capt. J., Darjiling.

*Smith, Col. J. T., Europe.

Smith, Colonel R. Baird, C. B., F. G. S., Bengal Engineers, Calcutta.

Smith, H. Scott, Esquire, B. A., Calcutta.

TSpankie, R, Esquire, B. C. S., Saharunpore.

*Sprenger, Dr. A., Europe.

Stainforth, H. Esquire, B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Stephen, Major, J. G. Sth N. 1., Europe.

Strachey, Lieut.-Col. R., F. R.S.; F.G.S.; F.L.S.; F.R.G.S.;

Bengal Engineers, Calcutta.

Strachey, J. E. Esquire, B. C. S., Moradabad.

—*Stubbs, Capt. F. W. Bengal Artillery, Rawul Pindee.

Sutherland, H. C. Esquire, B. €. S., Tipperah.

'Suttischunder Roy, Mabharaja, Krishnagur.

| Suttyasharana Ghosal, Rajah, Calcutta,

Theobold, W. Esquire, Geological Survey.

Thomas, E. Esquire, B. C. S., Europe.

| Botanical Gardens.

fThornhill, C. B. Esquire, B. C. S., Allahabad.

Trevor,-C. B. Esquire, B. €. S., Calcutta.

Ward, J. J. Esquire, B. C. S., Cuttack.

| tTickell, Major, S. R., 3156 B. N. I., Moulmein.

¡Warrand, R. H. M. Esquire, B. C. S., Calcutta.

]

'T'huillier, Major, H. L.; F. R. G. S.; Bengal Artillery, Calcutta.

¡| Tytler, Major, R. C., 88th Regt. B. N. I., Barrackpore.

Thomson, T., Esq. M. D.; F.R.S,;F.L.S.;F.R.G.S; F. HS,

66 Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

*Watson, J. Esquire, B. C. S., Europe.

jWaugh, Col. A. $., F. R.S.; TF. R. G. S; Bengal Engineers, Dehra

Dhoon. j

Wells, Sir Mordaunt, Kt., Calcutta.

Williams, F. Fisk, Esquire, Calcutta.

fWilmot, C. W. Esquire, Pakour, Sontal Pergunnabs.

jWillsone, W. L. Esquire, Beerbboom.

Woodrow, H. Esquire, M. A., Calcutta.

jWortley, Major, A. H. P. Stuart, Indore.

Young, Lieut.-Col. C. B., Bengal Engineers, Calcutta.

jYule, Lieut.-Col. H., Bengal Engineers, N. W. Provinces.

ELECTIONS 1N 1859.

Ordinary Members.

C. Alabaster, Esq., China.

Maha Rajah Suttis Chunder Roy Buhadoor, Krishnagur.

Major A. H. P. Stuart Wortley, Indore.

H. Stainforth, Esq., B. C. S., Calcutta.

Bábu Kassy Nauth Roy Chowdry, Cossipore.

H. Scott Smith, Esq., B. A., Calcutta.

W. Theobald, Esq., Jr., Geological Survey.

Lieut. W. G. Alexander, 93rd Highlanders, Pillibheet.

Capt. F. W. Stubbs, Bengal Artillery, Rawulpindee.

Sir Mordaunt Wells, Kt., Calcutta.

Colonel R. Baird Smith, C. B., Calcutta.

Bábu Nundolala Bose, Calcutta.

The Right Rev. Lord Bishop of Calcutta, Calcutta.

E. C. Bayley, Esq. B. C. S., Allahabad.

Honorable (+. F. Edmonstone, Lieut.-Govr. N. W. P.

Major R. C. Tytler, 38th Regt. B. N. 1., Barrackpore.

K. H. M. Warrand, Esq., B. €. $., Calcuta.

Capt. J. E. Gastrell, 13th Regt. N. I., Serampoor.

C. W. Wilmot, Esq., Pakour.

Maha Rajah Narendra Narain Bhupa, Cooch Behar.

34bu Boloi Chund Singh, Calcuta.

J. Obbard, Esq., Calcutta.

W. T. Blanford, Esq., Geological Survey.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengnl.

W. H. Scott, Esq., Dehra Dhoon. :

Lieut. W. Gr. Murray, 68th N. 1., Rawulpindee.

J. B. N. Henessey, Esq., Mussooree.

A. Campbell, Esq. M. D., Darjiling.

Capt. J. Sherwill, Darjiling.

Capt. H. Hopkinson, 70th Regt. B. N. 1., Moulmein,

A. E. Russell, Esq., C. S., Balasore. |

W. L. Willsone, Esq., Beerbhoom.

Rev. F. F, Mazuchelli, D. D., Calcutta.

Major S. J. Blane, H. M. 52nd Regt., Calcutta.

J. Geogeghan, Esq., N. W. Provinces.

LE. Goodeve, Esq. M. D., Calcutta.

Major C. Douglas, Bengal Artillery, Calcuta.

R. Jones, Esq., Calcutta.

D. M. Gardner, Esq., B. C. S, Calcutta.

Capt. J. G. R. Forlong, Moulmein.

L, B. Bowring, Esq., B. C. S., N. W. Provinces.

Capt. J. C. Haughton, 54th Regt. B. N. L., Port Blair.

C. Archer, Esq. M. D., Calcutta.

D. Fitzpatrick, Esq., B. C. S., N. W. Provinces.

G. K. Hardie, Esq., M. D. Staff Surgeon, Calcutta.

A. Fisher, Esq., Calcutta.

Major S. R. Tickell, 31st Regt. B. N. 1., Moulmein.

J. Sanders, Esq., Calcutta.

C. A. Elliott, Esq., B. C. $S., Lucknow.

The Honorable J. P. Grant, Lieut.-Govr. of Bengal, Calcutta.

Moulvie Futteh Ally, Calcutta.

F, Fisk Williams, Esq., Calcutta.

F, A. Goodenough, Esq., Calcutta.

H. Leonard, Esq., C. E., Calcutta.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Dr. Max. Miller, Oxford, London.

Dr. P. Bleeker, Batavia.

Dr. H. Frederick, Batavia.

Honorary Member.

| Right Hon'ble Sir James W. Colvile, Kt,, Europe.

(Ne)

68 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

Loss or MEMBERS DURING THE YEAR 1859.

By retirement.

B. J. Colvin, Esq., B. C. S., Calcutta.

Rev. W. O. Smith, Calcutta.

Dr. D. T. Morton, Tounghoo.

By death.

Lieut.-Col. M. E. Loftie, Nuseerabad.

Adolphe Schlagintweit, (Corresponding Member,) Thibet.

Sir G. T. Staunton, Bart. F. R. $S., (Honorary Member,) London.

Lisr or HoxnorAry MEMBERS.

M. Garcin de Tassy, Membre de 1 Instit, Paris.

Sir John Phillippart, London,

Count De Noe, Paris.

Prof. Francis Bopp, Memb. de 1” Academie de Berlin.

Sir J. EF. W. Herschel, F. KR. S., London.

Col. W. H. Sykes, F. R. S. Do.

Prof. Lea, Philadelphia.

Prof. H. H. Wilson, F. R. $S., London.

Prof. C. Lassen, Bonn.

M. Reinaud, Memb. de 1” Instit. Prof. de 1 Arabe, Paris.

Dr. Ewald, Gottingen.

His Highness Hekekyan Bey, Egypt.

Right Hon'ble Sir Edward Ryan, Kt., London.

Prof. Jules Mohl, Memb. de 1” Instit, Paris.

Col. W. Munro, C. B., H. M. 39th Regt., London.

His Highness the Nawab Nazim of Bengal, Murshedabad.

J. D. Hooker, Esq. M. D., R. N., F. R.S., E. G. $., F. L. S., London.

Prof. Henry, Princeton, United States.

Lieut.-Col. Sir C. H. Rawlinson, K. C. B. Persia.

Lieut.-Col. Sir Proby T. Cautley, K. C. B., F. G. S., London.

Rájá Rádhákánta Devá Bahádur, Calcutta.

B. H. Hodeson, Esq., F. KR. S., Europe.

H. Falconer, Esq. M. D., F.R.S., F. G.S., F. L.S., B. M.S,, Europ

Right Hov”ble Sir J. W., Sllvil Kt., o

]

1860.] Proceedings of the ÁAsiatic Society of Bengal.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Kremer, Mons. A. Von, Alexandria.

Porter, Rev. J., Damascus.

Schlagintweit, Herr H.

Schlagintweit, Herr K.

Smith, Dr. E. Beyrout.

Tailor, J. Esq., Bussorah.

Wilson, Dr., Bombay.

Nietner, J. Esq, Colombo, Ceylon.

Max. Miller, Dr., Oxford.

Bleeker, Dr. P., Batavia.

Frederick, Dr. H., Batavia.

ASsoCcIAaTE MEMBERS.

Blyth, E. Esq., Calcutta.

—Káramut Ali, Syud, Matawalli, Hooghly.

Long, Rev. J., Calcutta.

' MacGowan, Rev. J., Europe.

Stephenson, J. Esq., Europe.

70 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. No: E,

For FeBrRUARY, 1860.

At a meeting of the Society held on the 1st Instant.

A. Grote, Esq., President in the chair.

The Proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were recelved—

1. From Dr. F. J. Mouat, a Jacket dc., worn by the Angami

Naga Hill chief who killed the French Missionary.

2. From Dr. W. Hardinger of the Austrian Academy, several

volumes of the Transactions of that Academy. |

3. From the Secy. to the Royal Society of Sciences at Stockholm,

Parts 1 to 5 of a Voyage round the world of the KR. Swedish Frigate

Eugenie.

4. From H. M. the Ex-King of Oudh, a dead monkey, Presbytes

Cephalopterus..

5. From Mrs. Turnbull, a fine stuffed specimen of .Petawrus

Sciaurus, Shaw.

6. From J. J. Atkinson, Esq., a few Birds” skins procured ab

Singapore.

7. From Alex. Thomas, Esq., in medical charge of Khyuk Phyoo,

Ramsee, Arakan, a fine specimen of Platydactylus gechko.

8. From F. E. Hall, Esq., an inscription stone found among the

ruins of Pátan, a decayed city near Rátgurh in the Saugor district.

9. From Major R. R. W. Ellis (through F. E. Hall, Esq.) a

copper-plate land grant, dated in the year of Vikramáditya answering

to A. D. 1097. This grant was translated by Mr. Hall in the

Journal of 1858.

A letter was read from C. E. Chapman, Esq., desiring to withdraw

from the Society.

The following gentlemen duly proposed at the last meeting were

balloted for and elected ordinary members.

Col. E. W. $. Scott. Bengal Artillery.

Major G. Pearse.

Dr. F. J. Mouat, re-elected.

Capt. T. G. Montgomerie, B. E., F. R. G. $.

Mr. Robert Swinhoe and Rev. H. Baker were also elected corre-

sponding members of Society.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 71

The following gentlemen were named for ballob as ordinary

members at the: next meeting.

Dr. D. Brandis, proposed by Dr. Thomson seconded by Mr. Atkinson.

Sir H. Bartle Frere, K. C. B. proposed by Capt. Lees, seconded by

the President.

H. $. Reid, Esq., Director of Public Instruction, N. W.P. proposed

by Capt. R. Maclagan seconded by Mr. W. Muir.

Major J. Hovenden, Bengal Engineers, proposed by Capt. Stubbs

seconded by Major Thuillier.

Major F. D. Atkinson proposed by Mr. Atkinson seconded by

Major Thuillier.

Stephen Lushington, Esq., B. C. S. proposed by the President

seconded by Mr. Samuells.

Capt. A. D. Turnbull, Bengal Engineers, Superintendent General

Irrigation N. W. P., proposed by Lieut.-Col. A. S. Waugh, seconded

by Capt. R. Maclagan.

H. B. Medlicott, Esq., F. Gr. S. Professor of Geology at the

Thomason College, Roorkee, proposed by Capt. KR. Maclagan, seconded

by Mr. T. Oldham.

-——Lieut. H. Sconce, Assistant Commissioner Assam, proposed by Dr.

Thomson seconded by Mr. Atkinson.

Rev. J. Cave Brown, proposed by the President seconded by Rev.

| Dr. Kay.

WS. Fitz William, Esq., proposed by Mr. Atkinson, seconded by

Mr. Schiller,

S. Wauchope, Esq., B. C, S., proposed by the President, seconded

by Major Thuillier.

The Council Submitted the following report recommending that

| Professor Max Muller be elected an Honorary Member.

| REPORT.

““ The Council beg to recommend Professor Max Miller of Oxford

' for election as an Honorary member of the Society.

“* For the last ten years no name has been more distinguished in

Europe in connection with the ancient literature of India. His

¡edition of the Rig Veda, with the commentary of Sáyánáchárya,

(three volumes of which have appeared, containing five of the eight

¡ashtakas,) is alone sufficient to win him a very high place among

72 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

Oriental scholars. He has also laboured successfully in the fields of

comparative philology and mythology; and his paper on the latter

subject in the Oxford essays has been translated into two of the

continental languages.

His last work which has only lately arrived in this country, on

the “ History of ancient Sanskrit Literature so far as 16 illustrates the

primitive religion of the Brahmans,” not only brings within the

reach of the general reader, the results of the labours of various Orien-

talists, bub it also abounds with new and interesting materials for

future investigations. Of this kind is the chapter on the history of

writing in India, which first appeared in the Society”s Journal, the

author having contributed it when he was elected a corresponding

member in the February meeting of 1859.”

The Council reported that they had appointed the following gentle-

men as members of the Sub-Committees for the year 1860,

FINANCE.

Capt. C. H. Dickens.

Baboo Rajendra Lal Mitra,

PHILOLOGY.

E. A. Samuells, Esq.

Rev. J. Long.

Dr. E. Roer.

Capt. W. N. Lees.

Baboo Rajendra Lal Mittra.

| LIBRARY.

J:. A. Samuells, Esq.

Baboo Ramapersaud Roy.

Major k. Strachey.

Capt. W. N. Lees.

R. Jones, Esq.

Baboo Rajendra Lal Mittra.

NATURAL HISTORY.

E. A. Samuells, Esq.

T. Oldham, Esq.

Dr. T. Thomson.

Dr. W. Crozier.

-W. Theobold, Esq.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 13

Major R. Strachey.

H. F. Blanford, Esq.

METEOROLOGY AND PuYsIiCAL SCIENCE.

The Ven”ble J. H. Pratt,

Major H. L. Thuillier.

Major k. Strachey.

Baboo Radha Nauth Sikdar.

T. Oldham, Esq.

Communications were received-—

1. From Baboo Radha Nauth-Sikdar, an abstract of the Meteoro-

logical Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office in the

months of June, July, and August, 1859.

2. From R. B. Chapman, Esq., Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of India, copy of a Statement of Doolum, a Convict in Port

Blair.

Major Thuillier, F.R.G.S. informed the meeting that he

had recently had the pleasure of receiving from the Messrs.

de Schlagintweit now at Berlin, some excellent specimens of Chromo-

Lithographs and Chromo-Photosraphs of their series of wiews of

the most interesting subjects taken during the course of their magne-

bical survey of India. These pictures he placed on the Table for the

inspection of members, the smaller ones being described as Chromo-

Photographs and the larger as Chromo-Lithographs.

Tb was proposed by the Messrs. de Schlagintweit to produce a collee-

' tion of no less than 700 Panoramas and views from India and High

| Asia, the aquarells and drawings from nature by Hermannm and

| Adolpne de Schlagintweit, with some Photographs by Kobert

de Schlagintweib, taken between the years 1854 to 1858.

| into 20 groups as follows:

Groups. Plates.

These views of which a catalogue has been forwarded, are divided

1. General Panoramic Views, 1 to phd: oa

| 2. Konkun and Western Dekhan, ne E AS

3. Bengal to Panjab, vdd ed O o

4. Khassia Hills and surrounding Plains, ... 2:70 189

5. Central India, ... TE Y ld JO

6. Eastern Ghats and Karnatik, »/ ro 128

74 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. — [No. 1,

7. Maissur and pee da a ¿e PESO

8. Rivers, . 0% 7200

9. Trees and groups of egotaliva, 7 .,. 249

10. Temples, Monumental Buildings, pa Residen-

ces, Ln RE

11. Native Binmels Bridges, vos re ... 359

12. Panoramas from the Himalaya, Tibet NE Tortas: 394

13. KEastern Himalaya, A SS ses WA

14. Western Himalaya, se ... 469

15. Gnari, Khorsum, Central Tibet, 2 a 1 406

16. Western Tibet and Karakorum (Muskta), DO

17. From Ladak by the Karakorum and Kuenlun da

Turkistan, ... cda ONE

18. Salt-lakes and Thermal springs, ¿de de AOS

19. Snow-peaks and Glaciers, ... See e... 646

20. Indian Ocean to Egypt, ... e «210400

From the above, the meeting would observe that the series em-

braced a wide range of interest, and from the specimens on the Table,

he (Major Thuillier) thought that the collection was well worthy

of a place in the archives of the Society. He could not inform the

meeting what the probable cost of the entire set would be, but he

hoped the object would not be lost sight of. The catalogue shewed

a long list of subjects which appeared to be of special interest to a

Society like this and the superior and artistic manner in which such

publications were brought out in Germany, rendered them valuable.

With respect to the Chromo-Photographs, he would read an extracb

from Mr. Hermann de Scehlagintweit's letter to his address, dated the

9th November last.

“The three Photographs are aquarell fac-similes and reductions to

one uniform size of our large originals. By a peculiar combination

partly of tinted Paper, on which the Photographs are printed, and

partly of colour put on, they resemble, as near as possible, our originals.”

And as regards the larger pictures, he states :

“The objects of the Chromatic Lithographs are the two highest

Peaks till now measured, which we thought to be of particular

interest for you, our atlas will consist of 80 similar Plates.”” These

two views the meeting would observe, represented the celebrated moun-

1860. |] Proceedings of the Astatic Society of Bengal. 15

tains called “Kanchinjinga” and “ Mount Everest” the former being

28,156 feet and the latter 29,002 feet above mean sea level. To the

latter Mr. de Schlagintweit had added the name of “ Gourisanker,”

a name which he (Major T.) did not remember to have before heard,

It would be in the recollection of the Society that there was a very

animated discussion some time back on the subject of the native or

local appellation of this stupendous mountain, and that Mr. Brian

Hodgson had affixed to 1t the name of “ Deodhunga.” It had been

very clearly shewn to the Society, by his friend Colonel Waugh, how

impossible ib was for any person, without entering Nipal and conduct:

ing measurements there in the vicinity of the great snowy mass

in question, to identify the peak which he had, after years of

research and computation, fixed by actual observation, and declare

it to be one and the same. For this reason he had therefore main-

tained his right to assign to the highest known mountain in the world,

until its own native designation could be established beyond all

doubt, a distinguished modern name, which had met with entire

approval from the Royal Geographical Society at home, as well as

with scientific men on the continent, and which, no doubt, would now

be inseparably connected with the mountain for generations to

come.

Mr. de Schlagintweit had made no allusion to the point, and ib was

therefore not known from whence he had obtained the name of

“ Gourisanker” or from what authority he had deduced it. Probably

he had been able to derive information on this important subjecb

when he visited Katmandhoo from which place also, ik was most

likely the view was taken, although this was not specified on the

picture, a point to be regretted, looking to the discussions which had

taken place and to the great interest which attached to the subject.

Major Thuillier also informed the meeting that Mr. de Schlagintweit's

letter stated that the King of Bavaria whose subjects they were,

had been pleased to confer on both brothers, titles of nobility, a dis-

tinction which they believed they owed to their important Mission

to India and to the liberal views and arrangements with which the

Indian Government at all times assisted them in completing i6.

Major Douglas exhibited a calculating machine, and explained the

L 2

76 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

principle on which ib was constructed, and the mode in which various

arithmetical operations were effected by 16. ]

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Major Thuillier and to

Major Douglas.

The Officiating Librarian submitted the usual monthly report,

LIBRARY.

List of accessions to the Library since the meeting in January last,

Presentations.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, New Series,

vol. IV. Part 1.—BY THE ACADEMY.

List of Fellows of the Royal Society for 1858.—ByY THE RoYAL

SOCIETY.

Address of the President delivered at the Anniversary Meeting, 30th

November, 1858.—Ditto.

Zwei Vedische Texte ¡ber Omená und Portenta. Von. A. Weber, Berlin,

1859.— BY THE AUTHOR.

1. Jahrbuch der Kaiser-Koniglichen, Geologischen Reichsanstalt vols.

VII. VII. and IX. Vienna.—By THE SocIETY.

List of members of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1858.

Report of the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the British

Association for procuring a continuance of the Magnetic and Meteorolozical

Observatoriles.

2. VUebersicht der resultate Mineralogischer Forschungen from 1844, to

1852, 3 vols. Von. Dr. Gustav. Adolph. Kenngott.

3. Katalog der Bibliothek des K. K. Hof—Mineralien—Cabinets in

Wien.

4, Abhandlungen der Mathemat, Physikalischen Classe der Koeniglich

Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, vols. 30, 31, Múnchen,

5. Ditto Historischen Classe, vol. 32. E

6. Ditto Philosoph Philologischen Classe, vol. 3rd Parts 1, 2 and 3.

7. Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, Von Wilhelm Haidinger, Bands

1,23 and 4.

Auszug aus dem Monatsbericht der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissens-

chaften Zu Berlin for January and February 1859, 2 pamphlets.

8. Gelehrte Anzeigen heransgegeben Von Mitgliedern der K. Bayer.

Akademie der Wissenschaften Parts 42 and 47.

9. Berichte úber die mittheilungen von Freunden der naturwissen=

schaften in Wien, Von Wilhelm Haidinger, Parts 1 and ¿.—Wien.

An unpointed Phonetic Alphabet based upon Lepsius” Standard Alphabet

by J. G. Thompson, M. C. S. Mangalore 1859.—By ThE AUTHOR.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 17

Oriental Christian Spectator for December, 1859.—Bvy THE EDITOR.

Calcutta Christian Observer for January, 1860.—By THE EDITORS.

Oriental Baptist for January, 1860.—By THE EDITOR.

1. A paper and Resolutions on the Uniform System of Meteorological

Observations. —ByY MaJor R. LACHLAN.

2. Juurnal of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. 27, 1858.

3. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlándischen Gesellschaft Dreizehnter

Band. 4th Heft, Leipzig, 1859.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal

of Science, Fourth Series. No. 121, November, 1859.

4, Denkrede auf Johaun Nepomuf von Fuchs. By Franz von Kobell,

Minchen. 1856.

5. Ueber die Physic der Molecularcráfte. By Prof. Dr. Jolly. Minchen,

1857.

6. Wissenschaften altderetscher Sprache und Literatur. By Dr.

Konrad Hoffman, Múnchen, 1857.

7. Die deutsche Politik Kónig Heinrich T.—By Franz Longer, Múnchen

1857.

8. Francesco Petrarca?s Vortrag.—BY Pror. GeorG MARTIN THoMas.

Minchen, 1858.

9. Ueber die geschichtlichen Porstufen der neueren Rechts philosophie.

—By Pror. Dr. CarL PranTL. Minchen, 1858.

10. Ueber Johannes Múller.—By Dr. Tu. L. W. Biscnorr. Minchen,

1858.

11. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Parts,

l and 2 of 1858.

12, Fisher”s Mosaic account of the Creation.

13. Weber's Zwei Vedische Texte uber Omina und Portenta.

Purchased.

1. Le Bouddha et Sa Religion. By J. Barthelemig Saint-Hilaire,

Paris.

2. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. By M. Milne Edwards and By M.

M. A. D. Brongniart Et J. Decaisne. Paris 1859.

3. Revue des Deux Mondes, XXIX. Annee, Seconde Periode. Paris

October 1859, and November 1859. Tomes XXIII. and XXIV.

4, Vergleichende Grammatik. Von Bopp. Zweiter Band Zweite Hálfte,

Berlin, 1859.

5. Chalef Elahmar's Qasside. Von W. Ahlwardt, Greifswald, 1859.

6. Die Herabkunft Des Feners und Des Góttertranks. Von Adalbert

Kuln. Berlin, 1859.

78 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

7. The Literary Gazette. Nos. 69, 70, 71, 72 of vol. 3rd.

8. Comptes Rendus Des Seances De L”Academie des Sciences. Tome

49. Nos. 12, 13, 14 and 15.

9. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. No. 23, November,

1859. London.

10. Haji Khalfa, a Biographical Dictionary of the Mahomedans, vol. 7.

For March, 1860.

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on

the 74h instant.

A. Grote, Esq., President, in the chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed :—

Presentations were received :—

1. From Rajah Kundurpeshwar Singh, Zemindar of Sarun, six gold

coins of his predecessors of diflerent sizes.

2. From the Bombay Government, No. 54, of the selections from

its records.

3. From the Madras Government, No. 61, of the records of that

Government.

4. From the Superintendent, Bombay Government Observatory,

a copy of the Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made in

1858.

5. From M. Zill, a fragment of the egg-shell of the large Dodo-

like bird of Madagascar, the ALpiornis maximus. (J. Geofroy,) an egg,

beside which that of the Ostrich is comparatively diminutive, and

which holds about two gallons.

6. Captain Eales, of the Fire Queen, S. V., a specimen of the Chs-

loscylltum plagiosum, (Bennett,) six feet in length, from the Aguada

Reef, the “Sun-fish” of seamen in the Bay of Bengal, found only in

shoal water.

7. Capt. Niblett, of the Sydney S. V. a small specimen of the cu-

rious crustacean, Thalasina scorpionedes, (Leach) forwarded by Mr.

Voule of Rangoon, who remarks that “ This is a land animal, which

the Burmese call Padzoon Kea or * scorpion prawn.? It does not live

on the surface of the ground, but burrows to a depth of three or four

feet in the mud. This specimen was found at that depth.”

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of; Bengal. 79

8. From Rajah Radha Kanth Deb, Bahadoor, a huge Sunkarra

Fish (trygon).

Professor Max Miller, of Oxford, was balloted for, and elected an

Honorary Member of the Society. |

The following gentlemen duly proposed at the last meeting were

balloted for and elected ordinary members :—

Dr. D. Brandis.

The Hor”ble Sir H. Bartle Frere, K. C. B.

H. S. Reid, Esq. B. C. $.

Major Hovenden.

Major F. D. Atkinson.

Stephen Lushington, Esq., B. C. $.

Capt. A. D. Turnbull.

H. B. Medlicott, Esq.

Lieut. H. Sconce.

Rev. J. Cave Browne.

W. $. Fitzwilliam Esq.

S. Wauchope, Esq., B. C. S.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot as ordinary mem-

bers at the next meeting.

J, E. T. Aitchison Esq., M. D. proposed by Major F. W. Stubbs

and seconded by Col. Baird Smith.

A. K. Dyer, Esq., proposed by Dr. T. Thomson, seconded by Mr.

Atkinson.

H. Braddon, Esq., proposed by Mr. Atkinson and seconded by the

President.

Alonzo Money, Esq., B. C. S., proposed by Mr. Atkinson, seconded

by Mr. Samuells.

The Council also proposed Dr. M. Haug of Poonah, a corresponding

member of the Society.

Col. Strachey suggested that a statement should be prepared and

laid before the next meeting showing, as far as could be at present

ascertained, the financial result of the recent reduction in the rate of

subscription.

The Secretary said he should be most happy to prepare such a state-

ment. He could at once state, that since the beginning of last year

upwards of 70 new members had been elected.

80 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

Capt. Lees enquired what number had been elected in previous

years.

The Secretary replied that the average of the three preceding years

had been only nine.

Communications were received—

1. From Baboo Radhanauth Sikdar, abstract of the result of the

Meteorological observations taken at the Surveyor General's office in

the month of September, 1859.

2. From W. T. Blanford, Esq., a paper on the Indian Malacology,

No. 1, by Messrs. W. T. and H. F. Blanford.

3. From Major H. L. Thuillier, a paper by Capt. Montgomerie

on the great flood of the river Indus which reached Attock on the

10th August, 1858.

4. From Col. R. Strachey a memo. on Mr. Blyth's paper on the

animals known as wild asses.

Received the following letter from Major H. L. Thuillier :—

To W. S. ATkINSON, EsQ.,

Secy. Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I have the pleasure to return the Society?s atlas of district

lithographed maps which 1 have completed. After adding all the maps

recently published, an index to the whole set has been prepared, the

maps numbered, and an index map of Bengal prepared, which 1 hope

will make the record more worthy of a place in the Society?s library.

TI would suggest that a separate volume of the engraved sheets of

the Indian Atlas be prepared for the library. 1 should be happy to

supply all the sheets published up to the present time from the Sur-

veyor General's Office, and to arrange them with proper list and index

map. The cost of the atlas will not be more than about 20 Rupees.

Your”s obediently,

(Sd.) H. L. TruruLIer, Major.

The hearty acknowledgments of the meeting were given to Major

Thuillier for his liberal and valuable assistance in completing and ar-

ranging the Society?s atlas,

His offer to furnish the engraved maps, as they were issued, was

accepted with thanks.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 81

Report from the Council.

The Council beg to submit for the approval of the Society the

following report of the Philological Committee recommending the

publication of Zeeah Burneah in the Bibl. Indica.

Report.

The Philological Committee recommend to the Council thab the

Zeeah Burneah, a Persian History of the reign of Firuz Shah Toghluk,

should be published in the new series just commenced of the Bibl.

Indica. Several MSS. have been collected to form an accurate texb,

and Moulavi Syud Ahmed Khan of Moradabad has offered to edit 16,

The work will fill about seven Fasciculi, and as 16 relates to a very

important and but little known period in the history of Muhammadan

India, and as the book itself is extremely rare, 16 appears to the Com-

mittee on every account desirable to have ib printed.

The report was adopted.

The Council reported that they had addressed the following letter

to the Supreme Government :—

From W. S. AtxixsoN, Esq. Secy. Asiatic Society of Bengal,

To W. GrxY, Esq., Secy. Govt. of India, Home Dept.

ÁAsiatic Society's Rooms, Calcutta, 27th Feb. 1860.

Sir,—I am directed by the Council to bring to the notice of the

Honorable the President in Council the opportunity afforded by the

present expedition to China of investigating the Physical Geography

and Natural History of portions of that country to which access may

hereafter be difficult or impossible.

2. The Council have felt so deeply the importance of not neglect.

ing this opportunity, that they recently requested their President to

ascertain the views of the Viceroy, but at that time it appeared to His

Lordsbip that he would not be warranted in exposing a naburalist to

such risk of life, as would be incurred by prosecuting Natural History

rescarches in a hostile country.

3. Since that time considerable extension has been given to the

force intended to operate in China, and ib appears probable that posts

must be established to serve as a basis for operations inland, in nor-

thern China, a country little known to naturalists and of very great

interest,

82 Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society of Bengal. — [No. 1,

4. A naburalist would thus be able either from on boardship or

from the posts on the seaboard to make good collections and obtain

valuable information, even if unable to accompany the force into the

interior in whatever direction ib may proceed.

5. The Council however venture to think that a naturalist would

find 16 possible to accompany the advance of the army without serious

danger, and they are further convinced that an equally good oppor-

tunity is not likely to occur again, and that 16 would hereafter be a

matter for regret if no use were made of it; nor do they think i6

immaterial to add, in confirmation of their own views, that the French

Government, as they have recently ascerbained, has already dispatched

a naturalist to the East to accompany the allied forces.

6. The Council have learnt from the public journals that attention

has already been called to the subject at home, and they have reason

to believe that H. M. Government have been addressed on the subject

by leading men of science in England. They nevertheless feel ib a

duty to lay the subject before the Government here, because they

believe that a man possessing special qualifications for such a

task, by his previous studies and by his extensive knowledge of the

Zoology of Asia, is present on the spot and ready to undertake the

duties and the risk. Moreover, the name of Mr. Blyth, who has a

high reputation in Europe, has been prominently put forward in the

London Ziímes and AÁthenceum as the gentleman best suited for such

a commission.

7. The Council therefore, while fully appreciating the motives which

influenced His Excellency in declining to entertain their proposal when

first submitted to him, still venture to hope that the great importance

of such a mission in a scientific point of view, the probability that so

favorable an opportunity may not oceur again, and the fact that Mr.

Blyth is quite willing to encounter the danger, whatever it may be,

may lead to a reconsideration of the question, and an affirmative de-

cision. ¡

8. The Council have given some attention to the matter of expense

and think a personal salary of Rs. 500 with travelling expenses would

be a fair remuneration.

In addition to this some allowance would be required to provide a

staff of native taxidermists and collectors. |

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 83

These might be procured partly in this country and partly in

China.

I have, Ke.,

(Sd.) W. S. ATKINSON,

Secretary, ÁAsiatic Society.

Mr. R. Jones previously to giving a microscopic domonstration of

Diatomacex offered a few remarks descriptive of these organisms.

They were described as a family of confervoid Alge differing from

other unicellular Alge, in being furnished with an external coating of

silex. The method of determining the structure of the Diatomaceous

frustule was explained, and attention was directed to the singular

beauty of the traceries and markings exhibited by the silicious

valves and to the difficulty of making out their true condition.

The mode of increase of the cells was stated to be, like that of

all vegetable cells, a process of division—the only other mode of

reproduction known certainly to exist in this class, being that in

which the operation of conjugation takes place. It was remarked

however that these phenomena required for their satisfactory demon-

stration quiet and a happy concurrence of other circumstances. It was

further stated that the reproduction of Diatomacex, by the break-

ing up of the Endochrome into Gonidia, was doubtful. Various causes

were mentioned as having been assigned to account for the motion

observable in these organisms; but it was added that, our know-

ledge on this point was still very imperfect. The habitats of the

Diatomaces were described, and numerous fossil specimens from the

Himalayas, the Arctic regions, America, and various other localities,

were exhibited during the evening; and i6 was mentioned, as an in-

teresting fact, that the same species were found under conditions widely

differing, and in places distantly remote from each other.

Dr. Crozier remarked that the description of the organization of

the Diatomacex with which Mr. Jones had so ably favoured the meet-

img and the microscopic demonstrations which would now be given of

them, both recent and fossil, were very interesting, especially as these

minute organized beings have only very lately been brought to our

knowledge by the valuable assistance our sense of sight receives from

the compound achromatic microscope ; and they were, though invisi-

ble to the naked eye, found wherever there is fresh or salt water—in

M 2

S4 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

the smallest quantity of water, on the surface or in the deepest fathom-

able part of the ocean, in the tropical and in the polar regions. Some

recent Diatomaces in fresh water would be shown under the microscope,

some from Atlantic soundings 2,070 fathoms, after which he, Dr. C.,

would exhibi6 some in a state intermediate between recent and fossil

from guano, the urinary and focal excrement of sea-birds. The

silicions cases Of the Diatomacese which have been taken by the

birds with their food, generally fish, who also have previously talen

these Diatomacee as food, (most likely in eating seaweed on which

they are always very abundant) were not acted upon at all by the

alimentary secretions but passed out with the foeces unaltered ; besides

which they were found in innumerable numbers in many strata of the-

earth in different localities, some of which would also be demonstrated.

From their numbers both recent and fossil, and their peculiar inde-

structible and often beautifully formed silicious cases they were a very

interesting study, besides which, though their remains were so perma-

nently preserved for an almost indefinite time, owing to their inde-

structible silicious cases, they were amongst the lowest organized

beings, yet they possessed some motive power and have been placed by

some naturalists in the animal kingdom. But this motive power in

all of the lowest organized beings arose generally from cilia; now

. these peculiar incessant motive organs were found on some particular

part of many of the lowest organized beings both animal and vege-

table and therefore were not recognized now as the distinctive character

of an animal. The Diatomaces were now placed in the vegetable

kingdom as they do not possess any internal assimilating or digestive

organs. The great distinction between the animal and vegetable

kingdoms (which is very well marked in the higher organized plants

and animals) in the lower organized beings was this, the animal requires

for its nouyishment, its life, matter organized either by its own or

vegetable processes, which 16 takes some way or other into

the interior of its body, the vegetable for 1ts nourishment, its life,

possesses the power of obtaining 16 by absorbing the inorganic

elements on its exterior. Wherever any organized beings under

the influence of sun-light were found to decompose carbonic acid

and to set free oxygen they might be ranked in the vegetable kingdom,

however active their motions may be fromcilia or other unknown agents.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of; Bengal. 85

This peculiar power of vegebables was strikingly and instructively de-

monstrated to us in an aquariuam ; put fish in an aquarium and they

soon die, though they may be well fed, if the water is nob renewed,

and this mortality arises from want of oxygen ; but puta water plant

in the aquarium and the fish will live for days weeks and months with-

out the water being changed, and this arises from the peculiar power

the vegetable possesses of decomposing carbonic acid, appropriating the

carbon to its own life and giving off oxygen for the support of the life

of the fish.

Mr. Jones and Dr. Crozier then exhibited numerous specimens of

Diatomaces, several members of the society having obligingly lent

- their microscopes for the occasion.

The cordial thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Jones and

Dr. Crozier.

The Officiating Librarian submitted the usual monthly report.

LIBRARY.

The Library had received the following accessions since the meeting in

February last,

Presentations.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, New Series,

vol. 4th, Part 2nd.—BY ThE ACADEMY.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,

18959.—Bvy TBE ACADEMY.

Description of some Asiatic Lepidopterous Insects belonging to the tribe

Bombyces.—By FreDerIC MoorE. (From the proceedings of the Zoologi-

cal Society of London, May 1859.) —BY THE AUTHOR.

A Monograph of the Genus Adolias.—By FreoerIc Moorz. (From the

Trans. Ent. Society vol. 5, N. S., Part 2nd).—BY THE AUTHOR.

Synopsis of the known Asiatic species of Silk-producing Moths with

descriptions of some new species from Iudia, 2 copies. —BY FrEDERIC

MoorkE. (From the proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, June

1859.—By THE AUTHOR.

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. 15, Part 4, No. 60.

—ByY THE EDrrToR.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, vol. 22, Part 4.—BY THE

SOCIETY.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, vol. 3, No. 6.

—BY THE SOCIETY,

86 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. — [No. 1,

The Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series, Nos. 122, 123, for Decem-

ber 1859.—BY THE EDITORS.

The Athenxum for November 1859.—By THE EDITOR.

Calcutta Christian Observer for February and March 1860.—Bw THE

EpiTORs.

Oriental Baptist for February and March 1860.—Bvy THE EDITOR.

Preliminary Map of India exbibiting the lines of Electric Telegraph in

1860.—By MAJOR THUILLIER.

Coal and Iron in the Punjab.—By THE PuLic Works DEPARTMENT.

Report on the Survey Operations in the Lower Provinces.—BY THE

BENGAL GOVERNMENT.

Selections from the Records of the Bombay Government, No. 54, New

Series. —ByY THkE BOMBAY GOVERNMENT.

Selections from the Records of the Madras Government, No. 61.—ByY THE

MADRraAs GOVERNMENT.

Report on certain Projects.—Ditto Ditto.

Magnetical and Meteorological observations made in 1858.—BY THE

SUPERINTENDENT, BOMBAY GUVERNMENT OBSERVATORY.

Selections from the Public correspondence of the Punjab Government,

vol. 4, No. 3.—BY THE PUNJAB GOVERNMENT.

Bibidharta Sangraha, No. 60, for Choit.—BY THE EDITOR,

Purchased.

Comptes Rendus. . Tome 49, Nos. 16 to 23.

Tables Des Comptes Rendus of Tome 48.

Journal Des Savants for October 1859.

The American Journal of Scienee and Arts for November 1859.

Revue des Deux Mondes for 15th November and 1st Dec. 1859. 2 Nos.

Das Leben Mubhammed's, vols. 3and 4.—BY Dr. FerbinanD Wus-

TENFELD.

Lexicon Persico-Latinum—Fasciculi 6 of Part I and of Part IT.

Mótanabbii Carmina cum Commentario Wahidii, Fasciculus 5.

Journal Asiatique, No. 54, of Tome 14.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles No. 4, of Tome 11, Fourth Series.

Revue de Zoologie, No. 10, 1859.

The Natural History Review, vol. VI. No. 4.

The Annals and Magazine 0f Natural History vol. 4, No. 24.

The Literary Gazette Nos. 73 to 76.

Darwin on the Origin of Species,

Sir Emerson Tennent's Ceylon.

1860. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of. Bengal. S7

Report of Curator, Zoological Department.

The following collections have been received :

1. R. Swinhoe, Esq., of H. M. Consulate, Amoy. Numerous

specimens of mammalia and birds, and some in other classes, addi-

tional to the birds noticed in XXVIII, 280,—collected chiefly about

Amoy, but some from Formosa; and among the latter the skull and

horns of an undescribed Stag, of the Hlaphine type of Deer, which

cannot but be regarded as an interesting discovery.

MAMMAJIA.

MACcA0us ? Skull of a young animal, sent as that of “ the

small Formosa Monkey.” lam not aware that any species of Mon-

key has been described from that island; and the present specimen

exhibits no special characteristic at so early an age, when the second

true molars had not been developed. A Monkey of this genus (M.

SPECIOSUS, F. Cuv.,) inhabits Japan. Mr. Swinhoe since writes—

“ he Macacus from Formosa must have been at least two years

old. 1 procured him in spring and kept him alive for several

months. 1 have one still alive, with an unmutilated tail, which 1

will send you as it is, and you will be able to form your own views of

the species from the living animal. It is very difficult to get an

animal of the kind with a full tail, as the Chinese are in the habit

of docking the tail before Europeans can get hold of them. This

is the small species and inhabits the camphor forests of the Formosa

mountains. Its colour is grey with pale under-parts, and it has yel-

lowish-brown eyes. The large species which frequents the rocks on

the coast of Formosa, especially in the neighbourhood of Sakow or

* Ape”s hill,' is about twice the size and rather darker in colour (both

have rough coats), with redder face, and with two 0right red callosi-

ties on the rump. This 1 take to be the Japanese animal, as also

identical with the Monkeys found in the island of Lintin near Hong-

kong, but this only on conjecture. The small species stands aboub

2 ft. high, the larger about 3 ft. A sporting friend has lately gone

over to Formosa, and having sent a stuffer with him, I hope to pro-

cure some of these animals. ”—Qu. Has the very short tail of

M. sPECIOSUS, as figured by M. Fr. Cuvier, been docked of its na-

tural proportions ?—Again, Mr. $Swinhoe subsequently writes—

88 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. — [No. 1,

“ T have ascertained that the large Formosa Monkey is identical

with the Japanese one, and 16 will therefore stand as M. sPECIOSUS.

The small kind, which T am about to send you alive, is undoubtedly

distincé and probably new. The large are found on the coast, the

small in the forests of the interior of the island.*

NYCTICEJUS (P) SWwINHOEI, nobis, 1.s. I can find no description

of a Bat at all applicable to this species; and can discover in the

specimen no trace of upper incisors. ltis. rather a robustly formed

Bat, with the alar membrane continued to the base of the toes ; with

unusually short linguiform tragus, and short anti-helix. Fur mostly

straight and silky, even glossy above, but a little frizzled on the fore-

head and about the neck ; its surface-colour on the upper-parts an

umbre-brown with pale tips, below much paler and a little albescent ;

membranes dark, with numerous transverse stripes of minute hairs

on the lower surface of the interfemoral; the extreme tip of the tail

exserted. Head and body about 23 in. long, the tail 13 in. ; expanse

about 12 in.: length of fore-arm 2 in.; longest finger 3) in. ; tarse

2 in.; hind-foob with claws 3 in. ; ears (posteriorly) about $ in. in

the fresh specimen ; tragus barely $ in. This with other species nob

expressly stated to be from Formosa, Í conclude are from Amoy.

SCOTOPHILUS PUMILOIDES, KR. Y. Tomes, Ann. Mag. N. H., XX.

(1857), p. 228. After much consideration, 1 think this small species

is correctly identified.

CANIS (FAMILIARIS). Skull of a short-faced Dog, from Formosa,

minus the lower jaw and wanting several of the upper teeth.

C. (FAMINIARIS). Skull of another short-faced Dos, of smaller

size, and similarly imperfect, from Amoy,—most remarkable for pos-

sessing no second true molar, nor space for its insertion.f

* The living monkey has arrived just as this sheet was going to press. Ttis a

half-grown female, and differs in no respect (that 1 can perceive) from the common

M. RADIATUS of the peninsula of India, except in being a shade or two darker in

colouring, with a nigrescent wash on the face and ears.

+ The Tiger is an occasional visitor in the island of Amoy. Ina letter from

Mr. Swinhoe, dated Nov. 21st, 1859, he writes—“ I have, since my last, met

with little of interest except a Royal Tiger of large size in a Chinese village. Y

attacked him at close quarters with a fowling-piece and made him bleed; but to

avoid an awkward spring at me, 1 fell down a precipice and nearly killed myself.

No assistance being at hand and the Chinese not daring to come near the beast,

I need not tell you that 1 missed getting his skin. One was killed last year at

Amoy, and I once bought a cub out of three that a Chinese had for sale, but L

never met the brutes before in my rambles. I was out after specimens, and was

not of course provided with ball; my stock being only shot and cartridges,

1860.] Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society of” Bengal. 89

MUSTELA SIBIRICA, Pallas : MM. Hodgsont, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H.,

XI (1843), p. 118. A fine skin of a female, and an imperfect skull.

SOREX MURINUS (?), L.: S. Swinhoez, nobis, J. 4. S. XXVIII,

285. The specimen formerly described was but half-grown, and has

the surface-colour of the upper-parts much darker than in four adults

now sent. In the young of S. MURINUS, Dr. Cantor states (J. A. £.

XV, 191), that “ the colour is more of a bluish grey, slightly mixed

with brown on the back.”” In the young of our present animal, the

When I reflect on this adventure, if seems a wonder that 1 was not killed, but a

sight of that glossy sériped skin emboldened me to try the odds.” 1 sincerely

trust that my esteemed friend will admit “ discretion” to be “the better part of

valour” on any future similar occasion. He since writes (Jan. 5th)—“ Tigers,

I am told, are greatly increasing in the neighbourimg high hills. The villagers

report a number of lives lost; and numerous small cattle carried away.”

Tigers appear to be very troublesome in the new Russian territory of the

Amúr. “ In the same places where the Elk is found, the Tiger piowls; and the

latter animal may be called quite common, its constant abode being there. I was

informed by some Zolons, that there are always a great number of Tigers in the

mountains on the opposite or Chinese side. During winter they cross the river

and seize the horses of the Zolons, who hunt them at that time.” Jouwrn. Kkoy.

Geogr. Soc. XXVIII (1858), p. 420. Again, p. 424. “ The enquiries 1 made of

those few Tunguses confirmed the fact of the Tiger being found all over the

Hing-gan, especially at its central and lower parts. The population are accord-

ingly prevented from hunting there, as the Tiver destroys their Horses, parti-

cularly during winter.*** The Tiger always follows the fresh tracks of the wild

Boar, which constitutes its principal food.”...And p. 440, “ The inhabitants of

both banks of the Usuri are employed in agriculture, which the extent and fecun-

dity of their lands render very successful. They have bred cattle for cultivating

their fields, but being often attacked by Tigers, it is very difficult to keep cattle

in any number.” Vide also Atkinson's Siberia, and Humboldt's notice of Tigers

in Northern Asia in 4Asie Centrale. However, they do not quite range to

America, albeit the poet Campbell places them on the banks of Lake Erie! “On

Erie's banks where Tigers steal along.” Nor to Africa; though Sir Walter Scott

locates them in “Lybia!” (Bridal of Triermuin.) The Russian Expedition

employed on the Survey of Lake Aral, found them troublesome even there ¿n

mad-winter! (Vide J. R. Geog. S. Vol. XXIIT, 95).

Here it may be remarked that Tigers appear to be fast multiplying in Pinang,

where notices of the occurrence of this animal have several times appeared in the

Journals from about the middle of 1859. In the Island of Singapore, where

they are now so numerous and destructive, they made their first appearance five

or six years after the establishment of the British settlement; and but three or

four years ago, Dr. Oxley wrote—“ The channel between Pinang and the main

1s two miles broad; and this has been sufficient to exclude the Tiger: for

although there have been examples of individuals having crossed over, it has

been in an exhausted state, and they have been immediately destroyed.” Since

a e written, the Tiger would appear to have fairly established itself on the

island.

In another communication, dated Dec. 8th, Mr. Swinhoe notices two other

species of FeLis. He remarks—“ A wild FerIs is found in Houngkong marked

like the domestic Cat, but much larger; and an animal known to Anglo-Chinese

as the * Tigercat.'” From the description sent, evidently Y. MACROCELIS, or

Y. MACROCELOIDES if this be distinct, or an animal very closely akin : a specimen

18 promised shortly.

90 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

brown of the upper-parts all but totally conceals the dark grey: in

the adults the brown tips are much less developed, and there is

scarcely any difference in colour above and below. The largest spe-

cimen (a skin) has the tarse ¿ in. A female skin in spirit measures

about 5 in., with the tail nearly 3 in.; tarse plus $ 1n. Amoy.*

S. ——? The young of a large species of Shrew, which at first

- sight might be deemed an albino, but on closer examination is seen

to be of a very albescent grey colour, which is probably typical. x-

tremely doubtful as a leucoid variety of the preceding.

SCIURUS CASTANEOVENTRIS, Gray, Br. Mus. Catal. : Sc. griseopec-

tus, nobis, J. A. S. XVI, 873. |

Mus DECUMANUS, L.

M. FLAVESCENS, Gray. Not full-grown apparentúly.

M. ? A diminutive species seemingly; rather than the

young of a Mouse affined to M. MUSCULUS; approximating the de-

scription of M. vagus, Pallas, only the tail is of the same length as

the head and body. Entire length about 4 inches only; the tarse with

toes ¿ inch, or decidedly long in proportion. Ear-conch as in M.

MUSCULUS; bub more clad with small hairs within. ' 16 is not de-

sirable to name 16 from a single skin.

CERVUS TAIOUANUS, nobis, 2. s.p The *Spotted Deer” of China has

been currently but vaguely identified with the Axis or *Spotted Deer”

of India; but I have long doubted the correctness of that identifica-

tion. The question is completely decided, so far at least as the Deer

of the island of Formosa is concerned—and l am tolerably sure thab

this is the (imported ?) * Spotted Deer” of China, —by a skull now sent

by Mr. Swinhoe, which belongs strictly to the Elaphine and not to the

Áxine group of Deer: being the smallest and southernmost in its

distribution of that group, the northern tropic crossing the middle of

the island, and the southern cape of Formosa lying in about the same

* T have since obtained what seems to be the same species from the vicinity of

Calcutta ; and Major Tytler assures me that he has several specimens collected

at Barrackpore; but it seems distinct from a still darker Shrew sent from $.

Malabar, my dubious S. VIRIDESCENS, J. 4. S. XXVIII, 285. More extensive

comparison of the skulls, especially, is needed to determine the identity or non-

identity of these Shrews from various localities satisfactorily. TI had long been

assured of the existence of a large black Shrew in Lower Bengal, which the natives

imagine to be fearfully venomous!

Y This name is suggested by Mr, Swinhoe, in reference to the island's name of

Taiwan, seu Formosa.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 91

parallel as our Bengal Sandheads, All that Mr. Swinhoe says of the

animal is that “the Formosa Deer are of a reddish colour with

white spots, and may probably be the Indian species.”” The spots,

ÍI suspect, indicate the summer coat of the animal, as in various other

species more or less (e. y. our Indian Bára-sinmg'ha and Hog Deer, the

European Fallow Deer, dc.), and are not permanent at all seasons as

in the Axis.* Whether in the details of the skull, or in the ramili-

cation of the horns, there can be no hesitation about the affinities of

the Formosan Deer. It has well developed upper canines, which are

wanting in the Axis; and the same large round infra-orbital foramina

as in C. ELAPHUS and its immediate congeners. The skull is indeed

a diminutive of that of (. ELAPHUS: but while ali the permanent

teeth are complete and well worn down (far more so than in an Axis

skull with fully developed horns), the horns might be supposed to

indicate an immature animal, and their pedicles are elongated as in a

two or three year old C. eLapnus! Either, therefore, the skuil 1s that

of an aged animal with declining 'horns, which is scarcely consistent

with the condition of the frontal and other sutures (any more than with

the length of the horn-pedicles, as compared with other species), or

the horns may be supposed to represent the typical development, cor-

responding to that occasional in a young animal of the larger typical

Stags! They are little longer than the skull, do not spread much,

and incline inwards at the tips; are slender, and the branches or

antlers are mere snags; there is no “ bez-antler,” as commonly in

young €. ELAPHUS and constantly (?) in C. BARBARUS;f but the

* Ina letter received as this was going to press, Mr. Swinhoe describes the

animal in its winter vesture. “The Stag from the north 1 only know from

hearsay. A species from Japan a neighbour has in keeping, and this 1 take to be

true C. sIkAa. Both are evidently distinct from the Formosan species, of which

a fine male and female are lodged in quarters close to my house. A young male

has just been shipped for Leyden. 1] give a few remarks as to the peculiarities

of the living pair. They were too wild to permit of my taking exact measure-

ments of them. The buck stands about 4 ft. from the forehead to the ground ;

the doe 3 ft. The buck has horns of about-a foot long, with three anterior snags

and one posterior. Greneral tint reddish mouse-colour, with a black dorsal line

from the shoulders to the tail, where it expands into the latter T (as 16 were),

the buttocks beneath it and each side of the short tail being pure white. Inside

of ears, base of the back of ears, under muzzle, throat, belly and inner thighs,

also white. The top of the head is redder. Some long whitish hair on the throat

and between the legs: a roundish tuft of long white hair on the outer side of

each tibia. These last characters are more prominent in the buck.”

Y In the series of horns of C. ELAPHUS figured in Prof. T. Bell's * History of

British Quadrupeds,' the * bez-antlexr” is omitted throughout !

N 2

92 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

beam is trifid, the first or lowest snag being external and inclining

forward (representing the * royal-antler”), beyond which the final divi-

sion is transverse to the axis of the body. Extreme length of horn

(measured by callipers) 13 in. ; greatest distance of pair apart (mea-

sured externally) 11 in.; tips apart 7% in.; girth of beam, above

frontal snag, 2% in.; length of skull, inclusive of lower jaw ¿n situ,

102 in.; extreme breadth of orbits (posteriorly) 43 in. : upper series

of molars 3 1n. P

There is a O. sIKa, Schlegel (Fauna Japonica, t. 17), from Japan,

cited by Dr. J. E. Gray (2. Z. $. 1850, p. 228), and thus briefly

noticed by him. “Dark brown; cheeks and throat rather paler;

rump brown, without any pale spot; tail pale, white beneath ; hair

harsh ; horns rather slender, with a basal and a medial snag, and a

subapical internal one.”? This description of the horn suits very well

the Formosan animal ; but the size 1s unnoticed, which could hardly

be were C. sixa to be comparatively so small an animal as €. TAOUA-

NUS, and it may be, judging from Dr. Gray?s mode of describing the

horn, that the Elaphine type of ramification is a degree more deve-

loped in the Japanese species. He does not, however, mention the

age of the animal he describes; and it is quite possible that ib may

temporarily represent, at a certain age, the particular development of

horn which in C. TAOUANUS is characteristic of maturity. The

colouring described may very well be that of the winter coat of the

little Stag of Formosa.*

* Mr. Swinhoe since writes—“ A Stag has just arrived here from the north,

and is in the possession of a gentleman next door to me. It stands nearly 3 fb,

at the shoulder, has a short hezd, and horns about 10 or 11 in. long, shaped

thus *** Its face and over the eyes are black, neck and ears blackish-grey.

Median line of back black, blending on the sides with blackish chesnut. Legs

black, getting grey towards the boof. Tail and buttocks white.” Pretty clearly

the Siberian Roe, CAPREOLUS PYGARGUS, (Pallas). But whatis the so called

“ Roebuck' of the Amúr territory, noticed in the * Journal of the Royal Geogra-

phical Society,” Vol. XXVIII, 397 (1858) ?—CErvus WALLICHIT, or a kindred spe-

cies? “The Roe-buck,” we are told, “is an animal resembling the Elk, but has

a smaller body, although the head is comparatively larger [!] Its flesh is savoury

and nutritious; but the principal value of this animal lies in its horns, which

contain at a certain period of the year—I think in March—a marrow [!], of

peculiar medicinal properties, which is highly prized by the Chinese, who at the

best season of the year, pay as much as sixty roubles (91. 10s.) for a pair of good

horns,” €c. €c. This animal is mentioned in addition to “the Elk,” the common

Roc, and others.

Further particulars of the Chinese Deer have again since been received from Mr.

Swinhoe, dated Dec. 8th, 1859. “ The skull I sent you,” he remarks, “was that

of an elderly buck, one of a pair in the possession of a gentleman here. 16 died

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society 0f Bengal. 93

CervuLus Rrervesit, (Ogilby). The small Chinese Muntjac. A

skull with horns.

MAIS PENTADACTYDA, L. Skull and flat skin. This particular

species of Pangolin has long been identified as an inhabitant of China,

and was obtained by Dr. Cantor in Chusan.*

while in his care, and its skin was so worthless that 1 did not keep it. The doe

is still alive and in good health, and from her personal appearance 1 observe that

your surmise as to the summer duration of the white spots is quite correct.

She has already nearly lost all the white marks. I hear that there are several

more of the same species, in the possession of a Mandarin here, and I intend

shortly visiting him to inspect them. As tar as 1 have yet ascertained, the species

is purely Formosan. A larger Stag replacing it in Shantung and North China

with large branching horns, and having a redder coat [%. e. summer vesture ].

This other species 1 am assured is also found in Formosa, but this requires con-

firmation. The small Muntjac (CervuLus RerEvesi1), *kina” of this dialect, is

abundant in Formosa, having myself met with it there and seen skins, The

other Deer-skins shewn me on my tour round Formosa were all of the spotted

species. You say that no Alaphine Deer are found [in India] south of the

Himaláyas. Let me remark that this Deer is from Formosa, where 1 have seen

mountains covered with snow in summer; and it is most probable that these

animals are sold by the savages to the Chinese settlers, as in our inland tour over

tlre hills for some 40 miles we met none, and the Chinese spoke of them as com-

ing from the mountains, and of their skins as forming articles of barter.

“We have a Japanese Deer at Amoy with horns short and somewhat like

those of the Formosan. It is not so elegant as mine, shorter in the legs, about

the same height, and of a far more Stay aspect. This I doubt not is the C. sIkaA

of Schlegel, but what our large northern Stag can be I have not had the opportu-

nity to ascertann. There are a few of the horns of the Formosan species to

be got, which 1 will try to procure for you.”

* The Chinese, like the natives of India, class the Pangolin as a fish, and it is

curious that both people approximate it to certain Carps. Thus in India this

animal is known as the Jungli-mátch (Jungle-fish), or Bán Rol (Jungle Rohi),

in reference to the ROHITA VULGARIS, or Cyprinus roháta of B. Hamilton. In

some amusing notices of Chinese Natural History, published in the * Chinese

Repository” for 1838, we find the Pangolin thus described (p. 48). “The

ling-le, or * Hill Carp,” is so called, says the Pun Tsaou, because its shape and

appearance resembles that of the le or Carp ; and since it resides on land, in caves

and hills, it is called Ling, a character compounded of yu fish, joined to the right

half of limg, a high rocky place. Ithas by some been termed the .Lung-le, or

* Dragon-carp,' because 1t has the scales of the Dragon; and by others Chwex

shan kéas, or *boring hill-scales,' because it is the scaly animal that burrows in the

hills : the last name is the one by which the creature is best known among the

people of Canton. An ancient name is Shih ling yu or *stony hill-fish, given to

1t because the scales on its tail have three corners like the /ing kéa, or “water

calthrops,' and are very hard. This animal, for which the Chinese have as many

synonyms as some anomalous Perch or lledysarum, is the Manis, Pangolin, or

Scaly Ant-eater, and is often seen in the hands ofthe people of Canton, by whom

16 is regarded as a very curious “muster.” They consider it as “a fish out of water,

an anomaly irreconcilable with any classification ; and in the standard treatises on

Natural History, ib is placed among the Crocodiles and fishes.” Further details

are given; but Í pass to an amusing description of this animal by the old Dutch

traveller Linschoten, translated into quaint old English. He, too, describes it as

“a strange Indian fish,” caught in the river of Goa,—“the picture whereof,

by commandment of the Archbishop of that city was painted, and for a wonder

sent to the king of Spaine.”” He says :—** It was in bignesse as great as a middle:

94 Proceedings of the Asratic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

sized Dog, with a snout like a Hog, small eyes, no eares [the particular species

has a small ear-conch ], but two lobes where his eares should be ; it had foure feete

like an Elephant, the tayle beginning somewhat. upon the backe, broad and then

flat, and at the very end round and somewhat sharpe. It ranne along the hall

upon the floore, and in every place in the house snorting like a Hog. The whole

body, tayle, and legs being covered with scales of a thumbe breadth, harder than

iron or steel [!]. We hewed and layed upon ther with weapons, as if men should

beate upon an anvill, and when we strooke upon him, he rouled himself in a heape,

head and feet together, so that he lay like a round ball, we not being able to

judge whether he closed himself together, neyther could we with any instrument

or strength of hands open him againe, but letting him alone and not touching

him, he opened himself and ranne away, as I said before.”

So little is known of the mammalia of China that any contribution on the

subject is of interest to zoologists, There is an animal known at Shanghai as the

“ Musk Cat,” which 1 suspect is a species of Marten unknown to naturalists. 16

is thus described :—

A beautiful animal, of about the size of the common Cat, but longer in form ;

in fact, somewhat resembling the Marten, with a long bushy tail, like the brush

of a Fox. Emits an exceedingly powerful and by no means disagreeable musky

odour. Lives in holes of the ground, and also climbs into trees and bushes in

search of birds and their nests. Exceedingly destructive to the Pheasants (PHA-

SIANUS TORQUATUS) when sitting; and is much hunted by the natives for its

fur.” Bengal Sporting Magazine, n. s. TL, 642 (1845). —Probably identical with

the “large Marten” of the Amúr territory noticed in Journ. Roy. Geogr. Soc.,

XXVIII (1858), p. 424.

Again, in the bird class, there is a Chinese Bustard well known to sportsmen

from Amoy and also to the northward, but which has not yet been systematically

described, so far as 1 can learn. The following is a notice of it from the same

paper, p. 529. "need

“ A species of Bustard, somewhat like the common mottled English Turkey,

oniy smaller. These birds are generally found singiy, at least during the time

we were there (November and the winter months being the season in which we

beat for them): they are exceedingly shy and difíícult of approach, and are .

usually found in the long grass and fir-clumps : they seem to rise with difficulty,

running a considerable distance preparatory to their taking wing, during which

time they call and cackle, which seems extraordinary, as they are generally found

as odd birds.” Mr. Swinhoe is well aware of the existence of this Bustard, but

hitherto has been unable to procure a specimen, on account of the estimation in

which it is held for the table.

For the same reason, comparatively few skins of Bustards are preserved any-

where, especially of the larger species; and so it happened that the Great Bus-

tard of Australia, though met with even by Cook and repeatedly mentioned by

Flinders and other early navigators, remained unknown to European naturalists

until Mr. Gould's visit to that country ! Capt. Cook, it may not be remembered,

on his first voyage, proceeding northward from Botany Bay, landed a second

time on the continent of Australia, a little to the south of the Tropic of Capri-

corn, and there he shot “a kind of Bustard weighing 17 lbs.” and named the

landing-place Bustard Bay !

From a notice published in the * Journal of the Royal Geographical Society,”

Vol. XXVIII, 148 (1858), it appears that—“ Of birds, the black and the white

Cockatoos, bronze-winged Pigeons of various kinds, and the Bustard (or “wild

Turkey” of the colonists), were all found in the valley of the Victoria, but they

were all much smaller than their kindred of the south.” Probably, therefore, dis-

tinct species, according to the common acceptation of the phrase, or such as

would be figured as different species by Mr. Gould.

In a collection of Chinese paintings of birds, among numerous species at once

recognisable, was one of a very fine Bowasa or * Ruffed Grouse,' as yet unde-

seribed. The collection referred to was taken to England by the late Viscount

Hardinge.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 95

AVES.*

CIRCUS ? Female. Affined in general appearance to C. A2RU-

GINOSUS, but apparently distinct. Mr. Swinhoe writes—“ 1 have ab

last succeeded in procuring what 1 take to be the male of this spe-

cies, bluish-grey on the wings and white on the under-parts with a

few streaks. CU. CYANEUS is also common with us.

Burro vuLearIs, Bechstein; B. vulgaris, var. japonicus, Tem-

minck and Schlegel (apud Swinhoe), though why so distinguished 1

cannot percelve.

MILVUS MELANOTIS; Haliaétus melanotis, Gray, Hardw. 1Ul. Ind.

Zool. Like M. GOvINDa, Sykes, but having a stouter beak, and the

plumage of the mature bird marked with pale streals on the upper-

parts.

CYPSELUS ? Like C. arrIwis, Gray, of India, but with the

crown and tail conspicuously blacker, and the tail distinctly sub-

furcate.

Corvus siNeNSIS, Gould; Horsfield, Ind. Mus. Catal., 11, 556.

Exceedingly near to the common UC. CULMINATUS, Sykes, of India,

Burma, and the Malayan peninsula, but decidedly larger, and IL now

doubt if either can be correctly identified with C. ORIENTALIS, Evers-

mann, of Middle Asia.f

* For other Chinese birds sent, vide Vol. XXVIII, p. 280.

Y C. ORIENTALIS is thus distinguished by Prof. Eversmann from the European

C. CORONE, of which latter the late Dr. Horsfield notes in his Catalogue two

specimens from Pushut, and also Cl. CORNIX from Mesopotamia and Afghánistán !

“ CORVUS CORONE. Ceruleo ater, rostro modice acuminato, lineá elevatá hori-

zontali infra nares, tomium vn rostri medio attingente.

“ CORVUS ORIENTALIS. Caeruleo-ater, rostro valido, crassiusculo, incurvo, to-

miis continue involutis, mandibulari apice recto, spatio inter nares et tomium max-

illare rotundato, levi,

““ Exemplaria mea circa fluvium Narym, ultra oppidam Buchtarma, occisa sunt.”

(Addenda ad celeberrimi Pallasii Zoographiam Rosso-asiaticum. Fasciculus 1T,

o ISABAL.)

Over India generally and Ceylon, we have only C. CULMINATUS and CU. SPLEN-

DENS; the latter found exclusively where there is a considerable human popu-

lation. It is only of late years that C. SPLENDENS has found its way into Ara-

kan ; but in Pegu there is a black race of it, and a nearly black race of it in

Ceylon. Mr. F. Moore, however, describes a C. TENUIROSTRIS from Bombay.

“* Plumage above glossy purple-black, palest on the head, neck, back, and body

beneath, and these having an ashy cast; forehead jet-black, and contrasting with

the ashy cast of plumage of the crown. Length 18 in.; of wing 122 in.; tail

7 in. ; bill to gape 2£ in. ; and tarse 27 in.”

C. CULMINATUS we have received from Malacca, where ib co-exists with C.

MACRORHYNCHOS, Vieillot, a species with remarkably long aud slender bill, mea-

suring 2% in. to gape; and this again appears to differ from O. ENCA, Horsfield,

96 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1

C. TORQUATUS, Cuv.: C. pectoralis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 18;

C. dominicanus, Bonap.; C. dauricus apud G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds,

11, 315.

PICA MEDIA, nobis : P. sericea, Gould.

PARUS MINOR, Temminck and Schlegel (figured in Gould”s * Birds

of Asia”). Like P. CINEREUS, Vieillot, but with green on the fore-part

of the back.

LEUCODIOPTRON CANORUM, Schiff.; Zurdus canorus, T. sinensis,

et Lanus faustus, L.; GCarrulax sinensis apud Gray, nec GQ. chi-

nensis, nobis, Catal, No. 483, which is a Tenasserim species, doubtful

1f likewise inhabiting China. Fowchow.

GARRULAX PERSPICILLATUS, (Gm.)

TI MENUCHUS CINERACEUS, (Tem.)

PASSER MONTANUS, (L.), var. Although alike in size and mark-

ings, specimens of this bird from different regions are readily distin-

guishable. The British are much darker ashy underneath, like P,

DOMESTICUS as compared with its Indian representative; those from

Arakan are considerably more rufous on the back ; while the Chinese

race is simply whiter underneath than the European. The Sikhim

race, 1£ I remember rightly, resembles the Chinese one; while speci-

mens from Singapore and Java are probably like those from Arakan.

I have never seen this bird from the N. W. Himaláya; and the

Afohán P. MONTANUS Of Capt. T. Hutton proved to be P. saLrcr-

COLUS (v. hispamolensis). Nevertheless, in Dr. Horsfield”s Catalogue,

examples of the present species are noted from Kandahar.

EUSPIZA PERSONATA, (Tem.) Specimen of a female.

ALAUDA GULGULA (?), Franklin ; 4. coelivox, Swinhoe, * Zoologist,'

p. 6723 (1859). I have only recently seen the true A. MALABARICA,

Scopoli, from $. India, which differs from A. GULGULA of Bengal and

st Java, according to Mr. F. Moore's description and admeasurements of the

atter.

In the N. W., the true British Raven (C. CORAX) is common in the Punjáb

and Afghánistán ; but is replaced by a still larger race in Tibet, the C. TIBETA-

NUS, Hodgson. In Pesháwur, Kohát, Afghánistán, and Kashmir, the European

Rook (UC. FRUGILEGUS) occurs; and in Kashmir also the European Jackdaw (C.

MONEDULA) ; but the Chinese and Japanese Rook (C. PASTINATOR, Gould,) is

distinct, and also the Chinese Jackdaw (CU. vauricus, Pallas). The Hooded

Crow (C. corNIx) extends eastward to Afghánistán, and the European Carrion

Crow (C. CORONE) to Pushut, as noticed in the text,

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 9

Upper India, by having a well developed pointed crest, as in the

GALERIDA. An Amoy specimen approximates the true GULGULA.

MoOTACILLA LUGUBRIS, Pallas (apud Swinhoe): M. LUZONIENSIS in

winter dress apud nos, J. A.8S. XXVIII, 280: but very like M. ALBA

(vera) in winter dress.

LANIUS SCHACH, Grmelin.

DRrYMOICA EXTENSICAUDA, Swinhoe, 2. Ss, Y These have been

PRINIA SONITANS, Swinhoe, 2. s. | described by Mr.

ORTHOTOMUS PHYLLORAPHEUS, Swinhoe, £. s. r Swinhoe in an

CISTICOLA TINNABULANS, 2. S. (7?) J article on the

birds of Amoy forwarded to the Society for publication.

MERULA MANDARINA, Bonap.

TURDUS RUFULUS, Drapiez (7. modestus, Eyton). Var.?

T. DauLIAs, Tem. eb Schl., Fauna Japonica (apud Swinhoe). To

me this appears to be a mere variety of the last,

PETROCOSSYPHUS MANILLENSIS, (Gm.)

PRATINCOLA INDICA, nobis.

ERYTHROSTERNA LEUCURA, (Gm.)

ZANTHOPYGIA NARCISSINA, (Tem.): Z. chrysophrys, nobis, J. A. S,

XVI, 124, Male, differing from the female described (loc. cif.) by the

much brighter and more flame-coloured tint of the yellow generally,

which on the chin and throat is of a deep orange-colour; the differ-

ence, however, being far less than in the sexes of Z. TRICOLOR, (Hart.

laub), v. Z. leucophrys, nobis, of the Malayan peninsula,

CURRUCA (P) CANTILLANS, Swinhoe.

ACROCEPHALUS MAGNIROSTRIS, Swinhoe, 2. s.: Salicaria turdina

orientalis, T. et Schl. (apud Swinhoe).

PHYLLOSCOPUS SYLVICULTRIX, Swinhoe, 2. s.

PH. TENELLIPES, Swinhoe, £. s.

PERICROCOTUS CINEREUS, Strickland, foem. Amoy.

PYCÑNONOTUS ATRICAPILLUS, (Vieillot), apud Lord A. Hay, Madr.

Journ. XIII, pt. IL, 160;* nec Agithina atricapilla, Vieillot, which

is another PYeNoNoTUS from Ceylon, the Sylvia mgricapilla, Drapiez,

Rubigula aberrans, nobis, J. 4. S. XV, 287, XVI, 272, and G. me-

ropinus, Bonap.,—Levaillant, Otis. d' Afr. pl. 140, where much too

dully coloured). The Chinese species being le Góbe-mouche ú téte

* 1f 1 mistake not, Muscicapa atricapilla of Vieillot (nec Lin.)

98 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

mnoire de la Chine of Sonnerat, described J. A. S. XIV, note to p.

589, also Heaematornis chrysorrhoides, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. ¿se,

1845, p. 367, and P. hemorrhous apud Hartlaub, Rtev. Zool. dc.

1846, p. 1. I have no means of determining upon which of the two

species M. Vieillot first bestowed the name ATRICAPILLUS ; bub as

both cannot bear ib in the same genus, 1 propose to retain ATRICA-

PILLUS, (Vieillob), for the Chinese bird, and NIGRICAPILLUS, (Drapier,)

for that of Ceylon.*

P. sINENSIS, (Gmelin): Zurdus occipitalis, Tem.

ORIOLUS CHINENSIS, Gmelin.

HIATICULA PHILIPPINA, (Scopoli).

TRINGA ALPINA, L.; Tx, SUBARQUATA, (Gm.), apud nos, XVIII,

(280.) |

BuPHuUs CABOGA, (Pennant).

ARDEOLA SPECIOSA, (Horsfield, vera), in summer and winter dress,

ARDETTA SINENSIS, (Gm.)

LARUS FUSCUS, L.

L. k1rTrimzu (2), Bruch: GAvIA KITTLITZII (7), Bonap.

THALASSEUS PELICANOLDES, (King): Sterna cristata, Stephens (nec

Swainson) ; S£. velox, Rippell. Specimens from the Bay of Bengal,

the Maldives, and from China, appear to be perfectly identical; and

correspond, so far as can be adjudged, with Riippell's figure.

ANOUS STOLIDA, (Grm.)

PODICEPS CRISTATUS, L. Winter dress.

P. MINOR, Gm. (or P. PHILIPPENSIS, Gm., 1f this be considered

separable). Winter dress.

REPTILIA.

PYTHON MOLURUS, (L.) A flat skin, more than 13 feet long

without the head, from Formosa!

BUNGARUS MULTICINCTUS, nobis, n.s. Another flat skin, obviously

of a BUNGARUS, nearly affined to B. FASCIATUS, (Schneider); but

the golden bands only one-sixth as broad as the black bands, and

numbering more than fifty in a specimen 4 ft. in length minus the

head.t

* The late Prince of Canino proposed the generic name MeroPIxUS for the

Ceylon species.

tf Mr, Swinhoe writes, Dec. 8th—“ In Davis's * China,” II, 333, mention is

made of a very poisonous striped black and white Snake having reached England

.1860.] Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society of Bengal. .99

MOLLUSCA.

A few marine and fresh-water shells, already in the museum with

the exception of a small Lymy xa and a minute PLANORBIS.

2. From E. L. Layard, Esq., on behalf of the Government Mu-

seum, Cape-town.

A fine collection of skins of mammalia and birds ; those quite new

bo the museum being here distinguished by an asterisk prefixed.

MAMMALIA.

CYNOCEPHALUS PORCARIUS, (Bodd.) The Cape Baboon, or Chac-

ma. Adult male.

*XANTHARPYIA HOTTENTOTA, (Tem.)

“MEGALOTIS CAAMA, (A. Smith).

*PROTELES CRISTATUS, (Sparrman). Tail wanting.

*GENETTA TIGRINA, (Schn.) 2.

*HERPESTES ICHNUEMON, (L.): /chn. Pharaonis, Geotr,

*H. CAFFER, Wagner.

*H. PALUDOSUS, Cuv.: Mangusta urinatrix, A. Smith.

*FELIS SERVAL, Schreber.

*F., CAFRA, Desmarest.

*Z ORILLA STRIATA, (Shaw).

*CHRYSOCHLORIS HOLOSERICEA, Licht. : Chr. hottentota, A. Smith.*

XERUS SETOSUS, (Forster).

*GERBILLUS AFER, Gray. 2.

*Mus PUMILUS, Sparrman. 2.

BATHYERGUS MARITIMUS, (Gm.) 3.

from Canton. This must be our BUNGARUS which you propose to name MULTI-

CINCTUS. Its venom is indeed poisonous, and a gentleman at Swatow was nearly

dying from the effects of the bite of one that had concealed itself in his room.

It haunts sewers and chinks in the jetties and such places, where it subsists on

Rats. Itis not by any means common, but in very high tides the overflowing

water often drives these animals from their holes and lurking-places ; but they

are difficult to procure as the natives are paid to attack them. It is called here

the Piva-ke-ka and How-swanchwa (“umbrella snake”).” Y should say, both

from the name “Umbrella Snake” and from the habits indicated, that a Cobra

(Nara) was intended; and, so far as L am aware, the nearly affined BUNGARUS

FASCIATUS subsists entirely on other Snakes, of which it is a great devourer;

hence itis styled Ráj-sómp by the natives of Bengal, as realizing their idea of the

attributes and prowess of a ruler!

* A species previously in the museum, presented by Major W. $. Sherwill and

considered heretofore as UÚHL. HOLOSERICEA, proves to be CHL. DAMARENSIS,

Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 5.

o 2

100 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. (Nom,

*GEORHYCHUS CAPENSIS, (Pallas).

G. CACUTIENS, (Licht.)

*LEPUS SAXATILIS, F, Cuv.

*L, CAPENSIS, L,

HYRAX CAPENSIS, Pallas.

OREOTRAGUS SALTATRIX, (Bodd.). * Klip-springer.”

FCALOTRAGUS MELANOTIS, (Thunb.) * Grys-bok.”

*C, TRAGULUS, (Forst.) * Stein-bok.”

*ELEOTRAGUS CAPREOLUS, (Thunb.) * Rey-bok.”

*CEPHALOPHUS GBIMMIA, (L.) apud Gray (mergens, Blainville).

* Duiker-bok.”

*C. MONTICOLUS, (Thunb.) * Blau-bok.”

ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS, Geoffroy. * Aard-vark.

AVES.

*SERPENTARIUS SECRETARIUS, (Scop.)

TINNUNCULUS RUPICOLUS, (Daud.) 2.

*BUTEO JACKAL, (Daud.) 2.

Buzo (?) macuLosus, (Vieillot). Identical in species with the

Somáli specimen correctly referred to Bubo (7?) africanus, (Yem.), in

J. A. S. XXIV, 298, though very differently coloured. Mr. G. KR,

Gray notes this species both from S. and W. Africa.

STRIX FLAMMEA, L,

LAMODON NIGER, (Tem.)

TURACUS PERSA, (L.)

*CORVUS CAPENSIS, (Licht.)

PYROMELANA CAPENSIS, (L.) Male in winter dress.

HYPHANTORNIS AURIFRONS, (Tem.) |

H. ———— ? With yellow crown and under-parts, black forehead,

cheeks, chin and throat; upper-parts greenish-yellow, with dusky

strie2; wing-edgings whitish, forming two cross-bands. Wing 3¿ in.*

*SERINUS CANICOLLIS, (Sw.), 2. “Cape Canary.?

*ALAUDA MAGNIROSTRIS, (Stephens).

*AGRODROMA SORDIDA (? Riippell). 2. Bill shorbter and hind-

* Perhaps H. MELANOTIS, (Lafresnaye), Mag. de Zool. 1839, pl. 7 (which 1

have not for reference) ; but not melanotis, (Sw.), which = PERSONATA, (Vielllot) ;

nor melanotis, Guérin, hodié GUERINI, G. KR. Gray.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 101

claw longer than in Rippell's figure of his Anthws sordidus, the

latter also rather longer than in specimens from Abyssinia and from

the Punjab Salt Range (vide J. A. S. XXIV, 258). Thelatter are

also a shade more rufescent, have less distinct pale supercilia, and the

penultimate tail-feather has a well defined pale mark aú tip, which 15

not the case with the Cape specimens.

“Lanrus COLLARIS, L, 2.

'TELOPHONUS BACBAKIRI, (Shaw).

MERULA OLIVACEA, (L.)

COLUMBA ARQUATRIX, (L.) 2.

ZENA CAPENSIS, (L.)

*PTEROCLES NAMAQUA, (Gm.) 2.

FRANCOLINUS (SCHLOPTERA) AFER, (Latham.)

STRUTHIO CAMELUS, L. Chick. Also imperfect skin of a superb

wild-shot male, with head and neck, wings, and tail; the value of

which: at Cape-town is £5.

*(OHORIOTIS CRISTATA, (Sc.): Otis kor2, Burchell. Head of a

specimen welghing 25 lbs. This is the largest of the Bustards, and

is immediately congeneric with the great Bustards of India, Ara-

bia, and Australia respectively. -Pauww (or * Peacock”) of the Dutch

colonists,

*(EDICNEMUS CAPENSIS, Licht.

STEPHANIBIS CORONATA, (L.).

* HOoPLOPTERUS SPECIOSUS, (Wagler).

*CHARADRIUS MABGINATUS (7), Vieillof.

*RHYNCHEA CAPENSIS, (L.). By no means satisfactorily distin-

guishable from RH. BENGALENSIS,.

FuLIicA CRISTATA, Gm.

*PORZANA NIGRA, (Gmelin).

*LArRUS (GABIANUS, Bonap,) PACIFICUS, Lath. Adult. Rather

smaller than the Australian species figured by Gould under this name,

aud without (7?) the black bar on the tail. Tail mutilated. The late

Prince of Canino referred Gould”s species to J. Grora1, King.

PHALTON ETHEREUS, L.

*PHALACROCOBAX CAPENSIS, (Sparrman).

*HYPOLEUCUS MELANOGENIS, nobis, 2. s. Very like H. vARIUs,

(Gm., Ph. hypoleucos, Gould), of Australia, bub distinguished by ibs

102 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

black cheeks and crest-feathers 13 in. long. Wing 103 in. Tail 5 in.

Bill to forehead 2,'; in. Foot 4 iu. From the *Crozettes.”

CHENALOPEX AGYPTIACA, (Gwm.)

ÁNAS FLAVIROSTRIS, A. Smith (4. Ruppellz, nobis).

QUERQUERDULA ERYTHRORHYNCHA, (Gun.)

PODICEPS CRISTATUS, L,

APTENODYTES PENNANTIL, G. KR. Gray.

*CHRYSOCOMA CATARRACTES, (Gm.) Feet wanting.

3. From Capt. Hodge, commanding the guard-ship * Sesostris,”

at Port Blair.

Two additional collections of sundries from that locality. The list

of Andamánese mammalia is now extended to five species; viz.

PARADOXURUS MUSANGA (7 Marsden), v. typus (?), F. Cuvier.

Skull and other bones of a very aged individual, having naturally lost

all of its true molars and most of its pre-molars, and the sockets of

most of those of the lower jaw being completely closed up by depo-

sition of bone; a single root only remains of three of the upper prz-

molars respectively, and three pree-molars remaining in the lower jaw

are worn away nearly to their bifurcation. The bones of the skull

and face had long been completely united. The incisors, also, had

been naturally dropped, save the outermost above, which is almost worn

to the root; and the canines are excessively abraded, but what remains

of them is remarkable for extraordinary size, considerably exceeding

those of the common P. MUSANGA of Bengal, Sc. This disposes me

to hesitate in identifying the species positively, though in other

respects the size and form of the skull accord satisfactorily with P.

MUSANGA. Dr. Gray, in his British Museum catalogue, and the

late Dr. Horsfield, in his catalogue of the specimens of mam-

malia in the India-house museum, regard the Malayan P. MUSANGA

and the Indian P. typus, F. Cuv., as distinct species ; but in Lower

Bengal this animal varies much, some individuals being without

markings and others being marked very strongly and undistinguishably

from the Malavan specimens in our collection. 1t inhabits the whole

eastern coast of the Bay of Bengal and Malacca Straits; and as 16

1s quite impossible to distinguish many Bengal specimens from ordi-

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 103

nary Malacca specimens, 1 have no hesitation in following Dr. Cantor

in regarding them as one and the same species.

The Andamán animal, with its extraordinarily large canines, may

prove to be different; but it is likely that we shall soon receive a

skin of 14, that would help to decide the question. It is the species

which has been lately noticed in various Indian Journals as “a sort

of Mungoose” and “a kind of wild Cat ;” and 16 is the only one as

yeb discovered in the Andamán islands appertaining to the Linnzean

order Pere.

Mus (LeEaGADA ?) ANDAMANENSIS, nobis, 2. s. Theindigenous Rat

of the Andamáns,—a gigantic representative of the group LEGGADA,

Gray, founded on the Mus PLATYTHRIX, Bennett, aud M. LEPIDUS,

Elliot, and to which my M. srivunosus (Y. 4. S. XXIIL 734), ob-

tained both in the Pánjáb and in S. Malabar, is likewise referable.

Size about half that of full-erown Mus DECUMANUS, with tail fully

as long as in that species ; the colour of the upper-parts a shade or

two darker, and of the lower-parts pure white. Form more slender,

and the limbs proportionally less robust, than in M. DECUMANUS.

Fur much coarser and conspicuously spinous, with a few long black

fine hairs intermixed ; passing the hand along the fur in a backward

direction, a very audible crackling sound is produced. The flat spines

are similar in character to those of my Prickly Dormouse from Mala-

bar (PLATACANTHOMYS LASIURUS, Y. A. S. XXVIII, 289), but are very

much weaker ; and the fur of the under-parts is soft. In fact this species

1s a magnified representative of M. sPINULOSUS, but with the rodent

busks proportionally much more robust ; the two holding the relation-

ship of Rat and Mouse towards each other. Length 8 or 9 in., and

tail equal to the head and body; hind-foot with claws 12 in.: ear-

conch (posteriorly) + in. Length of dorsal spinous fur ¿in.; the

spines being whitish on their basal half, and there is a soft dark

ashy felt below the surface.

Mus MANEL, Gray. Taken from the stomach of a venomous Snake,

from Port Blair; but too far softened by digestion to permit of the

species being determined with absolute accuracy. (A good specimen

has since been received entire in spirib.)

BUS ANDAMANENSIS, nobis (Y. 4. S. XXVII, 267, XXVIII, 271).

104, Proceedings of the Astatic Society of Bengal. | [No. 1,

A nearly perfect skeleton of an adult boar; the tail being, however,

unfortunately again deficient.*

HALICORE INDICUS, Owen, vide (J, 4. S, XXVIII, 271.

* Since mounted ; and the height at the shoulder is 19 or 20 in.—Can this be

the species noticed in Bingley”s History of Quadrupeds, as an inhabitant of

Sumátra, and which certainly cannot be the Sus virraTus, S. Miller, which is

the only species of wild Swine at present recognised as inhabiting that island,

being also found in Java and Banka? For an enumeration of the wild Swine

of the archipelago, vide J. A. S. XXVII, 268. “

* A species of wild Hog in Sumátra, of a grey colour, and smaller than the

English Swine, frequents the impenetrable bushes and marshes of the sea-coast ;

they associate in herds, and live on crabs and roots. At certain periods of the

year they swim in herds, consisting of sometimes 1000, from one side of the

river Siak to the other at its mouth, which is three or four miles broad, and again

return at stated times. This kiud of passage also takes place in the small islands,

by their swimming from one to the other. On these occasions they are hunted

by the Salettians, a Malay tribe, residing on the coasts of the kingdom of Siak.

“* These men are said to smell the Swine long before they see them, and when

they do this they immediately prepare their boats. They then send out their

Dogs, which are trained for this kind of hunting, along the strand, where, by

their barking, they prevent the Swine from coming ashore and concealing them-

selves among the bushes. During the passage the boars precede, and are followed

by the females and young, all in regular rows, each resting its snout on the rump

of the preceding one. Swimming thus in close rows, they present a singular

appearance. ;

“ The Salettians, men and women, meet them in their small flat boats. The

former row and throw large mats, made of the long leaves of the Pandanus

odoratissima, interwoven through each other, before the leader of each row of

Swine, which still continue to swim with great strength, but soon pushing their

feet into the mats, they get so entangled as to be either disabled altogether from

moving, or only to move very slowly. The rest are, however, neither alarmed nor

disconcerted, but keep close to each other, none of them leaving the position in

which they were placed. The men then row towards them in a lateral direction ;

and the women, armed with long javelins, stab as many of the Swine as they can

reach. For those beyond their reach they are furnished with smaller spears,

about six feet in' length, which they dart to the distance of thirty or forty feet

with a sure aim. Asitis impossible for them to throw mats before all the rows,

the rest of these animals swim off in regular order, to the places for which they

had set out, and for this time escape the danger; and the dead Swine, floating

around in great numbers, are then pulled up and put into larger boats, which

follow for the purpose.

“ Some of these Swine the Salettians sell to the Chinese traders who visit the

island ; and of the rest they preserve in general only the skins and fat. The

latter, after being melted, they sell to the Maki Chinese; and 1t is used by the

common people instead of butter, as long as it is not rancid, and also used for

burning in lamps, instead of cocoa-nut oil.”

I have somewhere read a similar account of the habits of S. PAPUENSIS.

Of the large Indian Hogs, 1 am now satisfied of the existence of three well

marked races, or species, which are quite as distinct from each other as are the

various species of the archipelago, figured and described by Dr. S. Miller and

others.

One is the proper Bengal boar, found also in Kuták, which is by far the most

powerful, as shewn by the entire skeleton, and which has the longest and most

formidable tusks of any, the lower commonly protruding from the socket from

3 to 3¿ in. over the curve. It is specially distinguished by the breadth of its

1860. | Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society of Bengal. 105

Of birds, fifteen additional species have been added to the sixteen

mentioned in p. 272 et seg. and p. 412; but as yet we have hardly

made a beginning with the ornithology of the Andamáns.

Of new species, the most notable is a superb large black Wood-

pecker of the division MurnerIpicUs of the late Prince of Canino

(Hemilophus, Swainson).

M. HonDeazxr, nobis, 2. s. Wholly black in both sexes, except

the crown, occiput, and moustaches of the male, which are vivid

crimson as usual, and the occiput only of the female. It is smaller

than M. Hopesox11, (Jerdon), of Malabar, or M. JAVENSIS, (Horsfield),

of the Malayan peninsula and more western islands; the closed wing

measuring but 7z in., the middle tail-feathers 6 in., and the beak to

forehead 13 in.

ANTHUS RUFOSUPERCILIARIS, nobis, . s.; A. pratensis apud nos,

J. A. S. XXIV, 473, from Pegu. Like A. PRATENSIS, but with the

occipital plane, which is 2 to 27 in. where narrowest, and by the shortnes3 of the

tail, which númbers only 13 or 14 vertebre. This may be distinguished as $,

BENGALENSIS, nobis.

Another is the ordinary $. INDICUS, Gray (S. cristatus, Wagler), as noticed by

Dr. Gray from the Madras Presidency; it being found over the whole of India,

the highlands of Ceylon, and also in Arakan, but I cannot pronounce on its diffu-

sion further. It is likewise an inhabitant of Lower Bengal, as we have a stuffed

specimen of a particularly fine boar of this race that was speared near Calcutta,

The domestic Pigs of India appear to be mainly (if not wholly) derived from i6.

The entire skeleton is conspicuously less robust than in the preceding, the tusks

less developed, the lower rarely projecting 2% in. from the socket; the occipital

plane where narrowest rarely exceeds 1% in., and the tail is conspicuously much

longer, consisting of about 20 vertebre. We have the skull of a sow of this

race, which has the fully developed tuska of the boar,—of course a rare anomaly.

The third is the species with very elongated skull and narrow occipital plane,

where narrowest 1 in. only, inhabiting the lowlands of Ceylon, which I denomin-

ated $. ZEYLANENSIS in Y. A.S. XX, 173, and which may also be S. AFFINIS,

Gray, from the Nilgiris, mentioned in the List of the Osteological Specimens in the

Collection of the British Museum, where S. INDICUS is cited from the Nepal hills

and taras, and also Malabar.

I have no skull of an European wild Boar for comparison, but judging from

Blainville's figures, our S. INDICUS approximates it more nearly than S. BENGA=

| + LENSIS Or Ñ. ZEYLANENSIS.

In the new Russian 'territory of the Amúr, 1 appears, —“ Of Cattle or Horses

few were seen, but many Sine of a peculiar kind, and Fowls.” Journ. Roy.

Geogr. Soc. XXVIII (1858), p. 381. Wild Hogs are found at all elevations in

the Himalaya, and generally over Asia. Those of Indo-China, China, and the

Malayan peninsula require to be carefully examined. As many as three species

are reported to inhabit the plain of Mesopotamia. Wood, in his Journey to the

Source of the Oxus, remarks that—“ Descending the eastern side of Junas Da-

rah, our march was rendered less fatiguing by following Hog-tracks in the snow.

So numerous are these animals, that they had trodden down the snow as if a

large flock of Sheep had been driven over i£,”

106 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No.: dy

supercilium and moustachial streak of a ruddy rust-colour. Closed

wing 33 in., tail 2% in., and bill and hind-claw as in Á. PRATENSIS,

of which ib may be regarded as a local variety or sub-species.

OREOCINCLA INFRAMARGINATA, nobis, n. s. Uniform dark olive

above, with conspicuous pale rufescent-whitish supercilia, and light

rufescent spots tipping the wing-coverts; beneath pale, inclining to

rufo-fulvous on the breast and front of the neck, pure white at centre

of belly; the lower tail-coverts dark olive largely tipped with white ;

each feather of the lower-parts, except on middle of throat and of

belly, somewhat narrowly tipped with the colour of the back; outer

caudal feathers successively more largely tipped with dull white,

though even on the outermost these white tips are but slight. The

usual OREOCINOLA markings on the inner surface of the wing. Bill

dusky, and legs pale corneous. Closed wing 4% in.; tail 33 in., 16s

outermost feathers $ in. shorter than the middle pair; bill to gape

1,3, in.; tarse 17, in. Short first primary % in. long, the second

equalling the fourth anda little shorter than the third. This bird

approximates the female of MeruLa Warbr, Jerdon.

Three other species of true Thrushes inhabiting the Andamáns are

—TURDUS RUFULUS, Drapiez (modestus, Eyton), (+-EOCICHLA INNO-

TaTa, nobis, and PErROCOSSYPHUS PANDOO. The following have like-

wise to be added,—MEROPS PHILIPPINUS, L., LANIUS PHANICURUS,

L., ARUNDINAX OLIVACEUS, nobis, PERICROCOTUS SPECIOSUS, (Lath.),

HIRUNDO RUSTICA, L. (juv.), OSMOTRERON CHLOROPTERA, nobis (here-

tofore only known from the Nicobars), CHALCOPHAPS INDICUS (iden-

tical with the Indian race, but different from a pair received from the

Nicobars, which seem to be CH. MArIZ, C. L. Bonap.) ; THALASSEUS

AFFINIS (Sturna ajfinis, Raflles, St. bengalensis, Lesson, dc.), and

ONYNOCHOPRION ANASTHLETUS, (Scopoli).

The EpoLrus of the Andamáns appears to be constantly a little

larger than Malayan peninsula specimens, with more tendency to

shew a rudimental frontal crest; this, however, is less developed than

in Burmese and Tenasserim specimens.

Of TEMENUCHUS ERYTHROPYGIUS, nobis, Il have seen no Andamán

example yet with distinctly rufescent upper tail-coverts.

The black-naped Oriole 1 think will prove to be ORIOLUS CORONA-

TUS, Sw. (hippocrepis, Wagler), being quite distinct from that of the

neighbouring Nicobar islands, O. MACROURUS, nobis.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 107

The Dháyal (CoPsYCHUS SAULARIS) is common, and differs in no re-

spect from that of Bengal and of India generally, as distinguished from

the larger race of W. Malasia; but the Sháma (KirraciNCLA ALBI-

VENTRIS, nobis,) has much the appearance of being a fertile hybrid

between K. MACROURUS and COPSYCHUS SAULARIS! In several spe-

cimens of it, however, I can detect no variation whateyer, nor transi-

tional examples variously intermediate; and the female more nearly

resembles the male than in XK. MACROURUS. 1 have a fine healthy

pair of the Andamán Sháma alive, and the male is a fair songster,

with some very deep notes alternating with some shrill and very

Dháyal-like notes; and, so far as I have heard as yet, the song is

more broken or delivered in snatches, like that of the Dháyal, or less

continuous than in the common Sháma. The bird is also rather

larger, with the bill somewhat larger in proportion; but I doubt

if any practised ornithologist would hesitate about classing it in

KITTACINCLA rather than in CorsycHus. Thereis a third Sháma, with

a white head (as L am informed), in Borneo (K. StTrRICKLANDI, Mottley

and Dillwyn); and a fourth species exists in 1. LUZONIENSIS,. (Kit:

blitz), of the Philippines. The female of the Andamán Sháma is of

a duller colour than the male, especially on the wings and breast,

which latter is glossless black; tail also shorter; and the legs in

both sexes are carneous.

Of reptiles, the marine Zestudinata of the Bay occur of course ;

but we have only received a very large skull of the common * Logger-

head” Turtle (CAOUANA OLIVACEA), a species which is common towards

the mouths of the Gangetic streams, and is often eaten here for the

true edible Turtle (restricted CHELONIA); and here 1 may remark

that I once received a young living * Hawk's bill” or tortoise-shell

producing Turtle (CARETTA IMBRICATA) from the interior of the

Sundarbáns, which I kept alive for many months in fresh water.

The *Loggerhead” skull from the Andamáns measures 8% in. long,

inclusive of occipital projection, and 43 in. in extreme breadth.

Of the Loricata or Crocodiles, ib does not appear that any have

yet been observed about the islands.

Of Varanide, a HYDROSAURUS quite similar to one before received

from the Nicobar group. I can perceive no difference from the

common H. saLVaToR, (Laurenti) v. Varanus bivittatus, (Kuhl), in

P 2

108 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

structure; but ib wants the pale neck-streaks and body and caudal

rings of ordinarv H. SALVATOR of Bengal, Ceylon, dc., while the

upper-parts are freckled throughout (save on the head) with white

scales and tips of scales interspersed among the black scales, more

copiously on the tail, and tending to form close and narrow transverse

lines on the sides. 1 have never seen this marking in specimens of

true H. SALVATOR obtained elsewhere ; and it may be remarked that

this species commonly attains the dimensions assigned by Dr. Gray

to his Australian H. GIGANTEUS, viz. 78 in. We have examples of

that length both from Lower Bengal and from Ceylon; and the

occurrence of this reptile in Ceylon is the more remarkable, as 16 does

not appear to have been hitherto observed in the peninsula of India.

No Scincide have yet been received.

Of Geckotide, two species, both of which appear to be undescribed.

PurLsuMA ANDAMANENSE, nobis, 2. s. Differs from PH. CEPEDIA»

NUM, (Peron), of the Mauritius, by having a rather (yet distinctly)

less obtuse muzzle, which is conspicuously longer from the eye to the

nostril; the auditory orifice is also much smaller, and round instead

of oval; and the pattern of the markings of the dorsal surface is

different. In PH. CEPEDIANUM, there are two sub-lateral pale lines,

with intermediate pale spots more or less irregularly disposed : in

PH, ANDAMANENSE, there are no sub-lateral lines, but a mesial one

commencing on the nape and continued half-way along the back, the

rest of the upper-parts being sprinkled with numerous spots which

appear to have been bright red or orange : the palettes at the tips of

the toes are pale in the Mauritius species, dark in the other; and 1

can distinguish no femoral or pree-anal pores in PH. ANDAMANENSE,

but a fold of skin in place of them along the thighs: in PH. CEPR-

DIANUM the femoral pores are continued to meet the opposite series,

at an angle which completes a triangle with the transverse vent. On

the chin of our present species, there is a series of five plates of equal

size and larger than the rest, anteriorly adjoining the labial plates.

Length of head and body 2 in.; the tail, which had been renewed,

13 in.

There can be no hesitation in referring this Gecko to PHELSUMA,

Gray, though the former has hitherto been known to exist only in Ma-

dagascar and the Mascarine islands. The other appears to be a new

form altogether :—

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 109

PUELLULA, nobis, 1. s. Aspect of a HEMIDACTYLUS, but with no

dilated palette on the toes, which are distinctly ribbed excepting on

the unguinal phalanges. No femoral or pree-anal pores, but a large

raised glandular space at the base of the thighs underneath, divided

by a slight median groove on the anterior half, which deepens to

form a large glandulous cavity on the posterior half, the labia of

which are covered with scales larger than the rest; this structure

being much less developed in the female sex. A very remarkable

feature, for a Gecko, consists in a distinct rudimentary dorsal crest;

and there is also a lateral fold of skin from the fore to the hind limbs,

dividing the scales of the back from those of the belly, and another

such fold margining the thighs anteriorly. The pupils of the eyes

close vertically.

P. RUBIDA, nobis, 2. Ss. Back and limbs above covered with mi-

nute tubercles, and also thickly studded with tubercles of a larger and

uniform size, the former requiring a lens for their easy detection ; on

the tail are few only of the larger kind, and those disposed in trans-

verse series on lts basal half: scales of the head minute and uniform,

those of the throab very minute, and those of the lower-parts small

and uniform, save on the borders of the glandulous fissure, where they

are a little larger; on the lower surface of the tail the scales are also

larger. Bordering the lower labial shields in front are four large

plates, the medial of which exceed the outer in size. Colour of the

fresh animal very ruddy, a hue which soon disappears by exposure to

the light in spirit. In the stronger-marked specimens a dark line

passes backward from the eye, and meets its opposite upon the occi-

put; this V-like marking being succeeded by one or two others like 16,

and there are irregular narrow transverse bands throughout, com-

posed of black tubercles interspersed among the rest, and a series of

broad dark annuli on the tail. Length about 5 in., of which the tail

is half. A common species at Port Blair. The young, 2 in. long,

show some white specks on the neck, and the labial plates are alter-

nately dark brown and white. This is also seen in the adults, but

less conspicuously.

Of Agamide, a species of Trara, D. and B.

'LIARA SUBCRISTATA, nobis, 2. s. : DILOPHYRUS apud nos, Y. A. K.

XXVIII, 275. Occiput and nape with a low crest, and merely a slight

110 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [No. 1,

serrated ridye along the back : gular pouch in the males only, covered

with small keel-less scales of equal size ; the other scales of the lower-

parts conspicuously carinated ; those of the upper-parbts minute, arrang-

ed in irregular transverse series (as best seen by aid of a lens), their keels

presenting a tuberculated appearance except towards the ridge of the

back : a row of about ten large tubercles on each side commencing from

the occiput. Colours various, but fugitive in spiri6; the young being

much speckled and reticulated with greyish-black, and the full-grown

mostly plain, with dark bands on the tail more or less distinct.

Length 12 in., of which tail 87 in. Common at Port Blair.

Of Snakes, we have received five harmless and two venomous species,

The former are—

LyYcononN AULICUS, (L.). Uniformly coloured variety.

DENDROPHIS PICTUS, (Gm.). Some beautiful varieties.

DiIPSAS HEXAGONOTUS, nobis, Y. 4. S. XXIV, 360. Several young

specimens. The adult remains to be described.

HERPETODRYAS PRASINUS; Coluber prasinus, nobis, J. A. S.

XXXIII, 291. Large. Also inhabits the base of the Himaláya, Asám,

'Tenasserim, dc.

CERBERUS BOEFORMIS, (Schneider).

The latter—

HAMADRYAS VITTATUS, (Elliot).

'TRIMESURBUS VIBIDIS, (Lacepéde), var. Cantor:, nobis, J. A. $.

XV, 377. A TrIMESURUS which appears to be exceedingly common

both in the Andamán aud Nicobar islands is altogether similar in

structure to the common TR. VIRIDIS, bub varies much in colouring,

being grass-green, brown, or blackish, either uniformly coloured or

variously mottled ; but only in one mottled specimen from the Nico-

bars do 1 perceive tlre lateral line on the scales bordering the abdo-

minal plates, which is commonly seen in continental examples of Tk.

vIrRIDIS. In a green example from Port Blair, 4 ft. in length ()),

there is no trace of this; but I may here call attention to the fact

that there are certainly two nearly affined species confounded under

Tr. viriDis. One common in Lower Bengal has the scales more

strongly carinated, very conspicuously so on the sides of the head,

while those of the crown are roughly granular (a modification of the

more developed keels), instead of being flat or almost flat as in the

CEA TA EA

1860. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. DLE

other. In this race there is usually no lateral strealk, and ab most 1

have only seen it obscurely indicated ; but there is a fine porphyra-

ceous lustre on the grass-green scales of the head and body, which

does not occur in the true virIDIs. If considered worthy of a name,

16 may therefore bear the appellation PORPHYRACEUS.

Of Batrachia, 1 cannot learn that any species has yet been ob-

served at Port Blair.

The collection of fishes is so large and important that I have made

14 the subject of a special report. As many as 106 osseous species

have already been received from Port Blair;* the genera SALARIAS,

GLYPHISODON, and MuranNa, being extraordinarily developed. Of

MurzwA alone, 1] make out sixteen species already received! A con-

siderable proportion of the species appear to be quite new, being de-

seribed neither in the Histoire des Porwssons, in the more recent ela-

borate essays by Dr. Bleeker, nor by Sir J. Richardson and other

authorities. No fresh-water species has been received; but a few

mud-skippers, as the PERIOPrHALMUS PAPILIO, (Bloch),—a fine

series, and the young of which species is P. fuscatus, nobis, Y. A. £-

XXVII, 271.4

A considerable number of Crustacea, Mollusca, and Radiata have

likewise been received from Port Blair; but though I have mostly

determined the genera and species, I have not at present the leisure to

draw up a report on tliem.

4. The Rev. H. Baker, Junr., of Mundakyam, Alipi, S. Malabar.

A dozen skins of the Spiny Dormouse (PLATACANTHOMYS LASIU-

RUS, nobis, Y/. 4. S. XXVIII, 289), five skins of Mus (LuaeaDa)

SPINULOSUS, nobis (Y. A. S. XXILIL, 734), identical with Punjáb spe-

cimens,—one of a small Mouse affined to, if not identical with, M.

ALBIDIVENTRIS, nobis, of L. Bengal, but of which 16 is desirable to

* Several more have since come to hand.

+ Salarias olivaceus, XXVII, p. 271, is identical with S, LINEATUS, C. V.;

Gobius breviceps is the young of (+. ALBOPUNCTATUS, C, V.; Apogon 5-vittatus,

p. 272, is the young of GúLYPHISODON RAHTI, O. V.; Serramus lanceolatus, O. V., is

the young of S. coroIDES, (B. H.), v. S. suillus, O. V.; Gerres poete, O. V. =

Chanda setifer, (B. H.), ergo G. SETIFER, though the name better applies to Q.

FILAMENTOSA, C. V., which 1 have also obtained ; Polotus nitidus = MESOPRION

GUTGUTEA, (B. H.) C. V., though the generic name PoLorus may stand ; and

PANCHAX CYANOPTHAIMA, p. 288, is the unnamed species figured in As. Res.

XIX, pl. ,f ,butin the living fish the azure eye is much lesa noticeable.

I have since long kept this species in an aquarium, and it is less of a surface fish

im its habits than the P. BucHaNant, €. V.

112 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [Ne dl

have more examples for comparison,—and a young Gho-sámp (Mo-

NITOR DRACANA).

5. Capt. W. H. Lowther, in command of the 1st Asám Local

Battalion. Skin of a Binturong (ARCTICTIS BINTURONG), killed on

the Singpho frontier of Upper Asám, where termed by the natives

Young. Important with reference to the geographical distribution

of this remarkable animal.

6. H.M. the ex-King of Oudh. A Snake (DENDROPHIS ORNA=

TA); and since a dead Monkey (PrESBYTIS CEPHALOPTERUS).

7. Prince Mahomed Julaludin, of Baligunge. A Snake, the Ráj-

sámp of the Bengalis (BUNGARUS FASCIATUS).

8. Babu Rajendra Mallika. Various dead animals, including a

superb male Golden Pheasant in perfect plumage, which has been set

up in a manner worthy of its beauty. 1 take this opportunity to

remark, that among the objects of particular interest now living in

the aviaries of our contributor, are two very distinct species of Cas-

sowary. The Bábu has also magnificent adult hybrids, of both

sexes, ralsed from the male Pavo MuTICUS and female P. CRISTATUS,

the two species being beautifully blended in colouring, form of crest,

Sc. ; and, still more remarkable, he has a hybrid now nearly full-

grown, bred between a Curassow and Guan! Numerous other living

specimens of great interest adorn his collections.

One of the Cassowaries being clearly ofa new and fourth species

of its genus, of which quite recently only one species was known,

I shall here indicate 1t as |

CASUARIUS UNAPPENDICULATUS, nobis, 2. s., from its peculiarity of

having but a single pendulous caruncle in front of the neck. Speci-

men apparently more than half grown, and much paler in the colour-

ing of its plumage than specimens of the same age of the common

C. GALEATUS, two fine examples of which are associated with it in

the same paddock. In lieu of the two bright red caruncles of the

latter, the new species has but a single small oblons or elongate

oval yellow caruncle, and the bright colours of the naked portion of

the neck are differently disposed. The cheeks and throab are smalt-

blue, below which is a large wrinkled yellow space in front of the

neck, terminating in front in the oval button-like caruncle, and its

lower portion being continued round behind, while on the sides of the

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 113

neck, the yellow naked portion is continued down to its base, the bor-

dering feathers more or less covering and concealing this lateral stripe of

unfeathered skin: on the hind-part of the neck the bare yellow skin

is nob bumous and corrugated as in the common Cassowary, where

also this part is bright red. The casque is about equally developed

at this age in the two species. The legs of the new species are

smaller, from which 1 doubt if ib attains to quite so large a size as

the other.

The known species of CASUARIUS now range as follow :

1. C. GaLEATUS, Vieillot: C. emev, Latham ; Struthio casuarinus,

L. Hab. N. Guinea. Eastern Moluccas.

2. C. BeNNETTrIxr, Gould (figured in P. Z. S. 1851, pl. 7). The

Mooruk. Hab. N. Ireland.

3. CU. AUSTRALIS, Gould. Hab. York peninsula, N. E. Australia.

4, C. UNAPPENDICULATUS, nobis. Hab. ———-—P*

9. Alex. Thomas, Esq., in medical charge of Khyook Phoo, Ram-

ri, Arakan. A fine specimen in spirib of PLATYDACTYLUS GECKO, (L.)

10. Mrs. Turnbull. A fine stuffed specimen of PETAURUS SCIU-

RIUS, (Shaw).

11. E.H. Atkinson, Esq. A few bird-skins procured at Singapore.

12. The Rev. J. Cave Browne, late of Subathoo. A small collection

chiefly reptiles in spirit, with a few insects, procured in that neigh-

bourhood.

* In the Conspectus Ineptorum et Struthionum of the late Prince of Canino,

published in the Comptes Rendus, tom. XLIII (1856), 840-1, only one species of

CASUARIUS is recognised (!) ; but a second DROMAIUS or Emeu, as DR. ATER,

Vieillot, from “lisle Decrés,'”” which would appear to be already extinct ; while a

third species, from the interior of Australia, with transversely barred plumage,

has recently been brought to the notice of the Zoological Society. H. H. also

indicated a second Ostrich doubtfully, as STRUTHIO EPOASTICUS, C. L. Bonap.,

which is doubtless the northern race with smooth and poreless egg-shell noticed

in J, A. S. XXVIII, 282. The two living species of Nandou, or RHea,—the

three-toed American Ostrich,—are of course recognised ; and at least three, if not

four (!), living species of APTERYX ; with no fewer than 38 species, more or less

satisfactorilv made out, of Inepti and Struthiones of various zoological epochs ;

but the knowledge of the greater portion of these is vague in the extreme; and

the Prince's bold attempt at classification of them will simply, as such, meet with

approval. At the head of the /neptí he places the huge EPIORNIS of Mada-

gascar, a fragment of the egg-shell of which 1 have recently procured for the

Society”s museum, presented to by M. Zill. This giant bird appears to have

been first indicated (to Europeans) by the missionary Ellis, though not scienti-

fically brought to notice. The natives of Madagascar imagine that the eg ggs of

the EPIORNIS are those of some huge saurian,

114 Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society of Bengal. ENS

Of Lizards, the common CALOTES VERSICOLOR, a small and young

RropPa, and a beautiful new Gecko congeneric, with that described

from the mountainous interior of the Tenasserim provinces, in Y. A.S.

XXVIIL, 279.

NAULTINUS (?) FASCIOLATUS, nobis, 2. s. Tail proportionally long-

er and more slender than in N. (P?) VARIEGATUS, nobis, /. c.; but

the larger of two specimens evidently not full-arown. Head very

similar to that of the other; but the dark band behind the eye bend-

ing abruptly to meet its opposite on the occiput; this is followed by

23 other blackish cross-bands, continued to the end of the tail, those

of the body being edyed and set off posteriorly with whitish; a series

of broad sub-haxagonal plates in both species beginning near the vent»

and continued to the end of the tail underneath. Abdominal scales

proportionally smaller than in the other, and no group of conspi-

cuously larger scales anterior to the vent. The sub-caudai scales are

also much smaller than in the other. Larger specimen 44 in., of

which tail 2% in. Both species are remarkable for the beauty of their

markings.

Of Snakes, CoroNELLA RusseLnntt, (Daud.), COLUBER MUCOSUS,

(L.), DipsAs TRIGONATA, Schlegel, VIPEBA RUssELLII, (Shaw), and

two species which appear to be new :—

DIPSAS MULTIFASCIATA, nobis, 1. Ss. Form typical ; the muzzle

shorter and rounder than in D. TRIGONATA : the same whitish spots

along the ridge of the back as in that species, but somewhat indis-

tinctly defined; and narrow black transverse bands on the sides, num.

bering as many as 72 from neck to vent, beyond which they are

broken into spots: throat dull white ; the abdominal surface densely

speckled throughout with triangular black spots, which are more or

less continued into lines. Length of specimen (evidently young)

147 in., of which tail 3 in.

For the other 1 must constitute a genus :—

PLATYCE?S, 1. Y. Like CoLuBErR (CorYTHODON, D. B.), but with

exceedingly flat head, and tail only about a sixth of the total length.

PL. SEMIFASCIATUS, nobis, 2. s. Colour olive-grey above, white

below; the posterior two-fifths without markings, and the nuchal

region marked with broad transverse black bands, having lateral

black spots alternating on either side. These gradually become

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 115

narrower and are broken into alternate bands on the second fifth of

the body, being still more broken into small spots on the third fifth,

beyond which they gradually disappear anterior to the vent. Eyes

of moderate size. Specimen evidently young. Length about 10%

in., of which tail about 2 in., ibs extreme tip being lost in the speci-

men. Seute 187; Scutello F

P. S.—It appears that a species of Deer, which has been named

CERvVUS PSEUDAXIS, has recently been received in France from the

mountainous regions of the north of China and Mantcheeria. From

the geographical region ib cannot be a true Axine, and the name

would imply ibs being an Axis-like (or spotted) species, —Just possibly

identical with the Formosan Deer.

E. BLYrTH.

A a

pubs

DAA

ED Vea

OPISTHOSTOMA NILGIRICA

A.L.Frazer Lich:

JOURNAL

OF THE

ERNST TTCSOCTE TY:

WNDIDIIIIDSIIISLSLINLSININLOLSLS ILL ISISLISLSISISLSISLSISLSIS LL LILO LISIS LSLSLSISS e

No: 1.1860:

IIDIDIIODIOID0INI0INIOININININ III LOLI ININIY III ISI ISLO LIS ISLISLS LLODIO IIS LSIN III

Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. I—By Messrs. W. T. and

H. F. BLaxrORD, of the Geological Survey of India.

In a paper published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural

History for 1857,* Mr. W. H. Benson gave an able resumé of the

distribution of the Cyclostomacee of South-western Asia and of some

of the neighbouring islands. As regarded their distribution in India,

both Cis and Trans-gangetic, 16 was proved that the evidence then

available shewed a considerable generic distinction between the forms

of the Indian peninsula with Ceylon on the one hand, and tliose

occupying the Himalayas, the Khasi hills, Burmah, and the Malay

countries on the other. It was also attempted to be shewn that, 1f

two streams of distinckt genera were supposed to extend from the

island of Borneo, one might be imagined to pass up through the

eastern, the other through the western peninsula, the valley of the

Ganges and the plains of Northern India being the limit of each line.

At that time 16 was believed that no single species of land shell

occurred at the same time upon the Himalayas, and in India south of

the Ganges. A few widely disseminated species, such as Helix vitri-

noides, are certainly to be found at the base of the mountains, as well

as universally over the plains, but even at the foot of the Himalayas

a great change takes place in the fauna generally, and when once

fairly within the mountains, scarcely a species of the Indian plains

recurs. But there are a few exceptions. In the Annals for April,

1859, Mr. Benson mentioned the discovery by one of ourselves of

* Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Vol. XIX. p. 201,

No, CIII.—Nrew Serres, Von, XAXIX. R

118 Contributions to Indian Malacology. [No. 2,

Helix castra, Benson, on the hills of Balasore in Northern Orissa, and

more recently a single specimen of a shell perfectly undistinguishable

from Helix Huttoni, Pígifier, has occurred to us on the northern flank

of the Nilgiri mountains in Southern India.* Both of these species

have a wide distribution; E. castra being known to range from

Sikkim to the Tenasserim provinces, and 4. Huttont throughou6

the greater portion of tlie Himalayas. Indeed it is more than pro-

bable, from an examination of recently collected specimens of HZ.

tapeina, Benson, that H. Huttoni is only a variety of that species,

an identity which, if substantiated, will extend its range to the

Khasi Hills and Burmah, where the variable but scarcely distinguish.

able 2. rotatoria, V. d. Busch, replaces 16, unless the latter also

prove to be only a variety.

It is exceedingly probable that, as each region becomes more

thoroughly searched, many other species will be found to have a far

more extensive range than is at present supposed. The peninsula of

India is, as a rule, extremely poor in land shells, and the concbologist

may travel for miles over its plains without meeting with a single

mollusk. The plains of Bengal, from a space as large as the British

Isles, have scarcely furnished twenty species. On the contrary the

Himalayas, especially their eastern portion, and the Burmese penin-

sula, appear to be extremely rich both in species and individuals, a

circumstance doubtless intimately connected with the greater and

more constant humidity of the climate. With a few exceptions,

Cis-gangetic India has been fairly explored by conchologists, although

it has not been thoroughly searched. Of 'Prans-gangetic India,

nine-tenths are totally unexamined. At least half of the Himalayas

have never been visited, and all that has been carefully explored

consists of a considerable tract in the western Himalayas around

Simla and Masúri, and the outer hills of Sikkim, from which we

ourselves, but the other day, procured more than twenty undescribed

forms. The Khasi Hills, a small tract of country, have been fairly

examined, but the vast peninsula thence to Singapore has only been

searched in the immediate neighbourhood of Molmain, whilst a few

shells have been collected during hurried visits, or (the larger species

* Mr. Benson also informs us tlat he has received 4H. fastigiata, Hutt. from

the Nilgiris.

1860.] Contributions to Indian Malacology. 119

especially) procured by accident from Pegu, Ava, the 'Penasserim

provinces, Penang, Malacca, Singapore and perhaps one or two other

places. The greater portion of the mountains north of the Punjab,

the vast tract of Nepal, the interior valleys of Sikkim, Bhotan,

Assam with the mountains both north and south of it, Arracan, and,

with the few exceptions mentioned, the Malay peninsula, are totally

unsearched. Despite these circumstances, ble list of shells described

from the Himalayas and Burmah alone probably exceeds that from

all the Indian peninsula.

But even India proper may yet yield important novelties. Perhaps

no part has been more carefully or more repeatedly examined than

the Nilgiri hills of Southern India. They are perhaps the las6

place whence generic forms new to the country might be expected, yet

we have been so fortunate as to meet with such, among the smaller

shells as might naturally be expected, but by no meaus amongst those

least interesting.

Amongst tle genera enumerated as characterizing India north of

the Ganges and east of the Bay of Bengal, none perhaps is more

generally distributed or more abundant than the singular little genus

Alyceus, Gray. Another form which, however, perhaps chiefly on

account of its minute size, has not as yet been shewn to have an

equal range in these countries with 4Alycaus, but which also occurs

in Mr. Benson's list of genera confined to the northern and eastern

regions of India, is Diplommatina, Benson. The discovery of species

of both of these genera, in a district so well examined previously as

the Nilgiri hills have been, must make us pause before we conclude

that we are in possession of data sufficient to enable us to come to

definibe conclusions upon the distribution of Indian land shells,

The cireumstance of their discovery becomes less surprising when

we consider that there are several species of shells on the Nilgiris

closely representative of Himalayan and Burmese forms. Thus Helix

Cycloplax, Benson, of Sikkim and 4. Oxytes, B., of the Khasi hills

are replaced by 4. Thyreus, B.; Achatina tenuispira, B. of Sikkim,

Khasi, Burmah, ác. by A. Shiplayi, Pír.; Bulimus vibex, Hutt, and

B. colebs, B. of the Western Himalaya by B. Nilagiricus, Plr. Ec.

To return to the genera of Cyclostomacece; there are to be found

on the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal and in the Himalayas the

E 2

120 Contributions to Indian Malacology. [No. 2,

following genera which are absent on the western side of the Bay:

Megalomastoma, Pupina, Registoma,* Raphaulus, Streptaulus, and

Hybocystis (all of which are closely allied genera and of one type)

Hydrocena and Pomatias, the last being probably only an outlier.

In Ceylon there is one peculiar genus, Aulopoma, but 16 is evident

that Ceylon is a generic area by itself. Lastly there are common to

both sides of the Bay of Bengal or of the Ganges valley Cyelophorus,

Cyclotus, Pterocyclos, Leptopoma, Cataulus,t Alyceus and Diplom-

matina. In the Indian peninsula, properly speaking, not one generic

form exists, which is wanting in Trans-gangetic countries, with the

exception perhaps of the little shell which we now describe under

the name of Opisthostoma : but even assuming this genus to be

decidedly operculate, ib would be premature to assert that so minute

a shell has no specific representative in the Himalayan or Burmese

areas F Otopoma only occurs in Katiwar, where the climate is different

from that of India proper, and where all organic nature shews an

intermixture of Indian forms with those of South-western Asia and

of Africa.

We can therefore only conclude that scarcely sufficient is yeb

known to justify a decided opinion as to the distribution of the land

shells of India and the adjoining countries. So far as the most recent

discoveries enable us to form a judgment, we agree with Mr. Benson

in considering that a generic distinction does exist between the two

areas of Cis and Trans-gangetic India, bub we doubt whether i6 is

satisfactorily shewn that Borneo is the generic centre around which

all the forms of South-western Asia and the Indian Archipelago are

* Tn the Nicobar Islands.

+ One species in the Nicobar Islands.

i Since these remarks were written, Mr. Benson has described, in the Amn.

and Mag. for Feb. 1860, two new genera of operculate land shells from Molmain,

and has named them Rhiostoma and Clostophis. The former is allied to Ptero-

eyelos, the latter is a minute form, probably allied to Diplommatina and Opisthos.

toma. Like the latter it is separated from the former on account of peculiarities

in the last whorl, which, in Clostophis, is free and descending. It is possible that

other species allied to these new forms may hereafter be discovered, and the two

types be found to represent and replace each other in the Indian and Burmese

areas,

1860.] Contributions to Indian Malacology. 121

grouped ; or that the distinctions between the Indian areas are satis-

factorily explained by considering them as “streams” of generic

affinity radiating from that island. So far as our present knowledge

extends we are inclined to look upon the distinction as consisting

mainly in the more favorable conditions for land shells generally in

the moist countries of the Himalayas and of the Burmese and Malay

peninsula, in the absence of shells of the Pupina and Megalomastoma

type in the Indian peninsula, (a circumstance doubtless connected

with bhe greater dryness of the country) and in the existence of a

generic centre in the island of Ceylon, characterized especially among

the Cyclostomacez by forms of Aulopoma and Cataulus.

The shells described in the following pages were obtained in collec-

tions made by Mr. H. F. Blanford in 1857, and by Mr. W. T.

Blanford during a short visit in 1859. A few other forms procured

at the same time are also believed to be undescribed, but as they are

of less interest, they must await further leisure,

OPISTHOSTOMA, gen. nov.

Testa operculata? Anfractibus apicialibus obliquiter deflectis,

anfractu ultimo constricto, deinde infato, denique sinistrorsim ascen-

dente, anfractibus superioribus contiguo; aperburá reversá, rotundatá,

continuá ; peristomate duplicato.

1.—0. NILGIRICA, n., S,

Testa minima, truncate pupiformis, auguste umbilicata; spirá irre-

gulari, apice obtusá, obliquá, suturá profundá ; costulata, interspatiis

minutissime decussatis, albida, translucens. Anfractus rotundati, 5,

quorum duo primi obliquiter contorti; ultimus constrictus, deinde

inflatus, refractus, ascendens, denique sinistrorsus, anfractum penul-

timum contingens. Apertura subobliqua, superne versata, orbicularis.

Peristoma continuum, incrassatum, duplicatum.

A A A

E A A A

Habitat apud Pykara ad summos montes “Nilgiri” inter folia

caduca humida sylvarum.

Of this remarkable little shell the first and only known specimens

were found by one of us rather more than two years since in the dead

leaves of one of the litble thickets termed “sholas” near Pykara on

122 Contributions to Indian Malacology. [No. 2,

the Nilgiris. As all the specimens found were dead shells and i6

seemed most desirable to obtain living specimens in order to deter-

mine satisfactorily the nature of the species from an inspection of

the animal, we have hitherto abstained from publishing a description

which must of necessity be imperfect, in the hope, either that one of

ourselves might revisit the hills and procure a supply of living specl-

mens, or that some of our friends conchologically inclined, might aid us

in the matter. Wehave, we regret to say, been disappointed in these

expectations, and we therefore publish the description and figure of the

shell, hoping that publicity may lead others to the search, and we

leave the question of the nature of the animal and the existence of

an operculum to be sebtled at some future period.

To the kind aid of Capt. Mitchell of Madras we are indebted for

the accompanying figures, drawn with the aid of the camera lucida,

and magnified about 30 diameters. "he specimen from which the

drawings are taken is in excellent preservation and shews very clearly

not only the costulation, which bears a great resemblance to that of

Diplommatina and Alycens, but also a regular scalariform decussation

of the interstitial spaces which is represented on an enlarged scale in

figure 5. This costulation and more especially the Alyceus-like

strangulation and inflation of the last whorl point to the probability

of the present being an operculate genus, and the round whorls and

continuous and duplicate peristome lead to the same conclusion. No

trace of a tube is perceptible on any part of the shell.

From these characters we should infer that Opisthostoma holds an

intermediate place between Alyceus and Diplommatina, resembling

the former in the strangulation aud distortion of the last whorl,

the latter in the pupiform shape and in the rise of the lasé whorl

upon the penultimate, and both in the duplication of the peristome,

and in the regular costulate ornamentation : but the peculiar distor-

tion of the apicial whorls and the hyperstomoid flexure of the last

whorl are characters not hitherto found in any operculate genus, and

having their analogues in Síreptaxis and Boysia among inoperculate

shells. Seeing, however, the great variation of spiral form that

obtains in the different Cyclostomaceous genera, no great weight can,

we tlink, be attached to spiral peculiarities when opposed to the

evidence of the characters above enumerated which connect Opisthos-

1860.] Contributions to Indian Malacology. 123

toma with operculate forms, and until further evidence shall shew

such a view to be untenable, we may regard the present as one more

of the peculiar Cyclophoroid genera which seem specially to charac»

terize the Indian and Bornean provinces.

2.—ALYCAUS EXPATRIATUS, 2. S.

Testa mediocriter umbilicata, depressa, ad anfractos internos obsolete,

ad ultimum fortius, ad spatium inflatum valde, crebre costulata,

corneo-albida, apice diaphane rubella ; spira vix elevata, apice obtusa ;

sutura impressa ; anfr. 33 convex1, ultimus ad latus mediocriter inflatus,

deinde constrictus ; constrictione longa, medio tumida, glabra ; tubulum

suturale pone constrictionem oriens, mediocriter longum, plerumque

1 peripherise subeequans, sed nonnullis exemplis brevius ; apertura cir-

cularis, obliqua, juxta anfr. penultimum retro curvatum ; peristb, du-

plex ; internum breviter porrectum, continuum, externum expansum,

interruptum, columellari margine strictum. Operculum corneum, dis-

tincte multispirum, anfr. 7-8 planulatis, externe perconcavum, nucleo

centrali interno prominente papillari.

Diam. maj. .. e... ...b.. .. q. o. ..b.0.. . .. 43 m. m.

E A E O A 2 ditto.

loas ale abra DE ibto.

O a a e ditito,

Hab. Haud raro ad Neddoowuttom ghat, ad latus septentrionale

montium “ Nilgiri”” Indix australis eb circa 3000—4000 ped. alt,

This species appears to Le more depressed in the spire than any

other of the genus, except perhaps the Bornean 4. spiracellum,

A. Ad. and Reeve. Its nearest Indian ally is 4. strangulatus, Hutton,

and in size 161s intermediate between that species and 4. styli/er, Bens.

It belongs to the section Charax of Benson, having a wide strangu-

lation behind the peristome, crossed by a swollen ridge, which, how-

ever, in A. expatriatus never presents tlre sharpness so remarkable in

A. stylifer and hebes, but is rather a broad tumid space separating

two narrow constrictions. 'P'he subural tube is variable in length,

sometimes being nearly as short as in 4. slrangulatus, in other

specimens as long as in 4. stylifer; the latter being the usual case,

the former the exception, but both occur in perfectly fresh and full

grown specimens.

124 Contributions to Indian Malacology. [No. 2,

From A. sirangulatus, the species is distinguished by its greater

size, more depressed form, more oblique aperture, by the recurvation

of the peristome at its junction with the penultimate whorl, the longer

sutural tubo, the greater distance of the ridge crossing the constric-.

tion from the mouth, and the closer sculpture. From prosectus and

stylafer, the characters of the peristome, which is simple in stylifer

and expanded at the columellar margin in prosectus, besides the smaller

size of A. expatriatus ; from hebes and gemmaula the slightly prominent

ridge not recurved and the depressed form afford abundant grounds

for distinction. A. spiracellum of Borneo is probably closely al-

lied, but we are only acquainted with that shell by its description.

Judying therefrom 4. expatriatus should be distinguished by its

smaller size, more narrow umbiiicus, greater bluntness of the ridge in

the constriction, and in general by the greater length of the sutural

tube, a character which, however, is evidently, from its variability in

this species, of less value than has hitherto been supposed.

The species occurred near the base of Neddoowuttom ghat, and a

little above the village of Goodaloor. The animal is small and

colourless ; the body very short; the sole undivided ; tail short and

rather pointed ; tentacles short, yellowish; muzzle blunt, not elongated.

3.—DIPLOMMATINA NILGIRICA, 2. $,

Testa dextrorsa, imperforata, subovata, glabra, tenuis, nitida, cornea ;

spira conoidea, apice obtusa; anfr. 6 convexi, superne leniter crescentes,

ultimus parum augustior, antice ascendens, cariná costiformi circa

umbilicum munitus; apertura subverticalis, circularis; perist. haud

dentatum, duplex; externum breviter expansum, interruptum ; inter-

num mediocriter porrectum, continuum. Operc. corneum, subcirculare,

ad subturam angulatum, planum, haud spiratum.

O A

A o A A O

Aperiudiam. de ad yea histo: ello bai e 3 ditto.

Ante aliada atada ¿Cs tel LAI EOS

Habitat in sylvis prope Pykara versus apices montium “Nilgiri”

(ad alt. circa 7000 ped).

This species is distinguished from all others of the genus yeb

described by the ridge around the umbilicus, which is an exack coun-

1860.] Contributions to Indian Malacology. 125

terpart of that in the Sikkim shell, Megalomastoma funiculatum, E.

The perfect smootlness of Dip. Nilgirica, and the continuity of the

internal peristome, give ib a sub-generic character, yet seem insuffi-

cient alone to aubhorize its separation from Diplommatina,

The animal could not be well observed for the want of a sufíi-

ciently powerful magnifier at hand. It was small, short, and colour-

less, with two small black tentacles.

4. —CYCLOTUS MALABARICUS, 2. $.

Testa subaperte umbilicata, depresso-conica, albida, glabra, nitidula,

epidermide deciduá corneá, ad anfr. ultimum transverse fusco-strigata,

induta ; spira conica, apice acuta; sutura profunda; anfr. 4 rotundati,

celeriter crescentes, ultimus cylindraceus; apertura parum obliqua,

circularis, prope umbilicum parum sinuata, superne vix angulata;

perist. duplex, externum brevissime expansum, internum porrectum,

acutum, continuum ; umbilicus perspectivus. Operculum haud immer-

sum, duplex, internum corneum multispirum, externum testaceum,

anfractuum marginibus lamella spirali, albidá, scabrá ad anfr. exter-

nos perelevatá et versus centrum incurvatá, quasi convexa, munitis.

A E a

A a le aclarado ale e a CALLO,,

A da ee de A ao OU

O a a aaa laa 7 E LGLOS

Hab. sub rupibus eb saxis in terrá humidá ad margines sylvarum

prope Pykara montium “ Nilgiri,” ad alt. 7000 ped.

Nearly allied to Cyclotus filocinctus, Benson, by the peculiarity of

lts operculum, tbis shell is distinguished Ly its smaller size, more

depressed form, and less expanded peristome, by the absence of the

marked sculpture of C. filocinctus, and by tlie epidermis being lighter

in colour and marked by brown transverse streaks on the last whorl.

hat of C. filocinctus 1s hispid. The last named shell was first

described by Mr. Benson as a Cyclostoma, to which genus 16 was

assigned till lately. The construction of the operculum is very

peculiar. The testaceous spiral laniina being very much more raised

towards the exterior than towards tle centre, and being curved

inwards, the interior whorls of the operculum are almost concealed

and the appearance, unless very closely examined, is thab of the oper-

126 Contributions to Indian Malacology. [No. 2,

culum of a Turbo hollowed out at the centre. The lamella in C

Malabaricus is rather more elevated than even in C. filocinctus.

The animal of C. Malabaricus we have not had an opportunity of

observing, that of C. filocinctus belongs to the Cyclophoroid group,*

the sole of the foot being undivided, the tentacles tapering, and the

muzzle short and blunt. The foot is short, broad and rounded at

the tail, the tentacles are black, rather short, and contractile, with

the eyes at their base, the body is colourless, with the exception of

black patches above the head and at the base of the tentacles.

C. filocinctus abounds on the N. side of the Nilgheris, but we have

not met with it on the top of the hills. It is found chiefly in decay-

ing leaves and moist earth beside rocks and stones. C. Malabaricum

with Dip. Nilgirica, Ennea Pirriei, Pír. and some minute Helices,

occurred at the edges of the small patches of forest, known as

“sholas,” which abound in every small hollow in the hills, and are

remarkable from the abruptness of their boundaries, a few feet leading

from dense jungle to the open grassy hill side. Under the shrubs at

the edges of sholas is generally a great resort of land shells.

5.—STREPTAXIS WATSONTI, 2. $.

Testa subumbilicata, compresse ovata, corneo-albida, nitida, superne

transverse arcuato-striata, infra obsolete striatula, interdum ad ultimum

anfractum lineis albidis versus suturam cincta ; spira fere plana ; sutura

impressa; anfr. 6 convexiusculi, 2 ultimi e axi deviantes, ultimus

rotundatus ; apertura obliqua, elongato-lunaris, juxta anfr. penulti-

mum acute retro sinuata, margine basali paulo arcuata; perist,

reflexum, subincrassatum, albidum, tridentatum, singulis dentibus

depressionibus pone peristoma externe correspondentibus ; dentes 2

lamelliformes margine dextro, 1 columellari quasi basali; marginibus

peristomatis callo, duas lamellas approximatas juxta suturam gerente,

junctis.

A A O A pic

DItboMID, +. coronas cate diera | a OS

A A E dE O 0

* In common probably with every other operculated Indian land shell except

Otopoma clausum, Sow, and perhaps the two species of Pomatias described by

Mr. Benson from the Himalaya and Khasi Hills.

a de

1860.] Contributions to Indian Malacology. 127

Hab. in sylvis, presertim prope arborum radices, ad apices montium

“ Nilgiri.”” Var. est, peristomate quinque dentato, dente uno minimo

versus sinum aperture, tribus normalibus, uno minuto juxta umbilicum ;

dente ad marginem columellarem alteris latiore, quee prope “Avalan-

che,” ad pedem montium “ Koondah” habitat.

This species appears to be more abundant than the previously

described form, Str. Perrotteti,* Petit, from which it differs in its

much smaller size, and despite this, in the greater development of

its teeth, and also in the presence of two lamelle instead of one

on the callus joining the margins of the peristome. It appears to

inhabit only the more southerly portions of the hills, but our

researches have not been sufiiciently extensive to render this a

cerbainty. Str. Perrotteti occurred at Neddiwuttom, and on the

hills N. of Ootacamund ; Str. Watsoni we found S. of Ootacamund,

and the variety at the base of the Koondahs. Both were obtained

ab an elevation of 6000 to 7000 feet. Although the variety differs

slightly in the teeth, in the presence, viz. of two teeth which are

absent in the normal form, these additional projections are so very

minute that they might easily become obsolete, and probably addi-

tional specimens might shew a complete gradition, while the shells

are so exactly similar in every other detail of form, that we have no

hesitation in pronouncing them identical.

Explanation of figures.

1.—Opisthostoma Nilgiricum. Natural size.

2, 3, 4. —The same magnified 90 diameters (900 times).

5.—Scalariform costulation further enlarged.

* Oris this Petit's original species and that described by Pfeiffer diatinot ?

In that case the names may be exchanged.

OLLLLDLODIOIDIDILILI0O0 IIS IL ISO IIS ISISISISIO IS IN ISS

(00)

Memorandum on the great flvod of the river Indus. [No. 2,

Memorandum on the great flood 0f the river Indus which reached

Áttok on the 10th August, 19558.—By Captain T. G. Mownr.

GOMERIE, Bengal Engineers, F. R. GQ. $. 1st Asst. E. T. Survey,

of India, $c.*

“At5 a. m. on the 10th August, 1858, the Indus at Attok was

very low. At 7 a. M. 16 had risen 10 feet. By 0.30 p. mM. it had risen

50 feet, and it continued to rise till 16 stood 90 feet higher than 16

did in the morning. The Cabul river continued to flow upwards for

ten hours.” — Extract from the proceedings of the Asiatic Society for

September 1858, Journal Vol. XXVII. p. 366.

The flood destroyed a large amount of property in British

territory both above and below Attok; and the back water (on the

Cabul river) destroyed the greater part of the private property in

the cantonment of Naoshera.

After the subsidence of the water, numerous reports were current

near Attok, viz.: that the river was still blocked up and that

another similar flood might soon be expected. 'These reports were

generally given out on the authority of the inhabitants far up the

river, who had sent down word to say that the water was still

dammed up.

Such a sudden flood or cataclysm on such a gigantic scale, at

all times an important and interesting subject of enquiry, was rendered

still more so to me by the above mentioned circumstances.

Being at the time of the flood in the territories of the Máha-

rájab Rumbhir Singh. 1] was in a favorable position for making

enquiries in the Upper Valley of the Indus as far as the Máharájab”s

territories and influence extended, and I consequently made all the

enquiries that 1 could.

On applying to the Wazeer Punnoo, the governor of Kashmir,

he told me that had any damage been done in the Máharájab”s terri-

tories by a flood on the Indus, he would certainly have heard of i6,

but up to that time he had received no report on the subject. How-

ever 1 begged him to write to all the Máharájab's officials (on the

* See papers by Capt. Henderson and Major Becher, Journal, Vol. XXVIII.

pp. 199 and 219.

1860.] Memorandum on the great flood of the mwver Indus. 129

Indus and on its tributaries)* to enquire whether any extraordinary

flood had been noticed. The answers were all in the negative except

that from Boonjee, (the Máharájal?s most northerly fort and canton-

ment on the Gulgit frontier) the report was as follows, viz. :—

“That a great flood (burá sailab) was noticed by the sepoys at

Boonjee on the 27th day of “Sáwan Mahina,” “derh pahar din gaiya””

when 16 first arrived. Shortly afterwards the sepoys saw a mass of

timbers floatiug down the stream, which they recognised as belonging

to the gateway of the Númbúl fort.”

The Númbúl fort is said to have been on the Gilgit river

below the point where the Naggar river joins the Gilgib river.

I understand “the 27th day of Sáwan Mahina, derh pahar din

galya” to mean the 11th day of August about 9 or 10 in the morn-

ing. Although this is the day after the flood was noticed at Attok,

16 is in my opinion sufficiently near the date to make it highly pro-

bable that 16 was tlie same flood that was noticed at Attok.

At a frontier outpost of the Máharájab's (where no one goes

that has sense enough to make interest to keep away), a mistake of

two or three days in the date would be no wonderful thing consider-

ing the general indifference of natives on the subject of dates and

tle numerous doubts as to when their months begin.

I am therefore of opinion that the flood (sailab) noticed at Boonjee

was the same that passed Attok on tle 10th of August, and for

reasons given hereafter [ am of opinion that the sepoys” date at

Boonjee should have beew the 25th of Sáwan or the 9th of August

about 9 or 10 a. M.

The Trigonometrical height of Skardo the capital of Little

Thibet situated on the river Indus has been ascertained to be about

7700f feet above the sea and that of the G. T. Station eighteen

miles above Attok has been found to be about 1050] feet above the

sea, thus shewing a difference of height between tlie two places of

about 6650 feet. The distance between Skardo and the above G. T.

Station by the course of the river Indus is approximately about three

hundred and ten miles, and consequently there is an average fall in

* Specially mentioning the Shayok river.

t G. T. $. point near Skardo fort 7701 very little-above river.

T G. T. $, Station on river eighteen miles above Attok and 1049 feet above sea.

130 Memorandum on the great flood of the river Indus. [No. 2,

the bed of the Indus between those places of about 21,4, feet

per mile.

Similarly the height of Baramoola where the Jhelum river leaves

the Kashmir valley is about 4930% feet, that of the riverf two

miles below Jhelum is about 750 feet above the sea, shewing a differ-

ence in height between the two places of about 4180 feet. The

distance by the course of the river Jhelum between those two places

is about one hundred and ninety-four miles giving an average fall in

the bed of the Jhelum of a little over 21,5% feet per mile.

Consequently we may assume that the Jndus and Jhelum rivers

flow at (very nearly) the same average rate between the respective

places mentioned.

With the assistance of Lieut. Melvillej I measured the rate of the

Jhelum river at Naoshera, one march below Baramoola, in as slow

a part of the stream, as there is between Baramoola and Jhelum,

and 1 found the rate to be nearly 690 feet per minute, or about seven

miles per hour. And Lieut. Melville quite agreed with me that we

had taken a place where the rate$ was far below the average. The

river Jhelum between the points mentioned has in general such rugged

and precipitous banks that ib was with difficulty that even the above

measurement was made.

The distance from Boonjee to Attok may be taken approxi-

mately as about two hundred and twenty miles, and if the flood in

question was the one noticed at Boonjee it traversed the distance

between those two places between 10 o*clock in the morning of some

day before the 10th of August and say 6 A. Mm. of the 10th August,

that is the flood must have taken either twenty-one hours or forty-

five or sixty-nine dc. to traverse two hundred and twenty miles, that

is, 14 must have passed Boonjee on 9th, Sth or 7th of August. Had

the flood passed Boonjee on the Sth August, 16 would have taken forty-

five hours and would have travelled at the rate of hardly five miles

an hour, but it has been shewn above that the average rate of the

* Baramoola Barometrical height 4938 feet above sea.

+ G, T. S. point two miles below Jhelum 758 feet above sea.

j Topographical Asst, Great Trigonometrical Survey.

$ Seven miles an hour may be assumed to have been the minimum rate of the

Jhelum river.

1860.] Memorandum on the great flood of the river Indus. 131

Indus must be above seven miles an hour in ordinary times, and of

course much greater during a flood, so it may, I think, be fairly

concluded that the flood would take only about twenty-one hours in

traversing the two hundred and twenty miles, and that ib passed

Boonjee on the 9th August, 1858, about 10 a. m. 1f so i6 travelled

at the rate of ten and half miles per hour, by no means an impro-

bable rate* as the Ganges when ib issues from the hills opposite

Burdwar is stated by the Canal officers to flow in ordinary times at

nine miles an hour, and its pace looks slow compared with that of

the Jhelum below Baramoola.

As soon as I got the report from Boonjee 1 sent for further

information but could only make out that the flood was understood to

come from Naggar, an independent district which the Máharájah”s

people called a part of Yághistan! quite inaccessible to ordinary

messengers. Nothing would induce a man to go there; and the Wazeer

said that when a present was offered, the man took the money, but

only went a short distance and returned after a time with a made-

up-story.

Though repeated enquiries were made, nothing further was elicited.

Indeed beyond the fact that the flood had come from the Gilgit

river, as reported by natives and as shewn by its carrying away

the well known gateway of the Númbúl Fort, nothing positive was

known as to the cause of the flood or of the exact site of the place

dammed up, though the Boonjee sepoys believed that it came from

the Naggar valley which is drained by an Kastern tributary of the

Gilgit river.

Whether the flood in question came from Naggar or not, 1 feel

quite certain that 16 did not come from above Skardo. At the

time of the flood two of my assistants were working round Skardo,

and another was working on the Shayok river within a month after-

wards. Iasked them to make particular enquiries, but they heard

nothing of a large flood from any of the inhabitants of those parts.

* A table taken from the Philosophical transactions gives 480 feet in one

minute or nearly five and a half miles an hour as the velocity of absolute torrents

with an inclination of only 3 feet 1.27 inches per mile. The table gives no

greater inclinations.

132 Memorandum on the great flood of the river Indus. [No. 2,

Had the flood been generated on any of the tributaries of the

Shayok I must have heard of 16, as the damage done by the water on

first escaping from the barrier or dam would have been very great in

the Shayok valley 1tself.

No report was prevalent at Boonjee or elsewhere in the Máharájal”s

berritories as to any river being still dammed up or as to the prospect

of another flood.

Should the river Indus or any ofits tributaries be hereafter dammed

up in any part of the Máharájah's territories, there would not be

much difficulty in gettins information from the Máharájah's officials,

if proper measures were taken for collecting the same.

If timely warning were given, 1 think that the water misht

be eased off, if the place was accessible and labour was available for

the necessary blasting, miving and other operations.

1f, however, an obstruction should arise on the Gilgib river

or any of its tributaries, there is, in the present political state uf

those valleys, no chance of getting timely warning or any accurate

information, and if such was forthcoming, nothing could be done as to

easing off the water unless the Engineer was accompanied by troops.

"DILO ISI IO LOISLSISIS LI LIISISINIOINISINININIOL0INININININL

Memorandum in answer to the five following questions* by Captain

T. G. MoNTGOMERIE, Bengal Engineers, F. Li. E. $., 1st Asst.

G. T. Survey, $c.

1st. Whether there is any truth in a prevalent rumour that the

Indus or one of its tributaries 1s still obstructed, and how 16 arose P

2nd. When the late cataclysm of 1858 (August) occurred and

how 16 arose ?

3rd. Whether such accidents are likely to be limited to one lo-

cality or may occur in several points of the Upper Indus and its

feeders among the mountains ?

4th. Where is the probable locality of the cataclysm of 1841, and

how was 16 occasioned P

* Questions proposed by Major Becher, Bengal Engrs.

1860.] Memorandum on the great flood of the river Indus. 133

5th. What means are the most available for ascertaining the oc-

currence ofsuch a calamity in future ?

1st. There is no report prevalent in the Mábarájah's territories as

to any portion of the river Indus or its tributaries being dammed up.

2nd. In my opinion the late cataclysm of August 1858 was gene-

rated in the Naggar valley on a tributary of the Gilgit river, see

accompanying Memorandum on the flood of 1858.

38rd. Ido not think such accidents are likely to be confined to

one locality only. On the contrary, 1 think they may occur in a

great many places both on the main Indus and on its tributaries.

The main river would not, however, be likely to submit to any ob-

struction so long as the tributaries would.

4th. I have made enquiries about the flood or cataclysm of 1841,

as far as 1 have heard at present I am inclined to think that 14 did

not arise in the Shayok river. The Khapalu Rájah Mahomed Ali

Khan says in a letter of July 1859, that the last great flood on the

Shayok river took place about twenty-four years ago, that is in 1835,

but that he was a small boy at the time and did not remember it

well. His district suffered very much during the flood and had ib

occurred in 1841 he would have remembered all the circumstances.

I have again addressed the Rájah on the subject and have asked for

more precise dates.

Again 1 think, on examining the existing maps of the Upper

Indus, that 16 is highly improbable that the damming up of

tlie head of the Shayok river* would make the Indus look smaller

at Attok than 16 otherwise would be. Had the whole of the

Shayok river been stopped, the Indus at Attok might have looked

smaller than usual but not so for less than a tenth part. And this

applies both to theflood of 1841 and 1858, if on the latter occasion

the river really was much lower than it would have been had there

been no flood—I am of opinion that if the water that falls into the

Shayok above Sassarf never fell into it again, no one would ever notice

the loss at Attok.

* Ata point not more than forty miles below its sources.

+ The point where the cataclysm of 1841 was said by some to have been

generated.

134 Memorandum on the great flood of the river Indus. [| No. 2,

3. According to accounts of the cataclysm of 1841 the river

Indus was observed to be unusually low in December 1840 and Janu-

ary 1841 at Attok and lower still in February and March. 1f that

was the case ib would point to the damming up of something that

contributed more water than the head of the Shayok possibly could.

Indeed when the channel was open but little water could descend

during December and January from such a cold tract as that of the

Shayok above Sassar, when snow only falls and when the melting

of the glaciers must have almost ceased. Moreover the area drained

by the Shayok at Sassar is comparatively speaking insignificant.

It is a question whether it was nob simply a matter of gossip

as to the Indus having been unusually low* both in 1841 and in

1558. In the /atter case the fact is very doubtful. People on the

river would naturally say “we noticed that 16 was very low, dc.”

It would require a very careful registration of the height of the

river for several years in order to come to any trustworthy conclusion

as to whether the Indus was at any period lower or higher than the

average.

If some sort of daily register was kept at Attok light might possibly

be thrown upon any future cataclysm that may occur. Observations

should be made as to the heightf giving the daily maximum and mini-

mum heights and noting the time, velocity, temperature, colour, dc. of

the water with general remarks on the weather.

As to getting timely warning of the damming up of the Indus

or any of its tributaries, the Lieut.-Governor of the Punjab will 1

have no doubt be able to get the necessary information from the

Máharájal's officials 1f 16 arises in the Máharájab's territories.

Should it however arise in the Gilgit river or its tributaries, there 1s

no hope of getting any, as I have explained in my memorandum on

the flood. Asfar as the Máharájah's territories are concerned 1

* The Indus is, 1 believe, generally very low in December and January.

+ The height to be referred to some permanent bench mark not liable to

destruction.

All the rivers in the Punjab have a tide or daily maximum and minimum

height in the mountains caused by the difference between the amount of snow

melted during the night and during the day.

1860.] Memorandum on the great flood of the river Indus. 135

recommend that periodical reports should be obtained from the Máha-

rájah's officials at Boonjee, Skardo aud Leh, say once a month whilst

the passes are open, in order to shew that their attention is directed

to the subject—special reports to be made directly any reliable

information is obtained as to any obstruction in the Indus or its

branches. In the winter months men without loads can in fine

weather often cross from the valley of the Indus to that of Kashmir,

16 only requires a sufficient inducement.

The officer at Boonjee should be requested to report on the river

in the neighbourhood of the fort and to get all the information

that he can from the Gilgit countries, viz. Naggar, Hunza, Yassin, de.

The officer at Skardo to report on the river in his neighbour-

hood* more especially on the Shayok river and its tributaries getting

information from the Khapalu Rájah and the Kardar of Nubra.

The Thanadar of Ladak to report on all the rivers in his district.

The Máharájah is at present preparing for an expedition against

Gilgit and may possibly succeed next year in establishing his

posts in that valley, should he do so Hunza and Naggar will most

probably come under his rule and Yassin may come under his influ-

ence. In that case information might be forthcoming as to the state

of all the countries drained by the Gilgit river.

Under all circumstances 16 is very difficult to get information on

such a subject, the natives take little interest 1n 1t, and barriers formed

by landslips or glaciers may arise in some of the very elevated gorges

which are rarely if ever visited by men from the Ladak side.

* Khapalu and Nubra,

ODIDILLI III LISIISINDIDIISLDDINISLIAINISINLO ISI DLL III

136 Memorandum on Mr. Blyth's paper on Wild Asses. | No. 2,

Memorandum on Mr. Blyth's paper on the Animals known as Wild

Asses.—By Major R. STRACHEY, F. R. S.; F. L.S.

In Mr. Blytb's recent paper on the Animals known as wild Asses,

he states that “the late Prof. H. Walker referred the Tibetan

Kyang to Equus HEMIONUS of Pallas; and the Ghor-khur of this

country is even more satisfactorily referable to E. oNAGER of Pallas,

figured by Gmelin: but Prof. Walker committed the extraordinary

mistake of figuring and deseribing an Indian Ghor-khur for a Kyang,

so that the alleged distinctions which he has pointed out are value-

less. However this mistake originated, there is no doubt whatever of

the fact.'**

Now l am in a position to say guite positwely that Mr. Walker

was right, and that Mr. Blyth is wrong, in the matter-of-fact. The

animal in question was bought in my presence for the late Mr.

Thomason for Rs. 100, at the fair at Bágesar in Kumaon, from a

Tuhári Bhotiya by whom it had been got in Tibet. The story of its

attachment to the pony, to which Mr. Blyth also alludes, is odd, and

I will state 16 in full, with the hope that ] may satisfy everybody

that 1 really do know something of the personal history of Dr.

Walker's Kyang.

Mr. Thomason paid a visit to Almora (the capital of Kumaon) at

the end of 1847. I was there at the time, and so was my brother

Mr. John Strachey. We heard of the Kyang, and Mr. Thomason

having been informed of its existence, asked my brother to buy it

for him, and to send it down to Calcutta to be forwarded thence to

England to the Zoological Society. 'P'he animal was bought, as I be-

fore said. But on attempting to remove ib from the place where 16

was tied up, 16 most flatly refused to stir, neither coaxing nor force

was of any use. We were rather puzzled what to do, when on enquiry

of its old Bhotiya owner, we learned that 1t had always been in com-

pany with a white pony for which 16 had a strong affection. It then

occurred to us that if we got the pony too, the Kyang might be

induced to follow where the pony led; and so 14 turned out. One or

two attempts were made subsequently to surprise the Kyang into a

more independent sort of existence, but 16 was of no use, and so the

pony and he went off to Calcutta together.

* Journal Vol. XXVIII. p. 230.

1860.] Jemorandum on Mr. Blyth's paper on Wild Asses. 1837

The end of the pair was tragical. Ina gale of wind off the Cape

the Kyang died; and the Captain somewhat savagely threw the pony

overboard alive, as his existence seemed no longer necessary after the

Kyang'”s death. |

'Phus much as to the Kyang”s identity. I must add, however, that

although I am thus forced to show Mr. Blyth's mistake in this mab-

ter-of-fact, Í in reality corroborate the force of his arguments as to

the probable specific identity of tle two Asses,—the Kyang and the

Ghor-khur. It is obvious that Dr. Walker?s description of a true

Kyang, answers perfectly for a true Ghor-khur,—and as Mr. Blyth

observes (though in a somewhat different sense), the alleged distine-

tions pointed ous by Dr. Walker are probably enough valueless.

I have no pretensions to such a knowledge of Zoology or Anatomy

as would make my opinion of any weight on the question of specific

identity; but 1 may add a few words as to some of tlie more pro-

minent features of the Kyang, having seen many of these animals

dead and alive.

In the first place, my impression as to the voice of the Kyang is

that ibis a shrieking bray—not like that of the common Ass—but

still a real bray and not a neigh. The differences of opinion on this

point are easily reconcileable, I think, considering the inarticulate

nature of the sounds.

As to the colour of the animal, ib varies very greatly, and I think

no dependence, as regards specific character, can be placed on mere

depth of tint or brilliancy of hue. So also as to the dorsal and

humeral stripes. The dorsal stripe is always plain. The humeral

cross varies much, but is often as strongly marked as in the Ass bred

in Kumaon, in which, however, i6 is not commonly very well defined.

1 see nothing in the habits of the Kyang to make it improbable

that 16 is, in fact, the same species as the Ghor-khur. The Kyang

must be a very hardy animal to be able to live on the desert plateaus

of Tibet; and though in winter the climate in which he exists is

different enough from that of the plains of Sindh, yet in the summer

the arid surface and scorching heat of the mid-day sun place the

Kyang much more on a par with the Ghor-khur than might be sup-

posed.

The Kyang, so far as external aspect is concerned, is obviously an

Ass and not a Horse.

138 Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. [No. 2,

Report on some Fishes received chiefly from the Sitang River and its

Tributary Streams, Tenasserím Provinces.—By Eb. BLYtTH.

A Report upon fishes which 1 drew up some months ago has

gradually attained to such a length that it may be conveniently

divided; and I shall therefore here confine attention almost entirely

bo fluviatile species, mostly collected by the late Major Berdmore in

the Sitang river and its tributaries, with a few notices of new or

little known species from the Gangetic streams and their outlets ;

reserving an extensive collection of marine fishes, collected principally

at Port Blair, Andamán Islands, for a future occasion,

Fam. Apogonide.

AMBASSIS NOTATUS, nobis, 2. s. Nearly similar to A. LaLa, (Bu-

chanan Hamilton), in form, but as large as A. rRaNGa, (B. H.), the

mouth proportionally larger than in the latter and opening more

distinctly upwards. Diameter of the eye nearly half that of the

head. Body scales minute, bub conspicuously visible to the unassisted

eye; and the lateral line distinctly traceable throughout. In this

genus, the first true dorsal spine is minute and fixed, pointing forwards

(as in various Scomberoids), and the second or first moveable spine

is generally reckoned as the first. Counting the moveable species

only, the dorsal and anal rays are—

D. 7—1-13.—4A. 3-14.

The first moveable spine of the anterior dorsal fin is ¿ the length

of the second, and the third is a little shorter than the second. Of

the anal spines, the first is but half the length of the second, which

again is a little shorter than the third. Fins colourless. A silvery

band on each flank, commencing from a large dusky humeral spot.

Length 23 in. Sitang river.

A. LALA, (B. H.), var. A number of specimens of this fish sent

by Major Berdmore are of small size, not exceeding 13 in. in length,

and have the anterior dorsal fin infuscated and the posterior dorsal

and anal fins margined with blackish, to an extent that 1 have never

seen in Bengal specimens ; but Í can detect no difference in structure.

Sitang river.

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. 139

BoGoDA INFUSCATA, nobis, 2. s. A minute species (if adult), 2;

in. long by 13 in. deep minus the fins; with the tail much less forked

than in B. sama, (B. H.), Bleeker; and of a dusky or infuscated hue,

having silvery gill-covers and a greenish-silvery stripe on each side :

fins paler than the body, with a blackish tinge on the anterior half

of the first dorsal.

D. 10—1-10?—A. 3-8?

One specimen only, from the Mutla. Presented by Major W. S

Sherwill.

The following are the species of Scienide which have occurred to

me in Lower Bengal: this being an estuary group, of which several

of the species ascend into fresh water.

SCIANOIDESs, nobis, 2. y. Certain Asiatic species are here brought

together, which do not range well (as hitherto) either in Scraxa or

OTOLITHUS, but they approach nearer to JoHNIUS, from which they

indeed chiefly differ in the comparatively small size of the eye. The

jaws are of equal length, with dentition as in JoHnNIus; and the

anal spine is short and feeble.

1. Sc. BIAURITUS; Otolithus biauritus, Cantor. Common about

the mouths of the Ganges, and not unfrequently brought to the Cal-

cutta bazars. I have an impression that, many years ago, I forwarded

specimens of this fish to the India-house by the M.8S. name Sciena

elongata.

2. Sc. PAMA; Bola pama, B. H.: Serena pama, C. V.* Exceed-

ingly common, but 1 have never known it to exceed 2 ft. in length,

and therefore believe that the examples “ between four and five feeb

long”” noticed by Buchanan Hamilton appertained to the preceding

species, which is very similar in form of head, and moreover is

unnoticed as a distinet species by Hamilton.

3. Sc. HARDWICKII, nobis, n. s. A diminutive species, common

at the mouths of the Gangetic rivers, which greatly resembles the

* The so-called *Whiting” of Calcutta tables. At Madras the SiLLAGo

ACUTA is eaten for *Whiting ;” and 1 consider the Bengal species, S, DOMINA, to

resemble the flavour of true Whiting much more than does the Sc. PAMA, or

“Bola” fish. $. acUTA Occurs at the Sandheads, but I have never seen this species

in the Calcutta fish-bazars.,

140 Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. [No. 2,

SCIANA LUCIDA, Richardson, figured in the Zoology of the Voyage of

H. M. S. *Sulphur? and is therefore probably that cited as figured

in one of tlie unpublished drawings of Gen. Hardwicke in the British

Museum, No. 130; the Sc. Lucia inhabiting the Chinese Seas.

The eyes, however, are smaller than in SCIANOIDES LUCIDA, the teeth

more developed, the medial caudal rays are prolonged into a length-

ened filament (which, however, may be characteristic of youth), and

the fore-part of the back is smooth and spineless. 16 has also many

more rays to tle second dorsal and fewer to the anal fins.

D. 9-—1-43—A. 2-7.

Length to end of caudal filament under 2 in., in all hitherto

examined. Colour bright silvery with white fins.

4. Sc. (P) ASPER, nobis, 2. s. Another small fish common at the

mouths of the Gangetic rivers, with body and fins like the last, but

the back less elevated, and the anal spine considerably more deve-

loped. Mouth large, opening obliquely upward ; the teetl moderate

or rather small. Head with many prickles or spinelets, more or less

developed in different individuals. Eyes placed high, near the plane of

the forehead, on which two slight ridges—one from above each eye—

meet behind upon the occiput at a somewhat acute angle. Some have

a mesial spinelet, pointing a little backward, on and above the move-

able and protrusile portion of the upper jaw, and another directed

forward a little behind 16: other spinelets, again, are seen (or more

readily felt) on a raised line posterior to the eye, another upon each

side of the occiput, and there are spinelets likewise at the margin of

the pre-opercule.

D, 9—1-28. 4. 2-6.

Colour silvery, the head brilliant silvery in the recent fish, with

more or less of a nigrescent wash on the dorsal and the caudal fins,

and numerous very minute dark specks near the ridge of the back,

which are likewise seen in Sc. HArDwICKIL. Length mostly under

3 1n. |

5. OTOLITHUS MACULATUS, Kulil and von Hasselt (nec apud Can-

tor). This is clearly the species described by this name in the His-

toire des Poissons, with numerous black spots on the caudal and

1860.] Report on some Fishes recewed from Sitang Raver. 141

second dorsal. It is occasionally, though rarely, brought to the Cal-

cutta fish-bazars.

6. O. SUBMACULATUS, nobis, 2.s.: O. maculatus apud Cantor ?

Spots few in number and comparatively large, ranged chiefly in two

subregular lines, one bordering the second dorsal and the other

bordering the lateral line above, with a few spots also bordering the

lateral line below, —about 24 in all on each side: no decided spots on

the fins; but numerous dusky specks on the dorsals, caudal, aud a

few on the anal: a purple spot or patch and below ib a yellow one on

each gill-cover. Mouth opening more decidedly upwards than in the

other, so that the large canine-like teeth of the lower jaw point

directly backward when the mouth is closed.

D. 9—1-31.—A. 2-11.

Length 7 in. by 13 in. in greatest depth of body. Two individuals

only obtained in the bazar, within a few days of each other.

7. O. BISPINOSUs, Cuvier and Volenciennes. The fry common

ab the Sandheads, together with ScrmNnoIDes HaArDWICKII and

SO. (P) ASPER.

8. JoHNIUS ANEI, Bloch: Bola cobor, B. H. Common. Attains

an enormous size, but the very large are seldom brought to the bazars.

dd. MACULATUS, C. V.: Serena maculata (?), Gray, Hardw. 111,

Ind. Zool. (represented as without spots below the lateral line!)

Accords minutely with the description in the Histoire des Poissons ;

aud Jiussell's figure (No. 123) assigned to the same must therefore

be faulty, especially in the form of the head above the eye, 1f intended

to represent the same species, Once only obtained ; two specimens.

10. J. caraLeus (2), €. V. This also must be very faultily

figured if Russell's pl. 116 is correctly assigned to it. 16 is not

uncommon ; and we have specimens from 43 to 21 in. long. Ibis

thoroughly distincs from No. 9 (at least the species are so to which

1 have assigned the names). HKála Bola of the natives here.

11. J. cuHarris; Bola chaptis, B. H. Common.

12. J.siva, C. V. (Russell, No. 111). Rare.

13. J.corror; Bola coztor, B. H. Common.

14. Corviwa cusa; Bola cuja, B. H. Common.

15. Loores zErarr, C. V. Not rare. A particularly delicate

fish for the table.

142 Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. [No. 2,

Of the foregoing fifteen species of Scienide, twelve have been

obtained in the Calcutta fish-bazars, and only five of them are noticed

by Buchanan Hamilton, though he appears to have confounded Scra-

NOIDIS BIAURITUS witl SC. PAMA.

A remarkable little fish obtained in the Calcutta fish-bazars may

be designated —

URANOSCOPUS ADHASTPINNIS, nobis, 2. s.: having the ventral fins

well separated apart, but each being connected along its whole inner

edge to the skin of the abdomen, forming apparently an adhesive

disk. Another curious character consists in a duplicature of the skin

within the upper angle of the gill-cover, forming a sort of tube

communicating with the gills when the opercle is closed. The

anterior dorsal consists of ten almost detached spines, of which the

first (which is close to the occiput) is longest. The upper part of

the head is ridged, shewing angular interspaces or compartments,

mostly of a squarish form : on the gill-covers are five distinct cross-

ridges, and a sixth less distinct below. Above each lateral line is a

series of prominent tubercles, and the lateral line is near to and runs

almost parallel with the middle of the back. The ventrals reach as

far back as the pectorals.

D. 10—14.—A4. 11.—P. 15.—V. 5.—C. 11.

General colour olive-brown, paler below, and whitish about the

gill-openings, with all the fins blackish and obscurely wmottled.

Largest specimen obtained 2; in. ; but the species doubtless attalns

a much greater size.

Fam. —

ToxoTES MICROLEPIS, nobis, 2. s. Exceedingly like "DP. JACULATOR,

but the scales conspicuously very much smaller, especially on the

lower half of the body ; the eye being also proportionally rather larger,

and the body-markings much more developed, forming broken or

discontinuous longitudinal bands. The fin-rays appear to be the

same. From the Sitang river.

Fam. Anabantide.

COLISA VULGARIS, C. V. Sibtang river.

Fam. Zeide.

MICROZEUS, nobis, 2. yg. A remarkable minute fish, which is little

1860.] Report ongsome Fishes received from Sitang River. 143

else than an exceedingly diminutive Zeus (the genus to which the

British * John Dory,' or Jaune dorée, is referred); and both in its

uniform dark brown colouring,* and its remarkable great humeral

spine, specially approximating the Z. PaNero, C. V., of the Medi-

terranean, figured in the Histoire des Poissons (pl. 280). From the

first dorsal, however, which commences at the middle or highest

portion of the back, the outline of the head and body (as viewed

laterally) describes a quarter of a circle, falling vertically at the

mouth. The mouth, also, is not protrusile, but the lower jaw

extrudes when it is open ; both jaws being apparently furnished with

a single row of minute teeth. No scales or lateral line discernible

(and the latter would appear to be somewhat indistinct in the Zeus

PANGIO). The general shape is nearly as high as long, compressed ;

the head broader, and armed with a great tumid frontal casque,

adjoining which are several distincb and prominent ovoid plates

variously disposed, at the junction of two of which on the gill-cover

and directly behind the eye, arises the great lateral spine, which,

though directed backward, stands out from the sides of the body and

1s therefore particularly conspicuous when the fish is viewed from

above or below. There are two dorsal fins, distinet though conti-

nuous at base; the anterior having spinous rays, and greatly resem-

bling the corresponding fin of ZEUS PANGIO, only proportionall y

much smaller: all the other fins are distinct and well defined, but

short and compact, with no rays elongated beyond the rest; tail

slightly rounded, less so than in Z. PANGIO, and the ventrals are not

elongated as in that species. No proper scales are discernible, bub

the body is uniformly studded with rough tubercles,

M. ARMATUS, nobis, 2.5. A minute species, ¿ in. long minus the

tail, by somewhat exceeding ¿ in. high minus the fins. Asin various

other Scomberoids, dc., there is a minute and concealed forward-

directed spine (readily ascertained by the sense of touch) anterior to

bhe first dorsal, which latter consists of ten moveable spines, of which

the third is longest and the rest are successively shorter, followed by

a distinct though conterminous fin containing about sixteen soft

rays; the aual has three short spines, followed by about fourteen

flexible rays; the ventrals have one spine aud five or six soft rays;

* This, however, Í since learn is only when preserved in spirit,

144, Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. [No. 2,

and the short pectorals have about fifteen rays; the caudal about

seventeen.

D. 10-16.—4. 3-14.—V. 1-5 or 6.—P. 15 ?—C. 17 ?

From the diminutive size of the fish, 16 is difficult to count the

fin-rays even with the help of a magnifier. The colour (in spirib) is

uniform dusky-brown ; but Major W. $. Sherwill, who discovered

this species in the Mutla river during the month of May, swimming

in shoals of about fifty each, in mid-stream during the height of the

tide, assures me that about ten individuals of such a shoal were of a

brilliant cobalt-blue colour, about twenty bright yellow, and the

remaining twenty a rich brown,—differences no doubt of sex and of

breeding condition.

Fam. Macrognathide.

MAsTACEMBALUS, Gronov. Of this genus we possess—1. M. un1-

coLor, K. et v. H.; from the Sitang ;—2. M. PaNCcaALUS, (B. H.);

very common in Lower Bengal;—8. M. ZEBRINUS, nobis, Y. 4. Ñ.

XXVII, 281, from the Sitang, which some might consider to be a

strongly marked race of the last;—and 4. M. armMarus, Lacépéde

(apud Cuvier); very common in Lower Bengal, and here varying

chietly in the markings being more conspicuously developed in the

young. 1t is accurately figured by Buchanan Hamilton, and incor-

rectly coloured (so far as the Bengal race is concerned) in the Has-

toire des Poissons. Dr. Bleeker identifies with 16 14. ponticerianus

et M. marmoratus, C. V., and also MM. undulatus, McClellaud. The

last is from China, and 16 agrees sufficiently with some Bengal exam-

ples of the species, except that 16 1s stated to have three spines

anterior to the anal fin; but I have seen none resembling in its

variegation the MM. marmoratus, C. V., and M. venosus, Val., as

figured in the Zoology of Jacquemont's Voyage, nor the M. armatus

as figured by Sykes. Dr. Jerdon recognised three species in S. India,

all of which were considered by him to be different from that of

Sykes—viz. his ponticerianus, which is doubtless true ARMATUS of

Bengal, with 78 dorsal and 72 anal rays,—his marmoratus with .D.

84 to 87 and 4. 90 to 92,—and his malabaricus witl 74 of each;

the number of soft rays in the first and second according with those

given by Cuvier and Valenciennes. A Tenasserim race now sent is a

little differently marked from ARMaArus of Bengal, and the fius

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from Sttang Ltwer. 145

(including the pectorals) are minutely speckled : but 1 considerably

incline to the opinion that all will prove to be slight varieties only of

M. ARMATUS,—excepting, of course, the UNICOLOR, PANCALUS and

ZEBRINUS,—the last two being again very nearly affined to each

other.

Fam. Gobúde.

Genus ELEOTRIS, Gronov. Five species are more or less common-

ly brought to the Calcutta fish-bazars. Of these, one—E. MACRODON

—has minute scales; two—E. POROCEPHALUS and E. INCERTA (2. s.)

—have small scales (and the former is less frequently obtainable than

the others); and there are two with large scales—E. BurIs, (B. H.,

v. humeralis, Val.), and another which appears to be undescribed :—

E. BUCCATA, nobis, 1. s. Affined to E. CAPERATA, Cantor, and at

once distinguished by having a black spot at base of each pectoral

fin, margined and dotted with bright gamboge-yellow. Scales larger

than in E. Bur3s, (B. H.),wa range of eight of them only from second

dorsal to anal fins. The head very short, as high as broad, with a

serrated ridge above each orbit, concave between the orbits and convex

anteriorly above the mouth, with prominent scaled cheeks or pre-

opercles ; teeth small and uniform. Jn some specimens a series of

dark transverse bands is distinctly traceable ; one of them as broad

as the first dorsal is long, the other being equal to the second dorsal :

fins infuscated, more or less mottled, and the lower edged with yel-

low ; the first ray of the second dorsal being elongated in some spe-

cimens,

D. 6-10.—A. 9.

Length 4 in. By no means a common species.*

E. CAVIFRONs, nobis, 2.s. Affined to E. macroDoN, Bleeker, but

the scales fully twice as large, all the fins much longer, and a remark-

able depression between the eyes; also the same scaleless line or

groove from the eye to the insertion of the pree-opercle, conspicuously

developed, as is described of E. MADAGASCARIENSIS. Head one-fourth

* Though aware that Dr. Bleeker has subdivided the great genus ELEOTRIS

(as 16 stands in the Histoire des Poissons), 1 have not seen his arrangement ;

but gather incidentally that Buris stands as the type of one group, and another

distinct type of large-scaled species is exemplified by E. CAPERATA and E.

BUCCATA.

146 Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. [No. 2,

of the total length: the pectorals reaching to the middle of the body.

The lower jaw when closed exceeds in length and rises to the same

plane as the upper; and in both jaws there is a row of larger teeth

bordering the usual band of small teeth. Genital appendage rather

long.

D. 6-10.—A. 9.

Colour greenish-albescent, much embrowned above; all the fins

much speckled, the variegation shewing as numerous pale dots upon

the caudal. Longest specimen 4% in. Port Blair, Andamán Islands,

E. INCERTA, nobis, 2. s. This is a species very similar to the last,

and which is commonly brought to the Calcutta fish-bazars; but 1

have not known it to exceed 3 in. (or ab most 33 in.) in length, and

the head is more than a quarter of the total length. In an example

z in. long, the head to point of gill-cover measures ¿ in. Ina few

specimens—one or two thus characterized may generally be selected

from two or three dozens—the curious feature occurs of a sharp re-

flected spine at the angle of the pre-opercle. In E. BELOBRANCHA,

C. V., such spines occur on two of the gill-rays. The groove from

the eye to the angle of the pre-cpercle exists, but the naked line is

more contracted than in E. CAVIFRONS. Dentition as in the latter,

but the teeth are proportionally smaller. Fin-rays the same. Colour

dull olive-brown, the pectorals whitish and minutely speckled, having

a dusky spot at their base above, which does not occur in E. CAvI-

FRONS : dorsals, anal, and caudal, infuscated, the second dorsal pret.

tily speckled with whitish and the other fins less distinictly variegat-

ed. Length mostly under 3 in.

E. SCINTILLANS, nobis, 2. s. A species with only eight rays to the

second dorsal and 6 (or perhaps 7) to the anal fins. General aspect

very much that of an OPHICEPHALUS. Form short, the head nearly

a third of the total length. Colour dull pale green, infuscated above

and at the sides, with an appearance of two black spots above and

below at base of tail; all the fins being inconspicuously speckled. As

seen ln spirit, many of the scales have a brilliant golden sparkle.

Length of ouly specimen 2% in. Port Blair, Andamáns.

E. FELICEPS, nobis, 2. s. Species remarkable for the approxima-

tion of the eyes, which are separated by an interspace only one-fourth

of the diameter of the orbit. Scales, as in the preceding species,

1860.] Report on some PFishes recewed from Sitang River. 147

- moderately small, or of about the same proportionate size as in E,

POROCEPHALUS. Mouth unusually small. Form rather short, with

the head nearly a fourth of the total length. Rays of the first dorsal

elongated into slight filaments. Ten rays in the second dorsal, and

eight in the anal fins. Colour albescent-greenish, with numerous ob-

scure and more or less confluent dusky spots on the sides (as best

seen through a magnifier) : all the fins being somewhat faint.y varie-

gated. Length of only specimen 2 in. Port Blair, Andamáns.

I have introduced these Andamán species whilst treating of this

genus ; but the species of true GroBIUS thence received are very nu-

merous, and, for the most part, are difficult to determine. An extraordi-

narily beautiful Goby of which 1 obtained a single specimen, some

months ago, in one of the Calcutta fish bazars, appears to be the

G. VIRIDIPUNCTATUS, C. V. The fresh fish had a double row of

brilliant greenish-cerulean large spots or patches on each side, which

immediately and completely disappeared when it was put into spirit.

Length 52 in.

AMBLYOPUS CIRRATUS, nobis, 1.s. A large and remarkable species,

much shorter in proportion to its thickness than A. HERMANNIANUS,

having the dorsal and anal fins much more elevated than in that

species, and the pectorals also considerably broader; with the tail-fin

quite distinct from the dorsal and anal, though connected at their

extreme base only, the tail being broader and much less attenuated

ab tip than in the other; with eyes undiscernible in an adult pre-

served in spirib, but a pit in the centre of the face, and numerous

flat lobes of skin around and about it; also with seven flat and

pointed cirri about the symphisis of the lower jaw ; and with the mouth

more strongly reverted than in Á. HERMANNIANUS, having all the

teeth black at base.

D. 5-42,.—A. 44,.—P. 183.—V. 1-5.—C. 15.

Length of specimen 9 in.; and body 13 in. deep posterior to the

vent. A single example of this very strongly marked species was

found among a lot of duplicates of A. HERMANNIANUS: Origin un-

known, but probably obtained in the Calcutta bazar.

PERIOPTHALMUS PAPILIO, Bloch, Schn.: P. fuscatus, nobis, J. A. S.

XXIII, 271 (the young). Agrees essentially with M. Valenciennes”

figure of a species which he refers to P: PAPILIO from the W. coast

148 Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. [No. 2,

of Africa; but the tail is obliquely truncated underneath, as usual

in the genus; and the high anterior dorsal fin is of a dusky plumbeous

colour, with a conspicuous black margin which again is slightly

fringed with white; there is ordinarily, however, no second white

line below the black, as figured by M. Valenciennes, though I have

found this in two small specimens, and the lower portion of the fin

is often conspicuously speckled with white. General colour of the

body fuscous above, subdued white beneath, the gill-covers more or

less spotted with white, and rudimentary short transverse bands

passing up from the white of the belly ; neutral and anal fins white,

the pectorals and caudal a little speckled. Lenoeth 5 im.; height of

anterior dorsal fin 13 in. in the finest examples. Common at Port

Blair, Andamán islands.

P. 7T—RrADIaTUS, (B. H.) Tenasserim and Calcutta specimens

undistinguishable.

P. 13—RADIATUS, (B. H.) Ditto. The rays of the first dorsal

vary from 11 to 13 in the males, aud in the females this fin is either

wanting altogether, or commonly so minute as to be discerned with

difficulty, while in some examples five short rays are readily percep-

tible. Occasionally in the males the first or lengthened ray of the

anterior dorsal is white to its base, and sometimes the second ray

also. Mostly under 33 in. in length.

BoLEOPTHALMUS INORNATUS, nobis, 1. s. A small species perhaps,

with proportionally small mouth, the gape barely reaching to between

the eyes; of a greenish colour, with about ten dark transverse bands, in

general not very distinct; with colourless fins, excepting the two

dorsal, the membranes of which are minutely speckled with black

(as seen through a magnifier); the first dorsal being not more

elongated than the second.

D. 5-22.—A. 22.

Our largest specimen measures 3 in. long, bub is probably not full-

grown. Tenasserim.

Fam. ———-— ?

NANDUS MARMORATUS, C. V.: Cous nandus, B. H. Tenasserim.

Common in Lower Bengal.

Fam. Siluride.

BAGRUS LEUCOPHASIS, nobis, 1. Ss. A restricted BAGRUS, of very

1860,| Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. 149

remarkable colouring; the head and fore-part of the body being

bright silky-white above, studded with minute pores (as best seen

under a magnifier). Maxillary cirri reaching to the end of adipose

dorsal. Teeth and palatal band of them as usual in the genus.

Eyes one-third of the vertical diameter of the head, and the two

separated by an interspace equal to the orbit. Occipital process

nearly as in B. qunto, (B. H.) First dorsal spine short and trian-

gular; the second elongated, moderately slender, and pectinated behind

for its terminal third; the next two soft rays being longer than the

spine. Pectoral spines very strongly pectinated behind. Adipose

dorsal fin elongated longitudinally. Tail strongly forked.

D, 2-7.—A. 10.—P. 1-9.—V. 6.—C. 17.

Fins chiefly black, the rays of the first dorsal pale. Adipose dorsal

pale and yellowish, studded with minute dusky specks, aud having a

slight dusky border. Base of ventrals yellowish, and an admixture of

this colour on the pectorals, anal, and caudal. Body chiefly of a dark

chocolate-brown, passing to silky-white anterior to the dorsal spine.*

Largest specimen 53 in. long, 1; in. high at the dorsal spine, and lenght

of dorsal spine 1; in. From the Sitang and other Burmese rivers.

B. TENGARA, (B. H.), var. Merely differs from B. TENGARA of

Bengal by having constantly a strongly marked black spot near the

tail, similar to the pectoral spot in both races. Tenasserim.

B. CAVASIUS, (B. H.), var. Differs only from the Bengal race by

having a very distincb black mark at base of the dorsal spine, and in

some individuals a distinct black spot also on the operculam,—mark-

ings which are only indicated in Gangetic specimens. Tenasserim.

Barasro, nobis, 2. y. A Bagroid form well worthy of distinction ;

comprising a number of small species with round and prominent

muzzle, and the contracted mouth opening from below: with eight,

or sometimes (P) six, cirri, which are very short, the maxillary cirri

scarcely passing the eye in some. Palatal band of teeth continuous

with the mass of maxillary teeth, or separated only by a slight

groove. Rest as in BAGRUs (verus).

* This white recals to mind that of the.male of HerraLUS HUMULI, an insecf

commonly known in England as the * Ghost-motl.”—In the recent fish, the colour

Of the lower parts should be green, according to a communication Just received

from Major Tickell,

150 Report on some Fishes recewed from Sitang River. [No. 2,

Type. B. BUucHANant, nobis; Pimelodus batasio, B. H.

B. AarrINIs, nobis, n. s. Exceedingly like B. BucHaxant, as de-

scribed by Buchanan Hamilton and as figured in one of his unpub-

lished coloured drawings; whereas his published figure (Y. G. pl.

XXIII. f. 60,) refers to his Pimelodus carcio, which is a true BAGrRUS

with moderately long maxillary cirri:—but having 12 instead of 16

anal rays, no distinct longitudinal black stripe on each side of the

body, but a tendeney to shew three or four broad eross-bands, more

or less distinct, besides a round black spot near the gill-covers, as in

the other. The first dark band proceeds obliquely downward from

the fore-part of the first dorsal, to some distance below the lateral

line; and posterior to this first band are obscure traces of three or

four others, the last at base of tail. On the membrane of the dorsal

fin is a large blackish spot, consisting of minute dark specks. Maxil-

lary cirri scarcely passing the eye; the two inferior pairs of cirri

minute. Length 32 in. by ¿ in. high, of dorsal spine 2; in., and of

maxillary cirri under $ in. Tenasserim.

To the same type, but with shorter adipose dorsal, appertain the

TENGANA, CHANDAMARA, and RAMA of Buchanan Hamilton. B.

CHANDAMARA is referred to SILUNDIA by M. Valenciennes, and is

described by Hamilton to have only two cirri; but his unpublished

figure represents six cirri distinctly, and in all this group the minute

cirri are discernible with difficuity and are extremely liable to be

overlooked. The BAGRUS CAPENSIS of Sir A. Smith's * Illustrations

of S. African Zoology” would appear also to be referrible to this par-

ticular division.

Of the well marked type exemplified by BaAGrRUS SONDAICUS and

B. DOROIDES of Valenciennes, Dr. Bleeker constitutes his genus

HExXANEMATICTHYS. The latter species, however, I consider to be—

H. sAGUR; Pimelodus sagur, B. H.: Bagrus doroides, Val. For

a few days, in the month of March, 1859, several specimens were

brought to the Calcutta bazar; and the largest obtained by me was

223 in. long, with dorsal spine 2% in., and pectoral spines 3% in.; the

membrane prolonged into a short filament beyond the spines: the

latter are granulose, striated, with a regular series of tubercles in

front, which are round on the pectoral spines and omega-shaped on

the dorsal. Maxillary cirri reaching back to beyond the posterior

1860.] Report on some Fishes recewed from Sitang River. 151

base of the pectorals, as far as the tip of the triangular granulose

bone above the pectorals and behind the gill-cover. Osseous plate

broad, and uniformly granulose almost to the ventrals; the second

plate, anterior to the base of dorsal, large and bilobate or saddle-

shaped. A series of granulose ossicles continued along the lateral

line, nearly as far as the posterior base of the dorsal fin. Colour

uniform livid plumbeous above, spotless pearly-white below : a series

of transverse dull silvery bands, each with a row of pores along its

anterior margin,* above the lateral line: no dark spot on adipose

dorsal; the membrane of anterior dorsal pale, and of the other fins

purple-black. Eyes moderate, with yellow irides.

Another type is rightly discriminated by Dr. Bleeker by the name

CEPHALOCASSIS, comprising species both from the Old World aud

the New. Among them are —

C. soNa; Pimelodus sona, B. H.: P. auratus, B. H., MS.:

Bagrus arioides, Val.

C, GAGORIDES ; Bagrus gagorides, C. V.; Pimelodus gagora, B. H.

(in part), vide Y. 4. S, XXVII, 285.

C. TRACHYPOMUS ; B. trachypomus, C. V.; which I am now satis-

fied is distinct from GAGORIDES, though 1 have not obtained 16,

Indeed, the habitat of this fish is not stated.

ARIUS is restricted by Dr. Bleeker to the type exemplified by P.

artus and -P. gagora, B. H., with two groups of blunt teeth on the

palate. The following also belongs to 16.

A. JATIus; Pimelodus jatius, B. H. Stated to have no palatal

teeth; and certainly they are not always discernible in the recent

fish. But in most fresh specimens, and always soon after death,

or in the dry skin, two oblique oval masses of round tubercle-like

teeth are seen, very far back on the palate, and a few similar teeth

detached from the others by a long interval are placed in two small

lateral masses nearer to the card-like maxillary teeth. General aspect

of A. GAGORA, but with the face anterior to the eyes considerably

longer: maxillary cirri reaching only to the white spot on centre of

* These are difficult to discern in the dry skin.

t In a description which 1 took from the first specimen obtained, 1 under-

lined the statement that it had no palatal teeth,

152 Report on some Fishes recewed from Sitang River. [No. 2,

forehead. Dorsal and pectoral spines resembling those of A. GAGORA,

being of the same proportional length and thickness but less distinctly

pectinated behind. Cephalic plate much less uniformly tuberculated

than in A. GAGORA, and considerably more grooved or lineated and

having fewer tubercles anteriorly: small bony crescent anterior to

the dorsal spine prolonged on either side to a point, and tuberculated

only in the middle. Colour lurid, passing to silvery on the sides

below the lateral line, and white underneath ; the fins also white,

and a black spot on the adipose dorsal: irides pearly-white: mouth

small and of a yellow colour. The largest specimen obtained is

29 in. long, with dorsal spine 43 in. This species is but oceasionally

brought to the Calcutta fish-bazars, and generally more or less stale

and unfit for preservation, as if not taken in the immediate neigh-

bourhood.*

GacaTa, Bleeker. This, as1t now stands, is a heterogeneous assem-

blage of species, and 1 know of none that can properly range with

the type of ib, which is Pamelodus gagata, B. H.: a species with the

maxillary cirri bony towards the base, as in BAGARIUS to a much

greater extent. The MENODA dubiously referred to this type by

Dr. Bleeker is identical with Bagrus corsula, Val., which therefore

must stand as B. meNODA, (B. H.); the MANGOIS appertaining to

my genus ÁMBLYCEPS ; and another type may be here indicated as—

Hara, nobis, 2. y. With broad maxillary cirri, soft throughout,

and annulated with two colours: the pectoral spines short, flat, and

pectinated on both edges; the dorsal spine less stout, serrated on

both edges or behind only: mouth small, terminal, but opening

below: head flattish, with small eyes placed high: a band of card-

like palatal teeth. Colouring dark and minutely mottled,

Type. H. BUCHANANI, nobis; Pimelodus hara, B. H.

-H. TILAMENTOSA, nobis, 2. s. Very like H. BUcHaNANI; but having

a long filament continued from the upper segment of the caudal fin,

"The markings are difficult to describe, from their intricacy; but two

* To the list of Silurdie obtained in the Calcutta bazars, published in Vol,

XXVII, p. 283 et seg., have accordingly to be added—

HExXANEMATICTHYS SAGUR, (B. H.)

ARIUS JATIUS, (B. H.): as also

CHACA LOPHIOIDES, Val.: Platystaca chaca, B. H,

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. 153

irregular speckled-whitish transverse bands are constant, preceded

each by a blackish band, the first white band being anterior and ths

second posterior to the adipose dorsal; a row of whitish spots on

the membrane of the dorsal; two dark bands, one of them basal, on

the ventrals; and a black band at base of anal fin. Length 3 in.;

of caudal filament 1 in. more. Tenasserim.

To this genus must also be referred the (Pimelodus) cowta, B. H.,

with a deeply furcate tail, the upper lobe of which is longer and

more attenuated ; as also the (P.) CARNATACA, Jerdon, and the (P.)

ASPERA, McClelland, C. J. NV. H., IV, 404, and pl. XXIV, f. 2.

Another distinet type occurs in the (P.) CENIA and (P.) vIRI-

DESCENS, B. H. These are referred doubtfully by Dr. Bleeker to

his HEMIPIMELODUS; as also (P.) Jarrus, B. H., which is a true

Arrtus, as already shewn. If the Vallak Jellah of Russell (pl.

CLXX) be a proper HEMIPIMELODUS as assigned by Dr. Bleelcer,

then the CeNIA group is quite distinct; and the (P.) TELCHITTA,

B. H., again, represents a special type with additional species in

S. India,

AMBLYCEPS, nobis, J. 4. S. XXVII, 281. Type AMB. CACUTIENS,

nobis, ¿bid. (* Cobitis-like Siluroid? XXIV, 712). To this genus

should be referred the (Pimelodus) MANGOIS, B. H., figured among

his unpublished drawings; but the form is rather less elongated,

the tail more sharply forked, the eyes (to judge from the drawing)

more distinct, and theadipose dorsal better defined and less distant

from the first dorsal, than in A. CECUTIENS.

A. TENUISPINIS, nobis, 2. s. A third species, distinguished by the

slenderness of its short dorsal and pectoral spines, and also by the

fineness of its eight cirri: eyes minute and difficult to be distin-

guished : adipose dorsal indistinct and pointed posteriorly : six soft

rays to the dorsal and nine to the anal, the first of the latter being

short and the next two successively longer. Colour uniform dark

ereenish olive-brown. The lateral line wanting in all the species.

Length 2 in. A single specimen procured at Gházipur y Dr.

Jerdon, and presented by him to the museum.

GLYPTOSTERNON, McClelland. It appears that as many as four

very distinct generic types have been brought together under this

name by Mr. McClelland, in the five species which he has described

154 Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. [No. 2,

in the second volume of the Calcutta Journal of Natural History,

pp. 584-8.

The species first described by him is his GL. RETICULATUS, from

Afahánistán. It is stated to be “without spines; the first ray of

the pectoral and ventral fins soft and pinnate, giving off soft pointed

cartilaginous rays along the anterior margin, which are enveloped in

the membrane of the fin. The under surface of the head and 0f the

anterior portion of" the body forms a flat corrugated surface,” Gill-

covers -—-?P? Cirri

TOSTERNON.

2 This form will remain as typical GLYP-

A second type (PsEUDECHENEIS, nobis, 2. y.,) is figured and very

unsatisfactorily described as GL. sSuLCATUS. All that is stated is—

“ An oval disk on the breast between the pectorals, composed of

transverse plates as in the Remora (EcHExEIs), and a series of simi-

lar plates on the broad lower surface of the first rays of the ventrals.”

No mention of spinous rays: and from the figure published 16 is

doubtful if the gill-coverings are visible from below. Adipose dorsal

distinct and well developed. Mouth figured as small, subterminal;

with tolerably developed maxillary cirri ; the six other cirri small.

“ D. 8.—A. 9.--P. 18.—V. 7.—C. 16.”

The third type is that of his GL. sTRIATUS and apparently his GL.

PECTINOPTERUS, respectively from the Khásya hills and the vicinity

of Simla. We have what appears to be the former from Dorjiling;

also another species from the same locality, but in too imperfect

condition to permib of a description being taken of it. A fine third

species likewise from the Tenasserim provinces. This type may be

denominated

GLYPTOTHORAX, nobis, 2. yg. Mouth subterminal, large, with a

band of card-like maxillary teeth above and below: gill-openings

large, and nearly meeting below; and behind them a pectoral adhe-

sive disk grooved longitudinally. Maxillary cirri rather large, with a

concealed spinelet at their base ; the six other cirri moderate. Adipose

dorsal distinct and well defined; the anal fin moderate or somewhab

large. Dorsal spine well developed, smooth, feebly pectinated behind

towards its tip; the pectoral spines broad and flat, and strongly pecti-

nated behind: a distinet spinous base also to the first ventral ray.

GL. TRILINEATUS, nobis, 2. s. Typical in structure, and of a

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from Sitang River. 155

blackish colour, with three longitudinal yellow lines, one along the

entire ridge of the back from occiput to base of tail, the others along

each lateral line. Dorsal spine two-thirds of the length of the first

soft ray. Lobes of the furcate tail subequal, the lower rather, the

larger and longer.

D. 1-7.—A. 12.—P. 11.—V. 6.—-C. 15.

The chief structural difference from GL. STRIATUS consists in its

having three more rays to the anal fin. Length 53 in. Tenasserim.

The fourth type 1s very distinct in the form of the mouth, and has

remarkably small gill-openings which are visible only from above.

I term i6

ExostMA, nobis, 2. Y. Otherwise generally similar to GLYPTO-

FHOrAx, but with no pectoral disk, the dorsal spine exceedingly

slender (1f always present ?), and the eyes somewhat larger. “Lips

reflected and spread continuously round the mouth, so as to form a

broad flat sucker.”” Two distinct lateral lobes of minute card-like

teeth, both above and below, reflected much apart, and having an

obviously suctorial centre. Only one pair of lower cirri, situate at

the posterior corners of the reflected lower or hinder lip: the entire

lower-parts smooth and flat. Anal fin small; the adipose dorsal

lengthened but very slight and low, extending nearly to the caudal.

Ex. BERDMOREI, nobis, 2. s. Maxillary cirri reaching beyond the

base of the pectoral spines, and no distinct spinelet at the base of the

latter ; but a spinous base to the first ray of the ventrals : lower caudal

lobe much broader and longer than the upper.

D. 71.—A. 6.—P. 1-10.—V. 1-5.—C. 14,

Colour dingy olive-brown, with obscure broad dark bands, present-

ing more or less of a clouded appearance ; the fins mostly darker :

below pale. Largest specimen 4 in. Tenasserim.

Ex LABIAaTuM; Glyptosternon labiatus, McClelland. Dorsal de-

seribed to be “ perfectly soft and free from spines and bristling points ;

cirri very short.” No notice of the colouring. From the Mishmi

hills, E. Asám.

Dr. Bleeker refers the (Pimelodus) Navara, B. H., to GLYpPros-

TERNON ; but this I cannot understand. Vide Hamilton's published

figures. He also gives a GL. PLATYPOGON, (K. et v. H.), from Java

156 Report on some Fishes recewed from Sitang River. [No. 2,

and Hindustan, and a GL. PLATYPOGONOIDES, Blkr, from Sumatra;

both of which appear to fall under GLYPTOTHORAX, nobis, ut supra.

EUTROPIUS MACROPTHALMOS, nobis, 1. s. Of the usual form of

this genus, but with remarkably large eyes, that occupy more than

half of the height of the head. Longer maxillary cirri reaching to

the vent, the four inferior cirri to base of pectorals: spines slender,

the pectoral less so, and all minutely pectinated behind ; the dorsal

also jagged in front for its basal half,

D. 1-7.—4A. 47 to 54.

Colour bright silvery, infuscated along the back, with a golden

lustre on the gill.covers. Soft rays of the dorsal and pectorals infus-

cated except at base; also the medial portion of the deeply forked

caudal, while several outer rays of the caudal above and below are

white: throughout. Ventrals and anal white: the slender adipose

fin having minute dusky spots. Longest specimen 61 in. Tenasserim.

SILURICTHYS BERDMOREI, nobis, 2. s. Maxillary cirri reaching to

base of ventrals, the inferior to base of pectorals. The upper jaw

slightly longer than the lower. Hyes small. - Dorsal fin slight and

slender, bub seeming to consist of three or four rays. Pectoral spine

short, only half of the length of the fin.

D. 3 or 4.—A. about 65. P. 1-13.—V. 11.—C. 17.

Anal continuous with the caudal, but distinctly defined. General

colour dull olive-brown, paler below. Length of specimen 4% 1n.,

by ¿ in. deep ab dorsal. Head % in. Tenasserim.

PsruDOSILURUS MACROPTHALMOS, nobis, 2. s. General form of

Ps. zaBDA, (B. H.,microcephalus, Blkr), but proportionally less deep

and more elongated, with eye of twice the diameter, and the lower

jaw closing evenly with the upper, or very nearly so, though protrud-

ing when the mouth is open; maxillary cirri much longer, reaching

far beyond the more developed pectorals ; the anterior bands of teeth

above and below much less broad, and the palatal teeth reduced to

two straight and well detached transverse patches.

D. 4.—A. 715.—P. 1-13.-—V. 7,—C. 19 or 20.

Colour dull silvery, much embrowned, especially above, with a

greenish tinge, probably more decided in the recent fish. Length of

specimen 93 in., by 13 in. in a vertical line from dorsal to ventral;

head 13 in.; pectorals 1% in.; maxillary cirri 33 in., becoming

1860.] Report on some PFishes received from the Sitang River. 157

extremely fine towards the end. A large round dark spot on each

side, sibuate on the lateral line, a little anterior to the dorsal fin.

Tenasserim.

Fam. Cyprinide.

BARBUS CAUDIMARGINATUS, nobis. n. s. One of those SYSTOMI

(for such they essentially are) which, having four barbules or tenba-

cles, are currently assigned to the great and comprehensive genus

BarBUs : such are the B. GORDONIDES and B. CHRYSOPOMA figured

by Valenciennes, and the B. saraNa, (B. H.), Val., which is £.

immaculatus as described by McClelland.* In the present species

the barbules are well developed, the form less deep than usual in the

particular group, the principal dorsal spine robust and passing into a

soft ray for its terminal fourth, being finely pectinated behind, and

preceded by three distinct spines, the first very minute. About 32

scales on the lateral line, and ten longitudinal series of scales.

D. 4-8.—A. 7 (the last divided).

Colour silvery, above darker and greenish; with an irregular ver-

tical black mark behind the gills, and broad black upper and lower

margins to the caudal fin ; the rest of the caudal, with the ventrals

and anal, bright crimson (which soon disappears in spirit). Length

4 in., by 15 in. from dorsal to ventrals. Vertical diameter of the

eye fully half that of the head. Irides pale golden. Tenasserim

provinces.+f

CAPOETA MACROLEPIDOTA (?), K. et v. H. Specimen 2 in. long.

No serrature discernible on the dorsal spine, and 1 distinguish seven

anal rays. Thelate Dr. Cantor gives this species as inhabiting the

Tenasserim provinces; and i6 and Leuciscus RASBORA are the only

* His figure (As. Res. XIX, II, PL. XL, f. 5), I take, from tle colouring, to

represent a common species of SYsTOMUS with one pair of very minute tentacula,

otherwise resembling S. sSOPHORE except in the absence of markings. For this

the name IMMACULATUS might be retained. It grows to about double the size

Of $S. SOPHORE.

Y “Black and red-tailed Systomus” of the Rev. F. Mason's * Natural Produc-

tions of Burma.” Several species are indicated in this work, as ROHITA VULGA-

RIS, R. CABBASU, and R. NANDINA ; also a large Barbel allined to B. Tor, (B. H.),

which he terms B. MORTONIUS; and a mountain Barbel with minute scales,

of the OREINUS group, which requires examination.

158 Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. [No. 2,

Cyprinide which are included in his Catalogue of Malayan fishes.

Tenasserim.

Geuus OSTEOBRAMA, Heckel. Comprising certain Bream-shaped

Carps with minute scales, as exemplified by the (Rohtee) Vigorstt

and (R.) OcirBr of Sykes, and the (Leuciscus) ALFREDIANUS of

Valenciennes. Dr. Bleeker includes them in SYsToMUS.

O. MICROLEPIS; Systomus microlepis, nobis, J. A. S. XXVII, 289,

(* Tenasserim Bream” of Mason.) A specimen obtained by Mr. Atkin-

son at Maulmein; and I am now certain that the example formerly

described is also from Maulmein, having been sent many years ago by

the Rev. F. Mason. Colour silvery-ash above the lateral line, white

below it, and a semi-obsolete larye blackish spot near base of tail :

fins white, a little tinged with yellow; and the ¡rides apparently pale

golden. From analogy with kindred species, i6 is probable that this

fish attains a weight of 3 or 4 lbs.

O. cotis ; Cyprinus cotis, B. H.; Abramis cotis apud MecClelland ;

Leuciscus alfredianus (?), Val. A Tenasserim specimen 3 in. long

accords with the description, excepting in having but 32 instead of

35 rays to the anal fin. The second dorsal ray 1s spinous, but very

slender, and is conspicuously serrated on the hind-edge. In lieu of

the row of four dots close under the lateral line and immediately

behind the gill-cover, figured by Buchanan Hamilton, are four scales

of the lateral line having remarkably large tubes; and most of the

soft rays of the dorsal are marked anteriorly with black, and the

rays of the anal are spotted with the same anteriorly, as seen with

the help of a magnifier. The merest trace of a slight dark spot in

front of the dorsal fin.

* Figured in the Histoire des Poissons by this name; but described as L.

Duvaucelii (by which appellation a species of SYsTOMUS is also described and

figured),—having “le premier rayon de la dorsale forte et un peu dentelé.” From

Nipal. It appears that three divisions of these spined Bream-carps are recog-

nised by Heckel, bearing the names ACANTROBRAMA, OSTEOBRAMA, and (GLOS-

soDON. 1 am unacquainted with the distinctions; but find that RonTEk

OcILBIL, Sykes, is assigned to OsTroBRAMa, as is likewise the (Cyprimus)

cotis, B. H. Vide Hugel's Fauna von Kaschanir, p. 392.

+ McClelland also counts 32 rays. (As. Ries. XIX, IL 588). But Valenci-

ennes counts 36 in lis ALFREDIANUS.

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang [iver. 159

- SYSTOMUS (P) MACULARIUS, nobis, 2. s. Affined to the preceding

in shape of head: the muzzle unusually prolonged anterior to the

nostrils, where shewing a considerable concavity above. Body less

deep than usual; its lower outline continued straight to the base of

the anal fin. Principal dorsal spine unusually large in every way,

and strongly pectinated behind: anterior to it are distinctly three

others, the first very minute: large anal and first ventral spines

passing gradually into soft rays towards their tips. Series of 33 or

36 scales along the lateral line, and of 12 obliquely downward from

base of dorsal spine.

D. 4-8.—4A. 3-6.—P. 17.—V. 1-8.—C. 21.

Colour pale olivaceous, deeper on the back; each scale having a

distinct shining blackish spot at tip, less conspicuous on the browner

scales of the back; fins pale; the tail well forked. Length 6 in.,

by 13 in. high in the body; of principal dorsal spine plus 12 in.

Tenasserim.

S. DUVAUCELIL; Leuciscus Duvauceli, Val., H. P. pl. 491.

Tenasserim.

S. PHUTONIO, (? B. H.) Five specimens, averaging 13 in. long, a

trifle more or less.

D. 2-8.—A. 1-6.

Fins spotless. A transverse black bar on the medial third of the

body, above the middle of the pectorals, and a broader black trans-

verse bar towards the tail, appearing generally as a round spot that

had run more or less above and below. From Maulmein. What

appears to be the same fish in Lower Bengal, I have never obtained

more than 13 in. long, and the anterior transverse streak is invariably

longer and better defined, occupying the medial two-fifths of the

depth of the body above the middle of the pectoral fins. 'l'he fins

of the Tenasserim fish seem also to be proportionally larger.

S. (?) UNIMACULATUS, nobis, 2. s. Species much resembling in

outline the Lxeuciscus cosuatiIs, (B. H., as figured by McClelland

by the name Systomus maculatus, As. Res. XIX, IT, pl. XLIV, f. 9),

but the scales are proportionally smaller, and there are three distincb

spines to the dorsal fin, the principal one being very slender, smooth

Or unserrated, and those of the anal barely recognisable as such.

Colour pale silvery-brown, with one great black spot on the dorsal

160 Report on some Fishes recewed from the Sitang River. [No. 2,

fin towards its base. Lateral line very indistinct from below the

commencementb of the dorsal. |

D. 3-8.—A. 2-5 ?

¿About 24 scales longitudinally, and S or 9 obliquely downward

from the dorsal. Largest specimen but 12 in. Tenasserim.

Genus PLaTYCARA, MeUlelland (as originally founded on his PL.

NASUTA, Which is a large-scaled Cyprin altogether distinct from

BALITORA of Gray, which Mr. McClelland most unaccountably unites

with his PLaTtYCcaRa) :* Bangana, Gray (nec B. Hamilton) ; com-

prising Discognathus, Heckel; and the more typical Indian species

doubtfully referred to LoBocHrErLos by Dr. Bleeker. A genus of

Gudgeons inhabiting mountain rapids, the more characteristic species

having a great transverse cleft on the face studded with large tubular

pores, and also an adhesive disk to the lower lip,—which group Mr.

McClelland referred to RICNORHYNCHUS (as adopted by him), with-

out perceiving that his PLATYCARA NASUTA and also his Pr. LISsO-

RHYNCHA strictly belonged to 16, equally with other species which

he has figured in 4s. Res. XIX, pl. LILL, in some of which the face

is smooth and not cleft and the labial disk 1s greatly reduced, as illus=

trabed also by the Discognathus fusiformis, Heckel, of Baron Hugel's

Fauna von Kaschmir (p. 378). As examples of the more typical

form may be cited the Oyprinus (Bangana) falcata and O. gotyla,

B. H., of Hardwicke's Lllustrations of Indian Zoology : but all shew -

a strong tendency to the BaLrrora form of pectorals; all that I

have seen having likewise large ventrals, and the backward position

of the mouth which opens downwards, and fimbriated anterior lip,

seem to be of constant occurrence. The cleft and tubercular face

occurs in another type, exemplifñied by the GoBrIo RICNORHYNCHUS

of McClelland, which (so far as I know at present) stands quite '

alone, as a particular type worthy of a special designation.fp The

* J. A. S. VIL, 947, and pl. LV, fs. 2, a and b; copied into As. Res. XIX,

pl. LVIT, f. 2, with a and b. The mistake of uniting these two incongruous

genera is repeated in Calc. Journ. N. H., Vol. TI, p. 587, and pl. XVI; where

a species of the mountain type of Grudgeon is described and figured as PLATY-

CARA LISSORHYNCHA, and a true BALITORA as PL. ANISURUS!

+ Perhaps true LoBocrerLos? 1t approximates the TYLORHYNCHUS, Hecke),

but the duplication of the lips and great clin-pore are peculiar. To TyLoG-

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. 161

extremes of “the present genus are connected by intermediate grada-

tions, of which the Px. sasura of MeClelland presents a good illus-

tration.*

A highly typical species, with every character developed in the

utmost degree, may be designated—

PL. NOTATA, nobis, 2. s. Easily recognized by having five conspi-

cuous black spots on the base of its dorsal fin. Four labial cirri,

the hindmost liable to be overlooked. Scales on lateral line 33, and

S from dorsal to ventral: the dorsal rather high and falcate ante-

riorly. Ventrals as large as the pectorals, and somewhat falcate ;

the anal more decidedly so. |

D. 10.—A. 7.—P. 15.—V. 9.—C. 20.

Colour dusky olive-green above and on the sides, beneath buffy-

albescent. Base of the dorsal fin whitish, setting off a series of

black spots, larger anteriorly and the hindmost generally obsolete ;

rest of the fin a little nigrescent. One or more spots also at base of

tle anal fin. Pectorals somewhat yellowish at base, then blackish :

a dusky line along each longitudinal row of scales becoming gradually

visible towards the tail. Length 6 to 63 in. Tenasserim.

The next has a smooth muzzle and almost rudimentary disk.

PL. LaTIUS ; Cyprinus latius, B. H.: Gonorhynchus macrosomus,

MeClelland. Tenasserim.

LABLO CURCHIUS ; Cyprinus curchius, B. H. What I take to be

this species accords with the fin-ray formula assigned by McClelland

(As. Res. X1X, IL, 328); but I count only about 64 (instead of 78)

rows of scales along the lateral line, and but 17 or 18 (instead of 30)

rows from dorsal to ventrals. No proper “stripe along the middle

NATHUS, Dr. Heckel refers the Varicorhinus diplostomus of the Fische aus

Caschmir, by tle new specific name of Valenciennesii ; and the Barbus diplo-

cheilus of the same work is now his T. BARBATULUS. A third species, from tlre

Bombay Presidency, is also described by him as T. PORCELLUS. (Vide Fauna

von Kaschmir, pp. 376, 378, and 385). The true VARICORHINUS of Riippell has

spines to the dorsal fin; wherefore Y. bobree of Sykes also cannot properly be

retained in if.

* T think, however, that the so-called *Mountain Trout” of Kumáon, figured

by Mr. McClelland in J. 4. S. IV, 40, with its minute scales and other striking

distinctions, is erroneously placed by him in this particular group in 4s. Res,

XIX, II, 281, 367,

162 Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. [No. 2,

of the anal fin,” as described by B. Hamilton ; but all the fins are

more or less minutely dotted, the dots tending to form a slight stripe

along the lower half of several of the rays of the dorsal, anal, and

ventral fins, the ventral and lower half of the caudal being more

decidedly suffused with blackish.

D. 17.—A. 8.—P. 15.—V. 9.—C. 19.

The first rays of the dorsal and anal being minute, and the first

three rays of each of these fins joined as usual. 'Tenasserim provinces.

DANGILA BERDMOREI, nobis, 2.s. Readily distinguished by having

a black spot at the tip of every scale. Head 43 times in the total

length. Height about the same. 'Pentacles small and fine. Jiye

larger than in D. Cuvirrr (figured by Valenciennes), and the back

rising evenly from the muzzle to the base of the dorsal fin. About

40 scales on the lateral line, and 12 or 15 longitudinal rows.

D. 28.—A. 9.

Colour silvery, paler below, and each scale marked as described :

the membrane of the dorsal fin minutely dotted, and all the fins

slightly tinged with yellow. Length of only specimen 4; in.; the

dorsal nearly ¿ in. high in front. Tenasserim provinces.

LEUCISCUS ANJANA, (B. H.): L. lateralis, MecClelland. Te-

nasserim.

Nuria, Valenciennes. The members of this genus are LrEU-

ciscr, with the dorsal fin placed far backward as in PErRILAMPUS,

but the anal is short as in LeucIscus proper, and there are four

slender and rigid maxillary filaments, the upper sometimes of great

length. To this genus belong N. surima, (B. H.), JoJ1a, (ibid.),

and (Leuciscus) BARBATUS, Jerdon.

N. ALTA, nobis, 2.s. Of comparatively large size and deeper in

the body than any previously described; but evidently nearly affined

to N. BARBATA, (Jerdon), and like 16 with 32 scales along the body

in 7 rows; each scale having three or four distinct diverging ridges.

Upper filaments of great length, more than reaching to the anal fin;

the other pair minute. Pectorals reaching to the ventrals.

D.8.—A. T.

Colour ruddy, with a broad yellow lateral band surmounted by a

nearly obsolete black streak: gill-covers silvery; and a black spot

above the base of the pectorals : fins pale and yellowish, more or less

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. 183

tinged with dusky in the young. Length 4: in., by rather more than

l in. in depth. Tenasserim.

N. ALBOLINEATA, nobis, 2. s. Both broader and deeper in the

body than N. DANRICA, (B. H.), with the muzzle scarcely upturned,

and a longer anal fin—more immediately approximating the species

to PERILAMPUS (as restricted). Upper filaments reaching to the

tips of the pectorals, which latter do not reach to the base of the

ventrals; the base of the dorsal is scarcely anterior to that of the

anal ; ventrals somewhat short.

D. 9.—A. 10.

Colour olive-green on the upper half, buffy-white below, with a

broadish white stripe along the hind-half of the body chiefly, narrow-

ing anteriorly, and more or less distinctly bordered by a blackish

sbripe above and another below, the lower more developed and becom-

ing conspicuous towards the tail. A fuscous tinge on the pectoral

fins ; the other fins colourless, or perhaps yellowish. Length 2 in. or

less. Tenasserim.

PrErILAMPUS FULVESCENS, nobis, 1. s. A species without cirri,

and deep in the body, much resembling in form the P. LOYOKULA,

(B. H., v. P. psilopterus, McClelland), but having longer and more

pointed pectorals reaching nearly to the anal.

D. 10.—A. 22.

Colour (in spirit) dull fulvous, with a just perceptible narrow dark

lateral streak, a little more decided towards the tail: infra-orbital

plates and gill-covers bright silvery : irides yellow. Fins white, with

a faint nigrescent wash, especially on the tail; the first ray of the

ventrals much lengthened, as in certain affined species. Length 21

in. Tenasserim.

P. ArFIwIS, nobis, 2. s. Greatly resembles P. LINEOLATUS, nobis

(J, 4. S. XXVII, 289); but is a degree more typical, with the head

distinetly upturned, and the anterior base of the dorsal is less

forward, being more nearly parallel with that of the ventrals. 16

has also 13 dorsal and 16 anal rays, instead of 12 and 14, Markings

obsolete on the anterior third of body, but the medial streak to base

of tail very dark, bordered by a narrow pale streak above and by

another below, and the dark one above this, again, broader than in P.

LINEOLATUS. Length 2% in. Tenasserim.

164 Report on some HFishes received from the Sitang River. [No. 2,

PerLrecus BAcatLa, (B. H.) Tenasserim.

Mota, nobis, 2. yg. A well marked group, which Dr. Jerdon

referred to RHoDrus of Agassiz, founded on the Cyprinus amarus,

auct. It is a form of Leuciscus, having very small scales; the

mouth terminal and opening upward, with the lower jaw longer; no

cirri; the eyes large, placed laterally near the muzzle. Form com-

pressed, rather deep, the back considerably arched, with the dorsal

medial or nearly so, and no osseous ray; dorsal and anal fins with

few rays. The lateral line commences high, proceeding downward

and then backward, and terminating abruptly about the middle of

the body. No spots or other markings, beyond a broad silvery streak

along the sides.

Type M. BUCHANAMI, nobis ; Oyprinus mola, B. H.

M. ATKINSONII, nobis, 2. Ss. Very similar to M. BUCHANANI, but

attains a larger size, and the scales are conspicuously larger in pro-

portion, the lateral silvery streak being also much broader and less

defined ; no tinge of blackish on the fins. Scales about 56 by 20

(but difficult to count).

D.8.—A. 7.—P. 15.—V. 9.—C. 19.

Length 43 in. by 13 in. deep. Tenasserim.

N. B.—The (LRhodeus) INDICUS and (RKh.) MACROCEPHALUS, Jer-

don (Madr. Journ. Lat. Sc. XV, 324), appertain to this particular

type; and the Leuciscus microlepis, Blkr. is probably identical with

M. MACROCEPHALUS, (Jerdon). The (Leuciscus) HARENGULA and

(L.) METELEINA of Valenciennes should also range in the same divi-

sion, even if the lateral line be continuous, as represented in the

figures of those species.

Fam. Cobitide. The Loches. As suggested to me by Dr. Jerdon, the

species of the old genus COBrTIS constitute an extensive natural family,

equivalent to Cyprinide, Salmonmide, Sduride, $e., and need to be

distributed into various genera.* In the Mistowe des Potssons,

* Mr. Swainson recognises Cobitide as a distinct family ; but then he regards

the Carps, the Salmons, the Herrings, the Pikes and the Flying fishes, as

“subfamilies” only of Salmonide! Though why he distinguished Esocine from

Exocalina does not appear, unless to complete his magic * circle” of five; for

he describes Esox under Exocetine! In like manuer, he tried (of course) to

form a “circle of five” of his Cobitide, but most unsatisfactorily, and with

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. 165

M. Valenciennes recognises CoBrtIS only, with the addition of BALr-

TORA, Gray, to which he refers the HoMALOPTERA of Kuhl and von

Hasselt; but a Tenasserim species conforms 1n type to the H. ErY-

THROPTERA, K. et v. H., and differs considerably from true BALITORA,

as the latter differs entirely from the PLarYcara of MceClelland (as

originally constituted upon his PL. NASUTA, which, as we have seen,

is a large-scaled Cyprin). The ordinary Loches have been commonly

arranged according to the presence or absence of a moveable forked

spine under or before the eye; but Mr. McClelland divides them

according to the shape of the tail into Cobitis and Schistura, each

comprising both spined and spineless species. The series now to

classify necessitates the adoption of further subdivisions and the

admission of some entirely new forms.

I.—Borta, Gray ; founded on B. GRANDIS, Gray, figured in Hard-

wicke?s * llustrations of Indian Zoology ;” to which have been rightly

added the (Cobitis) ETA and (C.) DARIO of B. Hamilton. These

have more the form of ordinary Cyprins, and a strongly forked tail:

the alr-vessel as usual in the Carp family. We have now five species

in the museum, comprising two bitherto undescribed which nearly

approximate B. GRANDIS, but have the muzzle less prolonged—so

that the distance from the eye to the muzzle is a fourth less. All

have a stout forked spine under each eye, of which the second

or posterior prong is much longer than the anterior; and their

colours are bright black and yellow, with barred markings on the fins,

1. B. «rANDis, Gray (nec apud MecClelland, C. J. NV. H, 11, 586).

Of this we possess a blanched specimen from Almoreh, presented by

the late Major KR. Wroughton.

2. B. NEBULOSA, nobis, 1. s. Like B. eraNpDIs, but with the

face shorter (as described), and eight cirri not quite so strongly

unnecessary coinage of new names. Thus Borra of Gray he terms Diacantha,

retaining two of B. Hamilton's species wlich he refers to, víz. DARIO and GETA,

His Diacantha is moreover erroneously stated to have “the body destitute of

scales ;” which again is erroneously asserted of his Canthophrys, to which he

| refers the C. GuntEa, B. H., by the new name vittatus. 1 doubt if any Loche

is scaleless. The “circle of five? completed, of course a redistribution is necessary

| as often as any well-marked new form is brought to notice, and especially such

very strongly characterised generic forms as will be here described.

166 Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. [No. 2,

developed. Body imperfectly banded, shewing about seven irregular

transverse bands, which are double or dark only on their borders and

more or less broken and confluent. Three distinet lines of spots on

the dorsal, besides its dusky tip: three also on the forked caudal,

besides the base and tip: five in all on the pectorals; two on the

ventrals; and two (indistinct) on the anal. Colours black and gold

in the recent specimen, as in the various affined species ; the markings

tending to assume the spotted appearance proper to B. GRANDIS.

The fin-rays are alike in both.

D. 10.—A. 6.—P. 13 or 14.— V. 8.—C. 19.

Length of specimen 57 in. Height of body 1 in.; at base of tail

nearly ¿in. From Dorjiling: presented by the late Dr. Wallich.

3. B. HISTRIONICA, nobis, 2. s. A species of very remarkable

beauty, similar to the last in form but having the eight cirri still

less developed. Only five black bands on the body, the first of which

encloses the gill-covers and the third descends from base of dorsal :

another crosses the forehead and eyes: another, again, passes from

before each eye to the cleft of the mouth ; and the medial portion of

the face is also black to the muzzle. 'Phe bands of the body are .

broad and subregular in shape, each containing a pale round spot ab

the lateral line and another on the ridge of the back. Dorsal fin

with one broad interrupted black band, and some black also at base.

Pectorals, ventrals, and anal, each with two black bands; and the

caudal also with two broad bands and a black tip to each lobe. Fin-

rays as in.the two preceding species; and the markings exhibit a

sort of link between those of B. NEBULOSA and of B. GETA and B,

pArIO. Length 43 in. Tenasserim.

11.—SywNCcrossus, nobis, 1. y. Like Borra, bub more compressed,

with similar forked tall; the head much compressed, small, elongated,

and tapering to the muzzle, which terminates in-one flat filament

that ramifies into four; two cirri only on the lower jaw: eyes pluced

high, but laterally; and nostrils midway between the eyes and

muzzle. A forked spine anterior to the eye, of which the second

prong is more developed.

1. $S. BErRDMORE1, nobis, 1. s. (Probably Schistura grandis apud

McClelland, from the Khásya mountains, €. J. N. H. 1L, 586.)

Length 53 in., by 125 in. deep at dorsal fin. Light distinct lateral

1860.] ZRieport on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. 167

black bands, the second of which proceeds from the anterior base of

the dorsal fin; as seen from above, there are three more anterior

bands, and an imperfect fourth at the occiput; tlese on the sides are

broken into numerous spots, seen also on the gill-covers, and more or

less on the sides of the face. Two longitudinal dark bands on the

occiput unibe into one towards the muzzle. Dorsal fin with three

series of black spots, more or less well defined as distinct rows, and

sometimes one large black spot towards the end of the first three

rays. Tail with four or five transverse rows of distinct spots, conti-

nuous as a series of bands in some specimens. Pectoral, ventral, and

anal fins spotless. A dark streak from eye to muzzle.

D. 11.—A. 6.—P. 13.—V. 8.—C. 17.

Length 53 in., of which head to gill-cover is 1,% in. Tenasserim

provinces.

N. B.—The Sehistura grandis apud McClelland, from the Khásya

hills, belongs clearly to this genus, though perhaps to a second species.

“The head is long, much compressed, with two strong prickles

beneath each eye; mouth narrow; four short cirri suspended from a

single pedicle on the snout; and two from a single pedicle at the

apex of the lower jaw, and one at each corner of the mouth.

D. 10.—A. 1-7 [?]—P. 14.—V. 9.—C. 19,

“Body and fins covered with irregular green spots and streaks

Habitat Káshyá mountains.”

III.—ProsTHEACANTHUS, nobis, 1. y. Form greatly elongate,

subeylindrical; the head much lengthened, compressed, tapering, with

the eyes small, placed very high and near together, but laterally

directed ; moveable forked spine situate midway between the eye and

muzzle, its posterior prong longer. Two minute cirri above, and

below a broad lappet which tends to divide into four rudimentary

cirri. Dorsal fin equidistant from the muzzle and tail-tip, its base

anterior to that of the ventrals. Tail moderately furcate.

PR. SPECTABILIS, nobis, 1. s. From twelve to fifteen transverse

black bands on the back, and as many large black spots along the

lateral line ; between them an irregular longitudinal series of simall

spots : a row of four or five spots along the profile, and a row of smaller

spots on the cheeks. One row of small spots on the rays of the dorsal

fin, a large black spot towards the end of ibs first ray, and a terminal

Z 2

168 Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. [ No. 2,

series more or less distinct. 'Pail with one large spot towards the end of

each lobe, and two or three more intermediate; also an irregular row

of spots towards 1ts base. Pectoral, ventral, and anal fins, culourless

or nearly so.

D. 10.-—A. 6.—P. 11.—V. 6.—C. 17.

A very prettily marked fish. Length 5 in., of which head to gill-

cover 1 in.; and height at dorsal 3 in. Tenasserim provinces.

IV.—AcANTHOPIS, Agassiz. The ordinary spined Loches with

compressed head, of which the European A. TENIA is typical.

Of these, some are of more elongate shape, with the dorsal fin

placed somewhat backward and distinctly posterior to the ventrals ;

tail rounded more or less ; and the head not so much compressed as

in the others, with the eyes placed high, but not approximated as in

PROSTHEACANTHUS. Such are Ac. TANIA, (L.), and the Indian Ac.

GONGOTA and AC. CURCURA, (B. H.) Also

Ac. BErRDMORETI, nobis, n. s. Ofa pale reddish clay-colour, thickly

freckled over with blackish except on the abdominal region ; about a

dozen larger black spots along tle lateral line, more or less distinct;

the dorsal aspect uniformly dark or nearly so : head minutely speckled :

bifurcate spine small, with subequal prongs: well developed cirri :

dorsal and caudal minutely speckled throughout; the anal less so;

aud pectorals and ventrals dark-centred.

D. 8.—A. 6.—P. 8.—V. 6.—C. 17.

Length 33 in., of which head ¿ in.: depth of body 5 in. Tenas-

serim provinces.

Others have a shorter body, with the dorsal in the middle of the

entire length and opposite to the ventrals ; the head small and much

compressed. To this division appertains Ac. GUNTEA, (B. H.), which

is the only species of Loche common about Calcutta.

AO. MICROPOGON, nobis, 1. s. Head and body very much com-

pressed, the tail furcate, and cirri minute: posterior prong of the

bifurcate spine conspicuously longer and stronger. Body pale, blotched

and mottled with light ashy-brown, and showing a more or less

obscure series of ten transversely oval ashy spots along the lateral

line, and a black one at base of tail: each tail-lobe marked with four

obligue dark cross-bands, the last of them terminal; four transverse

A =

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. 169

dusky stris on the dorsal, not well defined ; the lower fins with one

or more obscure dark stris, or merely a little powdered with dusk y.

D. 8.—A. 6.—P. 7.—V. 7.—C. 16.

Length 23 in., by ¿ in. deep at base of dorsal, and y in. across base

of ventrals, the back much narrower. 'Penasserim provinces.

Other forms of spined Loches will have to be discriminated ;

amongst which, one very distinct may be termed—

V.—Panalo, nobis, 1. y. Of uniform thickness, elongated, slender,

with the dorsal fin placed very far backward, much nearer to the tail

than to the head; the head short, much compressed between the

eyes, and each nostril furnished with a short filament, additional to

the six labial cirri. Anterior prong of the infra-ocular spine dis-

tinctly longer.

P, CINNAMOMEA: Cobitis pangio, B. H.; C. connamomea, MeClel-

land. This has small fins and a round tail; but certain Indonesian

species affined to 16 have a forked tall. The ventrals are well deve-

loped. |

VI.—APUA, nobis, 1. y. Much like the last, but the dorsal placed

still further backward, and the veutrals wanting altogether. The

head, and the fins, smaller than in Pawaro; the former still more

compressed, and the same infra-ocular forked spine, and eight cirri

(two of which are given off from the nareal apertures), but the cirri

are more minute. The spines are exceedingly liable to be overlocked.

Dorsal placed at the commencement of the last fourth of the entire

length; the anal near the tail: all the fins being small and narrow.

A. PUSCA, nobis, 2. s. Of three specimens of this curious fish, the

largest measures 23 in. long, by z in. deep, and ¿ in. broad; head H,

in.: from muzzle to base of dorsal 13 in. The rays of the dorsal,

anal, and pectoral fins are difficult to distinguisl,, but appear to be

D. 7 or8.—A 6.—P. 9.—C. 17.

On a cursory view, the dorsal, anal, and pectoral fins might be

supposed each to contain two or three rays only, these fins being

remarkably narrow. Colour uniform dull brown, paler below. Te-

nASSErim.

Had 16 not been for the total absence of the ventral fins, this form

170 Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. [No. 2,

might have been included in Paxaro; and very closely akin to 16,

again, must be the Corrrrs mrcroPUs, Val., from China, in wbich

the ventral fins are minute, *-—but this would appear to have no infra-

ocular spine. M. Valenciennes, however, remarks of it—“ La caudale,

arrondie, a deux carénes charnues sur le dos ou sur la base de la

queue, qui semble augmenter la longuear de la nageoire ou simuler

une sorte d” adipose.”” This exactly describes what is seen in our

largest specimen of APuUA FUSCA; but in the others the ridge is

continuous. Y. MICROPUS should constitute another generic coup ;

and another again occurs in the MisGurwa, Lacépede, founded on

the European (C.) rossiLts.p This lastis akin to the first division of

ACANTHOPIS, but is still more elongated, subeylindrical, or only a

little compressed laterally, and 1h has no infra-orbital spine, but an

indication of the facial slit that conceals the spine in all the preced-

img. It has therefore been held to conduct to the spineless Loches,

to which, for the present, 1 restrict—

VII.—Cogtiris, L. TypeC. BARBATULA of Europe. These never

have the head so much compressed as in the majority of Spined Loches,

and in some 16 is even broader than the body : the latter also tends in

many of them to be subeylindrical rather than compressed. Some,

however, are moderately compressed, approaching to the form of

Borra, but more elongated; having also a large dorsal fin of many

rays : such is—

C. RUBIDIPINNIS, nobis, 1. Ss. A fine species, 4 in. long, by ¿ in.

deep, and 3 in. broad ; fully + in. between the eyes; from eye to

muzzle ¿ in.; and head from gill-cover ¿ in.; the dorsal fin nearly

l in. along its base. Six well developed cirri ; and a peculiar charac-

ter consists in a short broad obtuse spine-like process projecting from

the middle of the upper lip: tall somewhat rounded. General colour

olive-brown with a ruddy wash, paler below; the fins tinged with

red ; dorsal and caudal fins transversely rayed with dusky, the other

fins without markings. On the dorsal are four or five rows of dark

* He terms it “la Loche aux petites ventrales.”

+ Another, again, perhaps, in certain rather elongated Loches of China, which

have ten cirri; as the C. BIFURCATA and C, RECToORALIS, McClelland, and €

ANGUILLICAUDATA, Cantor, figured by Sir J, Richardson in the Zoology of the

Voyage of the Sulphaur.

er GRA

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang LKtiver. 171

spots, on the caudal ten or more trausverse lines. Pectoral fins much

larger than the ventrals. “P'he rays are—

DT GP. 10. VW. Ve

Tenasserim provinces.

Obhers have the body proportionally less deep ; as the €. BILTARIA,

B. H.;* nearly affined to which ranks—

C. SEMIZONATA, nobis, 2. s. Four well developed cirri above and

two below: a minute spinelet above the muzzle (as 1n CU. MONOCERA,

McClelland) :f tail slightly bilobate : pectorals larger than the ven-

trals: the dorsal consisting of sixteen rays and the anal of six. A

series of twelve to fourteen dark transverse dorsal bands, occasionall y

forked or confluent, attenuating and curving backward as they descend

till they reach the lateral line, below which is a longitudinal row of

aboub twelve irregular blackish spots: head spotted with blackish,

the spobs sometimes uniting to form transverse bands on the occiput :

a black spot surrounded with white at base of tail above: lower parts

pale and spotless. Dorsal fin with four or five irregular rows of dark

spots: caudal with seven or eight dark transverse lines. Length

3 1n., by more than 3 in. deep ab base of dorsal, and above 2 in.

broad. Tenasserim provinces.

The great mass of small spineless Loches have the head shorter

anterior to the eyes, the dorsal fin with fewer rays (commonly nine

or ten, or not so many), and the tail slightly furcate. The pectorals

* To C. BILTARIA 1 refer a specimen from Másuri, having 12 rays only to the

dorsal and 7 to the anal fins; the black spots on the dorsal and black transverse

lines to the caudal being well defined. Length 23 in. It agrees with a speci-

men from the Brahmaputra, excepting that the tail-markings are finer and

more distinct,

Another species from Másuri, which agrees in all else with Mr. McClelland's

description of O. MONTANA, is in every respect a typical Conrris, but has not

“ a single sub-orbital spine on each side.” The zones or bands on the body vary

in number and breadth and in arrangement in different specimens, and the dorsal

and caudal fins are more or less speckled, in some much more so than in McOlel-

land”s figure. Largest specimen 33 in.

These Másuri specimens are in the private collection of Major R. C. Tytler.

+ This little nasal process re-appears in HoMOLOPTERA BILINEATA, ncbis,

described in the sequel.

172 Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. [No. 2

and ventrals are mostly nearly equal in size. This form is exem-

plified by those figured by Mr. McClelland in As. Res. XIX, Il, pl.

63, fics. 1,8, 2 5, and 6, and also by the two Kashmirian species

figured by Heckel. To 16 appertaln—

C. ZONALTERNANS, nobis, n. s. Largest specimen 1% in. long, with

ten dorsal and six anal rays. Jt has a dark lateral streak, erossed by

twelve short ktransverse bands, which alternate with about the same

number of dorsal dark cross-bands. The dorsal fin is marked with

three and the caudal with four rows of black spots: the other fins

being spotless. Tenasserim provinces.

O. CINCTICAUDA, nobis, 1. s. Very like C. SCATURIGINEA, B. H.,

but with fewer rays to the dorsal and anal (viz. seven and six respec-

tively), and the body more regularly banded; shewing about ten

dorsal transverse bands which are broader than the alternating yel-

lowish bands, and a strongly marked black transverse bar at base of

tail —also a dark bar between the eyes and mouth, crossing the

muzzle. Two black spots on base of dorsal, and above them a black

speck on each ray; the other fins without markings. Length 2 in.

Tenasserim Provinces.

VIII.—HomoLoPreEra, Kuhl and von H. asselt. A form inter-

mediate to the ordinary spineless Loches and BALITORA of Gray.

H. BILINEATA, nobis, n. s. Affined to H. ERYTHRORHINA, (figured

as Balitora erythrorhina by M. Valenciemnes,) but with the Bart-

mora tendencies less decided. A minute blunt knob on the muzzle,

as in certain species of restricted COBITIS. Nine dorsal and six anal

rays ; the tail acutely furcate. A narrow dark line from muzzle to

eye, continued behind the eye as a broad, irregular, and somewhat

zigzag band, set off laterally with whitish, and joining its opposite

behind the dorsal fin: a corresponding but obscure band below the

lateral line, little seen on the bind-half of the body. Dorsal with a

large blotch of black and one small posterior spot. Caudal fin also

black, with the sides of its base and the forking tips white (or yel-

low ?), but the extreme tips black. Pectorals, ventrals, and anal,

blotched with black: sides of body somewhat nigrescent. Largest

specimen 2% in. long. Tenasserim provinces.

Fam. Clupeade.

- 2.

E a A A A A nd

1860.] Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. 173

CHATASSUS MANMINA; Clupanodon manmina, B. H. Tenasserim

provinces.

Fam. 4nguillide.

ANGUILLA ARRACANA, McClelland. Young, 7 in. long. Tenas-

serim.

Fam. Symbranchide.

AMPHIPNOUS CUCHIA, (B. H.). Tenasserim. Mr. Theobald.

Fam. Hippocampide.

HIPPOCAMPUS MANNULUS, Cantor. Tenasserim, Mr. O'keilly.

Also Port Blair.

Fam. Zetrodontide.

LEIO0OSOMUS CUTCUTIA ; Tetraodon cutcutia, B. H.: L. marmoratus,

Swainson. Procured at Maulmein by Mr. Theobald, Y. 4. S. XXIV,

712. Type of Monotreton, Bibron.

GASTROPHYSUS LUNARIS; Z. lunaris, Cuv.: T. tepa, B. H.; T.

leiopleura, Gray, et T. spadiceus, Richardson, apud Bleeker. Tenas-

serim.

AROTHRON SIMULANS, Cantor: TZ. fuviatilis apud nos, Y. 4. £.

XXIV, 712. Procured at Maulmein by Mr. Theobald.

CHONERHINOS NARITUS (?); Z. naritus (?), Richardson. Some

small specimens, procured at Amherst by E. O'Reilly, Esq., accord with

Dr. Cantor's description (Y. A. S. XVIII, 1365), except in having

no dark markings on the dorsal, anal and caudal fins. Perhaps, there-

fore, an affined species rather than the same.

Five species of this family are commonly procurable in the Calcutta

fish-bazars ; but 1 have never been able to obtain the T. FLUVIATILIS,

B. H., which isa GASTROPHYSUS of J. Miiller.* One approximat-

ing 16 in appearance, like the A. SIMULANS, may be designated.

AROTHRON DORSOVITTATUS, nobis, 2. s. Attains to 8 in. long. The

spines much larger and more sparsely inserted than usual ; a series of

about twelve only occurring on the dorsal region, from one pectoral fin

to the other. Caudal region, from some distance anterior to the dorsal

and anal fins, quite free from spines. Head exceeding one-fourth of

the total length, Lateral line indistinct, |

* Type of Dichotomycteris, Bibrou, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1855, p. 279, which

I have not now to refer to.

2 A

174 Report on some Fishes received from the Sitang River. [No. 2,

D. 15.—A. 18.—P. 21.—C. 12.

Colour dusky yellowish-green, with usually three distinct pale

bands crossing the dorsal aspect, anterior to the dorsal fin; the first

passes from eye to eye, terminating near the hind-part of the orbits ;

the second passes in a curve from before the pectorals, and is some-

times double; and the third occasionally reaches back as far as the

dorsal fin, but is generally a little in advance of ib; the interspaces

of those pale bands being infuscated and undivided, but posterior to the

third of them the alternating dusky bands are broken into roundish

spots of various sizes, much as in GASTROPHYSUS FLUVIATILIS (as

figured by Buchanan Hamilton), only the spots run generally smaller ;

but there are no bars on the caudal fin, though occasionally 16 is much

infuscated, together with the entire lower-parts. A common species.

GASTROPHYSUS MICROPTHALMOS, nobis, n. s. Still commoner than

the last, but hitherto overlooked from its general resemblance to G.

PATOCA, (B. H.) 16 has, however, a conspicuously smaller eye, a con- *

siderable development of spinelets both anterior and posterior to the

“pectorals (whereas G. pAToca has generally the sides quite smooth,

or at most and rarely a very few spinelets at that part), and the

nareal apertures have no distinct appendage (whereas in G. PATOCA

they have a considerable membranous appendage both before and be-

hind, approximating this particular species to AROTHRON). Again,

the pale spots of the upper-parts are generally smaller and more

numerous, also more angular, and they mostly form a series of trans-

verse stripes on the sides. Head exceeding two-fifths of the total

length : the fimbriation of the lips internally much developed. Dor-

sal and anal fins rather falcate ; the caudal square.

D. 13.—4. 11 or 12.—P. 16.—C. 12.

Colour dark olive-green on the upper-parts, studded with numerous

greenish-silvery spots and transverse stripes, the latter prevailing on

the sides: medial third of body spotless golden; the belly white5

and the fins more or less tinged with bright yellow. Irides orange.

Equally common with G. PATOCA, and attains to as large a size, or to

about 18 in. in length.

Our three other species, obtainable in the Calcutta fish-bazars, are

LrIi0so0MUS CTCUTIA, GASTROPHYSUS LUNARIS, and (GF, PATOCA,

(8. HL.)

CI A a

DIAGRAMS showing the RISE and FALL of the IRAWADI RIVER at PROME and HENZADAR,

August

during the Years 1856, 1857, 1858.

Ey January

February, March

4 21 1

Seplember

E] |

E |

Voember Decenbe

1 | “u 21 a 21

FA T

| |

ON TRANSEEA PAR

Ey MOMESH: C=UNDER

SHAW. Le LIT: BY

Mo SMITH, SUR

1 OR

GÉMERALS DFFICE

CALCUTTA. JUNE 1460

1860. ] Memorandum on the Irawad: River. 175

Memorandum on the Irawadi River, with a monthly Register of'its

Rise and Fall from 1856 to 1858, and a measurement of” 1ts mini-

mum discharge.—By Lieut.-Col. A. CUNNINGHAM.

Under instructions from Major Phayre, Commissioner of Pegu, a

daily register of the rise and fall of the river Irawadi has been kept

ab Thayetmyo, Prome and Henzadah, from the highest flood in 1856

to the maximum rise in 1858. The results of these observations ab

Prome and Henzadah are embodied in the accompanying diagrams,

which show the actual height of the river at each place on every

tenth day throughout the period of observation. .The Thayetmyo

tions are palpably erroneous, and cannot now be corrected, whilst

the last twelve month *s observations correspond so closeJy with those

taken at Prome, that 1 did not think 16 worth while to draw up an-

other diagram for a single year.

2. The Irawadi generally attains its lowest level about the end

of March, when a slight rise takes place for a week or ten days until

the middle of April, after which time for about a month, the river

becomes stationary, occasionally rising and falling until the first

week of May. This is the usual period for the setting in of the

monsoon, and the river continues steadily to rise, with Lnt few checks

until August, when 16 attalns its maximum. The actual period at

which the river has gained its greatest height during the last three

years has ranged from the end of July to the beginning of September.

The following are the dates of maximum at the tlree places of

observation :

+ | THAYETMYO. Promz. HENZADAH.

pa _ __—_—Áá á—á—>á—

1856 29th July. 30th July. 30th July.

1857 10th August. | 10th August. 11th August.

1858 | 4tl1 September. | 5th September. 156 September.

176 Memorandum on the Irawadi River. | [No. 2,

3. The following are the dates of minimum, or lowest level :

== THAYETMYO. PromE, HENZADAH.

1856 14th April.

1857 7th April. 10th March. Sth March.

1858 - 20th March. 31st6 March. 3rd May.

4. JIhave no means of comparing the monthly rise of the river

with the monthly fall of rain, as the only rain registers which I have

been able to procure are those of Rangoon. The diagrams, however,

show that an early setting in of the monsoon is accompanied by an

early rising of the river. For instance, there was no rain in April

1857, when the first great rise of the river was delayed until the

20th June. During the present year, however, there was a fall of

more than six inches of rain during April, and accordingly the

Irawadi attained its first great rise on the 1st of June or just three

weeks earlier than in the previous year.

5. The diagrams also show, by the exact correspondence in time,

as well as by the relative correspondence in quantity, of the alternate

risings and fallings both at Prome and at Henzadah, that the annual

swell of the river is mainly due to the rain-fall in 16s upper course.

Thus, the pulsations of the river at Henzadah generally take place

just one day later than at Prome. This coincidence in the times

and quantities of the swell and fall of the river above the Delta might

have been inferred from the narrowness of the strip of land drained

by the lower Lrawadi compared with the greater breadth drained in

its upper course.

6. These diagrams further show the very small amoun$ of rise

that is due to melted snow, and consequently the limited extent of

the snowy mountain range drained by the lIrawadi. As this is a

point of some interest with reference to the still disputed question

of the connection of the Irawadi with the Tsánpú River of Tibet, 1

now give the details of the rise and fall of the Irawadi for every ten

days between the date of lowest level, and that of the first greab rise

due to the setting in of the Monsoon.

-1860.] Memorandum on the Irawadi River. 177

PROME.

1857. | Torar. | 1856. | TorAn.

10th March, — 00 —000

9lst ,, 6 1:60

1st April, — 1:4| + 0:20| 31st March. | — 00

1h, + 075| + 095 11th April. + 07| + 07

Dlst ,, — 055] + 0:40 2lst ,, OS

1st May, + 4101 + 4:50| 1st May. + 31 + 44

lléh ,, — 4:20) +0:30 11th , des 108). 400062

9lst ,, +8:'65| + 9:95 2lst ,, O

HENZADAH.

1857. Totaz. 1858.

11th March, — 00 0:00

2lst ,, + 1:65 + 1:65

1st April, —0:65) + 1:00

ha, —0:20 + 0:80

2st ,, —010 +0:70

1st May, + 41101 + 4:80

11th >, 60 1d 2:20

2lst ,. + 490 +7:10

1st June, —0:10/ + 7:00

7. In all these registers, 16 will be observed that there is a sudden

As this

rise 1s succeeded by a sudden decrease, I would attribute the swell of

rise of about four feet during the last ten days of April.

the river solely to the fall of these heavy bursts of rain which usual-

ly precede the steady falls of the Monsoon rain. The small amount

of rise that takes place before the setting in of the Monsoon is fur-

ther proved by the state of the Panlang Creek, which, with a mini-

mum depth o0f2 feet of water, is never open for steamers drawing

four feet until the monsoon has fairly set in.

8. The abstract of the registers kept at Prome and Henzadah is

given io the following tables :

178 Memorandum on the Irawadi; River. [No. 2,

Monthly Rise and Fall of the Irawadi River, during the years 1856,

1857 and 1858, im Feet and Decimals.

PRrOomME. HENZADAH.

1856. 1857. 1858. 1856. 1857. 1858.

E o a a A E A E E

January EN 2:3 9:2 50 1:0

February E 1:4 0:8 1:9| 1:0

March A 0:61 0:2 091 50-10

April nel 43 44, 23 38] 1:0

May y 4-8 21:0 4-1 2:2) 0:3/18:3

June 140 Sl 247 11:9 SN

July 0:5 13:5 35 5:3 145 3:5

August Gl 8:4] 49 :S:0| 37 38, 21 34

September 147 6:5 0:2| 8-2 6:6

October Ef AS 122 1:5/12:0

November TZ 6:9 11:9 4:0

December 3:8 200 0:9 4:0

Annual Rise above the lowest known level.

THYETMYO. PrOomME. HENZADAH.

1856 —— 43] 364

1857 456 417 378

1858 : 455 414, 369

Average rise 45:55 42:06 36:90

9. The volume of water discharged by the Irawadi in the dry

season is another subject of considerable importance towards clearing

up the still disputed question of the sources of the river. The great

French geographer D'Anville first broached the opinion that the

upper course of the Irawadi was the Tsánpú River of Tibet, but the

great English geographer Major Rinnell of the Bengal Engineers

identified the Tsánpú with the upper course of the Brahmaputra

River. The former opinion was adopted by Klaproth, Dalrymple,

and Griffith. The latter opinion by Wilcox, whose adventurous

journey across the Khamti mountains to the upper valley of the

Irawadi has all but finally established that the sources of the Irawadi

could not be far to the north of latitude 27* 26”, the point where he

1860. |] Memorandum on the Irawadi River. 179

struck the river. The fact that the Irawadi was then only 8-0 yards

broad and fordable, is absolutely conclusive regarding the small

volume of its water, and should I think be equally so regarding the

near vicinity of 16s source.

10. The minimum discharge of the Irawadi is differently stated by

the only two observers who have yet published their measurements.

On 25th April, 1853, Dr. McUlelland found the breadth of the

river at Prome to be 3,630 feet with a mean depth of 12'7083 feet,

giving a sectional area of 46,131:'129 square feet. The velocity of

the current was 121 miles per hour, or 2:8666 feet per second. Dr.

McClelland cails this the “mean speed.”” This measurement refers

to the surface velocity and not to the average velocity of the mass,

to obtain which he multiplies the above mean speed by 08, and

makes the discharge 105,794 cubic feet per second. But the for-

mula for obtaining the average velocity of the mass which is given

by Cape, and by Jackson, the Secretary of the Royal Geographical

Society, as determined from the experiments of Du Buat, yields a

very different result. By this formula the velocity of the mass,

S==1)2PS da

PI where S—the surface velocity of the

stream. By using this formula, the mean velocity of the mass of

water is reduced to 1:67352 foot per second, which yields a discharge

of 77,201:151 feet per second. But as the river fell fifteen inches

after the date of Dr. McClelland”s measurement, this amount has to

be brought still lower by deducting 1:25 foot from the mean depth

of 127083 feet. This will cause a reduction of 7592760 cubic feet,

and thus make the minimum discharge of the lrawadi in 1853 at

Prome 69,608:391 cubic feet.

11. The other measurement of the Irawadi was taken by Mr.

T. Login, at the head of the Delta, just above the point where the

Bassein river branches off. The measurements were made 1 believe

in 1855, but the details lave not been published. The result alone

is given, which makes the minimum discharge at the head of the

Delta at 75,000 cubic feet.

12. On the 30th March, 1857, a third measurement of the Irawadi

was made at Meaday at my request, by Licut. G. de P. Falconnet of

the Madras Engineers. This measurement was conducted with

180 Memorandum on the Irawadi River. [No.2,

great care; the mean depth of the stream having been determined in

thirteen different places, and the whole operations repeated five dis-

tinct times. The breadth of the stream was 2,057 feet. The mean

depth was 21:2423 feet, and the extreme depth 29 feet, with a

surface velocity of 3 feet per second, or 204545 miles per hour.

From these data the sectional area was 43,695'411 square feet, and

the mean velocity of the mass of water, calculated by the formula

before quoted, was 1:7679 cubic feet per second. The discharge on

the 30th March, 1857, was therefore 77,249'097 cubic feet. But as

the river, according to the flood register kept at Thayetmyo, fell ex-

actly 1 foot after this date, a corresponding decrease must be made

by deducting 1 foot from the mean depth. This will cause a reduc-

tion of 3,636-570 cubic feet and thus make the minimum discharge

of the Irawadi in 1857 at Meaday 73,612:437 cubic feet.

13. The results of these measurements, although made by three

different persons, at three different places, and in three different years,

correspond so well together, that I think we may place considerable

reliance upon their accuracy. I repeat them for comparison.

Minimum discharge at Meaday in 1857 ...... 73,612:437 cubic feet.

iS at EromeJn 1893 ocu... 09,GUS'SOL Ss

E at Head of Delta in 1855 75,000:000

The difference between the extremes is only 5,400 cubic feet, an

amount which is within the limits of variation of the low water level

of the river, between a very dry season, and an average one. The mean

of the two observations at Meaday and Prome is 71,610 cubic feet,

which I think may be taken as a very close approximation of the

usual minimum discharge of the Irawadi river at those places. The

discharge at the head of the Delta above Henzadah, as determined

by Mr. Login at 75,000 cubic feet, corresponds so closely with these

observations, that 1 have every confidence in its accuracy.

14., To bring these measurements of the discharge of the lower

Irawadi to bear upon the question of its sources, we must compare

the volume of water discharged at certain points with its area of

derivation, or extent of surface drained. This question has been

ably discussed by Captain Yule in his note on the sources of the

Irawadi, published in his narrative of Major Phayre?s mission to Ava.

In this note all available information on the subject is detailed and

1860.] Memorandum on the Irawadi River. 181

compared, and Captain Yule gives his decision in favour of the lower

estimate of Mr. Login. The following statements of “the areas

drained by the lIrawadi in different parts of its course, assuming its

sources in the Khamti mountains” are taken from Captain Yule's

note :

Below Magoung River ............ 5% square degrees.

A $

A 1! ha

E ol Delta cite cas ccrnarsos BZ Y ”

To these I may add Moong Khamti in lat. 27” 26' where Wilcox

found the Irawadi only 80 yards broad and fordable. Assuming the

sources in the Khamti mountains as before, the area of drainage will

be only three quarters of a degree, or cerbainly less than one degree.

15. Now taking the discharge at the head of the Delta at 75,000

cubic feet, and the area of derivation at 32% degrees, the volume of

water will be 2,500 cubic feet per square degree of country drained.

The discharge at each of the above points will therefore be as follows ;

A A A

Below Magoung River ....oo.io...... 13,175 - ,,

ALA NIAA locosmanona ¿oder . 81,050 33

At Prome .. e 7 ,300 mA

As the ated élcoso dt ol 1s dba two hundred cubic

feet of the mean discharge obtained by the actual measurements of

Dr. MeClelland and Lieut. Falconnet, the calculated amounts of

discharge at the other points may be assumed as fair approximations

to the truth.

16. The calculated discharge of the Irawadi at Moong Khamti

must now be compared with the state of the river as described by

Wilcox. He found the river 240 feet broad and fordable: that is,

the greatest depth was not more than 3 feet, and the mean depth

about 2 feet. The sectional area would therefore be 480 feet, which,

compared with the above calculated discharge of 1,733 cubic feet,

would give the mean velocity of the mass of water at 3:61 feet

per second ; which is equivalent to a surface velocity of 6'125 feet per

second, or somewhat more than 4 miles per hour.

17. 1If the area of derivation be taken at one whole degree, the

discharge at Moong Khamti will be 2,300 cubic feet, or one-third

2 B

182 Memorandum on the Irawadi River. [No. 2,

more, and the surface velocity will be increased to upwards of 53

miles per hour. Even admitting that the mean depth may have

been three feet, the discharge would still be under 3,000 cubic feet.

But as a stream with a mean depth of three feet, and a current of

51 miles per hour, would be almost, if not quite, unfordable, a volume

of 3,000 cubic feet may be considered as the extreme discharge of the

Irawadi at Moong Khamti, consistent with Wilcox's observations.

18. If this determination is correct, and 1 do not see how its

accuracy can be disputed, what has become of the Tsánpú, the great

river of Tibet? The following measurements of the Brahmaputra

and its tributaries will probably assist in determining this point:

On 26th December, 1825. On 29th March, 1826.

Dihong (Bedford)...... 56,564 cubic feet,

Dibong e dd 13,100 se

Joint stream ... 69,664 86,211

Brahmaputra (Wilcox)

abiadia rad 10098 33,965

Total discharge ... 88,722 120,176

On comparing the discharge of the Dihong with that of the

Dibong and Brahmaputra, the only natural way of accounting for

its immensely superior volume is by supposing that ib must be fed

by some large stream from beyond the Himalaya. No accounts of

Cis-Himalayan drainage calculated from the data supplied by the

measurements of the Brallmaputra and Dibong would give a greater

discharge than 20,000 or at most 25,000 cubie feet. The question

then arises whence comes the other large volume of 30,000 cubic :

feet of water, to which the only obvious reply is “from the Tsánpú

River of Tibet beyond the chain of the Himalaya.” The lower

course of the Tsánpú, where it breaks through the mountains, is

unknown ; but from all the evidence collected by Wilcox, compared

with the small discharge of the Irawadi, and with the large volume

of the Dihong, the connection of the Tsánpú and Dihong Rivers

seem to me to be as clearly and satisfactorily established as any de-

duction can possibly be without absolute ocular demonstration,

1860. ] Ásiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. 183

19. The last link of corroborative evidence in favour of the Trans-

Himalayan source of the Dihong is the greater coldness of its waters

compared with those of the Ganges and other rivers, for the know-

ledge of which fact I am indebted to Colonel Phayre. I conclude

that the greater frigidity of the Dihong is due to the large volume

of melted snow supplied by the Tsánpú, which imparts some portion

of its original coldness to the waters of the Dihong.

Attempts of Asiatic Sovereigns to establish a Paper Currency.—By

E. B. CoweLL, M. A.

The old motto “ Ex Oriente lux” holds true in many departments

of science ; Europe is no doubt indebted to Asia for many an inven-

tion and idea ; but if there be one science above others, which is all

her own and where the Western mind is utterly unindebted to the

Last, 16 1s that peculiar discovery of modern times, Political Economy.

In fact 16 is not under despotisms like those which have prevailed

from time immemorial in the great nations of Asia, that such a

science could even take root, much less bear fruit. And yet ib is

singular, here and there, in the moral and philosophical treatises of

Eastern authors, to come upon imperfect attempts to develope some

of its principles; and in the same way, amid the bloody annals of

Hastern kings, to trace an occasional abortive effort to anticipate the

financial measures of modern times. Their very failures, in fact, are

deeply interesting. They tell us that mere physical might is

powerless in the moral world ; that that magic influence of national

eredit, which is the firmest pillar of an empire's stability, is beyond

the tyrant's control, in spite of his armies.

It may not be uninteresting at the present time to trace a series of

these attempts in one particular direction, —1 refer to the endeavours

of the kings of China, Persia and India to establish something like

a paper currency in their respective dominions. These attempts were

made during the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries; they all failed

after a longer or shorter period, and probably from the same causes.

We first meet with the idea in China. I6 is said that the plan was

originally started by a native Chinese monarch of the Song dynasty,

two centuries before the Moghul conquest; and we certainly find it

2B2

184 Asiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. [No. 2?

in full force under the early successors of Chenghiz Khán. After the

expulsion of the Moghuls in 1366, the founder of the native or Ming

dynasty tried to revive 16, but the attempt appears to have failed.

We have the accounts of two travellers, who visited China during

this period, to confirm this account. The first is Marco Polo who

resided in the court of the Emperor Kublai Khan from about 1274 to

1291. Kublai Klan, one of the most enlightened of the Moghul mo-

narchs, had been crowned Great Khan (or more properly Ká-án) of

Northern China in 1260 ; in 1280 he overthrew the Song dynasty in

the South, and he reigned over all China (founding the Yuen dynasty,)

until his death in 1294,

The second is the Arabian traveller Ibn Batúta, who visited China

as ambassador from the Sultan of Delhi, Muhammad Toghluk, in

1345, and seems to have spent about a year there. He left during

the troubles which followed the accession of the last of the Yuen or

Moghul dynasty.

Marco Polo?s narrative is as follows.*

“With regard to the money of Kambalu,f the great Khan may be

called a perfect alchemist, for he makes ib himself. He orders people

to collect the bark of a certain tree, whose leaves are eaten by the

worms thab spin silk. The thin rind between the bark and the

interior wood is taken, and from it cards are formed, like those of

paper, all black. He then causes them to be cub into pieces, and

each is declared worth respectively half a livre, a whole one, a silver

grosso of Venice, and so on to the value of ten bezants. All these

cards are stamped with his seal, and so many are fabricated that they

would buy all the treasuries in the world. He makes all his payments

with them, and circulates them through the kingdoms and provinces,

over which he holds dominion; and none dares to refuse them under

pain of death. All the nations under his sway receive and pay this

money for their merchandise, gold, silver, precious stones, and

whatever they transport, buy or sell. The merchant often brings

to him goods worth 400,000 bezants, and he pays them all in these

cards, which they willingly accept, because they can make purchases

with them throughout the whole empire. He frequently commands

* Murray's transl. p. 137. (ch, 26.) which 1 follow as more recent than Mars-

den's.

4 Khán-bálik or Pekin.

1860.] ÁAsiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. 185

those who have gold, silver, cloths of silk and gold, or other precious

commodities, to bring them to him. Then he calls twelve men

skilful in these matters and commands them to look at the articles

and fix their price. Whatever they name is paid in these cards,

which the merchant cordially receives. In this manner the great

sire possesses all the gold, silver, pearls and precious stones in his

dominions. When any of the cards are torn or spoiled, the owner

carries them to the place whence they were issued, and receives fresh

ones, with a reduction of 3 per cent. If any man wishes gold or

silver to make plates, girdles or other ornaments, he goes to the

office, carrying a sufficient quantity of cards, and gives them in

payment for the quantity he requires. This is the reason why the

Khan has more treasure than any other lord in the world; nay, all

the princes in the world together have not an equal amount.”

It has been sometimes said that Marco Polo saw only the courb

and the servile obsequiousness of the courtiers; but this is by no

means the case. He continually mentions in the course of his travels

the fact of the paper currency in the provinces. 'Chus in Chap. 56,

(ch. 49 in Marsden) in his account of Cyn-gui (Chintigui in Mars-

den,). he says, “they have no money except paper,” and in that of

Ca-cian-fu (Pazafu in Marsden,) more than two months” journey dis-

tant from Cyn-gui, “they are subjects of the Grand Khan, and his

paper money is current among them.” Again in Chap. 60 (ch. 50

and 51, Marsden,) we have the same remark made about the cities of

Sin-gui and Cin-gui, which are described as “full of merchandise and

arts and paying a large revenue to the sovereign.”? Again in Chap.

64 in describing the province of Pau-chym, we have, “* the people are

artificers and merchants, and have abundance of silk ; through all that

country the Khan*'s paper money is circulated.”? Beside these, there

are at least a dozen similar allusions in his travels through various

parts of the empire.

There doubtless may be some exaggeration in his narrative; but

the very fact of the system's continuance seems to prove that it was

by no means the oppressive system which ib appeared to foreigners,

and in which character indeed it possessed such attractions to the

grasping despots of Persia aud India.

The substance of Marco Polo's account is amply confirmed by the

very similar narrative of Ibn Batúta, who visited the same court

186 Ásiatic Sovercigns and Paper Currency. [No. 2,

nearly fifty years afterwards and found the same system still pursued

under the later princes of the dynasty. The dynasty was then

verging to its fall—ib had indeed rapidly followed the law of all

Asiatic dynasties—what Gibbon calls “the unceasing round of va-

lour, greatness, discord, degeneracy and decay.”” Marco Polo had

found the Moghul power in all the youthful vigour of conquest; lbn

Batúta finds 16 a decrepit stock, “ primo nutans casura sub Kuro.”

The following is the Muhammadan traveller?s account, as we read

16 in the edition lately published at Paris by MM. Defremery and

Sanguinetti (Vol. IV. p. 259.)

“ The inhabitants of China do not use pieces of gold or silver in

their commercial transactions, and all coins that come into the

country are melted into ingots. They buy and sell by means of

pieces of paper, each of which is as large as the palm of the hand,

and bears the Sultan'3 mark or seal. Twenty-five of these notes are

called a bálisht,* which means the same as our dínár. When any

body finds that his notes are worn out or torn, he carries them to

the office which is just like the mint with us, and there he has

new ones given him in place of the old. He has nothing to pay

for this, for the officers who have the charge of supplying these notes

are paid by the King. The management of the office is entrusted to

one of the principal Amirs of China. 1f a person comes to the mar-

ket with a piece of silver money (dirrhem) or even of gold (dinar),

in order to purchase any thing, no one will take 16 or pay him any

regard, until he has changed 16 for notes, and then he can buy what

he pleases.”*f

The chief difference between these two narratives is the absence, in

the latter, of the heavy seignorage of 3 per cent. which had been

levied in Marco Polo's time. Dr. Lee in his translation adds a sen=

tence to explain 16, “ lhis is done without interest,—the profit aris-

ing from their circulation accruing to the King ;” but these words

have not been kept in the late critical recension of the text.

* Dr. Lee in his translation wrongly gives the name as Shat, reading 0b'l-shat

instead of bálisht.

+ In the curious account of Ton Batúta's interview with the shekh (iv. p.

275), we have an instance of the currency of these notes, when one of the saint's

companions gave him some paper-money ( as ys CS] 9.3 ) and said, “ Take

these for your hospitable entertainment and depart.”

1860.1 ÁAsiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. 187

The Jesuit, Du Halde, in his “ Description de 1 empire de la Chine,”

states that a few of the notes which were issued under these early

Chinese kings, are still in existence,* and they are regarded with

superstitious reverence. They are greatly prized as talismans to

protect houses from evil, and ib is held as an omen of the greatest

good fortune, if, in building a new house, they can get one to hang to

the main beam. He gives a picture of one of these notes, on which

we find the word tschao as the current name.f The following is Du

Halde's translation of the Chinese insceription, “La cour des trésoriers

ayant presenté cette requeste, il est ordonné que la monnoye du papier

ainsil marquée du sceau imperial des Ming, aye cours eb soit employée,

de méme que la monnoye de culvre. Ceux qui en feront de fausse,

auront la teste coupée. Celui qui les aura accuséz eb amenéz, sera

recompensé de deux cent cinquante 'Taels, De plus on lui donnera

les biens meubles et immeubles du coupable. Fait á telle année, tel

mois, tel jour du regne de Hong vou.”

We now turn to Persia, where we shall find a similar but less suc-

cessful attempt to have been made.

In the dissolution of the empire which followed Chenghiz Khán's

death in 1226, and its division among his sons, his grandson Hulákú

Khán turned his arms to Persia, and after completing ibs conquest by

the taking of Baghdad and the overthrow of the Abbaside dynasty

of Caliphs, established himself on the vacant throne, founding the

Tl-kbání dynasty. He died in 1264 and was succeeded by his son

Abáká Khán, who governed wisely and consolidated his father's

conquests. But after his death, in 1283, a scene of discord and con-

fusion ensued, until Ky Khátú succeeded to the throne in 1291. He

found the finances in great disorder, but instead of attempting to

restore them by economy, he plunged into all kinds of excess, and left

everything to a Wazír who was himself as extravagant as his master.

At length in 1294 affairs appear to have reached a crisis, and the

minister, ab his wits” end to provide for the current expences of the

* There is an interesting communication in the Royal Asiatic Society”s

Journ. Vol. XIIT. on the private paper currency now in use in some parts of

China.

+ Tschao is found in De Guignes” Chinese Dict., where it is explained, “ papy-

rus sigillata quá olim sinenses loco argenti utebantur,”

188 Asiatic Soverergns and Paper Currency. [No. 2,

state, proposed to introduce into Persia the scheme of an inconverti-

ble paper currency, which the branch of Chenghiz Khán's family

that reigned in China, was then carrying out with some success.

The eastern historians tell us that the minister consulted the Chinese

ambassador, and obtained from him the details of the measure; but

Sir John Malcolm plausibly suggests that Marco Polo may very

probably have had something to do with it. He arrived in Persia

about this very time, having accompanied the train of a princess,

whom Kublai Káán had consented to give in marriage to Arghún

Khán. On their arrival in 1292 or 1293 they had found that monarch

dead and his successor Ky Khátú on the throne. Marco Polo remain-

ed in Persia nine months, residing at the capital; and he reached

Venice in 1295.

Whether, however, the keen Venetian traveller was consulted or

not on the scheme, ik was resolved by the king and his minister that

the attempt shouid be made. It proved, as we shall see, a miserable

failure, but the record of it remains, forming in fact the one cir-

cumstance of interest in Ky Khátú's imbecile reign.

I subjoin the following account of the measure from Mirchond”s

history.* I regret that I cannot present the contemporary account

of Rashíd-ud-dín, who wrote his history, the Jámi-ut-Tuwárikh,

under Gházán Khán (Ky Khátú's successor) and his son Uljáitú

Khán ; but unfortunately the only MS. of that rare and interesting

work which is in the Society?s library, isincomplete, and this part of

the history. (which occupies the first volume and is often called the

Tárikhi Gházáni) is missing. v

Mirchond relates how the Sultan's Chancellor of the Exchequer,

(Wisto slo ) Sadri Jehán, used every means in vain to meet the

increasing financial difficulties of the empire. He tried loans, but

these only increased his embarrassments; and what with the Sultan's

extravagance and his own, the treasury became empty, and he had

no money for the current expenses of the government. In the midst

of these perplexities, an officer of the Revenue department, named

* M. de Langlés published a similar extract from the Habíb-us-siyar (written

by Mírchond”s son, Khondemír) in the Memoires de 1 Institut (Literature, dc.)

vol. IV. p. 129. Mírchond wrote his history towards the close of the 15th

century.

1860.] Asiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. 189

"Izz-ud-dín Muzaffar, gave him an account of the paper curreney of

China, called chau, and recommended that a similar expedient should

be adopted in Persia. ““In this way,” he said, “the doors of business

will again be opened, and the wealth of the country will return to

bhe treasury without loss or distress accruing to any individual.” ”

The remainder of the narrative shall be given in Mírchond's words.*

“Tn these perplexing circumstances, the Chancellor of the Exche-

quer went with Pulád Changsánik, the ambassador at that time

from the emperor of China, and laid before the Sultan Izz-ud-dín's

proposal. Now the external aspect of the plan promised an ample

field of gain, and a diminution of the burdens of traders, and a

soothing of the hearts of the poor,-——and Ky Khátú Khán, with all

promptitude, issued a decree that throughout his empire no buying or

selling should be conducted by means of the current coin, that men

should draw the line of oblivion over the weaving of gold-embroidered

cloth except for the especial use of the king and his nobles, and that

they should abstain from the manufacture of every article which

involved the consumption of gold or silver; and that the working

in gold or the smelting of silver be left henceforth to the yellow

cheeks of lovers and their running tears. In fine, by the seductive

instigation of this monster in human shape, Izz-ud-dín Muzaffar,

who caused his beneficent master to be thus implicated in such an

evil design, —the emperor of sea and land appointed certain of his

nobles to carry out this perilous measure, and sent them into the

provinces of Iráki-Ajam and "Arab, Diyárbakr, Rab'ab, May yáfárikín,

Azarbíján, Khurásán, Karmán aud Shíráz. In every city they built a

chau-khánah ; and exchangers, writers, and other treasury officers were

appointed, and every where a certain sum of money was expended

in the materials for the issue.f At the publication of this order, the

different nations were filled with astonishment and confusion.

““ Now the form of the chau was an oblong piece of paper, and cer-

tain words in the language of Cathay were written on i6, and on both

sides was the formula of belief, “ 'Phere is no God but God, and

Muhammad is his: prophet,” and beneath tlis the words Yiranjín

Túrjí, which were the titles which the Káans of China had conferred

* See the Bombay lithographed edition.

Y This is the reading of the Society's MS,

ar O

190 Asiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. [No. 2,

on the kings of Persia. In the middle of the paper was drawn a

circle, and starting from the centre was written the value of the note,

which varied from half a dirrhem to ten dirrhems. Certain lines

were also written on it, the substance of which was as follows, —that

the emperor in the year 693 (A. H.) had issued these auspicious

chaus; that all who altered or forged them should be summarily

punished with their wives and children, and their property confiscated

to the treasury ; and that when these auspicious notes were once in

general circulation, poverty and distress would vanish from the people,

vegetables would become cheap, and rich and poor would be equal.

Certain poets and able authors of the time published their produec-

tions in praise of the scheme, to flatter the king and the minister ;

this single couplet is given as a specimen.

1f the chau ( a ) becomes current in the world,

The glory of the empire will be eternal ( '0]| sola ),

“Since ib was part of the edict that all who melted silver or gold in

their trades, should cease to work any longer therein, and these men

had accordingly forsaken their businesses, ib was provided, as a means.

of their subsistence, that each of them should receive a certain fixed

amount from the chaukhánah. It was also ordered that whenever the

chaus became obliterated by use, they should be brought to the chau-

khánah and new given in exchange. The Persian merchants by sea,

who traded with foreign countries,* were to bring, on the eve of the

voyage, their chaus to the mint and there receive gold in exchange.

In fine, in the month Zú'l ka*dah, in the year 693, chaus were first

issued in Tabríz; and in consequence of the stringent orders given,

for two or three days people used them in buying and selling. For

an order had been issued that every one should lose his head who

refused to accept the new currency. Many of the inhabitants of

Tabríz left the place and carried away their goods and provisions

from the bazar, so that this city, which is called the little Misr,

became as empty of people as a lover”s heart of patience. The cries

of young and old rose to heaven, and the common people in the

Friday's assembly began to exclaim loudly against. the tyrannous

% T have corrected the obscure reading of the Bombay edition to PE sil 5

ale se dóowÍ, the reading of the Society”s MS. á

1860.] Asiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. 191

measure and implore heaven to send them aid; and loud were their

curses against Izz-ud-dín and those who were his partners in the

scheme.

« At last with common consent they attacked him, and, having killed

him with his followers, broke out into rebellion. All the movements

of the caravans were stopped in that district; and robbers and law-

less men lay in wait in the streets and gardens, and if any poor

wretech by dint of a hundred stratagems had managed to get a little

corn or a bag of fruit, they took 16 away from him, and if he

attempted to resist, they said to him “take these * auspicious chaus”

then in exchange.” At length when the matter became really

serious and the knife, as 14 were, touched the bone, all the doors of

business were closed and the imperial revenue seemed abolished. The

nobles and amiírs with the Chancellor of the Exchequer then went to

the king, and represented to him that the institution of chaus had

produced ruin to the subject and emptiness to the imperial treasury,

and if this state of things continued many days longer, the glory

of the empire would pass away, and no subjects be left in the realm.

The Sultan, having heard the words of these faithful counsellors,

issued orders for cancelling the chaus, and, the inhabitants conse-

quently rebturning to their homes, in a short time the city and bazar

of Tabríz resumed their original appearance.”

Short lived, however, as this measure appears to have been, its

consequences were not so transitory ; for 14 brought speedy ruin on

the unfortunate monarch, who had been thus duped by his minister's

golden promises. A few months afterwards, a rebellion is raised by

the nobles, and Ky Klátú, after a brief struggle, is dethroned and

put to death.

But 11l-fated as the measure had proved in Persia, the scheme of

transferring all the gold and silver of the kingdom into the imperial

coffers without the loss being felt by the subjects, was too tempting

to the ignorant mind of an oriental despot, to be at once abandoned.

We never hear of i6 again in Persia, but in the next century we find

16 attempted in India by that strange mixture of the grandest and

the basest of Imperial qualities, the Sultán Muhammad Toghluk of

Dehli (1325—1351). Although in this case copper, not paper, was

adopted, still as Ferishta expressly tells us that it was done in imita-

192 Asiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. [No. 2,

tion of the Chinese system of chaus, we may allow it to stand in the

same series of attempts with the foregoing.

The great authority for these later pre-moghul dynasties is the

Tárikbi Fírozsháhí of Z1á Barní,—an edition of which is now in the

press, to appear in the Bibliotheca Indica under the auspices of our

Society. Of Muhammad Toghluk's reign he writes as a contemporary,

and the following is his account of this remarkable measure.

my ¿law 3 Silo PS ¿lavo y $$. dee wal pa ANN

A A pisas eo paño iS qbo do

aa jy al 03 A ES 33%) ES Zlclaro ió 37% , Luo

DL yimo a) 4S gls polo Allo gs giscly 3l ly oe? wylels 35 nf

mie Y) po al als ar9Í dul sr ySa yl a OS

la an L,Lo ne ys pá y Ese JO AR 59 gos! mes pa

99 solis] Syy sá ¿ls sho es as 3 ula jos ola se Cuwoy

MA hp AS SS wey 2 ml 193% ¿yo po de="" ylblo

a TAS Da yu sel Da gy) O «pls Ls y

ao] [043 pr ase Per Eale ia 9 900 Lio! Jlos!

all pay MALUS yb 00 ol ES) y ESTAS EJlgo ¿ly y tgnsa y

Nay á e (a LS ly ¿ho , Gel wi p2 Mala ¿so Zu

O O IA

Jos pre a Wilma 190 INS só > AwoÍ [a3) £Ulo 38

geo ¿Su ma) y) IO Mor is ¿40 Dia y lala la 3 as S 3 Aldo so

Áreos y o o o e as js A Bs)

us Js y 832 y¿ duo pa AS Sd IS Vue o Du soy

NI ME ES Ad e a jer

al gee a y Ls $ més; US 3 ás y amas dy yl

MS E evo. hay ps O Wwil aÍ 3l 0) Sa

SI ¿Sw 4S ,9 Y ES wlo,s W le mas dmmby yy cms

AR y y aja y pios DIO ol és. 9 lo) SA Ay

aso sy lay) y ¿0 1. 8S AUS eb yl sol RO

A A II

e y y AS o e Jay oasis, A so ly o A

ey 29345 ams A y eo A yo y May Sy cs >

yr ¿So Jo: » am] gowel y) ablalas 0 [EST suo go ISO y

* So in MS, but query Wlbl3=, agents, sircars ?

1860. ] ÁAsiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. 193

Álamo y als) dia yy 85 Sip Ba Eyy ms) ayyy UA yl ES

o ¿ww olbjy as? wlelo wlo,s ES apa Js yn aSu

+ Ha ls ja flo lo pee a Árly 31 AS els

IAS io lr ¿dle silo, 5 ae wlels

““ Another project of the Sultán”s, which brought ruin upon the

empire, was his interference with buying and selling, and issuing

copper money. Since Sultán Muhammad in his lofty ambition had

conceived the idea of subduing the inhabited part of the world, and

for this impracticable design were required countless followers and

attendants, and these could not be procured without ready money,

and the treasury laboured under emptiness in consequence of the

royal munificence,—the Sultán for all these reasons invented his

copper money ; and he issued a decree that in all purchases and sales

these copper coins should be current as those of gold and silver had

been. In consequence of this measure every Hindu's house became

a private mint, and the Hindus of the various cities of the empire

had lakhs and crores of these copper pieces coined. "With these they

paid their tribute, and with these they bought horses and arms and

costly goods of every description ; and the ranas, district officers and

sircars galned immense forbunes, but with serious detriment to the

empire. Nor was i6 long ere the distant provinces refused to take

these copper coins in exchange; and even there, where the king's

edict was feared, a tanka of gold rose to the value of a hundred

copper pieces. Every goldsmith coined copper pieces in his own

house, and the treasury became filled with the coins. At last the

copper money became so depreciated that ib was reckoned only like

shingle or potsherds, and the value of the old coins from the exces-

sive estimation in which they were held, was increased four or even

five fold. When such ruin everywhere fell upon commerce, and the

copper tokens became viler than bricks, and were of no use whatever,

Sultán Muhammad repealed his edict, and issued a new order, though

with the fiercest wrath within his heart,—that every one who had

the copper coin, might bring 16 to the treasury and exchange it for

the old gold money. Forthwith thousands of men from different

quarters, who had thousands of these tokens in their houses, and

utterly sick of them had tossed them into holes and corners with

the pots and pans, brought them to the breasury and received sold

194 Asiatic Sovereiyns and Paper Currency. [No. 2,

and silver money in exchange.* In such quantities was the copper

carried to the treasury that there were heaps of it in Toghlakábád

like mountains, while immense sums passed out from the treasury in

exchange for 1t, and this was one great evil which fell upon the state

from this measure. And again since the Sultán's edict had failed in

bringing the scheme to pass, and the copper tokens had only ab-

sorbed a large portion of the revenue, the heart of the Sultán became

more and more alienated from his subjects.”

Ferishta's account is based upon that of Zíá Barní, but as he

supplements 16 from other authorities, 16 may not be uninteresting

to subjoin 16. 1 may remark that neither of the historians gives us

any date for this measure; i6 probably took place in the middle of

Muhammad's reign, but 16 is rather singular that Ibn Batúta, who

spent some years in his court and has given copious anecdotes of his

generosity and tyranny, should have omitted all mention of the

project.

“ The history of the issuing the copper goldy is as follows :—

“When the king desired, like Sekander, to conquer the seven

regions, and his pomp and treasury would not suffice to meet all his

demands, in order to attain his object, he invented a copper currency,

and issued orders that just as in China a paper gold is current, so

too in Hindustan they should coin copper gold in the mint, and make

ib pass current instead of silver or gold money, and employ 16 in all

buying and selling. Now the Jau (_sl> ) of China is a piece of paper

on which is written the name and title of the king, and the people

there use it commonly instead of silver and gold. But this

measure did not succeed in Hindustan. The Hindus in the empire

brought immense quantities of copper to the mint and obtainedf in

this way lakhs and crores of stamped coins, and having purchased

goods and arms, sent them to foreign countries and sold them there

for silver and gold. 'lhe goldsmiths also forged the royal stamp and

* T cannot explain the words which follow this ss A y. They

would seem to mean “* by sixes and twos,””—can this refer to the rate of exchange ?

More probably, however, they are the names of gold or silver coins.

y I have given a literal version of the printed edition, as General Briggs'

translation, generally so excellent, is here unusually wide of the original.

í General Briggs adds *“* by a bribe to the officers.”

1860.] Asiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. 195

coined money in their own houses. In this manner after a time ib

came to pass that the distant provinces refused to take the copper

money and opposition began to break out on every side. At last

the discontent gradually spread until the copper tokens lost their

estimation even in the capital and its neighbourhood. The king

seeing this state of things began to repent of his order, and as there

was no help for it, he issued an order that every one who brought

the copper coins to the treasury, might receive gold and silver in

exchange. His hope was that by this means perhaps the copper

tokens would again rise in general estimation and maintain their

currency in commercial transactions. But the people, who in despair

had flung their copper tokens like stones and bricks in their houses,

all rushed to the treasury and exchanged them for gold and silver. In

this way the treasury soon became empty, but the copper cvins had

as little circulation as ever, and a very grievous blow was given to

the state.””*

I have thus endeavoured to give a sketch of all that is known

respecting these three attempts to introduce a total change into the

commercial and financial ideas of the semi-civilized nations of Asia.

Oriental historians alas ! have only eyes for battles and courb-shows,

—the condition of the people and the progress of ideas lie entirely

out of the range of their observation; and hence all that we learn

from them respecting these schemes is disappointing and barren. In

two of the instances mentioned, Persia and India, the experiment

immediately failed; for the circumstances under which ib was tried

were eminently unpropitious to its success. The reigning monarchs

were, the one an impotent, the other a furious, tyrant; the state was

suffering all the evils of conquest and despotism; and the only aim

of the monarchs in introducing the schemeat all, was to rob their

subjects the more easily. 16 was welcomed as a new engine to wring

their gains into the treasury,—that the Sultan's round of extrava-

* Though not strictly bearing upon the question, I cannot refrain from

alluding to the history of the water-carrier who saved Humáyún's life at Chonsa.

He was rewarded by sitting on the imperial throne for half a day. He employed

his brief reign in providing for his family and friends; and to commemorate 16,

he had his beestic's skin cut up into leather rupees which were gilt and stamped

with his name and the date of his reign as sovereign prince!

196 Asiatic Sovereigns and Paper Currency. [No. 2,

gance and profligacy might continue unbroken. It was begun only

to gratify a tyrant's selfishness, and of course 16 miserably failed.

But as far as we can tell from our meagre accounts, it was much

more successful in China ; 14 was once extensively used by the native

sovereigns ; and Marco Polo in his various travels abundantly proves

that the royal notes of the Moghuls had a wide circulation through

the different provinces. Aslong as the Moghul dynasty governed

well, the experiment seems to have succeeded; and i6 certainly lasted

under them for nearly a century. We cannot tell the exact causes of

its final failure ; but 16 is not improbable that, as the Moghul dynasty

grew debased, the effeminate puppets who succeeded to such great

Kings as Kublai Káán, under the guidance of designing ministers,

kept increasing the issues, in the vain idea that ib was an inexhausti-

ble source of revenue, until 16 ended in a revolution. A change of

dynasty would introduce new feelings—the old paper currency would

naturally become associated with the remembrance of the later evils,

and the earlier benefits be forgotten; and national hatred would link

16 with the detested name of the.expelled Moghul dynasty. Under

these circumstances we need not be surprised at the failure of the

attempt which the Chinese successors to tle Moghuls made to

revive 16,

I need not add to the length of this paper, by subjoining any

detailed remarks on the wide difference between the circumstances of

the present time and any of these three previous periods,—more

especially the Indian period under Mohammad Toghluk. India now

and India then in every respect present a perfect contrast. With

regard to China, the partial success of the plan there seems highly

encouraging; and every circumstance which in that case tended to

impair public confidence, will be absent in the present time. With

all those drawbacks, we know that the “tschaos” did circulate far

and wide; and in Marco Polo”s time they were apparently received

with good will; and if this effect followed under a semi-barbarous

despotism in China, why should it not follow to a far wider extent

under a paternal and civilised government in India ?

1860.] On recent Russian Researches. 197

On recent Russian Researches.—By Rev. 3. Lona.

After searching in vain among Europeans in Calcutta for copies of

the Transactions of the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburgh, 1 pro-

cured them at last in the Library of a native friend. It is to be

deeply regretted there is so little literary and scientific intercourse

between St. Petersburgh and Calcutta, for the Russians have long

laboured with great research in the investigation of the literature

and antiquities of Asia and particularly of Central Asia; and with the

extension of Russian power and influence to the frontiers of India,

we may expect that much light will be thrown on the mental and

social state of the people of Tibet, Bokhara, Khorasan, Kirghistan

and Ariana. Russia from the prominence she assigns to linguistic

qualifications among her functionaries, and from her position as a

Semi-Asiatic power, seems preeminently marked out as a pioneer in

Asiatic Science and Ethnology ; the works she has already published

and the liberal patronage of the Czar afford bright hopes for the

future.

The Imperial Academy of St. Petersburgh was highly favored by

Alexander the 1st of Russia, and the late Emperor shortly after his

accession attended with his family its anniversary and patronised

ib in various ways by appointing ibs members to oriental and scientific

- missions and making grants of money for special oriental objects.

| The Academy has, on various occasions, encouraged and aided scien-

bific voyages such. as those of Pallas, Gmelin; though it has of late

years rather helped with its counsel while the Imperial Government

have defrayed the expenses, as in the cases of —M. Baer who spent

three years 1853-57 investigating the fisheries of the Caspian.—M.

Helmersen on geological researches in Olonez.—M. Schrenck, zoological

and ethnological enquiries in the countries bordering on the Amour.—

Middendorffs and Borstch's zoological and botanical researches on the

coasts of the sea of Aral.—M. Abich on the geology of the Caucasus.

-—M. Struve, trigonometrical surveys between the Atlantic and

Caspian.

In 1856, an annual prize of 3000 roubles was founded by Count

¡ Ouevarof to be adjudicated by the Academy for encouraging works

¡on Russian history and the drama. Previous to that eight annual

2 D

198 On recent Russian Researches. [No. 2,

prizes were instituted in 1821 called the Demidoff Prizes. In 1855,

the works for the prize amounted to twenty-five, of these eight were on

History, three on Statistics, two on Jurisprudence, one on Geography,

two Mathematical, one Natural Science, two Rural Economy, one Me-

dicine, four Philology. All were in the Russian language, indicating a

revulsion from the old practice of writing in French and German,

Prizes were in 1857 assigned for the following works—the Flora of Lake

Baikal—Fossil fish of the Silurian system near the Baltic—History

of Russian legislation to the time of Peter the Great—Hoffman's

tour to the Northern Uralian mountains—The Shipwrecks and

Burmings in the Russian navy —The inferior algee and infusoria—His-

tory of the Moscow Academy—Systematic logic. One subject of the

prize for 1858 was an historical exposition of and statistical researches

on the emancipation of the peasantry in the different states of

Europe.

In the department of Oriental Literature in 1857, we find Monsieur

Dorn actively pursuing his researches on the Muhammadan sources

serving to a history of the people on the South Coast of the Caspian ;

he has published two volumes of Persian texts on the subject.

Monsieur Khanikoft has presented a memoir of the Caucasus and a

notice of the journals of the Persian traveller Zeinel Abidin: valu-

able contributions of Sassanian coóms with dissertations on their

dates have been made. Several members of the Russian Academy

are investigating the idiom, history and literature of the Afyhans.*

Others are engaged on Hurd history : Monsieur Lerch, a Kurdish

scholar, was sent by the Academy to live among a number of Kurdish

prisoners brought into the Government of Smolensk for the purpose of

learning the Kurdish colloquially ; the Russian Consuls and Function-

aries have given warm co-operation in these investigations into Kur-

dish literature so important to a knowledge of the Iranian race.

Monsieur Schiefner is labouring on the Buriat, one of the purest off-

shoots of the Mongolian language as also on a Mongolian translation

of the Vetál panchabinsats, which, like the Hitopadesh, has been

translated into many languages.

M. Kunik has written a memoir on Russian Expeditions to the

* On a recent occasion while the English Government subscribed for five

copies of a Pushto Dictionary, the Russian authorities subscribed for two

hundred,

1860. | On recent Russian Researches. 199

Caspian coasts in the 9th century. M. Brosset has published a

Dissertation on political relations between Russia and Georgia since

1586, and also a History of CFeorgia, the work of eighteen years”

hard labour. Great interest is taken in pointing out the connection

between the Zend and Slavonic languages. Wasselief of Kazan is

engagéd in a series of researches into Buddhism and also into the

Tibetan language—while Schiefner in 1854 read an interesting paper

on the Ceylon, Nepal and Asam coins in the Academy of St. Peters-

burgh.

During the year 1857 Memoirs were read on the following sub-

jects : (

The nebulosity of Orion, by M. Otto Struve.

The Secular perturbations of the great planets, by M. Perevost-

chikof.

Researches on the elasticity of metals, by M. Kupffer.

The guickness of rotation on the current produced by maqneto-

electric machines, ly M. Leng.

On simplifying and expressing popularly the forces of electricity,

by M. Jacobi.

On isothermal lines in Russian Maps, by Vesseloosky.

Crystalised combinations of Hydrocarbures neutores, by M.

- Fritzsch.

Action of azotic acid Sc. fc. by Ditto.

Contributions to a Geology of Russia, by M. Kokcharof.

On salt genuine and its geological site in Armeman Russia, by M.

- Ebich.

On certain fauna and flora near Lake Aral, by Ditto.

The Geological Map of the Cawcasus, by Ditto.

Án inflammable gas in the Orater of Vesuvius and its periodical

| changes, by Ditto.

The vegetation of the Amour, by M. Ruprecht.

The flora of Russia, Umbellifera of Kamskatkha, by Ditto.

On Embryos formed without fecundation, by Ditto.

The changes produced in the soil of Novogorod by drainage, Ly

M. Jezelnof. :

On the Hareng fish of the Caspian, by M. Baer.

The Mammifere insectivores of Russia,

2 » 2

200 Literary Intelligence. [No 2,

Literary Intelligence.

Mr. F. E. Hall writes from America, in a letter dated Dec. 24th.

“ You may nob be aware that a translation of the Súrya-siddhánto

is coming out in the Journal of the American Oriental Society. Part

has appeared ; and the rest is ready for the press and will probably

be published by next April”? The translation is made by the Rev.

— Burgess, assisted by Professor Whitney. Mr. Hall elsewhere re-

marks, “if 1 had Pundit Bápú Deva at my side, I think 1 could

considerably improve it.” Our learned coadjutor will be glad to learn

that the translation by his fellow editor, is in the press, and will soon

be issued in the Bibliotheca,

Professor Múller writes from Oxford, in a letter dated April 1st.

“ The Súrya-siddhánta, as you probably have heard before now, has

been edited and translated (revised by Whitney) in the Journal of

the American Oriental Society; 16 seems very carefully done with

diagrams and notes. Biot has lately published some articles in the

Journal des Savans on Indian Astronomy, reiteratins his opinion that

the Hindus borrowed from the Chinese. Whitney believes it; 1

shall never believe it; as little should 1 believe that the Greeks bor-

rowed their Astronomy from the Goths. You ask me to mention

some works which are wanted for the Bibliotheca Indica. Would it

be possible to prepare a complete edition of Kumárila ? Heis a most

instructive writer, and there are no complete MSS. of his Tantra-

vártika in any library in Europe. Is the Mahábháshya ever to be

continued ? The plan to publish the Vais'eshika Sútras with com-

mentary is a very good one. What could be done for the Puránas ?

Could you getan edition of the Váyu Purána? This seems to be

one of the most original. However, the text of the Vishnu Purána

too would be acceptable. If you think it possible to publish a col-

lection of the Upanishads, excluding only the most modern compil-

ations, that would be equally useful... .. The Library of the East India

House is to be removed to the Board of Control; happily it has been

saved from being swallowed up by the British Museum. I hoped for

a time we might have got all the MSS. for the Bodleian, but this

was not to be... .. Aufrechtis going on with the Catalogue of our Sans-

kri6 MSS., part of which is out, but 1 do not know whether 16 1s im

1860.] Literary Intelligence. 201

the trade. His edition of the Unádi Sútras is very useful and care-

fully edited. There is not much doing in Sanskrit on the Continent.

... I received the separate copies of the Essay on Writing which was

inserted in the Journal. Bohtlingk has written an Essay in answer

to my hypothesis, but ib contains no new facts, and does not seem to

me to remove any of the difficulties which 1 stated.”

We have received during the present year two new parts of Messrs.

Boóhtlingk and Roth's Sanskrit Dictionary, which carry the work

down to ata. 16 is seldom that we can detect any omissions in

this excellent work ; but we may venture to notice an oversight in

the latter part. Under the word HT we have only a quotation from

the Mahábh,, where ib is a proper name, followed by the remark,

“ Welche Bed. hat aber das Wort, Málati-Mádhava 148-8 ?”” The

learned editors appear to have overlooked the fact that this obscure

word is a favourite with Bhavabhúti. It occurs in the Mál-Mádh.,

p. 3.3 in the phrase vataAtata: where the scholiast explains 16 by

afuz (Prof. Wilson translates ib “ possessing names of note.”). In

the prologue to the Mahávirach. we have YEHU:* in a similar

sense. The use of this word in Mál. M., p. 148, 8,

TARA USATACEA NTRA ZAZAN

is by no means so infrequent as the editors” remark would lead us to

suppose. The same meaning (as applied to the blossoms of the Ka-

damba) occurs in an earlier part of this very play (p. 48, last line) in

the lines

MIRARTE a q SA |

STUART RA TU GTZAS AE

where the scholiast explains i6 by 998 ; and a parallel is also to be

found in the Maháviracharita (Trithen's ed. p. 99, 17) where 16 1s

applied to the masses of clouds,

ICAC: DGIE

faraarca dz rafa fa Pr!

* So the Calcutta edition, explained by Pundit Táránáth Tarkabáchaspati

SACRAMAÍAT AT The London edition reads faultily SHUT.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For ApriL, 1860.

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society, was held on

the 4th instant. |

A. Grote, Esq., President, in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received—

1. From Rajah Kundurpeshwar Sinha, through the Collector of

Burdwan, four silver coins.

2. From the Royal Academy of Sciences ab Stockholm, a copy of

Eugenies Resa, Heft 6.

3. From Henri de Saussure, of Geneva, Parts 8 and 9 of Mono-

graplie des Guepes Sociales.

4, From Major H. L. Thuillier, a map of the China coast.

5. From Captain Jethro Fairweather, commanding the ship For-

farshire, a skull of Delphinus eurynome, from the Bay of Bengal; a

very beautiful and perfect specimen.

6. Mrs. Edwards, two fishes from Port Blair, one of them a Ser-

ranus new to the Museum.

7. Received by Banghy Dák, the skin of a o

8. From the Curator, a fine stufted specimen of .Rupicola sangus-

nolenta, Gould.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last Meeting, were

balloted for, and elected ordinary Members.

J. E. T. Aitcbison, Esq., M. D.; A. K. Dyer, Esq.; H. Braddon,

Esq.; and Alonzo Money, Esq., B. C. S.

Dr. M. Haug, of Poonah, was also balloted for, and elected a cor-

responding member.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 203

The following gentlemen were named for ballot as ordinary members

at the next meeting.

The Right Hon”ble J. Wilson, proposed by the President, and

seconded by Sir Bartle Frere.

R. Temple, Esq., B. C. $., proposed by the President, and seconded

by Col. Strachey.

Charles Hobhouse, Esq., B. C.S., proposed Ly the President, and

seconded by Dr. Kay.

Dr. H. Halleur, Professor of Natural Philosophy, Presideney Col-

lege, proposed by Major H. EL. Thuillier, seconded by Mr. Atkinson.

Captain Stanton, Bengal Engineers, proposed by Col. Baird Smith,

seconded by Mr. Atkinson.

Captain Adrian D. Vanrenen, late 71st B. N. 1., Revenue Surveyor,

Jhansie, proposed by Major Thuillier, seconded by Major Sherwill.

Babu Jogindra Narain Roy, proposed by Babu Rajendralall Mittra

seconded by the President.

Communications were received—

1. From R. B. Chapman, Esq., Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of India, a copy of a letter from the Superintendent of Port

Blair, reporting particulars of friendly interviews held with the

aborigines of the Andaman Islands.

2. From Babu Radhanath Sikdar, an abstract of the Meteorological

Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, in October last.

The Secretary submitted the following statement, shewing the

amount of the Society"s Income derivable from the payments of

members for the last 5 years.

No. of |Amount oflAmount of en-| Total In-

Members. subns. at| trance fees| come.

Rs. 64, at Rs. 32.

Jan. 1, 1856, .. 128 8192 416 8608

Do. 1857, .. 131 8384 608 8992

Do. 1858, .. 116 7424 192 7616

o. 1859,... 96 6144 64 6208

A E

o A

204 Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. [No. 2,

Number of Amount of Sub-

Members. scriptions.

E AS

S Y [«b)

E S =

5 EA S

MES Y a] =

E 5 at AS at 24 Q ——

rd) [da Ñ . =>

CS ' ==! — SS q -—

a E e 3

| ES) O a) O 2] O

IAEA = E Ey

Jan. 1,1860, ..| 78 | 58 | 136. 3744) 1392 51386 183766512

April 4, , ..[|98 | 70 | 168 4704 1680. 6384| 928*7312

A paper was read “On the great Flood of the Indus in August,

1858,” by Captain Montgomerie, Bengal Engineers.

On the motion of Major Thuillier, the special thanks of the

meeting were voted to Captain Montgomerie for his interesting

paper.

The Officiating Librarian submitted the usual monthly report.

The Library has received the following accessions since the meeting in

March last.

Presented,

Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vols. 14, 16 and 17.

—By THE SOCIETY.

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, Parts 1 to 8 of Vol. 7.—Bvy

THE ACADEMY.

Monographie des Guépes Sociales, Cahier 8, 9, Par Henri de Saussure.—

By THE AUTHOR.

Selections from the Records of Government, N. W. P., 2 copies of Part

33.—BY THE GOVERNMENT.

A Classified Catalogue of the Raw Produce of the Madras Exhibition of

1859, 2 copies. —BY THE GOVERNMENT OF InDIa, HomE DEPARTMENT.

Report of the British Indian Association for 1859, —Bvy THE ASSOCIATION.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for February, 1860.—By THE Eprror.

Selections from the Records of the Bombay Government, No. 52.—By

THE GOVERNMENT. |

Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vols. 23, 25 and 26.—BvY

THE SOCIETY.

* For the three months,

1860.] Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. j 205

Astronomical Observations made at the Observatory of Cambridge, By

the Rev. James Challis, M. A., F. R. S.—BvY THE OBSERVATORY.

Magnetical aud Meteorological Observations made at Toronto in Canada,

Nol.13.

Report of the British Association, held in August, 1856.—By THE As-

SOCIATION.

The Athenzxum for December, 1859.—By THE EDITOR.

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, Vol. 23, Part 2.—Bvy THE

ACADEMY,

The Philosophical Magazine, No. 124, for January, 1860.—By THE

EDITORS.

Voyage round the World of the Royal Frigate Eugene, Part 6.—By THE

RoYAL ACADEMY OF STOCKHOLM.

Map of the China Coast.—By MaJor THUILLIER.

Purchased.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, No. 5 of Tome 11, 4 series.

Conchologia Iconica, Parts 188, 189.

Sanskrit Worterbuch, Part 3.

Revue De Zoologie, No. 11, 1859.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. 5, No. 25,

Deutsches Worterbúch, Vol. 3.

Comptes Rendus, Tome 50, No. 1.

Journal Des Savants for November, 1859.

Die Lieder Des Hafis, Vol. 2, Part 4.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 77 to 81.

Revue des Deux Mondes for 15th December, 1859 and 1st January, 1860,

E Nos.

| The Westminster Review, No, 33, for January, 1860.

| For May, 1860.

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on

the 2nd Instant. .

A. Grote, Esq., President, in the chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were recelved—

1, From Major H. L. Thuillier, a few sheets of the engraved

| Indian Atlas.

2 E

206 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2,

2. From the Rev. J. Long, a copy of his work entitled “The

Indigenous Plants of Bengal.”

3. From Baboo Kaliprusunno Singh a copy of Purana Sangraha,

part I. (containing a translation in Bengali of the first Book of the

Mahabbharata.)

4. From Captain Layard, through Lieutenant-Colonel Young,

five base silver coins.

The following is Captain Layard's account of them :—

“ Berhampore, 3rd April, 1860.

“ My DEAR YounNa,—The accompanying five coins were found by

Assistant Overseer Bheemser Singh in digging the foundations of the

Post Office buildings at Rajmehal. You will perceive that they

bear the date, A. H. 1155, and as I read, are of the reign of Mahom-

med Shah, and were struck at Moorshedabad. They are of a very

base coinage, seemingly half copper and lead.

“Will you kindly present these coins to the Asiatic Society.

Yours sincerely,

(Signed) F. P. Layarp.”

5. From J. H. Gurney, Esq., M. P., of Catton Hall, Norwich,

the following skeletons in beautiful condition, and ready mounted :—

VULPES VULGARIS, European Fox. |

MuUsTELA PUTORIUS, Pole-cab.

MELES TAXUS, Badger.

PHoca VITULINA, Seal.

ERINACEUS VULGARIS, Hedgehog.

ARVICOLA AMPHIBIA, Water Vole.

LARUS MARINUS, Great Black-backed Gull.

MERGUS MERGANSER, Groosander.

CoLYMBUS ARCTICUS, Black-throated Loon.

FRATERCULA ARCTICA, Puffin.

Also British skins of Quails, Snipes, and little Grebes, to compare

with their Indian representatives.

The special thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Gurney for

this valuable addition to the Society”s osteological collection.

6. From Major G. G. Pearse, Commandant, 3rd Sikh Irregular

Cavalry, a skin of HaMATORNIS CHEELA.

tead the following letters from Government in reply to the appli-

1860. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 207

cation of the Society that their Curator, Mr. Blyth, might be deput-

ed as naturalist to accompany the China force.

From R. B. CHapManN, EsQ.,

To W. S. ArkiwsowN, Esq.,

Secy. to the Astatic Society.

Council Chamber, the Tth April, 1860.

S1kn,—Your letter, No. 88, dated the 27th February last, containing

the proposal ofthe Society to send Mr. Blyth to China, in connec-

tion with the Military Expedition now in course of being despatched

to that country, having been referred for the orders of His Excellency

tle Governor-General, I am now directed to transmit a copy of a letter,

No. 78, dated the 19th ultimo from the Secretary with His Lordship

on the proposal.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedt. servant,

(Signed,) R. B. CHAPMAN,

Under-Secy. to the Govt. of India.

From C. Beapon, Esq.,

Secy. to the Goví. 0f India with the Govr.- Genl.

To W. Grey, Esq.,

Secy. to the Govt 0f India, Home Dept. Calcutta,

Camp Deenanugger, the 19th March, 1860.

Sir,—I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter,

No. 463, dated 3rd Inst., submitting copy of a communication from

Mr. W. S. Atkinson, Secretary to the Asiatic Society, containing a

proposal to send Mr. Blyth to China, in connection with the Military

Expedition now in course of being despatched to that country.

2. In reply I am directed to state that the Grovernor-General

much regrets thab 15 15 not in bis power to view favorably the pro-

posal contained in Mr. Atkinson's letter.

3. The Government of India is aware that Her Majesty's

Government desires to keep the Staff Establishment of the Army in

China down to the lowest number.

4, The Government of India knows too that space on ship-board

will be very valuable.

5. It is impossible to say whether any base of operations, on the

2 E 2

208 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2,

Northern coast will be taken up, or whether the fleeb will serve as

the base; in the latter case Mr. Blyth's operations would be carried

on only at a great disadvantage, if at all.

6. Mr. Blyth's readiness to run all risks in the pursuit of science

is creditable to him; but if the Government of India send him to

China the Commander of the Force will be responsible for his pro-

tection and that of his Assistants.

7. The Governor-General is strongly against attaching non-

combatants to Sir Hope Grant's Force in the present aspect of affairs.

It may be different if we take a footing on the coast; and should

this happen, 16 may be a reason for reconsidering the proposal of the

Asiatic Society. But until we see our way more clearly as to the

nature of the operations in China, His Excellency thinks it is the

duty of the Government of India to add as little as possible to Sir

Hope Grant's responsibilities and to keep his Force as compact as

possible.

8. The Governor-General has no knowledge of the intention of

Her Majesty?s Government to send any naturalist. If any person is

so employed ib will most probably be the Medical Officer of one of

Her Majesty?s ships, as has been-done on some other occasions.

9. The Governor-General has before him a nominal list of the

Staff of the French Expedition. His Excellency cannot say whether

16 is complete, but there is no seeintific functionary in 16.

1 have the honor to be, de.,

(Signed) C. U. AITCHESON.

Read a letter from Major R. C. Tytler expressing his desire to

withdraw from the Society.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last meeting, were

balloted for and elected ordinary members.

The Right Hov”ble J. Wilson.

R. Temple, Esq. B. C. $.

Charles Hobhouse, Esq. B. C. $.

Dr. H. Halleur. |

Capt. F. S. Stanton, Bengal Engineers.

Capt. Adrian D. Vanrenen.

Baboo Jogindra Narain Roy.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot as ordinary mem-

bers at the next meeting.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 209

W. Ritchie, Esq., M. A., Advocate General, proposed by Mr,

Atkinson, seconded by the President.

J. G. Thomson, Esq., proposed by Mr, F, Fisk Williams, seconded

by Mr. Atkinson.

The Rev. W. Ayerst, Rector of St. Paul's school, proposed by Mr.

Cowell, seconded by Mr. Atkinson.

C. J. Campbell, Esq., C. E., Delhi, proposed by Lieut.-Col. H.

Yule, seconded by Capt €. H. Dickens.

Report 0f the Council.

The Council beg to submit the following report of the Philologi-

cal Committee for the approval of the Society.

REPORT.

The Philological Committee beg to recommend to the Council

that the Persian Historical work entitled Tarikhi Másáúdí be pub-

lished in the new series of the Babliotheca Indica. Mr. Morley has

offered to send his transcript of the original, prepared from several

MSS, for the Oriental Text Society, but which he is willing to hand

over to the Asiatic Society, to publish in their Bibliotheca. Indica,

The work would occupy about four fascicula, and as it is the com-

position of Sultan Másáúd?'s Secretary, Abúl Fuzl Báiháki, 16 offers a

contemporary picture of the period. For the importance of the time

itself, 16 will be sufficient to quote the following from Elphinstone's

History.

“ Másáúdi's period must have been one of the most deserving of

notice in the whole course of the career of the Muhammadans in

India. Itmust have been then that permanent residence in India,

and habitual intercourse with the natives, introduced a change into

the manners and ways of the invaders, that the rudiments of a new

language were formed and a foundation laid for the present national

character of the Muhammadan Indians.”

The Committee also beg to recommend the publication of the

Sanscrit text of the Aphorisms of Sandilya, which Dr. Ballantyne

has offered to edit, with a native commentary and an English trans.

lation. The text and commentary will only fill about one fasciculus,

and the work itself appears to be one on every account well deserv-

ing of being included in the Bibliotheca Indica,

The report was adopted.

210 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No 21

A paper was read by E. B. Cowell, Esq., M. A., on the Kirán-us-

Sadain, a Persian historical poem, by Amir Khusrau.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Cowell for his

valuable paper.

The Ofíficiating Librarian submitted the usual monthly report.

The Library has received the following accessions since the meeting in

April last.

Presented.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Nos. 60 and 61.—By THE

SOCIETY.

Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, Vol. TV. Parts 4, 5

and 6.—ByY THE SOCIETY.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1856, 57, and 58, and also

parts 1, 2, and 3 of 1859.—BY THE SOCIETY,

General Report of British India, Vols. 1, 2 and 3.—By THE BENGAL

GOVERNMENT.

Maps and Plans to accompany Government Record, No. 53.—BY THE

SAME.

Annual Progress Reports of the Executive Engineers, No. 53.—BY THE

SAME.

The Indigenous Plants of Bengal.—BY THE AUTHOR.

Purana Sangraha (being a translation in Bengali of Mahabharata), Part l.

—By THE EDITOR.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for March, 1860.—By THE EDITOR.

The Annals of Indian Administration, Vol. IV. Part 1.—BY THE GOVERN-

MENT OF ÍNDIA.

A Classified Catalogue of the Raw Produce of the Madras Exhibition.—

By THE MADRAS GOVERNMENT.

Bibidharta Sangraha for Bhadro.—BvyY THE EDITOR.

Guide to the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—BY THE

SOCIETY.

Notices of the Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain,

Part IX. November, 18958 to July, 1859.—BvyY THE INSTITUTION.

Selections from the Records of the Bombay Government, No. 55.—ByY

THE GOVERNMENT.

Journal Asiatique, Vols. 14 and 15 being Nos. 55, 56.—ByY THE SOCIETY.

The Athenxum for January and February, 1860.—Bvy THE EbirTor.

The Philosophical Magazine, for February and March, 1860.,—By THE

LDITORS. '

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 211

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Vol. X. No. 37.—By THE

SOCIETY.

Weber?s Vajrasúci Des Acvaghosha.—By. THE AUTHOR.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, Vol. XXIIL. Part 1.—By

THE SOCIETY.

Jahrbuch, Vol X. No. 3.—BY THE AUSTRIAN ACADEMY.

Juynboll's Lexicon Geographicum, Nonum Fasciculum.—BY THE

AUTHOR.

A pamphlet entitled “English version of the New Taxes.”—By THkE

BENGAL GOVERNMENT.

A pamphlet entitled “ English version of the New Indian Paper Currency.”

—bBY THE SAME.

Purchased.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. 5, Nos. 26 and 27.

The Quarterly Review, No. 213 for January, 1860.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 225, for June, 1860.

Revue des Deux Mondes for 15th January, 1st February and 15th Fe-

bruary, 3 Nos.

Comptes Rendus, Tome 50. Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 82 to 89.

Journal des Savants for December, 1859 and January, 1860,

The American Journal of Science and Arts for January, 1860,

The Natural History Review for January, 1860,

Revue De Zoologie, No. 12, 1859.

Macnaghten's Hindu and Muhammadan Law. Edited by Prof, H. H.

Wilson.

Geschichte des Abbasidenchalifats in Egypten, Vol. 1.

Elfachri, Von W. Ahlwardt.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome XI. No. 6.

Sanskrit-Woórterbuch, Vol. 3.

Conchologia Iconica, Part 193.

Jules Thomnelier?s Vendidad Sadé.

Sidi Khalil's Précis de Jurisprudence Musulmane.

Les Avadánas, Vols. 1, 2 and 5.—BvY M. STANISLAUS JULIEN.

For Jun, 1860.

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on

the Gth instant.

A. Grote, Esq., President, in the chair,

212 Proceedings of the Asiatic Soctety. [No. 2,

The proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received—

1. From Major Bouverie, Governor-General's Agent at Bhurt-

pore, a meteorite which fell at a village about fifteen miles south of

Bhurtpore.

2. From the Government of India, Home Department, No. 53 of

the Selections from the Records of the Bombay Government.

3. From the Bengal Government No. 32, and Parts 1. and IL of

No. 33, of the Selections from its Records, also a copy of Mr. Allen's

report on the administration of the Cossyah and Jynteah Hill Ter-

ritory.

4. From R.Swinhoe, Esq., of H. M. Consulate, Amoy, a large

collection of Chinese birds and a few quadrupeds, many of the former

not presented to the Society, but forwarded merely for inspection ;

also a small collection of birds from the Philippine Islands; and

another from South Africa, comprising several species new to the

Society?s Museum.

5. From Major R. C. Tytler of the late 38th B. N. l., a collec-

tion of sundries, comprising a few acceptable specimens, but nothing

new to the Society”s Museum excepting a Chinese Syngnathus, evi-

dently taken from one of the insect Boxes commonly brought from

Canton.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last meeting, were

balloted for and elected ordinary members.

W. Ritchie, Esq., M. A., Advocate General.

The Rev. W. Ayerst.

C. J. Campbell, sq.

J. G. Thompson, Esq.

The following gentlemen were named for ballob as ordinary mem-

bers at the next meeting.

Rajah Bunsput Sinha of Allahabad, proposed by Mr. Atkinson

seconded by the President.

A. B. Sampson, Esq., Assistant Secretary, Department Public

Works, proposed by Col. Baird Smith, seconded by Dr. Eatwell.

W. Grey, Esq., Secretary to the Government of India, Home

Department, proposed by the President, seconded by Col. Baird

Smith.

1860. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 213

J. P. Grant, Esq., Jr., proposed by the President, seconded by Mr.

Atkinson.

Dr. Simpson, Civil Surgeon, proposed by the President, seconded

by Mr. Atkinson.

George H. M. Batten, Esq., B. C. S., proposed by Mr. J. Strachey,

seconded by Dr. T. Thomson.

E. G. Mann, Esq., Rajshaye, proposed by Mr. W. Theobald, Jr.,

seconded by Mr. J. G. Medlicott.

L. F. Byrne, Esq., C. E., proposed by the President and seconded

by Mr. Leonard.

George Shelverton, Esq., proposed by Col. Waugh, seconded by

Major Thuillier.

Syud Ahmed Khan, of Moradabad, proposed by the President, se-

conded by Mr. Cowell.

Communications were received —

1. From Lord H. Ulick Browne, Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of India, a copy of a letter from the Superintendent of Port

Blair, reporting an attack made by some of the aborigines on Dr.

Gamack and his boat's crew.

2. From Baboo Radhanauth Sikdar, Abstract of the Meteorolo-

gical Observations taken at the Surveyor Greneral's Office for Novem-

ber last.

Mr. Cowell read a paper on “ Attempts by Asiatic Monarchs to

introduce a Paper Currency.”

The thanks ofthe meeting were given to Mr. Cowell for his

valuable and interesting communication.

The Officiating Librarian submitted the usual monthly report.

The Library has received the following accessions since the meeting in

May last,

Presented.

Denscriften des Kaiserlichen Akademie Der Wissenschaften, Bands IX.,

XV. and XVI.—BY THE ACADEMY.

_ Det Norske Sprogs.—By THE CRISTIANIA SOCIETY,

Kongeriget Norge, 3 parts. —BY THE SAME.

Undervisningsvesenets Zilstand 1 Norge, for 1853.—BY THE SAME.

Kongeriget Norge for 1857.—ByY THE SAME.

Beretning, 1851—1855.—BY THE SAME.

Piperviten og Ruselotbatten.—bBY THE SAME,

214 Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. [No. 2,

Chart of the Northern Coast, Nos. 13 A, 13 B, 12 A. B., 12 B.—By THE

SAME,

Aarsberetning for 1857.—BY'THE SAME.

Beretning for 185/.—ByY THE SAME.

Udtog af Norges Riges histoire.—BY THE SAME.

Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Vol. 10, part 2.—ByY THE SAME.

General Beretning for 1856 and 1857.—BY THE SAME.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. 17, Part 2.—BY THE SocIETY.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Vol. 1V.

No. 1.—ByY THE SocIETY.

The Atheneum for March, 1860.—Bvy THE EDITOR.

Madras Journal of Literature and Science, April —September, 1859.— By

THE Mapras LITERARY SOCIETY.

Jahrbuch of the Austrian Academy for January, February and March.—

BY THE ACADEMY.

Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society, Vol. XI. Part 2nd.

—ByY THE SocIETY.

Journal Asiatique, Vol. 15, No. 57.—ByY THE SocIETY.

Les Adventures de Kamrup.—ByY M. GARCIN DE Tassy.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for April, 1860.—By THE EDITOR. Ñ

The Oriental Baptist for May and June.—BY THE EDITOR. vd

The Calcutta Christian Observer for May and June.—BvY THE EDITORS. y

J. C. Horbye om de erratiske Phenomener.—BY THE AUTHOR. |

M. Sars on Middelhavets Litoral-Fauna, Parts 1 and 2.—BvyY THE

AUTHOR. |

Archiv fúr Kunde Osterreichischer Geschichts-Quellin, Vol. XX. Parts 1

and 2 and Vol. XXI. Part 1.—By THE AUSTRIAN ACADEMY.

Notizenblatt for 1858.—ByY THE SAME.

Selections from Papers on Indigo Cultivation, No. 2.—BY THE BRITISH

INDIAN ASSOCIATION.

Mr. Allen”s Report on the Administration of the Cossyah and Jynteak

Hill Territory. —BY THE BENGAL GOVERNMENT.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, Nos. 32 and 33

Parts 1 and 2.—BY THE SAME.

Middeldorpf”s Fistulis Ventriculi Externis.—BY THE AUTHOR.

Selections from the Records of the Madras Government, Nos. 52 and 53.

—BY THE MADRAS GOVERNMENT.

Physikalske Meddelelser.—ByY THE CHRISTIANIA SOCIETY.

London University Calendar for 1859-60.—ByY THE UNIVERSITY.

Sitzungberichte du Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vol. 27, part 2,

Vol, 30. Nos. 16 and 17; Vol. 31, Nos. 18, 19 and 20; Vol. 32, Nos. 21,

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 215

22 and 23; Vol. 33, Nos. 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29; Vol. 34, Nos. 1, 2, 3,

4, 5 and 6 and Vol. 35, Nos. 7, 8, and 9.—By THE ACADEMY.

Sitzungsberichte (Philosophisch-Historische Classe), Vol. 27, Nos. 4 and

5; Vol. 28, Nos. 6,7 and 8; Vol. 29, Nos. 9and 10 in one Vol. and Vol. 30,

No. 1.—BY THE ACADEMY.

Magnetischen Beobachtungen.—BY THE SAME.

Universitetels Budget, 1857—1860.—By THE CHRISTIANIA SOCIETY.

The Indian Annals of Medical Science, No. XIT.—By THE EDITORS.

The Philosophical Magazine for April, No. 127.—BY THE EDITORS.

Purchased.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. 5, No. 28.

The Westminster Review for April.

The Edinburgh Review for April.

Revue de Zoologie, Nos. 1, 2 and 3 for 1860.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 90 to 94.

The American Journal of Science and Arts for March, 1860.

Revue des Deux Mondes for 1st March, 15th March and 1st April, 1560,

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Vol. 12, No. 1.

Journal des Savants for February and March, 1860.

Comptes Rendus, Vol. 50, Nos. 11 to 14.

Conchologia Iconia, Part 194.

Integration, By Dr. Joseph Petzoal, Part 6.

”Oqailiden-Dynastie. |

Deutsches Worterbuch, By Jacob and W. Grimm, Vol. 2, Part 7.

Nala und Damayant1, By BH. Brockhaus.

"Oqba Ibn Nafi” el-Fihri,

Etude La Geographie.

Buddhistische Triglotte.

Zeitschrift, Vol, 9.

JOURNAL

OF TUE

MATAS OCTE TY

NAXDODIODISIS OI III IIED III III SISI LISIS ISI III LISIS ESA ASISLASISISISS

No. 111. 1860.

IIOIIOIDIOILIIOLIIYINISIINIVI0IYININLIVLISLIOISISLO LY IYLISLOLOISLSLOSLOLSLSLSISISISININL NA

On a Passage in the tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana.—By

E. B. CowezLzL, M. A.

The Sáhitya Darpana has been called “the standard of taste

among the learned Hindús.” It was compiled by Vis'wanátha

Kavirája, who is sald to have lived in the district of Dacca, and

his date may be conjecturally placed in the 15th century. His book

contains a complete system of Literary Criticism, from words and

sentences to dramas and epic poems. Its prevalent fault is a

proneness to minute subdivision,* and many parts of it relate to

obscure trivialities ; but much of 14 displays an ingenuity and insight,

which only require to be understood to be appreciated. The tenth

book is devoted to the especial embellishments of style,—alankára

in its more technical sense; and many keen observations are

scattered through its pages, which often touch on points left unno-

ticed by the more ambitious writers on Rhetoric in the West. As

an example, I have chosen the section on Simile, which seems to me a

very favourable specimen of the delicate analysis of the Hindú

Rhetoric, while, at the same time, 16 will afford an opportunity for

making an important correction to the text as ib now stands in print.

* At once the strength and weakness of the selfdeveloped Hindú mind!

“Maximum eb velut radicale discrimen ingeniorum, quoad philosophiam et

scientias, illud est; quod alia ingenia sunt potiora et aptiora ad notandas

rerum differentias; alia ad notandas rerum similitudines. Utrumque ingenium

facile labitur in excessum, prensando aut gradus rerum aut umbras.” Nov.

Org. 1. lv.

No. CIV.—Nrw Series, Von. XXIX. 24

218 The tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana. [No. 3>

Two editions of the original have appeared in Calcutta, in 1828 and

1851; but in consequence of the imperfect condition of the MSS.

on which they were founded, an important sentence has, till now,

remained perfectly unintelligible from an omission of three lines in

the very centre of the argument. |

The Hindú analysis of Simile and Metaphor appears in the form

of a series of four terms, composed (if I may say so) of two factors,

of which the one decreases while the other increases in equal pro-

portion. The principle on which the division is founded, is the .

position of the subject of the comparison relatively to the object, and

the extent to which it is able to maintain its own individuality

or is forced to yield it up to its rival. These four gradations are

called Upamá, Utprekshá, Rúpaka and Atis'ayoktr.

In the first, we have a simple Simile; the object (upamána)

is only introduced for the sake of illustration, and the subject

(upameya) vretains its own independent position. Thus in the

sentence, “ her face 1s falr as the lotus,” the subject, the face, retalns

ts individuality unimpaired, and the idea of the lotus is only an

accessory, Which is kept in 1ts strictly subordinate position.

In the second, Utfprekshá, we may observe a change in their

relative position; the individuality of the subject is beginning to

waver, and retreat into the back ground ; while that of the object is

assuming a new prominence. In the sentence “her face is, as 16

were,* a lotus,” the attributes of the lotus are threatening to encroach

upon those of the face,—we are beginning already to lose the one in

the other.

In the third, Rúpaka,t this change has come to pass. In the

sentence “ her face 2s a lotus” or “the lotus of her face,” the attributes

of the lotus have usurped the place of those of the face,—the one

seems to have passed into the other and 1ts own personal identity is

being absorbed. But 16 is still to be recognised,—the metamorphosis

is not wholly complete. It is like Ovid's account of the Centaur's

daughter, when the curse has begun to operate,

* The same result is produced by such phrases as “methought,” dc. see

Sútra 691.

t I may notice in passing a subdivision of Rúpaka, called Parináma, whero

the usurping idea is not purely ornamental (as in Rúpaka) but helps on the

original topic, as e. g. * Her eyes were stars to guide the wanderer home.”

1860.] The tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana. 219

—nec verba quidem nec equee sonus ille videtur,

Sed simulantis equam.

But when Ovid goes on to add

parvoque in tempore certos

Edidit hinnitus,

we have a parallel to the fourth, .Atis'ayokti, where the metamor-

phosis is finally accomplished,—the subject being no longer visible, as

14 is wholly swallowed up in the object and identified with 16. Thus

when in Persian poetry we have “marcissus” used for “eye” and

“ cypress” for “a woman's figure,” these ideas, which in the simile

would have been only subordinate, have not only advanced into pro-

minence, but have completely overerown and concealed the original.*

The following may serve as English illustrations of the sertes.

She lived among untrodden ways—

A violet by a mossy stone

That never meets the eye, (Rúpaka.)

Fair as a star when only one

Is shining in the sky. (Upamá.)

I saw thee weep—the big bright tear

Stood in thine eye of blue,

And then, methought, it did appear

A violet dropping dew. (Ulpreksha.)

To behold the wandering moon,

Riding near her highest noon,

Like one that had been led astray

Through the heaven's wide pathless way,

And oft, as if her head she bowed

Stooping through a fleecy cloud. (Utprekshá.)

* The most singular specimen of Atis'ayokti I have met with is the following

anonymous stanza on a woman who stands weeping at her husband's door,

ama da RRA RAT

SIGE CIS ECCICI

qa aa fragil aaa

AR que ací ría aña |

202

220 The tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana. [No. 3,

Oh what a noble mind was here o0'erthrown !

The courtier's, scholar”s, soldier”s, eye, tongue, sword ;

The expectancy and rose of the fair state,

The glass of fashion and the mould of form! (Rúpaka.)

Atis'ayokta, Y fear, is but seldom used by our severer western taste,

but we have it exemplified in the following line of W. S. Landor.

That rose through which you breathe—come bring that rose.

In Persian poetry, ib is common enough, as in the following line

of Háfiz:

“T am the slave of the drunken narcissus of that tall cypress.”

The following is a brief outline of the Sáhitya Darpana's account

of these figures.

Upamá is defined as “the expressed resemblance [and not implied,

as in Rúpaka] of two things in one sentence, without the mention of

any dissimilar attribute.”

Utprekshá is “the hypothetical conceiving of the original subject

under the form of something else.” Tts hypothetical character must

always be shown by the employment of such phrases as “methinks,”

“ as 14 were,” dc., as otherwise 1h would merge into Rúpaka ; except

when we are describing only a cause or result, as in the lines of the

Raghuvans'a, “the arrow shot by Ráma, having pierced Rávana's

heart, flew on and entered the ground as 1f to bear the news to the

lower world.” This would still be an instance of Utprekshá, even if

““ as 11” were omitted.

Rúpaka is “the superimposition of a conceived form over the

original subject.”

For Atis'ayoktz, Y subjoin a literal translation of the chapter where

this figure is described ; its reach, however, as will be seen, extends

much wider than the single case, for which I have used 1t above.

Additions to the text, by way of explanation, are given in brackets.

«“ Sútra 693. Atis'ayokti [or hyperbole] ¿s applied when the intro-

susceptive energy is actually completed [and not merely threatened

as impending. |

Adhyavasáya [the introsusceptive energy,] is found where the idea

is produced of the identity of the object and the subject, from the

latter's being swallowed up in the former. In Utfprekshá this was

1860. ] The tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana. 221

only regarded as a future liability, since the object was not stated as

being definitely placed for the subject, [but qualified by “as 1h were”] ;

but here the actual result produced is this very impression. (Still in

Utprekshá to a certain degree the subject was swallowed up in the

object in consequence of its being placed in the background, and in

Atis'ayokti too we can have the same in such phrases as “ her face 1s

a second moon,”* since they say,

“ The wise hold that the subject is swallowed up in the object

when the former is not named in the sentence, and even also when

14 ¿s named, 1f 16 be thrown as subordinate in the background.”

Sútra 694. Atisayokti may have a five-fold division, —identity where

there is difference, —disconnection where there is connection, —the oppo-

sites of these—and a violation of priority and posteriority in cause

and effect.

By “the opposites of these” I mean—difference where there is

identity, and connection where there is disconnection. For an exam-

ple of identity where there is difference, take these lines of mine.

“ How can it be! a peacock's feathers above, and under it shines

a fragment of the moon eight days old, and next a pair of lotuses

dancing, and then a tia flower, and under that a new shoot !”

Here we have the introsusceptive energy manifested by the iden-

tity [in spite of the real difference, | of the fair one's hair, dc., with

the peacock's feathers, dic. [the halfmoon being her forehead, the

lotuses her eyes, the ¿da her nose and the new shoot her lips]: or

again in the verses quoted from Ráma's speech, in a former part of

the treatise :

“ This is the spot where seeking thee I came to the anklet thou

hadst dropped on the ground; but I saw it not, as 16 lay fixed in

silence, as though from sorrow at 1ts separation from thy lotus-foot.””

Here the attribute of silence in a sentient being is one thing, and

that in a non-sentient is another; but the poet produces the idea of

their identity in spite of their real difference. Or again, in the line,

* When you boldly say “her face is another moon,'”” as there is only one

moon (scil. in Hindú science,) you really make as much exaggeration as 1f you

dropped the face altogether and spoke only of “ her moon.”—-*“* Her face is fair

as the moon” is Upamá ; “* her face shines as if it were a moon” Utprekshá ; “ her

face is a moon,” Rúpaka; “her face is a second moon,” or “her moon”

Atis'ayolkti. Many authorities, however, deny that the former of these is

properly Atis'ayokti at all,

222 The tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana. [No. 3,

“ The lover also had rága in her youth as well as her lea£flike

lower lip.”

Here rága in the case of the lip means “redness,” but in the case

of the lover “affection” [from the root ran] having these two signi-

fications] ; but the two meanings are rhetorically treated as identical.

2. “Difference in identity” may be seen in the following :—

“ The grace of her limbs is wholly suz generis, —the wealth of her

sweet odour is something utterly different ; the freshness of her with

the eye like a lotus-leaf is indeed supernatural.”

3. “Disconnection in connection y”

as In these lines from the

Vikramorvas 1. y

“ Say, was 1t the moon, the giver of beauty, who was the Prajápati

in her ereation ? or was 14 Káma himself, his whole soul immersed in

love ? or was 1t the month that is richest with flowers ? How indeed

could an ancient sage, cold with continued study of the Vedas, and

his desires turned away from all objects of sense, create this mind-

ravishing form ?”

Here the idea of disconnection is produced, in spite of the real

connection which did exist between her creation and the sage Nárá-

yana [who actually produced her. |*

4. Connection in disconnection ; as in the following :

“ Tf two lotuses were planted in the disk of the moon, then her

fair-eyed face would be exactly imitated.”

Here by the force of the particle “if,” the idea is hypothetically

suggested of a possible connection between the subject and the object

introduced.

5. The violation of priority and posteriority in cause and effect

can happen in two ways,—a. in the production of the effect before

the cause, and b. the occurrence of both at the same time.

a. “First indeed was the mind of the fawn-eyed maidens be-

wildered with regret, and afterwards appeared the beauty of the

opening buds of the mango and vakul (mimusops elengi).”+

b. “'Iwo things were seized together by the hero treading like an

* For the legend of Urvas'T's birth, See Prof. Wilson's Hindu Drama, Vol. 1.

p. 202.

4 Cf. the lines quoted by Mr. F, E, Hall from Rámila and Somila in Journ.

Vol. XXVITI. p. 30.

1860.] The tenth Book of the Sálitya Darpana. 223

elephant,—the throne of his father, and the circle of earth's monarchs.”

(Raghu Vans'a.)

Here some authors maintain that “in the lines quoted above, the

natural excellence belonging to the hair, dc. is described as super-

natural by introsusception ; since, otherwise, if you held that the hair

dic. were really swallowed up by the peacock's tail, S:c. [these being

plainly different things, ] the definition would not apply in such cases

as the lines of $ 2, “the grace of her limbs,” dc. [as the grace here

described is not really different.]? But this view is nob correct,

since even in this last instance the grace of her limbs, though really

not different, is conceived, by introsusception, as if 16 were different.

So too, if we altered the phraseology, and read instead of “verily

sui generis,” “

as 1h were sui generis,” 1h would then be a case

of utprekshá, since the introsusception would be no longer definitely

completed but only contingent and future. In the same way in the

example quoted in $ 5, “ First indeed was the mind of the fawn-

eyed maldens, dc.,”—+the previous existence of the vakul blossoms,

dic. is lost under the idea of their posteriority ; but here too we

should have an instance of utprekshá 14 we used “as 14 were.” And

so too in other cases.”

Ib is this last paragraph which, as we observed in the beginning of

the paper, 1s up to the present moment new to print, in spite of the

two editions already published of the Sáhitya Darpana. The MSS. used

for the collation of the text (as, for instance, that in the Sanskrit

College Library) were sadly deficient in this passage; and three or

four lines were omitted which entirely destroyed the sense. We give

below a correct copy of the whole paragraph from a MS. in the

Society”s Library.

E RAS: aaa rasa aaa,

awarazial Aaa RRA AE

JAWaía” Tal IAE PARTIR MARA AU AZ

aa quí Aaa mara arar al sa

Suu” za sgafaaal quam qua iRaamaaíar,

YA WMA FINA VAR] CIRAA |

The printed editions read JwWaqasarñifga, and omit from

YAT3 to SIRRÍAIA.

On the first and fifth kinds of Atis'“ayokti another figure is founded

called Sahokti (from saka * witb' and ultz * speech.”)

224 The tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana. [No. 3,

This is produced by the use of the word, “with,” or any equivalent

phrase, in connection with the exaggeration which is the especial

object of Atis'ayokti itself. The last instance in the first class of the

Sáhitya Darpana, (“* The lover also had rága «c.”), is thus an example

of the two figures combined. We have an example of Sahokti in

Byron's Giaour :

For courtesy and pity died

With Hasan on the mountain-side.

To illustrate the subject further, 1 add a translation of the account

of Atis'ayokti given in the tenth section of the Kávya Prakás!a,—

an older treatise on rhetoric compiled by Mammata Achárya, a Cash-

mirian Bráhman, about five centurles ago.

“Where the original topic 25 lost and swallowed up in something

else, —where the original subject is viewed as itself changed,—where

there is an artificial supposition by the force of 1£ or its equivalent,—

and where there is a contradiction of the priority and posteriority of

cause and effect,—im these four cases we must recognmise Átis' ayokti.”

a. The first kind is where the subject of comparison is swallowed

up in the object, as—

A lotus but not in the water, and two blue lotuses in that lotus,

and the three on a golden creeper;—and the creeper itself tender

and dear! what a series of portents is this !”

Here the face, the eyes, and the form are swallowed up in the lotus,

the blue lotuses and the creeper.

b. The second is where the original is lost by apparently becoming

something else, as,

“ Her beauty is something quite different, the aspect of her form is

quite extraordinary ; this S'yámá was not the work of a common

Prajápati.”*

* The Prákrit of these lines is obscure,

JU ASTAV JU AA AM IR URIAN |

ELA AAWAAIZAN TEA U ATT |

(The metre is Aryá.) The Schol. thus explains them IHEIIWYARA amíq

ARA] MIA GIRA ISAIGATEAS E MAA] ASIA AAA

2%) añasaiía aii xdd mama aguardar: |

alfa] The Syámá is technically defined thus utq qarugaía NE a

GEMAS aran a Al Rafa aa 1

1860.] The tenth Book of the Sáhitya Darpana. 225

c. The third is where an impossible thing is supposed by the force

of ¿for its equivalent, as—

“ Tf the orb of the treasury of ambrosia (the moon) were void of

spots at its full, then would her face endure the defeat of having i6s

parallel found.”

d. The fourth consists in mentioning the effect first, to impress

on the reader the rapid efficiency of the cause, as in these lines from

the drama of Málaviká and Agnimitra.

“ Málaviká's heart was first possessed by the god with the flowery

bow,—and then by thee, beloved of the fair, standing as the object

of her eye.”

UISIDIIPIDIODIDIEOLDIS ISA

The Kirán-us-Sa' dam of. Mir Khusrau.—By E. B. Cowezz, M. A.

Among the poetical names of Muhammadan India, none stands

higher than Yamiín-ud-Dín Abú-"-Hasan, more commonly. known

as Mír Khusrau. His great fault is his boundless prodigality of

authorship,—16 is said that he has left behind him some half million

of verses !

Amongst his various works, the most celebrated are his five Masna-

vis, in imitation of the Khamsah of Nizámí ; containing the Matla'-ul-

Anwár on Sufeyism and morals, the loves of Shírin and Khusrau,

Lailí and Majnún, the Mirror of Alexander, and the Eight Paradises,

or adventures of Bahrám Gúr. But beside these better known poems,

there are two of a different class, which are, for many reasons, much

more interesting to a European reader. In his more ambitious poems,

Khusrau had given the reins to his fancy, and let 16 carry him as ib

willed far away from the actual world into the ideal land of a remote

antiquity ; in the eras of Shírin and Sekandar he had no fear of facts

or dates, every thing was lost in distance and obscurity, and the

traditions could be moulded at his pleasure. He had indeed but

followed the example of his predecessors ; all Persian poets in their

narratives had similarly thrown themselves into a legendary past,

and it is only in their smaller lyric effusions, that we can trace the

lights and shadows of their own time. But in two of his poems,

2 H

226 The Kirán-us-Sa' dan 0f Mir Khusran. [No. 8,

as we have said, Mír Khusrau strikes out a new line for himself;

and he is, we believe, the Jf¿rst, and we might almost add the /ast, |

of his country's poets who has been bold enough to look away from

the past to the present, and seek for his inspiration in the actual

scenes transpiring before his eyes.

He lived in a stirring time. His father was a military chief of

the Pre-Moghul empire, and fell in battle when his son was nine years

old. Khusrau was born A. H. 651 (A. D. 1253,) and he died A. H,

725 (A. D. 1325.) For many years he was attached to the court,

and he shared many of the adventures of his royal patrons. He was

contemporary, in his youth, with the last Slave Kings, and he out-

lived the whole Khilji dynasty. He had been born under Násir-ud-

- Dín, and his early patron was Prince Muhammad, the * Black Prince”

of Indian history, whose valour and taste and untimely death throw

such a colour of romantic interest round his father Bulbun's court,

in spite of his mean jealousies and tyrannical policy. He was at

the court when the revolution took place, by which the sceptre passed.

from the Slaves to the Khilji dynasty, and he saw the whole course:

of Alá-ud-dín's strangely eventful career,—beginning with the basest

ingratitude and murder, and ending Lord of all India, with a wider

empire than any of his predecessors; though that empire was

not fated to remain in his family, but passed soon after his death to

a stranger. Nor was the aspect of India itself less stirring than the

changeful history of 1ts Kings. When Khusrau was born, the great

storm of Moghul invasion which had devastated all central Asia,

was still threatening from the North-west. He was five years old

when the tidings came which spread a thrill of horror through the

Muhammadan world, that Baghdad was taken and the last of the

Caliphs slain by the idolaters ! He saw Alá-ud-dín”s adventurous plunge

into the unknown forests ofthe Deccan, and he lived to see Warangol

taken in 1823, the last Hindu kingdom of the South subverted and

its Rája brought a prisoner to Dehlí!

Living then, as he did, in such a busy time, we need not wonder thab

a man who with all his faults was a true poet, could see materials for

romance in the present around him, as well as in the legendary

glories of Alexander and Chosroes. “wo of his poems have, for their

subjects, scenes which he had either witnessed or heard of from

1860.] The Kirán-us-Sa' dain of Mir Khusran. 227

others who witnessed them,—the story of the contest between the

Sultan Kai Kobád and his father, and that of the Mahratta Princess

Dawal Devi, and her marriage with the crown prince Khizr Khán.

We have a copy of each of these poems in the Society's Collection ;

1. No. 541. iordiW1,3, 163 foll. 12 lines in a page.*

2. No. 990. gymá yw] FAlaóas, or, as ib is sometimes called,

cábdro y wi adas, —i4 contains 4200 baits.

- The present paper will confine itself to the former poem, the latter

may be similarly taken up at some future opportunity.

Dr. Sprenger has given a brief notice of the Arrán-us-Sa' dain in his

Catalogue of the Oude MSS. but his account lacks his usual accuracy,

as the more detailed analysis in the following pages will sufficiently

testify. He says of 16 that “ It is an historical poem, the heroes are

Násir-ud-Din and Moizz-ud-Din, but the facts are so much clad in

allegories that the only historical value of the book is, that 14 offers

us a specimen of the singular taste of the age in which ib was com-

posed.” The style of the poem (as of all Khusrau's works) is full

of exaggeration and metaphorical description, but the facts of the

history are generally given with tolerable fidelity. In fact, few

historical poems in any language adhere more closely to the actual

order and character of the events, and when we compare Ferishta's

account with the poetical version, we are struck by their great agree-

ment in the main points.

The poem is composed in a singular form, and I do not remember

any Persian work from which Khusrau may be said to have borrowed

16. The main body of the poem is like-an ordinary Masnavi, as

for instance “any one of Khusrau's own Khamsah, composed in the

Metre —uuU— —uLUuU— —u—

Jane pater Jane tuens, omnium

Principium fons et origo Deum ;

but the rubrics of the different Chapters are (like those in Spenser”s

Faery Queen) in a different metre

A E RÁ — uU y —t

* The Kirán-us-Sa'dain was lithographed, with a commentary, at Lucknow,

A. H., 1261, but, since the mutiny, copies have become very scarco,

+ Dr. Sprenger, not observing this peculiar noyelty, has apparently confused

these two different initial lines of the poem,

2H2

228 The Kirán-us-Sa' dam of Mir Khusrau. [No. 3,

each forming a couplet of a continuous Kasídah in the rhyme w!, which

Yf collected together would, of course, supply a running analysis of the

whole poem. Beside this, every now and then at the end of many of

the chapters there is given a ghazal, which is supposed to express the

poet's feelings, contemporary with that part of the story which has

been just described, something like the songs introduced between the

parts of Tennyson's Princess. These ghazals are in various metres

and serve admirably to diversify the poem, while at the same time

they form a running commentary, like the choruses of a Greek play,

on the progress of the action and the hopes and fears which ib may

be supposed to excite in the minds of the speectators. The poet,

having been actually present throughout the campaign, is in this

way enabled to throw himself into the scene, and we have thus an

interesting mixture of the epic and lyric elements, each portion of the

action being represented from an objective and a subjective point of

view.

The first couplet of the Kasídah Analysis is

wiyis pida og] dj oirlo tdo a pagó So

but the opening lines of the poem itself are

Luo gli db ml ay Em pole MA de

poo 31 a 8 aan pS di ml)

The usual praises follow to the Prophet and his family, and fill

several chapters ; then come the praises of the Sultán Moizz-ud-Din

Kai Kobád in two chapters, followed by a description of Dehli and

the Jámi' Musjid and other public buildings, de.

Ab last, after this tedious series of preliminaries,the story itself opens

with a description of December, “when the king of the sky lays his

hand on the bow and shoots an arrow on the world in frost.” A curious

episode follows on the various means of exciting warmth in the cold

season, by fires,warm clothes and festivities ; and the young king adopts

the last remedy. His realm is in peace, no sounds of war are heard,

“* the face of the earth is controlled under his sword as the dust of

the ground is laid by the cloud.” His carousings are rudely dis-

turbed by news from the East, of his father's meditated revolt.

Násir-ud-Dín (or, as Ferishta calls him, Baghrá Khán,) had hoped

to succeed his father Ghaias-ud-Dín Bulbun when the eldest son

Muhammad died, and had been grievously disappointed when the

1860.] The Kirán-us-Sa dam of Mir Khusrav. 229

old man fixed his choice on his grandson,—like Lancaster and Richard

Y. in our own history. Bulbun died shortly after, a broken old man,

and civil war seemed imminent, when the dispute was settled by both

the rivals retiring and leaving the vacant throne to Násir”s own son,

Kai Kobád; the son of Muhammad contenting himself with the

Government of the Punjab, and the young King's father returning

to his old province of Bengal. But his ambition was only stifled for

the time, and the tidings of his son's incapacity and follies stirred it

into new life ; and he prepares to wrest the sceptre from his feeble

hands.

Fierce blew the rumour that the Sun of the East

Has blazed like lightning across his meridian,

The Násir of the world, the conqueror of kingdoms,

Has drawn his sword seeking revenge,

He marched his army to the river of Hind,

That his host might raise up the dust of Sind,*

See his fortune what ambition it awoke,—

The descending water inclines to mount up !

His army proceeds by land and by water into Oude and occupies

the province.f

Night and day, his one speech is this,

T am the Sekandar that shall break down Dárá.

If my father is gone, then am 1 the world's keeper,

I am the heir of Sulaimán's diadem.”

The King awakes from his dream, and prepares for the contest.

He summons his various governors and jágirdars to supply their con-

tingents, and a large army is soon collected from every quarter. If

we could rely on the poet's accuracy in statistics, we could copy a

roll call which he gives us; but we fear his laks are somewhat in-

definite, like the sands and “ sandillions” of older poets! Khusrau

concludes his chapter by a warlike ghazal.

On “ Monday in the early morning, in the month of Zúl Hijjah, ab

the end of the moon,” the king first shakes his banner to the breeze,

and begins his march from Dehlí. He proceeds leisurely by slow

* So the MS., the printed ed. reads

dez yl a ae aa slo r ie] a

F us$ E paí! Ad ¡0/8 ES yO os! aslas| 3 ae]

230 The Kirán-us-Sa' dan of Mir Khusraw. [No. 3,

marches and his time is chiefly occupied in festivities and hunting-

parties. "The action of the poem now moves very slowly too, and we

wade painfully through a long series of descriptions, the varying

scenery of every month being minutely described, and the different

employments of the young King and his courtiers. His first stage is

Kílú Kharí ((6545 5) where a grand castle, belonging to the

King, is described, as well as the festivities in which he indulges on his

arrival. While lingering here, he receives news of the invasion of

his North Western territories by an army of Moghuls.

By the violence of their torrent as it burst in,

The glory (21) of Láhore passed over to Multán.

The king despatches 30,000 chosen horsemen to meet this new

foe under the command of an officer named Khán Jahán Bárbik.*

They march to the Punjab and soon disperse the enemy. We have

the names of several of the Moghul leaders mentioned, such as Tamur

(28 ), Sarmak, Kílí, Khajlik and Baidú.

E SN 39 9 Sisa sia MÍN 9 (AS y o po

These transitory but desolating Moghul incursions are a continual

feature in the Indian anmnals of this period, reminding us of those

devastating inroads by the Danish pirates in our own Saxon period.

We learn from Ferishta that such an invasion actually occurred at this

time, and the poet has strictly kept to truth in narrating 16; bub

he omits to mention, what is little to his hero's credit, that alarmed

lest the many Moghul soldiers in his service should side with their

countrymen, he assembled their chiefs and had them treacherously put

to death,—a singular parallel to Ethelred's murder of the Danish hus-

carles in a somewhas similar juncture.

When the Sun entered the bull (the signs of the Zodiac forming

the poet's usual calendar,) the king seems to have commenced the

campaign in a more business-like manner, and he makes his second

start in the middle of the month Rabf”-ul-Awwal.+

* 433 8 y Sale ola alí mis ys eli ya y

Ferishta gives Kbán Jahán and Mullik Yarbeg (in the printed text Kw yl

Birlás as the leadera. General Brigg says elsewhere that Bárbik is a Turkish title

for one of the classes of the gold stick ; it may be rendered by tle title “ gentle-

man usher in the courts of Europe.” (Ferishta, 1. p. 281.)

+ This month began April 16th in the ycar A. H. 686, A, D. 1287,

1860.] The Kirán-us-Sa' dain of Mir Khusrau. 231

9% 88 ayas a 0 (sy LS 895

The pomp and circumstance of the march are of course not allowed

to pass by umnoticed, but we may leave them to the readers of the

original. The first halt is made in the district of Talpat and

Afohánpúr, a district, according to the Scholiast, five or six cos from

Dehlí, and there we have the old revelry renewed. It is singular to

see by these ever-recurring scenes of dissipation and excess, how

even the ideal descriptions of the court poet are bound down to the

coarse actual world around him,—these days and weeks of debauchery

being constantly referred to by the historians of the time as one main

evil of the young kings reign, and as, in fact, ultimately leading to

his early and miserable fall.

At this place, the court is enlivened by the arrival in the camp of

1000 Moghul prisoners from the Punjáb. The poet knew only too

well the savage cruelty of these barbarians, for he had passed two

years in captivity among them in Balkh, having been taken prisoner

in the battle a few years before in which his patron prince Muham-

mad, then Governor of Cábul, had been killed. These captives are

minutely described, the Tartar features, the high cheekbones, flat

noses, yellow hue, dc.* are dwelt upon with the exaggeration of the

poet's hatred, and he evidently gloats on the fact, that they were all

put to death by the royal order.

I46 is difficult to trace the King's route, as so few indications occur

to define 14, but we find the army starting from this last place and

after two marches reaching the Jumna.

uy Td able ósea lio ya ty pls dlo

The next stage mentioned is the city of Jaipur (73-42); here

Bárbik is sent forward with part of the army to the river Sarú. There

* The description is so curious that 1 Burn ip) a ib,

in sis, Da as 809 Sa ti Se $04 Ki)

A ob bas DI epa aa > Uy e

yo ula ES Gl cubo 31,9 A y AS ee (530

T SHIA y (5 Bd a slo ua!» E] 0)

232 The" Kirán-us-Sa' dam of Mir Khusran. [No. 3,

he is joined by several Zamindars with their contingents, among

them by Chahjúí the Amír of Karrah,* and the Khán of Awiz

(ue).

The father now determines to send a messenger to try his son's

temper, to see 1f his thoughts be those of peace or war,—he accordingly

sends a trusty ambassador named Shams Dabir. An interview takes

place between the messenger and Bárbik, but of course little but idle

compliments and threats passes between them. In the meantime the

king continues his leisurely marches varied with the same round of

festivities. At length he reaches and crosses the Ganges and enters

the province of Oude. The sun at the same time enters Gemini, and

we have a very elaborate description of the hot weather, but the poet

represents the army as marching on without suffering any inconve-

nience, * not a soldier knew aught of the heat of the sun, under the

canopying shade of the king, the Shadow of God” He at length

reaches the city of Oude and encamps by the river Gogra.

A ly? pues us > 32 sli! pls! AA aa

Herefollows a striking incident,—the first meeting of the father and

the son. The son is on one side of the river with all his troops,the father

with his troops on the other. The father bursts into tears as he sees his

son in the distance and sends a messenger across in a boat. “ Carry,”

he bids him, “ the news of a father's tears to him who is dear to that

father as the apple of his eye.” The son recognises the messenger from

the opposite shore, but a feeling of evil pride rises in his bosom and he

shoots an arrow at him, forbidding him to advance, and the messen-

ger has to return without delivering the message. 'Thus ends the

first Interview.

The father then sends a more official ambassador who delivers a

formal speech, chiefly upbraiding the king for his youth and indiscre-

tion, and trying to recal him to a sense of filial duty. This message

is delivered in full durbar, and the young prince haughtily answers

16, —his claim is that crowns come not by inheritance but by fate,

* Wercad in Ferishta that “ Mullik Jujhoo, the nephew of Ghaias-ud-Dín

Bulbun, assumed royal privileges ¿n his government of Karrah,” during the con-

fusion which followed the accession of Jalál-ud-Dín Kbhilji.

1860.] The Kirán-us-Sa' dain of Mir Khusrav. 233

—besides, he has a peculiar right to the throne from the choice of

the old king, his grandfather.

The father, on hearing, at his messenger's return, these stormy

words, “drooped his ear like a shell in the sea,” but on maturer

thought determined to send another messenger who might speed

better in his mission. He accordingly despatches a very impersona-

tion of Machiavellism—-“ a messenger he, who spent his whole life

in discourse fine as a halr—1f a secret came before him finer than a

hair, he cleft its finest point with his keen wit.” In this address

the father assumes a bolder tone—he appeals from contests of the

tongue to that of the sword—he boasts of the number and bravery

of his forces, and especially the number of his elephants which

he contrasts with the other's cavalry. He admits that his father

did leave the throne to his grandson, but he maintains that 14 was

the grandson's part to yield it up to the true heir. He concludes

with a challenge,

If thou bindest firm the girdle of hatred

I will enter ere thou dost on the conflict ;

Or if this interchange of words leads to kindly feeling

I will not turn my face from thy sincerity ;

But on this condition that, according to my design,

I take my father's place and thou take mine.

The young king easily repels his father's boasts of his elephants

and extols his own cavalry—one of his arguments being a curious

one—in chess an elephant (or bishop) is worth less than a knight.

Jo a al jp oli pr id 8

However with all this he feels his inferior place—he owns the

moral untenableness of his position.

With all this strength and might of my army

I do not wish to harm my lord.

I am not equal to thee in the battle

Though 1 could sew Mount Káf with my javelin as a needle,

It is an evil rumour on the lips of men and women,—

The wrath of a child against his father.

The sword which Sohráb drew against Rustam,—

Hast thou not heard what he found from fate ?

Tf the jewels of peace could but be strung,

With hearty goodwill would 1 bear the ring in my ear as thy slaye,

2 I

234 The Kirán-us-Sa'dain of Mir Khusrau. [No. 8,

He tries to justify his still occupying the throne, but with a fal-

tering argument, and thus concludes,

But if in very truth this desire is in thy heart,

I am thy slave—'tis thine to command.

Thou askest for me my crown that touches the sky,

Come and meet me that I may throw it at thy feet.

This message a little touches the father's heart and he now dis-

claims all idea of seizing the throne.

What though 1 could take the throne from thee ?

Tf 1 took it from thee, to whom should 1 give it ?

He then expresses his loyalty and devotion in a style of truly

oriental hyperbole and concludes by begging an interview. The son

dictates an answer—“ What though my crown reaches to the

moon ? my head shall be under thy foot.” The father receives 1h

with great joy, and sends his second son Káús with a reply and many

magnificent presents.

The brother proceeds to the king whom he finds in all his magni-

ficence, which is well described. He advances to the throne and

“ when the king”s eye fell on him, straightway he recognised himself

in that mirror; in haste he leaped from the lofty throne and seized

his princely form in a close embrace.” He seated him by his side

on the throne and treated him with the most cordial affection.

The next day early the king calls for his own son Kaiomars (then

quite a babe) and sends him to his grandfather with many rich pre-

sents, —with him he sends an experienced councillor to carry the secret

instructions, and the two set off to the prince of Bengal.

They crossed the water—they went to the king of the East,

Like rose and nightingale they went to the garden.

The news came to the king of the realm

That those fresh fruits are coming from the orchard.

He went and sat on his Sakandar-like throne

And with lines of elephants built up a Magog's wall.

The governor descends from his throne and meets his grandson as

he enters his presence, and leads him to his seat where he places him

by his side. He is at first absorbed in the pleasure of seeing his

grandson, and totally neglects the minister and the presents, until

his eye happens to fall in that direction, when he: recals himself

1860. ] The Kirán-us-Sa'dain of Mir Khusrau. 235

from his pre-occupation. The minister then presents his message, and,

after a very lavish interchange of gifts, the great interview is fixed

for the morrow and the two return to the king. |

On the morning of the day every body is astir—the whole day

passes in busy preparations—until evening draws near.

When the day waned to its close and the sultry heat had passed

And the sun was about to sink into the ocean,

The king of the East to cross the river

Asked for a boat swift as the revolving heavens.

The description of this boat fills half a chapter and then follows

the meeting. The prince of Bengal crosses.

The prince's boat flew swifter than an arrow

And in the twinkling of an eye crossed the river.

Soon as he had touched the shore

He saw his pearl on the bank of the stream.

He longed in the agitation of his restless heart

To leap ashore and clasp it to his bosom.

He sought for patience, but it came not to him,

He sought not for tears, but lo! they came.

On the other side stood the King Moizz-ud-Dín

With all preparations of courtesy after the manner of kings.

When the kings eye fell on his bewildered visitant,

The more he gazed, the more bewildered himself became,

He rushed forward and scattered a donative of tears,

He flew to meet him and clasped him in his arms.

Each locked the other in a close embrace,

Each lingered long in the other's arms ;

Like rose and rosebud when they leap forth from winter,

This parts not from that, nor that from this.

A tender dialogue ensues between them and all their jealousies and

suspicions are soon set at rest in mutual confidence and affection.

The poet himself looked on the scene amid the crowd of courtiers,

and he expresses his own feelings in a triumphant ode of joy, begin-

ning:

Happy the moment when the lover gains the beloved.

The best couplets are the following.

None knows the joys of presence but he the sorrow-consumed one

Who after long exile reaches the beloved.

None knows the worth of the rose but he the captive bird

Who has felt the cold of winter and ¿hen beholds the spring,

2 12

236 The Kirán-us-Sa' dain of Mir Khusrau. [No. 3,

As a specimen of the series of Ghazals which, as we have said,

are continually interspersed through the narrative, we subjoin 16 in

the original.

dy y (sl liio as ab nf pá

di y (ss se) ad yy) 1

Py yy oo le e 30%

dj y e o El sor ys 33

93) eS 83 Uiw y 5 góivoo a

NN eS

SS 31€ wi yloss Vw mos

Das y OS ES JS va

se er ads 30% jo de $

O ON a

Ll A) dy $ e Us (¿e PTE us!

SN io

E WT ES ayas Us mol

dp e a le

| ol, £o a Má YU ms

dj y Se au 9 30%) ua as

E E

dy SS gy do ón

We have next an account of the mutual gifts of the father and

son, and the splendid entertainment which followed, and here the

action of the poem may be said to terminate. The remainder

“ drags its slow length along” through a wilderness of extraneous mat-

ter and irrelevant description.

The poet first describes the night of the festivity, then follow

chapters devoted to the taper, the lamp, the 27 mansions of the moon,

and the astrological position of the heayenly constellations at the

hour of the “conjunction of the two auspicious planets” of the

earth. After this we have a curious series of chapters on the wine,

the flaggon, (¿sely2) the flask (41,5) the cup, the cupbearer, the

harp, the Kásrabáb, the pipe, the tabour, the singers, the festal

board, the betel, dc., and the kings erown and throne. Several

E A

1860.| The Kirán-us-Sa' dawn of Mir Khusrau. 237

similar interviews are described, and in one of them the. father takes

an opportunity of instilling into his son's ear some salutary

counsel as to his future reign, while in the parting visit he

is represented as warning him against certain evil counsellors.* We

know from the narrative of Zíá Barní that such was actually the

case, but the poet only gives us vague generalities where the historian

adds a contemporary edge.

The Sultan returns to his capital in the rainy season, which is

described, as each of the other seasons have been, at gréat length.

Then follows a very pleasing and natural chapter of the poet's per-

sonal history, the best in the whole book.

He had accompanied the royal expedition and had been an eye-

witness of many of the scenes described, but he returns with it only

as far as Kantipúr. His immediate patront had just received a Jágir

in Oude, and the poet stays behind with him and remains two years

there. At last however he wishes to return to his family at Dehli,

and after some time he obtains leave, of which he gladly avails

himself. After one month of weary travelling, he reaches the im-

perial city in the month Zú Ka'dah, and he describes his joy at

meeting his aged mother and his friends. "Two days after the king

hears of his arrival and sends for him to court, where he is appointed

to an office about the royal person. The king then in a private in-

terview condescends to ask a favour. The poet expresses his astonish-

ment at such condescension, and then the king bids him write in

verse the history of the meeting of the two Sultans, “the conjunction

of the two auspicious constellations of the time ;” that he may divert

his mind by its perusal while parted from his father, who of course

remains in his quasi independent province of Bengal. From this

command the poem itself took its birth. Khusrau tells us that if

* ya ls ala iz oigo 90

ESTRES TN ICA

$ His patrov's name is given as

31 y pa vlko nia

Amir Ali was Khusrau's patron at Dehli after the death of prince Muhammad,

and we learn from Ferishta that in the beginning of Jalál-ud-Dín Khiljús reign,

Amir Ali was “ holding the government of Oude under the new title of Hátim

Khán.”

238 The Kirán-us-Sa' dain of Mir Khusrau. [No. 3,

occupied him six months, ib was finished in the month Ramazan of

the year A. H. 688 corresponding to our A. D. 1289. The poet was

then in the 37th year of his age and the number of baits in the poem

he states to be 3944,

Then follows a description of the king”s triumphant entry into his

capital, and in the closing chapter the poet expresses himself as

weary of making poetry, and declares, that he did not write the poem

for the sake of gold but fame. “ If the king gave me the treasures

of Farídún and Jamshíd, they would be a poor payment for one letter,

my desire for this highly decorated book is that my name may

remain high in its place.” The poem then ends with the usual moral

reflections on the vanity of wasting life in the composition of verse

and devotion to earthly objects. |

Nor are these last commonplaces wholly inapplicable. The book

is curious, rather for what 1t professes to be, than for what it 2s; 16

reminds us too much of what 1t misses, to be really a good poem.

We read the simple account in Ferishta's plain prose, and we feel

that the poet would have shewn a truer knowledge of his craft,

had he kept closer to the actual facts as they occurred ; and, little as '

he has deviated from them, every deviation is a positive blemish in

his work. We miss too in the poem the evil genius of the true history,

the treacherous vizier Nizám-ud-Dín, whose secret machinations had

produced the lamentable rupture from the first. The poet's moral

cowardice could only venture to disguise this power “behind the

throne,” and his characters act without sufficient motives in his pages ;

he dared not depict the arch villain* of the court, for the vizier had

returned to Dehlí in unbroken influence with the king. It was he

who had endeavoured, by every means, to exasperate the parties into

an open rupture, and to stop every attempt ab pacific negociations ;

and when Baghrá Khán had appealed too strongly to his son's un-

hardened heart to be wholly unheard, the vizier had endeavoured to

frustrate all the good effects of the interview. He had drawn a line

* The only allusion to him in the poem is perhaps in certain secret instructions

and counsels of state which are two or three times mentioned in the interviews

between Kai Kobád and Násir-ud-Dín. Zíá Barni'gives long secret dialogues

between the king and his father, where the latter warns his son against the

minister”s treachery.

1860. ] The Kirán-us-Sa' dam 0f Mir Khusraw. 239

of humiliating ceremonies round the king to chill the paternal heart

from the approach. “ To all these the prince submitted ; until after

repeated obeisances he found the king remaining unmoved on his

throne, when, shocked by this unnatural behaviour, he burst into

tears. This sight overpowered all the king's resolutions ; he leaped

from his throne and ran to throw himself at his father's feet; and

the father hastening to prevent him, he fell on his neck and they

remained for some minutes weeping in each other's arms, while the

whole court was almost as much affected as themselves.” One feels

that there is nothing in Mír Khusraw's poem one half so truly

pathetic as this plain prose; ibis one of those touches of nature

which make the whole world kin, but which Mír Khusrau completely

overshoots in his endeavours to be original and sublime.

There is only one observation more, and that relates to the final issue

of the dramatis persone. We read that the poet wrote for the king

in the year 688, but in that very year* the king murdered the vizier

who had been such an evil guide for his youth. Cowed by that

superior will, he dared not openly to assume his authority, and he

could only turn to the poison bowl to rid him of the too powerful

servant. But his own hands were too enervated to seize the reins

which the dying minister dropped ; the whole empire relapsed into

confusion, and the great military chiefs openly contended for the

falling fragments. The dissolute young king found himself utterly

powerless in the midst of the confusion which he had evoked, and

he was soon assassinated in Kilú Kharí, the scene of so many

of his revelries; and one of these Turkish chiefs, Jelál-ud-Dín

Khilji, mounted the vacant throne. A party in the court en-

deavoured to secure the crown for the little child Kaiomars whom

we watched on his baby mission to his grandfather in Bengal; he

was then an infant in arms, and he is even now only three years of age ;

but the attempt fails, and Khilji's first exercise of power is to sweep

the poor child for ever out of his path. Baghrá Khán retained

Bengal through ¿hese confusions as through the last, and thirty-six

years after, we still find him there, as Ghaias-ud-Dín, the founder of

the Toghlak dynasty, confirms him in his government.

* Ferishta gives 687 as the last year of his reign, but this must be wrong.

SISISL IL LIS LAI IS IL SLI LEI L SISI LIL III LSIO IO III IS ISI

240 Ornithology of ÁAmoy. [No. 8,

Ormithology of Amoy.—BY RoBERT SwINHOE, Esq.

The position of Amoy Island and its relative bearings to the

mainland of China may be ascertained from any ordinary map. A

few words will therefore suffice to explain the nature of the country

in which 1 have followed my favourite pursuit. This island, the neigh-

bouring shore of the mainland, and the banks of both the rivers (the

chief one leading to Changchow Foo and the other to Tunggan

Hien) are all densely populated, and have remarkably little wood

excepting occasional banyans thriving in the midst of villages. The

plains are well cultivated and planted for the greater part with rice,

maize, sugar-cane, Cucurbitacee, and hemp during summer, and

bearded wheat, spinach (Basella rubra), taro, cabbages, and peas during

winter. The hills are either composed of granite debris studded with

large black blocks of granite and extremely barren, or of clay ; and are

covered with small stones and scanty herbage. The character of the

country will probably account for the paucity of our resident species

among land birds, as compared with the occasional visitants or strag-

glers in the same group.

The water-birds, however, shew. a finer list of winter residents, no

doubt owing to the suitable feeding-eround afforded them by the large

mud-flat of the Amoy creek, those of several other inlets and creeks

into the mainland, and the marshes at the mouth of the rivers.

In identifying the following birds, Mr. Blyth of Calcutta has

rendered me much service, and indeed without his valued aid 1

could have done little among the non-European forms. I have also

to thank Mr. Stevenson of Norwich for the help which he has afforded

me; and Mr. G. Schlegel at Amoy, son of Dr. Schlegel of the Leyden

Museum, merits my warm thanks for the loan of.a copy of the

Fauna Japonica, from which work 1 have gained considerable assist-

ance.

Amoy, 19th November, 1859.

Ornmithology of Amoy. China.

(Classified according to Dr. J. B. Hay's Catalogue of Genera.)

1. Buteo vulgaris, var. japonicus, Temm. and Schleg., Fawn. Japon.

1860. | Ormthology of Amoy. 241

A regular winter visitant.

2. Pandion haliactus, (L.) ?

Lives on the rocks at the mouth of the harbour and comes 0cca-

sionally to Amoy, but is very shy and unapproachable. lhave

never been able to procure a specimen.

3. Falco peregrinus, (L.)

Breeds in the neighbourhood and is not unfrequent.

4. Hypotriorchis subbuteo, (L.)

Rare.

5. Tinmunculus alaudarius, Brisson.

A common resident.

6. Milvus govinda, Sykes, var. melanotis, Gray. Faun. Japon,

[ Ante, p. 95.]

Very common, especially in the harbour.

7. Accipiter misus, (L.) ?

Rare. Differs from the European bird chiefly in having 20htte

axillaries, as well as in many minor points.

-8. Micronisus badiws, Gmelin,

Received from Fouchow, and shot in Amoy, November of this

year.

8. Circus cyaneus, (L.)

Pretty common.

9. Circus eeruginosus, (L.)

Very common up the rivers.

10. Vinox scutellatus, (Raflles.)

A stragglins winter visitant, common in summer at Fouchow

where 16 breeds. The immature plumage is brown, banded with

ochreous.

11. Bubo maximus, Sibbald.

Occasionally seen ofa winter's evening. Breeds somewhere in the

nelghbourhood, as every early spring the young are sold in the

streets of the town.

12. Ephialtes bakkamoena, Pennant.

Rare. 1 procured two one winter, one mottled brown on the

upper-parts, the other mottled buff; the first 1 take to be the

immature plumage, as both these examples were females. Mr,

2 K

242 Ornithology of Amoy. [No. 8,

Blyth informs me that this is not an uncommon species in the

vicinity of Calcutta.

13. Caprimulgus dyticivorus, nobis. [C. indicus, large var., Blyth,

J. A. S. XIV, 208 ; the small var. there also noticed being C.

Kelaarti, Blyth, Y. A. S. XX, 175, from the Nilgiris and moun-

tains of Ceylon.]

This species is closely akin to the Caprimulgus jotaka of the

Fauna Japonica; the following being the most striking

points of difference. Our's has the wing 3 inch longer and

the beak 2 lines longer. Instead of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th

quills in the male having a white band, our's has a white spot

on the inner web of the 1st, and a band across the 2nd and 3rd

only. The sides of the head, greater and lesser wing-coverts, and

scapularies are frosted with white, and a narrow line of frosted

white runs from the bill to the top of the eye and extends in

a broken manner beyond. In most other respects 1t resembles

C. jotaka, the tail 15 banded with white pretty much in

thesame style, and the tarsus is feathered to the base of the toes.

14 stays in Amoy the greater part of October and November,

and is there seen hawking over paddy-fields for water-beetles

which fly at night. Out of the stomachs of birds shot 1 have

repeatedly taken out whole individuals of Dyticus margina-

tus, and in one instance two perfect specimens were so found,

but with the hind-legs reversed, apparently with the intention

of affording no impediment to the passage of so large a beetle

down the «sophagus. This species breeds at Fouchow.

Another and smaller species is met with in a copse about twelve

miles distant from Amoy during the months of September

and October. It has naked tarsi, is 10 inches long and has

the lateral tail-feather white except just at the tip. The 1st

and 2nd quills are blotched with a large spot of white on

each, and two white spots occur on the throat. A yellowish

circle girts the eye. Not having been able as yet to identify

the species, I have named 14 passúm

14. Caprimulgus stictomaus, nobis. [Akin to C. monticolus, Franklin,

and O. affinis, Horsfield ; but much richer in colouring, 4. B.]

15. Oypselus vittatus, Jard. and Selby.

1860. ] Ornithology of Amoy. 243

Frequent in spring, flyine high in fine weather, but darting about

low during rain. Does not build here.

16. Oypselus subfurcatus, Blyth. [4nte, p. 95.]

A permanent resident, associating in parties and twittering

together at a great height in the sky, then, suddenly separat-

ing, the birds dart to all quarters, each displaying 1ts command

. Of wing in the chase after insects; then, again, they meet as

before, and so on for the greater part of the day, seldom resting.

The nest is often placed under the rafters of verandahs, and

resembles that of the House-Martin(Chelidon urbica) at a dis-

tance; but is composed of straw and other soft materials

glued together in regular layers. The old birds roost every

night in their nests all the year through.

17. Hirundapus nudipes, Hodgson.*

18.

19.

20.

21.

A strageler in spring during rain-storms.

Hirundo rustica, L., var. gutturalis, Scopoli.

This appears to be merely a degenerate variety of the European

species. It 1s a summer resident here and pretty numerous,

building mud-nests shaped like a half-dish, and lined with

straw and a few feathers, over the doors of Chinese huts, where

they are reverenced as the harbingers of good luek.

Hirundo daurica, L. ; alpestris, Pallas.

A few passing flocks spend a day or two in Amoy during winter.

In Formosa it takes the place of the common species, and

builds domed nests of clay and mud under the roof-b0ps.

Those nests are lined properly with feathers, and contain from

3 to 5 fine white or pinkish eggs.

Eurystomus orientalis, L.

Very rare.

Halcyon smyrnensis, L.

A common resident; called “ Fei-tsuy” by the Chinese, who

glue the feathers, chiefly those of the wing, over ornaments

worn by their women. Thus treated the lustrous blue feathers

give the appearance of turquoise stone. The bird is shy and

1s remarkable for its loud screeching cry.

* A specimen since sent accords exactly with Gould's figure of the Australian,

species ; but I consider the latter not to differ from the Himalayan.—Cwr. 43. Soc

2 E 2

244

Mao hd

23.

24.

26.

Ormthology of Amoy. [No. 3,

Haleyon atricapilla, Gxmelin ; pileata, Boddáert.

Rarer than the preceding; 1ts feathers are also used for orna-

ments, to which they give a deeper tone.

Alcedo bengalensis, Gmelin.

A very common resident and generally known as the “ King of

the Shrimps y” called by Amoy Chinese Ang tony mng.

Ceryle rudis, L.

Very common on the river ; where 16 rises on the wing at a height

above the water, and drops suddenly on its scaly prey. 1 have

also seen 16 strike obliquely when flying close to the surface of

the water.

. Upupa epops, L.

Stays all the year and is nowhere common ; builds in the holes

of walls and exposed coftins ; is called by the natives the Coftin-

bird, and flies with long undulating sweeps.

Orthotomus phyllorapheus, n. sp. [£bis, Vol. 11, 49.]

Length 43 inches ; wing 1.2%,; tall 2. Bill along culmen ¿; to

gape 75. Tarsus 4; mid-toe $, ; hind-toe $, ; outer toe rather

longer than the inner. Bill pale flesh-colour, along the ridge

dark hair-brown. Legs and toes pale yellowish-brown. Iris

buff; narrow circle round the eye, pale buff. Forehead fer-

suginous, eradually changing to olive-brown on the head. Back

bright olive-green. Wings and tail hair-brown, the coverts

margined with olive-green, and the quills with yellowish olive-

brown. Round the eye and all the under-parts, including the

shoulder-edge, ochreous-white, darker on the flanks, and buff on

the tibix. The two central tail-feathers of the male gradually

lengthen at the commencement of spring until May, when they

are about 13 inch or so longer than the others, which are all

somewhat graduated. I observe that these lengthened feathers

soon become worn and usually drop after the first nesting, to be

replaced by others scarcely longer than the lateral ones.

Mr. Blyth remarks—“ Your Orthotomwes, 1 think, is new, and con-

stitutes the 12th species (!) now to be recognised. The other

11 are described by Mr. F. Moore in his monograph on the

genus, read before the Zoological Society, 28th February, 1854.”

This bird is usually seen in pairs, and is very common in most

1860.] Ornithology of Amoy. 245

bushy places. Besides at Amoy, 1 have also observed it at

Hongkons and Fowchow.

27. Prima sonitans, n. sp. [£b+s, Vol. IL, 50. |

I have named this from the crackling noise 16 produces when

hopping or flying from twig to twig.

Length 53,; wing 17; tail 3. Bill along culmen 2,, to gape

+. Tarsus 4; middle toe 32; outer sightly longer than

the inner, hind-toe F;,. Bill and inside of mouth black. Irides

orange-yellow. Legs buff, browner on the claws. Head fine

deep bluish-grey; chin and cheeks white; occiput and back

olive-green, blending with the grey towards the fore-part and

becoming tinged with sienna on the rump. Wings light hair-

brown margined with buff olive-green. Tail pale brown, mar-

gined and tinged with buff olive-green. Breast a clear pale

buff tinged with primrose, deepening on the under-parts and

very deep on the thighs.

The female has the head less bluish than the male; and in the

young the head is uniform with the back,

This species is resident here, and builds domed nests on the stalks

of reed-plants ; the eggs, 7 or so in number, are strangely red.

Mr. Blyth remarks on our bird—“ Your Printa from Amoy

comes exceedingly close to P. flaviventris, Delessert, which is

common in the Bengal Sundarbáns, Tenasserim, We., and I

have received 14 also from Singapore ; but yours has a longer

tail, wants the bright yellow of the lower-parts below the

breast, and there is an admixture of white in the loral region and

ear-coverts not seen in our species. Moreover, Pr. flaviventris

lays a similar red egg, as 1 am informed by Major S. K.

Tickell.”

28. Drymoica extensicauda, n. sp. [£bis, Vol. IL, 50.]

A common resident, and seems to delight in fields of grain, long

grass, dc. 1t is often seen standing on a stalk, throwing up

its tail and twittering a short series of unmusical notes.

Length 525; wing 1;,; tail 25, long and graduated deeply, the

outer feather measuring only 13,. Bill along culmen +4, to

gape 2, ; deep blackish-brown, cl just at the tip, and yel-

lowish flesh-colour at the base of the lower mandible; inside

246 Ornithology of Amoy. [No. 3,

of mouth pale flesh-colour. Iris orange-yellow, margin of

eyelids buff. Tarsus 2; middle-toe 5; outer toe slightly

longer than the inner which is 2; hind-toe 35; legs yel-

low-ochre, flesh-coloured on the upper surface of the toes. Upper

parts olive-brown;region of the eyes, curvabure of wing, and tibiz,

buff-ochre. Under parts pale ochreous, with a tinge of primrose-

yellow. Wings and tail light hair-brown; the feathers of the

former margined with yellowish brown-olive on the coverts, and

reddish on the quills ; those of the latter indistinctly barred with

a darker shade. “ Your Drymoica” adds Mr. Blyth, “is nearly

akin to the common D. fusca of Bengal, Nipal, %c., represented

by D. inornata in $. India, but has a conspicuously longer tail,

more decidedly rufescent lower-parts and around the eye, and

the crown is distinctly striated, in which last 16 approximates

the Cisticole.”

29. Cisticola tintinnabulans, nobis. [ bos, Vol. IL, 51.]

This bird is of rare occurrence in Amoy, but is frequent in

Shanghai and West Formosa. I have described ibas Cala-

manthella tinnabulans, in the 11. Vol of the * Journal of the

N. China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.” On comparing

ours with C. brunmiceps of the Fauna Japonica 1 note the fol-

lowing differences. Ours is $ inch longer, and 5 lines shorter in

the wing. The 1st quill is very short instead of being nearly

equal to the 2nd, which is 13 lines shorter than the 3rd, 44h

and 5th equal and longest. The bill is longer. The feathers |

of the head are bordered with yellowish-brown. No greyish- |

brown occurs on the breast, but the medial line from the throat

to the vent is pure white, both sides of 1t being more or less

washed with sienna-buff,

30. Acrocephalus magnirostris. [Ibis, Vol. IL, 51.]

This bird abounds from Amoy to Shanghai in all reedy places and

is described in the Fauna Japonica under the term Salicaria

turdina orientalis, and stated there to be found also in Borneo

Macassar, and Sumatra.

Length 7%,; wing 3%. Tail graduated and 3. Bill $, to gape

125 Upper parts a sienna or yellowish brown ; wings brown,

1860. ] Ornithology of Ámoy. 247

margined with the same; tail do., and tipped with yellowish

grey, eye-streak and throat yellowish-white. Under parts

sienna-yellow with more or less white, and occasionally with a

few pale brown streaks on the throat,

Mr. Blyth says, of our Acrocephalus, 1t may be remarked—“ that

(like the two figured in Gould's Birds of Australia) 14 helps

to fill up the gap between the large and small species of

Europe and India respectively; and that it is remarkable

for the great disproportionate size of the bill, which equals

that of the European 4. arundinaceus, (L.), or of the Indian

Á. brunnescens,(Jerdon,) both of which are much larger birds.”

Its song is hurried, though sweet and sometimes powerful.

31. Acrocephalus (?) bistrigiceps, n. sp. [£bis, Vol. IL, 51.]*

This small species 1s easily distinguished by a line of black over

a yellowish streak above each eye. Length 52; wing 23;

tail 2,1, and graduated. Bill 3, to gape +. Upper parts olive-

brown, tinged with sienna, and redder on the rump and edgings

of the tail. Wings hair-brown margined with the prevailing

colour. Throat, belly, and under wing-coverts whitish, the

rest of the lower parts deeply washed with sienna-buff.

32. Arundinax (?) canturians, n. sp. [lbis, Vol. 11, 52.]

A winter visitant at Amoy, but found in summer at Shanghai,

uttering lts notes from its concealment, which are so rich and

full that when first heard you expect them to be the com-

mencement of a fine song; but alas! these 3 or 4 notes are

all that the bird possesses, and though you strain your ear,

listening, from the same bush you hear at intervals only the

same few rich notes.

Length 63; wing 2,, tail 22. Bill 3, to gape F,. Forehead

and crown rufous-brown ; upper-parts and tail olive-brown.

Wings hair-brown with yellowish-brown margins. Throat,

under wing-coverts, and belly white; eye-streak and under-

parts ochreous and yellowish grey. Bill and feet brownish.

Mr. Blyth observes: “ This seems very like a second species of

* This does not range well in Acrocephalus, nor isit a Calamodyta, but in

form of tail approximates ZLocustella. It is, however, a distinct form, and will

haye to be so recoguized.—Cur. As. Soc,

248 Ornithology 0f Amoy. [No. 3,

my genus Arundinax. The tail, however, is obscurely striated

across, which 1 do not observe in my 4. olivaceus ; and your

bird has also a much stronger hind-toe and claw, quite dispro-

portionately so as regards the anterior toes. The white of 1ts

wings underneath is remarkable. The tail is less graduated

than in A. oliwaceus.

1 have compared this with the descriptions of Salicaria cantans

and cantillans in the Fauna Japonica, and though closely

allied to the former it certainly is not the same. The cantans

seems to bear to the cantillans the same analogy that this

species bears to the succeeding.”

33. Arundinaz (2) minutus, n. sp. [Lbis, Vol. 1, 52.7

This is a most singular miniature of the foregoins, resembling

14 almost exactly in colour, but differing considerably in size.

Length 5; wing 22; 2. This bird is also more robust in

build, livelier and more open in habits, and is rarer here than

the foregoing. Were it not for both birds occurring at the

same season, one would be inclined to look upon this as merely

a degenerate variety of the other.

34. Phylloscopus fuscatus, Blyth.

Common during winter, and stays so late in spring that I have

a strong suspicion that it nidificates in the neighbourhood. 16

entertains us during the early vernal months with 1ts pretty

shake song, but 1bs most frequent note is “ chick chick.”

35. Phylloscopus tenellipes, n. sp. [Lbis, Vol. IL, 58. ]

This species has delicate light pink-coloured feet, hence the name.

Length 42, wing 23, 1st quill 5 in.; 2nd 13, 3rd 2 in. the

4th slightly longer and the longest in the wing. The 44th, 5th,

and 6th quills sinuated on the outer web; the rest inwards

with mucronate tips. Tail 2, the feathers nearly equal, moder-

ately broad, rounded on the outer web towards the tip, and

sinuated on the inner, both leading to a point. Expanse 7£,.

Bill 2,, to gape 5. Tarsus 35; middle toe $; outer

longer than the inner ; hind toe 3. Beak brownish, pale (lesh-

coloured on the tip and tomia of upper mandible and basal

half oflower. Inside of mouth flesh-ochre. Upper-parts olive-

green, brown on the head and upper back. Eye-streak and

1860.] Ornithology of ÁAmoy. 249

cheeks cream-colour. Through the eye and below the eye-streak

runs a dark line of olive-brown, darker on the coverts ; the eye-

streak whitening and increasing towards the occiput. Wings

light hair-brown, margined and tinged with olive-siemna ;

quills darker hair-brown with dark shafts. Some of the large

coverts tipped with yellowish. Tail light hair-brown, margined

and tinged with olive-sienna, browner on the rump. Lower

parts pure white, except sides of the neck, flanks, and thighs,

which are slightly fibrous and grey. The shoulder, under wing-

- and tall-coverts, are tinged with primrose-yellow.

This is a straggling visitant during the cold weather, and may

be distinguished by its note “ charr.”

36. Phylloscopus sylvicultrix, n. sp. [1b%s, Vol. TL, 53.]

Mr. Blyth remarks on this—“ a new species, differing from all but

the European sibilatrix in the minute size of its first primary,

in which character however sibilatrix exceeds ib.”

Length 43, wing 23, 1st quill f,, 2nd125, 3rd and 4th 1.2.

Tail 1%. Bil 7; to gape 42. Upper mandible brown with

a yellow edge, lower yellow with a patch of brown on the

terminal half. Tarsus 45 pale yellowish-brown, yellower on

the under surface of the toes and browner on the claws. Upper

parts olive-green, brownish in some lights, especially on the

crown. Line over the eye, a row of feathers on the lower half

of eye-circle, and part of the cheeks, pale chrome-yellow ; loral

space blackish-olive. Feathers of the wings and tail hair-

brown, broadly margined with olive-green, a spot of yellowish-

white marks, the tip of the outer web of the first 5 2nd

coverts. Under-parts pale yellowish or primrose white, varyiny

im tint. The under-shaft of all the tail feathers white, and

the margin of the inner web of the 3 outer tail-feathers faint

white. The size of the bill differs considerably in different

individuals.

It is very numerous here during the months of April and May,

and again in October and September, on 1ts migrations.

37. Phylloscopus coronatus, (emm. and Schleg.)

This species is noticeable from having a faint line of yellow on

the crown like a Ktegulus, and is identical with that of the

2 L

Ornithology of Ámoy. [No. 3,

Fauna Japonica. It wanders to Amoy occasionally during 1ts

vernal and autumnal migrations.

38. Reguloides proregulus, (Pallas,)—modestus, Gould, —imornatus,

39.

Blyth.

Winters here and is solitary in habits, uttering as 16 pursues 1ts

food a long plaintive “sweet,” which, in spring, repeated se-

veral times in rapid succession, constitutes its song.

Regulordes chloronotus, (Hodgson.)

Often seen in pairs during winter, roaming about from tree to

tree.

. Copsychus saularis, (1..)

A common resident; native name Chuy Kam-Chay.

. Pratincola indica, Blyth.

Winters here.

. Ruticilla awrorea, (Pallas.) [R. leucoptera, Blyth.]

Winters here.

. Larvivora cyana, Hodgson ?

Straggles here oceasionally, in 16s migrations.

. Tanthia rufilatus, (Hodgson) ; cyanura, Temm. and Sehleg., Fauna

Japon. Winters here.

. Muscicapa mugimalki, Temm. and Schleg., Fauna Japon. (see Ap-

pendix.)

[Genus. ERYTHROSTERNA, Bonap. In winter dress, 1 cannot

distinguish it from the common 4. leucwra of India. E. B.]

This is a species of lively Chat-like habits, but fond of jerking

up the tail like a robin. 14 straggles here during its autumnal

migrations. The female or immature plumage, which has

occurred here most frequently, may be thus described :—

Length 4.2. Wing 2; expanse 73; 1s6 quill $, 2nd 1,%,

3rd and 4th 22. Tail 2,,, ES rounded on the outer

web, dara on the inner, and pd in a point. Bill 4, to

gape ,. Tarsus -*;, middle toe 33, inner toe slightly shorter

than the outer, hind toe $; tarse thick; claws, especially

the middle and hind one rather long and pointed all black.

Inside of mouth ochreous. Irides black. Upper parts brown

with an ochreous wash. Wings hair-brown edged paler;

2nd coverts tipped with ochreous, forming a transverse wing-

1860. | Ormithology of Amoy. 251

46.

47.

bar; 3res and a few of the interior and 2nes tipped and edged

with whitish. Urpygials and tail black-tipped and edged

paler, the lateral rectrices with more than half the basal inner

web and shaft, the 2nd and 3rd both webs, and the 4th a part

of the outer web, white, all having some black near their

bases. Throa%, belly, and under tail-coverts pure white. Sides

of neck and throat, breast, flanks, and under wing-coverts

brownish with more or less ochre. Thighs brownish. Edge

of inner webs of quills pale brownish.

Parus minor, Temm. and Schleg. (Figured in Gould's * Birds of

Asia.”) |

The same species as that described in the Fauna Japonica. 1t

prevails along the coast of China from Hongkong to Shan-

ghal. The trivirgatus of the same work is common at Shan-

ghai, but is not met with so far South as this.

Zosterops japomcus, Temm. and Schleg.

This answers in every respect to the bird ofthe Fauna Japonica,

except that the 1st quill, though very minute, is yet not want-

ing. The bill and legs are of a slaty blue when the bird is

alive, and not of a blackish brown horn-colowr (a fault evidently

attributable to the descriptions being taken from a dried skin).

The breast and flanks are of a pale dingy colour, with but very

little reddish. Iris dark blackish-brown. It is resident in

the neighbourhood, and often wanders to Amoy during winter

in search for food.

. Motacilla boarula, (L.)

Common winter visitant.

. Motacilla luzomensis, Scopolt.

Common in winter ; a few breed here.

. Motacilla lugubris, Temminck.

Common in winter.

. Budytes flava, (L.)

I think the European species ; rare.

. Budytes sulphwrea.

Both these species are found in autumn, in rice-fields,

. ÁAnthus thermophilus, Hodgson.

Common during winter. Two other species occur, but they still

remain unidentified.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

Ormthology of Amoy. [No, 3,

. Pipastes agilis, (Sykes.)

Common durmg winter.

. Corydalla Richards, (Vieillot.)

A common winter visitant; deeply ochreous on its arrival, but

this appearance wears of as the season advances.

. Mytiophonus ceruleus, (Scopoli). [ Vec. M. TemmIxektt, Vigors. |

Lives among rocky caverns ; not common, and very shy ; native

name 4Aw-chuy.

Turdus daulias, Temminck.

Our commonest winter Thrush, answering in every respect to the

description of the species in the Fauna Japonica, which work

represents a figure of the bird on Plate 26; but the first

notice of it is due to M. Temminek, who published a repre-

sentation of it in the Planches color. Pl. 515.

Turdus pallens, Pallas,—pallidus, Gmelin.

This species varies greatly in size, and is remarkable for its white

eye-streak. It strikes me that this is the rufulus of Drapiez

and modestus of Eyton, rather than the following.

Turdus chrysolaws, Temminck. Planches coloriées from Japan.

It arrives here in small parties in early spring, and at that time

1s of frequent occurrence among bushes and gardens. Besides

the above three, I have procured two other species still un-

identified.

Merula cardis, (Temminek.)

This small and handsome species, so remarkable for the changes

14 undergoes from the plumage of a Turdus to that of a true

Merula, seems to form a natural link between the two sub-

genera. These changes of plumage have been well described

and beautifully figured in the * Fauna Japonica. It visits us

chiefly during winter, but I have no doubt that some of them

spend the summer near at hand, as I have met them here late in

spring.

Merula mandarina, Bonaparte ; M. vulgaris of China, auctorun.

A common resident everywhere up the coast.

Oreocinela varia, (Lath.,)) nec Horsfield; Turdus Whitez,

Eyton. |

A straggling visitant. Number of rectrices 14.

1860. ] Ormthology of Ámoy. 253

63.

64,

65.

66.

Petrocossyphus manillensis, (Boddiert.)

Common among the rocks all the year through.

Garrulax perspicillatus, (Gm.)

Length 12 inches. Wing 4. Tail 52. Bill 2,, to gape 1,,.

Back, wings, and tail yellowish-brown. Head and neck yel-

lowish-grey. A band reaches from one ear-covert over the

forehead to the other, forming a broad mark over the eyes.

Under parts pale rufous-ochre, very deep on the vent. Beak

and legs brown.

This large Butcher-thrush is common in some parts of the coun-

try, building a nest a good deal like that of the Blackbird.

It is a shy bird, but may be known a long way off by 16s

loud ery of ted-ted, uttered from time to time, or followed by a

liquid guzzling low chatter.

Garrulax sinensis, (L.) [ ELeucodioptron canorum, Schiffer, apud

C. L. Bonaparte ; Turdus canorus, T. sinensis, and also Lanus

infaustus, L. ; nec L. chinensis, Seopoli.*]

This is the Huwa-mei or Spectacled Thrush of the Chinese, by

whom it is prized for 1ts fine vocal powers, as well as for 16s pugl-

listic propensities. 16 is, strictly speaking, a hill-bird, and very

abundant on the hills hear Fowchow, but as 1 have, on more

than one occasion, met with 1t in the bushes here, 1 must

include 16 in my list.

Oriolus chinensis, L.

A rare straggler here, but very common in S. W. Formosa. The

female is slightly greener than the male on the back and

wings, and is considerably larger. Another species resembling

this, but spotted on the breast, 1 have received from Mr. Holt

at Fowchow, which 1 take to be the Oriolus maculatus of

Vieillot. [Young of the preceding? 1. B.]

67. Pyenonotus sinensis, (Gmelin) ; Purdus oceipitalis, 'Temminck.

* The latter is Corvus auritus, Daud., Turdus shanhu et T. melanopis, Gmelin,

Crateropus leucogenys, nobis, passim; a true Garrulaz inhabiting the Tenasserim

hills, but doubtfully Chinese. In Horsfield's Catalogue, the name Turdus can-

orus, L,, is referred to the Merula bengalensis, Brisson, and the former specific

name adopted for that most unmusical of birds, which properly stands as Mala-

cocercus bengalensis, (Br.) —Cur. As. Soc.

254 Ornithology of Amoy. [No. 3,

Very common all over the coast from Hongkong to Shanghai,

and everywhere in Formosa.

68. Pyenonotus atricapillus | Muscicapa atricapilla, Vieillot, nec

L.; Hamatornis chrysorrhous, Lafr., and P. hemorrhous apud

Hartlaub, Rev. Zool. $e. 1846, p. 1.*]

Found abundantly in some places in this neighbourhood, but

peculiarly local, seldom straying far.

69. Tehitrea principalis, (Temminck.)

Figured in the Planches coloriées, and subsequently in the Fauna

Japonica. A rare spring straggler here.

70. Tehitrea ceruleocephala, (Quoy et Gaim.)

71. Hemichelidon latirostris, (Raffles); cinereo-alba, Temm. and

Schles., Faun. Japon.

A common winter visitant; remarkable for its singing notes,

like those of a Red-breast, or chinking of two pieces of silver.

72. Hemichelidon fuliginosa, Hodgson.

Straggles to Amoy in its vernal migrations.

13. Hemichelidon rutilata, n. sp.

This species approximates 4H. latirostris in form, but has a bill

even broader at the base. It is of rare occurrence here and

only during spring.

Length 4. Wing 22,. Tail? Bill 4, to gape £;, breadth 2

Tarsus 5. Head and upper neck blackish-grey. Back and

scapulars reddish-brown. Wings blackish, margined with

burnt-sienna. Rump and tail tile-red, the feathers of the

latter more or less marked with blackish. 'Throat and fore-

neck white, yellowish on theirsides. The rest of the lower

parts, excepting just the abdomen which is white, reddish or

burnt-sienna ochre, more or less intense.

74. Xanthopygia narcissina, (Temminck) ;—chrysophrys, Blyth.

A rare spring visitant.

75. Cyanoptila cyanomelamira, (Temminck.)

Figured in the Fauna Japonica. Of rare occurrence here.

Myiagra cerulea, Gmelin ?

A blue Fly-catcher with a small bill; procured here once.

* The Pyenonotus atricapillus of my Catalogue, founded on Lgitita atricapilla,

Vicillot, v. Sylvia nigricapilla, Drapiez, a Ceylon bird, is referred toa new genus,

Meropixus, by the Prince of Canino,—Cur, 4s. Soc.

1860. | Ornithology of Amoy. 255

76. Campephaga cinerea, Blyth ?*

Of a deep bluish-grey ; with green-black wings and tail, the

feathers of both tipped more or less with white, the graduated

tail-feathers deeply tipped. Vent white. Bill and legs black.

Length 9; wing 43; tail 3%. The immature plumage is

lighter grey, tinged with sienna-yellow, and indistinctly barred

on the under-parts. The basal part of the inner webs of

several of the wing-feathers are marked with white, forming

a large bar, conspicuous on the under side or when the bird is

seen on wing. This species occasionally shews itself here, in

autumn and in spring.

77. Pericrocotus cinereus, Strickland.

Length 8, wing 32. Tail 4, the 3 outer feathers being shorter

than the rest and equally graduated, measuring 13, 2, and 25

respectively ; the 6 central ones are nearly equal. Hxpanse

103. Bill 3, to gape ,. Bill and feet black. The description

from de la Fresnaye runs thus “ Cendré en dessus ; lorums,

alles, eb queue, noirs; front, une tache médiane alaire, pli de

Vaile, bord externe des rémiges tertiaires, la presque totalité

de troils rectrices latérales et tout le dessous de corps, blanes.

Longueur totale Om. 193. Habite Pisle de Lucon (Philip-

pines”). The female in all mine has grey2sh-brown wings ; the

black of the lore extends over the beak; and four instead of

three lateral rectrices have a good deal of white on them.

The male has a broad white forehead, and a black crown which

gradually blends with the bluish-grey of the back. The wings

are also blacker, and there is more grey on the sides of the

breast. In fact the plumage of the male bears great affinity

to that of the Wagtails; and this species forms a happy

transition from the grey of the Campephage to the crocus tints

ofthe Pericrocotz. It looks in, at Amoy, in parties during the

vernal and autumnal migrations, and is noticeable for 1ts pretty

Canary-like trill call-note.

18. Dicrurus macrocercus, Vieillot.

By no means common in this neighborhood, but remarkably so

in S. W. Formosa, where several may be seen during the

* No nama of my bestowing.—L. B,

Ornithology of Ámoy. [No. 3,

season, sitting on nests in the same bamboo-tree, swaying to

and fro with every puff of wind.

79. Lamius schach, L.

Very common ; has a great habit of shrieking. This is a much

larger race than that found in the Indian archipelago, and is

no doubt worthy of specific distinction ; 1h remains only to be

ascerbained to which of the two the name was first applied.

80. Lanus lucionensis, Strickland.

With reference to this species, Mr. Blyth observes that this “ 1s

decidedly the true £. lucionensis, vide Strickland, Ann. Mag.

N. H. XIX (1847), p. 132. He considers there that all the

various allied races are varieties only of the same. My notion

is that there are 3 or 4 cognate races, which may breed toge-

ther when cirecumstances permit of 1t, and so grade into one

another. Certes a Malayan superciliosus is very unlike your

lucionensis.”

These are common here during the seasons of migration, and

I have received them this autumn from Mr. Holt at Fowchow.

81. Enneoctonus bucephalus, (Temm. and Sehleg.)

I have never met but one of this species here, and that proved

a female. It has a large rufous head without the usual black

face-band of the family, and answers in every respect to the

description of the female in the Fauna Japonica.

82. Corvus torquatus, Ouv. [ Vide J. A. S. XX1X, 96.]

Our common and only crow at Amoy.

83. Pica media, Blyth ¡—sericea, Gould.

Very common.

84. Acridotheres cristatellus, (L.)*

A very common species from Hongkong to Shanghai ; builds in

holes of trees or walls, or makes large oval nests in trees;

learns to speak with facility and soon becomes docile.

85. Gracupica (naigricollis,) Paykull ; temporalis, Temminck ; tricolor,

J. E. Gray.

A common resident, associating in small parties; builds round

* The Prince of Canino considered this to be different from true cristatellus

of the Philippines, and adopted the name fuliginosus, Bi., for tho China species.

Cur. As. S0c,

1860. | Ornithology of Ámoy. 257

86.

87.

88.

89.

90.

91.

92.

93.

94.

95.

96.

97.

nests on high trees, and lays clear blue eggs with very fragile

shells ; is a noisy bird ; and is also found in Siam.

Temenuchus turdiformis, (Wagler) ; sinensis, Gmelin ; elegans,

Lesson. '

A common summer resident; very restless; builds in holes of

walls ; and is also found in Pegu. lts habit of poking about

among brick-holes in houses, Sc. during the nesting season

soon causes its newly moulted white plumes to be stained of a

reddish hue, and the feathers of the wings and tail to be much

abraded. Before taking its departure from us it undergoes a

complete moult, and then the plumage is clean enough.

Temenuchus sericeus, (Latham.)

A winter visitant; feeds largely on banyan berries.

Temenuchus cineraceus, (Temminck.)

This resembles the foregoing a good deal in form, but is broader

across the back, and generally more robust. 1t also visits us

during winter; and is identical with the bird found in Japan.

Kophona melanura, (Gmelin.)

Found here the winter through ; but leaves us before summer;

breeds in Shanghai.

Munia malacca, (L.) common in autumn.

Mumia molucca. (L.) scarce.

Mumia rubroniqra, Hodgson, very scarce.

Oryzorms oryziwvora, (L.) Occasional winter flocks.

t [Distinct, E. B.]

Ligurinus sinicus, (L.)

Fringilla kawaraliba minor, Fauna Japonica.

Half Goldfinch, half Greenfinch ; not uncommon all the year, has

a pretty tinkling note; and feeds on thistle-heads as well as

grain, de.

Passer montamus, (L.)

Common about houses, resembles in habits P. domesticus.

Emberiza fucata, Pallas.

Met among standing grain during winter; difficult to procure

from its habit of dropping under cover of the grain, and sel-

dom perching on exposed places.

Emberiza pusilla, Pallas.

Occasional flocks during winter.

258 Ornithology of Ámoy. [No. 3,

98. Emberiza canescens, m. sp. [The Ibis, Vol. 1, 62.]

This occurs during winter, and is probably new.

Length 5.2,. Wing 2.2. Tail 25 and somewhat forked. Bill 4%

Head and neck sienna-gray ; crown, cheeks and throat, black-

ened, of a frosted appearance. Back and scapularies black,

each feather broadly margined with white and more or less

tinted with reddish-sienna. Wings blackish-brown, broadly

margined with sienna-white. Under-parts and rump white,

sienna-washed. Tail blackish-brown, having the two cen-

tral feathers broadly margined with white, the rest on each

side hardly at all; the outer feathers white except a small

broad portion of the inner web, the 2nd broadly tipped with

the same.

The female is deeply tinged with reddish-brown above and red-

dish-ochre beneath.

99. Emberiza personata, 'Temminck.

Our commonest winter Bunting.

100. Emberiza awreola, Pallas.

Met in flocks in autumn feeding on the ripening corn.

101. Emberiza Lathami, Gmelin.

Common in winter ; a few breed in the neighbourhood.

102. Emberiza fruticeti, Kittlitz; sulphurata, Fauna Japon. Rare.

103. Alauda ccelivox, Swinhoe.

This bird, which I have described under the above name in the

TIT vol. of Shanghai Asiatic Society”s Journal, differs from

the Japanese Lark, A. japonica, Temminck, in being much

smaller. The largest specimen 1 have measured is one inch

shorter than the Japanese, though the wing is much the same

length. The inner toe is $, longer than the outer instead

of being shorter. A close comparison of the two birds is of

course required before any decision can, with safety, be arrived

ab, but 16 must not be forgotten that ours is a peculiarly

Southern Chinese Lark, not being found even so far north as

Shanghai.

104, Yunx torquilla, L.

Common during winter. The + inch red tree-ant appears to be

its most favourite food, but 1t does not despise the large black

bush-ant.

1860. |] Ornithology of Amoy.

109)

105. Ouculus canorus ? L.

Taken here on its autumnal and vernal migrations, but breeds at

Fowchow and Shanghal.

106. Cuculus tenutrostris, Gray.

A summer visitant ; has a loud-toned whistle repeated 4 times and

terminating with a shake.

107. Turtur chinensis, (Scopoli.)

Common everywhere from Hongkong to Shanghai.

108. Turtur humilis, (Temminck.)

A summer visitant; extends as far North as Shanghai, and is

there ofa larger size, though evidently of the same species.

109. Turtur orientalis, (Latham) ; gelastis, Temminck.

This large species, found in Lapland and Japan, countries so far

situated apart, has been shot here by myself during winter, but

14 makes short stay with us. I have seen the bird in Formosa,

and one was caught by a ship off the Madjicosima group.

110. Francolinus perlatus, (Gmelin.)

Birds of this species are brought to market by the natives from

some nelehbouring part of the country.

111. Coturnix chinensis, (Gm.)

Met in winter among standing corn; and evidently as distinet

from the European species, as from the Japanese. [Evidently

a misnomer. E. B.]

112. Squatarola helvetica, (L.)

Winter visitant; met with in small flocks on the river mud-flats.

113. Oharadrius virgimicus, Bechst. | Pluvialis longipes, Bonap.]

This species, 1 think, rather than pluvialis. Winter. Tail not

distinctly banded, breaking off in the middle; size smaller

than the European. Axille motíled-9ray and not white.

114. Charadrius cantianus, Latham.

Arrives with the water-fowl, and frequents our sea mud-flats,

often in large flocks.

115. Charadrius philippinus, Latham.

Found on inland marshes, and new-turned fields during winter.

116. Charadríus Leschenaultim, Lesson.

I have only one specimen, which was shot out of a flock of

C. contianus. Yt is very much larger than the so-called

2 M2

260 Ornithology of Amoy. [No. 3,

Kentish Plover, but resembles it in winter garb, except that

this has no ventral white, indications of a perfect breast-band,

and lighter brown remiges and rectrices.

117. Hematopus ostralegus, L.

Rare winter-visitant.

118. 4rdea cinerea, (L.)

Often seen here ; but builds large heronries at Fowchow.

119. Herodias egretta, (L.) ? H. modesta, (Gray).

A large white Heron, seen occasionally ; not identified.

120. Herodias garzetta, (L.)

The common resident species; building in company on large

banyan trees.

121. Herodias eulophota, n. sp.

This differs from 4H. gazetta strikingly in having a yellow bill,

full-crested occiput, round instead of square tail and shorter

legs. 16 is moreover rare and solitary in habits while with us

during summer. It bears considerable affinity to H. candi-

dissima, Wagler, of N. American Ornithology. Bill fine yellow,

becoming flesh-coloured and purplish on the lores and round the

eye. lrides pearl white. Long loose feathers spring from the

occiput forming a full crest, the highest ones being longest

and measuring 41 each, the length diminishing gradually in

the lower ones. Long loose feathers also spring from the

lower neck, and from the back where they become decom-

posed into hair like silky webs curling upwards at their ends.

The whole plumage is of a snowy white. Legs and toes yel-

lowish or red-green, yellower on the soles and joints ; the upper

surface of the lower portion ofthe tarsus is blackened, as also

are some of the toe-joints but irregularly; claws blackish-

brown.

Average length 25 inches; wing 9%; tall 37. Bill 2,2, edge

of lower mandible 3,£,. Naked part of tibia 1,$ ; tarsus 37;

mid-toe 25, outer-toe 2.?,; inner 2,7; hind-toe 13.

122. Buphus coromandus, (Boddáert) ; russata, Temminck ; caboga,

Pen.

A numerous summer resident.

123. Ardeola prasinoscelis, n. sp. [The Ibis, TL, 64..]

I have long had suspicions as to the identity of our bird with either

1860. | Ornithology of ÁAmoy. 261

the speciosa from Java or the lewcoptera from Bengal, and

now, having satisfied myself, I will endeavour to shew the

difference. In the first place on comparing our Ardeola «with

the description of 4. speciosa in “ Horsfield's Researches in

Java,” the distinction is at once apparent. We begin with

ours. Description of male shot 30th May. Bill black for

nearly one half from the apex, middle portion chrome yellow,

base and cere indigo-grey. Legs greenish-chrome. Irides

orange-yellow. Head and neck Indian-red, changing into

purple as it descends to the back. Throat, median line of

under neck, belly, rump and wings white. Back having long

loose bluish-grey feathers decomposed and hair-like. Long

and hair-like feathers also spring from the lower neck, nearly

covering the blue feathers of the breast. Crest composed of two

long subulated feathers 43 long, with several shorter ones

titting into the grooves on their under sides; these feathers

are the same colour as the head. Now Horsfield states that

the Á. speciosa has “ in its complete dress the head above, de.

isabella-yellow with a rufous tint * * * * colour of the

back 2mtensely black * * * * feet dark yellowish-brown

E * * the crest consists of from 4 to 6 greatly lengthened

linear plumes of a very pure milk white colour. The bill is

dusky at the base.”

This comparison of the adult plumage is surely convincing of

non-identity of the two birds. The immature and winter

plumage would appear to be more similar, but even here there

are differences. In the Malayan species apud Horsfield “ the

wings and the tail are pure white,” in ours they are more or

less darked with blackish. In his “the feet and the upper

mandible throughout 1bs whole length, are black.” In ours

the former are bright yellowish-green with brownish claws,

and the bill pale liver-brown, black on the apical quarter of

16s length; the naked or loral space greenish-yellow, bluish

at the base of the bill.

It will thus be seen that our species is perfectly distinct from

the Malayan, A. speciosa, and for its non-identity with the

Bengal species I give the testimony of Mr. Blyth who re-

Ormithology of ÁAmoy. [No. 3,

189)

marks on some skins sent by myself to him, “ It is so exceed-

ing like our common 4. leucoptera in winter dress as to be

hardly, 1£ at all, distinguishable ; but utterly unlike it in sum-

mer garb.'”*

Our bird resides here all the year through, feeding in paddy-

fields and marshy ground. Its food is not confined to fish,

but grasshoppers, and insects of most kinds are acceptable.

In confinement 16 soon becomes omnivorous. It is more or less

solitary in habits, building loose nests of sticks on the topmost

boughs of banyan trees. The fledged young keep together

for some time after they leave the nest. [1 consider this bird

to be true speciosa. E. B.]

124. Ardetta flavicollis, (Latham.)

Rare here; but common during summer at Fowchow.

125. Ardetta cinnamomea, (Gmelin.)

A summer visitant.

126. Ardetta sinensis, (Gmelin) ; lepida, Horstield.

Common during summer among the bushes that line the banks

of the river.

127. Butorides javanica, (Horsfield.) Summer visitant.

128. Nyctiardea grisea, Vigors.

Rare here, but common at Fowchow.

129. Platalea leucorodia, L. Rare winter visitant.

130. Numemus major, Fauna Japon., Temm.

Regular winter visitant; frequents mud flats.

131. Zotanus glareola, (L.)

Common on inland marshy ground during winter.

132. Totanus ochropus, (L.)

Met by small streams of fresh water during winter, very seldom

near pools of salt water.

133. Zotanus chloropygius, Vieillot ?

Resembles the former in appearance and in habits, but is rarer.

134. Totanus glottoides, Vigors. [Identical with T. glottis. E. B.]

Common during winter on mud flats at the rivers mouth.

Totanus pulverulentus, Miller and Sehleg.

In the collection of E. Schlegel, Esq., and shot at Amoy.

* The same remark applies to the European and African Á. comata v.

ralloides, E, Bb.

1860. ] Ornithology of; Amoy. 265

135.

136.

137.

138.

139.

140.

14.1.

142.

143.

Tringoides hypoleucos, (L.)

Our common species, found the greater part of the year on the

sea-shore.

Recurvirostra avocetta, L. Occasional winter visitant.

Chinensis, Gray.

Tringa cinclus, L.

Upper tail-coverts black, and not white as in T. subarquata ; bill

long and curved.

Frequents our shores in large flocks during winter.

Tringa minuta, Leisler.

Autumnal flocks drop here.

Tringa Temmincki, Leisler.

Found in small parties scattered over wet fallow paddy-fields in

the cold season.

Scolopax rusticola, L.

Drop here during their migrations or on their first arrival.

Gallinago uniclava, Hodgson.

Our commonest species in paddy-fields ; retires in summer to

breed.

Gallinago stemura, (Temminck.)

Also common, but more solitary than the above.

Gallinago solitaria (?), Hodgson.

Found in ravines among the hills ; very solitary. It is a large

species and has the tail slightly rounded and .consisting of

20 nearly equally long feathers ; the 8 middle ones broad and

the 6 lateral ones narrow, beginning with the 1st which is

little more than ,, wide and gradually increasing towards the

outermost of the 8 central, which is narrower than the rest.

It differs a good deal from the species described as solitaria in

the Fauna Japonica.

144. Gallinago major, (L.)

This species 1 have met only during the month of September

in fields overflowed with salt water. It is rather solitary and

rises with a cry. It resembles (E. major more nearly than

any [am acquainted with, but has ezyhteen tail-feathers in-

stead of sixteen, and the outer toe is disproportionally long.

145. Gallinula orientalis. Rare.

264 Ornithology of; Amoy. [No. 3,

146. Gallinula phenicura, Pennant ;" javanica, Horsfield ; chinensis,

Boddaért.

Rare.

147. Anser segetum, Latham ? y

Frequents the mouth of the river in immense flocks during winter.

148. Tadorna vulpanser, Fleming.

149. Casarca rutila, (Pallas.)

150. Anas boschas, L.

151. Anas pecilorhynca, Gm.

152. Dafila acuta, (L.)

153. Querquedula"crecca, Stephens.

All more or less common during winter in the river.

154. Querquedula falcata, (Pallas) ; multicolor, (Scop.) ; manillensis,

Gmel. ?

155. Fuligula"martla, (L.)

156. Puligula cristata, Stephens.

157. Mergus serrator, L.

158. Colymbus glacialis, L.

159. Podiceps cristatus, L.

160. Podiceps auritus, L.

More or less common during winter.

161. Podiceps philippensis, Bonn.

A resident species in large rush-covered ponds; chinensis, 'lem-

minck.

162. Diomedea brachyura, 'Temminck ?

163. Diomedea fuliginosa, L. ?

Caught by fishermen outside the harbour and brought to market.

164. Larus canus, L.

165. Larus fuscus, L.; flavipes, Meyer.

166. Larus melanurus, Temm. and Schleg.

167. Larus ———?

168. Gavia Kittlitza, (Bruch) ; maculipennis, Bonap.

169. Sterna¿caspia, Pallas.

170. Sterna cristata, Stephens ; pelicanoides, King ; velox, Eúppell.

More or less common during winter.

171. Sterna minuta, L.

172. Hydrochelidon javanica, Horsfield.

Rare summer visitant.

1860.] Ornithology of Amoy. 265

173. Pelecanus crispus, Bruch ; philippensts, Ganelin.

Common in winter.

174. kEFraculus carbo, L.

APPENDIX OR ADDENDA.

(Remove No. 45 to the Muscicapide and before the description

of the female add)

The bird that formed the subject of description in the Fauna Japo-

nica was most probably in full summer plumage. The account in that

work runs thus :—“ Les parties inférieures de cet oiseau, á partir du

menton, sont d'un brun ferrugineux jaunátre eb tres-vif, mais passant

au blanc sur le bas ventre. Cette dernieré teinte occupe également les

couvertures inférieures de la queue, et les supérieures des grandes cou-

vertures extérieures de Paile. La moitié postérieure de la barbe externe

des cinq paires extérieures des pennes de la queue est également

teinte de blanc, les supérieures des rémiges secondaires sout bordées

de blane, et on observe une raie blanchátre mais tres peu apparente au

dessus de la région des oreilles. Toutes les autres parties de loiseau

sont d'un noir, plus pále eb tirant au brunátre sur les ailes. Les

plumes axillaires sont d'un brun ferrugineuse jaunátre, et less petites

couvertures inférieures des ailes, nolres mais bordées de blanc.”

The only male as yet shot here was procured by G. Schlegel, Esq.

on the 15th November, but instead of a black crown, back and scapu-

laries, 16 has those parts olive-brown with a reddish wash. The white

on the upper coverts is more indistinct; and the basal portion of

inner webs of the 5 lateral rectrices are more or less white. In all

essential points it is so similar, that 1 have little doubt of its being

the Japanese species in male winter plumage.

(Add, as a species, after No. 36, P. sylvicultrix.)

Phylloscopus hylebata, n. sp.

From one individual in the collection of G. Schlegel, Esq. of Amoy.

I have compared this specimen with upwards of 20 or 30 specimens

of P. sylvicultriz, and come to the conclusion that 14 must be distinet.

Though the size of this species is greater, yet the 156 quill is more

- minute than in the foregomg,.

2 Nx

266 On the Translation of Waves of Water. [No. 3,

Length 5, wing 2 2, tail 2. Bill 2, deep blackish brown with

pale tomia. Tarsus ,. Legs and claws deep blackish-brown with

yellow soles and tips to claws. The olive-green above is much the

same as in sylvicultrix, but the eye-streak and under-parts are much

yellower.

DOLDILILIIIS IIS ISININISISIS III

On the Translation of Waves of Water with relation to the great flood

of the Indus in 1858.—.By J. OBBARD, Esq.

“At 5 a. mM. on the 10th August, 1858, the Indus at Attock was

very low. At 7 A. M. it had risen ten feet. By 0.30 p. m. it had

risen fifty feet, and 14 continued to rise until ib stood ninety feet

higher than it did in the morning. The Cabul river continued to

flow upwards for ten hours. The fall was at first slow ; but the river

was about eight feet below 1ts maximum by sunset; and continuing

gradually to fall, it had during the 12th returned very much to the

position 1h occupied before the flood came down.”—.Extracts from

Journal of Asiatic Society, 1858, 1859.

1. Several papers have been recently forwarded to the Society

upon the greab flood of the Indus in August, 1858, and, as 16 is a sub-

ject in which I take great interest, I trust that I may be excused

in submitting my views regarding 16.

2. I propose, therefore, in the following paper, to consider the mode

in which this vast body of water passed Attock, and with this view,

I shall first treat cursorily of the nature of waves of water generally,

more especially, however, dwelling upon waves of the class which from

their formation and size, seem to be analogous to that which is under

consideration, stating in general terms, their mode and rate of trans16 ;

and the limit within which wave translation is possible; and I shall

then endeavour to shew the application of these laws to the speciali-

ties of the Indus wave, touching briefly upon some erroneous specula-

tions which seem to have been made upon insufficient data.

3. A waveis an inequality of surface or variation of level in a

stream of water, which may be of any size according to the force of

ibs original cause. It is unnecessary to enquire into the origin of a

wave for the purpose of elucidating its specialities, as all waves when

1860. ] On the Translation of Waves of Water. 267

once formed and the original cause withdrawn, or as they may be

termed free, obey the same laws, and are subject to the same pecu-

liarities.

4. The undulation upon a smooth sheet of water from a school

boy's pebble ; the ocean wave thrown up by the wind ; the gush of water

from a destroyed dam or suddenly-withdrawn barrier; the swell from

a steamer's paddle; and the great free tide-wave which, twice in the

twenty-four hours is poured into all estuaries and rivers through the

inequality of the attraction of the heavenly bodies :—all these waves

so different in origin, size, and formation, are subject to the same

series of laws, which have been, to a certain extent, investigated.

5. It should first be remarked that the progress of a wave is not

the progress of the particles of which it is composed. A traveller,

upon visiting the sea-shore for the first time, might be led to suppose

that each wave was bringing with 1t the mass of water of which it

was originally composed, and depositing 1t upon the shore. A little

closer observation would, however, soon convince him of his mistake,

as he would perceive that a piece of drift wood or of foam, would

maintain the same mean distance from the beach, although several

successive waves lifted it upon their crests, and deposited 1t in their

succeeding hollows.

6. The same law may be shewn to hold with the tidal wave. In

the accompanyimg tide table (with a copy of which, if thought useful,

I shall be happy to furnish the Society annually)—the time of high

water at Calcutta, or of the passage of the crest of the tidal wave

at that place, is predicted for every day throughout the year. In

the lower part of the sheet, the distances of places from Calcutta

along the river are given in geographical miles, and against each,

under the column of “correction for high water,” is the interval of

time which the crest of the wave occupies in travelling that distance.

With these data 16 will be seen that the tidal wave of the Hooghly

has a mean speed between Saugor and Calcutta of about 20% geogra-

phical or 24 British miles per hour—while the speed of the water

perhaps never exceeds eight, and is frequently as low as 2 miles

per hour—without any corresponding variation in the rate of trans-

lation of the wave. The position, moreover, of the junction of the

salt water of the ocean, with the fresh water of the river stream, is

2N2

268 On the Translation of Waves of Water. [No. 3,

not permanently affected by the passage of the wave, but oscillates

between two fixed points upon flood and ebb, according to wave laws

which will presently be indicated.

7. The progress of a wave then may be described as the transla-

tion of a shape or form, in which the particles are continuously

changing—but these particles although they are successively cast off,

have a certain motion communicated to them by the wave, though

it is not that of the wave itself.

8. The sea side observer would with attentive watching perceive,

that the piece of drift wood or foam is actually carried forward by

the crest of the wave to a certain extent, though not in anything

like the ratio of progression of the wave itself, and that when the

wave has passed, 16 is carried backward in the suceeeding hollow, so

that it always occupies the same mean position ; and in like manner,

a boat or a ship, and the termination of the salt water, are carried a

eertain distance up a river by the flood or crest of a tidal wave, and

down again by the ebb or hollow, so that if uninfluenced by other

causes they will recover their original position.

9. It has been mathematically demonstrated, and direct experi-

ment has established, that the particles of water of which a wave is

composed, actually move in a circle; or an ellipse; the formation

of which varies in proportion to the mass of the wave, and the depth

of the water.

10. When the wave is small, and the water deep, the particles

move nearly, if not quite, in a perfect circle,—in other words the

vertical and horizontal displacements are about equal; but when the

wave is very large, as the tidal wave, and the water shallow, the

vertical displacement is wholly insignificant to the horizontal, and

the motion of the particle, measured from any fixed point, is an

extremely flat ellipse, of which the horizontal is the major axis.

11. In the accompanying sketch, a wave is supposed to be

travelling along a level sheet of water from X. to Z.—A. is the centre

of the preceding hollow:—B. the middle of the anterior slope:—

C. the crest of the wave:—D. the middle of the posterior slope :—

and E. the centre of the succeeding hollow. .A particle of waber

which is at A. will be carried backward or towards the wave :—At

B. its horizontal motion will be neutralized and it will be found

“SAPPNALJ AAPAN JO UOMO]Y 3UY1 JO UYNMIMS

1860. ] On the Translation of Waves of Water. 269

to move directly upwards. At C. 14 will be carried forwards with the

wave:—At D. it will have no horizontal motion, but will be carried

downwards to the same extent 1 was moved upwards at B. and at E.,

14 will be again carried backwards :—at which point the whole wave

having passed, ib will hold the same actual position which 14 did at

A., the vertical and horizontal displacements having exactly balanced

each other. « It is scarcely needful to remark that there is no sudden

alteration from the horizontal to the vertical motions, and vice versá,

but that at each intermediate position the motion is a compound one,

forming a gradual curve:—these fixed points having been only

selected for convenient illustration. All the particles below the

surface pursue the same course as those above them ; 1. e.—all those

below the crest of the wave move forwards ; and all those below the

hollow move backwards, but where the water is deep the motion

low down becomes imperceptible, and where it is shallow it is practi-

cally the same as at the surface.

12. Themotion ofa wave therefore, being simply the translation

of a shape, is unaffected by any current which may be running in the

stream on which 1t is generated. According to the direction of its

original impetus it may travel with a current, at right angles to 16, or

even directly against 16; and either up hill or down hill; without its

speed or rate of transit being materially affected thereby. 1 say

materially, for a current does, to a certain extent, modify the condi-

tions of a wave, and 1 have reason therefore to think that it may

also affect its speed, but that this effect, if there be any, is very slight,

may be easily demonstrated.

The Hooghly, like all other rivers, must be considered as a stream of

fresh water running towards the sea, into which is poured, once every

twelve hours, a large wave. As the crest of this wave is approaching

or passing a given spot within the river, the particles of which it is

temporarily composed are flowing upwards, or it is technically termed

flood tide. Tb is evident that the upward speed of the particles is

checked by the constant resistance of the river stream, and that in

like manner when the crest of the wave has passed, and the parti-

cles receding in the hollow, they are aided in their backward course,

by the velocity of the river stream.

13. The river stream is therefore a constant—plus to the ebb,

and minus to the flood.

270 On the Translation of Waves of Water. [No. 3,

14. But the speed or force of the river stream varies considerably

at different times of the year. In the month of March, or the dry

season, its rate off Calcutta does not exceed half a mile per hour;

whereas in the month of August, or the height of the freshets 14

may amount to three miles per hour. Now, 1f the river stream does

sensibly retard the passage of the wave itself, 1h 15 evident that its

effect is far more potent when 16 is large, and we have thus a direct

experiment of variation afforded us to discover if this be the case.

15. When the time of the lunar transit is Oh. Om. or when the

sun and moon are in conjunction ; the crest of the tidal wave passes

the floating light vessel, which is 119 miles below Calcutta, at

9h. Om. throughout the year. This is not critically correct but suf-

ficiently so for the purpose. In the month of March the same wave

reaches Calcutta, at 2h. 35m.; and in the month of August ab

2h. 10m. by which 14 would appear that 16 actually takes less time

by twenty-five minutes to travel to Calcutta durmg the height of the

freshets, than it does in the dry season, and this, although the up-

ward current of the particles of which the wave is composed, is

entirely neutralised by the increased rush of the river stream.

16. The factis, that the speed of the wave depends almost entirely

upon two other contingencies, viz. the depth of the water, and the

mass of the generated wave.

17. When the depth of the water is greater than the length of

the wave, the rate of translation depends entirely upon the mass of

the wave, and is proportional to the square root ofits length.

18. When the depth of the water is small and the wave very

great, as in the tidal wave in rivers and those analogous to it, the

velocity of translation depends solely upon depth of the stream, and

is proportional to the square root of the depth.

19. From what has been above stated, the cause of the superior

velocity of the tidal wave up the Hooghly in August is apparent;

and that, if the river stream exerts any sensible retarding effect what-

ever, the increased natural velocity of the wave, through the river

being surcharged with water, is sufficient to neutralise 14 altogether.

20. The rapidity therefore of a river stream or current is no crite-

rion whatever of the rate of translation of a wave upon 16; and such

a supposition may lead to very erroneous conclusions, as the speed of

ASA ES

ASIA BQ e UYLM AJALI JO UO0NAOGZ

1860.] On the Translation of Waves 0f Water. 271

a current is markedly increased by compression, which on the con-

trary, retards the translation of a wave through friction.

21. It is now necessary to trace the connection between the phe-

nomenon of the flooding of the Indus, and the preceding laws; in

fact, to answer the question which has been proposed on the assump-

tion of the cause being some obstruction above. Why may not all

the water which was heaped up above the dam be supposed to have

come down the river as a huge cataract when the barrier was overborne ;

without taking the formation of a wave at all ?

22. Tothis ib may, I believe, be answered. 1st. That it 1s impos-

sible according to the laws of fluids, that a variation of level, however

1h may have been caused, should do otherwise than alter its position

by wave motion, (excepting in the case noted in a succeeding section.)

The huge superincumbent mass must necessarily force up the water

about and beyond 16, far more rapidly than its own particles could

run down the declivity for the following reasons.

Let ABC be a portion of a river flowing towards the sea on a

slightly inclined plane, and let there be a barrier at B which has so

completely shut off the water above it, that by the accumulation of

rain, melted snow, dc. 1t has risen several feet above the level of the

river below it. Now, let us suppose the barrier B to be suddenly

destroyed, what will be the motion of the waters ?

The triangle A B Dis then evidently, for all purposes of calculation,

a ready formed wave, which will follow the laws of a wave in the

mode of its translation. A small portion of the water near to B will

of course topple over upon the water below it in foam through lateral

pressure, but this will only continue so long as a sufficient slope is

forming, to support the wave unbroken. The great body of the water

will follow a different course.

Let us take the column of water x y z; each particle under x is

pressed downwards, but finds no outlet in that direction; and as

fluids press equally in all directions, the forces towards A and B are

equal ; but from A 16 is also shut out, and 16 is consequently directed

towards B with a force proportional to the differential gravitation

of x z and F z, but beyond B E the particles will be pushed upwards

as well as forwards, causing the water to be heaped up successively

at PY HJ, £c. thus translating a protuberance above the level of the

272 On the Translation of Waves 0f Water. [No. 3,

stream to those spots by the simple pressure of gravitation ; long

before the particles x, b, dc. can reach them—(always conditionally

that D E, F G, «c. are sufficiently long to float the wave, which con-

tingeney will be treated of hereafter.) In other words the particles

x, b, move down the river with a speed proportional to the sine of

the angle of the inclination of ibs bed; minus friction, and plus the

wave motion communicated to them ; but the wave crest is translated

directly according to the known ratio of gravitation, minus only the

retard of friction.

2ndly. That we have evidence that the phenomenon presented all

the characteristics ofa wave. We are told that in the morning the river

at Attock was “unusually low.” This was the preceding hollow,—then

that “the river at first came swelling up quite quietly but very

rapidly, not less for a little time, than a foot per minute.” This was

the rise on the anterior slope,—then “ this of course did not last very

long, for as the width, the depth and the velocity increased, so did the

discharge, dic.” This was the onward motion of the particles at the

passage of the crest.—Then we hear of a more gradual fall on the

posterior slope of the wave, which seems to have been much flatter

then the anterior slope, as is always the case with large waves in

shallow water. Thesé facts are apparently in accordance with the

wave laws, and inconsistent with any other theory. And it may be

replied,

3rdly. That those who doubt may make the matter a direct subject

of experiment upon a small scale.

23. From the nature of the phenomenon of the flooding of the

Indus; and for the reasons, above detailed, I have no hesitation in

considering 1t, when 16 passed Attock, as an immense wave, the mass

of which was very considerable in proportion to the depth of the

stream. I consider it therefore analogous to the tidal wave, and 16

is, on that account, that I have treated so fully of waves of that class.

I have little hesitation in ascribing to the Indus wave a length of

one hundred miles when it passed Attock, but if 1t were only five

miles or as much as five hundred, the following results would not be

materially affected.

24. Where the depth of the stream above Attock was not more

the rate of translation of the wave should

than twenty-five feet

1860. | On the Translation of Waves 0f Water. 273

theoretically have been about nineteen British miles per hour : and

where it equalled fifty feet, the speed should have equalled twenty-six

miles per hour: and so on, increasing in direct proportion to the

square root of the depth of the river.

25. Itis, however, necessary here to observe that the foregoing

remarks are only applicable within certain limits ; and that when the

depth of the stream is very small, the continuity of the wave motion

1s lost; and the crest of the wave topples over in broken water. The

limit of depth within which, wave motion is impossible, is perhaps

not very closely ascertained; but 1f 16 be assumed at one-half the

height of the advancing wave, 16 will be sufficiently close for the

present purpose. It seems that when a wave reaches shallow water,

sufficient particles do not exist in advance, to maintain the altitude

of the anterior slope.—Its form consequently changes gradually

from a slope to a perpendicular, until the particles on the crest still

proceeding with the same velocity, find at last no support and topple

over by their own momentum in a torrent of foam. The swell upon

a coral reef; the flood bore of the Hooghly; and the heavy surge

upon the Madras coast ; are illustrations of this law respecting large

waves in shallow water.

26. It would not have been necessary to dwell upon this fact

with relation to the Indus wave of 1858, which certainly was not a

broken one; but, as discredit has been thrown upon the traditions

respecting the noise, the foam, and the destruction, de. of the

previous flood of 1841, and the diminution of water previous

thereto, together with the greater altitude it attained, because

similar phenomena were not present in 1858, 1 would observe that

the very concomitancy of these traditions, leads me to yield a general

belief to the whole of them. It is stated that the flood of 1841,

culminated at twelve feet higher than that of 1858, and started from

a much lower zero. It is, therefore, probable that the positive

altitude of the wave was twenty-four feet greater than that of the

late flood; and moreover, that the stream upon which it travelled

was twelve feet shallower. It is therefore very probable that the

conditional limits within which wave motion is possible, were not

present in 1841, though they were in 1858.

27. 1 regret that so little practical information can be deduced

2 0

274 Archdeacon Pratt on the [No. 3,

from the preceding theory, regarding the late flood—much local

knowledge would be requisite to obtain any result which would be

even generally satisfactory. Moreover, the disturbing effects of

friction, through varying depths and breadths, and the influence

of tributaries; would perhaps always prevent a close approximation

between observed facts and theoretical deductions. Still, however,

as correct methods of investigation are only second in importance

to accurate observations of phenomena; I trust that the foregoing

exposition of what I believe to be the true principles of tidology

will not be wholly valueless—which, it will not be, if i6 only induce

those who are better able to deal with the difficulties of the subject,

to examine and refute the errors into which I may have fallen.

On the physical difference between a rush of water like a torrent

down a channel and the transmission of a Wave down a river—with

reference to the Inundation of" the Indus, as observed at Attock, in

August, 1858.—By ArcHDEAcoN J. H. PrarrT..

The following paper is the substance of some remarks I made at

the monthly meeting of the Asiatic Society early in September, after

the reading of Mr. Obbard's paper published above. That interesting

communication was shown to me and to one or two other members

when it was first forwarded to the Society, and a discussion which

ensued persuaded me that some further explanation of the manner in

which a wave may have been generated on the Indus, as supposed |

by Mr. Obbard, by the bursting of a bund and the precipitation of |

the pent-up waters, would not be unacceptable.

I do not stand forth precisely as the advocate of the view, that

thé rise and fall of the water at Attock was produced by the trans- |

mission of a wave, rather than by the ordinary rush of water in a |

swollen river; because there are several facts, which 16 1s necessary

to determine before coming to a decision. We ought to know whe- |

ther there are any great bends and shallows in the river; and the |

phenomena to be explained ought to be more fully before us. Myob- |

jectis to show the possibility ofsuch an explanation as Mr. Obbard has |

advanced ; and to give my reasons for on the whole inclining to the |

view that the disturbance at Attock was produced by the passage of |

a wave. J..H. E.

Imindation of the Indus in 1858. 27

1. In fig. 1 suppose that A E

is a surface of still-water, in a

canal closed at one end and ex-

tending indefinitely to the left.

P is a gigantic plug, supposed to

be thrust down vertically into

the water. As the plug descends,

pressure will be continually com-

municated through the water so

as to lift up the surface of the

water in the canal. As the plug

descends successively to a, b, e,

d, e (omitted by the engraver)

the surface will be raised up

into the curves at A, B, C, D, E.

The greatest rise at any instant

will be close to the plug, where

the pressure has been acting

longest ; and the elevation of the

surface in each curve will he less

and less in passing down the

canal, because the pressure has

been acting for a shorter and

shorter time. At the instant the

plug reaches the bottom, the sur-

face will have been elevated into

half a convex wave LE, its

length depending upon the rapi-

dity with which the pressure

has been communicated. The

amount of water in this elevated

halfwave will be equal to the

volume of water displaced by the

plug. It is evident, that during

the formation of this half-wave

the several particles of water

beneath its surface have received

a slight upward and forward mo-

276 Formation of a Wave [No. 3,

tion of transfer; this effect being produced by the plug forcing

onwards into the canal the water 14 displaces.

2. 1f the plug remains motionless after it has reached the bottom,

and the halfowave 16 has forced up is left to itself, the following

process will take place. The higher parts of the half-wave will sink

by their own weight and press up its less elevated parts; and these

in their turn will by their weight press up the surface of the hitherto

still water of the canal beyond the originally formed half-wave. By

this process the half-wave L E which was generated by the plug

will form itself into a whole-wave of less height and greater length

than the half-wave, like G K in fig. 3. This whole-wave will move

freely along the canal, elevating the surface of the water at each

place as 16 passes 16, and then depressing the surface again to the

original level. The slope of the back of this wave will, in general,

be longer than the forepart of the wave, because this slope 1s formed

by the sinking of the elevated water merely by its weight; whereas

the forepart of the wave is formed (as above described) by the forced

action of the plug, and this force is supposed to be much greater

than the mere difference of weight arising from the different eleva-

tions of the different parts of the wave. This free whole-wave is

represented in fig. 3. The volume of water in this whole-wave,

which moves solitarily and freely along the canal, is the same as the

volume of water in the forced halfwave from which it grew, and

therefore is equal to the volume of water displaced by the plug.

3. The length of the generated half-wave, (and therefore also the

length of the free whole-wave which finally moves along the canal,)

depends upon the rapidity with which pressure is communicated

through water. This rapidity depends upon the exciting cause. A

very extreme example of the communication of pressure through

water is seen in the velocity of sound through water, which has been

found by careful experiments in the Lake of Geneva to be about

elght-ninths of a mile in one second, or 3200 miles an hour. At this

rate 1s the pressure communicated, which causes the minute but

rapid vibrations of the water which produce the sound. Another

example is the velocity of the tidal-wave up the Hooghly, which

moves (as Mr. Obbard states) at 24 miles an hour. I have myself

made experiments on the great swell-waves at the Equator and found

1860. ] and its transmission down the Indus. 277

them to move at 27 miles an hour.* Waves may be made, as is well

known, to move much slower than this, if the pressure producing

them is less. The rapidity of the communication of pressure, and

therefore the velocity of translation of the wave, depends upon the

intensity of the cause producing the pressure.

4. In order to apply these results to the phenomenon in question,

I suppose, instead of the plug pressing down the surface, a large

body of water to have fallen upon the surface of the Indus by the

bursting of the barrier, as represented in fig. 2. According to the

force with which this descending mass struck the river, would be

the velocity with which the front of the generated half-wave would

begin to move down the river. As the cataract poured down from:

the broken barrier, its successive portions, after causing the pressure

by their impact and weight and so aiding in the generation of the

half=wave, would become themselves in turn part of the river, and so

part of the medium through which the pressure of the next falling

portion was transmitted, to continue the generation of the wave.

* During a voyage from England by the Cape in 1838 1 made the following

experiment with the assistance of the first and second officers. A day was

chosen when the swell was moving from ahead aft, and the ship was making only

about three knots. At one end of the log line a large bung was fastened, and

40 fathoms further up another large bung was tied on, the intermediate forty

fathoms of line having a number of smaller corks attached to it to make it float.

The line thus furnished was thrown into the water astern, and more line allowed

to run off the reel till the bungs were well clear of the ship. The second officer,

who held the reel, then checked the line from running out further: and the

40 fathoms of line between the two bungs were drawn out straight by the way

the ship made. As the wave which was to be observed approached the vessel

from ahead, at the word “ let go” the line was allowed to run off the reel, and

the bungs, with the line between them stretched straight, instantly remained

stationary in the sea. The moment the wave lifted the first bung to its highest

point was marked by my giving a “now,” and the moment the second bung was

raised to its highest point by the same wave a second “now.” The first ofíicer,

who had a chronometer in his hand, marked the interval ; it was found to be

about 6 seconds. That is, the wave moved over 40 fathoms in 6 seconds, or 1

mile in 132 seconds, or about 27 miles in one hour. Each of us took the several

places in turn of reel-holder, time-keeper, and observer ; and the results were the

same.

278 Length and height of the Wave. [No. 3,

The half-wave would be in the process of generation until the pent-up

waters were exhausted.

Major Cunningham states in his work on Ladak, that the mass of

water which accumulated in 1841 and caused the inundation of the

Indus in that year, was estimated at 20,000,000,000 cubic feet. This

equals a volume 100 feet deep, 380 feet wide, and 100 miles long !

If the flood of 1858 was only half of this or even much less, the

reservolr was large enough to generate a half-wave of enormous

length, and to produce a final free whole-wave much longer still.

As the Indus varies in width and depth, this wave would undergo

various modifications as 14 passed down, especially as we must combine

with 1 the natural downward current of the river—probably as much

as from 7 to 10 miles or more at the season when the flood occurred.

Thus at Attock where the river is confined at its usual level to a

width of less than 800 feet by rocks there is no difficulty in assuming,

that the elevation of the water would be greater than in other parts

where the stream was wider.

5. The state of the Indus at Attock in ordinary years is this.

The water is lowest in March. By the melting of the snow in May,

and by the rains after that, the surface at Attock has risen by August

through 50 feet above the lowest or winter level in March. The

facts of the phenomenon of 1858, as observed by the late Captain

Henderson at Attock (and recorded in the Journal for 1859, p. 199)

were these. In August the river was unusually low for that season

of the year, being only about 25 feet (instead of the usual 50 feet)

above the winter level. On the 10th August at 6 A. M. the water

began to rise, and in the first, second, third, and fourth hours rose

through 26,12,7,4 feet, and in the next three hours and a half through

6 feet, so as at 13 p. m. to stand at 80 feet above the winter level.

After this, 16 began very slowly to subside and returned to 1ts usual

level in about (say) 223 hours, making 30 hours for the whole rise

and fall of the water at Attock. The rise occupied one-fourth of

this time, and the fall three-fourths. This accords with the form

of the wave, the slope of which on the back is much longer than the

rise on the front, as explained in para. 2, and represented in fig. 3.

6. The difficulties in the way of receiving this explanation arise

from the possible shallows and rapids and sudden bends in the river,

1860. ] Explanation of the Bore in the Hooghly. 279

and the consequent checks and friction which might materially inter-

fere with the motion and maintenance of the wave. It may be said,

however, on the other hand, that the catastrophe occurred ab the

season of the year when the river is fullest of water; and although

in 1858, even in August, the river was as low as to be only 25 feet

(instead of 50 feet) above winter level, nevertheless there must have

been a considerable amount of water in the river before the flood

came, sufficient very likely for the generation and propagation of the

wave. Here, however, is a ground of uncertainty. But even if it

were admitted that some impediment of the kind existed between

the broken barrier and Attock, yet the influx of waters would ab

length rise over the impediment like an ordinary rush of water on a

much swollen river, and commence to generate a wave in the river

below the impediment, as the influx of the tidal water at the sand-

heads produces a tidal wave.

7. We may understand how the water which the wave had raised

just above the impediment would get over the impediment into the

part of the river below it, ready to produce another wave by 1ts pres-

sure, by observing the breakers of the Bore in the Hooghly. 'The Bore

is simply the flood-tide-wave moving along the river at the springs

at which season the influx at the sandheads is greatest. The onward

movement of this wave or form at the rate of 24 miles an hour is

accompanied (as stated in para. 1) by an upward and onward move-

ment of the parts of the water itself in the front of the wave, though

at a much smaller rate than that of the form or wave itself. Con-

ceive this wave coming suddenly from deep water into shallow.

What will take place at the boundary line between deep and shallow

water? The pressure lifts up the water on the deep side of the

boundary line and so forms the front of the great tidal-wave at that

spot, and at the same instant gives the water thus lifted up a slight

onward motion, which carries 16 on to the shallow side of the boundary

line between the deep and shallow parts. The pressure-action by

which the wave should be propagated onwards over the flat is now

destroyed ; for the upheaved water thus lifted up over the shallow

has nothing but the hard bottom to press down upon, and this

unyielding bottom will not communicate the pressure onwards (as 16

would if it had been itself water) to keep up the formation of a wave

280 The Bore in the Hooghly. [No. 8,

ahead. Hence the water, lifted upon the shallow bottom by the

action of the wave moving up to the boundary line, will move on

over the shallow with its own proper onward motion already acquired,

increased by the action of gravity upon the unsupported front of the

mass which has found its way, as described, upon the shallow. The

water thus heaved up by the wave from the deep side is, so to speak,

poured out upon the shallow, and it rushes along over the flat in a

running torrent of breakers, till 16 covers it over with water to the

level of the rest of that part of the river now swollen by the flood

which is come in.

The violence of this process will depend very much upon the form

of the bottom of the river, and the degree of abruptness of the

transition from deep water to shallow. Tf this transition is gradual,

the advancing wave will be reduced gradually by the increasing

friction of the bottom; and the resisting pressure caused by the

bottom (as 16 inclines up and so faces the wave) will reduce the action,

and when the wave does break, if ib break at all, it will do so

feebly, like ordinary waves on the sea-shore. Tf, however, the

transition be abrupt from deep water into shallow, the action will

be as described above in explaining the Bore. This description

will show why the phenomenon is so much more sensible when

the Hooghly is full of water, in the freshes, than in the dry season.

In the dry season the river lies down in the deep channel, and when

the accession of water at the spring tides lifts it up, the highest

part only of the tidal-wave rises above the flats or shallows, and

runs on them, therefore, without violence. But when the river is

full, the general level is raised higher than in the dry season and the

flood-wave at the springs is bodily raised up above the level of the

flats and falls upon them, and rushes over them with a correspond-

ingly greater violence.

This digression about the Bore will serve to illustrate the action

of the wave in the Indus when it reaches an impediment stretch-

ing across its breadth, such as a fordable shallow, or a rapid

caused by broken rocks on a descent. The wave will break, and rush

over the impediment (aided in this case by the downward current of

the stream) in a torrent of breakers, and the mass of waters, on

arriving at the deeper water below the impediment, will again form

1860.]| Why the Indus-flood was probably caused by a wave. 281

a wave by the pressure-action, though not so large as the previous

one, because some force will have been destroyed by impact and

friction.

8. If the barrier, causing the aceumulation of waters, occurred

on the main-stream, ib might be objected, that, owing to the long

stoppage of the supply, there could not have been water enough

below the barrier for the descending mass to impinge upon and

produce the wave. In this case the mass would rush down the dry

or almost dry channel, and as soon as 14 came to a part of the river

where (from its tributaries) the depth of water was sufficient, the

sudden influx of the flood would by 1ts weight press downwards and

cause the wave to spring up ahead and run down the stream as

already described, exactly as the tidal-wave is formed.

9. The reasons which favour the hypothesis of the wave-explan-

ation are these :

(1.) Captain Henderson, who appears to have been the only

European who observed the disturbance of the river, inclines to a

velocity which accords more with the notion of a wave of water

than with that of the water itself rushing down at such a speed : see

Journal, 1859, p. 207.

(2.) In his account he says (p. 208) “ at first 16 [the water] came

welling up quietly, but very rapidly.” This looks much more like

the upliftins of the surface by a pressure from below, than the rush

of water down the river. z

(3.) He tells us in his account (p. 208) that four hours after

the rise began, and three hours and a half before the maximum rise

was attained, he crossed the river in a boat. This he hardly could

have done had the waters of the swollen river been moving down

bodily at the wave's velocity.

10. Mr. Obbard in his paper attributes the low state of the river

at Attock before the flood came, to the hollow which precedes a wave,

like the tidal-wave in the Hooghly, and he takes the existence of this

depression to be an argument in favour of his explanation. But this

would rather appear to have arisen from the stoppage of the full

supply of water in consequence of the dam being formed: and it is

evident that there was no cawse producing a hollow in the process

explained above by which the wave was generated.

282 The Indus-flood of 1858. [No. 3,

For example, in the illustration 1 have given above, if the plug

began to rise again after ib had reached the bottom of the river, a

hollow wave wowld be formed by the rushing back of the water to sup-

ply the vacuum caused under the plug. The hollow wave thus produced

is analogous to the convex wave, and would run along the canal after

the convex wave. Tf the plug were thrust down again and then raised

again, another pair of convex and concave waves would be formed. If

the rise and fall of the plug occupied six hours each, the action would

be like the influx and withdrawal of the tidal mass of water at the

Sandheads from the Bay of Bengal, and the convex and concave waves

would represent the high and low tides. In this mode of action a

concave or hollow always precedes, as well as follows, a convex wave.

But in the case of the Indus there was only the addition of a

mass of water to the river as it was before the catastrophe took

place and the wave was formed, and no subtraction of water. A wave

of elevation only was, therefore, formed, which ran down the river

and passed off into the sea, spending much of its strength no doubt on

the way, and in part perhaps restoring the lost level which had arisen

from the stoppage of the supply.

DDD ADIAIID0IDLI AS PAD IDI0 IIS ISININIS IS ISI IN ININISIOI SISI ISININ INIA

On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia; with a Note on

the Races of: Rein Deer, and a Note on Domestic Animals in

general.—By Eb. BLYTH.

The species of Bovine animals (so far as known), whether recent

or fossil, resolve into three primary groups : viz.

1. Bisontine. 11. Taurine. 111. Bubaline. Two of these groups

being again divisable as follow.

I. Bisontine (adapted for a frigid climate). Subdivided into—

1. Ovrños (the * Musk Ox” of the Arctic * Barren grounds” of Ame-

rica ; but which, formerly, during the glacial epoch, was far more

extensively diffused, remains of this animal having been met with in

1860.] On the Flat-horned Tawrine Cattle of S. E. Asta. 283

the British islands*).—2. Boórmerrum ; extinct (founded on two

specific races, one of which is the Ovibos Pallantis of de Blainville,

and the other is the Bos bombifrons of Harlan).—38. Brisox (the well-

known broad-fronted and shaggy Bisons of Europe and N. America,

and formerly of N. Asia).—4. PórrmaGus (the Yak of high Central

Asia). To this Bisontine division pertain the only indigenous Bovine

quadrupeds of America.

II. TZaurine (with the exception of the humped cattle suited to

a temperate climate and restricted to mountainous countries within or

near the tropics). Subdivided into—1. ZuBus (the Zebu or humped

cattle of the hotter regions of Asia and Africa). 2. Taurus (the

humpless cattle with cylindrical horns).—3. Gavaus (the humpless

cattle with flattened horns, peculiar to S. E. Asia).

TIT. Bubaline (the flat-horned, thinly clad and thick-hided, wal-

lowing'Y cattle of Asia and Africa). Comprising only—1. BUBALUS

(the Buffaloes, including the Anoa of Celebes).

According to the views so very ably expounded by Mr. C. Darwin,

all the species of one genus have a common origin in the depths of

time, and we may ascend in the generalization to any extent, needing

only unlimited lapse of time for the ever accumulating development

of small variations in any particular direction, under the unconscious

guidance of the law of Natural Selection. Species, as he maintains,

are only strongly marked varieties, and varieties he designates as 2n-

_ * Asalso of the Caribou, or present barren-ground race or variety ofthe Rein

Deer; though lam far from being satisfied that this barren-ground race differs

in any respect from the wild Rein Deer of Lapland, or ofthe * tundras” of Arctic

Siberia ; while 1 much suspect that the large race or variety of Rein Deer which

ls ridden by the Tungusi and other Siberian tribes, (and to the backs of

which the bales of goods are annually transferred, in Mantchuria, from those

of two-humped Camels,) to be similarly identical with the Woodland Caribou of

North America. The subject of the races of Rein Deer will be more fully treated

of in the sequel.

As the above is passing through the press, 1 learn, from Lord Wrottesly's

Address to the British Association at Oxford (June 27th, 1860), that Dr. H.

Falconer, ** aided by Col. Wood, of Glamorganshire, has recently extracted from

a single cave in the Grower peninsula of South Wales, a vast quantity of the ant-

lers of a Rein Deer (perhaps of two species of Rein Deer), both allied to the

living one. These fossils are most of them shed horns; and there have been

already no fewer than 1,100 of them dug out of the mud filling one cave.”

—Atheneum, June 30th, 1860, p. 890.

It is remarkable that Ursus ARCTOS of the major continent should, in America,

be restricted in its range to the Arctic barren-grounds.

Y The true Bisons wallow during the summer.

2x2

284: On the Flat-horned Tawrine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3,

cipient species ; and most assuredly the dividing line between what

are variously accepted as species or as varieties cannot oftentimes be

traced : nevertheless, 14 is admitted by Mr. Darwin that the mass of

what are generally considered as species have acquired a high degree

of persistency, and arguments pro and con are abundantly supplied by

the Bovines, as by endless other groups : on the one hand, we have the

multitudinous races of cylindrical-horned domestic cattle, whether

humped or humpless, which surely no naturalist would go the length

of supposing to be so many separate and distinck creations; and, on

the other hand, we have the phenomenon of three wild species, or most

strongly characterized races (more strongly characterized apart than

are any of the domestic races of humped or humpless 'Taurines respec-

tively), yet exhibiting many peculiarities in common, inhabiting to

a great extent the very same region, but maintaining their distinc-

tive characters wherever found, and never (so far as known) hybridiz-

ing one with another, though at least two of them have interbred in a

state of domestication (and one of them even in the wild state) with

the ordinary tame humped cattle of the tropical regions of the major

continent.* All three are domesticable, as will be shewn; and as

regards the reputed indomitable nature of one of them, the gigantic

Gaour (G. GAURUS), we have only to reflect on the fact, how very

readily the tamest and one of the most thoroughly and completely

domesticated of all tame creatures, the humped Ox (Bos or ZeBUS

GIBBOSUS) relapses into a condition of feral wildness, unsurpassed even

by the Gaour itself, and assuredly beyond that of the renowned

Chillingham cattle of Northumberland, if not also of the feral hump-

less cattle of S. America and elsewhere.

* The Bos sylhetanus, F. Cuv., is founded upon a hybrid Gayál (G. FRONTALIS)

of this kind; and the B. leucoprymnos, ()uoy and Gaymard, upon a hybrid

Banteng (G. SONDAICUS). Sir T, Stamford Raffles remarks, in his History of Java,

that “the degenerate domestic cows [of that island, humped,] are sometimes

driven into the forest to couple with the wild Banteng, for the sake of improving

the breed.” Baron Cuvier supposed that the true Grayál was a hybrid between

the humped cattle and the Buffalo ; but he seems to have known only the hybrid

animal, from the description and figures sent by M. Duvaucel and published by

his brother in the Mamm. Lithog.

+ How readily European cattle resume the wild habit, is shewn by the

following passage in Mr. S. Sydney's excellent work, *The Three Colonies of

Australia” (1852), p. 314. “The cattle in bush re-acquire in many respects the

habits of their wild progenitors ; such is the habit of camping, and such, too, the

manner in which, like the wild [feral] cattle of Chillingham park in Northumber-

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. 285

The humped cattle are unknown in an aboriginally wild state; and |

T am strongly of opinion that they will prove to be of African rather

than of Asiatic origin, however ancient their introduction into

India ; for no fossil or semi-fossil remains of this very distinct type

have as yet been discovered in any part of Asia, where the only

established fossil Taurine is the Bos NAMADICUS Of the Nerbudda

deposits, which is barely (if at all satisfactorily) distinguishable

from the European B. PRIMOGENIUS (or true Urus of Ceesar).* 16

land, they march in single file to water, the bulls leading; so, too, when

threatened, they take advantage of the inequalities of the ground and steal

off in their hollows unperceived, the bulls, if attacked by dogs, bringing up

the rear.”

In the Swan River colony, both horses and horned cattle have gone com-

pletely wild, and Buffaloes in the vicinity of Port Essington. Vide Leichardt, in

Journ. Roy. Geogr. Soc. XVI, 237.

(What are the wild cattle of Albania noticed by Count Karact in Jouwrn. Roy.

Geogr. Soc. XII, 57? Also, what were those hunted by the ancient monarchs

of Assyria, as represented in the Nineveh sculptures? "What, indeed, were the

Uri Sylvestres which haunted the great forests that surrounded London in

the time of Fitzstephen, 2. e. about 1150 4. D.?. The late Jonathan Couch

remarked, in his * Cornish Fauna (1838), that—“* The ancient breed in the west

of England was called “black cattle,' from the very dark appearance of its coat,

almost like velvet: circumstances in which it seems to have differed from the

races of the north of England, which were white).”

* T refer more especially to the later or post-pliocene (pleistocene, or even

recent) type, the remains of which are found in almost modern lacustrine depo-

sits, where likewise occur those of BIsSON EUROPAUS of the existing type, as

distinguished from the wide-horned PrISCUS type. This later form of PRIMO=

GENIUS (which is that originally so named by Bojanus) absolutely resembles the

most finely developed examples of certain (unimproved) domestic races of large and

very-long-horned cattle, except that the size is fully one-third larger, as remarked

by Professor Nilsson. In like manner, Mr. Hodgson notices, of the Indian

Buffalo, that—“ The wild animals are fully a third larger than the largest tame

breeds [in India], and measure from snout to vent 103 ft. and 6 to 63 tt. high at

the shoulder.” (J. 4. S. XVI, 710). The older type of PRIMOGENIUS occurs in the

pliocene drift, together with BisoN PRrISCUS; and (so far as 1 have seen) the

size of the skull is smaller than in the other, but the horns are still larger, and

curve round more towards each other at the tips; moreover (if 1 mistake not),

they are both thicker and longer in the bull than in the cow, whereas in the

more modern type (as in domestic ceylindrical-horned cattle, whether humped

or humpless,) they are thicker but shorter in the bull, longer and more slender

in the ox and cow. “With the exception of the Indian Buffalo to some extent,

I know of no other true bovine in which the horns are not both thicker and

longer in the bull! In the old type of PRIMOGENIUS, the horn-cores are some-

times enormous. TI have measured a pair which were 3 ft. long and 19 in. round

at base. Another of the same linear dimensions, but 18 in. in circumference at

base, is noticed in the Ann. Mag. N. H. Vol. 11 (1838), p. 163. I have draw-

ings of a fine frontlet of perhaps a cow of this race, which was found in the

gravel when diggins the foundations of the houses of parliament. Of the

later race, compare the noble Swedish bull-skull figured in Ann. Mag. N. H.,

2nd series, 1V, 257, 259, with the superb Scottish cow-skull in the British

286 On the Flat-horned Tauwrine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3,

need hardly be remarked that the humped type of domestic cattle

is generally diffused over the hotter parts of Africa, from east to west

or ocean to ocean, and on the eastern side as far south as Natál, and

throughout Madagascar; the same being the only Taurine type

known in Arabia,* though, curiously,inthe essentially Arabian island of

Museum, figured in Prof. Owen's * British Fossil Mammals and Birds,” 498, 507.

The latter measures just 23 ft. from vertex to tips of intermaxillaries. Compare

also Prof. Owen's figure of BisowN PrIsCUS with Prof, Nilsson”s figure of the

modern type of European Bison from the Swedish peat (p. 490 and p. 415 of

the same Vols. respectively). Whether the latter has occurred in the British

Islands 1 am unaware; but suspect that it does not, or at least that it has not

been recognised hitherto.

Perhaps the latest (though vague) notice of the Urus, as an existing animal,

occurs in Bells “Travels in Tartary,; Vol. L, Ch. TIT, p. 223: “Journey from

Tomsky to Elimsky, in the country of the Tsuliam Tartars.””? Tt seems to me

to refer more probably to the wild tauwrine Urus than to the Bison ; but in either

case the notice is sufficiently remarkable. “On the hills, and in the woods near

this place, are many sorts of wild beasts; particularly the Urus, or Ubr-ox, one

of the fiercest animals the world produces. Their force is such, that neither the

Wolf, Bear, nor Tiger, dares to engage with them. In the same woods,” Bell

continues, “is found another species of Oxen, called Bubul by the Tartars. 16

is not so large as the Urus; its body and limbs are very handsome: it has a high

shoulder and flowing with long hair growing from the rump to its extremity, like

that of a Horse. Those which 1 saw were tame, and as tractable as other cattle.”

Certainly a remarkable notice of the Yak, both wild and tame (as it would

seem), in a region where that animal is at present unknown. The word Bubul

has probably its connexion with Bubulus.

The difference in the development of the wild and tame Buffalo of India is

equally observable where the two frequent the same pastures and commonly inter-

breed ; and I believe the main reason of it to be, that the tame calves are deprived

of their due supply of milk. The importance of an ample supply of nourishment

in early life, as bearing on the future development of any animal, cannot be over-

estimated. A friend remarked to me that he had no idea of what a fine Buffalo

was, till he saw those of Burmá. They are there, he states, much larger than

in Bengal, with splendid horns, and altogether a vastly superior animal. “The

Burmese never mille them; having the same strange prejudice against milk which

the Chinese have, though otherwise both people are nearly omnivorous. There

is a corresponding difference of development in the wild and tame races of Yak,

and of Rein Deer in Lapland,—doubtless for the same reason.

* The humped cattle of Arabia generally are “of a very small and poor race,

and are never, but with the greatest reluctance, killed for food,” (Wallin, in

Journ. Roy. Geogr. Soc., Vol. XXIV, 148.) Chesney remarks of them, that

““bulls and cows take the next place to the Buffalo, and, like those of India,

they bear a hump, and are of small size; some bullocks purchased at Suwei-

deyah, produced, each, only about 224 1bs. of meat.” Again, in his Appendix

(Vol. 1, 279), he enumerates, among the domestic animals of Arabia and Meso-

potamia, “ both the common bull and cow, and the bull and cow with hunch.”

In the province of Kerman, in Persia, Mr. Keith C. Abbot remarks that “ the

oxen of this part of the country are of a small humped kind, and are commonly

used as beasts of burthen ; people also ride on them, seated on a soft pad, and

a rope is passed through the nostril, by which they are guided.” (Journ. Roy.

Geogr. Soc., Vol. XAXV, 43.)

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle 0f S. E. Asia. 287

Socotra, the cattle are of the humpless European or N. Asiatic type.*

Both humped and humpless cattle are represented in the old Egyptian

paintings ; and the humpless reappear in S. Africa, in the remarkable

indigenous (so far as known) Caffre cattle, and 1 have seen fossil remains

of the same cylindrical-horned humpless type from the banks of a tribu-

tary of the Gariep river.? In Madagascar, also, where the tame cattle

* Vide Wellsted, in Journ. Roy. G'eogr. Soc. V, 200. On the confines of India,

this European and also Tartar type of humpless cattle comes round, evidently

from the eastward, into Butan. But the Chinese Taurines (so far as I can

learn) are mostly hybrid, being variously intermediate to the humped and

humpless species: except, however, towards the north; and huge herds of

splendid Tartar cattle are pastured beyond the great wall of China, —many of

these, with vast troops of horses, d:c., being the property of the emperor. (Vide

Timkowski and others.) According to Major R, C. Tytler, a white breed of

humpless (?) cattle is reared and highly prized by the natives of Dacca, who

never turn them out to pasture. 1t has “little or no symptoms of a hump.”

Ann. M. N. H. 2d series, XIV (1854), 177.

+ Vide Proc. Geol. Soc. 1840, p. 152. Capt. Speke observed some very fine

humpless cattle on the N. W. shore of the Tanganyika lake, near the equator.

“ Very large cattle, bearing horns of stupendous size. They are of an uniform

red colour, like our Devonshire breed, but attain a much greater height and

size.” Northward, again, on the shore of his grand Victoria Nyanza lake, he

remarks that—“ The cows, unlike the Tanganyika ones, are small and short-

horned, and are of a variety of colours. They carry a hump, like the Brahmini

bull, but give very little milk.” Vide *Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine,

No. DXXVIIT (October, 1859), pp. 392, 398. A little further northward,

in the Bari country on the shores of the White Nile, between 4% and 50

N. lat., M. Ferdinand Werne tells us—“*We remark, as usual among the light-

coloured cows, many quite white, and few black or dapple. The bulls have the

customary high and thick humps ; the cows, on the contrary, have exactly the

appearance of those at Emmerich on the Rhine [?]; their horns are twisted in

a surprisingly handsome form, and set off with flaky hair, as well as the ears.

They carry the latter erect, by which means the head, and the lively eye, acquire

a brisk and intelligent expression.” (Werne's Varrative of Expedition to dis-

cover the Sources of the White Nile, in the years 1840, 1841, O'Reilly's transla-

tion, TI, 94.) Tt is not likely that the cows referred to should be entirely

humpless; and the large lustrous eye is everywhere one of the many character-

istics of the humped species, as is the lanceolate form of ear (which 1 suppose

is referred to), as contrasted with the broad round ears of the humpless kind ;

and in hybrids of different degrees ofadmixture the proportion is more readily

seen in the shape of the ear than in aught else. Moreover, it seems that, as in

India, white or greyish-white humped cattle predominate ; but the black tail-

tuft is constant, except in the rare case of an albino. Between 6% and 7* N.

lat., among the Kek or Kiak nation, we learn, from the same authority, that—

“The cattle are generally of a light colour, of moderate size, and have long

beautifully twisted horns, some of which are turned backwards [as also in India].

The bulls have large speckled humps, such as are seen in the hieroglyphics ; the

cows, on the contrary, only a little elevation on the shoulders.” (Zbd. 1, 175.)

As with the humped cow elsewhere; and when Col. Sykes mentions that this

species of cattle, ““ when early trained to labour or to carriage, is nearly desti-

tute of the hump” (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1831, p. 105), he refers to cows and oxen

only ; for the labouring bull has always a well developed hump, especially if

well fed, and this has much to do with the filling out of the hump in oxen and

288 On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3>

are all of the humped kind, a humpless wild race, not yet scientifically

described, was long ago indicated by Flacourt, and since by the

missionary Ellis ; stated to resemble European cattle except in having

longer limbs.* But to return to the humped cattle. These are now

the ordinary Taurines of tropical and subtropical Asia, and according

to Kempfer extend on to Japan. Though unknown in an abori-

oinally wild state, the species has relapsed into wildness in various

parts of India, as especially in Oudh and Rohilkund, in Sháhabád, in

Mysore, and even in Ceylon ; a fact the more interesting, as proving

(what had been doubted) that these humped cattle can maintain

themselves, unaided by man, in regions inhabited by the Tiger.

The origin and history of the wild herds of the Sháhabád jungles,

which still exist, are given by Dr. F. Buchanan Hamilton,f who

remarks that—“ In the woods of Jagadispur and Damraong are some

wild cattle of the common breed : they resemble entirely in form and

in variety of coloursi those bred about the villages of this district,

cows : the fundamental structure is there invariably, aud capable of development.

The huge-horned Bornouese and Galla races of cattle are of the humped species,

—unlike the fine Tanganyika race “with stupendous horns.” Indeed, cattle

exceedingly like the African Cralla race of Bruce and Salt are by no means very

rare in India.

It is remarkable that the singular strepsicerine or Cretan breed of Sheep exists

in the country drained by the White Nile ; modified, however, in its fleece by

the locality. Thus, Werne tells us (LL, 18), that—“ I purchased for a couple of

miserable beads a little Sheep, covered partly with wool and partly with hair, as

the Sheep here generally are, with a long mane under the throat, and horns twisted

back. Selim Capitan says that a similar species [race] is found in Crete.”

Elsewhere (p. 97), he remarks “ Rams with horns twisted back and manes,” —

the latter, of course, under the throat, as mentioned in the preceding notice.

* “Horned cattle are numerous, both tame and wild; many of the latter

resemble, in shape and size, the cattle of Europe.” (Ellis's History of Mada-

gascar.) These wild cattle abound in the province of Mena-bé, which occupies

much of the western portion of the island. In Mr. J. A. Lloyd's Memoir on

Madagascar, published in the 20th Vol. of the Royal Geographical Society's

Journal, we read (p. 63) that “the northern part of Mena-bé contains great

numbers of wild cattle; Radáma and his officers, in one of their warlike expe-

ditions amongst the Sakalami, passing through this country, killed upwards of

340 [wild ?] oxen in one day for the use of his army, and two days afterwards

431 more were killed by the soldiers.”

Montgomery Martins compilation from the Buchanan Hamilton M8S., Vol,

I, 504.

j Major W. $. Sherwill, who has often shot over the now famous “ Jugdes-

pur jungle,” by permission of the late Kumár (or Kooer) Singha, who allowed

him to shoot what he pleased so long as he spared the wild cattle, informs me

that, while, of course, respecting the Rája's injunction, he was curious about

these cattle, and had opportunities of watching them somewhat closely. All he

saw were rather ofsmall size and of an earthy-brown colour, with shortish horns,

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. 289

but are more active, and very shy. The Rája of Bhojpur, and his

kinsman Sáhebzádeh Singha [as of late Kumár Singha, the notable

rebel], carefully preserve them from injury ; and say, that owing to

the encroachments of agriculture the number is rapidly diminishing.

Many of their neighbours, however, alleged that the devastation

committed by these sacred herds was very ruinous, and every year

oceasioned more and more land to be deserted. The origin of these

herds is well known. When the Ujayáni Rájputs incurred the dis-

pleasure of Kásim Ali, and for some years were compelled to

abandon their habitations, some cattle were left in the woods without

keepers; and on their owner's return had acquired the wild habits,

which their offspring retain. Several calves had been caught; bub

16 has been found impossible to rear them, their shyness and regret

for the loss of liberty having always proved fatal. 'This shows what

difficulties mankind must have encountered in first taming this most

useful animal,” $e. $0. The extreme wildness of the feral cattle of

Oudh is noticed by Capt. (now Col. Sir 'T. Proby) Cautley, in

J. Á. S. IX, 623. “In the districts of Akhurpur and Doolpur, in

the province of Oudh,” he remarks, “large herds of black oxen are,

or were, to be found in the wild uncultivated tracts, a fact to which

I can bear testimony from my own personal observation, having, in

1820, come in contact with a very large herd of these beasts, of

which we were only fortunate enough to kill one; their excessive

shyness and wildness preventing us from a near approach at any second

opportunity.” Another writer notices herds of these feral humped

cattle on the road from Agra to Bareilly; and, from all recent

accounts, they seem to be on the increase rather than on the

| decrease.*

and he thinks witliout the V22-gas markings on the feet (which are often seen in

domestic humped cattle). Whether the Oudh herds tend to uniformity of

colouring Í am unaware. The feral herds of humpless cattle in 3. America are,

|] believe, of various colours, like their domestic Spanish progenitors.

| * In an article “On the Future of Oudh” (published in the Morning Chronicle

for May 17th, 1859), it is remarked that “ The forests, and notably among them

that of the Tarai, towards Nipal, serve as a shelter for innumerable wild cattle,

which are admirably suited for artillery bullocks and other laborious purposes,

besides affording excellent fire-wood and pasture for cattle, and also hunting-

¡| ground for the sportsman. In these forests, and in the extensive jungles, are to be

found the bides and horns of thousands of wild cattle, rotting, as it were, for want

of hands to turn them to account, and which alone would prove a most remunera-

tive branch of commerce, to judge from the success which the very few who

| e De

290 On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3,

With this fact, therefore, to bear in mind, the excessive

shyness and wildness of the feral herds known to be descended

from domestic humped cattle, and also the fact (which I and

others know from experience) of the extreme difficulty there

is in subduing the wild propensities of the common Bengal Jun-

gle-fowl (GALLUS FERRUGINEUS v. baniivus), from which wild

species all the races of domestic poultry are as clearly derived

as are those of tame Ducks from the Mallard, we are quite justified,

I think, in withholding assent to the current opinion that the Graour

(Bos GAURUS), or any kindred species, is incapable of domestication.

have attempted to realize this branch of commerce, have met with. From the

same source tallow might be obtained in abundance, were there only a few specula-

tors to inaugurate the trade, and to direct it into the natural channels for its

development.”

The making over of a considerable portion of the Tarai region to a Hindu

Prince (Jungh Bahádur) will, of course, tend to a further preservation of these

feral cattle. Another and more remarkable locality where many beasts of the

sort (and of various colours) are little molested, is the churr or alluvial island

known as the Siddi ehurr, lying S. E. of Noacolly in the eastern Sundarbáns.

On this churr there is no high tree-jungle, and scarcely brushwood enough to

afford cover for Tigers, which do not occur on the island.

It is probable that such feral herds occur also in Africa. Thus, in some

“* Notes on an Expedition down the Western Coast of Africa to “the Bijuga

Islands” and the recently discovered river Kiddafing,” by Col. L. Smyth

O'Connor, C. B., F. R. G. $., communicated by the Colonial office to the Royal

Geographical Society, and published in its Journal for 1859, p. 384, it appears

that in the island of Ovanga “ the finest Oxen are wild in innumerable herds.”

In general, however, the notices of wild catíle in Africa refer either to—1.

Bubaline species, —2. Gnus (CATOBLEPAS), or “wilde beests” of the Dutch colo- -

nists,—3. Species of the Hartebeest group, as especially ÁCRONOTUS BUBALIS

in N. Africa, — 4. Even the Leucoryx and kindred Antelopes. As an illustration

of this vague application of names, Capt. Lyon mentions a chain of mountains

to the south of Fezzan, named Wadan, “on account of the immense number of

Buffaloes to be found there, and which are of three species, viz. the Wadan

[Ovis TRAGELAPHUS !], an animal of the size of an Ass, having very large (or,

as is elsewhere stated, very long, heavy) horns, and large bunches of hair hang-

ing from the shoulder, to the length of 18 in. or 2 ft.; they have very large

heads, and are very fierce. The Bovua-el- Weish [ ACRONOTUS BUBALIS ? ], which

is a kind of Buffalo, slow in its motion, having very large horns, and being

of the size of an ordinary cow; and the White Buffalo [OrYx LEUCO-

RYx!], of a lighter and more active make, very shy and swift, and not easily

procured. The calving-time of these animals is in April or May.” (Travels úw

N. Africa, pp. 76, 271.) Dr. Barth notices the Ovis TRAGELAPHUS by the

name Wadan. “Wild Oxen” of some sort are stated to inhabit the country

bordering on the river Koanza. (Jouwrn. Roy. Geog. Soc. XXIV, 272.) Capt.

Burton, also, in his recently published work, “The Lake Regions of Central

Africa? notices that—“ The park-lands of Duthumi, the jungles and forests of

Ugogi and Mgunda MI'hali, the barrens of Usukuma, and the tangled thickets

of Ujiji, are full of noble game—Lions and Leopards, Elephants and Khinoceroses,

wild cattle (Buífaloes ?), Griraffes, nus, Zebras, Quaggas, and Ostriches.” Gmus,

at least, being here discriminated.

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of. S. E. Asta. 291

From accounts of the savage nature of the wild Yak, the same might

have been inferred of that species, which we know to be extensively

domesticated ; or, if we were only acquainted with the wild Rein Deer

as 16 exists in arctic America, the varied applicability of the domestic

herds of the corresponding regions of the major continent would

scarcely have been predicated. So with the African Elephant in

modern times, as compared with the Asiatic Elephant !* Civilized

man, as a rule, exterminates but does not domesticate—has not

hitherto done so at least, whatever efforts may of late have been made

(with but moderate result hitherto) by the Acclimation and different

Zoological Societies. A cultivated country, however, is ill adapted

for such experiments. Wild animals are rather to be won over, by

degrees, in their indigenous haunts, where their habits of life are

little changed by domestication, and their food continues to be

that to which the race is accustomed : their subjugation being accord-

ingly effected by human tenants of the same haunts, who can hardly

have emerged from savagery, but are practically familiar with the

habits of the creatures they seek to subdue. 16 is thus that the

three species of known wild Asiatic Taurines with flattened horns

have (each of them) been domesticated, to a greater or less extent,

in their own wildernesses. A few calves may have originally been

caught and tamed, and some stock established ; but how entire herds

of full-grown wild animals may be won over and gradually domes-

ticated, is thus told by Mr. Mckae in Lim. Tr. VIL, 303 et seg.

The Gayál or 1£4i'hun (GAVEUS FRONTALIS) being the species

referred to.

“The Kukis have a very simple method of training the wild Gayáls,

* In aletter just received from Sir J. Emerson Tennent, 1 learn that the

Elephant of Ceylon is considered to be identical with that of Sumatra (D,

which is adjudged to be a peculiar species (intermediate to the existing African

and Indian Elephants) by Prof. Schlegel and the late Prof. Temminck, as also

by the late Prince of Canino. At all events the Sumatran Elephant is descrived

by three or four authors, to whom I have had access, to bear generally fine

tusks (7. e. the males), whereas a fine tusker is exceptional in the instance“of the

Elephant of Ceylon. Sir Y. E. Tennent's elaborate and most interesting series

of chapters on the great proboscidian discloses certain facts, on the family

resemblances of particular herds of Elephants, which will not fail to interest the

disciples of Mr. C. Darwin. How about the Elephants of the Malayan penin-

sula ; if not also of the Indo-Chinese countries, as far at leust as Cochin-China ?

Í am trying to obtain griuders, 2. e. molar teeth, in the hope of coming soon to

some understanding in the matter, |

2:02

292 On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3,

Tb is as follows :—On discovering a herd of wild Gayáls in the jungles,

they prepare a number of balls, of the size of a man's head, com-

posed of a particular kind of earth, salt, and cotton; they then

drive their tame Gayáls towards the wild ones, when the two soon

meet and assimilate into one herd, the males of the one attaching

themselves to the females of the other, and vice versá. The Kukis

now scatter their balls over such parts of the jungle as they think

the herd most likely to pass, and watch its motions. The Gayáls,

on meeting these balls as they go along, are attracted by their

appearance and smell, and begin to lick them with their tongues ;

and relishing the taste of the salt, and the particular earth com-

posing them, they never quit the place until all the balls are

destroyed. The Kukis having observed the Grayáls to have once

tasted their balls, prepare what they consider a sufficient supply of

them to answer the intended purpose, and as the Gayáls lick them

up they throw down more; and to prevent their being so readily

destroyed, they mix the cotton with the earth and salt. This

process generally goes on for three changes of the moon, or for a

month and a half; during which time the tame and wild Gayáls

are always together, licking the decoy balls; and the Kuki, after

the first day or two of their being so, makes his appearance at such

a distance as not to alarm the wild ones. By degrees he approaches

nearer and nearer, until at length the sight of him has become so

familiar that he can advance to stroke his tame Gayáls on the baci

and neck without frightening away the wild ones. He next extends

his hand to them, and caresses them also, at the same time giving

them plenty of his decoy balls to lick; and thus, in the short space

of time mentioned, he is able to drive them along with his tame ones

to his parrah or village, without the least exertion of force or

compulsion ; and so attached do the Gayáls become to the parrah,

that when the Kukis migrate from one place to another they always

find it necessary to set fire to the huts they are about to abandon,

lest the Gayáls should return to them from the new grounds, were

they left standing. Experience has taught the Kuki the necessity

of thus destroying his huts.”

In at least some of the hill-ranges bordering the Bráhmaputra

valley on its left, where Gayáls are extensively domesticated by the

1860.1 On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. 293

mountaineers, they have been so far influenced as to vary considerably

in colour, whatever may be the cause of such variation. Thus, amongst

the Meris, Lieut. Dalton tells us that —“ The 1t'hun (or Gayál) is

the only species of horned cattle possessed by the Meris. It is rather

a clumsy-looking animal in make; but a group of Mit'hins grazing

on the steep rocky declivities they seem to love, would be a noble

study for Landseer: some are milk-white, some nearly black, some

black and white, and some red and white.”* Elsewhere, the herds of

tame Gayáls shew generally a few individuals a little pied or splashed

with white, with not uncommonly a white tail-tuft; and they cannot

be expected to vary much further than this, unless subjected to new

influences, and above all to that of selection in breeding under

human superintendence. In the Mishmi hills wild Gayáls are still

numerous ;p but we know little of this species excepting on the out-

skirts of its range, where 1ts native hills impinge on British territory.í

The Rev. J. Barbe, KR. C. M., who seems to have penetrated further

into the' interior of the Tipperá and Chátgaon (or *Chittagong”)

hills than any other European, even to the present time, remarks, in

an account of his tour into the latter territory in 1844-45,8 that—

“the Gayál, Bos frontalis, 1s found amongst the hills, particularly

to the south of Sitacra: there are two species, differing in size and

[a] little in colour : the large one is of a dark brown, and the male

* JA. S. XIV, 265. + Ibid. XIV, 495.

j The Gayál of Bishop Heber”s Journal, which that much respected prelate

saw in Barrackpore park, was of course the GraV4US FRONTALIS. But the figure

and description given are monstrous, and were obviously got up from extreme-

ly vague recollection: the horns turn down instead of up, the space between

them is narrow instead of being very broad, the heavy dewlap is not given, nor

the white stociings ; the tail is figured and describedas “ bushy,” and as extending

below the hocks ; and the outline of the spinal ridge is utterly unlike what 16

should be. He says—“ 1t is very much larger than the largest Indian cattle [he

could not then have seen an ordnance bullock], but hardly, 1 think, equal to an

English bull [!]: its tail is bushy [!], and ¡ts horns form almost a mass of white

and solid bone to the centre of its forehead [1 He could only have viewed the

animal from a distance, and have mistaken the pale colour of the forehead for a

continuation of the bases of the horns. Neither is it, as le remarks, “a native

of Tibet and Nipal,” nor even of Butan (vide 'Purner's Embassy). The second

figure in tle distance is meant, we can only suppose, to represent a large humped

Ox; but here, again, the animal is furnished with a Horse's tail, and is like

notliing in nature! Our utmost respect for tle reverend Bishop can scarcely

pardon him such outrageous caricatures, both of figure and description. Vide

Heber's Journal, 1, 31.

A XIV, "386,

294 On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3,

is nearly as high as a female Elephant : the small one is of a reddish-

brown; 16 is the Tenasserim * Bison,' and the Arakanese call them

by the same name as the Burmese do. These Gayáls are perfectly

distinct from the Sho of the. Kookies, which are smaller, have

a projecting skin to their neck, and differ also by the form and

direction of their horns.” Now the Shio or Shiál of the Mughs is,

for certain, the true Gayál (G. FRONTALIS),* as indeed indicated by

the “projecting skin to their neck ;” this species having the dewlap

much more developed than in the Graour (G. é¿AURUS) and Banteng or

Tsoimg (G. SONDAICUS), which last I believe to be M. Barbe's smaller

species “of a reddish-brown,” as I have ascertained his larger species

to be the Gaour (which has hardly even a trace of dewlap). But

the Gaour and ñot the Banteng is the *Bison” of Anglo-Indian

sportsmen on both sides of the Bay of Bengal ;f the Banteng being

currently known as the “wild Ox” of the Indo-Chinese countries. M.

Barbe has therefore erroneously identified his smaller kind with the

Tenasserim * Bison' and is also wrong in applying the name Bos

Jrontalis to either of his species, as obviously so to both of them.

Soon after the publication of the foregoins notice, I had some

conversation on the subject with M. Barbe, and have fortunately

preserved a written memorandum of that conversation, intended for

publication at the time, though it has not hitherto appeared in print,

T did not then recognise the third species ; indeed, at that time, I had

much less knowledge ofthe Banteng than I have at present : but now

give the memo. as originally written :—

“ M. Barbe had informed me, that, besides the common Gayál (Bos

frontalis), the Kukis of the interior of the Chittagong hills had a

very different species of Bos in a state of complete domestication

the exact species of which 1 could not satisfactorily make out from

his description; when, luckily, he remembered that he possessed a

horn of one of those tame animals, and, to my very considerable

surprise, 14 proved to be that of a Gaour, or (so-called) * Bison” of

Anglo-Indian sportsmen, an animal which is commonly reputed to

be untameable. The huge beasts are, however, stated to be most

* Vide As. Res, VIII, 488.

+ In Orissa, the Gaour is known to sportsmen and others as the *Gayál ;

although the natives of the province style and pronounce it Goor. The names,

of course, being branches or ramifications of the same root,

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle 0f $. E. Asia. 295

perfectly gentle and quiet; and they habitually pass the night and

great part of the day beneath the raised habitations of their owners :

and M. Barbe further mentions that he was greatly astonished at the

facility with which these enormous cattle ascended and descended

heights so steep and precipitous, that, had he not witnessed the feat,

he would scarcely have been inclined to credit it.” The last observa-

tion points rather to the Gayál than to the Gaour !

As a rule, the proper habitat of the Gaour is an undulating

grassy table-land intermixed with forest; the heavy and Buffalo-

shaped Gayál being habitually much more of a climber, and also more

exclusively affecting the dense craggy forest, where it browses

in preference to grazing; the Graour being much more of a grazer.

Having possessed both species alive, I can testify to this differ-

ence in their feeding. The Gaour appears to be diffused through-

out the Indo-Chinese countries, and all down the Malayan peninsula

to the extreme south ; but has not been observed on any of the greab

islands of the archipelago. I have lately seen the skull with horns of

an old bull from the mainland near Singapore ; and in 1858 I purchased

a live Gaour-calf that was brought from Singapore to Calcutta, toge-

ther with a Malayan Tapir. This calf was in high health when I

shipped him for England, and as tame and tractable as any domestic

animal, yet full of life and frolic; but he was suddenly taken ill

when nearing the Cape, and died on the following or next day. He

was very impatient of the sun, even at the height of the cold weather

(so called) in Calcutta ; which rendered it difficult to secure a photo-

eraph of the animal, but a good one was taken, and copied in the

* Illustrated London News;' only the artist must needs improve

upon nature by lengthening the tail beyond the hocks, which detracts

from the vraisemblance of the wood-cut. The Gaour is the only

species of the group which inhabits c2s-Bráhmaputran India, in all

suitable districts; extending formerly to Ceylon, where we recognise

16 as the Guavera of Knox ; and in Johnson's * Indian Field Sports, it

is familiarly referred to as “the Gouwr (a kind of wild bullock)”

inhabiting, in about 1796, the hill-country bordins on the Dámudá,

through which the Grand Trunk Road now runs from Ránigánj to

Shergátti,—a district from which 16 has been long since extirpated,

or has retired some hundreds of miles further west. 1t is still

296 On the Flat-horned Tawrine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3,

numerous in various localities, and not always particularly shy where

little persecuted : for instance, my late friend Capt. Crump (a distin-

guished sportsman, who fell most gallantly taking possession of a

gun at Láknao,) found them so little shy towards the sources of

the Nerbudda, that, on one occasion, a couple of young bulls came

trotting fearlessly out of the forest, within easy gunshot of himself

and companion on horseback, and continued for some time to trot

alongside of them at that distance, till my friend's sporting (or

destructive) propensities could brook ib no longer. Others would have

felt much greater pleasure in observing the noble animals thus fear-

lessly at liberty, and would have been loth to abuse their confidence.

In the catalogue of the specimens of mammalia in the India-house

museum, published by the late veteran zoologist, Dr. Horsfield, in

1851, a Bos asseel is described as a new species, founded on a pre-

served head, with the skin on, in that collection. I have drawings

of the identical specimen, which TI pronounce, with confidence (as I

did formerly in J. A. S. XL, 445), to be that of a cow Graour, with

horns more slender and turning back more towards the tips than

usual ; but I have seen others like them, and of all intermediate

grades between them and the ordinary type of female Gaour-horns,

resembling those of the bull but more slender, and with always a

greater amount of inclination backwards at the tips. The specimen

in question is figured by Gen. Hardwicke in the *Zoological Journal,

III, pl. 7; together with a frontlet of a bull Gaour: and the two

being by him also supposed to be distinct species.

Of the Banteng (G. SONDAICUS), or T'soimg of the Burmese, (who

designate the Gaour as the Pyowng,) we possess two frontlets from

Java—one of them particularly fine,—also an imperfect skull with

horns from Pegu, and a single horn from the Arakan side of the

mountain range which separates that province from Pegu,—both

presented by Col. Phayre;—together with a flat skin of a calf from

Mergui, resembling in colour the Javanese calf figured by Dr. Salomon

Miiller, who has given four excellent coloured representations of this

animal, of different sexes and ages, and profusely illustrated the

skulls and horns. For this calf-skin, the Society is indebted to the

late Major Berdmore. The species was long ago indicated in Pen-

nant's * Hindustán, as a kind of wild Ox “with white horns” inha-

1860.] On the Fiat-horned Taurine Cattle of 8. E. Asia. 297

biting the Indo-Chinese countries; and our Peguan specimen has

remarkably albescent horns, while the single horn from Arakan is

darker, and resembles the Javanese examples in our museum. The

next and more detailed notice which we can now refer, without hesi-

tation, to this species, occurs in Herbert's *Gleanings in Science,

1TL 61. 1t would appear that a skull and horns of this animal were

presented to the Society at its Meeting of February 2nd, 1831 ;*

“with a descriptive notice by Mr. Maingy ; by which it appears, that,

when full grown, i6 is about thirteen hands high, and of a most

beautiful red colour, except under the belly which is white. It has

no hump, like the cow of India. Altogether, it resembles the red

cow of England, but is a much handsomer animal. The bull is a

large and fine animal, and, with the exception of having a white

forehead, resembles the cow. Mr. Maingy has seen twenty or more

of these animals in a herd, but 16 is a very difficult thing to get a

shot at them, as they have a most acute sense of hearing and smell-

ing; one or two appear to act as sentinels, while the others graze or

drink. If, in snuffing the air, they find 16 tainted, off they fly in a

moment, with a speed almost inconceivable, considering the form and

bulk of the animal.” |

In the foregoing descriptions, the invariable great white patch

on each buttock (whence the name leucoprymnos bestowed on the

hybrid by M.M. Quoy and Gaymard) is unnoticed, as also the

dark colour of the old bull: but the alleged “ white forehead” of

the bull refers doubtlessly to the mass of thickened corneous

substance between the horns, which, in our larger Javanese frontlet,

Is thick and solid enough to turn a musket-ball.y (Vide S. Miller's

figure of the mature bull.) But, in a notice of “the Burmese wild

Cow, or * Sine Bar, which appeared in the * Bengal Sporting Maga-

* These were nof in the museum when 1 took charge of it in 1841; but only

two frontlets from Java, presented by Prince William Henry of the Netherlands

(JT. A, S. VI, 987), one of which has since been forwarded to the India-house

museum.

+ In our smaller Javanese frontlet (figured Y. 4. S. XI, 490), a portion of

this enormously thickened epidermis remains attached to the base of each horn,

which led Mr. Hodgson to remark, when looking at these specimens as they

hung up, that the horns were less approximated at base in the Peguan specimen.

However, on close examination, the true base of the horn is seen ta be well

defined, and the supposed distinction disappears.

298 On the Flat-horned Tauwrine Cattle of S. E. Asta. [No. 3,

zine” for 1841, p. 444, we are informed that “herds of thirty and

forty frequent the open forest jungles [of the Tenasserim provinces].

They are noble-looking animals, with short curved horns, that admib

of a beautiful polish. The cows are red and white, and the bulls of

a bluish colour. They are very timid, and not dangerous to approach.

Their flesh is excellent. They are the only cows indigenous to the

provinces :"—yet the preceding paragraph mentions “the Bison” or

Gaour as “attaining a great size in the East.”

Here the difference of colouring of the sexes observable in the

Banteng (analogous to what is seen in the Nil-gai and Indian

Antelope, and to a less extent in the Gayál,) is noticed; and Sir

T. Stamford Raffles mentions, that (as also in the Nil-gai,) “a

remarkable change takes place in the appearance of this animal

after castration, the colour in a few months becoming invariably

red ¡* ¿, e. reverting to the hue of the cow and immature bull.

The horns cannot justly be termed short in an old bull; but 16

is worthy of remark that, when full grown, they are flattened only

towards the base, considerably less so than in the Gaour and Gayál,

wherefore, when but half-grown, only the eylindrical portion of them

appears, which has given rise to the reports of wild cattle with cylin-

drical horns inhabiting the Indo-Chinese territories. As shewn by

Prof. S. Miller”s figures, the Banteng—though still very Gayál-like in

general aspect-—approximates more nearly in contour to the eylin-

drical-horned humpless cattle of Europe and N. Asia, than is the

case with .its immediate congeners, the Gaour and Gayál; and the

increased amount of cylindricity of 1ts horns adds to the resemblance.

With much of the general aspect of the Gayál, 16 has longer limbs,

and is less heavy and Bubaline in 16s proportions. There is nothing

exaggerated about its figure ; the spinal ridge is not more elevated

than in B. TAURUS, and the tail-tuft descends considerably below the

hock-joint. Indeed, this animal has been compared to a Devonshire

Ox; but 1t has nevertheless all the general features of the present

group, and is true to the particular colouring, shewing the white

stockings (like the Gaour and the Gayál, and also not a few Indian

Buffaloes). The shoulder is a little high, with some appearance of

the dorsal ridge behind the scapule, but this slopes off and gra-

* History of Java, 1, 111.

nn -——eÉc€— e A A a A yq

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. 299

dually disappears behind. The rump also is nearly as much squared

as in European cattle. Dewlap moderate, with a different outline

from that of the Gayál, more as in the B. Taurus. Colour of the

calf bright chesnut, with a black tail-tuft, and also a black dorsal

line commencing from where the ridge should terminate behind ;*

the white stockings having much rufous intermixture at this age,

The cows are deeper-coloured, being of a rich light bay; and the

old bulls are blackish,—both however relieved by the white on the

legs, buttocks, lips, and hair lining the ears, which last are scarcely

so large as in the Gaour and Gayál, but of similar shape. The de-

seription here given is drawn up from Dr. S. Múller's elaborately

careful coloured figures.

The Banteng inhabits Borneo, Jáva, and Báli, and I strongly

incline to the opinion that the Gaour, Gayál, and Banteng alike

inhabit the Malayan peninsula and Tenasserim provinces ; the Gayál,

probabiy, being confined to a certain altitude upon the mountains.

Capt. (since General) Low distinctly indicates three species in the

Malayan peninsula, besides the Buffalo, in As. Res. XVIII, 159.

He mentions—“ The Bison |Gaour], which is found of a very large

size in Thedda, the head [forehead] being of a fawn colour: the

wild Ox [Gayál ?] of the size of a large Buffalo; and also a species

[ Banteng ?] resembling in every respect the domestic Ox.” There is,

indeed, the skull of a bull Banteng divested of its horns, labelled

“from the Keddah coast,” in the London United Service Museum ;f

and the considerable resemblance of this animal to the humpless

domestic cattle of Europe has been mentioned repeatedly. Thus the

late Major Berdmore, writing of it from the valley of the Sitang

river, remarks—*“ They are by no means so common here as they

are to the south. I have often been in the midst of very large

herds of them, and they appeared to me to be very like red do-

mesticated cows.” Helfer (mo great authority, yet) notices three

species of wild cattle, besides the Buffalo, in the Tenasserim pro-

vinces. He tells us that—“* The great Bos gaurus is rather rare, but

Bison guodus [evidently a misprint for gaveus,i 1. e. Bos gaveus of

* This black list is also conspicuous in the calves of both the Graour and the

Gayál, extending both over the dorsal ridge and behind it.

Y Figured in Y. 4. $, XI, 470, figs. 1, 2, and 3.

T The words may be «written to look very much alike,

202

300 On the Flat-horned Taurime Cattle of $. E. Asia. [No. 3,

Jolebrooke, or the Gayál,] very common; besides another small kind

of Cow, called by the Burmese Fhain, of which I saw footprints,

but never the living animal.”* He does nob mention the Gayál as

domesticated in the provinces; and 1 am not aware that any other

writer has there noticed 14 at all. Still, I consider 16 highly probable

that the Gayál, in addition to the Gaour and Banteng for certain,

extends to the more elevated regions of the Malayan peninsula.

The Banteng is the only species of the three which has been

observed in certain of the great islands of the archipelago. The

existence of a “wild Ox” in Borneo was long ago noticed by Beckman,

as cited by Pennant, who also recorded the occurrence of such an

animal in Java, and had likewise (as we have seen) obtained intelli.

gence of one “with white horns” in the Indo-Chinese countries.

In Java, according to Raftes, “it is found chiefly in the forests

eastward of Pásuran, and in Báli, though it also occurs in other

parts of Java.” Dr. S. Miller remarks that the Banteng 18 found

in Java in territories which are seldom visited by man, as well in

the forests of the plains and of the coast, as in those of the moun-

tains up to 4,000 ft., where 1t is tolerably common. “We have

likewise seen traces of it,” he adds, “in Borneo, and have even

received a calf from the Dyáks about a month old. According to

Raífles, 16 is also found in Báli, but in Sumátra it does not appear to

exist.” In the N. E. peninsula of Borneo it would seem to be numer»

ous. Thus, ina “Sketch of Borneo,” published in Moor"s Notes of the

Indian Archipelago, the writer remarks—“ During the wet season,

the rivers swell and overflow their adjacent shores, and rún down

with such continued rapidity, that the water may be tasted fresh

at sea at a distance of six or seven miles from their mouths. * * *

In the dry season the coast, from these overflowings, presents to the

eye the richest enamelled fields of full grown grass for miles around.

It is at this season that whole herds of wild cattle range down from

the mountains of the interior to fatten on the plaims, but during the

* J, A. S VIT, 860. |

+ The two species of Malayan wild cattle noticed as the Sap and the Sapan-

dang, in the “Journal of the Indian Archipelago” IV, 354 (as cited in /. 4. 8.

XXI, 433), refer, as Il am now satisfied, to the Gaour and the wild Buffalo.

Dr. Cantor describes the Gaour to be “numerous in the Malayan peninsula,”

where known as the Sapi utan (literally * wild Cow”), J. 4. S. XV, 273, But he

enumerates neither the Gayál nor Banteng in the peninsular fauna.

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. 301

wet season they ascend to the hills.” Hence we gather that the

Banteng is essentially a grazer, like the Gaour, instead of being chiefly a

browser like the Gayál, which never descends from its mountain forests.

Another writer in the same work states that, in Báli, “the breed

of cattle is extremely fine, almost every one of these beasts being

fat, plump, and good-looking; you seldom, if ever, see a poor cow in

Báli: ib is a breed of a much larger size than the common run of

[humped] cattle in Jáva, and is obtained from a cross with the wild

cow [bull?] with the same animal. They are generally of a red

colour, and all of them are white between the hind-legs and about

the rump, so that 1 do not remember seeing one that was not white-

breached. The people have no land expressly devoted to grazing;

but let their cattle eat their old stubble or fresh grass of the rice-

fields, after the crops have been taken off; and while the rice is

growing, they let the cattle stray into the commons or woods, and

pick up what they can get by the road-side. The rude plough is

drawn by two abreast, which the plougher drives with one hand

while he guides the plough with the other.” This account pretty

clearly indicates domesticated Bantengs ; intermingled in blood, per-

haps, more or less, with the humped cattle ; though there is nought

to certify such intermixture in the notice quoted, but rather that

—as in the case of the Gayál—both wild and tame exist and inter-

breed occasionally. However, we have the authority of Professor

Van der Hoéven that the Bos leucoprymnos of Quoy and Gaymard

is a hybrid Banteng ; and there is a figure of a cow of this mixed

race among the Hardwicke drawings in the British Museum, which

—as also in the instance of a hybrid Gayál that 1 saw alive—partook

much more of the general aspect of what may be termed the jungle

parent. These hybrid Bantengs are known as “Báli cattle” at

Singapore.

The Rev. F, Mason, in his * Notes on the Fauna, Flora, d:c., of the

Tenasserim Provinces” (1852), remarks that “a small Ox from the

Shan country is brought down sometimes in considerable numbers,

which resembles in its form the English rather than the Indian Ox,

but is probably derived from the wild race. Occasionally a young

wild Ox is domesticated, and brought under the yoke.” This notice

should have been more explicit. Crawfurd remarks—“ The Ox is

302 On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of. S. E. Asia. [No. 3,

found wild in the Siamese forests, and exists very generally in the

domestic state, particularly in the Southern provinces. Those we

saw about the capital were short-limbed, compactly made, and often

without horns, being never of the white or grey colour so prevalent

among the cattle of Hindustán. They also want the hump on the

shoulders which characterises the latter. They are used only in

agricultural labour, and the slaughter of them, publicly at least, is

forbidden even to strangers. Hence, during our stay, our servants

were obliged to go three or four miles out of town, and to slaughter

the animals at night. The wild cattle, for the protection of religion

does not extend to them, are shot by professed hunters, on account

of their hides, horns, bones, and flesh, which last, converted into jerked

beef, forms an article of commerce with China.”* Are domesticated

Bantengs here intended? The existence of hornless individuals is

** “Mission to Siam and Cochin China,” p. 430.

The people of Laos “have a great many cattle, very small, which yield scarcely

any milk, and which they never think of using. When we told them that in

our country the milk of the cow was much esteemed, and that it formed a

savoury food, they laughed, and only held our countrymen in contempt.”

(Grandjean, in the Chinese Repository”, as quoted by Sir J. Bowring). This

prejudice against the milk of the cow seems to be common to all the Indo-

Chinese nations, and prevails also in China, whilst the Mantchurian Tartars are

great consumers of milk. Jiven the savages of the Nága hills, bordering on

Asám, reject milk as food, in the belief that it is of excrementitious nature.

In Earl's * Voyage to the Molucca Islands and New Guinea” (p. 361), we are

informed that “Wild cattle are numerous in Timor Laut, of a brown colour,

and size about the same as that of two-year old cattle in Holland. The natives

catch them with rattan, and also shoot them with arrows.”

The Zamarao of the island of Mindoro (one of the Philippines), as I was

informed by Mr. Hugh Cuming, is a small bovine species, but fierce and dan-

gerous to attack, of a dark colour, with horns rising at an angle of about 459

from the foreliead.” The nearly similar name Tambadao is applied in Borneo to

the Banteng.

These various wild races and humpless tame races of S. E. Asia and its archi-

pelago demand investigation; and though I have before published in the So-

ciety”s Journal several of the notices here cited, it is convenient to bring them

together, to save trouble in reference. What animal the following passage refers

to, in Mrs, Graham's work in Ceylon, I am unable even to conjecture; and cer.

tainly do not credit the existence of such a creature. At the Governor's house,

this lady “saw, feeding by himself, an animal no less beautiful than terrible, —

the wild bull, whose milk-white hide is adorned with a black flowing mane !”

The description is explicit enough, so far as it goes, but most assuredly no such

animal is known to naturalists; and with the example before us, of what a

writer of Bishop Heber”s stamp can make of the Gayál, we may cease to wonder

at any amount of vagary of the kind on the part of unscientifie observers;

though why people of education, who undertake to describe or notice an

animal, however cursorily, should make such sorry use of their eyes is difficult

to comprehend.

1860.] On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asta. 303

not more remarkable than that of hornless Buffaloes and other domes-

tic cattle; unless in the instance of a race little altered from the

wild type. Thus the Italian race of Buffaloes, in which hornless

individuals sometimes occur, (vide figure of the skull of one in Cuvi-

er's Ossemens Fossiles,) is considerably more removed from the

aboriginally wild type of the species, than are the domestic Buffaloes

of India, among which 1 am not aware that hornless individuals ever

occur. But lI have read of hornless Yaks; and instances have been

known of hornless individuals of different species occurring even in

the wild state: a tame Springbok of this description was long in

the possession of the Empress Josephine. By specially breeding from

such animals, a race of them could be readily established.

In Sumátra, as in Jáva, the ordinary domestic Taurine cattle are

humped, small and of inferior quality: but, according to Sir 'T.

Stamford Rafiles,—“* There is a very fine breed of cattle peculiar to

Sumátra, of which,” he remarks, “1 saw abundance at Menang Kabu,

when 1 visited the capital of that country in 1818. They are short,

compact, well made animals, without a hump, and almost without ex-

ception of a light fawn colour, relieved with white. The eyes are

large and fringed with long white lashes. The legs are delicate and well

shaped. Among all that I saw I did not observe any that were not

1n excellent condition, in which respect they formed a striking con-

trast to the cattle generally met with in India [?. e. S. E. Asia and

1bs archipelago. India proper is styled “Western India” by Craw-

furd]. They are universally used in agriculture, and are perfectly

domesticated. This breed appears to be quite distinct from the

Banteng of Jáva and the more eastern islands.”* What, then, is 16?

The remark that these beasts are “perfectly domesticated” would

hardly have been made of any race appertaining to the humped or

to the ordinary humpless type, but seems to imply that the writer

regarded it as a peculiar species, as does also his statement of its

distinctness from the Banteng.

In the * Journal of the Indian Archipelago, TI, 831, is a notice of

the existence of wild cattle in Celebes ; but T suspect that the small

Anoao Buffalo (BUBALUS DEPRESSICORNIS) is intended. In an account

of the province of Minahassa, ib is there stated that—“ wild Cows

* Lin. Trans, X1LI, 267,

304 On the Flat-horned Taurine Cattle of S. E. Asia. [No. 3

tre also found here, principally in the higher parts of the mountains ;

but they bear little resemblance to the Banteng of Jáva; are below

the middle size, yet possess, notwithstanding, an incredible strength.”

Just possibly an undescribed Taurine may be here indicated.

While illustrating the domesticability of all the flat-horned Tau-

rine cattle indigenous to $. E. Asia, 16 is not disputed that some species

of animals are more easily tameable than others; for instance, the

American as compared with the European Bison (by all accounts), or

even the domestic humped bull as compared with the domestic Kuro-

pean bull. It may be from more thorough association with mankind,

from its youth continuously, but 16 rather seems from constitutional

difference (still the result, perhaps, of countless ages of such complete

domestication), but the fact is undeniable that the humped bull is

far more gentle and tractable than his European compeer; being

much more completely in subjection, and hardly (if at all) influenced

by those paroxysms of sexual excitement which seem to be as irre-

pressible as ineradicable in the entire males of most other ruminants.

1t must be conceded, however, that the European bull is rarely sub-

jected to like conditions, —so much inured to constant handling, and

governed by a cord passed through his septum nartum. But the

fact remains (as attested by daily observation) that, under existent

respective conditions, the humped bull is—as a general rule—by far

the more gentle, tractable, and inoffensive animal of the two.

Since writing the above, I have seen Professor Isidore Geoffroy St.

Hilaire's essay * Sur les Origines des Animaux Domestiques,' 2nd frag-

ment, published in the “ Bulletin Mensual de la Société Imperiale

Zoologique d' Acclimation,” YT, 496. Of the Zebu, or humped Ox, he

remarks, that in ancient times 1t was doubtlessly much less diffused

over the Hast than at present. “ Herodote qui avait voyage en Orient,

Aristote qui connaissait si bien 1Egypte, la Perse et 1'Inde, parlent a

plusieurs reprises des Bceufs de 1Orient et des particularités de leur

organization, jamais de leur bosse. Pour Herodote, voy. surtout liv.

IL ILL et V. Je ne trouve pas advantage le Zebu dans ”/Elien and dans

Athenée. Ou contraire, Pline (liv. VIII, LXX,) mentionne son exis-

tence en Syrie et en Carie. * * * Aristote dit lailleurs formellement,

1860.] On the Flat-horned Tawrine Cattle of 8. E. Asta. 305

dans un autre passage (liv. II, 1),—“ Une chose qui n'appartient qu'au

Chameau, entre tous les quadrupeds, c'est qu'1l a une bosse sur le dos.”

(Trad. déja citée de Camus, p.59.) Donc Aristote ne connaissait

pas le Zébu.”—The frequent representation of the humped bull on

Indo-Bactrian coins at once recurs to mind : but I have been favour-

ed with the following note respecting the antiquity of the humped

bull in India, by our joint-secretary Mr. E. B. Cowell.—* In reply

to your query,” he remarks, “1 find that a humped bull is expressly

mentioned in the tenth book of the Ris Veda. This is generally

considered to be a later book than the other nine,—but 16 is certainly

much older than the Bactrian kingdom, not later, at least, than

B. C.900 or 1000. The passage occurs in the 10th Mandala, Sth

Anuváka, 2nd Súkta ;—I am sorry to say we have no commentary

in the Society”s library, and the printed edition has only completed

* the former half, so that I cannot exactly determine the entire sense

of the passage, but part of 16 is clear enough—that the god of fire

1s described as rushing along in his course roaring like a humped

bull. The words vrishabhah kaludmán (here used) are the common

terms, which of course occur frequently enough in the later Sanskrib

authors. The comparison of Agni (the god of fire) to a bull occurs

very often in the earlier books of the Rig Veda, but I don't remem-

ber any mention of the hump.”

It is remarkable that the humped cattle were common enough in

ancient Egypt, though unknown in the valley of the lower Nile, or

even northward of Abyssinia at the present time. According to Sir

J. Gardner Wilkinson, the cattle of the ancient Egyptians “were of

different kinds, of which three principal distinctions are most deserv-

ing of notice ; the short, the long-horned cattle, and the Indian or

humped ox;and the two last, though no longer natives of Egypt,

are common to this day in Abyssinia and Upper Ethiopia.” Domestic

Manners of the Ancient Egyptians. 111,38. For an unmistakeable

figure of the humped species, vide p. 19, f. 5; though the European

type is more commonly represented in Wilkinson's copies, and often

the calf frisking about beside its dam, asin 1,48. Even here the

difference of the two speciesis characteristic ; for the humped cattle,

when at play, recurve the tail over the back in a remarkable manner ;

instead of its being held straight out, or assuming the Bisontine bend,

2 8

306 On the Flat-horned Tawrine Cattle of" S. E. Asia. [No. 83,

straight for the basal half and then downward, as shewn in the figure

cited. Any one accustomed only to the sight of European or humpless

calves at play, cannot but feel some surprise, at first, on witnessing the

mode in which the humped species carries its tail; and the propensity

of a humped calf to run thus before or beside a horse in harness, and

to accompany 14 for a considerable distance along the road, is a fact of

daily observation in this country.

(To be continued.)

SADIIIIDILDISLLISDLIIDLD III IS ISI ISI IS INIA ISISIA

Literary Intelligence.

The Aynuhi * Bukht' ==? 8syÍ is a work whichis not, at all events

under this title, mentioned in Elliott's Historians. Mr. E. C. Bayley

has sent us a copy of the Preface and conclusion of a MS. of 14, which

has come into his possession. Its author 15 Bukhtawur Khan, and

its date of composition A. H. 1127. The writer brings down the his-

tory of the Moghul dynasty from Baber to Aurungzeeb, but we have

not yet ascertained from what materials he has drawn his narrative—

nor indeed who he was. A copy of the work is being made for the

Society?s Library.

The following extract from a letter from Lucknow promises inform-

ation of great interest from perhaps the most classical spot in India.

“ Rajah Man Singh has drawn up an account of the divisions of

ancient Ajoodhia which 1 have asked him to give to the Society. He

says there were three, viz. “ Poorub Rasht,” “ Puchim Rasht” and

“Uttur Kosata!” The latter bemg the modern Fonda Boratch.

He declares also that there were eventually two Buddhist king-

doms which sprang up on the decline of the Ajoodhia Raj—one of

1860. |] Literary Intelligence. 307

these was at “ Sahet Mahet,” where he says there are a tope and

ruins between Ekowna and Bulrampore. The other kingdom was at

Benares—they sprang he declares from the Mourya line of Palibo-

thra.

The most celebrated king of the Sahet Mahet race was “Sohil

Deo” slain by Syud Salar, the celebrated general of Mahmood of

Ghuzni. The last was “Ram Deo” who fell in battle with Mahomed

Ghori three generations later.

He has too given me a hint. He says the copper coins with Lion

reverses belong to Ajoodhia, the bull and cock coins to Sahet Mahet

(king's titles “Mittra and Deo” both) and the Benares kings he

says had a trisul as their symbol.

He has given me also an account of a tope near Sultanpore.

Further more he says that in building Sañkatá Ghat at Benares a

“lath” larger than that at Allahabad was dus up, but that the bar-

barians chipped off the letters, and built 1t into the foundations where

14 still exists and is visible.

He promises to send me two inscriptions or rather manuscripts in

modern Sanscrit, and I have ordered for him a transcript in large

letters of Thomas” comparative table of the Devanagari.”

We are glad to find that there is a prospect of Dr. Sprenger's car-

rying out his project of publishing Maqdisiy in the Bibliotheca In-

dica. It will be remembered that he proposed this undertaking when

in Syria in 1854, (See Journal, Vol. XXIV. p. 47,) and that the Society

closed with the offer at its meeting in May, 1855, but that on Dr.S.'s

return to Indian he found the Oriental Fund so reduced in resources as

to render 14 unadvisable to proceed with the publication. The subject

dropped, and in the following year Dr. $5. left the country. He now

renews his offer from Berne, and we earnestly hope that the arrange-

ments now being made to give effect to 14 will be successful.

308 Literary Intelligence. [No. 3,

The following is extracted from a letter from Professor Wright of

Dublin to Dr. W. N. Lees, dated March 19th, 1860.

Just now the Government and the mass of the people (led by

Trevelyan, Monier Williams, dc.) are possessed with a rage for Ro-

manizing the Oriental characters, and anglicizing the Hindu races,

and what not, the result of which, so far as 1 can see, 1s, that Oriental

learning will sink among us still lower than 16 is, that we shall have

lots of bad Hindustani translations of English books, and that the

native literature, which is really useful in a historical point of view

at least, will be utterly neglected. Your Asiatic Society must bestir

itself and try to save what ib can. For myself, 1 am working at

the 2nd vol. of the Arabic Grammar, and after that, I shall probably |

edit a reading book with a complete glossary. Besides, I have on

hand, an English Hindustani Dictionary, which I am compiling from

my own reading and the best published sources I can get. Have

you seen Ahlwardt's onslaught on the fame of Von Hammer, entitled

“ Chalefelahmar's Qasside von W. Ahlwardt, Greifswald, 1859”—a

good book, as is also his edition of an historical work with the title

“ El Fachri, Geschichte der islamischen Reiche...von Ibn Etthiq-

thaga...von W. Ahlwardt, Gotha, 1860.” Further there is the 9th

fasciculus of Juynboll's ¿11Y| ae! o containing the introduction and

the notes to the first 2 fasciculi (588 pp. and evii. pp.)... Vúller”s

Persian Lexicon goes on slowly,—I have seen 6 fasciculi in 8 parts

as far as My... Possibly you may not have seen Chwolson “uber

die Ueberreste der altbabylonischen Literatur in Arabischen Ueberset-

zungen,” a most extraordinary work and very interesting, if one

could only believe it all. Yet Chwolson is a good and cautious

scholar (as his “Ssabier in d. Ssabismus” shows), and has studied

this particular branch of the Arabian literature more than any man

alive. The chief work is the Agricultura Nabatheorum (444)

dabas) y) along with the translations by SE uml.

A letter from Dr. Sprenger dated last October, an extract from

which is published in the last No. of the Zeitschrift, announces the

result of his examination of the MS. of Wákidy's Mugháziy in the

British Museum. Though an imperfect one, this MS. contains a

third more of matter than the text published in our Bibliotheca by

1860, ] Literary Intelligence. 309

M. Von Kremer. 1tis to be hoped that Dr. Sprenger, who has for

the furtherance of his own Biography made a copy of the additional

matter, will enable our Philological Committee to bring out a 4th

or Supplementary Fasciculus of M. Von Kremer's edition.

Extract from a letter from Professor Holmboe, Christiania, to

Baboo Rajendralal Mittra.

“ Dans la derniére mémoire,* j? ai demontré que deux medailles

d” or qui ont été découvertes dans deux tombeaux payens en Nor-

vége, ont des types et des legendes, qui sont des imitations de medailles

Ariennes. J”y ai encore prouvé, qu' un grand nombre de bractéats

(lames avec empreintes a l'un des cotés) d'or ont emprunté leurs

types de representations de Siva ou de Doúrgá de la mythologie

Indienne. Comparez par exemple la position du boeuf sur le bracteat

scandinave No. 7 de ma planche I. avec le bosuf des sculptures de

Mandore et de Java sur ma pl. II. Et les croix mystiques qu'on voit

si souvent au commencement ou á la fin des inscriptions anciennes

de 1 Inde se présentent surune vingtaine des bracteats surnommés.

A la page 201 j' al encore comparé d” autres symboles, quí se voient

moins souvent sur nos bracteats, eb qui se trouvent également sur des

medailles de 1” Afghanistan et de 1 Inde.”

* Tu the last No. of the Transactions of the Christiania Society.

PIDIDAPLDIL IIED DO0INDII III IIS LIOINLSLNIOLINIO LOS ININIONIN INIA

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIO SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Jury, 1860.

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Socrety was held

on the 4th Instant.

A. Grote, Esq., President, in the chair.

The proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received—

From the Madras Government, Selections from its Records No. 64;

(containing Report on the Agricultural Exhibitions in the provinces

in 1859). |

2. From the Government of India, Home Department, a copy

of a work containing No. 27 of the Appendix of the Bombay Govern-

ment record. |

3. From the Municipal Commissioners, a copy of their report for

1859. :

4. From His Royal Highness the Prince Consort, through Alex-

ander Murray, Esq., of Edinburgh, a remarkably fine stuffed head,

with horns, of the Scottish Red Deer with the * cup” of * royal crown”

to the horns and the tines complete. “This animal was killed by

his Royal Highness, the Prince Consort upon Locknagaar on the Sth

September, 1859. Weight after being cleaned out 16st. 12lbs.”

Some further particulars about the specimen are given in the Cura-

tor”s report.

On the motion of the President, a vote of thanks was unanimously

accorded to His Royal Highness for this valuable addition to the

Society?s collections.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 311

5. From J. F. Galiffe, Esq., two living specimens of the large

Gecko Lizard, Tokki or Toktu, (Platydactylas Gecko) captured at

Russa near Calcutta.

6. From Baboo $. $. Ghose a large Medusa cast ashore at Diamond

Harbour apparently of the genus COephia of person, but the appen-

dages mutilated of all but their peduncles.

7. From Baboo Rajendra Mallik various egos laid in his aviaries ;

also, for exhibition to the Meeting, a stuffed specimen of a newly

discovered species of Cassowarry, at present unique ; five species of

this remarkable genus being now recognised, of which two have been

first brought to notice within the present year.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last Meeting, were

balloted for, and elected ordinary members.

Rajah Bunsput Singha.

A. B. Sampson, Esq.

W. Grey, Esq.

J. P. Grant, Esq. Jr.

Dr. B. Simpson.

G. H. M. Batten, Esq., B. C. $.

E. G. Mamn, Esq.

L. F. Byrne, Esq., C. E.

George Shelverton, Esq., and

Syud Ahmed Khan.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot as ordinary mem-

bers at the next Meeting.

Dr. A. J. Payne, Superintendent of the Insane Hospital ; propos-

ed by Mr. F. L. Beaufort, seconded by Major Thuillier.

Captain C. M. FitzGerald, Deputy Commissary General; proposed

by Major F. D. Atkinson, seconded by Mr. Atkinson.

T. E. B. Judge, Esq., proposed by Mr. Atkinson, seconded by

the President.

The Council reported that they had added Col. Baird Smith and

Dr. H. Halleur to the Committee of Meteorology and Physical

Science.

The President proposed the following resolution :—

Resolved that the Meeting desires to record its sense of the heavy

loss which the cause of Oriental literature has sustained by the death

312 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3,

of Professor H. H. Wilson, and to express at the same time the

sincere and afíectionate regrets with which this Society finds itself

deprived of the advice aud assistance of ibs oldest and most distin-

guished member.

In moving this resolution, the President spoke as follows :—“ I

need scarcely remind the Meeting that since we last met the mail

has brought us the announcement of the death of a very old, indeed

our oldest Member. Horace Hayman Wilson, late Boden Professor

at Oxford, died in London on the 18th May at the advanced age of

73 after a connexion with our Society of more than half a century;

for he joined us immediately on arriving in this country in 1808, a

period at which we had only just established ourselves in the building

in which we now sit. Colebrooke was then our President, and Hunter

had been our Secretary with a short interval from 1798, so that by his

succession to Hunter as Secretary, in 1810, Wilson has a title to

be ranked among our earliest office-bearers. He filled the Secretary-

ship for 22 years ; in fact until his retirement from India in 1833;

and during this long period he devoted himself almost exclusively to the

study of the Sanscrit classics. His first work was the translation

of the Megha Duta, and in 1819 he brought dut the first edition of

the first Sanscrit and English Dictionary which had been compiled.

He then published his Selections from the Hindoo Drama and the

catalogue of the Mackenzie MSS., and was, when he left this country,

engaged on his analysis of the Purans, four of which he completed

before his departure, and the original MSS. of which are all in *our

Library. These works, however, were by no means all his contribu-

tions to Oriental literature. One of the most important papers which

has appeared in our Researches was written by him in 1825; I allude

to his Essay on the Hindoo History of Cashmere, which, with other

papers, helps to make Vol. XV. of our Researches the most inter-

esting, perhaps, of the series.

The address which was presented to Wilson by our President,

Sir E. Ryan, and his Vice-Presidents, Drs. Mill and Tytler in

December 1832, shows how fully our Society then appreciated the

loss which it was about to sustain of his eminent services, while

his answer evinced the unabated interest in our Society”s proceedings

which he was carrying away with him.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 313

At our request he kindly consented to act, as Colebrooke had for

some years acted, as our London agent, and ib was in this capacity

that he so succesfully pleaded our cause with the late Court of Di-

rectors and obtained for us the monthly grant which now forms our

Oriental Fund. The correspondence which we had with Govern-

ment and with Wilson himself in 1856 is a sufficient proof that he

wished still to take a part in our deliberations for appropriating

this grant; and it must be a source of gratification to us now to

feel that in bringing out the Persian historical texts which we have

lately resolved on undertaking, we shall be working more than we

were a few years back in the special direction in which he wished

to lead us.

What Wilson had been to our Society during his stay in this

country he has since his return to England been to the Royal Asiatic

Society which Colebrooke had founded ten years previously. Whether

as President or Director, he has been its moving spirit at least on

all occasions on which Indian subjects were to be dealt with. Besides

his contributions to the transactions and Journal of that Society

he found time to bring out a further edition of his Sanserit Diction-

ary, “Ariana Antiqua,” a work of the greatest archeological and

historical value, a Glossary of Indian terms, and a continuation of

Mill's History of India up to Lord William Bentick's adminstra-

tion. His introduction to the Sanscrit Grammar is known to every

student of the language, and his edition of his old fellow-passenger,

Moorcroft's Travels in the Himalyan provinces, to every geogra-

pher. The last work on which he was engaged was the translation

of the “Ris Veda,” and his determination himself to effect its com-

pletion is strikingly shown by the way in which he has anticipated

Miiller's edition of the "Text. Wilson died a few days only before

the 37th Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Asiatic Society. He

had when vacating the Presidentship of that Society in 1858,

and acknowledging the usual resolution of thanks which Mr. Marsh-

man had moved, and in which a hope was expressed that he would

soon re-occupy his proper post, made a touching allusion to the im-

probability of his surviving the interval which must by the Rules of

the Society precede his re-election.

What little 1 have said does not profess to approach to an ade-

2 mT

314 Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society. [No. 3,

quate notice of so indefatigable a man and so complete a scholar.

It is intended only to preface the Resolution which 1 hold in

my hand, and to which l am going to ask the assent of this Meeting.

Communications were recelved—

From J. Obbard, Esq., a paper on the “'Translation of waves of

water with relation to the great flood of the Indus in 1858.”

2. From T. Oldham, Esq., extracts of letters from J. L. Stewart,

Esq., M. D., 14th Punjaub Infantry employed with the expedition

to the Wuzeeree country :—

“ I generally pick up a bit of stone here and there, but as I have

made no arrangements for the carriage of such heavy goods, I am

obliged to be contented with very “wee bits” which I suspect would

be much too minute to be of use to you. Next time, 1f I have

another chance, I purpose making better arrangements in this re-

spect. Near where we have been encamped recently, blocks big and

little were abundant (I nowhere have seen it in strata or in situ) of

a calcareous rock crammed with corals, echinide mata (P) and shells of

various species, some not uncommon, but I have not seen a trace of

vegetables or of higher animals. This doubtless partly depends on

my want of practice. Almost all these are, however, too bulky for

my means of stowage.

“The expedition started from Ták (to the N. W. of Dera

Ismael Khan) and hitherto we have been advancing up the bed of a

small stream called the Zam. We have only come 24 miles from

Ták, but will go on to the central city of the Wuzeerees (Kanee-

gorm) some 25 miles apparently, to the west, on a mountain which

ought to be near the watershed of what here represents the “Suli-

man” range. The mountain has been calculated from a distance as

upwards of 11,000 feet, but as yet although we rise very consider-

ably with the slope of the bed of the Zam, we have gained no great

elevation. The stream cuts through the ridges crossing them, and

gives numerous sections, as do the innumerable ravines and gullies.

“For the first ten to twelve miles from the plains the rocks were

all soft standstones and conglomerates alternating, at first dipping

to the west mostly at a low angle, and presenting a sbeep escarpment

towards the plains of Ták on the east, latterly dipping to the east

and contorted variously at varying angles. We then came on cal-

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 315

careous strata and for the last five or six miles the rocks are mostly

of rapidly disintegrating strata, red, greenish, and with salt efflo-

rescing on the surface. Amongst these, which on the surface become

earthy masses, are some nummulitic beds alternating with non-

fossiliferous grey limestone and strata of sandstone and grit, often

vitrified and darker coloured externally. All these dip to the east

at all angles varying from 1% to 90%, but mostly from 15* to 45%, rough-

ly speaking, amongst them are a few thin beds of flint. The masses

with corals lie about on the surface and in drift masses, in something

like a line parallel to these strata.

“Upon the lower parts of these inclined strata in many places

are plateaux of gravel having amongst 14 large vitrified-looking blocks.

These plateaux are of several acres in extent, and from 50 to 100

feet above the bed of the stream. Occasionally below that, and a few

feet above the stream, are patches of alluvial soil cultivated by the in-

habitants, apparently very fertile.

“ The day following we made a march of 4.3 miles up the Zam ravine,

till we came to a tanga (a “tightness' as they call their passes in

Pushtu) beyond which the General considered it advisable not to

go that day. The strata composing the hills on either side, so far

as they were not obscured by the horizontal shingle beds, appeared

to consist mostly of a brownish limestone alternating with beds of

the coloured disintegrating shales, the latter far exceeding the former

in quantity, all dipping to south-east at moderate angles.

“In front of us, the stream came through a narrow gorge between

a height of perhaps 200 to 250 feet, composed of a light coloured

limestone with numerous veins of calcareous spar running in all direc-

tions through it. Its strata considerably waved, and with a low dip

to the north-west. The strata of these heights seemed at the point

of junction to overlie the coloured strata, but 1 had not an oppor-

tunity of getting close to the point.

“The 44th was rather a momentous day, and 1 had not much time

for dawdling and looking about, as some five miles up, the Wuzeerees

stood, and ¿he fight of the expedition came off.

“After we passed through the tangas the strata were mostly of greyish

non-fossiliferous limestone overlying unconformably beds of the co-

' loured shales. The uppermost beds of the limestone here had a

316 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3,

character, which 1 had occasionally remarked before, of “tesselation,'

that is, were divided into little quadrilateral blocks, the upper edges of

which were rounded.

“ Beyond the Barrarra pass, where the fight took place, the lower

strata visible were the coloured disintegrating beds, generally at a

high angle with dip to south-west; the higher hills of the waved

limestone dipping to S. W. at a low angle.

“On the 5th, we made a march of 15 miles, notwithstanding our

many wounded, to Kaneegorm, and the flora was so new, that 1 had

not much leisure for looking at the rocks. Our camp at Kaneegorm

was trigonometrically 6,700 feet above the sea level, and we probably

rose more than 2,500 feet in that march.

“We gradually appeared to leave the limestone rocks, although

(occasionally) the coloured rocks were seen overlaid by limestone,

and got among hills composed of slate in very thin beds, mostly

and frequently with markings of angle (?) over their surface. These

slate strata were frequently contorted and wavy.

“For the last two days the quantity of granitic stones among

the gravel, was very much on the increase. About and below Pala-

sin, (the place whence 1 wrote my last letter,) hardly a bit of granite

was to be seen; here the shingle is almost entirely granitic.

“Gth halt.—7th.—I went with the survey party to the top of a

hill to the S. S. W. some six miles off, and 1600 feet higher than - |

the Kaneegorm camp. The strata on the way appeared mostly of

what looks like a thin bedded sandstone (?) generally dipping to

N. W. at pretty high angles.

“Qur road up to Kaneegorm had lain still in the bed of the Zam

ravine, and latterly in that of one of its tributaries. As we got

near the centre of the range here the streams became quite small.

“On the Sth, we marched eight miles down the stream on the

same road by which we had come, and then 1 had more opportunity

of noticing that in a general way the ranges run north and south,

and that the strata, although occasionally horizontal and often con-

torted, are generally at an angle of about 45", with the dip to the

west (W. N. W). The beds are mostly thickish and of slaty rock,

with occasional strata of bluish disintegrating schistose structure.

“There were, however, but few sections to be seen on account of

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 317

frequent masses of horizontally deposited shingle, mostly granitic,

or of the above rocks. Further down, the upper strata appear gene-

rally the grey contorted and waved slaty, overlying and hardly

conformable with the thinner bedded blue slaty rocks.

“10th.—We left the road by which we came up, and diverged

to the northward some five miles. The strata mostly of the thick

bedded grey slaty rocks, cortorted, and at varying angles, and dip

generally not far from horizontal.

“Here we were within a mile of another central cluster of their

villages called Makin and the nearest point to which we got to the

central mass of this range of hills called Pirghar or Ghal, points of

which towered some 2000 to 4000 feet above us. Where the stra-

tification can be seen, as in the nearer masses, 16 appears nearly ver-

tical and bent.

“On the 11th with one of the covering parties of a burning ex-

pedition to these villages, I got on a ridge somewhat nearer to

Pirghar. The surface of this ridge is mostly composed of shingle,

granitic, and very rarely slaty grey rock visible 2m situ nearly ver-

tical.

“On the 12th a march of eight miles, still northerly, up a bank

bed, and camp at about 7300 feet; the highest camp we had. Just

on reaching camp passed a number of strata of the alga, marked,

thin, bluish, hard, shaly strata overlying beds of the thick, vitrified

looking rock. I mentioned before, both at a high angle dipping to

the west. The general disposition of the grey slaty rock we saw is,

however, nearly horizontal, with a slight dip to east. Most of the

valley in which we progressed was a mile wide, and occasionally more,

filled up by horizontally disposed shingle beds, our road being up the

bed which the stream has cut through these.

“14th.—Marched five miles still to northward. For 13 miles

we rise, then down a steep rocky ravine; rocks mostly shaly, and

the vitrified looking varieties generally at high angles, dip to east ;

some of the strata occasionally much contorted.

“ For days, evidences of the Iron manufacture for which Kanee-

gorm has long been famous had been visible, such as furnaces and

slag, éc., with occasionally, in villages, stores of iron stone. None

of the latter, however, did I happen to see. Here 1 thought we

318 Proceedings of the Astatic Society. [No. 3,

must be near the ore, and made some efforts to get at some place

whence they dig 14, but am sorry to say, failed.

“15th.—We went more to eastward descending towards Bunnoo

in the ravine of the Khyssor stream. The rocks mostly slaty, and

the “*vitrified” at high angle dip to the west, and often covered by

horizontal shingle beds to 50 or 60 feet, which obscure matters

greatly, so that sometimes for a mile or two no rock ¿n situ could

be seen. The lower beds of this shingle are here occasionally con-

solidated into conglomerate.

“16th.—The strata, mostly of the dark “* vitrified” surfaced rock,

generally at about 45% dip to west. Then a grey rock with white

streaks (limestone) nearly horizontal and contorted, then with a strong

dip to west and still contorted ; occasional shaly beds.

“ 17th.—Halt. Here we were in a region of plateaux of the horizon-

tally laid gravel with, a mile or two to south, the western termination

of a flat sloping hill with the strata dipping slightly to the east.

“18Sth.—A mile or two on we pass through the gorge formed by

the stream crossing through the end of the above hill, which is of

non-fossiliferous limestone. This appears to be near the geological

“level” of Palasin ; for here, also, there are numerous heaps of the

black decomposed rock we had there, with other particoloured debris :

vertical strata of the white non-fossiliferous limestone. Numerous

blocks of the coralline (?) rock seen lying about, but 1 could not get

near any of them. Nummulitic blocks and pebbles numerous among

the shingle. Then after about a mile of these heaps of coloured

debris we go through a gorge formed by nearly vertical ridges of

dark coloured hard sandstone, followed by sandstone strata also at a

high angle (dipping to east) with one or two strata of conglomerate.

Blocks of the dark superficially vitrified stone profusely strewn over

all the helghts.

“ On the 19th a mile and a half carried us from among these low

ridges into the Bunnoo plain, here stony, mostly uncultivated, and

sloping from the hills.”

In forwarding these extracts, Mr. Oldham writes as follow :—

Naimital, June 9th, 1860.

MY DEAR GroTE,—] enclose you a brief extract from a note received

from Dr. Stewart of the 14th Punjab Infantry, who is at present with

1860.] Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society. 319

Chamberlain's expedition against the Wuzeerees. Dr. Stewart is

devoting his leisure moments, principally to botanizing, 1 believe, but

he has in his note given some geological details which are of great

interest. It has hitherto been supposed that the rocks representing

the Siwalik group extended very much further to the west from the

plains of upper India, even beyond the Ghilza range, but this note

shews the occurrence of nummultic beds within a very few miles of

Ták.

The soft sandstones and conglomerates are, I think, clearly the

Siwalik group, and probably the upper portion of this enormously

thick series. The physical structure of the hills there, also, appears

to correspond with that of the Siwalik hills here. They run to the

N. W. presenting a scarp to the plains of beds dipping sharply into

the hills. The calcareous beds associated with red, greenish, and

white shaly beds rapidly disintegrating into earthy masses seem to

represent the lower part of the nummulitic series; at least this is the

general character of that part of the group in these hills. The layers of

chert or flint are frequent here as there. If this conjecture be correct,

14 must follow that there, as here, a great fault separates these

two series.

The remarkable fact of the streams cutting across the ridges of the

outer or Siwalik rocks is abundantly paralleled here too, and nothing

is more striking on passing up the river gorges here than the marked

plateaux or terraces of gravelly detritus which occur at various levels,

such as are noticed in Dr. Stewart's note.

I sincerely hope to have further information from the writer of the

interesting note regarding a country of which we know so little.

Yours sincerely,

(Signed) T. OLDHAM.

Since forwarding the above notes, specimens of the iron stone used

on these hills has been received from the Government of the Punjab,

and submitted to assay in the Geological Survey Office, Calcutta. 'The

results are as follow.

The specimens consist of samples of a rock which is itself composed

of iron ore in two distinct conditions.

(a) One portion is a common hydrous peroxide of iron containing

40.4 per cent. of iron.

320 Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society. [No. 3,

(5) The other is a similar mineral mechanically mixed with car-

bonate of lime, in small quantities, the mass containing 31.8 per cent.

of iron.

LIBRARY.

The following books have been added to the Library since June last.

Presented.

General Report of the Municipal Commissioners of Calcutta for 1859.—

By THE COMMISSIONERS.

Selections from the Public Correspondence of the Punjab Government,

vol. IV. Nos. 4 and 5.—By THE GOVERNMENT.

Selections from the Records of Travancore. Part l. (containing Memoir

of Travancore).—BY THE MADRAS GOVERNMENT.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for May.—Bvy THE EDITOR.

Bibidharta Sangraha for the month of Kartick.—By THE EDITOR.

Selections from the Records of the Madras Government, No. 64, (con-

taining Report on the Agricultural Exhibitions in the Provinces in 1859).—

By THE MADRAsS GOVERNMENT.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia from

October, 1859, to February, 1960.—By THE ACADEMY.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Vol. X. No. 38.—By THE

SOCIETY.

Description of a deformed fragmentary human skull, found in an ancient

Quarry cave at Jerusalem.—By J. Aitken Meigs, M. D.—ByY THE Au-

THOR.

Exchanged.

The Athenezum for April, 1860.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New se-

ries, Vol. IV. Part 3.—BY THE ACADEMY.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlándischen Gesellschaft. Band, XIV.

Heft 1. and II.—By THE SocIETY.

The Philosophical Magazine for May, 1860.—By tur EDITORS.

Purchased.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 95, 96, 97 and 98.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 15, 16, 17 and 18 of Tome L.

Revue des Deux Mondes, Tomes 26 and 27.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome XII. No. 2.

Journal des Savants for April, 1860.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 321

The Natural History Review, No. 26.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. V. No, 29.

Die Leider des Hafis, Vol. II. Part 4.

Vendidad Sadé, VI. Livarison.

For Aueusr, 1860.

At a meeting of the Society held on the 1st instant, A. Grote,

Esq., President, in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were recelved—

1. From C. Hobhouse, Esq., €. $S., nine silver coins found in May

last year, in throwing down one of the old Embankments on the

right bank of the river Damoodah in Pergunnah Hubilee of the district

Hoogly. These coins are of the last century, from the Moorshedabad

mint.

2. From Michael M. $. Dutt, Esq., a copy of his work named

“The Birth of Zillottoma,” being the first epic poem in blank verse

in the Bengali language.

3. From the British Indian Association, a copy of their Report

for June last.

4, From C. J. Evans, Esq., Calcutta, frontal portion of skull of

an African baboon, probably COynocephalus hamadryas, found by him-

self in the dry well of the pyramid of Cheops. The specimen is

quite recent.

5. From the Rev. H. Baker, Junior, of Mandakyam, Alipee, $.

Malabar, skins of Sorex marinus and Sciuwrus trilineatus.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last meeting, were

ballotted for and elected ordinary members :—

Dr. A. J. Payne; Capt. C. M. Fitzgerald, and T. E. B. Judge,

Esq.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next

meeting.

W. Forbes Goss, Esq., proposed by Mr. Medlicott, and seconded

| by Mr. W. Blandford.

Major T. James, Bengal Army, proposed by Dr. Crozier, seconded

by Mr. W, $. Atkinson.

3922 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

The Council reported that they had nominated Major H. L. Thuil-

lier a member of their body and also a Vice-President of the Society

in the room of Col. Strachey, who has left India.

Communications were recelved—

1. From Lieut. Col. A. Phayre, Commissioner of Pegu, a paper

entitled “Remarks upon an ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán

on the Irrawaddy.”

2. From Dr. J. L. Stewart, 14th Punjaub Infantry, a Journal of

a Botanical Tour in Hazara and Kháján in April and May, 1859.

Extracts from this paper were read to the meeting by Dr.

Thomson.

JOUENAL

OF THE

oa A LO SOCIETY

hoplcda Basgti. 218600645

IYIIIDCODODLIILIILIILSILISLSISIVIOLSIYLISINIOISISISISLN ISS NO

Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ?—By the Rev. Isinor

LOEWENTHAL, Peshawur.

Error is immortal. The old fable concerning Hercules and the

Hydra has doubtlessly a typical reference to the quixotic bouts men

sometimes undertake against error; only seven heads is too small a

number to typify the vitality of a good blunder, the longevity of a

plain definite mistake. The fable, too, makes Hercules victorious ;

but who has ever seen the successful gardener that has really extir-

pated a weed which once has taken root in his grounds? This

ineradicability may be predicated of any error, but necessarily most

so of such as appear to rest on the authority of a great name, and

are brought forward now and then by those who have in some way

or another acquired the reputation of being authorities. This is

very provoking. Is it really so that men love darkness rather

than light ?

More than seventy years ago the first President of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal happened to state that the Pushto language had

a manifest resemblance to the Chaldaic. There is evidence in the

earlier volumes of the “ Asiatic Researches” that some attention was

paid in Calcutta to the Pushto language in those days, but, 14 appears,

more for literary than philological purposes. At all events the state-

ment of Sir William Jones remained uncontradicted and unchallenged

for many years. In Germany even the opinion gained currency

through Kleuker (the earliest German translator of the Zend Avesta)

No. CV.—Nrw Series, Von. XXIX. 11

324 ls the Pushto a Semitic Language ? [No. 4,

who published (Riga 1795) many of the articles of the “ Asiatic

Researches” in a German translation.

Klaproth, however, the distinguished traveller and orientalist, as

early as 1810 vigorously attacked this opinion in the first volume

of the Archives for Asiatic Literature, and dated his conviction that

the Pushto is an Indo-Germanic language. In 1826, when he pub-

lished his Zableaua Historiques de ' Asie, he held the same view.*

In 1814, Elphinstone, in his “ Account of the Kingdom of Cabul”

also dissented from the opinion of Sir William Jones, and stated

positively that of 218 words of those in common use which he had -

examined, not one had “the smallest appearance of being deducible

from the Hebrew or Chaldaic.”

In 1829, Dorn, professor of Oriental languages at the University

of Charkow, then young, but already distinguished for his attain-

ments in Eastern Literature, in his translation of Neamet Ullah,

maintained that there was not the least resemblance between Pushto

and Hebrew or Chaldee. He adduces three words that had been

referred to as proving a connection between them :

Ly father, compared with the Chaldee st. emph. NIN

dinit to take, with the Hebrew TN

el the side, with the Hebrew “Y

He simply says that these prove nothing. And he is correct; but

it may be added that the word add, abba, or apa means “father” in

considerably more than thirty distinct languages (v. Buschmamn, Ueber

den Natwrlaut, p. 16, which list is very far from being complete), so

that such a word would have to be entirely excluded from any

evidence ; that the Infinitive Vina; (dkhistal) is deceptive, the root

being 1x1 (ákhal), bearing the same relation to the Infinitive that

the Persian US does to its Infinitive ¿¿¿aS, and that 16 is most pro-

bably connected with the old Persian w 331 “to draw out,” “take

away ;” whilst ell (arkh) is undoubtedly the Sanskrit 3TY (uras)

“breast ;” the slight shifting of the signification finds its exacb

counterpart in the Sanskrit q “the side” as compared with the

Polish piers' “ breast ;” the pronunciation of the Polish s' is precisely

* Does Captain Raverty mean any pleasantry, when, in his Pushtoo Grammar,

he “hopes the Professor will change his opinion now” twenty-five years after

his death ?

1860.] Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? 325

that of the Sanskrit u. The change of the Sanskrit y into E ls

exemplified in various languages: compare the French savon with

Spanish ¿abone (soap); Hebrew MN (khúg) and MD (súg) “to

encircle ;” ¡TIN háká) and 520 (sáká) “to look ;” Greek aornp with

Persian 421 “a star;” Hindustani zoo with Persian +2 “socer ;”

Sanskrit svap with Persian eya “sleep,” etc.

Taking his materials solely from Klaproth and Elphinstone, Pott,

than whom, with all his audacity, no greater etymologist has arisen,

does not hesitate a moment in assigning the Pushto its place as one

of the Indo-European languages. He divides the latter into five

families in his Htymologische Forschungen (1833), and places the

Persian and Pushto together into the second family, precisely as he

puts the German and the Dutch together in the fourth.

In 1839, Ewald the greatest Hebraist of the present century, gave

a careful examination of what materials of the language were acces-

sible to him, and, of course, could not give the slightest support to

the opinion that Pushto had any connection with a Semitic language.

The same view was clearly elucidated by Dorn again, in the trans-

actions of the St. Petersburgh Academy of Sciences at various times

from 1840 to 1845. In his Pushto Chrestomathy (St. Petersburgh,

- 1847), he designates the Pushto as a branch of the Indo-Persian

- languages.

“ The Bible of Every Land,” a work published by Bagster in

1848, which exhibits in its notices great accuracy and completeness

of information, says of the Pushto language, “ It exhibits none of

the peculiarities of the Semitic dialects, but, on the contrary, forms

an important link in the great Indo-European languages.”

The latest edition of Brockhaus” Conversations-Lextlon also cor-

rectly calls the language a sister of the Persian.

And as if to clinch the matter, Max Miller, whose authority in

such things is simply indisputable, without the shadow of a doubt

ranges the Pushto among those scions of the Arian stock which

struck root in the soil of Asia, before the Arian reached the shores

of Europe. (Languages of the Seat of War, London, 1855.)

To these we may add minor lights to show at least the general

consent of intelligent philologists, such as Schleicher (Zur Verglei-

chen den Sprachengeschichte, Bonn, 1848, p. 67,) and (Die Sprachen

2 U2

326 Ís the Pushto a Semitic Language ? [No. 4,

Europas, Bonn, 1850, p. 130); De Vere (Comparative Philology,

New York, 1853, p. 299); Rapp (Grundriss der Grammatik, Stutt-

gart, 1855), and others.

One might have thought the truth pretty well established by this

time, were it not for the feline vitality of error, which in this in-

stance was alded by the fact that the pure linguistic question had

been mixed up with an obscure ethnological problem, which some

people moreover are inclined to make somewhat of a religious ques-

tion. The allusion is to the alleged claim of the Afghans to be con-

sidered children of Israel. It is not intended here to enter upon

this matter. The question now is simply whether the Pushto is an

Indo-European, or a Semitic language. But when Ewald, and Dorn,

and Pott, and Múller have pronounced, is there any one yet who can

doubt? It is mortifying to be obliged to say that there is.

When the founder of the Asiatic Society pronounced his opinion,

perhaps hastily, and certainly on an imperfect inspection of scanty

and perhaps faulty materials, one willingly forgets 16.

Indignor, quandoque bonus dormitat Homerus !

But people must necessarily dig up old bones, Sir George Rose

published a somewhat wild pamphlet on “The Kings of the East,”

in which he revives the opinion of Sir William Jones, maintains that

the Pushto language does contain Hebraic elements, and blames Dr.

Wolff for not finding more than one word which countenances that

view.

Sir George Rose claimed neither a position as a philologist, nor an

acqualintance with Pushto; hence his assertions, however strenuously

made, might be allowed to rest on their own merits. But now a

professed philologer enters the lists, namely, the Rev. Charles Fors-

ter, one of the six preachers of the Cathedral of Canterbury, Rector

of Stisted, Honorary Member of the Literary Society, author of

“ Mahomedanism Unveiled,” and of “ The Historical Geography of

Arabia.” These facts are taken from the title page of a work desig-

nated briefly as follows : “ The one primeval language traced experi-

mentally through ancient inscriptions in alphabetic characters of

lost powers from the four continents. Including the voice of Israel

from the rocks of Sinai: and the vestiges of Patriarchal tradition

from the monuments of Egypt, Etruria, and Southern Arabia.” In

1860. ] Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? 327

this book, as is well known, the author runs a violent tilt against

men like Grotefend, Beer, Lassen, Rawlinson, St. Martin, and upsets

them all to his own complete satisfaction and the readers infinite

amusement. The third volume of this work is filled up by “A New

Key for the Recovery of the Lost Ten Tribes,” which recovery, we

are informed—and the information is at least new—1s “ the most

interesting problem in the history of the world.” Itis in this that

Dr. Forster reprints Jones” note from the second volume of the

““* Researches,” and reasserts the Semitic origin of the Pushto lan-

guage. In proof of this assertion he produces three words, which

are to establish his position.

(1). He quotes from Wolff “AN (07) light, is the only Hebrew word

I found in the Afehan tongue.”—On this it may be observed that

or yal in Pushto does not mean “light,” but “fire,” and that the

word is plainly connected with the Arian tongues. In the language

still called Zend “fire” is dtar, Persian y! ; the connection of yal

(or) with these is precisely analogous to that of the

Pushto ,y3 (mor) mother with Persian zolo, Sanskrit mátar.

» 399 (wror) brother with ,, jo!ly> Zend brátar.

» 39 (lor) sickle with a Sanskrit dátra.*

» 39 (nor) other with > Zend (4) ntar.

It may be observed that in Irish ur is “fire,” but the connection

of the latter is more likely with the Latin uro which of course

(us-si, us-tum) must be referred to the root ush; and, as Picteb

observes, (Les noms celtiques du soleil), la ressemblance avec 1”

hébreu or, wr, lumiére, semble done puremenót fortuite.

(2). Dr. Forster continues, “JI have no Afghans to confer

with on the matter, but I possess Elphinstone's Cabul; and

will undertake, in the second word of his “ Pushtoo Vocabulary,”

to find a second Hebrew word: viz. DW, Samiún, with the

article prefixed, DYIWIT, hesamin, “The heavens, of which the

Pushtoo, * Asman, Heaven) is clearly only a dialectic variation.

I notice this merely as a specimen of Dr. Wolff”s carelessness and

hastiness of examination.”—This, the readers of the Journal need

not be told, would prove too much, and hence nothing ; inasmuch

as Ulew] is also pure Persian; asman also occurs in Zend and the

* On the change of d into / sec below.

328 Ís the Pushto a Semitic Language ? [No. 4,

cuneiform inscriptions in the same sense; and the Sanskrit agma is

“a cloud.” There may possibly be a general connection between

this thoroughly Arian word, and the Semitic, not peculiarly Hebrew,

root “Low, but that is all.

(3). “A third Hebrew term in the Pushtoo language, not in Mr.

Elphinstone's catalogue, viz. JT, nahar, a river, has been elsewhere

noticed in the Pushtoo term Ving-nehar, the nine rivers.”-—Nor will

this corroborate Mr. Forster's position materially. Ning-nehar (the

name of a locality beyond thc Peshawur Frontier) is far more fre-

quently written and called ,2,£55 (ningrahar), or ¿Le¿£5 (ningahár),

so that the nahar necessary for the proof entirely disappears. Were

there a nahar in the word, the derivation given could not be relied

on, as 16 is given by Afyhan etymologists, who are almost as wild

as Mr. Forster himself. In this case they are themselves not agreed as

to the derivation ; for some say the name is A (Mmim-nahar) “half-

hungry,” and that the region is called so from the frequent scarcity of

bread there; others say the name is really ¿Ly (nekanhár) “ the

good or pure streams ; anhár is a pure Arabic plural—4he Hebrew

plural would be quite different. And lastly, +4 1s not a Pushto word

at all, is known only in the book language, and not among the people;

and even if the latter were the case, 14 would prove nothing; for if

a connection between the Hebrew and the Pushto is to be proved,

all such words must be excluded from the evidence as are common

to the Arabic and Hebrew; for everybody is aware that all Ma-

homedan nations use Arabic terms very largely, whatever their lan-

guage be.

If such sporadic resemblances as the Philo-Semitics have hitherto

searched for, helped the matter at all, one might be ready to suggest

to them to compare the Hebrew pMT (kheq) with the Pushto ye

(ghej)* “embrace,” which is pronouneed by the Khalil, Momund, and

* This article does not adopt, in its spelling, either of the two standard

alphabets that have been proposed ; the reader will have no difficulty, it is appre-

hended, in making out the words. The vowels have the continental sounds, as

proposed by Sir William Jones: the consonants their general English value ;

kh = E gh:== ¿ 3.) the Pushto , which answers most completely to the Polish z;

zh = the Persian 3 which in the same manner is pronounced precisely like the

Polish 2 (s in “ pleasure” is between these two sounds); q = Sanskrit xr.

1860. ] ls the Pushto a Semitiw Language ? 329

Yúsufzai “gheg.” But careful investigation will at once prove that

“ ghej” is the proper pronunciation, and that it has the same paren-

tage with the Persian el; T is the inseparable particle, common to

the Sanskrit, Zend, Parsi, and Persian, as in wWox*] y e] LEÍ

mMisrT waysT, ete. etc. The final (2, in Persian, often becomes y in

Pushto, as de Y 35; ya — 3; the substitution of the vowel

e for o is a mere dialectic variation; the Banúchís, for instance,

constantly say mir, ktr, lír, kim, for mor, kor, lúr, kum, ete.

The Pushto %s) (loba) “play” might be imagined to be connected

with the Hebrew mm”; only 16 is much easier and far more correct

to derive this Pushto word directly from the Arabic 312), of the

same sienification, by the analogy of scores of similar instances, the

Afohans pronouncing e generally like o,—an incidental proof this that

their own original speech has not this Semitic guttural.

Or the Semitic advocates might be told that da is used in Pushto

bo form the Genitive, whilst *3 (dí) or 3 (de) in Chaldee is constantly

used to form a relation very much like that expressed by the Geni-

tive; and ib is not unlikely that this constant recurrence of da in

both Pushto and Chaldee may have imposed on Sir William Jones.

It must be considered, however, that da also forms the Genitive in

Panjábí, but as a postposition, like Za in Hindustani; ib is more

likely that the Pushto da is connected with the Latin de, which

again reverts, in the Romanic languages, to form the Genitive. In

Polish, the Latin de is most frequently translated by od, which is

beyond a doubt the Sanskrib adhas; whether de is for ade= adhas,

as Benfey suggests, is another question.

Dá also is the demonstrative pronoun both in Pushto and Chaldee ;

only 1t is so in Zend also, and though the Afohans would like to

make out their relationship to the Israelites, their language prefers

to be considered an ancient relict of Zend.

But, at all events, sound philologists have long since abandoned

and reprobated the plan of establishing the affinity of languages on

sporadic resemblances traced in their vocabularies. Organic identity

In grammatical structure, added to a large community in certain

household words, is necessary definitely to determine such questions.

However, the learned decypherer of the pictured rocks seems him-

self not quite firmly convinced of the Hebrew origin of Pushto, as,

330 Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? [No. 4,

a few pages on, he catches at a statement of Ibn Haukal's that

Pushto is a Tatar dialect (he says, “'Tartar”), and makes many apo-

logies on behalf of the Afghans for having exchanged Hebrew for a

Tatar dialect.

In return, one ought to be ready to make every allowance for Mr.

Forster. His book was published in 1854; the materials for becom-

ing acquainted with Pushto were then not readily accessible to an

English scholar, who probably would care little for Russian publica-

tions though they be in the English language; 16 is not likely that

he had seen Captain Vaughan's “(Grammar of the Pooshtoo Lan-

guage” which was published in Calcutta in the same year; and Cap-

tain Raverty”s Grammar was not published till 1856. It would

be impossible now, with an apparatus like that contained in the last

mentioned grammar, with 16s copious paradigms and examples, what-

ever be the value of the system or the rules, —ib would be impossible

now to fall into the wretched mistake of calling an Arian language

a Semitic one. Alas, for human hopes! What if the guide himself

should lead you astray ? Not wilfully perhaps, but blindly ?

After devoting ten years to the study of Urdu, Persian, Marathi,

Guzerathí, Arabic, Pushto, Sindí, Punjabí and Multaní (see the Pre-

face to Capt. Raverty's “Grammar of the Pukhto,” p. vi.), and

after writing a copious Pushto Grammar with all the grammatical

terms in Arabic, Capt. Raverty 2s inclined to consider the Pushto a

Semitic dialect (see the Introduction to the Grammar, p. 36). Nay,

he is more than inclined ; he produces five arguments in favour of the

view :—

(1). The vowels and consonants used in Pushto have the same

powers as those of the Arabic, Hebrew and other Semitic dialects.

(2). Like them it has two genders.

(3). In common with the Hebrew, Arabic, and Persian, 16 has the

peculiar separable and inseparable pronouns.

(4). The inflexions of the “ Afghánian” verbs are formed aeccord-

ing to the Arabic, and Hebrew system, with two original tenses only.

(5). In many respects the Pushto syntax agrees with that of the

Hebrew. :

Before examining these arguments, 16 may be worth while to

inquire what could have led Captain Raverty so grievously astray

1860.] Is the Pushto a Semitic Language? 331

- And we shall find the cause to be a very common source of error,

namely a pre-conceived theory. Capt. Raverty seems hastily to have

taken up the opinion that the Afuhans are children of Israel, and so

all goes wrong. |

Let the reader bear in mind that 16 is desired to keep the linguistic

question quite unencumbered, and that the writer of this notice does

not intend to enter upon the ethnological question in this place. But

14 is difficult to pass over a remarkable phenomenon in the Introduc-

tion here spoken of. In p. 30, Capt. Raverty somewhat pertinently

observes that had the Afuhans “ been the aborigines of the country

at present known as Afghanistan, we must have heard something of

them from ancient writers, for we find that even in the time of

Herodotus, Darius had sent an exploring expedition under Seylax

Of Caryanda and others as far as the Indus.” He then goes on to

cite two passages from some English translation of Herodotus, in

both of which the Afghans are mentioned, but he does not see 16.

“set out from the city of Cas-

patyrus and the country of Paktyica, and sailed down the Indus.”

The second says, “there are other Indians bordering on the city of

The first passage states that Scylax

Caspatyrus and the country of Paktyica, settled northwards of the

other Indians.”

Had the Afehans, says Capt. Raverty, been then in these regions,

their name must have occurred in these passages. Granted; what

| name? Not Afyhan, for that is a modern name, given them by the

Persians, not acknowledged by themselves, and certainly not occur-

ring before the time of Abu Said, who ruled in Khorasan during the

fifteenth century. Their own name in the country near the Indus,

| to which the citations refer, is Pakhtu (n) ; how would a Greek have

spelled this? llaxru, I trow. This word, in the plural number, the

reader will find in 4dt. VII. 67, where the different nationalities are

enumerated that constituted Xerxes' army. The lláxrues (Pakhtus)

are described as wearing posteens, and carrying native bows and

knives, not a bad description of Afghans at any time; and they are

duly mentioned after the Bactrians, Parthians, Khwarismians,

Sogdians, and Gandarii (Kandaharís ?)—Even the peculiar form of

the name Paktuika as the name of their nation or their country finds

ts explanation in the fact that the Afghans call themselves collec-

| ZE

]

332 ls the Pushto a Semitic Language ? [No. 4.

tively Pakhtunkha. Very few native names sufíer so little on the

part of Englishmen, as these names have suffered at the hands of

the Greeks. Capt. Raverty says that the country referred to under

the name of Paktuika 15 Puklí; this also is a mistake, for the Greeks

called the latter, which moreover is not near any navigable portion of

the Indus, plainly and correctly Hevxeda; the name occurs a number

of times in Arrian.

As for Capt. Raverty's arguments in favour of the view that

Pushto is of the Semitic family, Argument No. 5 says that in many

respects the Pushto syntax agrees with that of the Hebrew. This

argument would be valid, 1£ the grammarian had pointed out some

peculiarities in the syntax of the one language which agree with

peculiarities in that of the other. For the good of his argument, 14

must be regretted that he has not done so, and the proposition as 16

stands may be predicated of any two languages whatsoever. No. 2,

also proves too much; for French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese,

Gaelic, Danish, Livonian, etc., or, what is more to the point, and

might have led a candid inquirer into the right track, the Indian

languages, such as Hindi and Panjabi, have also but two genders.

What the force of Argument No. 1 is, that “the vowels and

consonants used in Pushto have the same powers as those of the

Arabic, Hebrew, and other Semitic dialects,” is difficult to tell. If

the author has reference to the spoken vowels and consonants, that

is to their sounds, 14 is sufficient to observe that of articulate sounds

there is only an extremely limited number, in consequence of which

the ereat bulk of the vowels and consonants of all languages are the

same. He cannot mean that all the Pushto sounds are found in the

Semitic languages, for he has just laboured for some pages to prove

that both there are many of the Arabic sounds which are not found

in Pushto, and that there are a number of Pushto sounds not to be

found in the Semitic languages, though his statements are by no

means complete, or correct as far as they go. If he refers to the

written character, Semitic scholars will be surprised to hear that there

are letters in the Syro-Arabian languages to express vowels at all.

And as regards the consonants, every one knows that when Bayazíd, |

or whoever may have better claims to the distinction, wrote Pushto |

first, he made use of the Arabic character, and that not the pure

1860. ] Ts the Pushto a Semitic Language ? 333

character, but as he knew 1t from Persian writing, with the addition

of all the three pointed letters, and that even then he had to modify

half a score of letters besides to express all the Pushto sounds, in

which he succeeded only partially. He would have reduced his

difficulties very materially, had he used the Devanagari alphabet, in

which the Sanskrit and Prakrit languages can be written with

greatest ease; and that Pushto is one of the latter, this matter of

the letters alone would be sufficient to establish.

The validity of Argument No. 3,-—“in common with the Hebrew,

Arabic and Persian, it has the peculiar separable* and inseparable

pronouns, the latter being invariably attached to some preceding

word”-—as very much impaired by the author's adding Persian to

the other two languages. Is Persian also a Semitic language ?

I6 is not at all necessary to be acquainted with Pushto to suspect

this argument; for to compare the graceful freedom of the Persian

inseparable pronouns p—, »—, (+—with the rigid compulsoriness

of those of the Semitic languages is the same as to say, “There is a

river in Macedon ; and there is also moreover a river ak Monmoutbh.”

But the oddity goes much further. Any one acquainted with Pushto

would rack his brains to discover what the author could mean ; he

would probably conclude that he must refer to combinations like

pa) corda nobis, which might seem to bear some similarity to o,

but which occur so excessively rarely that not only could they not

be adduced as a characteristic of the language, but any Grammarian

would be excused for not noticing them at all in his grammar. Nor

does Captain Raverty. What he means by the inseparable pronouns,

are the common terminations of the verb : laudo, —as, —at, —amus,

—atis, —ant. These terminations Capt. Raverty calls “affixed per-

“sonal pronouns.” The comparative philologist will probably say, so

they are. True; only Capt. Raverty has no inkling of the truth,

for he calls them ¿amar mutasila, which are quite different things.

- What part of speech either in Pushto or Hebrew or Arabic or Persian could

possibly be called a “separable pronoun),”” is quite beyond divining skill, It is

most probable that the grammarian means “ separate” pronouns ; but as there is

nothing peculiar in the existence of separate pronouns in any language or number

of languages, the examination of the argument confines itself to the insepar-

ables.

2x2

334 ls the Pushto a Semitic Language ? [No. 4.

This grammatical term has been introduced into the Persian Grammar

also by ignorant native compilers in India, but quite improperly. 16

is a pity that Capt. Raverty has thought fit to encumber his other-

wise not very clear or correct or practical grammar with the inept

terminology of Arabic grammarians. There can be no stronger

proof of the. Arian nature of the Pushto than that which Capt. R.

calls “ affixed personal pronouns.”

Argument No. 4, states that the inflexions of the “ Afyhanian”

verbs are formed according to the Arabic and Hebrew system, with

two original tenses only.

Unless it be admitted that such a statement can originate Ai in

the sheerest ignorance of the nature of the Semitic verb, 1£ is difficult

to disentangle the manifold confusions implied in it. It compares

incommensurables ; 16 says that an ounce is as long as an inch. How

utterly alien and foreign the tenses of the Semitic verb are to

Occidental, that is Arian, modes of thought and expression, becomes

glaringly apparent, for instance, in the voluminous investigations of

their nature, say, in the Hebrew. Hardly two grammars of the

language have the same nomenclature for them. With some they

are the past and the future, with others the definite and indefinite,

with others the perfect and imperfect, with some even the anterior

and posterior; Donaldson (Comparative Grammar of the Hebrew

Language) shrewdly does not call them anything but Primary and

Secondary, which terms have reference merely to their form, and only

ventures 'to say that the former expresses single or transitory acts»

and the latter represents repeated or continuous action. A perusal

of a few sentences of the Hebrew Bible is sufficient to convince any

one that the mere precession of the particle “and” is sufficient to

make the form that otherwise expresses the future, denote pastb

action, and vice versá. How utterly different is this from the

Grammar of the Indo-European languages. Indeed, the manner in

which time is expressed in the Semitic tongues, cannot be understood,

unless, as Nordheimer, the profoundest of Jewish Grammarians, some-

where observes, We occidentals discard the notions we have acquired

as to the proper function of the tenses. This is not the place to

- discuss the nature of the Semitic tenses, but it is distressing to see

that which peculiarly characterizes the modern Arian languages

mistaken for marks of identity with ancient Semitic peculiarities.

1860.] Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? 335

By “ original tenses,” Captain Raverty means those that are not

formed with the auxiliary to be. Tf we consult his grammar for

further light on this subject, we shall find him giving page after

page, not two, but fowr such “original tenses.” He calls these,

present, aorist, imperfect, and past. On further examination, we shall

find that what he calls the aorist, is no tense at all, as is proved by

the very quotations that he constantly gives, but is the subjunctive

mood. Then we are struck by the fact that the past of regular verbs

differs from the imperfect only by an augment. We have then the

clue to the grammarian's statement. His two “original” tenses are

the present and the past imperfect tenses which the Semitic lan-

guages have not at all. But a candid comparison would at once

have shown that those languages which have these only as simple

tenses, such as Parsi, Persian, Russian, Polish, Swedish, Danish,

German, English, and others, are all Arian languages.

Compare these two tenses in Pushto : wah-am, wah-alam, (=Latin

caedo, caedebar,) with the corresponding ones in Polish, for instance :

gr-am, gr-alem. They differ in meaning in this, that the past tense of

the Polish is active, and that of the Pushto has a passive sense. How

thoroughly the latteris characteristic of the Sanskrit and many other

Indian languages, few readers of the Journal will need to have pointed

out to them. 1t is curious that the European languages, even the

ancient ones, seem to have lost this preference of the passive construction

in the past tenses to the active, though it may still very distinctly be

traced, in Latin, in the favourite gerundive construction, in the form

in which the ablative absolute most frequently appears, and in the

peculiar conception that must exist in the mind of the speaker or

writer who can form a passive voice of verbs like “to go” and

mUbO come.?”

Such astonishing confusion having been introduced into what is

really a very simple question, ib is worth while to inquire what are

the essential features that distinguish the Semitic from the Arian

stock of languages. Contradiction need not be feared, if they are

stated to be the following :—

1. The Semitic languages, in historical times, consist of triliteral

and hence polysyllabic roots, the three letters being all consonants.

2. The roots express the ¿deas, whilst relations are denoted by an

336 ls the Pushto a Semitic Language S [No. 4.

internal modification of these roots, effected by vowels, aided by

certain letters termed servile.

3. Such modification alone produces from the simple root the

differences between verb and noun, adjective and substantive, gender, '

number, and tense.

4. In addition to the distinctions of gender known in the Arian

languages, the Semitic languages also distinguish gender in the

pronoun of the second person, and in the second and third person of

the verb.

5. Tense-formation is undeveloped.

6. Composition, with immaterial exceptions, 1s unknown.

These features will in vain be searched for in the Pushto language.

Pushto will attract few students by its literature; excepting those

who pay attention to 1t for practical purposes, 16 is of interest only

to comparative philolosy and its cultivators ; and to them, 14 would

be interesting mainly on account of its antique look. There is no

doubt that 1t has preserved many forms, either altogether, or in

more original shapes than are to be found in most of the other Arian

languages ; that is, in 1ts vocabulary, not in its grammar, which is

on a par with most of the descendants of Prakrit.

What grieves and perplexes etymologists so often, is the existence

of orphans in the various branches of the great Arian family, stray

little things that have lost all love and likeness to their reputed

parents, or whose parents have been so long dead that nobody can

remember who they were. The entrance upon a comparatively new

field sometimes discovers twin-brothers of such orphans, which dis-

covery relieves the anomaly at least in some measure. Let a few

examples from the Pushto suffice.

The Greek rapydvy 1s a rope-basket, a net-work made of rope,

mhéyua Ti éx oxowtov, says Suidas. Benfey (Griech. Wurzel Worter-

buch, I. p. 670) is quite perplexed as to its derivation, and Semitic

roots which have been compared by some are of little advantage.

The Pushto has (4,3 (tragañ), Panjabi tangar for those rope-baskets

the Afghans so universally use to carry their loads and burdens in.

It is not a little interesting that the Apostle Paul uses this word

1860. |] Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? 337

(2 Cor. xi. 35*) in describing his escape from Damascus, whilst 16 1s

a well known practice among the Afehan thieves to use this very

meáns for letting their accomplices down walls and windows.

The Latin tussis (cough) has as yet not been traced ; Pott sug-

gests, though but timidly, that 16 might be connected with tundo ;

the Pushto for “cough” is tushe. The Greek evdo, “ I sleep,” “lie

down” appears to be as yet without an authentic genealogy ; the

)

Pushto 3031 (údo) is “asleep, lying .down ;” avAy, the court-yard,

cattle-yard, etc. is a difficult word ; the Pushto (5)»" (ghole) precisely

answers 16. Pushto «s ¿pS (kañre) “a stone” is difficult to affiliate

either in the Sanskrit or Persian, but 16 seems to have two equally

lonely brothers in the Geelic carn “a cairn,” and the Greek kpavaós

“ stony.”

The English ant and the Persian mor 39%, of the same signification,

seem wide apart, yet by the aid of the Pushto we are able to point

out a very probable connection between them; ant is for amt, con-

tracted from emmet, from the Gothic amaitó according to Grimm;

from this the German a-meise; the Pushto is <,%w (meje), also

pronounced mege, which connects with the second syllable of the Greek

puppqnx—whose first syllable agrees not only with the Persian mor,

but with thirteen other languages (cited by Grimm in the Deut.

Worterbuch) whose word for ant is similar to mor or op ; from which

the conclusion may be drawn that the Greek is nearest the original

word whatever that was, and that the descendants have divided the

inheritance, some taking the first, others taking the second syllable.

Such a division of inheritance is by no means unexampled ; for

instance the German ente (Lat. anat) and the English drake meet in

the Old High German anetrelho; the Irish gall (swan) and the

Slavic labud (of the same signification), philologists find united in

the Sanskrit jálapád, though neither of these cases is quite parallel

to that of pupunk.

The Greek óóv and the English egg—are, as is well known, closely

related : 6óv, Latin ovum, Irish 44h, Saxon ey, English egg ; the change

of » into y is one of such frequent occurrence as hardly to need an

* Tt appears there in the dialectic variation capydvy ; tie change of T into o

being like lonic dvnoos for Doric dvyros, av, ce, anuepov for Doric rú, té, Thuepor,

vavola = Attic vavría, etc.

338 Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? [No. 4.

exemplification ; but compare Sanskrit orka with the Persian S q

(wolf); Latin vespa (wasp) with the French guépe; Persian q $

(garm) with German warm; vesper = Welsh gosper; and all the

Spanish names beginning with guada from the Arabic (sols “a river.”

—But it is curious that both the Greek and the English variations

of the same word should have their representatives in Pushto : the

Northern dialect has hagge, the Southern oé. So, in the same manner

as the German weide is to the English wow, so is the Persian ay

to Pushto 44, (wiila). The Pushto is extremely fond of changing

d into l. In the European languages this change of the dental into

l is not common, if the Spanish perhaps be excepted, which gets, for

instance, the Madril-eños from Madrid, and evidently manufactured

the name l/sabel from El-izabeth, not unlikely mistaking the initial

El for an article. 'The Latin shews a few words with that tendency ;

the connection between the English tear and the Latin lacryma would

be difficult to demonstrate but for the Gothic tagrs = Greek ddxpu

(0axpu-pa) ; the connection between lingua and tongue can only be

through an intermediate dingua which is an antique Latin form. So

the Sanskrit madhu remains in Greek uédv, German meth, English

mead, Polish miód etc.; but in Latin it is mel. In the same way,

the Sanskrit devrz (husband's brother) retains the d sound in Greek,

Lithuanian, Livonian, Slavonic, Servian, Armenian, and Saxon, bub

the Latin has levir, and the Pushto also lewir ( )394)) ; the nearest Per-

sian word seems to be tata which is used for a brother in a wide sense.

(Comp. Bopp. Vergl. Gramm. 17).

This change of the dental into 7 is so much the more remarkable

as the Zend has no /; and it may serve to show the affinities of the

Pushto, to those who have no inclination to study the language, to

give a few instances of this preference of 1 over d or £.

Hindustani (> Pushto ¿y (las) ten.

Persian mw » (»3 (ás) hand.

» lazo o wey) (lewane) mad.

oiga » 3% (plár) father.

» plo 7) pr (lúm) net.

» slo > 804) (lída) seen.

» welo có w+ (laman) skirt.

» pro de £,) (laram) 1 have.

1860.] _1s the Pushto a Semitic Eanquage ? 339

Pers. “di Pushto. y “(spelane) rue; metabhesis un-

avoidable after the change.

AS » Jyx (khol) helmet.

d Uy ES cd 3 (welane) mint.

It has already been intimated that the affinities of the language

to the Zend are great; the only two languages that may be thought

able to dispute this claim, would be the Sanskrit on the one hand,

and the Persian on the other. An examination of the numerals and

a few other words may help to clear up this matter and put the

reader in a position to judge for himself.

Sans. eka Pers. «y Zend aéva Pushto + (yau)— 1.

Al 5 a 2: da » 393 (dwa)— 2.

maki, DIE o A de » «533 (dre)— 3.

» ¿Chabur A me ea Ls AS (tsalor)t— 4,

y panchan > E , panchan , 45% (pindza)— 5.

» Shash ” AA y. Csvas » ¿3% (shpaj)t— 6.

» Ssaptan y so, haptan A 8»! (uwa)i— de

») ashtan y Md ,,- astan » “1 (ata)— 8.

») havan y, nava » %(m6)— sn

» dacan A daran ” - + (las) — 10.

» €kádaca ,, 3954 ,, aevandaca >, e 22 (yúlas)— 11.

iridaca. ay ¿Sojlao ,, ¡dvadagais 35 yo (dúlas) 1. 12.

» trayodaga ,, 3uy4w.,, kthridaga ,, e Mus (dyárlas)—13.

, Chaturdaga,, 30ly+>, chathrudaca (+9 Á(tswarlas)—14.

y) Vincatl y Camy ,, vícalti sl dis (shil)$— 20.

* The change of the dental into 7 as above; the change of ch into ts is cha-

racteristic of the language ; it is really only a change of sh into s.,

+ The change of v into p is exemplified in words like Sansksit agva = Zend

aspa; Sanskrit sventa = Zend spenta; Sanskrit vartaka = Greek TrÉpdi-+e ;

though the opposite change also occurs, e. g. Latin sapere = French, savoir; Latin

intrepido = Spanish atrevido; Latin lupa = Spanish lova: Latin porta =

Russian vorota ; Latin caper = French chévre, etc.

] This change looks severe, but it has been fully recognized by Pott (Quinare

“und Vigesimale Záhlmethode, p. 270); it really implies nothing more than the

change of p into v or w, just noticed, after dropping ¿; examples of the latter

are the second person plural of the verb in Spanish as compared with the Latin

teneis for tenetis, erais for eratis ; Sk. patui = Pol. pani, etc.

$ This loses the first syllable (vz), drops the last vowel, and changes the dental

340

Ts the Pushto a Semitic Language ?

[No. 4.

Sans. tringat Pers. ¿+ Zend thrigata Pushto uri (dersh)*— 30.

,» Chatváringat Je= » Chathvaregata =áz AZ (tsalwesht) 40.

, panchácab ,, sl=*2 , panchácata E (pandzos)—50.

» Shashti , = ,, csvagtl ,, «is (shpeta)— 60.

, saptati , oli%s , haptáiti , ly (awyá)— 70.

,» acíti , oliós,, aptáiti , Ls3(atiyá)— 80.

,», navati y as? mara sy (nwí)— 90.

» Cata » ob, caba $ um (sal) 100.

» Cvan 7 Sao! orcá spá $ 5 (sp) dog.

» Aham ”» 4%) AZem o 8) (zó) I.

» tárá » Slim, stáre 6 isis (store) star.

Prakrit se y hs y hé a us (ye) him.

Sans. gushka —, «Sháá,, hushka ,, E » (wuch) dry.

,» SVap y El, qaf > e (£hob) sleep.

,» Svasá » 33), qanha ,, say (khwainde) sis-

» 35 (khor) sister. [ters.

o ABS y Kal S £5 (kana) dig.

,») Sam A A ham . p? (hum) also.

») SArva IO hautva 8) 19 (wára) all.

>. dháv" 5 39 5 du be 39 (dau) run.

» hrid-aya ); JrorsyA zere-dhaya 843 (zró0) heart.

y» hir-anya » » » Zara » y (zar) gold.

» Jir-na y 3) $ Zar » 433 (zor) old.

» harib ”» %) y¡ zairita , 33 (zyar) yellow.

» hima a sy Zimá Es Ao) (zhima) winter.

Ved. jma » 463, zema(huz- ¿“So (zmaka) earth.

varesh 93)

into las usual ; but in the compound numbers, 21, 22, etc. another form much

closer to the Zend appears : Cor 99) Lu 90 eto.

* In the Zend, it is evidently the gata which expresses the tens; of this the

Pushto retains the first letter alone ; in the following number, 40, it curtails the

Zend much less ; indeed it loses only the unessential termination, and the single

letter r which is lost by being crowded out. It has already become plain to the

reader, that it is long and weighty vowels only that survive in the modern lan-

guages ; the short ones are soon lost by attrition.

4 The dntal into 7.

1860.]

Sans. ciras

Psvar ,,

vah se

upari ES

pau»,

pri »

jihvá a

sthorin ,,

kshapá ,,

mr ”

mása Ss

para pa

madhya ,,

_prishtha ,,

vrish de

vana (forest) (¡in 8) vana (tree)

nedistha ,, $ ,, nazdista ,,

(nearest)

hasta .,, (ud, Zactla y

jan » D y 24h »”

pach 5, 57 pele Dn

(queh, y ¿rep qukhra ,

to shine) and yw (Parsi_y93-w)

carad , dy), careta ,,

(autumn)

ap » e] ”» AP »

» 3 y qar ”

») Spar (ré-,,

pandre)

vid o dar A

chhuri-ká E oc

tar (e.g.tiras =trans) taroj 3)

girl » galri a

yA, hvar(e) ,,

Gr ) vaz »

y Parsi, awar a

aio (9 ) Zend pashu

Lts ,, pereta

Ub)... bizva o ds

yy, staora

Ay, CSap »

30 mar e

Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ?

glo (* mah 1. C.) ,,

1,5 (ra EC

wo Zend maidhya ,,

ass» parasta ,,

aL 9) vár “3

parama (primus) ,,

frathemo ,,

* T, C. for Cuneiform Inscriptions.

$ In Ahura-ma-zda (Ormuzd) = Lord Multiscient.

j Lassen, Anthologia Sanskritica, p. 135.

$ bis an inorganic addition, of frequent occurrence in most languages after mm

341

Pers. y» Zend sara Pushto _y» (sar) head.

2 (nwar) sun.

á¿wl (bása) carry.

32 (par) over.

¿> (psa) sheep and goabs.

399, (píroda) bought.

ee (zhaba) tongue.

_y du (star) steer.

«41 (shpa) night.

y (mar) dead.

áiculio (myáshta) month,

«5»? (pore) beyond, far.

¿io (myandz) midst.

y )9 (wrusto) back.

doz,) (war-edal) to rain.

¿y (wana) tree.

So (nazhde) near.

w»Y (lás) hand.

day; (zo-wul) to be born.

e >2 (polh) cooked.

y (sor) red.

39 (sor) cold.

Gs! (oba) water.

¿42 (khor) ate.

«533 (spare) open.

833 (zda) knowing.

8,93 (tura) sword.

y (ter) passing.

5 (ghar) mountain.

sn (wrum-be)$ first,

ai Y

342

Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ?

[No. 4

The following also are submitted to the inspection of the learned

reader, though 1 have not met with their Zend equivalents ; literary

material is not abundant on the Afghan frontier.

Sans. púrven (-dyus) Pers. My

Pushto Wsy3 (parún) yesterday.

, svádu y» ua » 32 (khwaj) sweet.

, sveda » (52 » 52 (khwale)* sweab.

> han » 2) AN 90: (zane) chin.

,, khalváta , d$ (bald) , 3% (kalawa) shave.

kega (hair)

laghu (/9ht)

(55 (kausai) ringlets.

3) (aj or lag) little.

, duh eS >» Qs (wash) milk thou.

» lomacá » 3Uy % 8,07) (lombara) fox.

» Charman » pa » ws (tsarman) hide.

¿slo (máshe) midge.

,y Mmakshi-ká A rán 6 E (mach) fly.

ws =5” (muchai) bee.

,) MImúsha » Ue E 370 (maza) mouse.

» krid, kruc O E A IBA A (zhará) cry.

» Ve E Su » 39 (wa) weave.

, sevaní y Wijyot » wís (stan) needle.

y, Dhu » 39 » “Ag (wrúdza) brow.

> vHúha 3 Er a sE 1) (wrije).] rice.

20 Ara, » sy ly (wár) Er. fois.

3 ¡AL » Jl » «sy (nghrí) he swallows.

>. pá » Uxy3 (po-wul) to feed.

» Ppay-as » (pay) milk.

» búr » _y3 (ter) swifb.

» Chhid » vy> (chaud) splib.

» Chiír-na O AS (tsíre) torn.

as dumb, thumb, for German dumm, daum; or chambre, hombro, hambre for

camera, humero, fame (s).

* Dinto l.

+ Vuliers derivation from WM) (sy “latus feriens” does seem to be marvel-

lous nonsense, when the Latin suo, Gk. 0vw (in rarovw) and the Sanskrit root siv

(Westergaard, Radd. Ling. Sans. p. 261) are considered.

j Lassen conjectured that the old Persian ought to have been bríz2; the

Puslitu seems tu add mucl force to his inference.

1860.] Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? 343

Sans. kshur Pushto 38,5 (khraya) shear.

,, sbana (breast) (compare dl P-3) », ¿ri (stúne) throat.

2) Ura » €S¿y (warai) wool,

» lap (say) » 3) (lwa) read.

» lap, (Benfey, Griechisches Wurzel- "434 (lamba) flame.

lexicon, II. p. 127).

» Masyádhára Pushto (s plo (mashwánre) inkstand

-)» Mil (societatem inire) » Us (mal) companion.

,» madana » “yo (mína)* love. [vereor.

bt ” 3x9 (wyara) fear; cf. Lat.

ash » us (wesh) division.

,») Vvání » Uzy (wená) speech.

The foregoing list the reader will observe consists only of words

whose identity with their equivalents in the sister languages may be

recognised at a glance; if 14 were extended so as to include such as

can fairly be proved, by the recognised rules for the shifting of

consonants (Lautverschiebungsgesetze), to be unmistakably Arian, by

far the greater portion of the entire vocabulary would have to be

transcribed.

A cursory inspection of this list will convince the reader that it

confirms the truth of the philological maxim that comparatively rude

dialects preserve old forms better than their more polished relatives ;

hence for the etymological investigation of the Persian an acquaint-

ance with Pushto would be more than merely useful. Vullers

Lexicon would have been far more satisfactory, or rather far less

unsatisfactory, 1£ the author had availed himself, for the etymological

portion of his work, of the connecting links the Pushto offers. The

length to which this paper has already grown, will admit of but an

instance or two of such links as one may expect to find.

* Compare the German minne. The connection with the German will most

probably be doubted, at least by Greermans, as it is the fashion to connect minne

with the very opposite of the root of madana, which is mad. It is possible that

the Pushto mína is allied to Venus, and the Sanskrit root van ; the change of v

into m is quito common in Pushto: nwar (Zend hvar) is pronounced NMAY ;

newasi (Latin nepos), nmasar; Persian 31a = Pushto pun (nmanz), etc.

analogous to the Latin mare for Sanskrit vári,

344 ls the Pushto a Semitic Language ? No. 4.

Under yo! “ silk” Vullers is mute, as alas he is in most places

where one would look for information. In Pushto cli, 3 (iwresh-al)

is “to spin,” which at least shows that the a in abresham is prosthetic,

for euphony, and that the original meaning of the Persian word is

“that which is spun” by the silkworm. But at the same time a

conjecture may be ventured as to the Greek ¿páxvy “ spider” which .

may reasonably be supposed to be connected with a word for “ spin-

ning,” like ibs equivalent in so many languages ; the change ofv into

a vowel before r is quite common, e. g. Sanskrit vrih = Greek

¿px-éo ; Pushto ¿4,9 (wrbushe) = Greek ¿pofos (German erbse).

Prof. Max Miller in another conjecture on the same word (Zeitschrift

fir Vergleichende Sprachforschung, 4, 368), makes a suggestion most

worthy of consideration. He.observes that a specific term in course

of time often passes over into a general application, and that a word,

for instance, denoting originally some peculiar kind of “making”

adopts the sense of “making” generally; he instances réxvy (art)

from Sans. tvalesh (to work in timber); and Latin ars (art) from ar-0

(1 plough) ; and he goes on to say that the Sanskrit rach (to make)

may originally have meant “to weave.” This I would modify so

far as to-say that 1f a root for ápax-vy must be sought for in Sanskrit,

16 may bevraj “to make,”* which may originally have signified “to

spin ;” and support the conjecture not only by the Persian py

(which would then be the original form of both pp) and pá2yl,

both forms being due to the same principle of dislike to a double

consonant at the beginning of a word), and the Pushto Us;

(wresh-al),f but also by the Greek rpay—(do) and the Polish praca

(work), both of them etymological eruces and nuces; and would

venture to add even the English work and German werdk.

Taking the Persian word ,$% “hunting” by itself, it would seem

rash to connect 16 with ¿124% “ to break,” which has for its Imper-

ative 2; yet this seems to be the connection on the analogy of

the Pushto ¿slo (máte) “hunting” especially that of the lion, as

[* This very rare root (vrájayati) is explained by the grammarians “ to send,”

“ to purify,” rather tlan “to make” (“ Vraja márganasanskára-gatyoh.)”” Evs.]

+ For the change of the consonant ¿ into sá (vrij= wresh) cf. Sanskrit ¿ive

ámi = Old Slavic shivá ; Sauskrit ¿ná = Persian LT, and the Highlanders

shentleman for gentleman.

1860.] Is the Pushto a Semitic Language ? 345

compared with «lo (mát) “ broken ;” which again reminds one strongly

of two difficult French words bearing the same relation to one

another, viz. chasser “to hunt” and casser “ to break.”

Frequently the Pushto preserves the simple form of Persian com-

pounds : Woliw,9 “to send” is evidently compounded with the San-

skrit 3; but the Persian wWosláw! means “to stand” whilst the Pushto

ásta-wul (wul is the Infinitive termination of transitive verbs) is

“to send y? woslás| (compounded with the frequent Sanskrit abhi =

41) “to scatter” has .no simplex in Persian, but in Pushto “to

scatter” is Jalá (shandal) ; ¿¿3lúd “to fix in the ground,” com-

pounded with the Sanskrit inseparable preposition nz, has no simplex

in Persian, but in Pushto UE (shakh-awul) 1s “to bury.”

Such instances might be very largely multiplied, but only a few

have been hastily culled, without much order, with a view, not to

exhaust the subject, but rather not to weary the reader who may

take a greater interest in the general philological question than in

the Pushto language particularly; and these instances will at least

show that a language cannot be Semitic which is so intimately con-

nected in its lexical store (grammatical forms there is no room in

this paper to discuss) with the prominent members of the Indo-

European family of languages, and that in words not such as could

be borrowed from another language, but such necessary every-day

terms as form the staple of every language, and such as every tribe

and nation, in their separation from the parent stock, take with them

as a common inheritance.

Peshawur, August, 1860.

346 Án ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán. [No. 4.

Remarks upon an ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán, on the

Irrawaddy —By Lt.-Col. A. PHayrE, Commissioner of Pegu.

The ruins of the ancient city of Pu-gán are situated, as is well

known, on the left bank of the river Irrawaddy, about three hundred

and fifty miles above Rangoon.

In the southern portion of the ruined city, I discovered the remains

of an ancient monastery. This was the first building of the kind

that I had met with in Burmah, and 16 is probably in better preserv-

ation than any of the ancient Viharas built for Buddhist monks.

The nature of the masonry, as compared with that of Pagodas at

Pu-gán, the date of building which is known, leads me to believe

that the monastery in question was built five or six hundred years

ago. The building is constructed entirely of brick.

It6 is somewhat dilapidated. Still enough remains to show dis-

tinctly the nature of the building and its several divisions. The

ground plan is shown in the sketch accompanying, and a rough front

elevation is added. There was evidently no upper story.

The building consisted of a square of about 80 feet, the outer

wall up to the top of its battlemented parapet being about 18 feeb

above the ground. Each corner had a pilaster supporting a deep

cornice which ran all round the outer wall. The outer wall had been

plastered, but this protection has now nearly disappeared. The

corner pilasters rested on basement mouldings, which appear to have

been placed nearly two feet above the ground; the chief entrance

was on the eastern face of the building, and here there was a projec-

tion of about 15 feet from the main wall, forming a part of the outer

room or vestibule. There was a corresponding projection on the

opposite face where there was an elevated domed structure, for the

reception of an image of Gautama. This was apparently, from what

remains, some twelve or fourteen feet higher than the outer wall.

Over the entrance door on the eastern side, there had been an orna-

mental canopy of flamboyant rays in plaster, such as is seen over

most of the doors and windows of the temples of Pu-gán. This,

"0981 “Y190L90 “YVLLAITVI “INSAO SITNIDAYNS "HLIWS “W'H AB D0H.LIT ONV YIJVA YIÍSNVEL NO

NV9Nnd PR AYELSVNON LSIHANS Meroue ue jo UONRAST¿p PUOLY

727 ANNA DD AS

' A RATOS EI AS pz

SAO IAS AGS

a e

al (==

CA 2

ATEN ARA O RL yu dire ra E a E E

erp ATAR HE A

Pa It e MN A E A E E E A CU ll

eL En A ———_——— E Ea A o PU Cto ESTE

LLE ON Na E E CLA AA E dis

e a AU O A A PEA (ón A DO mim! AA a

“YZOPUIG 2dA.9 YM

DYpNGT 10 3VUA PISIVYL $

349) UNA bl

SN) “CL 9 y

JO Y sing 2

¿ AeDiGiT z

ARA L

"so0Ua ajo y

NUSILd 9%

Y3ILSVNON 1SIHANA

LMNIIINYV Nv 0 NV 74

1860.71 An ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán. 347.

however, is now nearly worn away by the weather. Entering this

door-way, you pass at once into the vestibule or outer room, which is

about 30 by 25 feet. From this you enter the main enclosure or.

central court of the monastery, more than 40 feet square, and into

which open the principal surrounding cells, which were for the use

of the monks. At the west end of this court, and directly fronting

the main entrance, is an elevated domed tower, once surmounted by

a graduated steeple now in ruins. Within the domed tower, at a

height of about fifteen feet above the ground, was a palleng or raised

throne, for an image of Gautama. This must ordinarily have been

worshipped from below. There are no existing steps up to the tower,

which probably was reached from the hall by a ladder when necessary.

Beneath this throne was a vault below the level of the ground. A

small opening and descending passage led down to it. In the vault

also were places for images. This represented the cave which Bud-

dhists love to construct, to remind them of places for retirement and

devotion. The walls for the interior cells or apartments of the

monastery are now not more than 10 or 12 feet high, and this

appears to have been their original elevation. The interior walls

have not been plastered. No portion of. a roof anywhere remains.

Each cell has a separate entrance door and window about 18 inches

square. These are all formed with flat arches and no timber appears

in any part of the building. Ib is not clear how the cells have been

róofed or with what material, but probably with planks. Not a

vestige of a tile was visible. The outer wall of the building is

pierced to receive stone pipes to carry off the rain water from the

roof. These are seen obtruding through the top of the outer wall

below the parapet. The great centre room or court of the monastery

has also been roofed but probably only with boards laid horizontally.

The two dotted lines in the plan show where, from marks at the top

of the inner walls of the side cells, two beams had probably rested.

In a climate Where 14 seldom rains, planks laid on rafters supported

by these, would afford sufficient protection from the weather. This

apartment was evidently the great hall of the monastery where the

«religious discourses and instruction would be conducted. The outer

room would be that for the reception of strangers and probably for

teaching the scholars, who daily attended for that purpose, as is now

348 An ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán. [No. 4.

customary at existing monasteries in Burmah. At the south-eastern

angle of the building was an apartment differing from the others:

It had several recesses in the walls and may probably have been the

library of the establishment. At its southern end was a staircase

which led up to a small turret on the roof. This was probably

intended for the inmates to proceed to the roof in the cool of the

evening.

The monastery was surrounded by an enclosure wall (now nearly

all in ruins) about nine feet high. Each face was about 200 feet

long. There was only the appearance of a gate at the centre of the

eastern face. This was constructed with a double areh, indicating

that the monastery had been erected by royal bounty.

This building appears to have been constructed solely as a monas-

tery or residence for monks, and with places for images of Buddha,

but no other object of worship. 1I mention this as Mr. James

Fergusson in a note on Buddhist structures, appended to Yule's

Narrative of the Mission to the Court of Ava in 1855, appears to

suppose that in Burmese monasteries “a dagoba altar” has been

introduced, together with images of Buddha, thus converting the

Vihara or monastery into the purposes of a chaitya hall. 1 am not

quite sure that I understand what is meant by a “dagoba altar,” to

which “the priest turns in prayer.” If it be a small model dagoba

representing a relic receptacle, 1 am very certain Í never saw one in a

modern Burmese kyoung or monastery. In Burmah, Buddhist monks

do not conduct worship. They simply preach the law. Each indi-

vidual makes his own offerings, and utters his own ejaculations.

Prayer is scarcely an appropriate term for the devotions of Buddhists.

There was no indication in the ancient monastery I have been describ-

ing that any such object of worship as a “dagoba altar” was intro-

duced. But in the enclosure wall of the monastery, and entirely

detached from the building, are two small chambered or vaulted

pagodas, which evidently were intended as oratories, (so to speak,)

for the monks. This also would tend to show that. no “ dagoba”

was placed within the walls of the monastery itself.

It may be well to add a few words on modern monasteries in

Burmah. They are almost invariably built entirely of teak wood.

Indeed Burmese of the present day, clergy and laity, appear to have

A A

2QAOpT

¿¡NVONd Ye

AG UL SWNOW- ESTA G 0

NyITFOIOW Y 40 NY 74

1860.] An ancient Búddhist Monastery at Pu=sgún. 3849

a prejudicé against living in brick edifices, whether sacred or profane.

Close to the Ananda temple at Pu-gán is a monastery called Ananda

monastery. It was, when 1 visited it in October, 1859, about eight

years old. The building, of which a plan is annexed, rests on a plat:

form of teak plank, supported by about two hundred massive teak

posts, each not less than eighteen inches in diameter. The floor ot

platform is raised about eight feet from the ground. The monastery

itself is 60 feet long from east to west and 45 feet. from north to

south. The outer portion of the platform on which the building

rests, is left unroofed, being an open space from 14 to 16 feet broad,

all round the monastery. A reference to the accompanying ground

plan will show, that the atrangement of this modern building bears

no resemblance to that of the ancient one: . The outer walls of teak

plank, are seven feet high. The roof risés with three gradations or

tiers. The eaves, gables and ridge ornaments are elaborately and

beautifully carved. No gilding appears in the building. The Abbot

of this establishment was upwards of eighty years of age. His

apartment would properly have been the state room (No. 4) but his

great age rendered 1t irksome to him to move, so he passed his time,

during the day, in the long northern ápartment, (No. 2) half reclined,

leaning against one of the great pillars and enjoying the air. About

half of the north side of the outer wall of the building and the whole of

the eastern side consisted of shutters working on hinges, which could

be raised up and supported on poles, or elosed at pleasure, usually

only those on the northern side were kept raised during the day.

- At night the aged Abbot had his bed on the floor, near to where he

sab during the day, though there was a handsomely carved bedstead

for him close by, had he wished to use it. Near him slept one of

the two pazens or deacons, of whom two were attached to the

' monastery. This arrangement also was with reference to the greab

age of the Abbot. Under ordinary. circumstances, one or both of

' these pazens would have oceupied the room south of the state room

' (No.5). The long room called western apartment (No. 6) I found

' occupied by one of the pazens and the young probationers, of whom:

¡ bhere were some half dozen. Usually also this would have been the

school room for those boys who attended daily for instruction, but

' the old Abbot could not bear the noise of these youngsters, and the

2 22

350 An ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán. [No. 4.

schooling went on in another and separate building. In the idol

apartment (No. 3), most of the images of Buddha were arranged

facing the entrance, that is to the north. 'Two or three were facing

the east. They were placed in wooden models of sacred dwellings,

elaborately carved and gorgeously gilded. Worshippers coming to

listen to the preaching of the monks, or to make offerings of flowers

and food to the images, would kneel below the raised dais, and women

probably outside the.raised screens on the uncovered platform, so as

not to come too. near the officiating monk. But they might enter

the monastery to deposit their offerings, on a receptacle which is

generally placed before the images. No particular room was set

apart as a library. Some book-cases were in the idol room, and some

books were scattered on bedsteads below the dais on the east side.

In this monastery the discipline was evidently very lax, no doubt

arising from the great age of the Abbot, and his inability to move

about, and personally exercise authority. The pazens or deacons

I found importunate, and the young probationers, notwithstanding

their shaven heads and yellow robes, as riotous and wild as school

boys. However they all were civil and obliging and willingly showed

me over the establishment. Being much interrupted by them in

making measurements of the rooms, 1 left 16 to be done by a Burmesé

assistant. He afterwards told me he also had been quite perplexed

by the talking, questioning, joking and laughing da these qna

candidates for monasticism.

On the same platform with the monastery, and at a distance of

only 13 feet under a separate roof was what is called a “ phra kyoung”

or image monastery. In this were images of Buddha placed facing

to the north. But as this building is notan essential part of a

monastery though in modem times generally added thereto, it need

not be described.

References to plan of modern monastery.

1. Uncovered portion of the platform 'on which the paLea

rests.

2. Outer hall extending on three sides of the building. Thé

east side and a portion of the north is enclosed by wooden shutters.

-83. The principal division of the monastery called “Phra- Khan,”

est

PRA do 4 Ae tl A ; UE |

1 TN ERA já. he mr E Ñ Y > > Be

E RO Ls O AS. E y

k , E:

3 E j

1 E

os É

¡ s h

E |

AE A

yy PEA e %

3 AN

tr y y

ia]

Nx 4

e .

ye M

El e

y "o

pom Japaig $

vopobud pros “21

"7 yam 29LNMSOIU LU Y O

ropobud ¡mu “ol

EPA. GRE APOJES 90, HET E

(q hzoga) aque) pap, 8

390 2 0 Gare, hpgogord “ob

UD 101 09074 hzquarod do nan 0 punogy 1,

SUIUQLOÍ Y 95 Y“

PLOñ 71M) “3

"DIOAL UÁY “TI

'SIINNISVTSIS

'NV9nd Y

epo3vJ 83U00]A Y]00S], YI Teeu

AYILSVUNOW 1SIHOANA

OTINTIEA Y 290. MR TAI

1860. ] An ancient Buddhist Monastery at Pu-gán. 351

“ Image apartment.” The floor is raised about a foot higher

e the rest of the floor of the O The idols are diga que

north and east. |

4. The state room for the Abbot. This is separated by a sohly

panneled wall from the “ Image apartment.”

5. Room for the pazeng or second in rank to the Abbot.

6. The “western apartment,” where the young probationers and

students sleep and eat. In this apartment, ordinarily the teaching of

the: day-scholars would be conducted. |

7. This is called “ the Image monastery.” Itis not invariably

joined to a monastery, but when added it is always on the east side..

The principal idol in this building faces the north. |

Note on a ruined monastery near the Tsoola Moonee Pagoda at

Pu-gán.

Amidst the extensive ruins of Pugán there are polola many

objects of interest yet to be discovered. I met with a second ruined

monastery near an ancient temple called the “ Tsoola Moonee.” A,

rough ground plan which is annexed, shows the arrangement of the

building. The main building, as seen in front facing the east,

which included a portion of the interior enclosure wall, was nearly 150

feet long. The principal entrance was on the east. It was gained

by ascending a slightly elevated open terrace. In the interior

were four apartments, including the vestibule, which were arranged

somewhat in the form of a cross, round a: central mound, which had

probably contained an image of Buddha, within a vaulted chamber,

Not far from this monastery was another building, within which

I found a stone inseription on which the Burmese date 678 (A. D,

1316) was legible, but 1 have not been able to decipher the inscrip-

tion itself,

392 On the rocks of the Damúda group. [No. 4.

On the rocks of the Damúda group, and their associates in Hastern

and Central India, as illustrated by the re-examination of the Ráni-

gan; field.—By W. T. BLaxrorD, Esq. Geological Survey of Indias

One of the most interesting problems in Indian Geology is the

question of the age and mutual relations of the rocks containing coal

in Bengal and Orissa. The fossils from the first named locality have

long attracted notice in consequence of the great divergence shewn

by them from European types of carboniferous vegetation, and of

their identity with those from beds, also containing coal, in Australia.

But these fossils being entirely vegetable, and fossil plants not having

attracted, until very recently, the attention they deserved, except in

the case of the true carboniferous flora of Europe and America, very

little progress had been made towards ascertaining the geological

relations of the Indian coal fields, until the commencement of the

work of the Geological Survey of Mr. Williams. They were almost

universally massed together as representatives of the carboniferous

era, and the details of their geology were utterly unknown. They

had not even received the attention which had been devoted to the

rocks of Central, Western and Southern India.

Mr. Williams directed his attention rather to the economical than

to the scientific questions presented to him, and he appears, in his exa-

mination of the Rániganj field, not only to have accepted the idea

of the rocks being of true carboniferous age, but to have supposed

that he found in the several beds composing them, representatives of

the subdivisions recognized in Great Britain. - But his observations on

the geological relations of the beds among themselves are generally

careful and accurate, his map is singularly correct, considering the

very grave difficulties under which he worked, and although, partly

perhaps owing to the small area which came under his observation,

many essential circumstances escaped his notice, his accurate and

trustworthy descriptions have since proved most valuable in shewing

the relations of the rocks he surveyed to others which have since

been examined.

The only other detailed geological observations are contained in

1860.]. On the rocks of the Damúda group. 353

two papers by Mr. J. Homfray, one published in the Asiatic Society”s

Journal for 1842, the other published in 1847, and reports by Dr.

McClelland, on the Kaharbali coal field, and on other portions of the

tract of country between the Ganges and the Grand Trunk Road.

It is impossible to consider any of these papers as contributions to

science, all being extremely inaccurate. Indeed in one case injury has

been done, the plates attached to Dr. McClelland's report, not being

true delineations of the fossils they are intended to represent (a result

perhaps of the difficulty of obtaining competent draughtsmen and

lithographers in Calcutta) have caused erroneous opinions to be enter-

tained in Europe, amongst Paleontologists, concerning the affinities

of the plants figured. |

- Very little light came from Australia. The plants there associated

with the coal were examined by Messrs. Morris and McCoy, and the

rocks themselves by Clarke and Strzelecki. Unfortunately the last

observers adopted different and irreconcileable opinions, the first

named stating that the coal-bearing rocks were interstratified with

others containing marine shells of carboniferous age, the other that

they rested upon the marine beds. The relations of the plants were

generally considered to be oolitic.

This last opinion was supported by the discovery in India of cyca-

daceous plants, as Zamites, Pterophyllum, «e., allied to forms sup-

posed, until recently, to be characteristic of Jurassic and Upper Me-

sozolc rocks. These Cycads were moreover in places, as in Nagpúr

and the Rájmahál hills, found in the neighbourhood of Verte-

braria, Glossopteris, and other genera, peculiar to the coal-bearing

rocks, and 16 was supposed that all were found in the same beds.

The examination of the beds of the Rájmahál hills, of Orissa, and

of Central India, by the Geological Survey, together with the valuable

observations and collections of the Rev. Mr. Hislop at Nagpúr, have,

for some years past, been gradually throwing light upon the true

relations of the various beds. The re-examination of the Rániganj

or Damúda field during the past two years has supplied several

important links in the chain of evidence, and the following is an

abstract of the views of the writer upon the classification which may

be adopted. The details of the survey of the Rániganj field will be

published as usual as the memoirs of the Geological Survey.

354 On the rocks 0f the Daúvída group: [No. 4;

: The rocks of the Rániganj field and their approximate thickness in

feet, are, in descending order,

“-1.—Panchit group, 0... f Upper Panchits, ... lr 500

: Lower Panchits, ... $e 1,500 ;

Rániganj] series, ... di 5,000

2.—Damúda group, ... 3 Íron stones, ... 6 65 1,500

ca Damúdas, ... e 2,000

3.—Talchir group, - ... Epa alejó sb end 8090

11,300

Of these beds the Damúda group alone contains coal. This

énormous thickness of beds is cut off on the south by a fault, the

downthrow of which cannot be less than'10,000 to 11,000 feet.

The lowest or Talchir group, first separated in 1556 from observa-

tions in Orissa, consists of a series of fine sandstones and mudstones,

frequently of a peculiar greenish colour, and becoming coarser

towards the top, while towards the base they are commonly com,

posed of the finest silt, in which there occur, in patches, gneiss

boulders of enormous size, some having been measured as much as

15 feet in diameter. It is most difficult to account for so anomalous

an occurrence as that of these huge blocks in the finest mud, for any

current which could roll or even move the former would necessarily

sweep away the latter, and although such a phenomenon appears

absurd in India, judging from the climate of the present day, the

action of ice, probably of the form known as ground ice, appears to be

the only geological agent which can account for all the cireumstances, |

by explaining the transport of the boulders. |

The Talchir group had not undergone a very greak amount of de- I

nudation, prior to the deposition of the Damúda rocks. It is, however,

completely overlapped in the eastern portion of the Ránigánj field, l

although well developed in the west. Very few fossils have as yet |

been obtained from these beds, those found are entirely plants, and

shew distinctions from Damúda forms. l

Beds belonging to the Talchir group have now been discovered in |

Orissa, in Central India, in Beerbhoom, where they occur in numer-

ous scattered patches, and in one or two places on the west side of the |

1860. ] On the rocks of the Damúda group. 355

Rajmahál hills, besides their occurrence in the fields of Rániganj and

Rámghar.

The Damúda series, thus named from its extensive development on

the banks of the river Damáda, comprises, with perhaps one exception,

all those rocks from which coal has been obtained in Bengal; the

coal bearing rocks of the Himalaya, Khasi hills and Burma being,

however, distinct. This series is divided in the Rániganj field by a

mass Of black shales, containing beds of clay ironstone, and attaining

a total thickness of about 1,500 feet. There is evidence of uncon-

formity between these shales and the Lower Damúdas, but none is

clearly made out between them and the upper series or Rániganj beds,

with which they are in consequence classed.

The Upper Damúdas of Rániganj must be carefully distinguished

from those beds in Central India which have been called Upper

Damúdas,* Mem. Geol. Survey of India, Vol TI. pp. 176, 312.

The Rániganj beds differ from the Lower Damúdas in mineral

character, and also slightly, so far as is at present known, in fossil

remains. The upper beds consist mainly of very thick false bedded

sandstones, with seams of coal frequently continuous over considerable

areas. The lower beds are much coarser and more conglomeritic, and

are rarely false-bedded ; their coal seams are numerous, but very varl-

able in quality, and frequently thin out, or change into shale, or

even sandstone, within very short distances.

The most characteristic fossil distinction between the two groups

consists in the abundance of a species of plant referred by Mr.

Oldham to Schizonema, in the upper division, which has not been

found in the lower. No animal remains have as yet been discovered

in the Damúda beds.

The upper or Rániganj series is not known to be represented

beyond the Damúda field. The lower group is also found in Orissa,

and along the Western side of the Rájmahál hills. The superiority

of the coal of Rániganj is perhaps partly explained by the circum-

* This name was given for good geological reasons, as will be seen by reference

to Vol. II. of the Memoirs of the Geological Survey. It has however proved an

unfortunate appellation, as it conveys an incorrect idea of the relations of the

beds, which contain a flora completely distinct from that of the true Damúdas.

see Mem, Geol. Survey, Vol 11. p. 176.

3 A

356 On the rocks of the Damúda group. [No. 4,

stance that most of the best seams occur in a group of rocks unre-

presented in other fields. 16 1s not known to which group the beds

of Palámo Rámghar or* Central India belong.

Above the Damúda beds, and slightly unconformable upon them,

occurs a series of coarse false bedded sandstones, with intercalations

of red and grey clays, passing into shale in places. These beds are

mainly developed in the Southern portion of the Ránigan; field, where

they form the mass of the fine hill of Panchit (Pachete), whence the

name of Panchit series is suggested for them. The upper part of Pan-

chit Behárináth and Garanji hills are composed of a coarse conglo-

merate, differing in mineral character from the lower portion of the

formation.

This lower portion is of considerable interest, for, besides plants,

the first distinct animal remains yet discovered in Bengal have been

procured from them. These consist of various biconcave vertebree

and other bones, jaws and teeth, apparently reptilian, and of a small

erustacean allied to Aistheria. The plants include, besides numerous

peculiar forms, the Schizonema? so characteristic of the Rániganj

series.

The Astherias appear identical with those found by Mr. Hislop

in the Mangáli shales of Nagpúr. From these shales was also pro-

cured a reptile, Brachiops laticeps of Owen, belonging to the same

group as the Labyrinthodon. 1t seems probable that the Mangáli

shales are the representatives of the Panchits of Bengal. The Upper

Damúdas of Jabbalpúr may also be of the same age.

In the Rájmahál hills the Lower Damúdas are unconformably over-

laid by a series of grits, conglomerates, and white clays. Above

these, also unconformably, occur enormous flows of basaltic trap,

with interstratifications of white and black shales, abounding in plants

of the genera Zamites, Pterophyllum, Pecopteris, Toeniopteris, ¿c.

* Beds containing plants of Damúda age occur also at the base of the Hima-

layas of Sikkim, a circumstance first noted by Dr. Hooker, in his “ Himalayan

Journals,” Vol. T. p. 403, and confirmed by myself in 1856. Nothing however

could be made out of the extent of the beds, which are distinct from those con-

taining coal on the Tista river. The only evidence of the existence of Damúdas -

were specimens of glossopteris and vertebraria found in loose blocks in a stream

below Pankábári,

1860. ] On the rocks 0f the Damúda group. 357

all quite distinct from Damúda forms. These beds were first accu-

rately described by Professor Oldham in a paper published in the

Society's Journal for the year 1853. They have since been named

by him the Rájmahál series. 1t was, however, at first thought that a

slight passage existed between the Damúda and Rájmahál groups, a

view which Professor Oldham has since announced to be erroneous ;

the passage, if any exists, occurring in the conglomerates and gribs

interposed between the two series. Memoirs of Geological Survey

of India, Vol. II. pp. 313, 325.

The conglomerates and grits of Panchit hill, provisionally termed

the Upper Panchits, agree perfectly in mineral characters with those

underlying the traps in the Rájmahál hills. As there is every proba-

bility that they occupy the same position in the general series, ibis not

unreasonable to suppose that they are an extension of the same beds.

A still higher group occurs in Orissa and in Central India, to

which the name of Máhádeva has been given. No representatives of

16 are known in Bengal, and 16 is possibly considerably higher in the

series than any of the groups above mentioned.* lt is not by any

* Professor Oldham has suggested as probable that it is of Nummulitic (Mid-

dle Eocene) age. (Mem. of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. 1. p. 171 and

Vol. II. p. 210 note), and there are doubtless arguments in favor of his sugges-

tion. Butthe Máhádevas are in Central India overlaid unconformably by an

intertrappean series abounding in a shell, Physa Prinsepi1, said to be very closely

allied to Physa Nummulitica of D'Archiac from the Nummulitic rocks of the

Panjáb, if not identical with it. (See Hislop on the Tertiary beds and fossils of

Nagpúr, Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, Vol. XVI. pp. 163, 164). By

D'Orbigny (Prodrome de Paléontologie, 11. 299) Physa Prinsepii was considered

identical with P. Gigantea, Du Boissy, from beds near Rheims which are of the

lowest Eocene age, even below the plastic clay, while Nummulitic rocks are con-

sidered by the best authors on the subject, as, at lowest, middle Eocene. There

is much general similarity of facies between the fresh water (? land) shells of the

Rheims beds (Mem. de la Societé Geologique de France 2e. serie, Tome II. plate 6)

and those of the intertrappeans of Central India. The identifications of the

Physas are dubious, especially that of D'Orbigny, but the resemblance of the

facies is important. So far as this evidence goes, it tends to point out the inter-

' trappean beds as at least as low in the series as the Nummulitics and possibly

lower. In this event, from the great break between the intertrappeans and the

Máhádevas the latter must, a fortiori, be of pre-Nummulitic date. Butall the

evidence either way is of an extremely slight description.

9:12

398 On the rocks of the Damúda group. [No. 4,

means certain that the beds of Orissa and Central India are of the

same age.

The age of the rocks associated with the coal of Bengal is still

undecided, but it is to be hoped that the examination of the reptilian

remains from the Panchit beds may throw some light upon the

question. The occurrence of the little AEstheria, a crustacean sin-

gularly abundant in the Trias of England and Germany, the coal

field (Lower Mesozoic and probably Triassic) of Richmond, Virginia,

U.S. and in Nagpúr in connexion with a reptile belonging to a

group peculiar to the Trassic and Permian periods, (Rupert Jones

on AEstheria Minuta, Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, XII.)

seems to add weight to the gradually accumulating evidence in favor

of these beds being classed with the still imperfectly known groups

which are considered by European geologists to form the close of the

Paleozoic and the commencement of the Mesozoic epochs. (See Pro-

fessor Oldham's paper on the geological relations and probable

geological age of the several systems of rocks in Central India and

Bengal. Mem. Geological Survey of India, Vol. II. p. 295.)

There are three localities whence more accurate determination of

the age of these rocks may be expected. Ofthese one is in Australia,

the other two in India, on the banks of the Godavery, S. of Nagpur

and in Cutch; and the attention of all interested on the Greology of

India should be directed to the desirability of obtaining all possible

accurate information from these places.

The following diagram represents the views above put forward of

the relations of the different series referred to together with their

distribution throughout Eastern and Central India.

Rámgan). Rájmahál, Orissa. Nurbadda valley. Nagpúr.

sia nl Máhádevas ? Máhádevas. Lametas. Máhádevas.

y Rájmaháls. ,, % E

( Upper Pan- Conslomerates. Upper Damúdas of — Mangáli

3. chits. 5 2% O

Jubbulpúr. shales.

Lower do. >)

Ránigan] 2 >)

series. $ 5

4.< Iron stones. P Damúdas.

| Lower Da-

L. múdas. Lr. Dnms. Lr. Dms. Lr. Dms.)

5. Talchirs. Talchirs. Talchirs. Talchirs. p

LIIOTEODIOIO LISIS LOLI III ISI IS ISI IL III IO LOIS ISI ISINIO NIN IN INIOSS

E. DO E

1860. ] Geological Specimens from the Persian Qulf. 359

Report on Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf, $c., collected

by Captain O. G. ConstaBLE, H. M. I. N. Concluding portion by

H. J. CartER, Esg., F. R. $.

Since my Report on the Geological specimens brought to me by

Captain Constable from the Persian Gulf was published,* Captain

Constable and his assistant Lieutenant Stiffe have been back to the

Gulf to finish their survey, and, having again returned to Bombay

with the necessary observations for completing their Chart, have, at

the same time, brought geological specimens from the islands which

they had not before visited.

It will be remembered that the specimens first brought were chief-

ly from the islands at the entrance and on the Persian side of the

Gulf. Those which 1 have now received are from the islands on the

Arabian side, and which, with Captain Constable's account of the

Artesian Springs about Bahreyn, and the occurrence of floating tracts

of Naphtha a little higher up, will now successively occupy our at-

tention.

After having entered the Persian Gulf and keeping on the Arabian

side of the islands of Boo Moosa and Surree,t whose geology has

been mentioned in my last “ Report,” we come, bearing S. S. W., aboub

45 miles from the latter, to the island of Seir Abonade, rising 240 feet

above the level of the sea at 1bs highest point, whose geology is illus-

trated by volcanic trappean rock and red ferruginous gypsum, similar

to that of the nearest island, viz. Surree, which thus connects Seir

Abonade with the volcanic formations of the whole of the islands on

the Persian side and extends these formations on to the islands on the

Arabian coast, with which we are now principally concerned.

Taking thence a W. by S. course and running along the border of

the “Great Pearl Bank,” which presents nowhere more than ten

fathoms of water over it, and shoals off to the Arabian coast, we

* For the former portion vide Bengal Asiatic Journal, No. 97, p. 41. (New

Series).

t I must here follow the Orthography of the Charts. “Boo Moosa” and

“ Surree” would certainly be better spelt “Bu Musa” and “ Sarri” for Luropean

pronunciation generally,

360 Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf. [No. 4,

cross over its seaward margin, and at 70 miles from the last mention-

ed island, arrive at those of Zirkúh, Daus, and Jirnain, after which,

a few miles west, come the islands of Arzenie, Daeny, and Dalmy,

which latter lie respectively, N.W. and S. W., of the former.

The island of Zirkúh, which rises 540 feet above the level of the

sea, and 1s by far the highest in the two groups, presents not merely

remnants, but an exact geological type of the islands on the Persian

side, viz. volcanic rock capped with “ Milliolite,”* together with

altered shale and specular iron-ore.

Of the same type, also are Daus and Jirnain, but without the Milli-

olite.

In the next group, the island of Dalmy, which is 244: feet in 1ts

highest part, and only 25 miles from the Arabian coast, we find again

the same kind of volcanic and marine formations ; thus carrying them

on to within a few miles of the mainland, on which there are no doubt

points, here and there, where they might be equally well verified, and

thus completely extended from one side to the other, of the.lower

part of the Persian Gulf. Some of the specimens of “ peacock-iron-

ore” from Dalmy are as beautiful as any that 1 have ever seen from

the island of Elba.

The island of Arzenie is also composed of volcanic rock capped with

Milliolite, while that of Daeny which is only 9 feet above the water,

consists of compact limestone altered by heat and also capped with

Milliolite, shewing at once the kind of strata through which the

voleanic rock has been thrown up and that which has subsequently

been deposited on 16.

Lastly the little island of Hawlool, which is outside the “ Greab

Pearl Bank,” 180 feet high, and 45 miles north of the last mentioned,

is again composed of volcanic rock capped with Milliolite, while the

island of Yassart, which lies nearly south of the latter and within ten

miles of the Arabian coast, presents the Milliolite alone, and thus, as

far as our observations extend, disappears the volcanic rock from the

southern-most part of the Persian Gulf.

Doubtless there are points, as before stated, on the mainland, here

and there, where the volcanic rock projects above the surface, but

* For a description of this type and the “ Milliolite,”? see my first “ Report”

loc cit.

1860. |] Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf. 361

with the exception of Jibel Allee lying E. S. E. of Seir Abonade, which

is 220 feet high ; the island of Sir Beni Yas, and the headland close

to ib, which are respectively, 430 and 350 feet higlr; Jibel Hadeed,

about 85 miles futher west, and about 300 feet high, and a few other

mounds much lower still, the whole of this shore is on a level almost

with the sea, as far inland as the eye can reach, barren and unin-

habited, shewing still further how the Gulf, in its lower half, shoals

off through the “Great Pearl Bank” into the interior of the mainland

of Arabia.

Leaving this field of volcanic disturbance, in which the outbursts

of igneous rocks, here and there, have brought up with them the

great field of rock-salt whose culminating point above water is in the

island of Hormuz, (for all the others which present volcanic rock are

thoroughly sodden with salt), we come, on rounding Ras Rekkan

northward, to the island of Bahreyn, which at 16s northern part, presents

an extensive area both above and below the sea, of freshwater springs,

the artesian nature of which is at once established, by the rainless

locality in the midst of which they are situated, and the approxima-

tion of the mountain chain on the opposite side of the Gulf, only 160

miles distant, whose strata raised to upwards of 5000 feet within a few

miles of the sea on the Persian side, dip downwards to form the Gulf,

and rising again, apparently without much disturbance, at Bahreyn,

thus carry their waters with them to issue at a place much lower

than that on which they fall. That the presence of these springs

at Bahreyn may be thus explained needs only a reference to Captain

Constable's beautiful chart, and, for the detail respecting them, here

is his own account :—

“The freshwater springs in the sea about Bahreyn and on the

island itself,” Captain Constable states, “are numerous, and there are

some to be found at intervals near the mainland of Arabia in the

neighbourhood ; indeed 1 was informed by the Shekh of Manama that

there is a lake of freshwater on the mainland close to the shore nearly

opposite Bahreyn. They are to be found at intervals also as far north

asthe island of Bu Ali, but none beyond, nor are there any others ab

any other part of the Persian Gulf; so that they are confined to this

part, that is about 90 miles of the coast of Arabia.

“The old travellers who wrote of them, relate how the Arabs dived

362 Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf. [No. 4,

down to a fresh spring under the sea in five fathoms of water and

filled their jars returning with them to the surface. Such I take

to be “travellers” tales.”” All the springs that I know of, (and be-

tween us, Lieuts. Whish, Stiffe, and myself, I think we visited most

of them), were situated on the reefs, many of which with the reefs

were left dry at low water.

“There is one about 10 miles N. W. of Manama (which is the

name of the principal town of Babreyn), close to which H. M.

Schooner, “* Mahi,” anchored, and from 14 supplied herself with water,

They took in 700 gallons of good sweet water from it in one day.

The spring is about three feet under the sea, and the way they

managed was by putting a tube into 16, to which a short piece of hose

was joined, and the water rising in the tube, was thus conveyed

through the hose directly into the boat which lay along side, where

14 was received into casks which had been brought for the purpose,

without further trouble.

“ Again, there is the island of Maharag, close to the N. E. point of

Bahreyn, on which isthe large town of Maharag with six or seven

villages, all of which obtain their freshwater from sprines under the

sea or nearly so, situated on the great reef which surrounds the island,

At low tide the inhabitants walk out to them and fill their vessels.

Proceeding round the island northwards, from Maharag, we first come

to one of these springs, on a low flat, rocky islet opposite the village

of Biseytin, where 16 is situated in a basin which purifies itself as the

tide falls but is over-flown at high water. A mile further on, are three

or four others of good sweet water, all of which are also covered at

high tide. The inhabitants of the village of El Dír obtain their

supply entirely from these. Further round the island still and op-

posite the village of Grallali are two more springs on the reef; in these

we found that the Arabs had placed bamboos, through which the

water was bubbling up ; there are also the remains of a buildiny here,

in the sea, but on the reef close to the springs. Still further round

about a mile or two to the south, on the reef, is a slab of rock called

“ Bú Shahin” where there are more fresh springs. Then a short dis-

tance S. E. of the fort of Maharag is another, still under the sea, ab

least at high water, 16 is called “ Bú Mahah.” Beside it is an old

tower and it supplies Maharag chiefly. Thus the island on which

1860. ] Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf. 363

Maharag is situated is surrounded by freshwater springs which, as

before stated, are over-flown at high-water; and in addition to these

there are others which bubble up through the island itself.

“ There are also many which issue through the northern part of the

island of Bahreyn, but they appear to be confined to this part of the

island and are not found southward.

T regret that I had not an opportunity of gettins geological

specimens of the island of Bahreyn, the highest point of which is

about 400 feet above the level of the sea.

“ Reverting to the spring from which the “ Mah” was supplied

with water, 1 would add that, besides being 10 miles from Manama,

16 is 7 miles also from the nearest land which is the N. W. poin6

of the island of Bahreyn. There is a snug anchorage close to 14 in

a bight between reefs; the place is called *Khor Fusht,' and a

vessel lying there is sheltered from all winds. It has this convenience,

viz. that the water is deep close to the reef, so that a vessel can lie

close to the spring. The difficulty, however, is to find the spring,

because even at low water, there is from 2 to 3 feet over 16.

Lastly about 30 miles N. W. of Bahreyn, near Al Katif, is a

small island called * Deman,' five miles off which, in the sea, is another

freshwater spring on a point of the reef called * Rasal Khali' 16 has

also three feet of sea over 16 at low tide.”

Having thus added what Captain Constable has kindly given me

respecting the “freshwater area”” as 1t may" be termed, of the

Persian Gulf, let us proceed still northward to the head of the Gulf

keeping on the Arabian side, and the first islands that we pass are

those of El Kran, Arabi, Farsi and Hurgooz, which in my last report

I have stated to be composed of limestone-gravel milliolite, and still

further northward we come to those of Om el Maradim, Garu, and

Kubbar, of which the geological specimens now before me give the

same composition.

But the point of most interest nica de me by Captain

Constable respecting this part of the Gulf, is that of his having

salled through two floating tracts of Naphtha here at different

intervals, respectively close to the two groups of islands last mention-

ed, making this, as 16 were, the “ Naphtha area” of the Gulf. Of

these phenomena Captain Constable states as follows :—

3 B

304 Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf. [No. 4,

“Near Busra is a place called by the Arabs “Om Gheir”or “ the

place of bitumen ;” and close to the town of Koweyt, at the head of

the Persian Gulf, is another on the sea-shore called “ Benaid. el

Qár” or “bitumen dyke;” while up at this part of the Gulf I have

reason to think that there are also springs of it under the sea, for

in August 1843, when in a ship 12 miles N. N. E. of the little

island called “ Farsi,” we passed through a field of it. The surface

of the sea was covered with a glairy, oily lookins substance which

was accompanied by a strong smell of Naphtha.

“Again in October 1859, while sailing from the little island of

Kubbar to another close by called Garu, we experienced a strong

smell of Naphtha, and presently passed through large sheets of oily

substance floating on the surface of the sea. Our Arab Pilot whom

I had engaged at Koweyt said that this appearance was by no means

uncommon, and that he was certain there were sprines of 14 near this

part, and that he knew where to take his boat to collect 16, but he did

nob know how to collect 16 or he could make a fortune by 14.”

The last addition to our geological information made by Captain

Constable is that obtained from his specimens of the Dehmaniyah

group of islands which lie close to the shore a few miles west of

Muscat, all of which are formed of limestone like that of the eocene

strata of the adjacent coast, while a specimen of old diorite from

Khor Fakn, 165 miles further up towards the Persian Gul£, is also

of the same kind as that of Muscat.

As regards the heights of the mountainous range called Jebal

Akdthur whose extreme summit inland, as seen from the sea close

to Muscat, I had judged to be about 6,000 feet,* Captain Constable

by triangulation makes this 43 miles inland and 9,900 feet above the

level of the sea. The highest point near Ras Mussandum, 6700 feet,

and Jebel Bees, a mountain about 25 miles inland on the Mekran

coast opposite, stated at a guess in my last “report” to be from 5 to

6,000 feet, is now made by triangulation, to be only 4,600 feet above

the sea; but there are points which lie inland to the northward of

Bunder Abbas, respectively, 20, and 30, and 45 miles distant, 7,600,

* Geology of the S. E. coast of Arabia in my “ Geological Papers on Westeru

India,” p. 555.—Lb. 532.

1860. ] Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf. 305

and 8,500, and 10,660 feet high, all which, from Bunder Abbas belong-

ing to the Imam of Muscat, and the willingness of the Muscat Arabs

at this place to accompany travellers to them, according to Captain

Constable's account, might be easily visited. The highest point is

in 27% 50” N. L. inland. At the head of the Persian Gulf, 45 miles

N. E. of the village of Delim and 75 miles N. E. of Bushire, are two

other points, respectively 10,900 and 10,200 feet above the sea; and

between this and the last mentioned mountain at the other end of the

Gulf, are points in many places varying from 2,000 to 5,000 feet

high, many also of which are alu1ost close to the coast. Thus does

the Persian differ from the Arabian side of the Gulf, which latter we

have seen to be almost on a level with the sea.

. With this, ends all that I have to state from Captain Constable's

information and specimens, respecting the geology of the Persian

Gulf, which a previous personal knowledge of the coast of Arabia and

Capt. Constable's accuracy have enabled me to use as I have done.

Captain Constable has now finished his beautiful chart of the Persian

Gulf and has handed it in to Government, and with the completion of

this work my supply of geological information from this interesting

locality ceases; which I regret, as one regrets the cessation of a

flow of conversation on a favourite subject from a friend in whose com-

munications one has every reason to place the greatest confidence.

Perhaps there is no part of the world which presents such a succes-

sion of striking phenomena as that between Mekran and Meso-

potamia inclusive, —beginning with the great area of mud volcanoes

in the former, in which the cones range from nothing to upwards of

712 feet high;* aud then going round by the Persian Gulf, at

whose entrance is an area of rock-salt culminating in the island of

Hormuz; then the sieve-like state of the earth in and about the

island of Bahreyn occupying the middle of the Gult—the “ freshwater

area ;” and lastly the “ area of Naphtha springs,” at the head of the

Gulf and in the vale of Mesopotamia; all of which are in connection

with the great fault and anticlinal axis which bounds on the south-

west and south respectively, the highland of Persia, Karmania, and

Mekran.

* See Captain Robertson's interesting and valuable “ Memoir”—Journal of

the Bombay Asiatic Society. Vol III. part 2nd, p. 8, 1850.

93 B 2

366 Votes upon some remarkable Waterspouts. [No. 4,

Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts seen in Bengal between the

years 1852 and 1860.—. By Masor WALTER STANHOPE SHERWILL.

—Boundary Commaissioner,—F. 7F.8.; PR. GS.

During several years in which I have been engaged in recording

remarkable atmospherical phenomena in Bengal, 1 have witnessed

the formation and dispersion of several very remarkable waterspouts

in and near Calcutta ; of these natural bodies 1 have made a memo.

that describes the dates, appearance, times of duration, size, and

direction of translation of these remarkable natural phenomena, in

the hope, that 1t may assist any future enquiries that may be

instituted into the nature of the laws regulatins these bodies ; for up

to the present time no satisfactory theory has been advanced that

serves to connect these phenomena with the general law of physics.

Electricity, doubtless, is the grand mover in the formation, action

and dispersion of waterspouts, but its mode of action has not yet

been satisfactorily analyzed. These columns are composed of dense

masses of vesicular vapours similar to heavy storm, or rain clouds,

some portion of the column has generally a violent gyratory motion

as well as a motion of translation. Those seen near Calcutta have all

been long, slender columns about 1000 feet in length, of a pale blue

colour, dark at the edges and pale in the middle ; this appearance in-

dicates them to be solid columns of vapour; a glass rod held up to

the light would present the same appearance, as would also a baro-

meter glass tube filled with water, or a human hair which is a tube

filled with liquid, or any similar object that possesses transparency.

In many cases waterspouts are accompanied by thunder and light-

ning, balls of fire, or great noise, they uproot trees, destroy cultivation,

overturn hayricks and houses, exhaust tanks of their water, drawing

up the fish at the same time, showering them down upon dry land

and on the tops of houses miles away from the spot from whence taken

up: but of the waterspouts mentioned in these notes, not one did any

harm or the slightest damage, most of them were dissipated into

heavy rain, or were absorbed upwards into the clouds without effect-

ing any contact with the ground. Only one, that seen over Howrah,

was accompanied with lightning and thunder. No one waterspout

A E E DS

1860.] Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts. 367

was accompanied with hail, which often does accompany the

dispersion of waterspouts; no one drew any water or other substances

upwards, as is the case when waterspouts are formed at sea. The

general length of the waterspouts seen, were a thousand feet, one

however was 400 feet and another 1500, in length.

14 will be remarked that those waterspouts seen near Calcutta took

place during the later months of the wet or south-wesk monsoon,

August, September, and October.

That electricity is the grand mover of these bodies 1 think is

evidenced by waterspouts being more general in dead calms than in

windy weather; the suddenness of their formation; their instanta-

neous dispersion when once the condensation of their vapour com-

mences, their violent and rapid gyratory motion ; their great power

of destructiveness although no wind may accompany them, their

peculiarity of tearing trees into dry shreds in a precisely similar

manner, as a tree struck by lightning is torn and dried by the eva-

porisation of all particles of sap from excessive heat; the violent

electrical discharges, balls of fire and hail that oftentimes accom-

pany them; and the fact that their presence in no way affects the

barometrical readings of the moment.

The favourite theory regarding the formation of these phenomena is

simply, that when the electrical tension of the clouds is very intense,

the powerful action that arises from this state of tension causes the

cloud to lower itself towards the earth, for the purpose of discharg-

ing lts electricity ; this sudden rush of the cloud and its contained

electricity towards the earth together, compose the waterspout :

during their descent, from some unknown cause, a violent gyratory

motion takes place, light substances are attracted upwards, and those

whose weight prevents their leaving the earth, such as trees, houses,

haystacks, Sc., are torn and shreded to pieces ; should the waterspoub

meet with water, ib 15 immediately entangled in the gyratory motion

and drawn upwards, as was the case some years ago at Cuttack,

where numbers of small frogs and fish, drawn up with the water from

a tank, were precipitated from the clouds and were collected alive from

the roofs of the houses in the station.

Man has learnt, in a greab measure, to disarm the lightning of its

dangerous power; he has learnt how to avoid and not only to avoid,

368 Votes upon some remarkable Waterspouts. [No. 4,

but he has also learnt how to make use of for his own purposes one of

the most fearful and hitherto ungovernable and tremendous natural

phenomena, the ecyclone: meeting at sea with this violent and

formerly much dreaded wind, the intelligent sailor boldly sets his sails

to meet it, and by his intelligence and foresight makes what might,

in his ignorance, have been his destruction, a fair and a favorable

wind to help him on his way to his desired haven ; or else, laying to,

he bows to the storm and patiently allows it to pass on its way,

resuming his journey when 1t has passed. And so 16 should be with

waterspouts, to thoroughly search out, and to understand the laws

that govern these impetuous columns would not only be satisfactory

to science, but might be the means of affordine some protection to

those who are liable to be harmed by them ; mankind possessing this

knowledge might be able to disarm these columns of their power of

uprooting trees, overbturning houses, sinkins small vessels, disabling

others, of demolishins valuable plantations and cultivation, and car-

rying destruction in their path ; but our knowledge concerning water-

spouts, as 1 at present stands, allows these phenomena full power to

do as they please.

The formation, action and dispersion of the waterspouts observed,

being very similar, 1 proceed to detail the above appearances in a very

grand waterspout that occurred within 17 miles of my house, merely

observing, that there appear to be only two methods for their disper-

sion, namely either by precipitation of vapour to the earth as heavy

rain ; or absórption upwards as vapour into the clouds.

On the 74th October, 1859, a waterspout of colossal dimensions was

seen to form'and burst at Dum Dum 8 miles north-east of Calcuta.

(See plate 1. and plate 11. fig 3.)

The observations made upon this phenomena at the time are as

follows :—

The south-west monsoon had, during the week, received its first

check by the north-east monsoon endeavouring to cross the Himalyah

Mountains and to drive back the heavy masses of clouds and mois-

ture that had been banked up along their flanks during the whole

of the rainy season, or during the prevalence of the south-west

mMONsoon.

At Dum Dum, the whole visible heavens were occupied by a dense

1860. |] Votes upon some remarkable Waterspouts. 369

mass of very grandly shaped and massively grouped strata of cumuli,

ab various elevations, the lowest from actual measurement was 2000

feet above the earth ; the highest, probably reaching to 25,000; the

whole mass being about 3 miles in vertical thickness.

The aspect of the heavens during the past few days had been

most remarkable : presenting a scene of great atmospherical disturb-

ance, the clouds evidently being impelled from the south by the south-

west monsoon ; but violently checked by the north-east monsoon,

giving to the whole mass of clouds extending for as many miles as

the eye could reach from north to south, and from east to west, a

rotary and at the same time an undulatory motion; in fact causing

huge tracts of clouds to revolve rapidly round a centre that appeared

from my position to be about 5 miles to the south-east. This rotary

motion performed in a very large circle gave the clouds the appear-

ance of moving in two distinct directions, for the clouds nearest to

my position appeared to be going to the north, and those furthest

removed appeared to be going to the south.

There had been but little rain during the day ; in the early portion

of the day the wind had been from the south bringing with ita

large body of clouds from the sea; at noon 16 changed to the south-

west; and at 2 P. M. to the west and at 4 Pp. mM. to the north.

It was between the hours of 3 and 4 p. m. that the greatest distur»

bance in the clouds took place ; the whole mass revolving and heaving

violently; extensive masses of clouds being crushed and driven into

others but unattended by any electrical discharges. Itnow rained

heavily to the north and east. J1t was during this time that more

than one waterspout endeavoured to form, but unsuccessfully. 1t was

whilst observing the highly agitated masses of clouds that were revol.

ving and oscillating in a most peculiar manner, that I witnessed the

commencement and termination of the remarkable waterspout now

under consideration. At 3 Pp. Mm. it became suddenly quite calm and

during the calm a pale watery-looking but very lofty cumulus,the base

of which was a right line, and parallel to the horizon, was seen to bulge

out downwards or towards the earth in a long well-defined and light-

blue coloured outline ; from the centre of this hanging curve a broad

column of a pale watery vapour rapidly sank towards the earth, close-

ly resembling a very attenuated cone, dark at the edges and pale blue

370 Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts. [No. 4,

in the centre, plainly showing 1t to be a solid cylinder; as 16 neared

the earth, the lower half of this elegant column commenced to gyrate

rapidly, the lower end oscillating violently to the right and to the

left; this latter movement I imagine to be a mere optical illusion,

caused by the lower end of the column revolving in a circle of large

diameter; as the column neared the earth 1t expanded and contracted

in an agitated and rapid manner about the centre into cloud-like

protuberances which partook at the same time of the motion of the

revolving column.

Upon arriving nearer the earth, the end of the column parted into

two slender columns about 150 feet each in length, and in this con-

dition reached the ground.

The shape of the column was now completely and instantaneously

altered ; for the whole cumulus burst and was seen pouring down to

the earth, not as a shower of rain but as a heavy mass of water,

resembling a waterfall more than a shower of rain, that completely

exhausted and brought the whole cloud to the ground in a few

seconds of time.

The estimated height of the cumulus from ibs summit to its base

was 5000 feet, and 3,000 feet in length, the whole of which mass of

vapour was precipitated tumultuously and instantaneously to the

ground in the shape of water.

The period of duration of the column from its first forming to its

bursting, occupied about 25 seconds, and “offered a very grand and

imposing sight.

The mass of water so suddenly precipitated upon a large grassy

plain, for the column burst upon the artillery practice ground, was

simply to put half a square mile of country under water for about

half a foot deep. This water took 14 days to drain off by the usual

drainage courses of the country.

That the waterspout was accompanied by a noise I can hardly

doubt, judging from the alarm exhibited by the cattle in its neigh-

bourhood who fled in all directions as 16 descended. No noise was

however heard from my position 12 mile distant.

By the assistance of a theodolite, a measured base, and observed

marks upon the walls of my house, I was enabled to accertain that

the height of the waterspout from its junction with the clouds to its

1860.] Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts. 371

lowest extreme point, at the moment of bursting was 1,500 perpen-

dicular feet.

Half an hour after this waterspout had disappeared another form-

ed to the east of my position; 14 was a very attenuated column

about 900 or 1000 feet in length, but the cloud from whence ib de-

scended being upwards of 2000 feet above the earth, no contact was

completed ; the column which lasted for half an hour gradually

faded away, being absorbed upwards into the cloud from whence 16%

had descended. The cloud and column were moving rather rapidly

towards the south, which probably accounts for the column never

reaching the ground. The column gyrated and oscillated violently,

lengthening and contracting as shown in the diagram, where eleven

different positions of the column are given sketched at intervals of

from 2 to 5 minutes.

Towards sunset, the clouds began to yield to the north-wind and

were gradually driven out to sea, leaving a clear cloudless sky, and at

9 o'clock at night not a cloud was to be seen.

The north-east monsoon had fairly set in.

inches

Barometer at the time 3 P. M. se e O

Attached thermometer, o sete 20 “SOS

Dry ditto, ... e qe L. Espera

Wet ditto, ... Ed SEA od. SL

[ds]

[No. 4,

Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts.

372

(«dno1S e £p Sy

"II 9Je][A 998) “ANOY UL ¿[8H P9988'] *spuopo 913 ojut

dn paqu0sqe sep *3simq 304 pp “yylea 973 9a0qu

*233NO]EO JO

3994 0003 Shpuuno Aatar e vol Supuada(y 3sanq *"q1M0g 943 *PaJB ul “HN *d 088 JSBH[-UI10 N] SO LU

pey qnods1938 py Sulo3310] 943 49938 INOY UB J[ey usas 03 Ápidel Suraoj| -19so 3924 000T | “6981 “PO 412 le “aunq unq—'p

(€ 3y "II 9I8[d 998) *0981 “19quajdag ur Ájorog

OTIS Y 991 910J9q peor 99m quodsia38 pm sia uodo

S9JON — "ULBA ÁABIY 03UL YIIB9 9499 YM y9v3uos uodn

3s1nq Sspuosas Cz p93St'—[ “yora qy3u9] ul 3997 003

10 (S[ JNOQB S[IBJ 0M9 OJUL PIPIAIP PU 19IMO] £SIDUB

-19qN301d SNI-PnoJo yy Á[guopota Sutaporol uo13od "91 0P

*2JN9]ED JO

[e1gus9 £34519q UL 3993 9909 Supnumo oarssem e jo “Weoo Pra. |-09q,] Y yy palas 'N “de JSB[-U9J0 N SOJA

pua 19M0] 913 SULUIO, “SNQUIN ÁaAtay mo papuada( “Y *s 03 3unopy | -eou 3993 0091 | “6281 “PO Y/ lg “unq unq—'e

(o *q o 739 *1] o381q 998) *snq

-WIN 9119 parueduoy9r Surogy3 prara “urea SuiSntop

Áaeoy 0jut 350q ¿Gp JO 9|SUL UY 78 UIION 919 09

U9U) INOS 94 09 A[[YJUOZLIOY PU IIMO] SJL FUIMOIYY

“payegidr Á[yead sem “sa3nuru 94 Jnoqe pojser] “snq "ION *P9JBUILIYSO 'H 'A9 ("eyno

- WIN SULjoo] ÁmoySs pue Áaeay Áx9a 8 uo1 popuedag| aq 03 SULAOJA 39925 003 “9981 “Id93 UIPZ |-189) UYLIMOH—*E

(1 39 *1] a1e]q 99s) "spaemdn

paquosqB sem 3nq 3s10q 304 pip “soznuru us) pajsv] *B)JUO]LO

“Apidex pazelá3 uoriod xodd(] “uOZIOY 913 YM *"ynog 'P9JB 011985 *palns "nd 0£'e JO UIION SI[LUL

o£p JO a¡Sue ue ye suquiy Áaeor 8 uo papuadag 94) 03 SUTAO AL |-t9U1 J0U 3994 Y001| 9381 “ados uy /z lee “andesyoog—T

*SJU9TIDAOUA JO *“sinods1938 Mm

"SHAVINAY a

10139311] jo qy3u9]

“38

*WIOLYJ UDIS DLDU AN

A A E EA EEE E LE AA E | SAA AE AAA AAA

'098T 0% 7981 wah 947 104f “fiuuima sp pub v3mo¡wy ur usas sonodso0 4 Jo 3svT

373

Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts.

1860.]

y¿3u3] Ul SOU U993JY 09 P3PU3IXA Y1 PIQLIDSIP AI1OJAA

se “un paseadour Áppidea q9r ya “puer 913 JO 9ZIS 917

*pnoro [[euais Y jo UOIJBULIO] 9UI UL UMOYS JJ SUM ISB[Q

p[09 SI] JO J09Y9 979 ÍSO[IU SAY-ÁJIUI JUBISIP “SGUBA

ÁMOUS 9319 WOIÍ SUIpua9sop Ne ¿O UUTIIIJS PATIO Y

£q pasnea .modva a[qIstaul 917 ¿O uoryesuapuos aqy Áq

pouo3 Áppidex sem yor 9393 00011 JO UOIBA2]a UB

38 “qI3u9] Ul SO[IUL 9999 “SANO INY Y SE JOUUBUL

AXBUIpIot1JX9 UB UL ¿[9s31 p9amogs Ápuappus Yoma

“91MISIOUIL YYIA PIÑABUO SUM AB 909 “DAD 9YI 09 I[QISIAUT

y3noyy pue “uoryezodeas 09 a[quioAe] Á[qórq uesq peu

pue “Aep Jouuans Áxp “maes e sem 08] “ÁBIA UI63 SUL

(9 39 "II 98d 998) “Urea ul 119]

gied 19MO] 971 “spiemdn paquosqe sem UIn—o) aq) jo

uornaod aedda 94], :S9INUIMA 199 JNOQL P9JSBT “Unos

oy jo gied Joddn aqy jo 9pis qimog .yy uo “ura

3uiddo1p “spuopo-23uU1I] SuSuty PH “8 19999] 912

Sul|[quiasal 94109 9[qnop yue3a]a UY 03ur pus yinog

e £q JU9q sep “utun]o9 ay) jo guauns 93 98 Ápidea

pajero) “urer ÁAeoy 03ut 3510q “saquin Áator e mo1j

papuada(] “A yye9uaq 1978mM 91) Suyeyn3e (e33no]ep)

vtoypng ye A]q3o0p 23 passoio juods1o38 pm SII,

(e 39 1] 93814 9998) “y porueduoo9e Suruzgyst] ou

9][ppru 9q3 ul an[q eyed pur saópa 31) 38 Ip Uno)

*"s93NULNU US] JNoOQqe paysvr]

*q¿3u3] UL 3993 (8 10 (G jo sumnjoo Jo[[eus 0mM3

OJUI pua J19MO] 9) J% PIPIAIP SPA “UTEI ÁABOM OJUL

9sinq £snquiy Áaeary e voy papuadap “uun]oo 911

jo doz au) q8 Ajpidex pazelÁs 31 “eznmo]e() voy u99s

sem pue ¿nods193e pm puslió pue 30931ad ÁLSA E SEM SI],

pus

94) 03 SULAOJA

"989 AL=UJION]

943 09 SULAOJA

-q400g

91) 03 SULAOJA

*yoea *"sure3unoTAr

3309] UL 99210001 *U00N] qe Áe]e uu oq)

s3nodsaa3e Mm 03 | 5281 Se mes qu Suqileq—'l

*PaJBUIIJSI "nac *8y3n9

3994 006 108 |“0981 “930Y q9TT [189 “e9MIMS—"9

"paje ru

-1359 9993 0001

*N dG

“0981 “930y Y411] “ng unqg—*

[No. 4,

Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts.

374

pue peques auo jo pasodwos sem dnoa3 91] | '"UBULION

'H'V'Y 'A9Y 993 4q au 03 paquosop pue payozoss

*wung-wua(q wo, usas sem dnol1ó3 ÁJeurploe19xo sI L

(“III 9ITIA 999) *SAGNUIA USD) OLE MP

JO 911, “Urea Áaeay ogur 3samq [18 A9q3 Y Surmoval

uodn pue “urejunov 943 JO JIWILINS ÁLSA 9 YIBIL 09

SUIATIJS D1DIS 1/8 PUB TUOZLIOY 9YI YIIM ¿Cp JO 9]¿ue Ue

38 ulLejunoul 9y3 Spiemoz popusosap dnolg ]e47u90

993 JO YINOS PUe ION 9[101 9u0 s3nods.a7e Ap 91) Se

“pno]o 343 ur paurezuos Áztor1j99]9 949 10] 1019981978

Jo quod 8 Á[U9prIA9 SBM ULNBJUNOUL 9119 JO JIUULINS 9 L,

"99 pay eu ayy yy Áqure¡d os 31 998 09 au po]qeua

9ABU 03 “9a1SU9IXO Áld9A pue “pide Ál9A U99Q SAPY JSNVL

9.0J91993 sinods1938 pm 10 S|IBY 949 jO UOIJeIÁS 94)

í SO[IUI [ey € pue usa9]o sem “Gurpifie(y ye “uoryealosqo

jo jods 9493 VOY ULBJUNOJA OO[ÍUO |, 94) JO 99UEISIP MJ,

“urea ÁAe9y 03ut 351nq pnoro a10qa 347 [y un

“91019 SUIS 977 38 yy009] ur Suiseamour “90ed pide: e 38

Po3R1ÁS qa “q33u9] UL 9993 puesnoy; suo yota “sinods

-1938 A ÁJu9Mm3 ¿noqu uUMmop SUIMOqy Ue39q “[eyuoz

-=110Y Á[I89U 10 “S0J8.1IY UIQ 0719717 PRY qorya props

913 JO U0n1Od 19MO] 9YI “Bas 9 DAOQL 9993 60001

03 SOSIL WI9LYM “001310 |, UNBJUNOJA 977 payoroldde

1 se pue “qynog 373 03 Áppidea usarip sem anodea

jO Ápoq SI L “SSIUADIYI [B91J19A UL 3994 (00 pur

AOS

"SHUVINIY

-8 MM [01938] [[80us

[t.1949s pue “3991

9) 03 SULáOJ |00ST Te1juao 9uQ| “0981 “990 1183

"synods.1938 M

jo qy3u91]

*JUIDIIAQUI JO

U013991(]

“un Un —'8

* OIJ UIIS IIA

(panwquo))-—sqnodsaw 4 Jo 3svT

375

Notes upon some remarkable Waterspouts.

1860.]

"nel Áaeoy OJuL

3sanq Á[penguoas pue so3nuru yz payse] dno13 aJorm ay],

*“Suoryiod 09 OJUL paprtarp y se Sureadde “o]qIstaut

sem d1igs sig passoxo 31 axoym qnodsdo3B AA 909 “O]QISIA

sea Áxs on¡q jo dis 300] e “UOzIIOy 24) Polsaoo

3899 9289 3931 jo ssew 9q4 pue papuadop jnods

-1938 1 973 YOIYM DIOIJ SNQUIN ÁAB9Y 9UI UIMINT

*p901103 Á917 Se 388] SY ULIN]OD ULBUL 977 03UL Paq.osqu

919M 3819 sinods193e 1 1o[petas Áueur Áq pI8M9IS86[ 973

03 POJUTY “yy3u9] UL 3993 OS] JuOQq8 mods1998 M4 9048]

"989

3393 009 synodsa)

376 Note on the Races of Rein Deer. [No. 4,

Note on the Races 0f Rein Deer.—By EDWARD BLYTH.

(Concluded from page 306.)

In a foot-note to p. 283, I briefly remarked on the races of Rein

Deer, and stated that 1 would recur to the subject in the sequel.

Mr. Andrew Murray of Edinburgh has been engaged in investi-

gating the question, whether the Rein Deer of Lapland differs from

the barren-ground race of N. America, and he has figured what he

assumes to be characteristic horns of each race, suspecting that the

broad vertical plate into which the brow-antler commonly expands in

the barren-ground Caribou, to be peculiar to that race (Edim. New

Ph. Jouwrn., April, 1858). In a Lapland specimen, however, in the

Society”s museum, received from that of Christiania (and not impro-

bably the head of a wild animal), the horns more nearly resemble

the American horns figured by Mr. Murray ; and 1 therefore greatly

doubt his supposed distinction between the barren-eround Caribou

and the wild Lapland Deer.

Referring also to the detailed notice of the wild Rein Deer of

northern Scandinavia, in Mr. L. Lloyd's * Scandinavian Adventures”

(LL 193), I find that this author remarks (probably on the authority

of Prof. Nilsson), that the horns of the wild Rein Deer of Europe

“ are large and slender, with brow-antlers which are broad and pal-

mated.” But the horns of the wild animal of arctic Europe would

seem to be rare in museums ; while those from America are exclusively

the production of wild animals, and, as a rule, are undoubtedly picked

specimens chosen from a considerable number. Hence, perhaps, the

difference alleged or suggested by Mr. Murray. Moreover, in no

other species of Deer are the horns so extraordinarily variable ; where-

fore, to arrive at a fair conclusion, 16 must be necessary to examine a

considerable number of unselected horns of the wild animal from

both regions.*

* The Cervus coronatus of Geoffroy was founded on a very remarkable pair,

supposed by him to have belunged to a peculiar species of true Elk (or Moose)!

Vide figure in Griffith's English edition of the Regne Animal (1V, 96), and also

in Cuvier's Ossemens Fossiles together with a gradation of other horns referring

them clearly to the Rein Deer: this curious pair consisting of broad palms with-

out any beam, and dividing anteriorly into spillers.

1860.] Note on the Races 0f Rein Deer. 377

It would appear that the wild Rein Deer of arctic and sub-arctic

Scandinavia still exists in very considerable numbers. Thus Lloyd,

quoting Prof. Nilsson, states that—-“ On the high fjálls in the vicinity

of Róldahl and Woxlie, the Rein Deer collect at times in astonishing

numbers. One day in the beginning of June, 1826 (a couple of

months before my visit to this district), the fjáll, for the breadth of

a Norwegian mile—which is a trifle more than seven English miles

—was as thickly covered with Rein Deer as the ground is where

Sheep feed in a flock. * * * The herd extended such a distance,

that the eye could not embrace the whole at once. Subsequently

the Deer separated into three divisions. * * * This reminds

one as well of the interminable herds of Antelopes in the deserbs of

Africa, as of the equally large herds of Bisons in the prairies of

America. * * * That this account is literally true, the Professor

adds, is the more certain, because 16 was given him at different places

and by different persons, who all agreed in their relations. The

phenomenon excited a great deal of interest—no person having pre-

viously seen so large a number of Rein Deer collected in one and

the same place. On the Jemtland and Herjeadalen mountains in

Sweden, as well as in the north-eastern portion of Lapland up to the

North Cape, [the wild] Rein Deer are also pretty abundant. But

in the intermediate country, which with some propriety may be called

Western Lapland, though formerly numerous, very few, according to

Lestadius, are now to be found.

“ The number of wild Rein Deer killed annually in Scandinavia,

by one means or another, is considerable. Very many, to my know-

ledge, are shot on the Norwegian mountains by peasants and others ;

as also in the more northern part of the peninsula. One of my

guides in Russian Lapland, who was much celebrated as a chasseur,

assured me, indeed, that in his time he had destroyed hundreds of

those animals—in one instance as many as nine in a single day. For

the most part he had shot them during the autumn, when they were

in the best condition : but many he had also run down on Skidor.”

There ought, therefore, to be no great difficulty in procuring fine

horns of the wild European animal for museuns.

“Of the tame Rein Deer of Lapland,” continues Mr. Lloyd,

“ there are, so to speak, two kinds : the so-called Fall Ren, or moun-

378 Note on the Races of Rein Deer. [No. 4,

tain Rein Deer, which for the greater part of the year are herded on

such elevated regions as to be destitute, or nearly so, of arborea!

vegetation ; and the Seogs Ren, or forest Rein Deer, that all the year

are pastured in the forests. The Skogs Ren is the larger of the two;

but even he is much inferior in size and nobility of appearance to the

wild Rein Deer. The latter is occasionally killed, weighins about

350 lbs. ; whereas the tame Rein Deer, according to Swedish natur-

alists, never attain to more than 200 lbs.* The wild Rein Deer is

of a much lighter and more handsome colour than the tame. His

coat—in the winter at least—1s immensely thick.” (Lloyd's *Scan-

dinavian Adventures, II, 190, 192, 198, 206.)

Another writer describes the wild Rein Deer of Scandinavia as

“ thinner, with more appearance of bone, and considerably stronger,”

than the tame ; in fact, a more *game”-looking animal, as is usually

the case with species in a state of nature.

The object of these citations is to shew that the fossil Rein Deer

of the British Islands may well be identical with the existing wild

animal of Scandinavia, as distinguished from the tame kind, rather

than of a race peculiar to the barren-grounds of arctic America (as

has been suggested), which, however, I suspect to be one and the

same particular race ;f whereas the Musk Ox, likewise met with fossil

in Britain, is actually now confined to the American * barren-grounds ;

where, also, upon the western continent, the European Bear is exclu-

sively observed.

“ Nilsson,” continues Mr. Lloyd, “has a curious speculation respect-

ing the Rein Deer. He imagines that those once inhabiting Scania

came from the southward immediately after the boulder-formation,

* The main reason, I suspect, of the inferior size of the tame Rein Deer, as

compared with the wild, is that the young are deprived of their necessary supply

of milk. Vide end of note to p. 285, antea.

+ Since the above and the note to p. 283 were written, T have seen the abstract

of Dr. H. Falconer's paper * On the Ossiferous Caves of Gower, in Glamorganshire,

South Wales,” published in the Ann. Mag. N. H. for October, 1860, p. 297 et seg.

The fossil Deer referred to in p. 283 (antea) are there referred to “species or

varieties allied to the Rein Deer (Cervus Guettardi and C. priscus).” Prof.

Owen's figure of what he assigns to C. TARANDUS in his Paleontology, p. 374

is merely a copy of a restored figure of a British fossil figured in his British

Fossil Mammais and Birds, p. 479, and is therefore not authoritative.

1860. ] Note on the Races of Rcin Deer. 379

and whilst that province was still united to Germany : that, on the

contrary, those which at present inhabit the northern portion of Scan-

dinavia, came at a much later period (and subsequent to the land

stretching between the Gulf of Bothnia and the White Sea having

risen from the deeps), by the way of Finnish Lapland. He has

come to this conclusion from fossil remains of the Rein Deer having

been found in abundance in the alluvial peat-bogs of Scania; whereas

in the whole of the line of country between that province and south-

ern Lapland, nothing of the kind has been met with.” (Zbid. 11,

191.) No diversity of race is alluded to; and there can be little

doubt that the ancient British was identical with the Teutonic,

and both with the existent wild Deer of Scandinavia.

The large Asiatic race, which in a tame state is commonly ridden

by the Toungouz or 'Tungusians and others,* and which I suspect to

be identical with the Woodland Caribou of N. America, is doubt-

less the so-called * Roe-buck' of the Amúr territory noticed in p. 92

antea. This I gather from a passage in the Journal of the celebrated

pedestrian traveller, Capt. John Dundas Cochrane, R. N. (nephew of

the late venerable Earl of Dundonald), who was informed, at Boukh-

tarmisk, that “Rein Deer abound in the mountains |southward,

beyond which is the lake from which the river Irtisch takes its rise]

which also contain Sheep. The horns of the former are considered

valuable, fetching two or three guineas a pair; when very young th,

Chinese purchase them and extract a favourite medicine ; the younger

the animal who has shed the horns, the greater the value.” (Coch-

rane's * Narrative” 2nd edit., L, p. 180). Capt. Cochrane should have

sald—the younger the horns of the animal, not “the younger the

animal.” Old Bishop Pontoppidan, as quoted by Mr. Lloyd, remarks

that—“ When the Rein Deer sheds his horns, and gets new ones in

* The small Lapland race iz occasionally ridden. Thus Clarke writes—“ The

lad who had conducted me vaulted on the back of one of them, having a Rein

Deer skin for his saddle, and two seives by way of stirrups.” And again, at

Erontikis,—“ The rest of the night was passed in mirth and rejoicing, we had

races in sledoes, drawn by Rein Deer, and amused ourselves by riding on the

backs of these animals.” (Clarke's Winter in Lapland). Capt. Cochrane,

writing of the Tongousi (as he terms them) remarks—*“* I was amused with their

manner of catching Rein Deer, as it reminded me of the hunting of wild

bullocks 1 had seen in Mexico; with this difference only, that there the man

rides a Horse fully trained, and here a Rein Deer,” dc. dc. (Pedestrian Journal,

1, 373).

3 D

980 Notes on the Haces 0f' Rein Deer. [No. 4,

their stead, they appear at first to be covered [as in all other Deer]

with a sort of skin, and till they come to a finger's length, are so

soft, that they may be cut with a knife, like a sausage, and are

delicate-eating even raw. This we have from the huntsmen's account,

who, when they are far out in the country, and are pinched for food,

eat them, which satisfies both hunger and thirst.” Of course they

are then most highly vascular and full of blood; and thus 14 appears

that this strange delicacy is not quite peculiar to the Chinese.

Professor Pallas, tracing the geographical range of the Rein Deer

in Asia, notices the occurrence of this animal in the Kinyan Alps

in Mongolia, between the rivers Amúr and Naun. (Zoogr. -Rosso-

asiatica, edit. 1830, IL, 203.) It can hardly migrate annually to the

sea-coast from that mountainous far-inland region, which migration

is held to be a necessity of existence with the Rein Deer of Lapland.

But does the large or Woodland race of this animal anywhere

migrate to the sea-coast ?

Ib is remarkable that the Rein Deer has never been domesticated

in arctic America; and the more so, as the immediate western shore

of Behring's Straits and the Aleutian Isles are inhabited by true

Esquimaux (Vide Von Wrangell, Sabine's Translation, pp. 343, 372),

who cannot but know of the domestic herds in the possession of their

neighbours the Tschuktschi ;* but a reason may well be, that where

* By the way, Dr. Godman remarks that the wild “Rein Deer often pass,

in summer, by the chain of the Aleutian Islands, from Behring”s Straits to

Kamschatka, subsistiny on the moss found on these islands during their passage”

(í. e. from America to Asia). Pennant stated that “they are not found in the

islands that lie between Asia and America, though numerous in Kamschatka.”

'Phey do not appear to inhabit them permanently.

Cuvier has shewn, by a laborious investigation, that, during the historic

period, this animal never extended in Europe further south than the Baltic and

the northern parts of Poland; and, at present, as Sir C, Lyell remarks, 16

“can scarcely exist to the south of the 65th parallel in Scandinavia; bub

descenda, in consequence of the greater coldness of the climate, to the 50th

in Chinese Tartary, and often roves into a country of a more southern latitude

than any part of England.” Referring to Dekay's *Natural History of New

York, this author states—“1t is with much hesitation that 1 include the Rein

Deer in the Fauna of our State; but the representations of hunters lead me to

suspect, that, when the yet unexplored parts of the State have been more

thoroughly examined, its existence may be disclosed. Pennant, in bis time,

asserted that the Rein Deer was not found further south than the most northern

part of Canada. Charlvoix, however, saw one killed at Quebec. The specimen

in the cabinet of the Medical College at Albany came from Nova Scotia; and

Harlan asserts that it does not pass the State of Maine into the United States,

implying its existence there.” Professor Emmons observes —“ It 13 only a few years

1860.] Votes on the Races of Rein Deer. 381

Dogs are employed for sledeing, and are unaccustomed to the sight

of tame Deer, they would be very apt to attack and destroy them, as

has happened in instances where individual Rein Deer have been tamed

in the American fur-countries by Europeans. In Lapland, however,

the herds of domestic lRtein Deer are always tended by several Dogs,

which guard and keep them in order and serve to hunt back any

stragglers. (Vide Lloyd's Sc. Adv. 11, 213.)

Referring to Dr. J. E. Gray's *Synopsis of the Species of Deer”

(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 225), I observe that he admits one species

only of Rein Deer, but which “varies exceedingly in size.” He

remarks—“ They have a large variety in Newfoundland, nearly as

large as a heifer [a heifer of what race ?*], having very large and

heavy horns. There are some horns of this variety in the British

Museum. M. Middendorf informed me that the horns of the large

Siberian variety were as large as, and greatly resembled, the horns

from Newfoundland (Nova Scotia) in the British Museum collection.”

In other words, the American Woodland Caribou, and the large race

of N. Asia, are, in all probability, quite identical.

since this animal appeared in the northern parts of Vermont and N. Hampshire ;

from which it is not unreasonable to infer, that in earlier time it may have passed

still further south. Tts gregarious habits and unsuspicious character would seem

to ensure its speedy destruction, when placed within the reach of man.” Itis

well known how much the climate of the Atlantic States of N. America has been

ameliorated, from the seasons being rendered less excessive, by the gradual exten-

sive clearance of the forests ; as that of N. Europe since the time of Cesar. On

the Pacific Coast of N. America, Capt. Beechey remarks that Rein Deer occur in

some seasons of the yearin New Caledonia (now, to avoid confusion, termed Britislh

Columbia), or the country drained by Fraser's River.

* Clarke remarks, of the Cows which he saw in his journey from Tornea to

the Muonio river,—“ The Cows here are all of the same white colour, and very

little larger than sucking calves in England; but so beautiful, and yielding milk

of a quality so superior to any we had before tasted, that we longed to introduce

the breed into our own country. Itis almost all cream; and this cream, with

the most delicious sweetness, is, at the same time, even when fresh, so coagulated,

that a spoon will nearly remain upright after it has been plunged in it. Of course,”

i6 is added, “its richness must be principally attributed to the nature of the

food which, during summer, these cows select for themselves in the forests; and

this consists entirely of the tender twigs and young shoots of trees.” Travels

to the North Cape, p. 309.

The pretty little Norwegian cows are thus incidentally noticed : comment about

the “as if” 1s, of course, unnecessary. “Then came the goabs and sheep, and the

little cows following like dogs, now and then stopping to take a bite, when the turf

looked particularly sweet ana tempting—little fairy cows were they, much smaller

than our Alderneys, finer in the bone, and more active in the legs ; they looked

as if they had a cross of the Deerin them. They were all of one colour, a sort of

dirty eream-colour approaching to dun, and almost black on the legs and muzzle.”

(Forest Scenes in Norway and Sweden. By the Rev. H. Newland, p. 156.)

3D23

382 Notes on the Races of Rein Deer. [No. 4

Still it is rare that even the Woodland race in America attains to

the weight of 350 lbs.! One, 4; ft. high at the shoulder, mentioned

in Capt. Cartright's Journal, welghed, his quarters 270 lbs., the head

20 lbs., offal 20 lbs.—310 lbs. in all: he had an inch of fat on his

ribs, and 13 in. on his haunches. Another, “an old buck of the

dwarf breed,” five inches lower at the shoulder and which had forty

points to his antlers* (the former having but 29), “was in excellent

order, welghing in his quarters 314 lbs., with 2% lbs. of fat on his

haunches, and 13 in. thick on his ribs.” A buck of 27 stone is also

mentioned, which, “had he been killed in prime of grease, would

have stood at least 31 stone, or 434: lbs. A very fat old doe weighed

154 lbs., and another 155 lbs. But all of these were particularly fine

animals.” In Lapland, “a fat ox-Deer weighed 122 lbs., and had

10 ibs. of tallow. This is, 1 suppose,”” continues Mr. Laing, “as

much as the tame animal in general will feed to. The wild race,

which comes considerably further south, is a good deal larger.”

The domestic Deer of Lapland, however, vary even in neighbouring

parishes. “None that 1 saw,” relates the Hon”ble A. Dillon, “* were

larger than our common English Fallow Deer. Those in Russian

Lapland, near Kola, are said to be much taller; while the wild ones

in Spitzbergen, though exceedingly fat, are far inferior in size.”

“The Deer which 1 observed, as I approached 'Tornea,” remarks Sir

A. C. Brooke, “and those 1 afterwards met with beyond 16, confirmed

me in what 1 had been told was the fact, that the further they live

north, the larger they are; and when I saw those which were brought

to England by Mr. Bullock from the KRoraas mountains between

Christiania and Drontheim (being the southernmost limit of their

range in Scandinavia), their very great inferiority in size to the Deer

of Finnmark removed all doubt on the point. Large, however, as is

their size, I have been assured by persons who have made successive

voyages to Spitzbergen, for the purpose of taking this animal and the

Walrus, that the Rein Deer found on that island exceed very consider-

ably in bulk those of Finnmark ; and that their tallow alone, which is a

principal object in their capture, in many of them amounts to the

extraordinary weight of 40 lbs. Respecting the size of the Spitz-

* Capt. Cartwright obtained a pair “with 72 terminal points.” (“Journal of

16 years” residence in Labrador.)”

1860. ] Notes on the Races of Rem Deer. 383

bergen Deer,” continues this author (at variance with Mr. Dillon, and

also with a statement in the Appendix to Sir John Ross's 2nd voyage)»

“TI have been able to satisfy myself, from having had an opportunity

of seeing in London a haunch, that was brought to England, having

been salted, “and afterwards dressed; and from the extraordinary

dimensions of 14, the animal must have been considerably larger than

any of the Rein Deer of Lapland.” According to Clarke,—“ The

breed of Rein Deer in the parish of Eroutikis [in Lapland] is larger

than that of Bickasjerf, but smaller than that of Kittila; and this

difference is wholly to be ascribed to the difference in the soil, as suited

to the growth of Rein Deer moss; on which account the Rein Deer

of the mountains are always smaller than those of the forest.”

Here, indeed, we have probably the key to the difference between

the barren-sround and woodland races of America, 1f not elsewhere ;*

but the difference of habit is remarkable. “In the fur-countries of

North America,” writes Sir John Richardson, “there are two well

marked and permanent varieties of this animal [2ncipient species,

according to Mr. Darwin's theory], one of them confined to the

woody and more southern districts, and the other retiring to the woods

only in winter, and passing the summer on the coasts of the Arctic

Sea, or on the barren-srounds.f The latter weigh so little, that I

have seen a Canadian voyageur throw a full grown doe on his shoulders,

and carry 16 as an English butcher would a sheep. The bucks are

larger, and weigh (exclusive of the offal) from 90 to 130 lbs. Those

of the Woodland variety from 200 to 240 lbs.” “A small doe of

this,” remarks Hearne, “is equal to a northern buck: but, though

so considerably larger, their antlers, although much stronger, are not

so large and branching.” In Sir John Ross's 2nd Voyage, we read that

aspecimen, “of larger size than ordinary,”” was obtained in Boothia,

welghing 250 lbs. From nose to base of tail 1t measured 5 ft. 10 in.;

the tail 5% in.: height at the shoulder 43 in.; of the hind-quarters

4 ft. 5 in.; and girth behind the four legs 55 in.; those of Melville

Island, Boothia, and Spitzbergen, 16 is stated, “did not average above

half the weight.” Probably, therefore, a straggler of the woodland

* The American barren-grounds are physically similar to the mountainous

parts of Lapland, and also to the *tundras” of Siberia.

He subsequently remarks—“ Contrary to the habits of the Barren-ground

Caribou, the Woodland variety travels southward in the spring.”

384 Notes on the Races of” Ren Deer. [No. 4,

race. We may accordingly presume that the current statement that

the further northward this animal inhabits, the larger it grows, is

true only within certain limitations, depending much on the charac-

ter of the country. The large woodland race, indeed, inhabits south-

ward of the small barren-eround race: the former migrating in

summer to the polar sea; the latter southward to the mountains of

the interior; and this alike in Asia and America.

A NOTE ON THE ANTIQUITY OF THE HUMAN RACES.

To which I am induced by recallina to mind a passage in the

Introduction to Von Wrangell's * Narrative of an Expedition to the

Polar Sea” (Sabine's Translation, p. exvii), wherein a flint implement

is mentioned as being in use in modern times (4. D. 1809).

Indeed, elsewhere (p. 376), Von Wrangell notices, of the Tschuktschi,

that—“ Iron being scarce, they sometimes employ Walrus tusks

¡nstead ;” and also that—*“ The inhabitants of the Aleutian Isles

use spears pointed with slate in killins Whales” (p. 340). So did

other Esquimaux further east (7. e. 1n America) fashion slate as well

as bone weapons until they became acquainted with the use of iron,

and acquired possession of metal instruments from their European

visitors.—*“ On Fadegew Island, Sannikow found a Jahakir sledge,

and a knife, such as is generally used for scraping Rein Deer skins.

The blade, however, was not of iron, but of a hard sharp flimt. In

New Siberia they had found an axe made of the tusk of a Mammoth.”

—Now Nilsson, exploring certain exceedinely antique tumuli in

Scania (the soufhernmost province of Sweden), found in them flint

arrow-heads or spear-heads—+the so-called Celts or Kelts,—together

with bones of now extinct mammalia, and human bones including

skulls, which skulls were distinctly of the hyperborean type of

humankind, in a latitude considerably to the southward of the abode

of the hyperborean Mongol at the present epoch, unless where a

a much severer winter climate obtains! Considering the ultra-

remote antiquity of the “Celts” elsewhere discovered in temperate

latitudes, does not Nilsson's discovery somewhat point to the glacial

period of Agassiz? Albeit the human animal most assuredly never

originated in the circum-polar regions, any more than on the minor

continent now called America, however ancient may be the indis-

1860.] Votes on the Races 0f Rem Deer. 385

putable human remains discovered by Dr. Lund in certain Brazilian

caverns, and others since disinterred in the valley of the Mississipi !

The human organism pertains strictly to the catarrhine as opposed

to the platyrrhine division of anthropomorphous creatures, the former

proper to the major continent, the latter to the minor continent,—

the former (as in mankind) having invariably but two pre-molars

above and below on either side, the latter as constantly a series of

three pree-molars, de. de.: and 16 need hardly be added that the

naked frame (with hair on scalp affording some protection from the

sun, but certainly not from cold,) most surely indicates the original

and indigenous abode of mankind to have been in a hot region of

the earth, even where, at the present time, the animals most nearly

akin to humanity—so far as their bodily organization is concerned—

inhabit. But what do we know of the geology of the regions

tenanted by the Gorilla, the Chimpanzee, and the Orangs? Just a

little! Of their paleontology, almost nothing. It is therefore

exceedingly premature to dogmatize or to venture to affirm whether or

not a nearer (fossil) link may even yet be brought to light than is

the formidable Gorilla Ape, itself a re-discovery but of yesterday,

when the proper regions of the earth for such a quest shall have been

duly investigated. 'These remarks are meant to afford little more

than a hint; but 16 is one that will be understood by those for whom

16 is intended.—HKE. B.

A NOTE ON DOMESTIC ANIMALS IN GENERAL.

In page 291 antea, 1h 1s remarked that the efforts of modern Zoolo-

gical and other Societies have not been attended with much result

hitherto, as regards the domestication of wild animals; and 1 believe,

as there intimated, that the subjection of all the more important

domestic creatures was efftected by human beings in a very rude state

of savagery. Since writing those remarks, I have seen the article

in No. COXXV of the “Edinburgh Review” on the “ Acclimatization

of Animals,” in which the results hitherto attained are brought to

notice. “The acclimatization of the Eland,” we are told, “may be

now considered a fait accomple;” but this is, at most, a preliminary

to 16s domestication, which by no means necessarily follows, or may

386 Votes on the Races of Rein Deer. [No. 4,

even be possible. The Common Pheasant, for example, was probably

introduced into Britain during the period of Roman domination ;

yet, however thoroughly naturalized to the country (for the amount

of acelimatization in this instance is inconsiderable), and also however

tameable, 16 cerbtainly manifests no tendency to become a domestic

bird, like the ordinary Common Fowl or the Turkey. It will not

attach itself to a home-stead. “'The practical results,” we are told,

“of reproduction and acclomatization have been so entirely lost sight

of for ages, that the Turkey in 1524, the Musk Duck in 1650, the

Gold Pheasant in 1725, and the Silver Pheasant in 1740, are the

only additions to our catalogue of domesticated animals since the

Christian «era.” Surely the Gold and Silver Pheasants cannot be

justly termed domesticated, although tame, and the races permanently

maintained either ¿1 sírict confinement, or turned loose into preserves.*

Most assuredly they are not likely to become free denizens of the

poultry-yard ; like the Guinea-fowl, the domestication of which is

really of comparatively modern date. Its name of Guinea-fowl indi-

cates the indigenous abode of the particular species, a country

unknown to the Greeks and Romans ; whose Meleagris and Gallina

wmmaidica (quasi nubica ?) referred to the species of N. E. Africa and

perhaps of Arabia (NUMIDA PTILORHYNCHA of KRúppell), received

by them viá Nubie.t

Next, of the two other instances cited, —the Turkey and the Musk

Duck—4 is remarkable that both of these were found by the Spanish

discoverers already domesticated in the New World. 'This Schlegel

* Neither of them has begun to vary in colour as yet, as the semi-wild British

Pheasant often does, to the same extent as the tame Guinea-fowl.

Y According to W. G. Browne's * Travels in Africa,” dc. (1792 to 1798), p.

264, those birds were even then brought in cages, “as a profitable commodity,”

to Cairo from Darfour; and doubtless therefore at the present day also, as like-

wise in ancient times. There is no reason to suppose that the Romans domes-

ticated tliem, even though they may have kept many in captivity. Prince John

of Portugal, the famous patron of African discovery (but more probably one of

his successors), has the credit of first introducing and multiplying the modernly

domesticated species from Guinea; and the earliest known distinctive description

of it is that by Dr. Caius (1570), in which the purple colour of the neck is men-

tioned, which will not apply to the E. African N. PTILORHYNCHA,

That the E. African bird was that known to the Romans is further distinctly

indicated by an expression of Columella, who notices its “paleam et cristam'”

(peak and crest) ; referring to the frontal crest of N. PTILORHYNCHA (whence

its name), which is utterly wanting in the bald-fronted bird of Guinea,

1860.] Notes on the Races of Reim Deer. 387

has remarked of the CARAINA MOSCHATA ;* and the Carmvora of

Montezuma's menagerie were fed on the flesh of domestic Turkeys.

* “Revue Critique des Oiseaux d” Europe” p. 108. Were the Geese of this

species which were “bred to supply feathers for ornaments” in the now ruined

city of Quiché (lat. 159 N.), which, like Mexico, had its zoological and botanical

gardens attached to its palace? (Stephens's Incidents of Travel in Central

America, 11, 179.) 1 have not access to the original authorities, and know of no

braveller more thoroughly indiflerent to all matters of Natural History than was

Mr. Stephens, in a country, too, so teeming with objects of interest in 1ts Fauna,

and Flora. In the hunts of that most exquisitely plumaged bird, the Ocellated

Turkey (MELEAGRIS OCELLATA), where so void of fear that he knocked one over

with a pistol (IL, 397), he does not appear to have distinguished it from the

common wild Turkey of the United States (M. GALLIPAVO) : and at the ruins

near Palenque (within the Mexican territory, in about 17% 20”), he remarks—

“We expected at this place to live upon game, but were disappointed. A wild

Turkey we could shoot at any time from the door of the palace; but, after

trying one, we did not venture to trifle with our teeth upon another” (IL, 320).

Just as, in this country, an old Peafowl has the merited reputation of being tough,

as has likewise an aged gander! But it does not follow that all are not excel-

lent eating when of a proper age. (Indeed, another writer describes the flesh

of the Ocellated Turkey as “ most delicious-eating.”” Proc. Lin. Soc. 1859,

pt. 1, p. 62). The Jaguar (FeLIS ONCA) is indifferently styled by Mr. Stephens

both * Tiger” and * Leopard 5” and the Cougar or Puma (F. CONCOLOR) is of course

his “Lion.” This was to have been expected ; but that the most superficial

of observers should see the Ocellated Turkey and pass no remark on its extra-

ordinary beauty is somewhat surprising. At least it is not probable that the

wild MELEAGRIS MEXICANA occurs so far southward even as Palenque ; and at

the modern village from which the neighbouring ruins derive their current name,

the author mentions having procured a domestic Turkey for provender.

It may seem strange that the M. OCELLATA, in addition to M. MEXICANA, Was

not domesticated by the populous race which the Spaniards found so highly

civilized (in some respects) over a vast extent of country which it inhabits ;

but neither have the Jungle-fowls of $. India and Ceylon respectively (GALLUS

SONNERATIL and G. STANLEYI v. Lafayettii) been domesticated, while their con-

gener of N. India and of all S. E. Asia and its archipelago, even as far as Timor,

(G. FERRUGINEUS o. bankivus,) has been diffused in a domestic state over the

world. Mr. Gosse remarks tlhat—*“ The common Turkey is, so far as European

knowledge is concerned, indigenous to the greater Antilles; having been found by

the Spanish discoverers already domesticated by the Indians; and the Huropean

domestic breed is descended from the West Indian, and not from North American

parentage.” (Birds of Jamaica, p. 329.) He gives no authority for the statenónt,

and its accuracy is more than doubtful. As the late Mr. Broderip remarked—

* Mexico was discovered by Grijalva in the year 1518: and we soon after find a

description of the Turkey as one of the productions of the country by Gomarra

and Hernandez, the latter of whom gives its Mexican name Huexototl, and

makes mention of the wild birds as well as of the tame. (Oviedo, whose work

was published in Toledo in 1526, describes the Turkey well, as a kind of Peacock

of New Spain, which had been carried over to the islands and the Spanish main,

and was about the houses ofthe Christian inhabitants.” (Broderip's Recreations

in Natural History.) This statement of Oviedo quite disposes of Mr. Grosse's

assertion of its being ¿indigenous to the greater Antilles.

In tracing the southern natural distribution of the genus MELEAGRIS, 16 should

be borne in mind that the so-called “ wild Turkeys” of Guiana, mentioned by various

authors, are Curassows, often by their own shewing ; while that of Paraguay is no

other than the PsoPHIa CREPITANS (Vide * Letters from Paraguay, Brazil, and the

Plate,” by C, B. Mansfield, M. A., 1856, p. 533) ; and that the Dindons sauvages,

3 E

388 Notes on the Races of Rein Deer. [No. 4,

It is only recently that the true prototype of the common Turkey

(GALLIPAVO MEXICANA Of Gould) has been made known; and the

wild bird is peculiar to the eastern water-shed of N. America; the

wild Turkey of the Atlantic side of the Rocky Mountains being

conspicuously distinct. The domestic Turkey was imported into Spain

early in the 16th century; and from Spain 16 was introduced into

England in 1524. “This fowl was first seen in France in the reign of

Francis L, and in England in that of Henry VIII. By the date of the

relens of these monarchs, the first Turkeys must have been brought

from Mexico ; the conquest of which was completed A. D. 1521.”*

These facts are generally known; but not the fact, for which there

is abundant evidence, that the domestic Turkey was introduced from

Europe into the N. American colonies, where a kindred wild species

abounded in the forest. Mr. Gould has remarked that the hybrids

or * wild Turkeys,' of various regions of the old world are different Bustards ; among

others the great Bustard of Australia is not unfrequently designated the * wild Tur-

key,” and the Australian TALEGALLA LATHAMI is termed the * Brush Turkey.” But

it appears that the true wild Turkey of the Atlantic side of the Rocky mountains

of North America (M. GALLIPAVO verus) was formerly naturalized in Ireland !

—“ the breed, the true copper-colour, with red legs.” (Vide Thompson, *On

the former Existence of thiee Capercali in Ireland” .4nm. Mag. N. H., X (1843),

p. 33.) The Société d' Acclimation should turn its attention to the naturalization

of this fine species, before it is quite extirpated, in various forests of Europe.

(For information regarding the Ocellated Turkey, vide Proc. Lin. Soc. 1859,

pt. 1, p. 62, and The Ibis, No. VIII.)

As the indigenous range of the Turkey genus is restricted to North and Cen-

tral America, so is that of the various Bustards to the major continent with

Australia, But the name * Bustard” is misapplied in the West, as that of * wild

'Purkey” in the East. Thus the so-called *Bustard” of the N. American fur-

countries is the Canada Goose! (Vide Franklin's 2nd Voyage, p. 80.) Hence

* Bustard Island” on Lake Athabaska! Pernetty, in his Historical Journal of

the Voyage to the Falleland Islands, under the command of M. de Bougainville,

states that “We found the Bustard exquisite, either boiled, roasted, or fricasseed.

It appeared from the account we kept that we ate 1500 of them.” The Falkland

Island Goose is probably here intended. In S. Africa, the largest species of

Bustard is known as the Paouww (or *Peacock”) to the colonists—perhaps the

true pronunciation of the Latin Pavo, imitative of the voice of the Peafowl.

* Encyclopedia Brittanica.

+ The reverend divine, Mr. Francis Higgeson, who wrote *A Description of

New England's Plantation” in 1630, remarks of the harbour of Plymouth, that

“ the parsnips, carrots, and turnips are here bigger and sweeter than is ordinary

to be found in England ; the Turkeys are far greater than our English Turkeys,

and exceedingly fat and sweet and fleshy.” I take this quotation from the

* Edinburgh Review,” No. CCVIII, p. 560; and it may be that wild Turkeys

are intended; but the reference to English Turkeys should indicate that the

latter were never derived from the N, American * plantations,” at least within the

knowledge of the colonists more than two centuries ago. Again, Mynheer Van-

der Donk, in his * Description of the New Netherlands” (Amsterdam, 1656),

describing the State of New York as it appeared at its first settlement by Euro-

peans, states, that “the most important fowl of the country is the wild Turkey.

They resemble the tame Turkey of the Netherlands !”

1860. | Notes on the Races of Rein Deer. 389

raised from the domestic Turkey crossed with the wild species of the

Atlantic States are rarely prolific.

Civilized man—or at any rate European civilized man—has domes-

ticated no animal from the New World; he has tamed and bred

certain Curassows and Guans, bub it is doubtful if they can ever be

trusted loose and unmutilated in the poultry-yard, like the indi-

senously domesticated Turkey. The only truly domesticated animals

of America are sundry native Dogs, the Llama and Alpaca, and the

little insignificant Guinea-pig, among mammalia; and the Turkey

and the Musk Duck among birds. Of Old World species, the Rabbit

has been domesticated probably within the Christian «era, and also

the Ferret (to a certain extent) among Carmvora ; but neither of these

are allowed their liberty (though some Rabbits, I think, might be,)

any more than are the races of white and parti-coloured Mice,—all of

which are so far domesticated that individuals require no taming, and

may be freely handled without occasioning distrust : the development

of the breeds of domestic Rabbits is, indeed, quite of modern date ; unless,

perhaps, in the instance of the long-haired Angora Rabbit. 1 believe

that all of the true Geese are most readily domesticable ; and the fine

Canada Goose falls within the category, but although tame Canada

Geese multiply freely, they have not yet so far succumbed to the usual

influences of domestication as to vary in colour, like the Pea-fowl and

Guinea-fowl, and even the semi-wild and protected Pheasant and the

Fallow Deer. Neither, for that matter, has the semi-domestic Swan,

which differs in no respect from the wild mute species, nor the

Pea-fowl and Guinea-fowl more than the semi-wild Pheasant. All of

the more thoroughly subdued (and highly varying) and of the more

important of domestic animals would seem to have been subjected by

mankind in an exceedingly low stage of civilization.

The only domestic /nsessorial bird is the Canary-bird; and 16

remains to be shewn that this also is not descended from a tame

stock possessed by the ancient Guanche inhabitants of the Canary

islands. With the exception of the Canary-bird, all domestic mex-

bers of the class Aves are either Pavonmide, Columbide, or Anatide.

The only domestic mammalia are the Dog and Cat (and Ferret to a

certain extent) among the Carnivora, the Rabbit, Mouse, and Guinea-

3 E 2

390 Notes on the Races of Rein Deer. [No. 4,

pig among Rodentia, the Horse, Ass, and Pig among Pachydermata,

and the rest are Ruminantia including the Camelide.

Of other Vertebrata, only the CYPrINUS Or CARASSIUS AURATUS ;

and of Invertebrata only one or more species of Hive-bee and of

Mulberry silk-moth, unless the grana-fina Coccus which is doubtful,

—butb the fact is attested that certain insects are domesticable. Among

mammalia, however, there is the crowning instance of all-dominant

civilized and domesticated mankind. Other species are or have been

(the individual, not the race,) tamed and trained, as the Elephant—

the Chita, Caracal, and even the Lion,—the Otter and the Cormorant,

—and various Falconida ;* but not any of these can claim to be

regarded as domesticated races. A few more years will perhaps

show whether civilized man is competent to add to the number of

the latter.

I now pass to another and comparatively unimportant matter, which

I have not before discussed in a scientific Journal. Having treated

of the domestic Turkey, 1h may further be remarked that the

origin of the English name Zurkey has been much discussed, as

applied to a bird indigenous to America. The question has often

been asked, and I think that 14 can be answered satisfactorily. 16 is

certain that the GFunea-fowl was commonly termed the “ Turkey

Hen” in former days, and hence a difficulty sometimes in knowing

which bird 15 meant by sundry old authors. As the Portuguese

discoveries along the west coast of Africa preceded those of the

Spaniards in America, there is reason to infer that our British ances-

tors became acquainted with the Guinea-fowl prior to their knowledge

of the Turkey; and the English trade being then chiefly with the

Levantine countries, our ancestors may well have fancied that 16

came from thence. Referring to a curious old dictionary in my

possession (published in 1678), for the word Meleagris, Y find 14

translated “a Guinny or Turkey Hen :” Gallina Africane seu Nu-

midice, Var. sine que vulgo Indice” (Cog d' Inde of the French,

cormupted into Dinde and Dindon !). Again, Numidica guttata ol

Martial is rendered “a Ginny or Turkey Hen.” Looking also into

* Add the Pig-tailed Monkey (INUUS NEMESTRINUS) in Sumatra, where trained

to gather cocoa-nuts ¿; wlence termed by Raflles Simia carpolegus. Also CYNOCE-

PHALUS HAMADRYAS by the ancient Egyptians. (Vide figure in Wilkinson's

* Domestic Manners of the ancient Egyptians,' I, 150.)

1860.] Notes on the Races of Rein Deer. 391

an English and Spanish Dictionary of so late as 1740, 1 find Galli-

pavo rendered “a Turkey or Guinea Cock or Hen.” Well, 16 is

known that our British forefathers originally derived the domestic

Turkey from Spain; and meanwhile they are likely to have obtained

a knowledge of the true habitat of the Guinea-fowl; and therefore

may very probably have supposed the former to be the real Turkey-

fowl, as distinguished from the Guinea-fowl; and if the word *fowl

be dropped in the one instance and not in the other, be it remembered

that there was another special meaning for the word Guinea, having

reference to the Gold Coast ;* otherwise the bird might have come to

be known as the * Guinea, as the Bantam-fowl is now currently desig-

nated the * Bantam,' and the Canary-bird as the *Canary,' or the

Turkey-fowl the * Turkey.” The latin-sounding name Gallipavo seems

to be of Spanish origin, and obtains among the Spaniards to this

day; but their earliest name for 1h was Pavon de las Indias, “ c'est

a dire,” as Buffon remarks, “ Paon des Indes Occidentales ;”” which

explains the reference to India (perpetuated in Dindon).

* The name Guinea-pig, 1 believe, is not a corruption of * Guiána-pig” (as has

been suggested) ; but the animal was brought to Europe in the Guinea slavers

on their return voyage 3 who also brought sundry small African Finches, which

have been described as natives of Brazil. Tt is curious that the Musk Duck was

formerly known in England as the * Guinea Duck,” also because brought from $.

America by the Guinea slavers, and it was considered as a great delicacy for the

table; and the white breed of it is mentioned by Dr. Caius, so early as 1570, by

the name of the * Turkish Duck !” This species was noticed by Crawfurd in the

Siamese capital, and there known as the *Manilla Duck. It has long been

diffused over S. E. Asia, and is now common even in Polynesia. (Vide Ellis's

Missionary Tour through Hawai, Sc.)

Y Another curious instance of the kind is that of the small speckled red

Finches of India (EsTRELDA AMANDAVA), which have long been known in Eng-

land by the name of * Amadavats. They are more than once familiarly referred

to, as * Amadavats,' in Sheridan's “School for Scandal” (Act V, Sc. 1), brought

out in 1777. And they actually take this name from the city of Ahmedabád in

Guzerát! Witness the following passage from * A New Account of East India

and Persia,” by John Fryer, M. D., Cantabriy. (1698). Among other curiosities

brought to Surát, were—“* From Amadavad small birds, who, besides that they

are spotted with red no bigger than measles, the principal chorister beginning,

the rest in concert, make an admirable chorus.” In the “History of the Settle-

ments of the Europeans in the Kast and West Indies,' translated from the

French, by J. Justamont in 1776, I find the name of the Guzerát city spelt

Amadabat! And hence, again, the specific name Amandava of Linneeus, and

the generic name Amadina of Swainson! The French term these pretty little

birds Bengális, adopted as the English generic appellation by Swainson in treat-

ing of sundry African species. Our Indian bird is the Bengalus punctulatus of

Brisson, le Bengali piqueté of Buffon, and Amaduvade Finch of Albin (about

1750). The name Bengali has probably reference to Benguela in W. Africa,

whence sundry of the tribe had been brought to Europe.

392 Notes on the Races on Rein Deer. [No. 4,

At the present time the domestic Turkey is nowhere raised more

abundantly, nor is more cheaply procurable, than in the country from

which it thus erroneously derives its English name: for, although

the Musalmáns of India refuse to eat its flesh, (allegins that 16

partakes of the nature of the Hog, as shewn by the tuft of bristles

on its breast,) their co-religionists of Turkey, Egypt, and even

Arabia (at Jidda at least, the port of Mekka), esteem ¡6 highly; and

at Cairo 16 is customary, some hours before killing one, to give it a

dose of rákti, which is believed to render the flesh more tender. The

only Turkeys I have seen in India are of the Norfolk breed, with

generally black plumage; and this, with the bare skin of the head

and neck, may possibly have led to a supposition that the bird is

akin to a common black Vulture of the country, with bare red neck,

the OTOoGYPS PONTICERIANUS ;* yet, 1f the bird had been introduced

by Muhámmedans—say from Persia, instead of by Christians from

Europe, 16 is probable that people of that faith would have eaten the

Turkey here as elsewhere. Old Chardon mentions its introduction

into Persia from Venice by some Armenian merchants.

* Some Turkeys which 1 once possessed did actually associate, to a certain

extent, with a Vulture of the kind chained to a post; that is to say, they gener-

ally kept near it, as if imagining the black Vulture to be one of their own kind.

SOLO ILDOLIODISIIIDIIIDSLIDIIININOS Y

1860. | Literary Intelligence. 393

Literary Intelligence.

Dr. Haus writes from Poona, in a letter dated November 16th,

that he has sent to press, in Bombay, the text of the Aitareya Brábh-

mana,* prepared from three MSS. He is also engaged in making an

English translation with notes. Dr. Haug has some thoughts of

having a Mabratta translation prepared as well ;— which will indeed

be a novelty in India! “An edition and English translation of the

most important parts of the Rig Veda and Yajur Veda will follow.”

—The second part of his very able work on the Gáthás of Zoroaster

is also shortly expected from Germany.

The British Museum has lately secured the pick of Capt. Hay*s

Bactrian collections for £260, and the choice cabinets of Col. Abbott

have also, by the owner's liberality, been temporarily placed in the

same Institution so as to be available for all scientific purposes.

The following is an extract from a very interesting letter received

by the President from Col. Cunningham. Tt is dated 30th Septem-

ber, and is, we hope, only the forerunner of further valuable com-

munications from the same quarter. The inscriptions here referred

to have arrived in safety, and are now undergoing translation by

Babu Rájendralal Mitter. We publish also the list of coins sent by

Col. Cunningham for sale or exchange, in order that others may have

the opportunity of supplying themselves at the prices fixed with

such coins as the Society do not take.

“The inscriptions which 1 possess are about equal in number and in

importance to the whole that have yet been published in the Journal

from its first commencement.

“The earliest inscription which 1 can bring to your notice is one of

Asoka's rock edicts in Indian Pali containing the names of Antiochus,

Ptolemy, Antigonus, Magas and Alexander. For the knowledge of

this inscription 1 am indebted to Mr. Forrest of the Canal Depart-

ment, who discovered the inscription on a huge boulder, or isolated

rock, on the western bank of the Jumna, at Khalsi (or Khalsi

kangra) within the Sewálik range.—I have only seen a portion of

* M. Regnier, we believe, is preparing an edition in Europe, which will be

accompanied by Sáyana's Commentary.

394 Literary Intelligence. [No. 4,

the inscription copied by hand by Mr. Forrest—but he will no doubt

be able to make a.complete copy during the approaching cold weather.

—1Í may mention that the letter R is not used at all in this inscrip-

tion, L being invariably substituted as in Laja for Raja, and in dala

instead of dara in the name of Alexander.

“ T propose to send you the inscriptions by an early opportunity.—

One of them I enclose ab once, which is the earliest that has yet

been found connected with Gwalior. If Rájendralal will kindly

undertake to translate the inscriptions, 1 shall feel myself most

deeply indebted to him. His knowledge of the various ancient cha-

racters is extensive, and he will have little difficulty in transferring

the inscriptions into modern Nagari. But Rájendralal has not the

same experience of ancient inscriptions that 1 have had, and 1 think

14 would be worth while if he, or you, or the Secretary of the Asiatic

Society would send me the Nagari transcript along with the transla-

tion for comparison. I ask this because 1 am aware of the numerous

- mistakes in the transeripts and translations of previous inscriptions.

I will only refer to three inscriptions just now.

“1st.—In the inseription on the Boar Statue ab Eran, James

Prinsep read the Rája's name as Tárápáni—whereas 14 15 Toramána.

“2nd.—In an inseription translated by H. H. Wilson (see Thomas's

Prinsep's Antiquities, II. 245 note 2) the 4th and 7th names are given

as Vrádipta and Siddha. They should be -Pradipta and Singha,

There are other mistakes besides these.

“Srd.—In the great inscription from Kajráha in Bundelkhund,

translated by Sutherland, the mistakes are numerous and important,

See Journal Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1839. For instance—the

date should be Samvat 1056 instead of 1019. The inscription was

not re-engraved in kakuda, or “bad” letters, but in kumauda, or

“beautiful letters. The author of the inseription was DHaANGA,

not Baxea, and he did not live 109 autumns (satam sanavalcam) but

upwards of 100 autumns (satam samadhikam). Of his ancestors

Vágyati and Vahila should be Vákpati and Ráhila. The latter formed

the lake which is now called Ráhilya Ságar to the south of Mahaba.

“The correction of the name of Bangato Dhangais of the greatest

value to the history of the Chandels as it connects the Kajráha

inscription genealogy, which ends with him, with that of the Mhow

1860.] Literary Intelligence. 395

inscription genealogy which begins with him (see Price's translation

of this inscription in the 12th vol. Asiatic Researches).

“The Kajraha inseription must of course be revised——but 1 possess

an earlier and equally long inscription of Dhanga, dated in Samvat

1011 or A. D. 954, just forty-five years prior to the other which

records his death. A third long inseription refers to Sri Kokalla;

but the date, I think, precludes the possibility of this referring to

the great founder of the Kuláchuri Haihayas.

“ Of the Gwalior inseriptions one of the most interesting is a record

of Bhoja Deva, dated in 933 Samvat—-both in words and figures =

A. D.876. As this date agrees with that assigned to the great

Bhoja of Malwa by Kalhan pundit, viz. A. D. 883—901, there can

be little hesitation in attributing this inseription to the famous

Bhoja—(N. B. The form of the figure 9 in this date is the same as

that which Rájendralal has read as 7.) There are many interesting

inscriptions of the Kachwáhas and 'Tomaras of Grwalior—which will

afford a sketch of the destinies of the fortress from about A. D. 800

down to the present time. A poem which I possess by the Bard

Kharg Rai connects the last Kachwáha prince of Grwalior with the

founder of the Kachwáha dynasty of Amber (Jaipoor). The traditions

still preserved at Narwar connect that large fortress with the same

prince. Tod calls him Dula Rao—but that was not his name.

He was called Teg-Pál, and lost his ancestral kingdom by his absence

for two years in Rajputána, where he went to fetch his bride. The

beauty of the bride and the dalliance of the “*bridegroom” (dulha)

are celebrated by the poet; and tradition still preserves the story of

the loss of his kingdom by Dulha Rao, or the * Bridegroom Prince.”

Amongst the latest illustrations of the fortunes of the Gwalior

family, 1 may refer to the Sanskrit inscription which was placed over

the Kathantiya gate of the fort of Rohtás. (See Journ. As. Soc.

Bengal, Sept. 1839.) In this the family is called Zomara, and not

Tuar, as by Tod. The name of the 4th prince has been misread :

16 should be Dunggara, and not Hangara. Eight of the family were

-— Rájas of Gwalior from Vira Sinha the contemporary of Taimúr to

Vikramaditya, who fell on the field of Pániput, fighting against the

emperor Baber. You will find all these Rajas mentioned in Ferishta's

History at different times.

y E

396 Literary Intelligence. [No. 4,

“1 have just packed up five of the Gwalior inscriptions, which will

be taken down to Calcutta by an officer who starts to-morrow from

Nynee 'Tál. I have duplicate copies for comparison with the Nágari

transcripts that may be sent up to me. 1 have added also an inscrip-

tion in small characters from Ratanpur, in the Nágpur district.

““ Another very large inscription in middle-sized well formed letters

contains a long genealogy of some unknown princes—with, appa-

rently, the history of a temple between Samvat 960 and 1025, or for

sixty-five years. The money of the time is called * Sri-mad Adi

Varáha dramma,? which is clearly the small silver Varáha coinage

bearing the Boar incarnation on one side, and the legend *Sri-mad

Adi Varáha' on the other. A new era is also mentioned, as well as

Í can remember now (for the inscription is with Mr. Griffith) the

Varáhada era, beginning about 438 B. C., which is probably therefore

the same as the Virát era. There is a Máharája Bhoja Deva in this

list also.

“TI enclose a small inscription from Kajráha which will show

Rájendralal two things.—1st, that there may be a blunder in a date,

notwithstanding the care that 0u7ht to have been taken—and 2nd, the

form of the figure 5, which is like our English 5 with rather a long

head. This peculiar form of the figure is found in one inscription

along with the common 5. I should be glad to have a translation of

this inscription if Rájendralal would kindly undertake it. The date

is probably 1011—at least I satisfied myself by personal inspection

that the figure 1 was first engraved and afterwards changed to O.

I understand the inscription to record a series of gifts to the temple

of Jinanáth by Dhánga Rája. The gifts are numbered.—1st, the

Páhila Garden. 2nd, the Chandra Garden. 3rd, the Little Chandra

Garden. 4th, the Sankara Garden. 5th, the Panch Itala Garden.

6th, the Mango Garden. 74h, the Dhánga Tank. Perhaps Dhánga

should be read Ghánga ; but in the 3rd line he is called Rája; and I

feel inclined to identify him with the Dhánga Rája of the large

inscriptions from the Bráhmanical temples.

“Of coins 1 can tell you but little, not from want of new matter,

but from want of time. Of novelties I may, however, mention a

square copper coin of a new king, Epander, and a tetradrachm of

Antiochus Vikator with the name of Agathokles on the reverse.

1860.] Literary Intelligence. 397

The title of Nikator is, I believe, unknown as belonging to an

Antiochus. I have also a hemidrachma of Nikias; and Mr. Bayley

and I have each a hemidrachma of Diomedes, but of different types.

“ Of Hindu coins I may mention that Mr. Bayley has a gold speci-

men of Pravarasena of Kashmir, and that I have several specimens

in copper of Mihira kula, and one specimen of Hiranya kula and one

of Gokarna. These coins prove that Professor Lassen's arrangement of

the Kashmir dynasties is untenable. I have also a fine specimen of

Tribhuvana Gupta's coinage.

“ Of Indo-Seythian coins the finest specimens are in gold. One has

a male figure standing beside a horse with the legend APOOACUIO,

“the divine steed.” The figure is like that of MIIPO, Mihir, or

the sun, to whom the horse was sacred. Another coin has a figure

standing full face with the legend MAACHNO, that is Mahásena.

Another coin has two figures both standing to the front with the

legend CKANAO KOMAPO BIZATO—that is Skanda-kumara, Visd-

kha. Now Mahásena, Skanda, Kumára, and Visákha are all titles of

Kárttikeya, the god of war—and l believe that these coins give us

the earliest notices of this god.

“By a late paragraph in one of the Calcutta newspapers, 1 see that

the Asiatic Society are anxious to part with some of the duplicate

coins of the Stacy collection. I propose therefore to exchange some

of my duplicates with the Society. For this purpose 1 have sent off

a packet of coins to your address—all labelled and priced, as per

accompanying list—from which the Society can select such coins as

they may wish to possess to the extent of 800 Rs. in exchange for a

number of the Society's coins, which I have selected from the Stacy

collection as per accompanying list. 1 think that you will find a very

great variety amongst the coins which I send down—and some most

beautiful and rare specimens. —Amongst them are specimens of the

Indo-Scythians APOOACIO and CKANAO KOMAPO.

List of Coins for Sale or Exchange.

Metal.

Gus. O. PERSIA. Rs. As. P.

O Dario, ica Bi 800 0 0

A A O 000 UR

3 F.2

398

SS SSoSsSSseS a) SS. 00.»

¡[a

(du) SS SS

RERDNDEaR AI PA

XLS

OS SS eS SS O oc 493

Literary Intelligence.

GREECE.

Alexander the Great, tetra-

drachm,.. E

Urvelticii, ifclaad

SYRIA.

Antiochus Theus, tetradrachm,

Ditto ditto drachmas, .........

Demetrius Head of Diana and

pod, sd

Ditto O S Sd dE e

PIADE > cad osea casas os

BACTRIA.

Diodotus, stater, die

Eucratides, tetradrachma,

Ditto ditto,

Lycias, A A

Apollodotus, hemidrachma,

head; lo SS CA

Hippostratus, didrachmas, 3

PIPE A BOLA

Ditto rota ¿Uñ

Azas, diclellaiada, epica

- Ditto hemidrachmas, 4 types,

Azilisas, didrachmas, 2 types,

Ditto hemidrachmas, 2 types,

Vonones and Spalhores,

e. np...

Vonones and Spalgadames, ...

ROME.

Roman copper As and Semis,

Demarii, picked coins at 6, ...

Cistopori, Antony and Cleo-

PALLT daalls. e ela noo melo

puna E ll ga O ARO al io

25 0 0

101000

0” U'O

10-00

5 0

100 0 O

20 0 0

25 0 0

9: 00

10 0 0

60 0 0

15 0 O

10 0 O

16 0 0

8.0 0

30 0 0

5.0.0

10:00

10 0 O

9 ONO

42 0 0

100" "070

20. "00

bare head.

helmeted

[ head.

1860.]

0.2.0

0x0

0.1.0

Grid 0

707 :0

Drdi O

ito 0

lle 00

PLA LT.Ó

100 0

diga. 0

100

000

de 0

O cl

090

Os 0

and. 0

010

15 45 5

Literary Intelligence. 399

GREECE.

Aegina, different SIZes,.........

A OA

ceo orina RO APA

ista, Manor: As Hlecba, occiso 0

Dor e is le lado iical

A A

Ps ali ale

20 O 0 Tortoise.

6 O 0calves'heads.

Ixpo-SOYTHIAN.

Kanerki, Rev. PAPPO, ......

Ditto, Rev. MAO,

Ditto, .Rev. AOPO, ......o.

Ditto, Rev. APOOACILO,...

Ditto, Rev. OPAATNO, ...

ANO O

Oerki, Rev. MIO, cuando dol

Ditto, Rev. CKANAO-KOMA-

BOMBA PO casas soldada Lo.

Ditto, Rev. APPO, .........

Ditto, Rev. APAOXPO, ......

Ditto, Rev. AINO, ...........

Co.'s Rs.

Amethyst. Peleus and Thetis,

by Pyrgoteles, the gem en-

graver of Alexander,.........

Hiead of Socrates, pink stone,

5 0.0 Man on Dol-

phin.

2 0 0 Wolf”s head.

15 O 0 Electrum.

2 0 .0 Pegasus.

2 0. 0 Lion's head.

2 0 0 Female head.

2 0 00x's head.

50 O Olarge.

50 0 0 ditto.

80 0 0 ditto.

60 0 0 ditto.

50 0 0 ditto.

50 O 0 ditto.

60 0 0 ditto.

16 O 0 small.

16 0 0 ditto.

1182 O O

300 0 O

20:00

1502 O 0

The 7 Roman Denari are—

Licinia,

..r.. ...

Head of Vejovis C. LICINIVS L. F. MACER.

Ditto ———— Rev. Jupiter on a goat.

Serilonta, ...... Female head. Rev. PVTIEAL.

400 Literary Intelligence. [No. 4,

Ácilia, ......... Head of Venus, Juno Sospita with snake.

Plancid;: Kie. Youthful head. Rev. Goat.

Metella,......... — P. METELLVS, SCIPIO, IMP.

AUQUSTUS, coooo. Bare head, CAESAR, COS. V. Rev. Crocodile

AEGYPTO CAPTA.

In a subsequent letter Col. €. adds that he has a square copper

coin of Demetrius with an Arian legend. “In the Greek legend he

takes the title of Nikator, which is translated by Aparajita, and not

by the Aparahata of the later kings.”

In another letter dated 16th December, Col. C. writes of still

further additions of rare and unique coins made to his cabinet,

“ The unique coins are 1st, a gold dinar of Kanishka with Greek

legends —obverse BACIAEYC BACIAEwvN KANHPKOY—and reverse

HAIOC. 2nd, a similar gold dinar, with the same figure on the

reverse but with both legends in the native language, but Greek cha-

racters, respectively PAO NANO PAO KANHPKI KOPANO and

MIUPO—one of the rarer coins which I have obtained is the dinar of

Hocrke with three figures on the reverse. The specimen is in the

most perfect preservation—and the reverse legend is distinet, exactly

as I formerly read it—CKANAO KOMAPO MAACHNO BIZATO,

these being three of the well known names of the Indian god of war—

Skanda-kumára, Mahásena, Visákha.

“ But a still more interesting and valuable discovery of this prince

Hoérke is the mention of a Vihár named after him in one of the

newly found Matbura inscriptions. The inscription records a gift

to the monastery of the great king of kings, the heaven descended

Huveshka. Now as the name of Kanishka became Kanerke on the

coins, I infer that Huveshka would have been rendered Huverke or

in Greek OOHPKE, which has hitherto been looked upon as equiva-

lent to Hoérke. 'The only record of this prince's name is in the

Rája Tarangini where he is called -Hushka, which may either have

been the usual contraction of his name—or the casual contraction

to suit the metre of Kalhan pundit's verse.

“This discovery has further led to the true reading of the prince's

name in the Ariano Pali legend of the Wardak Vase. In Prinsep's

Indian Antiquities, Vol. L. p. 63, Thomas reads the name as Hovesh-

1860.] Literary Intelligence. 401

shandra, and 1 was myself inclined to adopt Harischandra, but 1 feel

satisfied now that the true reading is Hoveshkasa.

“ Three of the Mathura inscriptions are dated in figures the same

as those on the Sah coins of Saurashtra, but with the addition of

the puzzlins X, a real unknown quantity, which is also found in the

Ariano Pali inscriptions of Manikyala and Wardak. One correction

of a previous error 1 have already derived from these inscriptions—

namely that the character di, which I read as 10 in the Sanchi

inseription, is really only a contraction for divasa = day. The date

of the Sanchi inscription is therefore san 93 Bhádrapada di 4.—-

“ In the year 931 Bhádrpad, 4th day.”

“* Amongst the Muttra inscriptions there is one recording the gift

of a statue of Sákya Blakshu, on the pedestal of a small standing

figure. Amongst the names of donors are Buddhánanda, Buddha-

ghosha, and Buddarakshita. Amongst the sculptures are the well

known representation of Máyá, the mother of Buddha, holding by

the branch of the Sál tree previous to her confinement. There are

also the birth of Buddha (the infant with a halo round his head) ;

the meditation; the teachins; and the death. There are several

colossal figures of Buddha, and numerous pillars belonging to that

peculiar kind of stone enclosure which 1 have named the “ Buddhist

railing.” No less than twenty-six bases of pillars have already been

found ; and more will no doubt be found hereafter. Altogether 1

consider that the mounds of Mathura most probably contain remains

of greater antiquity than those of Benares, and 1 look forward to

further discoveries with much interest.”

Dr. Sprenger writes from Berne that he has already printed some

200 pages of his continuation of the Life of Mahommed.

In the following extract from a letter from Mr. E. C. Bayley, dated

10th November, will be found an interesting passage regarding plated

coins, an instance of which occurred among some old Egyptian

coins lately presented to the Society by Mr. C. J. Evans. Mr. B.

also pursues the subject of the identification of *Sahet Mahet'

described in his previous letter on the information communicated to

him by Rájah Maun Singh.

402 Literary Intelligence. [No. 4,

“ First as to plated coins, they are not uncommon, and are

evidently ancient, I have myself met with didrachma of Hippostratus,

Azilizas, and Azas, with a drachma of Hermeeus and with hemidrachmas

of Menander, Apollodotus and Philoxenes, dc. 1 have no doubt

too the celebrated silvered Kadphises was one of this type. 1 have

even found a copper hemidrachma of Menander which had clearly

never been silvered. Once too near Rawul Pindee I found in a

village an immense hoard of Satnanta Deo coins evidently intended

to be silvered. 'They were in brass and blundered terribly in their

execution. 1 have no doubt that the ancient Hindu passed bad

money as often as his modern descendant.

“ This much for that question. In “re Sahetaná” 1 have succeeded

by the aid of Fa hian, in getting a clear identification of Sahet

Mahet. I find this in the account of Buddha's death (' Sakya

Mun1”) which Laidlay, in speaking of Kusinagar, extracts from

Turnour's Mahawanso. In it Sakya Muni's disciples are represented

as remonstrating with him for selecting so insignificant a place as

Kusinagar as the scene of his “nirvana,” and ask why he has not

selected one of the six nelighbouring great cities, * Varanasi” (Benares),

“Rajagaho” (Rajgriha), * Sawattho” (Sravarti), Saneran—Kosambhi

or Champa. Sahetan is clearly *Sahet Mahet. I have since heard

from C. A. Elliott and from the Rája of Kupoorthulla, who have

both visited it, and who confirm Maun Singh's description in all

respects. It is, the former says, Jilnabed on the Raptee. It is

in the Kupoorthulla Rájah's illaka, and he purposes clearing 16 of

jungle. This cold season 1 have spoken to him about 16, but it

would do no harm if you write to him. He is a very intelligent man

and speaks admirable English very fluently. It is no doubt a good

field, and 1 would advise your trying 16.

As to *Champa” and * Kosambh? mentioned above, the former is,

I suppose, perhaps to be looked for about Champarun, 1f similarity of

names is worth anything. Kosambhi, Fa hian places N. W. of

Sarnath at Benares and at a distance (13 yleow yau = 60 miles)

which would land 16 near Sultanpur, near to which as 1 told you Rája

Maun Singh says, there are Buddhist remains.

“ But the pundits here declare 14 is identical with Karra Manikpur.

1 had, however, a discussion on the subject and found that their

1860. ] Literary Intelligence. 403

authority was the Vrihat Kathá or Kathá Sarit Sagar, and that this

they declared maintained that Kosambhi was on the Ganges. However,

they brought me a portion of this work to-day, and admitted that

on referring to 1h they found that it merely said that the Ganges

flowed through the realm of Kosambhi, but that one passage almost

distinctly said that Kosambhi was not on the Ganges, for i6 said that

the king built ib away from, rivers to avoid being washed away by

them. This book, however, declared that 16 was founded by *Satá-

kánik,? translated as “him of the hundred battalions” and son to

“Sahasrakanik, king of the 1000 battalions.? Can Kosambhi be

the *Sanakaniha” of the Allahabad and Sanchi inseriptions ?”

We are at last in possession of a cast in clay of the famous inscrip-

tion on the Behar pillar of which an incorrect reading was published

in our Journal many years back. The cast is in the hands of

Babu Rájendralal Mittra, who hopes to succeed in io and

translating 16.

Several facsimiles of this inscription have been ab different times

procured, but the impressions given by them have been too faint and

indistinct to allow of the text being correctly read. We owe the

present cast entirely to the exertions of Mr. Charles Hollings of Gyah,

who deserves the Society?s cordial thanks for the perseverance with

which he has endeavoured to meet their wishes in regard to this

pillar and the important record which 16 is believed to bear.

Capt. Lees is engaged in printing for the use of his College the

Kholdi Barín ( 11 oí >) of Wabshi ( ¿¿%=3 ) who died A. H. 992,

He was born in Kirman, but as he resided chiefly at Yazd, he is

generally called Fazdi. The Kholdi Barín is a short Masnawz, written

in charming Persian and in the same metre as Jámi's Sabhat oi-Abrar,

and is deservedly popular. The author is sometimes, in India, con-

founded with Wabhshi-1 Dawlatabádi, but though poems are ascribed

to him, nothing certain appears to be known about him. Wabhshi-i

Dawlatabádi must apparently be Wahshi-i Káshi, a pupil of Mohta-

sham i Káshi, who came to India, and lived here for a long time.

He died in India A. H. 1015.

PLL SADO DDD LW UN A INS UN

4/04 Errata. [No. 4,

ERRATA IN VOLUME XXVIII.

Ae «e

Page 124 line 6 ab infra, for ATA read aral ad.

» 125, 19 foramaifa az read smaía az.

» 129 , 15 for y read a.

» 129, 5abinfra, for taza read faz.

ERRATA 1N THE PRESENT VOLUME.

Page 324 line 5 for dated read stated.

— ¿q 20for TN read WN,

y» — y 2for wi read yimm,

338 ,, 24 for lolo read 313.

343 , 2|forp.3 read p. 324.

344, 30 for ¡2% read yin,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For SEPTEMBER, 1860.

DIIODDDDDILIDNDIIDILIDIDESNDIIS SIN ININ NIN INISINL

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on

the 5th instant—

Major H. L. Thuillier, Vice President, in the chair.

The Proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received—

1. From Dr. C. Holst, Secretary to the Royal University of

Christiania, the latest publications of the University.

2. From the British Association for the Advancement of Science,

a report ofthe 29th Meeting of the Association held at Aberdeen,

in September, 1859.

3. From the Secretary to the Grovernment of Bengal, the latest

Report of the Geological Survey of India.

4. From the Acting Principal of the Grant Medical College,

Bombay, a copy of the report for the College Session 1859-60.

5. From Baboo Rungalal Banerjea, a copy of his work on the

Importance of Physical Education, being the first work of the kind in

the Bengali language.

6. From Mr. J. C. Evans, a few coins found by himself in Egypt ;

among these are some genuine Ptolemies and one or two forgeries

of the Ptolemaic period.

7. From Baboo Rajendra Mullick, a pair of very fine adult Cas-

sowaries, male and female, that have been prepared as skeletons.

8. From Captain Haughton, Port Blair, Andamans, through the

President, a marine annelide, taken off the coast of Sumatra,

9. From G. J. Evans, Esq., a small lizard and two snakes from

Egypt.

3a2

406 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

10. From Mr. W. Theobald a few fossils from the miocene beds

of Bordeaux.

11. From Mr. J. H. Reily, Commissioner of Soonderbunds, a

slab-stone containing an Arabic inscription found in a Musjid, 8 miles

from Mirzagunge. A sketch of the Musjid drawn by Mr. Gomes

accompanied the following letter, addressed to the President by

Mr. Reily.

T send with pleasure the deer and the stone. The latter was found

on the north bank of the Slab River at an abád called Byang in a

Mut or Musjid, which is in tolerable preservation. The land round

the Mut is now clear, but the temple was found in the jungle when

14 was cut down with the stone in it. There is no story or tradition

attached to the Mut—the generation that built 1h seems to have

passed away, and the place to have run into jungle and remained

covered with forest jungle for a great number of years. The principal

room in the Mut has an arched roof in good preservation inside a

regular dome. The mortar of the building is not soorkte or pound-

ed bricks but sand and lime, and very adhesive.

There is a good tank near the Mut; the inscription on the stone

appears to me a verse from the Koran.”

Again on the 10th July last he wrote :—

“ I send a sketch of the Musjid drawn by Mr. Gomes, who fortunately

had a drawing of it in his Field Book. The accompanying extract

from Lieutenant Hodge's Map will shew that the site of the Musjid

1s about eight miles from Mirzagunge, the nearest decennially settled

village. The lands about the Musjid are at present under cultivation,

but there are still a few of the old forest trees standing, and Mr.

Shawe's Resumption Decree, dated 1842, states that the lands were

at that time under dense Soonderbun jungle. The jungle about these

parts is tree, not Null jungle. There are two slabs of sand-stone

evidently used as steps, but bearing no inscription. The interior of the

Musjid is ornamented with figures cut in brick, and the dome is very

substantially built, and is about 30 feet high. Thereis a tank not far

from the building, and I was told 16 was found when the jungle was

cleared. Of course there are a number of stories connected with this

Musjid, one is that a holy Fakeer lived in 14, and tigers used to sweep

the floor of the building clean with their tails every evening.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 407

- Captain W. N. Lees then read the following account of the in-

seription.

“ T have carefully examined the inscription on this stone. The great-

er portion is sufficiently clearly written to be legible; but in conse-

quence of the engraver not having calculated on the length of his

inscription, the latter portion has been so crowded that, with the aid

of two of the Mawlavis of the Mohammadan College, Y have not been

able to read ib. It is as follows :—

e al] us% [15 use A plo 3 éso A asas] Je

wi Eli] Hee mE ¿mo | ES ase X ), nas o his y) us

si ajos ¿a a e ol ly dial y pod)

bis. y 3 - Sr, gs Jue. bro yá de alas

Trans. The pS 50 God (on whom be peace, die.,) said —

“ Whoso buildeth a Masj2d, Grod shall build for him in Paradise seventy

palaces.” This Masj2d was built in the reign of the Soltam the

Mighty, the Pillar of the Church and State, Aboo al-Mozaffar

Barbak Shah, son of the Soltan Mahmood Shah,—by Khan Moazzam

Ojyal (?) Khan son 0f * * ***+% dano Hajri, 870.

T do not think the builder, or his Engraver, has given the Hadith

quoted correctly. 1 tind none precisely similar in Moslim or Bokhart.

Both, however, give the following from Othman the Khalifah.

A la ox ye ple y Asilo a) glo a) Y go JU

arial ets ia 7 os 1 al a y

Ñ ñ 2 Pal 5 a a de al]

“ Whoso buildeth a Masjid, to please, or Poor the sake a God, Grod

shall build for him a house in Paradise”—or as others give 16 “a house

like unto 16.” Tirmidzt again adds after the word Masjid the words

“ great orsmall” [95591 WS 1,5% and in this same Hadith given, apud

Nasai, on the authority of”Amr and Anbasah for the words “ for

the sake of God” I find “in which God shall be praised ¿edad SiS

45. The Prophet, 14 would appear, then, promised the builder of a

Mosque one house, not seventy houses in Paradise.

According to Farishtah, Barbak Shah ascended the throne A. H.

862, and died A. H. 879. His father was commonly called Nácir

Shah, perhaps to distinguish him from his predecessor the slave and

408 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

usurper of the same name, but his full name from the inscription on

this stone, it will be seen, was Nácir-al-Deen Mahmood Shah, or—

Barbak was not his son at all. It is to be noticed that Farishtah,

who is the only authority 1 have on the kings of Bengal, in entering

on the subject says “ 1t should not remain concealed that the His-

tories in use, are for the most part, silent regarding the affairs of the

Kings of the Eastern and Western [ Provinces]. 1 have therefore

made use only of the Tarikh-i Alf, complied by my teacher Mawlana

Abhmad-1 Tanáwi; and for this reason, I hope that should my readers

find any discrepancies in my account of these matters they will not

blame me.”

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last Meeting, were

balloted for and elected ordinary Members.

W. Forbes Goss, Esq., M. D., and

Major T. James, Bengal Army.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next Meet-

Ing.

J. E. L. Brandreth, Esq., Commissioner of Delhi, proposed by

Colonel J. Abbott, and seconded by Mr. Atkinson.

Moonshee Ameer Ally Khan, Bahadur, proposed by Mr. Atkinson,

and seconded by Baboo Rajendralal Mittra.

Messrs. E. B. Harris, Civil Surgeon, and John Christian, (for re-

election) proposed by Dr. T. Duka, and seconded by the President.

C. G. Wray, Esq., C. E., proposed by Major Thuillier and seconded

by Major Sherwill.

The Council reported that in consideration of the long and import-

ant services of the Zoological curator and the greatly enhanced expense

of living in Calcutta, they had resolved, subject to the confirmátion

of the Society, to give Mr. Blyth an additional house allowance of

40 Rs. per mensem, and to pay his whole allowances free of Income

Tax.

Confirmed.

The following report of the Philological Committee was also sub-

mitted by the Council for the approval of the Society.

The Council beg to recommend the publication in the -Brbhotheca

Indica, of the Vaiseshika Sutras, with the valuable Commentary by

Sankara Misra. Pundit Joy Narayan Tarkapanchanana, the pro-

1860.] Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. 409

fessor of Philosophy in the Calcutta Sanskrit College, has offered to

edit the work, with a short additional Commentary of his own, which

is not to exceed one fasciculus. The whole work will fill about four

fasciculi. A similar offer having been previously received from an-

other Pundit in the same Institution, Pundit Nandakumar Tarka_

ratna, the Committee recommended that the two Pundits should

unite in editing the work. This they have agreed to do, and 14 will

therefore appear under their joint editorship.

The report was adopted.

Mr. Cowell announced the publication in the Bibliotheca Indica

of the first fasciculus of Zíá Barnf's Tárikhi Ferozsháhi. A short

account of the work was also given, as it appeared that the details

communicated at a former Meeting of the Society were incorrect.

Zíá Barní compiled his history in A. H. 758 (A. D. 1357,) in con-

tinuation of the Tabakát: Násirz of Minhájuddin Juzjáni. It

gives an account of the eight reigns during the 95 years between

Bulbun's accession in A. H. 664, and the sixth year of Feroz Sháh

(A. H. 758), viz. 1. Bulbun, 2. Kaikobád, 3. Jaláluddin Khilji,

4. Aláuddin Khilji, 5. Kutbuddin Khilji, 6. Ghaiásuddin Toghlak,

7. Muhammad Toghlak,8. Feroz Sháh, to whom the work is dedicated,

whence its name. For the later reigns, the author speaks as a contem-

porary witness, and as such he is often quoted by Ferishta in his history

of the Toghlak dynasty. The work is edited from the only three manu-

scripts known to be extant, by Sayyid Ahmud Khan, under the

supervision of Captain Lees.

The publication of this work forms an era in Oriental literature.

Hitherto for the Pre-Moghul Muhammadan history of India, we have

been dependent on Ferishta who flourished under the Emperor Akbar;

Elphinstone's history, for instance, is entirely based on that authority.

Zia Barni is the first contemporary author who has been printed to

lllustrate the five centuries between Mahmud of Ghazni and Baber.

It is hoped that the Tarikhi Ferozsháhi will be followed by the Taba-

káti Násiri—as the two together will throw a flood of light on a

confessedly obscure period of Indian history.

Communications recelived—

1. From Major General R. 1. H. Birch, K. C. B. Secretary to

the Government of India, Military Department, a copy of a report

410 Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

drawn up by Officiating Inspector General of Hospitals J. McClel-

land, on the climate and soils of the three Presidencies as affecting

the sanitary condition of European troops in India.

2. From Lord H. Ulick Browne, Secretary to the Government of

India, Foreign Department, a copy of the Meteorological observations

made by Assistant Surgeon Welsh at Muscat during the month of

June last.

3. From Baboo Radhanath Sickdar an abstract of meteorological

observations taken at the Surveyor General's office for the month of

January last.

4. From Mr. H. Cope, Umritsur, the following accounts of the

Aerolite which fell at Dhurmsala on Saturday the 14th July last,

accompanied by a specimen.

Umritswr, 28th July, 1860.

The Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

S1r,—About two P. M. on Saturday the 14th of July, a tremendous

mid-air explosion was heard at Dhurmsala, Kangra, Dalhousie,

Madhoopoor and Goordaspoor. The vapour or smoke following the

explosion was distinctly seen at Dalhousie about 30 miles, and at

Kangra 10 miles from Dhurmsala, where the explosion, said to have

resembled the discharge of an 84 pounder, was followed by the de-

scent in various parts of the station, some two miles apart, of large

masses of aerolite. One piece that fell near the Dhurmsala Police

Battalion Lines, was ascertained to have been when entire, one foot in

diameter, but 16 was broken into several fragments. Mr. R. Saunders,

C. S., Deputy Commissioner of Kangra, has forwarded to me a portion,

with a desire that 1 should do my best to have 16 analyzed. 14 strikes

me 1 cannot do better than forward itto the Asiatic Society. A

small part can be taken off for analysis, and the remainder be preserved

in your Museum.

I remain, de.,

HeNrY Copr.

Umritsur, 10th September, 1860.

MY DEAR SIR,

I have the pleasure to send you an extract from a letter

received from Kangra, which is about 11 miles from Dhurmsala and

about 1000 feet lower than the spot on which the main mass of the

aerolite fell.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 411

“TI did not see the explosion in connexion with the falling

of the aerolite. TI was at the time, reading with my Moonshi in my

study and heard an extraordinary noise like that of thunder ata

short distance. There could be no doubt that it was near, and I imme-

diately supposed it was something else than thunder. The steady

rattling noise which appeared to be travelling in a horizontal direc-

tion gradually increased to one tremendous majestic clap; after

which the former steady rattlins noise continued perhaps for a

minute, till at last 1 died off very gradually. The noise appeared to

be so low that I thought a volcano or something like 16 would im-

mediately appear somewhere in our valley. A servant of mine hap-

pened just to return from the Post Office, and told me that above the

hill on which our house is situate he had seen a fire travelling to-

wards Dhurmsala, till at last 14 disappeared. [This would give it a

direction from South to North. H. C.] The sky was cloudy, yet there

were no such clouds as would justify the opinion that lightning and

thunder had issued from them.”

I hope to collect further information, which I will duly commu-

nicate.

Yours sincerely,

HENRY CopPE.

5. From Mr. R. F. Saunders, B. C. S. Officiatings Deputy Com-

missioner, Dhurmsala, Punjab, in reply to a letter of inquiry addressed

to him by the Secretary, the following note accompanying an account

of the same meteorite.

Dhurmsala, August 21, 1860.

MY DEAR S1Ir,—From the newspapers you will have seen that an

aerolite fell at this station on the 14th ultimo.

TI possessed myself of as many fragments as I possibly could for

scientific purposes.

One of these 1 now have the honor to send, together with an ae-

count of its fall, in the hope that the subject may not be without

interest.

Any questions you may send me regarding this phenomenon I shall

be delighted to answer.

3 H

412 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

If you can furnish me with a brief account of its analysis 1 shall be

much obliged.

Permit me to subscribe myself,

Very truly yours,

RrEGINALD F. SAUNDERS.

His account of the meteorite was as follows.

Extract from letter No. 927 from R. F. Saunders, Esq., Deputy

Commassioner, Kangra, to R. H. Davies, Esq., Secretary to Punjab

Government, dated Dhuwrmsala, 28th July, 1860.

In the ola between the hours of 2 and 2-30 Pp. m., the

Station of Dhurmsala was startled by a terrific bursting noise, which

was supposed at first to proceed frem a succession of loud blastings or

from the explosion of a mine in the upper part of the Station, others,

imagining it to be an earthquake or very large landslip, rushed from

their houses in the firm belief that they must fall upon them.

16 soon became apparent that this was not the case. The first

report, which was far louder in its discharge than any volley of artil-

lery, was quickly followed by another and another ¿o the number of 14

or 16; most of the latter reports grew gradually less and less loud.

These were probably but the reverberations of the former, not among

the hills but amongst the clouds, just as is the case with thunder.

It was difficult to say which were the reports, and which the echoes.

There could certainly not have been fewer than 4 or 5 actual reports.

During the time that the sound lasted, the ground trembled and shook

convulsively.

From the different accounts of three eye-witnesses, there appears

to have been observed a flame of fire, described as about two feet in

depth, and 9 feet in length, darting in an oblique direction above the

station, after the first explosion had taken place. The Meteoric

flash was said to be from North N. West to South S. East. Frag-

ments of the aerolite fell in the same direction at the following

places.

In the Ravine below the Dhurmsala Kotwallee at the village

Sadeir.

On the Barrack Hill close to the Convalescent Depós.

At River Guj 4 miles from the Kotwallee.

=—

A, A SA

A A O ds TA 1

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 413

On the parade ground of the Sheredil Police Battalion, between

the graveyard and the Native Distillery.*

In the village of Keyraree on the Hill to the right of the station

looking towards the plains and at the Bowarna Thanah.

Specimens from each of the above localities have been brought into

the station.

It is said that the Meteoric stones fell likewise at the following

places, but no specimens have been received from them. At Kanera

near the slate quarries, ah Madhopore and at Bissowlee on the Ravee,

and in parts of Chumlea and Rhilloo.

I am makins further enquiries with regard to these pMCes.

The stones as they fell, buried themselves from a foot to a foot

and a half in the ground, sending up a cloud of dust in all directions.

Most providentially no loss of life or property has occurred.

Some coolies, passing by where one fell, ran to the spot to pick

up the pieces ; before they had held them in their hands, half a minute,

they had to drop them owing to the intensity of the cold which be-

numbed their fingers.

This, considering the fact that they were, apparently, but a

moment before in a state of ignition, is very remarkable, each stone

that fell bore unmistakeable marks of partial fusion.

The morning and afternoon, preceding the occurrence, had

been particularly dull and cloudy. Temperature was close, sultry,

and oppressive. The thermometer was above 80 degrees of Fahrenheit,

and no rain had fallen. 1 had no barometer by me at the time, 1 am

therefore unable to state what was the precise pressure of the atmos-

phere. The clouds, which were of the form technically called cumu-

lus and cirrhus, were hanging low at the time and the atmosphere

heavily charged with electricity.

Such are simply the facts of the case as they occurred.

There are of course all sorts of conjectures as to the probable

cause of the occurrence, some state the stones to be of volcanic origin,

others that they were hurled from the heights above the station or

projected from the moon, but I am inclined to regard them as real boná

fide meteorolites. Their weight seems to indicate that they are semi-

* Tt must be noticed that Keyraree, the Barrack Hill, the Kotwallee, the Kudd,

the Graveyard and Bowarna are in one direct line, from N. N. W. to $. $. E,

36) 2

414, Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

metallic substances composed probably of meteoric iron alloyed with

nickel and mixed with silica and magnesia or some other earthy* sub-

stance. They are nearly double the weight of a piece of ordinary

stone of similar dimensions.

I have sent specimens of the aerolite to the Museums ab

Lahore and Umritsur, and to a Scientific Institution in America.f

Í am about also to send others to the Academy of Sciences in France,

to the Asiatic Society in Calcutta, and to Mons. H. Schlagintweit at

Berlin in Prussia, for examination and report.

One fact, 1f true, is curious, viz., that the report preceded the

flash instead of following 14; this I cannot at all account for.

Another very singular phenomenon was witnessed at Dhurm-

sala on the evening of the same day, that the aerolite fell; this ap-

pears to have been a succession of igneous meteors such as fire balls,

or falling or shooting stars. This singular sight did not attract the

attention of most people. TI quote the account from the writer who

describes 16, verbatim.

“ T think 16 was on the evening of the same day that the meteor

fell that I observed lights in the air. They commenced to appear aboub

7 P. M., and lasted for about three hours till 10; they appeared for

about one minute, some for longer, then went out again, other lights

appearing in their places ; sometimes three or four lights appeared in

the same place, together, and one or two moved off, the others re-

maining stationary, they looked like fire-balloons, but appeared in

places where ib was impossible for there to have been any houses or

any roads, where people could have been. ¡Some were high up in the

alr moving like fire-balloons, but the greater part of them were in the

distance, in the direction of the lower hills, in front of my house,

others closer to our house, and between Sir A. Lawrence's and the Bar-

racks. I am sure from some which 1 observed closely that they were

neither fire-balloons, lanterns, nor bonfires or any other thing of that

sort, but bona fide lights in the heavens. 'Though I made enquiries

amongst the natives the next day, 1 have never been able to find

out what they were or the cause of their appearance.”

* Probably chrome and cobalt too I think, R. $.

+ The Smithsonian ; also to the Museums of Munich and Vienna; to Turin,

Sardinia, The British Museum, London, and to one or two other localities.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 415

Verily this has been an extraordinary season in more ways than

one.

In different newspapers 1 have read accounts of other very ex-

traordinary phenomena, all occurring within the last few months, for

instance, an aerial meteor or water spout in the neighbourhood of

Bhurtpore where an aerolite is sald also to have fallen, a luminous

meteor or something which, from the newspaper account, reads like an

Aurora Borealis at Delhi, this was on the night before the meteorolite, a

shower of live fish at Benares, unaccompanied by rain, a similar shower

accompanied by rain, fell at Agra, a shower of blood at Furruckabad

and likewise at Meerut previously, also a dark spot observable on the

disc of the sun.

Besides the recent shock of an earthquake slightly felt here, there

was an unnatural yellow fog or darkness of some duration follow-

ed by a violent Wind storm which lasted from 3 P. M. to 5 P. M. one

afternoon early in the present month. These were all more or less

strange phenomena. After the fall the largest piece found was sald

to weigh about 4 maunds.

6. The following extract from a letter from Dhurmsala on the same

subject had been also received.

“ What a terrific meteor we had yesterday! It burst over Dhurm-

sala. First there was a loud explosion, and then the stone broke into

fragments; one falling near the Barracks and sinking 6 feet into the

eground,another below the Kotwallee on the Noorpore Road, and a third

in the lines. Two men came running up with some bits in their hand,

and gave me one. It is alight grey colour, and hard as iron. The

stone when found was cold as ice. The noise was fearful and unearth-

ly, followed by long reverberations, the ground trembling as well as the

alr. The heat was fearful all day. Ther. 899. Major heard the

noise when sitting inside his tent at Kangra, and he thought one of

the towers had fallen. The euddees were much frightened and car-

ried off every bit of the stone to do pooja to it. Capt. saw

14 whirling along in the air and so did the Bisaladar who described it

as like a pine tree, which I remember was the illustration used by

Pliny, when describing the eruption of Vesuvius 1800 years ago, when

Pompei was destroyed. Other fragments of stone fell in other parts

of the district, and beyond it at Madoopore. The piece of stone to

416 Proceedings of the Astatic Society. [No. 4,

be sent, (dawk banghy) was one inside bit, the outside pieces bearing

marks of combustion. Before the 14th the weather for several days

was excessively close and hot at Dhurmsala and all over the country.”

7. The Secretary also read the following extract of a letter from

Mr. Oldham, containing a communication from Dr. Haidinger of Vien-

na on the subject of the meteorites lately sent to the Imperial

Museum, Vienna, by the Society.

Naim Tal, August 27th, 1860.

MY DEAR ATkINSON,—l have had notes from Dr. Haidinger, Vien-

na, regarding the meteorites. 1 suppose from what he says that you

have had a letter of thanks, but in case 16 should have miscarried, 1

write to tell you the box arrived safely, on 22nd May, and that they

are greatly pleased and gratified with this addition to their valuable

series of meteorites. Dr. Haidinger”s first note stated that several of

the specimens had been placed in the lapidary?s hands and were then

being polished. And now in his second note, just received, dated 30th

June, he gives me the result of some of their analyses. Many pub-

lic duties connected with proposed changes in the organization of

some of the scientific bodies of Vienna, with the object of economy,

had occupied Dr. Haidinger”s time and energies more than he wished,

and he regrets in consequence the little progress he has made in the

description of these interesting specimens. Of one however he has

laid an account before the Imperial Academy of Sciences (Vienna) on

the Sth of June. In this he gave a brief account of the whole six

meteorites 'sent to Vienna. The specific gravities of these are :—

II NI AN

A AN OE ES

A O

O A (oa

A A

(The Pegu specimen was sent by me, not by Asiatic Society.) These

do not differ materially from each other, and yet the specimens differ

very materially so as to give an almost complete series of meteoric

productions, perhaps the class of the Cape or Rokkeveld meteorics

excepted.

The Shalka meteorite appeared the most rare and curious. 14 was

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 417

carefully analysed by Herr Charles Von Hauer, Chemist to the

Imperial Geological Institute, who found the following contents ;

NE E 57.66

A A in sa

A 20.65

AE O A A AR 1.53

A A AT CN

98.84

In the analysis of Mr. Piddington of the same meteorite, the mag-

nesia had escaped him and remained with the iron, which has been

now prevented owing to the later improvements in Chemical Analysis.

Von Hauer found the oxygen of the bases to the oxygen of the acids

in the ratio of 1 : 2,42 or between bisilicates and trisilicates. Dr. Haid-

inger says : “Stromeyer already had found a somewhat analagous ratio

in an olivine-like body inclosed in a meteoric iron from Saxony. Pro-

fessor Shepard had given the name of Chladoite to a real trisilicate

contained in the Bishopsville meteorites. This certainly new species in

the Shalka meteorite, I thought 16 my duty to name Piddingtonite,

in commemoration of that really indefatigable labourer in Natural

Sciences to whom we owe the rescue of that most remarkable meteo-

rite of Shalka, and in commemoration too, of the kindness with which

you acceded to our proposals of exchange.”

Dr. Haidinger adds that he was engaged in the further investiga-

tion of the specimens sent and he hoped to forward a series to the

Society from their collections.

When the proceedings of the Academy of Vienna for June arrive,

I would suggest that a translation of the valuable account given by

Dr. Haidinger of this meteorite should be published in the Journal.

I have only given a few of the heads of the notice.

Dr. Haidinger sends two copies of their more recent catalogues

of meteorites, and begs me to hand you one for Asiatic Society.

I inclose it, you will see that all the Society sent have been embodi-

ed in this. The large mass of iron from the Kurruckpur Hills was

considered as by ourselves doubtfully meteoric, but we shall soon have

the result of the careful analysis.

418 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

It may be interesting to the Society to give them a few results at

their next meeting, so I send them to you at once, and the specific

gravities could be with advantage attached to the specimens in your

collection.

I hope we shall be able to procure some specimen of the great mass

said to have fallen at Dhurmsala lately.

In the absence of Mr. Obbard his paper on the translation of waves

of water with relation to the great flood of the Indus in 1858, was

read by the Secretary.

Archdeacon Pratt made some valuable remarks which have been

printed at length in the Journal.

Mr. Temple made some interesting observations on the character of

the Indus at Attock and the effects of the flood as pointed out to him

by Captain Henderson on the spot shortly after the event.

Some discussion ensued on the wave theory as applicable to the

phenomena of the flood, in which Sir Bartle Frere, Mr. W,'T. Blan-

ford and the Secretary joined.

On the motion of the Chairman the thanks of the meeting were

voted to Mr. Obbard and Archdeacon Pratt for their valuable com-

munications.

Major W. $. Sherwill read an interesting paper upon some re-

markable Waterspouts, that had been observed by him lately in and near

Calcutta; he stated that 1 was his intention merely to put on record

the fact of these curious bodies having been seen, together with the

dates of their appearance, times of duration, size and direction of their

movements, in the hope that the notes might assist any future en-

quiries into the nature of the laws regulating these phenomena ; as

up to the present moment, as Major Sherwill observed, no satisfactory

theory has been advanced, that serves to connect these phenomena

with the general law of Physics.

The immediate cause of the paper read was the appearance upon

the 11th of August last, of two, very perfect and large Waterspouts

that appeared, the one between Dum-Dum and Calcutta, the other

crossing the Hooghly river opposite to Sulkea. The former was per-

haps more than a thousand feet in length, of a pale blue colour,

depending from a heavy rain cloud; the upper portion of this im-

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 419

mense column gyrated in a rapid manner until, no longer able to

contain itself, 16 burst into a heavy shower of rain. The Waterspout

that crossed the river agitated the water beneath it considerably, but

did no damage. This body was bent into an elegant double curve like

the letter S. by counter currents of light wind ; this Waterspout

from its light colour and from 1ts great beauty attracted much atten-

tion.

Major Sherwill then described a group of twenty Waterspouts that

were seen by him whilst surveying the Darjeeling territory. These

extraordinary Phenomena were seen to form over the mountain

Tonghoo, 113 miles from Darjeeling. A diagram showing this wonder-

ful group was exhibited and claimed the attention of the meeting.

Other diagrams of variously formed waterspouts were also exhibit-

ed and described. These notes with reduced diagrams will be pub-

lished in the Journal.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Major Sherwill for his

interesting descriptions.

Baboo Rajendralal Mitra made some remaks on the appearance of

a waterspout in the direction of Howrah witnessed by himself on the

same day.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly reports for the months

of August and September last,

LIBRARY.

The following additions to the Library were made during the months of

August and September, 1860,

Presented.

General Report on Public Instruction in the Lower Provinces of the

Bengal Presideney for 1858-59 with Appendixes.—By THE DirECcTOR OF

EDUCATION.

Nyt Magazine fur Naturvedenskaberne, Vol. X. part 4 Vol. XI. part 1.—

By THE ACADEMY.

Selections from the Records of Punjab Government, Vol. V.—BY tHk

ÍNDIA GOVERNMENT.

The Philosophical Magazine for July, 1960.— By THE EDrrToks.

Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society

of London.—ByY THE SOCIETY.

9 I

420 Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

Selections from the Records of Travancore, Part 1.—BY THE GOVERNMENT.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for

January and February, 1860.—BY THE ACADEMY.

Journal of the Academy of Ditto, New Series, Vol. IV.P. 3.—ByY THE SAME.

New York State Library for 1855.—ByY THE SAME.

Ditto ditto State Law Library for 1855.—By THE SAME.

Ditto ditto State Bibliography, 1858.—By THE SAME.

Ditto ditto State Maps, MSS. Medals, 8c. 1856.—By THE SAME.

The Cathedral of Throndheim.

Al-Mufussal opus de re grammatica Arabicuam.—By J. P. BrocH.

Karlamagnus Saga ok Kappa hans.—BY THE CHRISTIANIA ACADEMY.

Forlandlinger Videnskabi Selskubet.—BY THE SAME.

Tilottama.—BY M. M. S. Durr, Esa.

Quarterly Journal of Geological Society for May, 1369, No. 62.—ByY THE

SOCIETY.

Selections from the Records of Madras Government Report on the Agri-

cultural Exhibitions in the Provinces for 1859, No. 64.—Bvr THE MADRAS

GOVERNMENT.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. II. P. 1.—By THB

GEOLOGICAL MUSEUM.

Journal Statistical Society of London, Vol. XXIIL. P. IL—By THE

SocIETY.

Oriental Baptist for July and August, 1960.—BY THE EDITOR.

Oriental Christian Spectator for June and July, 1860.—By rar EDITOR.

Calcutta Christian Observer for August and September, 13860.—By THE

EprrTor.

Journal Asiatique, Tome. XV. No. 58.—BY THE SocIETY.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago, New Series, Vol. 111. P. T.—ByY THE

EDITORS.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Vol. IV. No.

2 1860.—By THE SocIETY.

Jahrbuch, Vol. X. No. 4.—BY THE ACADEMY.

Annual Report of the Geological Survey of India and of the Museum of

Geology for 1859-60.—Bvy THE GOVT.GEOLOGICAL MUSEUM OF CALCUTTA.

On the Importance of Physical Education.—BY THE AUTHOR.

On the Rise and Progress of Rational Medical Education in Bengal, being

an Introductory Lecture, delivered on the 15th June, 1360.—BY Dr. Ear-

WELL.

Descriptions of a Defaced Fragmentary Human Skull, found in an

Ancient Quarry-cave at Jerusalem.—BY Dr. Mecc6s.

Athenxum for May and June, 1860,—By THE EDITOR.

1860. + Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 421

Purchased.

The American Journal of Sciences and Arts for May, 1860.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. V. No. 30, and Vol. VI.

No. 31.

The Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Vol. XII. Nos. 2 and 3.

Comptes Rendus, Vol. L. Nos. 19 to 26, and Vol, LI. No. 1.

Journal des Savants for April and May, 1860,

Index ditto for 1859.

Revue des Deux Mondes for 15th April, 1st May, 15th May, 1st June,

15th June and 1st July.

Revue de Zoologie, Nos. 4, 5 and 6, 1860,

Conchologia Iconica, Parts 194 to 198.

Zamie Nafaarui Uns.

Goldstucker”s Dictionary Sanskrit and English.

Sanskrit Wórterbuch Dritter Theil Bogen, 24—-30.

For OctoBER, 1860.

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on

the 3rd inst.—

A. Grote, Esq., President, in the chair.

The Proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received—

1. From Mr. R. F. Saunders, specimens of the aerolite which

fell at Dhurmsala, an account of which was submitted at the last

meeting. The larger piece was picked up in the lines at Dhurmsala,

and the smaller at Bowarna, about 20 miles to the east of Dhurmsala.

2. From Mr. H. Scott Smith, Registrar Calcutta University, a

copy of the Calendar and Minutes of the Senate for the last 3 years.

3. From J. H. Gurney, Esq., M. P., Norfolk, a small collection

of bird skins.

4. From Major H. L. Thuillier, a copy of Simm's new map of

Calcutta, and two Indian Atlas sheets, Nos. 112 and 115.

The following gentlemen duly proposed at the last meeting, were

balloted for, and elected ordinary members :—

J. E. L. Brandreth, Esq. Commissioner of Delhi; Moonshee

Ameer Ally Khan Bahadur, Pleader of the Sudder Court; E. B.

Harris, Esq.; John Christian, Esq., (for re-election) and C. G. Wray,

Esq., C. E. '

9.12

422 Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. [No. 4,

The Council report the followins nominations to fill the six vacan-

cies on the list of Honorary Members.

1st.—Dr. Albrecht Weber, as one of the most eminent Sanskribt

scholars of Germany. He has particularly devoted himself to the study

of the White Yajur Veda, and he has the enviable distinction of having

edited an entire series, comprising the Sanhita of the Hymns, the

accompanying Satapatha Brahmana, and the Ritual Sutras of Katya-

yana. Beside this great work, his four volumes of Indische Studien

abound with new and valuable information in reference to the Vaidic

period of Hindu literature.

2d.—Edward Thomas, Esq., as the author of valuable papers in our

Journal and in those of the Royal Asiatic and Numismatic Societies,

on several series of Asiatic medals, and more especially on those series

which contribute to the early history of India; and as the editor of

Prinsep's Indian Antiquities.

3rd.—Mons. Stanislas Julien, whose researches in the history and

antiquities of China have raised him among the most distinguished

Orientalists of the present day. His contributions to the Jowrnal

ÁAsiatique are numerous and of great interest. Among his separate

publications may be noticed his Travels and Life of Hiouen Thsang ;

Mengtsieu, vel Mencius inter Sinenses philosophus ; L* Histoire du

Cercle de Crate, and Le Liwre des Recompenses et des Peimes. They

are works of consummate erudition, and any one of them is sufficient

to establish the character of a scholar.

4th.—Dr. Aloys Sprenger, as an Arabic scholar of celebrity and as

a valuable contributor in that capacity to early Mahommedan history,

and as now engaged on what promises to be the best extant biography

of Mahommed.

5th.—Dr. Robert Wight as a valuable contributor to our knowledge

of Indian Botany, and more especially of that of the Peninsula and

the Neilgherries.

6th.—Colonel George Everest, Fellow of the Royal Society, former-

ly of the Bengal Artillery, Surveyor General of India, and Superin-

tendent of the Great Trigonometrical Survey of India from 1823 to

1843 and Surveyor General 1830 to 1843. Of the many important

works executed under Col. Everest's direction, the most important

and that by which he will be best known to posterity is the northern

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 423

portion of the Great Meridional Arc of India comprised between the

Damargida and Dehra Dhoon Base lines 113 degrees in length, the

account of the measurement of which was published by himself in

1847. The whole Indian Arc is equal to 21%, 21', 16”, or about 1469

miles. No geodetic measure in any part of the world surpasses, or

perhaps equals, in accuracy this splendid achievement. By the light

it throws on researches into the figure and dimensions of the earth,

14 forms one of the most valuable contributions to that branch of

science which we possess, whilst at the same time, ib constitutes a

foundation for the geography of Northern India, the integrity of

which must for ever stand unquestioned.

Col. Everest reduced the whole system of the great national Survey

of India to order, and established the fixed basis on which the geo-

egraphy of India now rests. His determination of the amplitudes of

the two Northern sections of the great Meridional Arc by means of

simultaneous observations taken to the same stars with counterpart

circular instruments, and his method of determining the celestial

azimuth, still practised, may be considered the most perfect modes of

obtaining an astronomical element known to science.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting.

W. A. D. Anley, Esq. Assistant Engineer in the East Indian

Railway, proposed by Capt. Layard and seconced by the President.

Captain C. D. Newmarch, Chief Engineer, Pegu, and Captain

Horace Browne, Assistant Commissioner, Pegu.

E. O. Riley, Esq., Magistrate of Rangoon, proposed by Lieutenant

Colonel A. Phayre, and seconded by the Secretary.

Baboo Degumber Mittra, proposed by Baboo Ramapersaud Roy,

and seconded by Baboo Rajendralal Mittra.

Reverend K. M. Banerjee (for re-election,) and

R. T. H. Griffith, Esq., proposed by Mr. Cowell, seconded by Mr.

Atkinson.

Communications were received —

1. From Mr. W.T. Blanford, “ Notes on a Collection of land shells

made in Upper Assam by J. W. Master, Esq., Assistant Commission-

er of Golughat, with descriptions of a new species of Spiraculum, de.”

2. From Baboo Radha Nauth Sikdar, “ An abstract of Meteoro-

logical observations taken at the Surveyor Greneral's Office in the

months of February and March last.”

424 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

3. From Rev. I. Lówenthal, Peshawur, “A paper on the Non-

Semitic character of the Pushto language.”

This paper was read to the meeting by the Secretary.

The Librarián submitted his usual monthly report for September last.

For NovemBer, 1860.

The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on

the 7th instant,

The Ven. Archdeacon J. H. Pratt, as Senior Member, in the chair.

Presentations were received—

1st. From Professor Griffith, through Mr. W. Halsey, a singular

iron sun-dial called Pratoda or Pratola, (serving also for an hour-glass

a gun and a spear) believed to have been made by Sirdar Lena Singh

for Lord Hardinge.

2nd. From the Royal Geological Society of London, the 29th

Vol. of their Journal.

3rd. From A. Sconce, Esq., the following Arabic Books :—Will-

met's Arabic Lexicon, Schultens's Hariri and De Sacy's Arabic Gram-

mar, and Niebuhr's Travels.

4th. From the Editors of Rajah Radhakant's Subda Kulpa-

drúma the 1st No. of the new edition of the Encyclopedia, to-

gether with a brief sketch of the Rajab's life. hi

5th. From Baboo Kaliprasuno Singh the 2nd No. of his valua-

ble work “ Púrana Sangraha,” being a Bengalee translation in prose

of the “Mahabharab.”

The Pratoda (noted above) was accompanied by the following ex-

tract from an old Hindoo work on astronomy, communicated by

Pundit Bapu Deva.

1. Iamexplaining the instrument called Pratoda (a goad) invent-

ed by Ganesa, by which the hour of the day can be easily known.

Take a straight stick of moderate thickness of the tree called

Dalbergia Sisu, of any length.

2. Make it of the form of a right prism whose ends should be

regular polygons having as many angles as the number of yhatilkas

contained in the excess of the longest day above the shortest (at the

given place) ; and for the convenience of holding 16 join a chain (or

string) to its top : (and mark the numbers of gyhatikas from that of

the ghatilcas of the shortest day to that of those of the longest on

the upper parts of the sides of the prism successively.)

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 425

3. Below its support, in order to place a gnomon, make holes in

each side of the prism at the beginning of its length in such a man-

ner that they may not touch each other in the middle (of the prism).

4. In orderto conceal the gnomon (in this instrument) make

another hole near the support (of the prism) at its top in the middle.

Let the length of the gnomon be such as after placing it in the hole

(made in each side) the length of its external part be nearly equal to

the sixth part (of the length of the prism).

5. A twelfth part of the length of the external portion of the

gnomon should be considered an Angula (a digit) in this Pratoda in-

strument. And find the sines of the (sun's) zenith distance and alti-

tude at the end of each of the given ghatikas (from the sun-rise of

every day, the number of the length of which is marked on the in-

strument) by the rule mentioned by former Astronomers.

6. The sine of the (sun's) altitude (found at the end of the given

ghatikas from sun-rise) multiplied by 12 and divided by the sine of

the zenith distance (of the sun found at the same time) gives the

number of digits belonging to the given ghatikas.

Thus find the digits belonging to the given ghatikas one, two, duc.,

from sun-rise (of every day, the length of which is marked on the

instrument) and mark these digits on the respective sides (of the

prism) from the hole.

7. (When you want to know the time after sun-rise at the given

day) place the gnomon in the hole of that side (of the prism) on

which the number of the ghatikas contained in the length of the

given day are marked, and hang the instrument by holding it in the

chain in such a manner that the shadow of the gnomon falls on the

side. And reckon the ghatikas (on the side) from the hole to the end

of the shadow. These ghatikas are after sun-rise (when you observe

the shadow) before noon, (but when you observe it) after noon they

are the ghatiltas remaining (to complete the whole day.) (This

holds then when the end of the shadow falls exactly on the mark of

the ghatilcas) but when it falls between two marks, there will be re-

quired a proportion.”

The Archdeacon then gave the following account of its character

and uses :—

“The instrument appears to be roughly graduated and to be in a

426 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

ricketty condition. It has nine sides. 1f these are exactly suited to

the latitude, the place for which it was made was in latitude 27? 56” or

thereabouts. Ifthe latitude of the place did not accord with an exact

number of sides, then it must have been between 26% 40/ and 29% 12*

that is, corresponding to 8% and 93 sides. Delhi lies between these

last two latitudes. The instrument may, therefore, have been made

for that city.

“The manner of using the instrument appears to be this. Suppose

the day that you use it is the one of which the length is 50 minutes

longer than the shortest day; then as 50 = 2 x 24 + 2 and 24: minutes

make a ghatika, you must screw the gnomon into the hole in the third

side, in which the figures run down the third shortest length. Then

hang up the instrument and turn 16 round, thus hanging, so that the

shadow of the gnomon may fall on the length of the instrument ;

the extremity of the shadow will point' out the hour of the day in

ghatikas from sunrise or sunset as 14 is before or after noon.

“ The instrument is certalnly curious, though of no particular scien-

tific value.”

Colonel Baird Smith communicated to the meeting the following

interesting particulars respecting the constructor of the dial.

“ Lena Singh Majeteeah, the constructor of the Pratoda Dial, was the

representative of a well known distinguished Sikh family. He did

not take any very prominent part in the Sikh campaign, but his bro-

ther Runjoor Singh commanded the Khalsa army at the battle of

Aliwal where, as all know, he was signally overthrown by the force

under Sir Harry Smith. On that occasion an exquisitely beautiful

battery of six field guns, the property of Lena Singh, and the produce,

probably, of the same workshops which produced the -Pratoda Dial,

was captured. Nothing could surpass the whole design and details

of these guns, and while they were ornamented with great taste, they

were at the same time good working guns, and had been vigorously

used during the day.

“ Lena Singh had very considerable mechanical capacity. He enjoy-

ed greatly hearing of all forms of mechanical invention. The long

range and explosion shells for guns were favorite subjects of experi-

ment and discussion with him, and he was altogether a notable man

among his race, and in his position as a Sikh Chieftain of large pos-

1860.] Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. 427

sessions, having strong intellectual tendencies in spite of the semi-bar-

barism amid which he lived.”

The following gentlemen, duly proposed at the last meeting, were

balloted for and elected Honorary Members :—

Dr. Weber. E. Thomas, Esq.

M. St. Julien. Dr. R. Wight.

Dr. A. Sprenger. Col. G. Everest.

The following gentlemen who were proposed at the last meeting

were also balloted for and elected ordinary members.

W. A. D. Anley, Esq., Assistant-Surgeon, East Indian Railway.

Captain C. D. Newmarch, Chief Engineer, Pegu.

E. O'Riley, Esq., Magistrate, Rangoon.

Captain Horace Browne, Assistant Commissioner, Pegu.

Baboo Degumber Mitter, Zemindar.

Reverend K. M. Banerjee for re-election.

R. T. H. Griffith, Esq., Benares.

The followins gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting :

F. Cooper, Esq., C. S., proposed by the President, and seconded by

the Secretary.

Moulavee Abdool Luteef Khan Bahadur, Deputy Magistrate and

Deputy Collector, 24-Pergunnabhs.

Babu Gooroo Churn Doss, Deputy Magistrate, Jessore, proposed

by Babu Rajendrolal Mittra and seconded by Mr. Cowell.

D. H. Macfarlane, Esq., Calcutta, proposed by H. Woodrow, Esq..

and seconded by C. G. Wray, Esq.

A note from Dr. F. Mouat announcing his intention to withdraw

from the Society was recorded.

The following report was read from the Council on a recommenda-

tion from the Philological Committee :—

Report.

The Council recommend to the Society the acceptance of Mr. FL

E. Hall's offer to edit the Dasa Rupaka (text and commentary) in

the Bib. Indica. This work is the oldest authority for the dramatic

system of the Hindus, and is also of great interest from the numer-

ous quotations which are found in 16. Mr. Hall has a very old MS.

which will serve as the basis of his text, The work will occupy about

y K

428 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4»

two fasciculi, and Mr. Hall will add a translation of the text and an

introduction.

The recommendation was adopted by the Meeting.

A communication was received from Babu Radha Nauth Sickdar,

being an abstract of Meteorological observations taken at the Survey-

or General's office for the month of April last.

Mr. H. F. Blanford read a paper on the subject of Dr. Bronn's

work on the laws of development of organised. beings.

Mr. Blanford stated that the work, a brief notice of which he .

proposed bringing before the Society, was written by Dr. Bronn in

1855, in answer to a series of prize questions proposed by the French

Academy of Sciences in 1853-4. Dr. Bronn's work was adjudged

as successful and crowned by the Academy in 1857 and the work i6-

self published shortly after. Its object was to ascertain the laws of

the development of organised beings in time, a question which the

recent publication of Mr. Darwin's work had rendered one of general

interest, and the work possessed this great merit as evidence in the

discussion provoked by Mr. Darwin, that having appeared long before

the publication of Mr. Darwin's views, 16 was unbiassed in its conclu-

sions by any controversial spirif.

The objects of Dr. Bronn's work differed in so far from those of

Mr. Darwin's, that the former sought simply to determine the formal

laws expressing the nature of the sequence of organisms in time and

the relation of that sequence to the parailel sequence of geologiec

changes, while the latter endeavoured to solve the higher problem of

which these formal laws are merely consequences, viz. the modus

operandi of the cause to which the succession of varying organisms

in past times 1s due. Dr. Bronn's objects bear the same relation to

Mr. Darwin's as those of Kepler and Copernicus, the discoverers of

the laws of the Heliocentric Planetary System did to Newton's, the

discoverer of gravitation.

Of the two parts into which Dr. Bronn's Essay was divided, viz.

the exposition of the laws of development; and the proving of these

laws by the comparison and analysis of tabular evidence, only the

first could be noticed in the brief space of a single lecture. Mr.

Blanford's object was simply. to bring to the notice of the Society,

the general results at which Dr. Bronn had arrived, and would refer

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 429

those who might wish to enter in detail into the question, and satisfy

themselves of the soundness or unsoundness of Dr. Bronn's views,

to the original work, which had been published in German, French

and English, the latter translation by the Ray Society of London.

The two fundamental laws laid down by Dr. Bronn as having re-

gulated the sequence of organisms from the earliest period to the

present time were :

1. That there had been the operation of an independent produ-

cing power or force (Kraft) progressive in intensity and in its sphere

of operation.

2. That the results of this power or force had been limited by,

and dependant upon, the nature and changes of the external condi-

tions of existence, such as climate, habitat, food, dic.

With respect to the first law, a clear idea of the meaning of

progression could only be gathered from a consideration of the whole

range of organized beings, and the evolution of general propositions

concerning form, organization, and habits of life. In this way, 16

was shewn that the criteria of higher types as compared with lower

Were :—

Higher. Lower.

Bilateral symmetry of form. Quadrilateral or circular sym-

metry of form.

Few homologous parts. Numerous homologous parts.

Organs various, specialized to Organs few, fitted to perform

discharge one or few functions, various functions, dispersed, and

concentrated, and enclosed. superficial.

Habits terrestrial, Habits aquatic.

Breathing air. Breathing water.

Food, (in the case of animals) Food, (in the case of animals)

vegetable. animal.

With respect to the second law, the conditions of existence might

be considered under two heads, viz. as:—¿norganic, which bore

reference to terrestrial phenomena, such as temperature, climatal

zones, the composition of the atmosphere, and the distribution of

land and sea; and organic, which included the supply of food, a con-

sideration which had been developed to an extent unanticipated by

3 K 2

430 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

Dr. Bronn in Mr. Darwin's well known chapter on the “ Struggle for

Existence.”

The hypothesis to which we had to apply these conditions was,

that of an originally fluid globe, cooling by radiation, until a solid

crust had formed, upon which the greater part of the water had

condensed in the form of seas, while the atmosphere contained a

larger proportion of aqueous vapour and carbonic acid than at

present.

The excess of carbonic acid was subsequently fixed in the form of

limestone, and eliminated, especially during the coal period, by the

luxuriant vegetation which abstracted the carbon stored up in the

coal formed of its remains. The carbonic acid since converted into

coal and limestone had been calculated by Brogniart and Bischof

to amount to 6 per cent. of the entire atmosphere, or one hundred

times its actual proportion ; and although it is probable that 1h never

reached this amount, and that much of ib was evolved from the

interior of the earth through volcanic vents, contemporaneously

with ibs absorption by the vegetation of the epoch, still, 15 had been

proved by the experiments of Daubeng and Regnault, that a propor-

tion of 5 per cent. of carbonic acid was by no means injurious to ferns,

and that provided sufficient oxygen were present, animals could live

without apparent inconvenience in an atmosphere containing half 16ts

volume of the former gas. The surface of the earth being then in

such a condition as to support animal and vegetable life, we” might

expect, according to Dr. Bronn, the following series of phenomena,

which, ranged in parallel columns exhibit the historic interdependence

of the organic and inorganic kingdoms.

1. The simultaneous appear- 1. When by condensation and

ance of plants and animals, to chemical absorption the atmos-

sustain a proper relation in the phere became fitted to support

components of the atmosphere, life.

2. An universal and continuous 2. As the temperature universal-

change in the fauna and flora of ly and continuously diminished.

the earth,

a. The primary fauna and flora a. The temperature of the

were universal and tropical, earth's surface was likewise uni-

form and tropical, until,

1860.]

b. becoming subsequently di-

versified according to climate.

3. New forms of life could not

have arisen from those preceding

them, but were provided for by

a new (Schópfung).

The. assumption of specific and

creation.

generic centres, is therefore un-

necessary and improbable.

4. As the older forms disap-

peared, in consequence of the

cooling of the earth and the

formation of continental areas,

they were continuously replaced

by new forms with but a slight

variation in the intensity of the

producing force.

5. The general character of the

first fauna and flora was entirely

different from that of the present

day, the passage being, however,

gradual throughout.

6. Organisms became more va-

ried and respectively adapted to

more diversified conditions of life.

7. The appearance

plants and animals was condi-

of most

tional on the previous fulfilment

of the conditions necessary for

their existence, as regard nourish-

ment, habitat, dc.

8. The absolute number of

species, genera, and families in-

creased with the differentiation of

Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society.

431

b. the internal heat being di-

minished by radiation, the climate

became differentiated in different

zones.

3. The new stations formed

were not always in connexion

with those previously populated.

4. The cooline of the earth's

surface and the extension of con-

tinental land areas proceeded gra-

dually and equably.

5. The physical condition of

the earth's surface was likewise

originally very different from that;

of the present day, and the pas-

sage gradual.

6. In consequence of the above

change, stations became more

numerous and varied.

7. The Earth, having become

peopled with such plants and

animals as depended solely on

each other and on the purely ter-

restrial conditions, was, by their

existence, rendered habitable for

succeeding races.

8. The differentiation of the

requisite external conditions pro-

ceeded continuously, but espe-

432

external conditions.

9. The tendency of all succes-

sive changes may be termed ter-

ripetal. The first population of

the globe was almost exclusively

pelagic. Land animals succeeded,

and increased most rapidly both

in numbers and in perfection of

organization.

10. The higher and more per-

fect plants and animals are, so are

the conditions requisite for their

existence more complicated and

numerous. The more perfect ani-

mals could not exist without

the less And thus

a necessary consequence of the

perfect.

progressive development of the

earth's surface, was a gradual

higher development of the or-

ganic world as a whole, as well as

of its subordinate divisions, and

while the organic world tended

more and more to the formation

of the existing higher types, the

latter tended to increase in a

more rapid ratio than the less

perfect. Meanwhile many of the

less perfect elther simply disap-

peared or were replaced by more

perfect compensating forms.

11. There are also some special

cases 1n which the progression of

the organic world towards a

higher degree of development,

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

[No. 4,

cially characterized the close of the

carboniferous epoch and the com-

mencement of tertiary times.

9. Simultaneous and parallel

with these changes was the di-

minution and sub-division of

watery areas and the formation

of continental, as distinguished

from insular divisions of the land

area.

10. The external conditions of

existence became more varied and

fitted for the existence of higher

organisms.

1860.] Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society. 433

either generally and systemati-

cally, or specially from embryonic

types, appears to have progressed,

independently ofany apparent ex-

ternal causes, and in accordance

with the operation of some inde-

pendant internal law, except in

so far as there is a necessary recl-

procal relation between the laws

of development of the organic

and inorganic world, which could

only be definitely expressed 1f

we knew the nature of the power

or force which gives rise to new

organisms.

In commenting on the above, Mr. Blanford remarked that

although the hypothesis of a coolins globe and an universal equable

temperature in early geologic times had been rejected by Sir Charles

Lyell and some other eminent authorities, there were many important

facts, such as the existence of a coal flora within the Arctic regions

in a great measure identical with 'that of the temperate zone, and the

wide distribution of generic and specitic types in Palceozoic times,

which gave much probability to the hypothesis upon which Dr.

Bronn's theoretical conclusions were based.

These views were stated necessarily at much disadvantage before

the Society, as time would not permit of even an abstract of Dr.

Bronn's proofs of the laws above enunciated, by a review of the

geologic record, which could be the only test of their truth or

falsity. With respect to the third of Dr. Bronn's secondary laws,

viz. that new stations were frequently isolated, and consequently that

their faunas and floras were necessarily of independent origin, it

appeared to Mr. Blanford that both the fact and inference were

pure assumption, and neither proved by the author in the subsequent

part, of his work, nor indeed very capable of historic proof. Many

of the now isolated stations, such as the islands of Polynesia,

had been shewn to be very probably mere remnants of former widely

extended stations; (in the case cited, by Dr. Hooker on botanic

434 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

erounds and by Mr. Darwin on geological grounds ;) and even were 16

granted, as 1h might be theoretically, that such isolated stations may

occasionally have been formed, until we can ascertain the period at

which they were first populated, and can assert that no possible

accidental transport of eggs, seeds, d:c. would account for that popu-

lation, the inference drawn by Dr. Bronn would be by no means

legitimate.

In some other points, it appeared that Dr. Bronn had laid too

much stress upon negative evidence as e. g. in the ninth of the

secondary laws, but as this had no important bearing on the principal

object of the paper, viz. a comparison of Dr. Bronn's laws with

Mr. Darwin's theory of natural selection, ib need not be further

alluded to.

Setting aside the assumption of independent faunas and floras, as

unproved in any case and at variance with the tendeney of our

present knowledge, the laws evolved by Dr. Bronn were stated to be

in close accordance with the requirements of Mr. Darwin's theory.

With respect to the formal portion of Dr. Bronn's first fundamental

law, (1. e. the fact of progression, apart from any hypothesis of a

force,) very little had been said by Mr. Darwin; his only reference

to it being to the following effect, viz.:—the higher forms have

their organs more distinctly specialized for different functions ;

and as such division of physiological labour seems to be an advantage

to each being, natural selection will tend in so far to make the later

and more modified forms higher than their early progenitors, or than

the slightly modified descendants of such progenitors.* This view

appeared to be identical with that taken by Dr. Bronn in the majority

of cases, as enunciated in Nos. 7, 8, 9 and 10 of his secondary laws.

In No. 11, indeed something more is indicated, viz. a progression of

type, independent, or apparently independent of external conditions,

and referred somewhat vaguely to an unknown force; but this was

scarcely necessary, and the phenomenon of progression according

to embryonic types, the progression from general to specialized

forms, which had been admitted by Agassiz, Owen, Carpenter and

others, as having obtained in past times, was perfectly and most

simply explained by Mr. Darwin's theory.

* Origin of species, p. 336.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 435

Dr. Bronn' second fundamental law, the correlation of the

development of organized beings, with that of the external conditions

of life, and the multiplication of varieties and species as these condi-

tions became more varied, formed one of the fundamental requirements

of Mr. Darwin's theory.

The chief point on which the two authors were at issue, was that

of the origin of new forms. On this subject, Dr. Bronn did not

enunciate any theory, and in the expression of his formal laws, referred

vaguely to an undefined force. He denied, however, the possibility

of their origin by descent, with variation, from pre-existing forms,

as well as their origin by spontaneous generation from inorganic

matter, and regarded that by immediate act of creation repeated for

every new species, as inconsistent with the tenor of our knowledge of

all natural operations. It was difficult therefore to understand how

and upon what, the hypothetical force could be supposed to act, nor

was this anywhere suggested in the essay. The objection by anti-

eipation to Mr. Darwin's views, rested as 16 appeared, solely on the

assumption of isolated stations before alluded to, and if this be

rejected as unsound, there appeared nothing in Dr. Bronn's laws at

all irreconcileable with Mr. Darwin's theory. For the rest Mr.

Darwin had suggested a vera causa and it remained for the naturalist

and geologist to say how far 16 was sufficient to account for the

facts.

Some discussion arose after the lecture was concluded.

Dr. Kay remarked, that the way in which the subject had been

treated, appeared to him calculated to produce serious confusion of

thought. There had been a perpetual vibrating between two entirely

distinct inquiries ; the search into forms and the search into causes.

A great deal of fullacious reasoning was owing to the neglect of this

distinction. Morphology was a deeply interesting study ; but it gave

absolutely no information about the causes of the differential charac-

teristics observed in analogous species of plants and animals at suc-

cessive epochs. In examining such species 16 was natural to use such

words, as advance, progression, és. ; but these terms simply mean that

the species of a later era are found to differ in certain ways from

those of an earlier era. The morphological progression proves no-

thing as to the existence of an oetislogical connexion between the

436 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

successive stages. It is simply a historical fact that there is an ad-

vance in the observed forms. But to state a fact is not to account

for 14, and Moliére's physician added nothing to science when he averred

that medicine cured because 16 possessed a vis medicatrix. All present

were aware that theories such as Dr. Bronn's or Dr. Darwin's had a

far wider and deeper interest than they would have simply as scienti-

fic speculations, because they touched on questions relating to man's

spiritual nature. That nature enabled man to look upward to the

eternal, and downward to the endless variety of cosmical phenomena.

Would any similarities of structure between man and other contem-

porary or palceozoiec species bridge over the chasm placed between

him and them by the possession of that spiritual nature ? If1t be

said that the power of ulterior development had existed from the date

of the primal monad,—this would only increase a billion-fold any

difficulties that may be supposed to lie in the received theories of

creation ;—for, whence came this monad ? It must have been creat-

ed. And what a marvellous creature ! to hold shut up within 16 the

numberless forms of all the species that have arisen in the world

through countless ages, along with all the laws of their successive

development, each one involving such marvellous adaptations to all

other portions of the Kosmos !

He would add an expression of his hearty concurrence with two re-

marks made by the lecturer :—viz. where he spoke of the rashness

with which his author theorized on the early geological periods ; and

where he stated his belief that Dr. Bronn's assumption of a mystgrl-

ous “Kraft” or power was neither legitimate nor very intelligible.

Mr. Blyth rose, as the friend of Mr. Darwin of more than a quar-

ter of a century standing, to advocate his theory. He expatiated

upon the vastness of geological periods, as amply sufficient for bring-

ing about the present order of things in the organic kingdoms, by the

operation of Mr. Darwin's principle of Natural Selection. The

immensity of the lapses of past time he illustrated by comparing

them with the profundities of space, and by the computed distances of

sundry astronomical objects. He also argued a far higher anti-

quity than is generally supposed for the existence of the human being

upon this planet, as testified by the discoveries of Dr. Lund in certain

low caverns in Brazil, more than twenty years ago, and abundantly by

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 437

recent discoveries in various regions : more especially he referred to cer-

tain tumuli in Scania, where flint arrow-heads or spear-heads werefound

together with the bones of extinckt mammalia, and associated also with

human remains, the skulls of which indicated them to belong to the

hyperborean type of mankind, being similar to those of modern Esqui-

maux ; an important fact, which tended, as he thought, to connect

the epoch of those remains with the glacial era of Agassiz, or at least

with the time when the Rein Deer and the Musk Ox roamed over what

is now Britain. But he maintained that however ancient may be the

remains of this hyperborean race in modern Scania, perhaps one of the

present American types of humanity m the New World, still,for various

reasons adduced, we must look to the tropical regions of the major

continent for the aboriginal habitat of the human being; countries of

which the paloeontology is almost utterly unknown. Mr. Blyth then

adverted to the incompleteness of the geological record as insisted

upon by Mr. Darwin; and touched upon some other points, which

the lateness of the hour prevented his dwelling upon.

Mr. Blanford briefly replied to remarks which fell from Dr. Kay,

that he had not professed to enter upon the subject of causation at

all ; but only upon the study of forms as indicating the direction

which causation had taken.

The interesting discussion was closed by the Chairman, stating that

the thanks of the meetins were due to Mr. Blanford for laying before

them the views of Dr. Bronn. He observed that a comparison had

been made by Mr. Blanford between the progress of this new or

newly-revived theory of the mutability of species and the establish-

ment of the theory of universal gravitation. But he would remark

that in the establishment of the theory of gravitation there had been

two grand stages, the second of which was far longer and more la-

borious than the first. The first was the conception of the law, the

second was its verification. In the second, as well as the first

Newton did a vast deal himself, but 16 had been the work of the last

200 years to complete the demonstration, so long as nearly 100 years

after Newton the celebrated Clairant had been staggered by an error

in the moon's motion, which at first he could not explain on Newton's

theory, and went so far as to suggest that the law varied partly as

the inverse square and partly as the inverse fourth power of the dis-

3 L2

138 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

tance. So lately as the time of Laplace similar difficulties had pre-

sented themselves, which his sagacity alone had removed. But now

such perfection had been attained that as the instruments of observa-

tion and the method of calculation are from time to time improved, the

smallest variations detected in the motions of the heavenly bodies

are explained, and the theory of gravitation, as applicable to the

minutest particles of matter, fully established. He added that in

this new theory of the mutability of species Mr. Darwin seems to

have taken the first step in striking out a bold generalization. But

the more laborious and lengthy process of testing his law has yet to

be gone through, and when completed as satisfactorily as that of gra=

vitation, he (the Chairman) for one would believe in ibas a law of

nabure.

With reference to remarks which fell frora Mr. Blyth regarding the

incompleteness of the geological evidence, he recommended to his

notice two papers in .HPrasers Magazine for June and July, by Mr.

William Hopkins of Cambridge, well known as a first rate mathema-

tician and geologist. He thought these papers were among the most

thoughtful and convincing replies to Mr. Darwin's whole theory that

he had read.

A vote of thanks was then passed to Mr. Blanford for his lecture.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly Report for October last.

LIBRARY.

The following books have been added to the Library since November last,

Presented.

Journal of the American Oriental Society, Vol. VI. No. 2.—BY THE

ORIENTAL SOCIETY.

Burges's Trans. of Surya Siddhanta.—BY THE AUTHOR.

Report on the Survey operations in the Lower Provinces, for 1858-59,

—ByY THE AUTHOR.

Oriental Christian Spectator for September and October 1860.—By THE

EDITOR.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, Vol. XXITL. Part 111.—ByY

THE SOCIETY.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 439

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, Pt. IL. of 1360.—ByY

THE SoCIETY.

Ditto, of Royal Society of London, Vol. X. No. 39,—BY THE SOCIETY.

De Sacy's Arabic Grammar, Vol. 1. Pt. UL.—BxY THE Auruor.

Willmet?s Lexicon Lingue Arabice Niebuhr's Voyage en Arabie, Vol. I-

Pt. 1.—By A. SconckE, Esa.

Ditto, descriptions del” Arabic Schultens Harriri, Vol. L. Pt. 1L.—Bxy THE

Williams F. F. Guide to Indian Photography.—Report on the Teneriffe.

astronomical experiment of 1856 addressed to the Lord Commissioner of the

Admiralty, London.—BY THE Lorbs ComMMISSIONERS.

Monthly notices of Royal Astronomical Society of London, Vol. X. Part

T11.—By THE SocIETY.

The Life of Rajah Radhakanta Deva Bahadur.—ByY Taz EnrITokRs.

Sabda Kalpadruma in series, No. l.—BY THE ÉDITORSs.

Report on the result of the Administration of the Salt Dept, 1358-59,

Bengal Govt.—BY THE BENGAL Govr.

Oriental Baptist for November 1860.—BvY THE EDITOR.

Calcutta Christian Observer for Nov. 1860.—Bvy THu EDITORSs.

Trans. of the Bombay Geographical Society, Vol. XV.—By THE SocIETY.

Bengali Translation of Mahabharata, Pt. 1.—br THE Error.

Selections from the Records of Government of India For. Dept. No. 28,

By THE GOVERNMENT.

Memoirs of Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. XXVII. —By THE SocIETY-

Exchanged.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlendischen Gesellschaft, Pt. VITEL.

Athenzeum, for August, 1860.

London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine, No. 132, for September,

1860.

Purchased.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 112 to 115.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 6 to 9 Tome 51.

Revue des Deux Mondes, Torae XXX. for 15th August and 1st Septem-

ber, 1860.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome XII. No. 56, 1860.

Journal des Savants for July and August, 1860.

Revue de Zoologie, Nos. 7 and 8, 1860.

" The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. VI. No. 33.

Flugels die classen der Hancfitischen Rechtsgelehrten.

Foncause Buddhar.

440 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

Capt. Raverty”s Gulshan-rah—Afyghan Poetry and Prose.

Ditto. Dictionary of the Pushto or Afghan language.

Ditto. Grammar, Ditto. Ditto.

For December, 1860,

At a meeting of the Society held on the 5th Instant—

A Grote, Esq., President, in the chair.

Presentations were received —

lst. From Major Hollings, a baked clay fac-simile of Sanscrit in-

scription on a stone pillar in the Behar Fort.

2nd. From the Bombay Greographical Society, the 25th Vol. of

their Transactions.

3rd. From Mr. W. S. Seton-Karr, Secretary to the Government

of Bengal, forwarding, on behalf of the India House, certain copies

of the Memoirs and Reports of the Royal Astronomical Society.

4th. From the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, a

copy of the proceedings of the Academy for 1860.

The Secretary announced the publication of the Shell catalogue, a

copy of which was laid on the table, price fixed at 3 Rs. a copy.

The following gentlemen who were proposed at the last meeting

were balloted for and elected ordinary members.

Fr. Cooper, Esq. C-15:

Moulavie Abdool Luteef Khan Bahadur, Deputy Magistrate and

Deputy Collector, 24-Pergunnabs.

Baboo Gooroo Churn Doss, Deputy Magistrate, Jessore.

D. H. Macfarlane, Esq., Calcutta.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting.

J. C. Erskine, Esq. proposed by Sir Bartle Frere and seconded by

Captain W. N. Lees.

Lewis Jackson, Esq. C. S. proposed by Mr. Atkinson and seconded

by Mr. Cowell.

William Thompson Dodsworth, Esq,, Surveyor, Ganges Canal, Deh-

ra Dhoon, proposed by Colonel Waugh and seconded by Major

Thuillier,

1860.] Proceedings 0f the Asiatic Society. 441

Notes from the following gentlemen intimating their wish to with-

draw from the Society were recorded.

Messrs. A. K. Dyer, H. V. Bayley and F. A. Goodenough.

Communications were recelved—

1. From Major H. L. Thuillier, forwarding copy of a letter as

follows from Colonel Waugh, Surveyor General of India, containing

further information relative to the fate of the late lamented Mons. A.

Schlagintwelt.

Surveyor General's Field Office,

Dehra, 13th November, 1860.

From LieurT.-Con. A. S. Wauaen,

Surveyor General of Indra.

To Mayor H. L. THUILLIER,

Deputy Surveyor General of India,

Calcutta.

Srr,—Adverting to correspondence marginally cited,* I have the

* No. 940, dated 19th July, honor to transmit herewith a letter in

1859, from Secy. to the Grovt. original No. 380 .901 of 3rd instant,

of India, Mily. Dept. to my ad- ; , k

MEA ear DEA y with enclosures, just received from Cap-

My reply to the above No.

42 .409 of 29th July, 1859. É h

Also my letter in continuation 1st assistant G. TT. Survey, in charge

No. 62.576 of 28th Sept. 1859.

tain T. G. Montgomerie, Engineers,

of the Kashmir series, conveying infor-

mation which he has recently obtained relative to the fate of the

lamented Mr. Adolphe Schlagintwett.

I beg you will be good enough to forward these papers for submis-

sion to Government, and also take such steps as may be necessary to

make their contents known to the Asiatic Society, which has already

recorded such particulars as have been hitherto gathered on the subject.

OFFICE OF THE KASHMIR SERIES,

Camp Kartarpore, 3rd November, 1860,

To THE SURVEYOR GENERAL OF INDIA.

Sir, —With reference to my letter No. 500 of 23rd August, 1859,

1 have the honor to enclose a Persian

* Tn original. E -

A document* concerning the fate of Mr.

A. Schlagintweít.

This document is apparently written by one Mahomed Ameen of

Yarkand, who was in Mr. S.'s service at the time of his murder. He

449 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

mentions having sent two letters round to the West by Peshawar

and says that he has received no answer. Col. Edwardes received one

of the letters and 16 is printed in the collection of Official Reports

circulated by the Messrs. Schlagintweit. Vide No. 10'in the list.

A small leather bag accompanied the letter; the bag contained

four very thin old copper coins and an instrument for cutting leather,

with an awl, the two latter 1 understand to be of the kind used by

Bhistees.

The letter does not throw any new light on Mr. Schlagintweit's

fate and does not entirely agree with the letter sent to Col. Edwardes

but, being of a later date, 16 may be interesting. The writer says he

has not managed to secure either the boxes or the property of the

unfortunate Mr. $.

I enclose the statement made before Mr. Civil Assistant W. H

Johnson by Kunj Khan of Yarkand, the bearer of Mahomed Ameen's?*

letter, who says he was taken into Mr. $S./s service the day before he

was imprisoned and declares he was present when Mr. S. was murder-

ed. This man states that Mr. Schlagintweit's property is in the

possession of Shaidarwag of Badakshan and that 1t includes a large

folio of drawings and other papers. Kunj Khan thinks that the pro-

perty might be recovered.

I did not myself see Kun; Khan and have not the means of form-

ing an opinion as to his veracity or as to the feasibility of the plan he

proposes. The man was given a present and told that a suitable re-

ward would be given for any drawings, papers, or other property re-

covered. The folio is no doubt the most valuable. Just before leav-

ing the Hills, I heard that Lieutenant-Colonel Irby of H. M.s 51st

foot had met another man from Yarkand with Mr. Schlagintweit's

skull. As to the truth of this I have not as yet heard. The hopes

of reward are no doubt, likely to produce a good number of impostors.

During the hot weather 1 heard that Mr. S.'s bones had been carried

into Kuta.

T propose forwarding the bas with copper coins, dc., to the care of

Major H. L. Thuillier. 1 will of course avail myself of every op-

* portunity that there may be to get further information on the subject.

Should any be forthcoming 1 shall again address you.

(Sd.) T. G. MoxTGOMERITE, Oapt. Engrs.

First Asst. E. T. Survey 0f Indra.

1860. ] Proceedings of the Asratic Society. 443

STATEMENT OF KHUNJ KHAN OF YARKAND.

Mr. Schlagintweit left Leh with seven servants, viz., Mahomed

Ameen, Yarkandi, Abdul, Kashmiri Kitmadgar, Moorad Jood, Cau-

buli, (who remained at Yarkand and is still there) Hoshir and Ali

from Skeardo, and Tashi and Bhots of Shashot village. Mr. $. first

visited Yarkand and afterwards Kashkar; on his arrival at the latter

place he found the Kokanies at war with the Kashkar people. The

Kokan troops were commanded by Wali khan. Mr. S. sent Mahomed

Ameen to Wali khan to obtain permission to go to Kokan; Wali khan

replied that if Mr. S. would take Kashkar and the Chinese fort first

he would allow Mr. 5. to go to Kokan. Mr. $. told him he could not

take Kashkar without troops and guns, this made Wali khan vexed,

upon which Mr. $. and all his servants were imprisoned by Wali khan,

who took all Mr. S.'s property. The day after their imprisonment

Mr. $S. the two Baltis and two Bhots were murdered by Wali khan.

The other two servants, Mahomed Ameen and Abdul were to have

suffered the same fate, only the approach of a Chinese Army made the

Kokanies retreat. Mahomed Ameen and Abdul went afterwards to

Kokan and complained to the Rajah Kodayar, who was very angry

with Wali khan and intended to have sent him a prisoner to Lahore

to meet his punishment, but at this time Mali khan assisted by Wali

khan raised an insurrection and expelled the former ruler Kodayar.

When Kodayar intended seizing Wali khan the latter gave charge

of all Mr. S.'s property to Shaidarwag of Badakshan ; after Kodayar

went away to Bokhara, Wali khan went to recover the property but

did not ; subsequently Mali khan, the new ruler of Kokan, went with

an army of 20,000 troops but was defeated by Shaidarwag, with

whom Mr. $S.'s property is to this day. The property has not been

removed from the place where 16 was first put, and may be obtained

by sending a sharp man to Shaidarwag with presents, €Íc. A man in

Leh, by name Tulsiram, is willing to try and get the property if he

is assisted.

The two servants Mahomed Ameen and Abdul were well treated

by Kodayar, but not so by Mali khan, upon which Abbul left for Pesha-

war 14 months ago, viá the Samarkand route. Mahomed Ameen

remained in Kashkar.

With Mr. S.'s property there are a great number of drawings and

other papers in a large folio which Khunj Khan saw Mr. $. open.

3 M

444 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

Mahomed Ameen, is an old man, being hardly able to work ; he

says if he got some money he could purchase a horse and come down

to Lahore 1f wanted.

Note by Mr. Johnson.—The above was taken down as given by

Kunj Khan, who was present when Mr. $. was murdered, and 16 is in

some measure confirmed by a letter which has been sent by Tulsiram's

brother from Yarkand.

I hear that the Moonshi who was sent from Simla or Kooloo never

went beyond Leh and therefore got no correct information.

(Signed) W. H. Jonxsowy,

Civil Assistant E. T. Survey.

Camp Leh in Ladak, 11th September, 1860.

SE os als uso io! dese yJejla stes Elo e

Aral) By jo ps ÍA y y 9 rl llo ds

ol aho as omo] sl) ya Aid pde 8: ¿y ) oso > rol 300

pri En Jas po A 5 ig y une asks as l si cla

CIA IOO UI dto) AS yw sta A us pe) Wa SU gis

Law) p=" ES > a u—iho , US 8077 pis 812 ad yy

Jj) ar Ss poli 9 un ly das ay aj ji Jo y $

8/0 Y0yo) LaS yo MS Sa) as ), Syrah yualo 4 ut

$071 0b CIAT g0j bs yá ¿> lia Sl ES endo y as)

añ) b Ja ay pls 8% yal nj) a a! AU Us) $us y

ISS de a Os De al EN

A a: FA a ct

Lyn Edy 3 AY a nj Lx 39 y Es Ja AS

yate yl 4s polos ps ie eel) e A! solia, $ añálo

> pde wise: les 0 ES IS/S jp ta ly seo oso

Ag ys pi dilo a fito alo Jyal il,

AA yy ye ES L, plo Jalo ye y AS) Di z JS pls

UA esos usyS UIT , SO) y Iii alias]

ayi e yis ajos y a lo y) es ceda a yá

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 445

yo Ed nal eljale ¿al Só dh) ro y

E de) a AAA REA e ao); l day 455) añág$ Jlya) ES ¡a as

wa) Ao Ei có dy e ye e a a Aa! y gia; yo

asds) ers aos Lo as his ee e e 19 mid L a

RA AS Law les sil 0d pde e 3) Í. : dy

slo oa md pola) As Lu), y ), sy UDCA uv re

dy JyAto Goal yla) ya as pS Juse la y!) 3 (97 AA y

ys Law y DS sl, 89 ba O WS —»! !, 5)

RA PA qe do Es y le as blusa) na) j NS psp

sd.) y JAI j De $9) Da y ) => y Lo WINE

pon ye us, yy > ), gio CELO cd AÍ5/S ES my, yo

as ps poo 0) ba Daihro my, úl Aso) ) == Ja) as Eow 2 Bl

Lx acu) U das ela) yla dy ts salas ts ) ad

am AS OS 8 ay LY Sa as dam SD 9) yo

Ja E p0s 81% wr) 20 Us, 94 La M2 Bas ¿el DITA de y

alyo q) gdlas ra ya E ci y] AS porl a38

¿US das); ge ias] 4) Rea cea 215105) 8) lso

Loslo slo IS han wo LO »)> ao era 2) ye O,

jsi ol as cal AS Is o > tl,

de Ja), ] > as sá ji EA Pl Abad] y Ma NO asia MAS

2975 pa dy? as Az), br ginla 13), Ge! la a Ea sas Lo

j A Sa ar y] dry U TOS os Ud GU VI 19 p97

- E ay As Jáladvo La) y £ ds as y iS E pelo ape a

dave] e a A] al6 yugo 3) ya gis Ei» y U as E,

yu p)e Iii Ue Lo 3 Sd ,b e asi) pd ' A 5)

3 M2

4:46 Proceedings of the Astatic Society. [No. 4,

galo ya yhalo lo y 9. y sm panas des (51h oyo sd ls

palio y y y L gy 5 JN yy Ds Ba roda IN pos Sra

Ja) ; :] po y al ra j Añlssro pos Drá de 9 as usó JÑ

as) Za AS il) Ax Al as sal: Ja? JN Pr pde US

Ur > as p> ly) as dan mo »j as Epa 55

pas ME Vs dy ye a AS j E IN ay E € a22 Udo Day as

ya AÑ has yo yaya UL AS ¡do Sir Hr By 9) 2

dy o mal o y a brad y e E

dro! e yy sy 4) oy) Hi pra pS o das Aso

pa 0 E pS: o di as Hwy A A), ] Ed ”) uN ¡9 y

yá SS y U Ed das AS 5 de Y La a yo Axis Dis JAS ua),

des Los Y ud, his e e » sn 1% pei

2 ¿E dd Ud bl gue 2 (O d ¿sd Eno ¿2 pa me

See Dn 1 A) AO LN dl , Y» W)) dy) us” > AS ds)

E pde SpA LO) 2/0 JU 3 did E And $7 Ce CIA yd]

ESA SES a dj) o ay ru ly

uy ud) y) uy pos 89% dy un) >) Nas) gu Ed bs

¿dde Lz gál aj ys il o 1 A la y $5 ly

* al, 1907

2. From Dr. Carter, the concluding portion of his report on Greo-

logical specimens from the Persian Gulf collected by Captain C. G.

Constable, the former portion of which was published in the first No.

of the last year's vol. of the journal.

The Secretary read the above papers to the Meeting.

The thanks of the Meeting were voted to Dr. Carter for his interest-

ing contribution.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report for Novemberlast.

1860.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Soctety. 447

Report 0f Curator, Zoological Department, for April and May

Meetings.

The following presentations have now to be recorded.

1. From J. H. Gurney, Esq. M. P., Catton Hall, Norwich. A

series of beautifully prepared skeletons already mounted, viz. :—

Mammalia.

European Fox (VULPES VULGARIS).

Polecat or Foumart (MUSTELA PUTORIUS).

Badger (MELES TAXUS).

Seal (PHOCA VITULINA).

Hedgehog (ERINACEUS VULGARIS).

Water Vole (ARVICOLA AMPHIBIA).

Áves.

Great Black-backed Gull (LarUS MARINUS).

Goosander (MERGUS MERGANSER).

Black-throated Loon (CoLYMBUS ARCTICUS).

Puffin (FRATERCULA ARCTICA).

The whole of the above being new to the museum as perfect skele-

tons, though 16 possesses an incomplete skeleton of the Seal.

Also British examples uf three species of birds (skins), for com-

parison with their Indian representatives ; v2z. the Quail, the common

Snipe, and the European Little Grebe or Dabchick.

The large or common Indian Quail is considered as a particular

race by Mr. Gould; while the late Mr. Yarrell, on comparing speci-

mens of Quails from Europe, India, and S. Africa, expressed his

opinion that they were identical. In the examples now compared,

the only difference that I can perceive consists in the fact, that our

Indian Quails were killed during the cold season, with more newly

moulted plumage; while the British examples were as obviously

killed during the summer, when their feathers had been longer worn.

The same remark applies to the Snipe.

With regard to the Little Grebes of the two regions, there seems

to be more of white at the bases of the remiges in the Indian race

(P. PHILIPPENSIS, Scopoli); but ib may be doubted if this be con-

stant, and a Chinese example is intermediate.

448 Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. [No. 4,

2. -M. Zill, travelling natburalist. A fragment of the egg-shell of

the huge extinct Dodo-like bird of Madagascar, EPTORNIS MAXIMUS,

Is. Geoff.,—an egg beside which that of the Ostrich is comparatively

diminutive, and which is stated to hold about two gallons.*

3. Donor unknown. Skin of Lacomys RoYrLelr, from Tibet.

4. Major G. G. Pearse, commanding 3rd Sikh Irregular Cavalry,

Sigouli. Skin of Hx4BMATORNIS CHEELA, in semi-adult plumage.

5. Rája Rádakhánta Deb, Bahádur. A large specimen of TrY-

GON MARGINATUS, Blyth; referred to in a note to p. 38 antea.

6. Capt. Jethro Fearweather, late commanding the ship *For-

farshire.? * Skull of DELPHINUS EURYNOME, Gray, from the Bay of

Bengal. A very beautiful and perfect specimen.

7. Mrs. Edwards. A fish in spirit, from Port Blair, Andamáns.

I6 is a SERRANUS, one of several species which are uniformly dotted

over with small white spots; but 16 has not hitherto been identified

satisfactorily. (D. 9/17—A. 3/8.)

8. Capt. E. Fowle, of Rangoon, through Capt. Niblett, com-

manding the “Sydney” S. V. A small specimen of the curious crus-

tacean, THALASSINA SCORPIONOIDES, Leach. Capt. Fowle writes

—“ The Burmese call it Padzoon ken (or “Scorpion Prawn”). It

does not live on the surface of the ground, but burrows to a depth of

three or four feet. 'This specimen was found at that depth.” Itis

occasionally though rarely brought to the Calcutta fish-bazars.

9. Bábu Gour Doss Bysack, Deputy Magistrate of Balasore.

Skins of CHILOSCYLLIUM PLAGIOSUM and P'RYGON IMBRICATUS.

10. Capt. Eales, of the “Fire Queen” S. V. A Dog-fish, 6 ft.

long, from the Aguáda Reef, stated to be only found in shoal-water,

and known to sailors as the *Sun-fish.” 16'1s evidently the NEBRUS

CONCOLOR, Rúppell (Ginglymostoma concolor, Miller and Henle);

but is stated by Capt. Eales to have been toothless! The skull has

been completely removed from the specimen.

11. Mr. Blyth. A stuffed specimen of the rare RUPICOLA

SANGUINOLENTA, Gould, P. Z. S., 1859, p. 99. Inhabits Bogota.

* Here it may be remarked that the two types of Ostrich-eggs, from N. and $,

Africa respectively, noticed by myselfin J. 4. S. XXVIII, 241, 282, and XXIX.,

113, have likewise been remarked by the Rev. H. B. Tristram in No. V of Mr.

Sclater's new Ornithological Journal The £bis, p. 74.

1860.] Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. 449

I observe that the Chinese Pangolin is referred to MANIS JAVANICA

by Mr. Arthur Adams, in the P. Z. $. for 1839, p. 133; and upon

re-examination of the flat skin sent by Mr. Swinhoe, I find that

Mr. Adams is right, and that 1 was incorrect in following the late

Dr. Cantor (Ann. Mag. N. H. 1X, 274), in assigning 16 to the

Indian M. PENTADACTYLA in p. 93 antea.

With reference to my remark in J. 4. S. XXIX, 493 (note), that

Í was unaware of the existence of any *Susú (PLATANISTA) in the

Burmese rivers, Lt.-Col. Blake, commanding at Schwe Gyen, writes

word—“ As regards the Porpoise, I have not been able to procure

you one; but that they do exist in these rivers is certain. 1 have

seen them tumbling over each other in the Irawádi, the Pegu river,

and the Sitang, as high up as Sitang.” The genus, however,

remains to be ascertained, and the habit referred to of “tumblings

over each other,” is what I have never seen done by the Susú. Per-

haps the following species is intended :—-

A small cetal new to the Gangetic streams was brought to me on

the 18th July, 1850.* Tt proved to be an adult male of—

NEOMERIS PHOCAENOIDES, Gray, founded on the Delphimus phoce-

nozdes, Dussumier, MS., Cuvier, Le. A. L, 291, and D. et Delphinap-

terus melas, Temminck, of the Fauna Japonica (should these prove

to be identical, as suggested with much probability by Dr. J. E.

Gray, Br. Mus. Catal., Cetacea, p. 80). It appears that a skull in

the Paris Museum, marked D. phocenoides, was brought from Mala-

bar by Dussumier in 1837 ; “ teeth 22 ;” while the Japanese skull of

D. melas in the Leyden Museum has “ teeth 1£,” according to Dr.

Gray. In the Calcutta individual the teeth are 12715; the foremost

pair in the lower jaw being situate underneath the next, and trans-

versely, meeting at the tips. The fresh animal had so much the ap-

pearance of a young GLOBICEPHALUS (except in having no dorsal

fin), that seeing it under rather adverse circumstances, in a violent

downpour of rain, I mistook it for such as 1 had obtained in the

corresponding month of the preceding year; so, not requiring an-

other young GLOBICEPHALUS for the Society”s museum, and being

* On reference to the date of this Report, it will be perceived that the above

notice of the NEOMER1S is here interpolated, and rightly so, as I had the chance

of noticing it on the present suitable occasion.

450 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

short of hands just then in the taxidermist's department, with two

large animals in course of preparation, I made the specimen over to

Dr. Crozier of the Calcutta Medical College. Under that gentle-

man's superintendence the entire skeleton has been prepared, which

he has kindly made over to the museum of this Society ; but, unfor-

tunately, no external part of the animal has been preserved, though

Dr. Crozier has made notes of 1bs outward appearance and anatomy,

from which he has kindly permitted me to extract the following. It

indeed occurred to me that the specimen was of a more leaden black

than 1 had observed in GLOBICEPHALUS INDICUS, with the throat

and pectoral region conspicuously albescent.

Dr. Crozier notices if as “a Porpoise 5 ft. long, of a bluish-black

or lead-colour over the whole body, a little lighter on the under surface,

and a white tinge under the throat and around margin of lips; a

round head, protruding more convex on tip of upper jaw; blow-hole

on upper-part of head, between two rather small eyes; opening [of

the mouth] transverse and concave anteriorly, on posterior margin a

row of small teeth of equal size in each jaw ; a pair of long pectoral

fins or flippers; body rather flattened laterally, and along the back

a slight groove or depression of skin, which rises to a ridge poste-

riorly, on which is scattered a double series of squamce or ossicles

recalling to mind those of a Shark. Tail-flukes 17 in. in diameter.”

On dissection, the animal proved to be a fully adult male, with a

general resemblance in structure to PHocaÑa VULGARIS, and others

of the great DELPHINUS series. *

* Dr. Crozier also dissected the young GLOBICEPHALUS INDICUS obtained by

me last year from some fisliermen, who caught ib in one of the streams connected

with the salt-water lake E. of Calcutta; its skeleton being now in our museum,

He remarks of it—“ A SLOBICEPHALUS 4% ft. long; with blow-hole single, on

upper-part of head, transverse and concave anteriorly ; no external ear or meatus

auditorius ; eyes very small, just behind and above the angle of the mouth;

opening of eyelids oblong from before backwards ; opening of mouth large, with

a thick fleshy soft tongue ; 7 or 8 teeth in each jaw, very small, just appearing

above the gums, indicating that the animal had been born only a very short

time. The whole of the body is of a dark bluish colour, and the skin covered

over with very thin cuticle; there is a slight constriction between the head and

the body; flippers a good deal elongated ; a small dorsal fin about the hinder

two-tlirds of the length of the body ; tail-fiukes large and notched in the cen-

tre; in middle of body a longitudinal umbilical depression.”

Judging from my own recollection, and also from the stuffed specimen, 9 ft.

long, in the Society?s museum, I should not state the eyes to be “ very small,”

but of the usual size in the Delphinide. In the Susú (PLATANISTA) they are

exceedingly minute. In the GLOBICEPHALUS of 9 ft., the milk-teeth are consi-

1860.] Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. 451

The following highly interesting communication, regarding the

Great Rorqual of the Indian Seas, has been kindly communicated by

the Hon. Sir H. Bartle Frere.

“The Indian Rorqual is very common still in the seas off the coast

of Arabia and Mekran, Scind, Cutch, Kattywar; and the Rorqual

fishery is still one of the many strings which a Yankee captain trading

on those coasts 1s apt to have to his bow. During the calm weather

from September to February these * Whales” are very constantly seen

by any vessel between Bhoy and Kurrachee ; the captains of coasting

steamers told me they saw them almost every voyage at that time

of the year. I have myself seen them twice in the few trips I have

made from Bombay to Scind, once very close,—and remarked the

large dorsal fin. They are also not unfrequently seen from Manora

(the entrance to Kurrachee Port) in a very calm afternoon in the

autumn, their black bodies, and jets of breath being visible with a

glass in the offing when there is a bright light on the water from the

afternoon sun. I have notes of three * Whales” having come ashore,

two early in our tenure of Scind, and one while 1 was there. We

found him out by the stench from his carcase, and on going to the

spot (a few miles from Kurrachee) found him stranded and half

devoured by the Hywenas, Jackals, and Sharks, many of which

were tugging at portions of the carcase which floated. We collected

most of the bones, and sent them to the Kurrachee museum, whence

I will get a photograph of them, and 1f possible a few of the bones,

which are frequently found on that coast. John Macleod, whom you

may perhaps know by name as an amateur naturalist, calculated the

length of the * Whale” we found as about 65 or 70 ft. ; but it was in

fragments, and nothing to lead to identification but the bones.”—

derably eroded, and a few of them had been shed, but without the tips of any

of the permanent teeth appearing. The number of milk-teeth shewing above

6-6.

the gum would seem to lave been 3373, nthe skeleton of the newly born

young, there had been a series of at least 12 on each side above, and more below ;

but I can only give the former number as ¿n silubus veris, Teeth of adultg—g"

In the newly born young, the atlas and axis vertebre are already partially join-

ed, the other cervical vertebre being still separate: in the adult the series are

anchylosed into one mass, the whole of these being united into a single obtuse

peak aboyo.

452 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

Doubtless the identical specimen mentioned as having been “ stranded

near Kurrachee” in Y. 4. S. XXIX, note to p. 482.

At the time that my memoir on the Great Rorqual of the Indian

Ocean was published (Vol. XXVIII, 481 ef seg.), 1 had not seen

Dr. J. E. Gray's British Museum Catalogue of Cetacea published in

1850. In that work Dr. Gray arranges the Balenide into four

genera, thus—

“ A, Dorsal fin none. Belly smooth. .Baleen elongate, slender.

l. BALANA.

B. Dorsal fin distinct. Belly plaited. -Baleen broad, short.

2. MrERGAPTERA. Pectoral fins elongate. Dorsal fin low.

3. BALANOPTERA. Pectoral fins moderate. Dorsal fin falcate,

2 from nose. Vertebre 46 or 48.

4. Puysanus. Pectoral fins moderate. Dorsal fin falcate, 2

length from nose. Vertebre 54 or 64.”

Now, if my cited authority regarding the great Rorqual of the

Indian Seas be fully trustworthy, the dorsal fin of this animal “is

about one-third or a little more from the head and is well developed ;”

which TI take to mean from the setting on of the head, rather than

from the extremity of the muzzle ; though even this would place 14

nearly about the middle of the animal, or considerably too forward

for either of the two genera with “falcate fin” recognised by Dr.

Gray. Referring to an experienced whaler, who is familiar with the

animal, he also states that “the fin is near the middle of the back,

if anything rather backward.” Further observation is required; as

also respecting the number of vertebra composing the entire series, the

amount of anchylosis of the cervical vertebre (or of junction or union

of those that form the neck), the position of the sexual organs with

reference to the dorsal fin, and likewise the dimensions of a specimen

correctly taken, with those of its dorsal fin, flippers, and tail-fukes,

the position of the eye, dc. d:c., and above all a carefully executed

figure is exceedingly desirable.

It appears that Sperm Whales (PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS P) are

by no means uncommon off the coast of Ceylon, where, on the

eastern side, my informant has seen a *schule” of 30 or 40 within

sight of land. They are also seen about Cochin, and thence across

to Zanzibar, and especially about the Seychelles which is a noted

A A A

1860. ] Proceedings of the Ásiatic Society. 453

resort of the species. As a general rule, however, the Sperm Whale

keeps to the open ocean, and is rarely observed in what seamen term

-_fnarrow seas,” as the Bay of Bengal or Sea of Arabia even. My

informant, who has been long engaged in the so-called * fishery” for

Sperm Whales, may be trusted as a safe authority for the species

or genus.

Lastly, with reference to the remark of Nearchus (XXVIII, 481,)

that the bones of Whales were, in his time, made use of for building

purposes on the coast of Mekran, I may notice that they have also

been thus used on the shores of the Polar Sea, at the N. E. extremity

of Siberia. Thus Von Wrangell remarks that—*“ At many places

along this coast we saw the bones of Whales stuck upright in the

ground ; our interpreter, and subsequently the Tschuktschi whom we

meb, said that they were the remains of the former dwellings of a

stationary tribe. They appeared to have been of a better and more

solid kind than are now used, and to have been partly sunk in the

ground.” And again—“* There are traditions which relate that two

centuries ago the Onkilon occupied the whole of the coast from Cape

Schelagskoi to Behring's Straits; and 14 1s true that there are every-

where along this tract the remains of huts constructed of earth and

whale bones, and quite different from the present dwellings of the

Tschuktschi.” Von Wrangell's Varratiwe of an Expedition to the

Polar Sea (Sabine's translation, 1840, pp. 360, 8372.) E, BLYrH.*

* Referring to the recent use of flint implements, in p. 384 antea, 1 have

since read the following passage concerning the American red man, quoted in the

London Atheneum for Sept. 15th, 1860, No. 1716, p. 346. “They dig their

ground with a flint, called in their language tom-a-pea-kan, and so put five or six

grains into a hole the latter end of April or beginning of May,” dc. £c. Quoted

from a reprint of a Two years' Journal in New York, and part of its Territories

in America, by Charles Wooley, or Wolley, A. M, (about A. D. 1678). Of course

a research into the narratives of the old navigators will disinter many instances

of the kind, by those who have the leisure for it, among nations unacquainted

with the use of metals.

Two stupid errata have crept into my memoir on Indian Cetacea. One (p. 486

antea) is in the extract from the Friend of India newspaper. For “ diameter”

read circumference ! The other relates to the longitude of the Sulu or Mindoro

Sea (p. 484), which rectify as being from 118“ to 1220 meridians E. of Green-

wich.

INSI LO LIO SODIO INSI LIO LI ONIS IO IO ISI

- Sd NO ai e o E inge de año» Fi

pe orbe iria DA

ost. ovidiceanta tada avidor bd: Ec >

1 miden Dist ae toy eli É

sala «era: E ragerir

ee Pto ISA toi! vedd se pe

da y nds 4 a sd de Ip co

single iebdess, e Verena Alli! Inatuioe qu dede !

iran: immel: e ds: ¡Dog Meli: 18

und, adan: Hide is era id

a 19cui), lo tl Ra sorda Lol jitroo lc AI poo:

O meo

Pue pri UE pedian CeToON elsrd Yo E O Ad ? Á

4. de cinto socias eN Ñ VA bsrroit dir di ago

Pe TUNA pp Id a AABT AS ys di

NE: AS E NN ¿Droit? Pit 10 A Pr Pag des A

AN pd 53 ases aaa A AS ant nea ER

12. 931 dr 4 HS Er $ Jm 7 Po. ¿UA 440 a ML Ep

DE A ba gi Prilol USO 11 COS E

brida e e Mirtint 0 Ae 18) esplt As af 16d yA hu APN Picado Jsp de

4 ke e Y y vu Mart e Y: 158 bs Aa AP ha yea vaW Po Lis Paris MS

' AN Ne E) é ES Ñ Ed 1 $ A e y , ui! Te NN) y , POE ; AY E ¿NS

E IA IEA 2 IIA MES 1d Ns %e evi; barda pd e A bla ay ¿da e

OIEA AAOÍDA YA A E OLD 50 mad alar cb

5 Ay Ni AN

. LA ' A

ana m0) ¿UN ly? ya 04) pos sn od TORA NS a il A nas! mipoea

“HA "A MA 4d FO 13 dibo Cia 0 YA pi y 0 yn e ma Mc

: AA At cgi a vid multa ad DAR As

* 4

cd 1 UN eps a o Ja ui IAE and: nde. 41393, did

/ q ;

- l )

/ | l

y y a le

Landis

id A

III y

5 3, ss > a

GREAT -WATER SPOUT seen at DUMDUM (BENGAL) 77" OCT: 1859.

UN STONE BY MAJOR W.S. SHERWILL AND LITH By H.M. SMITH, SURV'GENLS OFFIGE, CALOUITA, 1860.

$ / tl

0981 Y1ILNIAYO 3D1440 ¿IN39AGOS HR LINS NH Ag HL ES "SM BOPVIN AY ANOLS NO

0981 PUR 681 s- aA 9uy asma “y9ON34 Ur uses SINMOIS HALWM XIS ¿0 SURDAaAS

“0801 s380L00' YVILNAITWI £301330 Ss N39 ¿ANS RANAS TW H AB HL ONY CTIIMBZHAS "SM YOCVIN AB 3NOLS NO

2091 993% D0D001 JP Uopena—a ue 1e“SNIVLNNOIN HVAWIVINIR Sip Ur ses S1NOJS SILVM ALN3ML JO anod9 Y

OS VLLOYIVI 301440 SINIDAMNS HLIAS HAB HLB TUIMYZHS SM YO VÍA AB INOLS NO

0981 ¿das 82 “ANA WMA jFeusas SINMOIS YILVM

ERAS

Meteorological Observations. vii

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General?s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33 1” North. Longitude 88” 20' 34” East,

: feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, 8c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

33 NE

, 2 ES] ba Range of the Barometer EE Range of the Tempera-

de E ds during the day. y E ture during the day. :

=> uNa!

SE NE

, qu” a 3

D SE Max Min Difr Ea | Max. | Min. | Dift,

- 8 i SS

N Aa PS j | |

y Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O O O | O

1 | Sunday | | |

29 |29.932 |30.005 |29.878 0.127 64.8 | 75.4 56.4 | 19.0

3 .961 ¿042 .906 .136 66.0 | 76.4 59.0 | 17.4

4 .981 0592 935 Ad 64.2 75.4 | 55.0 | 20.4

5 [130.002 .092 .942 .150 62.2 72.1 54.8 | 17.3

6 |29.960 ,036 .900 .136 61.8 72.8 | 53.2 | 19.6

G 9592 .024 904, .120 64,4 77.8 54,4 | 23.4

8 | Sunday

9 .994 .067 947 .120 67.9 79.4 58.1 | 21.3

| 10 ¡30.000 .082 .951 .131 65.9 | 75.4 57.4 | 18.0

| 11 |29.999 .078 .949 .129 62.8 73.6 | 54,5 | 19.1

| 12 |30.060 .130 E E 62.4 74,0 | 52.7 | 21.3

13 .109 .203 |30.048 | .155 63.1 75.0 52.8 | 22.2

| 14 .081 .158 ¿015 .143 64.4, 76.1 56.0 | 20.1

15 | Sunday |

16 .051 .153 |29.993 .160 64.4. 75.7 55.6 | 20.1

A7 .068 .149 |30.012 .137 64.0 74,9 56.0 | 18.9

18 |29.996 .083 129.925 .158 64.6 | 76.4 | 54.9 | 21.5

19 978 .039 .906 133 68.5 | 81.4 | 57.5 | 23,9

20 [30.040 .109 989 .120 69.2 | 80.0 63.0 | 17.0

ET. |' 039 .122 .971 151 | 66.9 | 78.2 | 57.4 | 20.8

22 | Sunday ql

23 .010 .086 954 | ,132 | 69.3 82.2 58.4 | 23.8

24 | 29.982 .062 ¿917 ¿148 | 72.8 83.2 66.8 | 16.4

25 [30.030 .102 979 123 | 713 80.6 65.2 | 15.4

261 | .086 | :163 [30.027 | .136 | 674 | 766 | 594 | 172

27 .047 .123 |29.974 .149 66.1 77.0 57.6 | 19.4

28 ¿040 .123 .993 .130 | 67.1 19.2 57.2 | 22.0

29 | Sunday. | | | | |

30 | .039 | .139 | .979 | .160 | 705 | 82.8 | 61.0 | 21.8

31. |29.998 .081 .934 JAR 4072 84.4 | 62.8 | 21.6

Theo Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

| Thermometers are derived from the twenty-four hourly observations made during

the day.

1vi1 Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January, 1860.

Daily Means, 8c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

E $ 4 NS ES

5 á A 15) a 3 q

E E E E A E ES

E = MS] cd 2 E a > Y . AS

2 Ay S A A ES

5 e ES E S 29 E E

Date. la) ES o 5 dE ES EE o

2 (a E RS le >

E E = ES Su |3a (33958 522

SE Z 3 E A

ES ES = ÁS os a ES aa

go 2 S = 3 >] => = e == 5n

S g p 8 PA 3 > E A

= A S) a 5 li ==

o o 0 o Inches. ¡ T. gr.| T. gr.

1 | Sunday.

a 59.6 5.2 56.5 8.3 | 0.465 | 5,18 | 1.65 | 0.76

3 59.1 6.9 55.0 11.0 44,2 4,91 | 2,17 «69

4 57.5 6.7 52.8 11.4 .411 .98 .11 .69

5 55.3 6.9 50.5 7 .380 25 04 :68

6 56.0 5.8 51.9 9.9 .398 46 | 1.75 a

rl 58.0 6.4 53.5 10.9 «421 .68 [ 2.06 .69

8 | Sunday.

9 61.5 6.4 57.7 10.2 485 | 5.35 17 Aa

10 59.1 6.8 55.0 10.9 442 4.91 .15 70

11 56.3 6.5 51.7 11.1 .396 .42 | 1.99 .69

12 56.0 6.4 51.5 10.9 .393 .39 94, .69

13 56.7 6.4 52,2 10.9 402 49 .98 .69

14 . 58.2 6.2 53.9 10.5 426 .74 | 2.00 70

15 | Sunday. :

16 59.1 5.4 55.2 9.2 «445 96 | 1.78 74

17 58.6 5.4 54.8 9.2 140 .89 16 74,

18 58.9 57 55.5 91 «450 5.01 07 14

19 63.3 5.2 60.7 7.8 .536 .90 a 47

20 63.3 5.9 60.3 8.9 .528 .82 ¿99.1..78

21 60.4 6.5 56.5 10.4 465 15 102.18 Bl

22 | Sunday.

23 63.3 6.0 60.3 9.0 528 .32 .01 74

24 67.8 5.0 65.3 7.5 .623 6.82 | 1.89 78

25 64.9 6.4 61.7 9.6 004 .07 | 2.26 18

26 60.4, 7.0 56.2 all «161 5.10 .29 .69

27 59.7 6.4, 55.9 10.2 .456 .06 04, ¿ql

28 61.0 6.2 57.2 9,9 A76 .26 .06 72

29 Sunday.

30 64.7 5.8 61.8 8.7 DD ENO 6.10 .03 75 |

31 1 OE 1 6.0 63.1 9.0 .580 .39 .18 74

All the Hygron Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

Meteorological Observations, lix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

E 3 . | Range of the Barometer for a 5 Ranes A As e SUn RI

285 each hour during the a. pe E ON

ENEE A = during the

Hour.| 2 dE =S 3 month.

ES e

O E 3 ] x

332 Max Min Diff sE Max. | Min. | Dif.

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches, O (o) O o

Mid- 4 X

night. 30.017 |30.114 [29.930 .184 61.7 68.4: 57.2. "11:2

1 .011 .115 .928 .187 61.0 67.8 56.4 | 11.4

2 .004 .108 .915 .193 60.2 67.2 595.6 | 11.6

3 |29.998 .096 OL .185 59.7 67.7 99.0 11127

4 .993 .095 .902 .193 58.9 68.2 4.911 13.7

5 [130.004 .109 .915 .194 58.6 67.7 53.7 | 14,0

6 016 .125 927 .198 57.9 67.0 52.8 | 14,2

E .035 .141 .947 .194 57.7 67.4 527 11147

8 ¿062 eds 977 .174 60.4 68.4. 55.9 | 12.5

9 .089 ,203 [30.004 ¿199 64.1 70.8 59.0 | 11:8

10 ¿096 .199 .005 .194 67.7 73.2 62.8 | 10.4

11 ,078 ¿177 |29.982 .195 EL 77.4 66.2 | 11.2

Noon. 048 .136 959 77 74.2 79.6 69.2 | 10.4

1 .013 .096 924 .172 76.2 82.0 711.2 | 10.8

2 29.985 .071 .886 .185 77.3 83.8 12

3 .968 .056 .881 175 77.4 84.4 71.8 | 12.6

4 .962 .048 .878 .170 75.3 82.6 69.4 | 13.2

5 .967 053 .882 .171 73.3 80.2 68.0 | 12.2

6 976 .064 :900 .164, 70.4, 78.6 64.8 | 13.8

7 .994, ¿093 907 .186 68.0 74.8 62.7 | 12.1

S |30.010 .111 .930 LS E 66.4 73.4 61.2 | 12.2

9 .023 .118 ..941 177 65.3 71.4 60.0 | 11.4

10 .027 .130 .949 .181 64.0 70.6 59.4 | 11.2

11 «019 .105 la .947 .158 63.3 70.2 58.6 ¡ 11.6

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month,

lx Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor General's Office, Caleutta,

in the month of January, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

E y A pe E A EE E

>) Ad E ud o pen [en vo Ss Sl

== o o LE pr A SE

Hour | 3 A 3 uS | o.3 SECA Dog

ie 8. le. 16 s Cese

E 5 3 O E A

) pa a a A O E

[2] qua o en] =]

S g >> 2 PE SS 3al ¡S?Peat[5395£s5

> a 9) a ps A < =

: |

1) o 0 “o Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr

Mid- 32 1 5603 1) 50) 0l462 "| 518111 HOR 0

night, 58.5 ¿ N . K ES

1 Al 55.4 | 56 | .449 .02 04 -83

2 573 129 | 550. | 52 | .442 ¡| 4.97 0.94 -S4

3 568 1,29 1. báb 1106,2.1 01485 .89 .93 -34

4 56d e ARA M5 dG .S0 .87 .85

Bl BB da |. BS] A 12 | 37 .85 85

6 A A IT 75 74 87

7 ON E A .68 -78 86

8 57d 1 30 1 550 54] .442 97 .98 84

9 E dl SO | 8.0 | .459 | 5,12 1.55 77

10 610 2 67 1.570 dl 1O.7 ol 478 .22 2.24 70

11 62.3.| 88 | 57.9 13.2 | :.488 .35 .93 65

| |

Noon.| 63.3 | 10.9 | 57.8 | 16.4 | .486 .30 3.79 | 58

1 64,3 | 119 | 0583 (17.9. | 404 .36 4,30 56

2 64.8 | 125 | 58.5 |18.8 | :498 .39 | .59 54

3 64.7 1127 | 583 | 19.1 494 .35 .66 53

4 638.4 | 119 | 574 |17.9 | .480 22 .18 .56

5 635.3 | 100 | 583 | 150.1] .494 | .39 3.45 .61

6 co 11.59% 011.8 .508 .58 2.52 .69

7 62.1 5.9 58.6. | 9.4 | .499 .52 .01 73

8 Ls al 58.2 | 8.2 1 .493 .46 | 17d .76

9 60.6 1 47 | 578 | 7.5 | .486 307 A 78

10 60.00 0 ra 16.8 1 la6 .29 .36 | .80

11 sob as 11568 1165 | 470 24 .27 .S1

a |

AM the Hygrometrical elements are computed by he Ereenwieh constants.

Meteorological Observations. 1x1

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Ofice, Calcutta, ,

in the month of January, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, «c.

Eg |DÉ

3.2 15.237

1 3 ¡55 8| Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

El $5 (328| ofthe Wind.

Aa” po

O Inches.

1| Sunday.

2| 132.0 se N. W. 4 N. 4 E. Cloudless till 7 Pp. mM. Scatd. —i after-

wards.

3| 134,0 3 N. € E. Cloudless.

4| 134.0 de N. € N. W. Cloudless,

5| 130.5 ; N. € N. W. Cloudless.

6| 131.8 ap N. € W. Cloudless.

7| 135.0 A N. Cloudless.,

8| Sunday.

9| 133.0 De w. Cloudless.

10| 131.0 eN N. GN. W. Cloudless.

11| 134.0 Se N. W. í Cloudless.

12| 133.0 EN N. W. €. N. Cloudless.

13| 132.4 ds N. € N. W. Cloudless.

14| 133.0 lo N. W. Cloudless.

15| Sunday.

16| 130.0 Le N. £G$8. «€ W. Ciloudless.

17| 124.0 e N, € N. W.4€ W. | Cloudless.

18| 134.6 e W. 4S. W. | Cloudless.

19| 132.0 a S. 48. W. Cloudless,

201 136.0 sa N. 4 E. € 8, Cloudless ; also heavy fog between 5

9 A. M.

211 130.8 sa N. W. 4% N. Cloudless.

22, Sunday.

23| 139.0 a S. W. G 8. Cloudless.

24 137.6 pe S. W. € 8. Cloudless ; also foggy between 24 6

A, M.

25 134.6 $ N. «€ 8. | Cloudless.

26| 129.0 ce N.G N. E. Cloudiess.

27 - 130.0 e N. W. GN. Cloudless.

28| 135.0 «+. |N.4GN.W.48. W.| Cloudless til 8 4. m. Seatd. MG itill

3 P. M. Cloudless afterwards.

29 Sunday.

30| 140.5 3% S. Cloudless till 8 A. m. Scatd. Mi till 2 p.

M. Cioudless afterwards ; also fogay

between 6 48 A. mM,

31 139.6 e ¡Did WE Cloudless till 10 A. mM. Scatd. Mi till 6

P. M. Cloudless afterwards.

E Cirri, Mi Cirro strati, Mi Cumuli, -i Cumulo strati, hi Nimbi, —i Strati,

Mi Cirro cumuli,

1x1i Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results 0f the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

un the month of January, 1860.

MonNtHLY RESULTS.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, .. ..

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 A. M. on the 13th, “o

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 P. mM. on the 2d, ..

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, 40 ..

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures, Ae De se ce

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, Se de e

Mean daily range of the Barometers during the month, .. “e

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. ..

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 P. M. on the 31st, sy dale

Min. Temperature occurred at 7 A. M. on the 12th, .. ..

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. ..

Mean of the daily Max. Temperatures, .. .. ..

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, oe ES Se

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, ..

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, e he

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, ...

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, .. > ..

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean e -pOint, ..

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, AE Se

AAA

TInches.

30.017

30.203

29.878

0.325

30.096

29.958

0.138

60.2

6.1

56.5

9.8

Inches.

0.465

Troy grains.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, aja .. .. 5.15

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, En 2.00

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.72

Inches

Rained No days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, .. .. Nil.

Total amount of rain during the month, .. 0 Nil.

Prevailing direction of the Wind, .. .. N. 4 N. W.

Meteorological Observations. 1x111

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January, 1860.

MowtHLY REsuLrs.

Table showing the number of days on which ata given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour, when

any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. : : h p 1 y 4

a. |S 5 3 iS sl .1S|s

E E IE 2l2|3l2

Nálz 8] E. [S|s. EZ S. (310 [2] W. 215185

. No. of days.

Midnight, | 8 2 4, 4, 1 7

1 E) E 4 3 2 7 :

2 9 1 4 3 2 7 Ñ

3 8 1 4, 3 1 7 ¡2

4 8 1 2 4, 2 7 5 2

5 8 1 1 3 3 2 7 4 1

6 EE 1 2 3 4 | $ 5 :

7 12 2 1 3 4, 4 h

ua! a 2 2 2 1 3 61

9 11 2 3 2 3 2 3 y

10 dEl 2 4, 2 2 2 3

11 8 1 4, 1 3 2 2 5

Noon. 7 5 1 2 3 3 5

1 7 2 1 2 4 3 a

2 6 2 1 3 3 6 5

3 7 1 1 2 3 5 7

4 12 1 2 4, 7

5 9 1 3 3 2 8

6 6 1 1 4, 3 2 >,

z 7 7 1 5 3 2 S

8 7 1 5 3 2 8

9 7 1 5 3 2 8

10 7 1 5 3 2 8

3 6 1 5 3 2 8 1

“e

Meteorological Observations. lxv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Ofice, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33 1” North. Longitude 88* 20” 34” East,

feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

o 0 .

-. o 5 Range of the Barometer E E Range of the Tempera-

0 E E during the day. dd ture during the day.

o =

243 E

. e») b)

S (33% | mas. | Min | Dif | ¿48 | Max. | Min. | Dif

A A =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O O o O

1 |29.954 |30.031 |29.887 0.144, 73.0 85.3 64.2 | 21.1

2 955 .030 .887 .143 2d 80.6 69.0 | 11.6

3 977 .047 .918 ¿129 73.6 82.8 66.2 | 16.6

4 .985 078 915 .163 74.6 82.0 69.4 | 12.6

5 | Sunday.

6 .946 .023 .872 .151 76.9 85.6 71.8 | 13.8

7 977 ,052 .925 24 75.8 84.0 70.6 | 13.4

8 .945 .035 .879 .156 73.1 83.4 65.0 | 18.4

9 .886 | 29.954: .822 ,132 75.1 84.6 68.0 | 16.6

10 .898 .970 .820 .150 75.8 84.2 68.8 | 15.4

11 .905 .983 «334 .149 76.0 84.6 68.6 | 16.0

12 | Sunday.

13 .912 |30.001 .832 .169 74.1 83.4 66.6 | 16.8

14 .893 |29.973 .825 .148 74.8 85. 65.2 | 20.5

15 .961 [30,042 .905 .137 77.4 87.5 68.6 | 18.9

16 |30.006 .086 947 .139 78.8 88.2 69.6 | 18.6

17 .004 .095 937 .158 78.9 88.2 70.8 | 17.4

18 |29.912 | 29,994 .826 .168 78.6 88.6 69.2 | 19.4

19 | Sunday.

20 .922 | 30.001 .851 .150 76.9 84.7 72,2 | 12.5

21 .962 054 .890 .164 75.1 86.0 65.0 | 21.0

22 .887 |29.973 .808 .165 73.7 85.6 63.5 | 22.0

23 .877 .956 .826 .130 74,9 86.5 64.0 | 22.5

24 .866 .947 .803 144 | 76.4 88.0 | 65.8 | 22.2

25 | .856 .941 788 .153 TT 84.2 70.9 | 13.3

26 | Sunday.

27 .831 .919 782 .137 74.8 86.2 63.9 | 22.3

28 0072 .844, .690 .154 79.8 93.4 69.0 | 24.4

29 .743 .815 .688 127 78.2 87.6 71.0 | 16.6

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-four hourly observations made during

the day.

lxvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1860.

Daily Means, gc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

19 | Sunday.

S ES poda ao

z e e Id E

E > 3 o 3 Al

2 5 a S ña ss ¡MAPS

ida z A Mins, A dE

2 3 Q le Ss. |“

>. 2 E IO A E Eo

2 S E E 2, SIS Os

ES a a S s 3 25 1233/23 un

Ss 8 > E > s> 3.93 (325|38.5

pa Aa d) [a = > < ==

o o o o Inches. ¡ T. gr. | T. gr.

1 66.0 7.0 62.5 10.5 | 0.568 | 6.21 | 2.55 | 0.71

2 67.5 5.2 64.9 7.8 .615 FAS | TEBA 1 TS

3 68.4 5.2 65.8 7.8 .634 93 | 2.00 78

4 71.0 3.6 69.2 5.4 708 1 7781 da 7 34

5 | Sunday.

6 72.6 4.3 70.4 6.5 7136 ¿9911 187 + ¿SL

7 | 693 6.5 66.0 9.8 .638 | 6.94 | 2.60 | .73

8 66.1 7.0 62.6 10.5 .570 231 ana6 || 71

9 70.2 4.9 67.7 7.4, .674 | 736 | 198 | .79

10 72.0 3.8 70.1 5.7 729 98: ab] 7 88

11 69.4 6:6 66.1 9.9 .640 | 6.96 | 2.64 | .73

12 Sunday.

13 66.8 7.3 63.1 110 , .580 6.33 74 70

14 69.0 5.8 66.1 8.7 640 97 102910 15

15 71.5 5.9 68.5 8.9 692 TL AGO. o

16 72.0 6.3 68.8 9.5 .699 56 12 Ta

27 71.6 7.3 67.9 11.0 .679 24) Bula 170

18 70.0 8.6 65.7 12.9 632 6.84. 54 .66

20 66.1 10.8 60.7 16.2 -9036 5.81 | 4,05 .59

21 64.1 11.0 58.6 16.5 .499 .43 | 3.91 .98

22 63.6 10.1 58.5 15.2 .498 13 93 «61

23 65.6 9.3 60.9 14.0 | .539 .87 .41 .63

24 66.8 9.6 62.0 14,4 .5599 6.08 64 63

25 68.5 7.2 64.9 10.8 .615 10 281 1

26 | Sunday.

21 64.9 9:9 59.9 14.9 .521 5.67 | 3.59 .61

28 70.3 9.5 65.5 14.3 .628 6.78 97 63

29 66.6 11.6 60.8 17.4 937 9.82 | 4.43 m5)

Meteorological Observations, lxv11

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taleen at the Surveyor General'a Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1860.

Hourly Means, €:c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

S 3 . | Range of the Barometer for S 5 Range al the Lempsra:

ES y S ture for each hour

= 52 each hour during the a E CLAN 0d

Hour la E Pa month. e E lora

EE AE =

o.” A as | S

Z3 2 Max Min Diff. SE Max. | Min. | Diff.

a =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O O O O

Mid-

night, 129.920 30.021 [29.733 | 0.288 71.6 76.3 | 681 | 8.2

1 .913 014 .716 .298 709 Ze TOS aa

2 902 .001 714 .287 70.2 746 | 668; 7.8

3 .889 |29.997 711 .286 69.9 74.0 65.6 8.4

4 .893 .989 704, .285 69.5 73.6 | 64.8 | 8.8

5 904 .999 .704 295 68.8 72.6 64.9 7.7

6 915 (30.017 717 .300 68.3 73.2 | 638 | 9.4

7 934 .043 735 .308 68.2 73.0 | 636 | 9.4

8 .962 062 782 .280 70.9 74.2 | 66.0 | 8.2

9 985 095 .805 290 73.6 78.0 07.81 10:2

10 993 092 .815 27 76.7 814 'P-71.6 1 198

11 .979 .076 .803 .273 79.5 84.8 | 74.0 | 10.8

Noon.| ,954, .047 776 A 82.0 88.0 7521 198

3. .921 .020 756 .264 83.9 90.4 77.4 | 13.0

2 .888 |'29.997 .726 .271 85.1 91.8 79.0 | 12.8

3 .863 .966 706 .260 85.6 93.4 80.6 | 12.8

4, .852 .963 692 201 84..8 92.8 79.0 | 13.8

5 .852 .94/7 .688 .259 83.2 91.2 77.8 | 13.4

6 .860 -966 :690 .276 80.3 85.5 75.6 9.9

7 .878 .986 704 .282 77.5 81.6 74.0 7.6

S .902 130.013 733 .280 75.7 79.8 72.2 7.6

9 .920 .032 751 .281 74.5 79.3 A E e

10 .923 .026 756 .270 7350 | 782 69.8 8.4

11 .919 .027 751 276 72.9 97.5 69.6 7.9

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month.

lxvii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations |

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, |

in the month of February, 1860. h

Hourly Means, éc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.) |

n pe FE E o a 23 1 LD 50

S El E ar a | E

E v Ay D E “9 E e EN ga

5 S ES ES 2. AS 5) sa a S

Hour ¿ES 3 A 3 E lo a Y e as

E O 0 a Ei E

ES E 2 33 ¡Ps [6,9 (ose 2

Eno ñ = E a? A a SR

3 8 Po a Pa | 33 | 382 [¡=PS2132953

a a ¡$ a Sa = < 5

a | A A

O O O O Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr

Ma logra | as | 651 | 65. | 069.| 078] 160%] 08L

essa Mod ¿cagl d0 ele 46 .82

2 66.5 3.7 64.6 5.6 .609 70 .39 83

3 66.4 3.5 64.6 53 .609 «deL .27 .S4

4 66.3 3.2 64.7 4.8 .611 13 15 85

5 65.5 3.3 63.8 5.0 .9093 .04 A .85

6 65.4 2.9 63:7 4.6 .591 52 »08 .86

e 65.3 2.9 63.6 4.6 .590 .50 .08 .36

8 67.1 3.8 65.2 5.1 .621 .83 40 .83

9 68.0 5.6 65.2 8.4 .621 .S0 2.13 76

10 69.0. da 65.1 11.6 ¿619 12 3.08 69

11 69.5 10.0 64.5 15.0 ¿607 .96 4.10 62

Noon.| 70.1 | 11.9 64,1 | 17.9 .599 43 5.04 56

1 70.7 13.2 64.1 19.8 .599 «10 13 53

2 71.2 13.9 64.2 | 20.9 ¿601 41 6.16 51

3 71.3 14.3 64.1 21.5 .599 38 .38 50

4, 70.7 14.1 63.6 21.2 .590 29 LA ol

5 70.4 12.8 64.0 19.2 .597 40 5.49 54

6 70.3 10.0 65.3 15.0 .623 .72 4,19 62

7 69.7 7.8 653 "LL 634 .87 3.17 .68

8 69.0 6.7 65.6 10.1 .630 .86 2.65 .12

9 68.6 5.9 65.6 8.9 .630 .87 .91 .15

10 68.1 5.4 65,4 8.1 .626 .84 .06 7

11 67.9 5.0 65.4: 7.5 626 .S4 1.89 78

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

Meteorological Observations. Ixix

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

| Date.

(CI

«TCOO >

«so 00

Max. Solar

radiation.

135.6

Sunday.

136.2

140.5

139.0

142.0

139.0

140.0

Sunday.

138.8

140.0

132,0

eñ

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

o»

app

e! e E.

O % 5 | Prevailing direction

3 3 S of the Wind.

Inches.

S.W. 4d $

0.09 |8. € E.

S, 6 S. W

a LN E de No

General Aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless, also foggy between 6 4 7 A.

Cloudless'till 5 A. M. Cloudy till Noon.

Scatd. —i afterwards.

Cloudy till 8 P. mM. Cloudless after-

wards; also little drizzling with

lightning and thunder between 4 aud

DA. M.

Cloudless till 4 A. mM. Scatd. Clouds

afterwards.

Cloudy till 5 p. m. Cloudless after-

wards.

Cloudless till 2 a. mM. cloudy till8 A. mM.

Scatd. M till 8 P. mM. cloudless after-

wards ; also slightly foggy at 7 A. M.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 7 A. M.Scatd. M « ni till

5 P. M. Cloudless afterwards ; also

foggy between 5 4 7 A. M.

Cloudless till 7 a. M. Scatd. ”i after-

wards ¿ also foggy between 6 4% 7 A.

Ciendiead till Noon. Scatd: NM Ea

M. Cloudless afterwards.

Scatd. M till 3 P. m. Cloudless after-

wards.

Cloudless till 5 A. M. Cloudy till 10 a.

M. Cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless.,

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 4 A. Mm. Scatd. —i till 6

P. M. Cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless,

Cloudless till $ A. m. Cloudy till 10 A,

M. Cloudless afterwards.

Ni Cirri, —i Cirro strati, 0i Cumuli, “-i Cumulo strati, dei Nimbi, —i Sbrati,

Mi Cirro cumuli.

lxx Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

38 le Sm

AE m7 TA

| 3 [9 2 5 | Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

El $3 1588 of the Wind.

Aa ee

o Inches

24| 138.8 ++ |1S.4G N. W. Cloudless.

25| 120.8 +. |E. € 8, W. Cloudy till 9 P. m. Cloudless afterwards ;

also drizzling at 1 A. M. G 10 P. mM.

26: Sunday.

27| 138.8 «+. [S.6G W.4£8S. W. [Cloudless.

28| 141.0 «+. |S.d46 8. W. Cloudless.

29| 132,0 «+. 18.468, W. Cloudless.

PC E E,

Meteorological Observations.

lxx1

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1860.

MoNTtTHLY RESULTS.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, 5 ..

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 A. mM. on the 17th, sia

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 5 P. mM. On the 29th, ..

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, 3 .

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures, .. .. ..

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, $ 2 a

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. Es

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, E ao

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 P. Mm. on the 28th, e ..

Min. Temperature occurred at 7 A. M. on the 22nd, .. 30

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. ..

Mean of the daily Max. Temperatures, “. Be de

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, 20 al Sr

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, ..

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, le .,

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer,..

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, .. - ..

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Do -point, ..

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, an ..

TOÓOQQNQ_————

68.4

7.4

64.7

11.1

Inches

0.611

Troy grains

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, .. E .. 6.65

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete satur do "e 2.89

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.70

Inches

Rained 2 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, e PR 0.09

Total amount of rain during the month, de e 0.09

Prevailing direction of the Wind, .. .. S. € S. W.

Íxxi1 - Meteorological Observations.

Abstract 0f the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, |

in the month of February, 1860. A

MonTHLY RrsuLrs. |

Table showing the number of days on which ata given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour, when

any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour.

AA g s 5 a O E

8 g E ENE sl [ela sl

Nal] E. [¿[S.E.2|S. (¿] 6 (3/W. (2/7 (a/S 53

a E E A AO MA

| |

| No. of days. :

Midnight. 1 (1 2 2 13 4, 2

A o a E: 3 2 12 4 | 1 2 |

2. aj q 1 2 z 12 4, 2 11

E a E E 2 2 10 4, 2 2

A 1 21113 11 2 2 2

A O A 211008 10 3 3 ¡1

a an ÓN 3 2 9 4, 4 :

ova la 3 2 5 5 4,

8 +2 l5 4, 1 5 3 1 3 ¡1

9 Lame 4, 4 1 3 3 úl

10. Aa 2 2 7 3 2 2

11 A 1 1 351 m6 6 3

Noon 4, 2 2 1205 4, 4

1 51 11 ES 5 4,

A E e 2 Al 6 5 4

3 l6 12 1 1 E E 7 2

4 4, 2 21.).8 5 4,

5 381 | 1 3 l O E 4, 2

A 0 E 3 1 A 3 3

E E 3 1 6 15 3 2

8, "ua 3 pl 91 15 2 2

o La. la 2 1 10| | 5 1 2

to "12 la e A 1 2

11 12 12 2 1 10 1-5 1 2,

Meteoroloyical Observations. lxx113

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33 1” North. Longitude 88% 20” 34” East.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea Ma

Daily Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

NE 25

¡A+ 5 Range of the Barometer A > Range of the Tempera-

o 5 E during the day. p E ture during the day.

En 30 A S ;

Date, E < 2

323 | Max. | Min. | Dif. 38 Max. | Min. | Dif

a 5 .

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ro) o o o

1 29.772 | 29.841 | 29.706 0.135 | 76.9 88.9 64.8 | 24.1

2 .795 .375 137 .138 | 76.5 87.4 65.8 | 21.6

3 162 .340 .684 ¿156 | 77.0 89.0 65.4 | 23.6

4 | Sunday.

5 .322 907 174 «133. 81.3 91.4 74.8 | 16.6

6 .34,1 .925 174 .151 | 81.8 92.0 74,5 117.5

q 170 .860 .681 .179 81.6 92.2 75.6 | 16.6

8 744 .326 .692 .134 | 80.5 89.6 73.6 | 16.0

9 770 .354 .708 .146 | 78.6 85.6 73.0 | 12.6

10 185 .865 132 «138 80,6 89.9 73.0 | 16.9

11 | Sunday.

12 .3895 .971 .322 | .149 82.1 92.2 75.2 | 17.0

13 .365 943 .194 .149 | 81.7 93.0 74,2 | 18.8

14, .358 927 781 .146 382.4 93.6 75.2 118.4

15 344 914, 183 131 85.0 97.2 75.4 | 21.8

16 .873 .961 .808 153 | 84.6 95.6 76.2 | 19.4

17 .866 949 .813 | 129 | 83.1 93.6 | 75.3 | 18.3

18 | Sunday. |

19 .356 .949 ./91 | .158 ¡ 83.2 93.3 74.7 | 18.6

20 .364 955 187 .168 | 84.4 96.8 75:.0:1021:8

21 .819 .891 700 .191 82.5 91.0 77.2 | 18.8

22 .826 .902 766 .136 | 81.9 92.4 72. 19.6

23 .858 .939 196 .143 | 82.8 92.4 74.8 | 17.6

24 .888 .969 .828 .141 83.4 95.4 73.4 | 22.0

25 | Sunday.

26 761 .340 .668 «172 | 86.5 97.6 78.7 | 18.9

27 172 ¿357 710 .147 | 86.4 97.0 79.4 | 17.6

28 779 .372 .686 .186 | 86.7 98.4. 78.8 | 19.6

29 "742 .817 .679 .138 84.7 93.5 78.2 | 15.3

30 710 .186 ¿649 137 85.8 95.2 79.5 00 15.7

31 652 742 .560 .182 88.4 100.4 80.6 | 19.8

A A A A AA

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-four hourly observations made during

the day.

lxxiv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1860.

Daily Means, £c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

: bolita

= E sl ble: ade. a 1 Eo ad

lis >

S v O DE “o E 212 2%

S 5 SES 9 E o ER

Date. AE E A E ES o SN UN AN

E E 2 A CA IE

vo o ye] == E Ds MS LS 3

= ES) E E 3: E E 5 = = A ES

3 ls = es 2 s [20532 > a

ES E S E = 2 a SS

SA po S PA > $42 ¡ia aa

PS al $) A A E 3 =

o o o o Fnches. 1] 'T.'pr. e

1 64,,2 12.7 57.8 | 19.1 0.486 5.27 4.59 0.53

2 65.1 11.4 59.4 | 17.1 513 56 19 7

3 65.7 11.3 60.0 | 17.0 923 67 22 37

4 | Sunday.

5 75.7 5.6 72.9 8.4 197 8.59 2.65 .76

6 74.9 6.9 71.4 | 10.4 761 .18 3.22 72

7 74.7 6.9 71.2 | 10.4 756 18 .21 72

S al 6.8 70.3 | 10.2 134 7.92 .06 PA

9 73.3 5.3 70.6 8.0 741 8.02 2.36 del

10 75.6 5.0 731 | 75 .803 65 .36 79

11 | Sunday. |

12 73.6 8.5 69.3 | 12.8 A o 66

13 74,1 7.6 70.3 | 11.4 734 .90 47 .70

14 7.6.6 5.8 dnd 8.7 .819 8.80 2.81 76

15 77.0 8.0 73.0 | 12.0 .801 .55 3.98 .68

16 75.8 8.8 71.4 | 13.2 761 US 4.26 «66

7 72.2 10.9 66.7 | 16.4 653 7.00 .96 .59

18 | Sunday.

19 72.5 10.7 ETT 16.A .661 ¿09 .80 .60

20 72.7 11.7 66.8 | 17.6 .655 .00 5.31 57

21 71.4 11.1 65.8 | 16.7 ¿634 6.80 4,84, .58

22 69.1 12.8 62.7 | 19.2 527 15 5.29 Dd,

23 72.3 10.5 67.0 | 15.8 .659 7.07 4,68 .60

24 74,2 9.2 69.6 | 13.8 Ae ¿68 .28 .64

25 | Sunday.

26 a 9.3 72,5 | 14.0 .187 8.39 a .64

27 773 9.1 Ad 115.7 792 Ad, 62 .65

28 77.3 9.4 72.6 | 14.1 .790 42 76 64,

29 78,7 6.0 nl. 9.0 .873 9.34 3.08 70

30 79.8 6.0 76.8 9.0 .905 .65 .18 15

31 77.2 11.2 71.6 | 16.8 166 8.11 5.73 .99

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. Ixxv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Ofice, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

= .

“S Z .s | Range of the Barometer ES 3 Range of the Temperature

== for each hour during [a] E for each hour during

E - So the month. > O the month.

our, HE A E A S

qa. : = 2 , 3

<< | Max Min Diff Si Max; Min. Difr.

= 5

Inches. | Inches.| Inches.| Inches. (o) O o 0

Mid (99.815 (29.907 (29.688 | 0.219 | 77.8 7

night. : ; ; , . 82.1 0.6 11.5

1 .805 .901 676 225 TOS 81.6 70.6 11.0

2 193 .891 .659 .232 76.8 80.8 68.6 12.2

3 783 .884: .627 237 76.3 81.0 67.4 13.6

4 780 .867 .621 246 75.9 81.0 66.2 14.8

5 795 .894 .633 .261 75.6 80.6 65.2 15.4

6 .810 .913 .661 252 75.0 80.8 64.8 16.0

7 .833 .929 .693 .236 74,9 81.0 64.8 16.2

8 .364, 98 15 0124 .231 78.1 83.6 70.6 13.0

9 .881 .971 13 234 81.2 86.8 73.6 13.2

10 .886 .969 742 «227 84.3 89.4 78.8 10.6

11 374 .961 131 .230 87.1 93.5 80.2 13.8

Noon .351 .941 705 236 89.6 96.8 81.6 15.9

1 .821 .906 .665 .24,1 91.7 99.3 83.2 16.1

2 786 377 .619 .258 92.6 99.9 85.6 14.3

3 759 .348 .602 246 92.9 | 100.4 85.6 14.8

4, 742 .832 .576 .256 92.3 99.6 84.5 15.1

5 740 .828 .560 .268 90.5 98.2 82.0 16.2

6 744, .333 .561 272 87.3 94.2 80.2 14.0

7 766 .851 597 .254 £4,.1 89.6 1138 11.8

8 790 .874 615 .259 82.1 88.6 Yi5AS 13,0

9 .308 .888 .640 .248 80.7 85.6 74.4, 11.2

10 .820 .399 .660 .239 79.5 85.0 73.2 11.8

11 .3815 .890 .659 .231 79.0 84.0 71.8 12.2

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month.

lxxvi

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General?s Ojffice, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1860.

Hourly Means, ác. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

Hour.

Mid-

z :

Sl hal ja

S = O 00-TOOs YN

+= O DOI NA

Gual had

Bulb

Mean Wet

Thermometer.

Dry Bulb above Wet.

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

Computed Dew point.

Dry Bulb above Dew

point,

Mean Elastic force of

pour in a Cubic foot

Mean Weight of Va-

vapour required for

Additional Weight of

complete saturation.

Inches. [Troy grs.|Troy grs.

0.758

753

748

146

.746

.139

.136

.756

151

.720

.688

.661

.638

¿630

.619

.651

.692

727

136

.741

.746

751

8.21

Mean degree of Hu-

midity, complete satu-

ration being unity.

A AA A a A e ad

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. Ixxvii

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

ñ Do

4s |35.,

¿ES 3-23

| 23 [9 Z 3 |Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

A O ES of the Wind.

a =* [us

O Inches.

1 137.2 E W. «GS. Cloudless.

21 "135.00 EE S. W. € W. GS. Cloudiess.

3| 137.6 E S.G8S. W. €. W. ¡ Cloudless.

4 Sunday.

5 138.4 S. W.4S8, Cloudless till 2 A. Mm. Scatd. clouds

till 11 A. mM. cloudless till 6 P. m,

Scatd. —i afterwardas.

6| 139.0 Se S. W. € N. W. di Cloudless.

8. E.

AO les S, Scatd. clouds till 10 A, Mm. cloudless

afterwards.

S| 120.4 pe S. Cloudless till 9 A. Mm. Scatd. clouds till 3

P. M. cloudless afterwards,

9| 125.0 Za S, Scatd. clouds.

10| 134.2 Se S.68. E Cloudless till 7 A. Mm. Scatd. —i 4 ni

till 4 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

11| Sunday.

191 AL Z .. 18. W.¿W. Cloudy till 7 a. m, cloudless afterwards.

13| 143.0 a S. € S. W. Cloudless.

14 1338 | .. |S, W.4€48S.E.48, | Cloudy till 9 A. m. cloudless afterwarda.

159 137.2 me S. € N. Cloudless.

16| 1380! .. |S.W.45S, Cloudless till 5 P. u. cloudy afterwards.

17| 135.0 “LIN W.6S. 0 N. Cloudless till 7 A. m. cloudy till 7 p. m.

cloudless afterwards.

18 Sunday.

19| 135.0 2 E. ¿5$. E. Cloudless till 2 p.m. Seatd. Mi till 8

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

201 140.0 mA S. W.4€ 8 Cloudless.

Er O > «+. 18.46 N. W Cloudy ; also slightly drizzling at 8 P. M.

Za 138.0 1 .. 1 W.¿£N. Cloudy till 8 a. m. cloudless afterwards.

231 135.4 Sá W.G€GN. W.4GS8. Cloudless till 11 A. m. Scatd. M till 3

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

24 1360 | .. 18.68. W. 4 W. Cloudless,

25| Sunday.

26| -1398 | .. 18,48. E. Cloudless till 4 A.M. cloudy till 7 A. m.

' cloudless afterwards.

2 13701 « 1N. «€, W. Cloudiess till 4 a. m. cloudy till 7 A. a.

cloudless afterwards.

281 141.0 Pe S, Cloudless.

29| 132.0 2 S, Cloudless.

0 1346 |... 8. Cloudless till 4 A. m. cloudy till 10 a.

M. cloudless afterwards.

31 138.0 se S. € W. Cloudless,

M Cirri, Mi cirro strati, Ni cumuli, “-i cumulo strati,

x——_——_——_ _ ==

Wi cirro cumuli,

Wi nimbi, —i strati,

lxxviil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1860.

MonNntHLY RESULTS.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, .. .. 29.807

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 9 A. M. on the 12th, e. Y 29971

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 5 P.M. on the 31st, +. 29.560

Extreme Range of the Barometer during the month, pe so. * 0411

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, .. .. «. 29.888

Ditto ditto Min... dife dl me de =2A 737

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. a ONDA

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. .. 82.6

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 P. M. on the 31st, .. .. 100.4

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 4 7 A. M.on the 1st, .. .. 64.8

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. .. 35.6

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, .. .. .. 93.1

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, SE .. .. 74.6

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, .. 18.5

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, e e. 73.8

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, +. 8.8

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, e e 69.4:

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew Point, .. 13.2

Inches

Mean Elastic force of vapour for the month, .. “. «e 0.75

Troy grains

Mean weight of vapour for the month, as de de 7.66

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation, se 4.02

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.66

Inches

Rained 1 day.—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, .. .. Nil.

Total amount of rain during the month, .. .. . Nil.

Prevailing direction of the Wind, .. an sn S. 8. W.

Meteorological Observations. lxxix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1860.

MoNtHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. Sp. (Sl s|. [8 S S E

ss zláal s[*|s|. |< E

NElz ENE. (£lo ¿lo ¿lu Ss 5

I' No. of days.

Midnight. 1 al

1 1 3) 11

2 2 6 11 1

3 2 6 1 1

4 a 51 $ 1 3

5 1 2 IA Y

6 O E s Jal |1

7 7h 4, 5 3 1

8 2 1 4 | 4 dl

9 2 1 1 6 15

10 2 1 1 8 19

11 5 dl 1 99 l6 gl

Noon. 3 1 2 A 7 4,

1 4 1 2 6 7 3 4

2 1 1 1 6 8| 5

3 1 dl 8 8 3

4, 2 1 4, 8 3 L

5 3 1 2 4, dl 2

6 2 1 3 4, 4, 3

7 1 1 4 3 5 3

8 1 3 4, 4, Si

9 1 3 3 3 2

10 1 1 3 3 2 2

11 1 1 3| 2 2 e 1

Meteorological Observations. lxxx1

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1860.

Latitude 222 33 1” North. Longitude 88" 20' 34” East.

feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, éc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

—— ro er,

oovo

- Ed Range of the Barometer E 2 Range of the Tempera-

E Sá during the day. en E ture during the day.

Per E

. LD)

g 3 SS Max Min DifF S ES Max Min. | Diff

a |+ =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. 0 o O o

1 | Sunday

2 |29.754 [29.842 | 29.678 0.164 85.3 97.6 74.8 | 22.8

3 .782 .872 .121 .151 85.7 98.0 77.8 | 20.2

4 .784 .856 709 .147 85.2 94.6 19.011. Lo. 1

5 .768 .829 .681 .148 85.4 93.8 78.6 | 15.2

6 .781 .841 .122 A 83.4 93.6 13.6 | 20.0

7 .810 .969 4192 EL 82.5 gr E TAO Y. LE

8 | Sunday

9 (69 .846 .686 .160 84,1 92.0 78.8 | 13.2

10 .722 .173 .635 .138 82.1 88.0 76.8 | 11.2

11 1734 .183 .676 .107 82.2 91.0 74.6 | 16.4

12 157 333 .668 .165 84.9 94.6 76.4 | 18.2

15 .760 .840 .668 .172 84.4, 96.1 74.8 | 21.3

14 .799 .866 126 .140 83.3 92.0 75.2 | 16.8

15 | Sunday

16 195 .849 ANP .132 83.6 92.0 74.5 | 17.5

17 .798 .856 .715 .141 83.6 93.0 72.3 | 20.7

18 .347 .921 770 «151 80.8 91.8 72.2 | 19.6

19 .826 .913 742 Sil 82.7 92.2 74.0 | 18.2

20 790 .368 .690 .178 85.4: 95.6 77.0 | 18.6

21 147 .320 ¿664 .156 86.3 95.0 380.2 | 14.8

22 | Sunday

23 .692 732 .627 .105 85.7 94.6 198.0 15:65

24 «(19 .767 .659 .108 86.5 94.0 80.3 | 13.7

25 .749 .826 .669 10 86.6 94.0 81.7 | 12.3

26 732 .193 .669 ¿124 87.5 95.2 81.8 | 13.4

27 693 .760 .618 .142 87.9 96.5 81.4 | 15.1

28 .680 .746 .639 .107 88.6 98.2 81.6 | 16.6

29 | Sunday

30 .678 153 .608 145 89.1 100.8 80.6 | 20.2

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derired from the twenty-four hourly observations made during

the day.

lxxxii

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1860.

Daily Means, c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

Date.

Jcnd jad ho

NAOSO0oO “IO OA Ns

Mean Wet Bulb Thermo-

meter,

Sunday.

77.3

76.5

75.7

75.9

77.1

77.5

Sunday.

78.3

77.4

75.1

74.8

14.9

80.4:

Sunday.

79.6

80.9

80.8

81.7

81.8

Sunday.

81.3

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

Dry Bulb above Wet.

o toco TI ds

Computed Dew Point.

above Dew

Dry Bulb

Mean BElastic force of

Vapour,

Inches.

0.720

.830

.854

.S94

.838

178

.824,

.819

785

.761

.811

.813

.871

935

.781

746

.814

.922

.896

943

937

.964

.961

.952

.922

Mean Weight of Vapour

in a cubic foot of Air,

971

Additional Weight of Va-

pour required for com-

plete saturation.

4.35

complete saturation be-

Mean degree of Humidity,

ing unity.

Al the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

Meteorological Observations. lxxxiii

Abstract of the Results of. the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor General'a Office, Calculta,

um the month of April, 1860.

Hourly Means, $c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.,

3 3 Range of the Barometer for = A Range y ES Tempera-

85 each hour during the a» Eure De each hour

2033 g during the

H A EEN pS month

e is. NE 4.

322 | M Mi D 36 in. | Di

3-2 ax in 1F. Ss Ez Max. | Min. | Diff.

En =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. (0) (0) (o) o

Mid-

night. 29.766 |29.881 |29.657 0.224, 80.0 84.8 72.8 | 12,0

1 759 .837 ¿657 .180 79.8 84,2 72.4 | 11.8

2 147 .812 .653 159 74.9 83.6 TAL ( 114

3 .742 .809 ¿651 .158 78.9 82.8 72.2 | 10.6

4 137 .823 .639 .184 78.5 82.2 72.4 9.8

5 754 .831 .648 .183 78.4 82.0 72.2 9.8

6 Va .843 .670 .173 78.4 82.2 RAZA NÚTOO

7 .198 .368 .696 .172 79.2 83.2 74.2 9.0

8 .S14 «912 .720 .192 82.3 86.6 76.6 | 10.0

9 .823 ¿J1Y .724, .187 85.2 89.8 79.8 | 10.0

10 .822 .915 .132 .183 87.8 93.2 82.6 | 10.6

11 .809 ¡397 (LL .186 90.2 96.6 84.6 | 12,0

Noon.| .791 .884 .700 .184 92.1 98.8 86.0 TAS

1 .765 .857 .675 .182 93.3 99.2 86.8 | 12.4

2 .137 .828 .651 77 94.0 100.8 88-0 | 12.8

3 .709 .803 .630 .173 93.8 100.7 SEO Sa

de «GOL 785 .608 rd 92.7 98.0 87.6 | 10.4

5 ¿689 770 ¿614 .156 90.8 96.2 87.0 9.2

6 701 Ele :618 .159 88.0 92.0 85.0 7.0

7 .721 .809 .632 AR 86.0 89.0 83.2 5.8

S .746 .861 .650 2 UE 83.1 86.4. 72.8 | 13.6

9 .765 .889 654 .235 82.0 85.0 Tas 18.7

10 175 .892 .680 .212 81.6 84.8 19.6 |.11.2

11 778 .921 675 .246 81.0 84.6 73.7 | 10.9

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month,

lxxxiv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

Meteorological Observations.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1860.

Hourly Means, ác. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

S o

E =

2 >

S [e)

Hour.| Y; 3

O a

5 8 Ep

=> A

O (o)

Mid-

night. 76.0 AS

1 76.1 Sl.

e 76.0 3.4

3 75.8 3.1

4 75.8 2.7

5 75.9 2.5

6 75.9 2.5

E 76.4 2.8

8 78.0 4.3

9 78.8 6.4

10 79.6 8.2

js 11 80.2 10.0

Noon. 80.7 11.4

1 80.9 | 12.4

2 80.9 | 13.1

3 80.5 | 13.3

4, 80.7 | 12.0

5 80.0 | 10.8

6 79.3 8.7

e 79.1 6.9

8 77.6 5.5

9 71.1 4.9

10 7d 4.5

11 76.8 4.2

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

Computed Dew Point.

Dry Bulb above Dew

Mean Elastic force

of Vapour.

in a cubic

foot of Air.

Additional Weight of

Mean Weight of Va-

pour

required

Mean degree of Hu-

for complete satu-

Vapour

ration,

ILá íiIixicxo 0 _ _—_——— o ————————

Inches.

0.827

832

335

.832

338

343

.343

.894

.876

.871

.868

.960

.854

.346

330

.822

.846

843

.851

.871

.849

.843

.849

.346

1.88

.99

«47

complete

being

saturation

midity,

unity.

0.83

.85

-86

.88

.S9

.99

.88

.91

.68

¿62

.98

.96

.66

81.

.19

.81

.92

All the "All the Hygrometrical elem elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

Meteorological Observations.

lxxxv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

Max. Solar

radiation.

Sunday.

2| 138.0

3| 139.2

4| 137.0

5. 129.0

128.0

7| 132.0

8; £unday.

9 121.7

11 131.0

12| 140.4

13| 136.0

14| 125.5

15) Sunday.

16 134.0

17| 133.6

18| 129.0

19| 135.4

A A A

Rain Gauge

5 feet above

Ground.

Inches.

0.16

taken at the Surveyor General's O/fice, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

S. E. 4 E. 4 $.

General Aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless,

Cloudless.

Flying clouds till 6 A. M.

afterwards.

Cloudy till 8 A. mM. cloudless till 4 P.

Mm. cloudy afterwards.

Scatd. clouds till 7 A. Mm. Scatd. Mi till 5

P. M.cloudy with thunder « light-

ningtill8P. M.; also rainat 8 P. M.

Scatd. —i afterwards.

Seatd. —itill 7 A. mM. cloudless till 3

Pp. M. Scatd. M till 7 P. mM. cloudless

afterwards.

cloudless

Scatd. —i til 7 A. mM. Scatd. clouds

afterwards.

Cloudy till 7 P. m. Scatd. —i afterwards.

Scatd. clouds till 4 P. Mm. cloudless

afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 10 A. Mm. Scatd. 71 till 4

P. M. cloudy afterwards ; also light-

ning € thundering 4% raining between

S6uG9P. M.

Cloudless till 6 A. M. Scatd. clouds

afterwards.

Cloudless till 7 A. M. Scatd.

afterwards.

Cloudy till 2 a. m. cloudless till 8 A. m.

cloudy afterwards ; also thundering,

lightning € raining between 849

clouds

P, M.

Cloudless till 5 A. M. Scatd. —i € "1

till 5 p.m. cloudy afterwards ; also

slightly drizzling at 84€ at 11 Pp. mM.

during which constant flashes of

lightning were visible,

Scatd. clouds till 7 A. M.

afterwards.

cloudless

Ni Cirri, —i Cirro strati, ni Cumuli, “i Cumulo strati, Wi Nimbi, —i Strati,

Mi Cirro cumuli.

lxxxv1

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

"3.2

UN +->

dl ya

3S| 332

A| =7

20| 135.0

21| 136.4

22, Sunday.

23| 124,0

24| 128.0

25| 130.0

26| 133.0

27| 136.0

28| 138.0

29| Sunday.

30. 136.6

Rain Gauge

5feetabove

Prevailing direction

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

of the Wind.

S. GS. W.

General Aspect of the Sky.

Scatd. —i til 7 A. Mm, cloudless

afterwards.

Scatd. clouds.

Scatd. clouds; also drizzling between

667 P.M.

Scatd. clouds ; also drizzling at 7 a. M.

Cloudy.

Scatd. clouds till 4 P. m. cloudless

afterwards.

Scatd. clouds till 7 A. mM. cloudless

afterwards.

Cloudy till 10 A. mM. cloudless after-

wards,

Cloudy till 9 a. m. cloudless till 5 p. m.

Scatd. clouds afterwards.

Ego A A O AS UE A

Meteorological Observatiens. lxxxvii

Abstract 0f the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

¿n the month of April, 1860.

MonNtHLY RrEsuLrs.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, si 0 29.759

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 11 P. mM. on the 18th, .. 29.921

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 P. mM. on the 30th, se 29.608

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, de sl 0.313

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures, e 58 .. 29.826

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, eo Si bla 29.684,

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. de 0.142

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, e se 84,9

Max. Temperature occurred at 2 P. M. on the 30th, .s “l 100.8

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 A. M. on the 18th, bu ds 72.2

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. ES 28.6

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, sde dde dl 94,2

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, de ne Pa 77.3

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, de 16.9

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, pa la 78.2

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 6.7

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, .. A 74.8

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Al a 10.1

Inches

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, $e A 0.849

Troy grains

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, 2 En Sa 9.07

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, .“. 3.42

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.73

Inches

Rained 8 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, Se “3 1.02

Total amount of rain during the month, De oe de 2.47

Prevailing direction of the Wind, ve AP S.4S, E.

lxxxvii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1860.

MonNtHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which ata given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour, when

any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour.

Rain on.

WE:

Midnight. |

RO0D0D0-=TDAODOA Na

RARA OA A pal pl

W W YUN=<IOUO) OIT)

pun

RN NA

EAS

E Ep

KS Ha

RA a A pl

¡ESTE CASINOS

MAA TO AITANA IA

0) AA Al fl A O O 000 NN

= O 0D0-=10040DN

pude

Rep

DN ¡E OOO OUOUO AA by

Ra A A

N -T O OUN

ORGIAS REF AAA E AS ETE SES TAREAS TESEI E AAA ANO INR

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taleen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of May, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33” 1” North. Longitude 88” 20* 34” East.

Feet.

Heisht of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, ézc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

o vu e

2. 2.5 Range of the Barometer E 3 Range of the Tempera-

E S E during the day. A 3 ture during the day.

DS po [e]

ES as

[b]

8 |5833% | Max. | Min. | Dif. | £2 | Max. | Min. | Dif.

ES =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O O O O

y 129670 129.736 129.586. | 0.150 89.1 98.6 82.3 | 16.3

9 .619 .702 .506 .196 88.7 97.6 82.8 | 14.8

E .659 .694 .596 .098 84.0 95.6 42:9 1:227

4 .694 .807 .633 174 82.4, 93.0 72.8 | 20.2

5 192 .845 .676 .169 83.5 90.1 eo: A A da 7

6 | Sunday.

7 153 .812 .661 .151 84.7 93.0 74.8 | 20.3

8 (19 .186 .612 .174 84.2 93.1 150 | ¿181

9 .626 .697 544 .153 85.6 95.3 76.4 | 18.9

10 624, ¿683 .040 143 87.9 94..8 83.6 | 112.

dl .652 705 516 .129 86.8 97.0 77.4 | 19.6

le ¿665 .138 .980 .198 86.6 96.8 11.2 | 19:6

13 Sunday.

14 .600 ¿654 .932 .122 91.1 102.8 82.4 | 20.4

15 .625 .115 .560 155 93.0 103.5 | 84.2 ) 19.3

16 .628 .697 .566 .131 92.0 104.0 84.0 | 20.0

17 .636 691 574 LVY 90.3 100.6 83.8 | 16.8

18 .650 .122 099 .137 90.3 100.1 84,2 | 15.9

19 .672 -155 .621 134 90.3 100.4 83.2 | 17.2

20 Sunday.

21 ¿613 .691 523 .168 93.2 105.8 84.2 | 21.6

22 .561 627 ATI .150 93.2 105.2 84.8 | 20.4

23 524 994 447 .147 91.6 102.8 820 4. 17.8

24 .529 .9079 «452 LT 90.3 100 2 83.8 | 16.4

25 .528 .580 447 .133 89.6 98.6 84.0 | 14.6

26 007 Y .597 134 .123 89.8 100.2 83.6 | 16.6

27 | Sunday.

28 .535 .602* 477 125 88.2 100.8 80.0 | 20.8

29 517 .583 443 .140 88.6 97.6 80.8 | 16.8

30 490 .563 428 .135 90.1 97.4 84.8 | 12.6

31 507 .590 .417 .173 89.8 99.0 81.2 | 17.8

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-four hourly observations made during

the day.

11 MVeteorologyical Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

an the month 0f May, 1860.

Daily Means, é:c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

O B S Ej 2 8 20

E E e E

- re] a 9 Ss Sa E

E = 3 o 2 AS

2 a o ce (mesi

> > E E S == NENES

Date. | «2 9 ES E “Z as E AE

Pr E A o E AS oa = ENE E >

So = E ie As |sp/85832 227

o 5 5 a o SU lete 1 s

o] ca a, 3 = s* (3358/28 mo

$5 > S PA ¿> [38 (382 588%

= A 3 a = 5 < A

O o O Inches. ¡ T. er. | T. gr.

1 81.8 7.3 78.1 11.0 .,/..0.9431 | 10.00 14121 160 ¿71

2 81.3 7.4, 77.6 eN! ¿928 1. 0:88 IA IO RL

3 76.5 7.5 EA] 11.3 .792 | 8.49 | 38.68 | .70

4 76.8 5.6 74.0 8.4 .827 90 AA is 7

5 78.2 5.3 75.5 8.0 368 | 9.31 Ban 7S

6 [Sunday

7 79.2 5.5 76.4 8.3 .893 DO ARB7

8 79.2 5.0 76.7 7.5 .902 .64 1060: |- 79

9 79.6 6.0 76.6 9.0 .899 09 eat. 765

10 81.7 6.2 78.6 9.3 .958 10.19 |...45 | .75

11 80.5 6.3 778 9.5 919 | 9.78 | .43 74,

12 80.7 5.9 El 8.9 .931 E A

13 | Sunday

14 83.4 7 79.5 11.6 986 1110.40 4571.70

15 81.1 11.9 751 17.9 .857 | 9.00 | 6.81 57

16 83.8 8.2 79.7 12.3 .992 [10.46 | 4.90 68

17 83.2 7 796 19 107 A

18 83.5 6.8 80.1 10.2 11.005 OI

19 83.5 6.8 80.1 10.2 005 COS

20 Sunday

21 82.9 10.3 add 15.5 0.931 9.78 |. 6.12 .62 |

22 83.2 10.0 78.2 15.0 .946 .94 | 5.96 63

23 83.5 8.1 79.4 12.2 .983 [10.37 | 4.82 .68

24 83.0 7.3 79.3 SAY) ¡079 110 ).36 21 Jul

25 82.1 7.5 18.3 11.3 .949 05 .28 .70

26 81.3 8.5 17.0 TAS ISO 9.63 ers) .67

27 | Sunday.

28 80.1 8.1 76.0 12.2 .982 37 .39 .68 |

29 81.6 7.0 18.1 10.5 .943 [10.00 | 3.92 12 |

30 83.3 6.8 19.9 10.2 .998 .56 .98 13

31 83.0 6.8 79.6 10.2 .989 «48 Da 13

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. 111

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

an the month of May, 1860.

Hourly Means, 8c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

“S 2 Range of the Barometer for += 3 a ie le do

AD q > ture for ench hour

SES each hour during the a» ,

so 53 = g during the

o month. 2 month. *

Hour. HE A 2, A S de

laa ¿ E : :

= 22 Max Min. Dif. Ss E Max. | Min. | Diff.

= a :

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. (o) O e o

ME [29.617 [29.776 |2

night a 129.276 |29.461 0.315 83.5 87.6 72.9 | 14.7

1 ¿607 7156 .461 295 83.0 87.0 72.8 | 14.2

2 .590 .136 453 .283 83.0 86.8 12 186

3 .592 .129 .449 .280 82.6 86.2 13.2 | 13:0

4, .602 .138 .451 .287 82.4 86.0 1730 | 12

5 ¿615 133 A73 .280 82.3 85.6 74,2 | 11.4

6 ¿630 .763 .190 213 82.4 86.0 75.0 | 11.0

7 ¿650 791 033 .258 83.6 87.0 76.8 | 10.2

8 ¿668 .831 535 .296 86.8 90.6 81.8 8.8

9 .676 .845 .546 .299 89.5 93.0 85.0 8.0

10 674 .835 546 .289 92.4 95.8 85.5 | 10.3

11 .659 .800 .531 .269 94.6 100.4 81.6 | 18.8

Noon.| .646 792 923 .269 96.3 102.6 84.1 ' 185

1 ¿623 168 «495 273 978 104.6 85.7 | 18.9

2 .596 145 4179 .266 98.2 OS SHIT WETTA

3 .569 .121 .460 .261 98.3 105.8 90.0 | 15.8

4 247 703 .428 270 97.0 104.8 90.1 | 14.7

5 .541 .697 417 .280 95.0 103.6 89.8 | 13.8

6 555 756 :430 .326 91.6 100.6 80.0 | 20.6

7 .581 195 464 .291 87.9 95.0 75.0 | 20.0

8 .599 .7158 ATT .281 86.1 92.2 74,4 | 17.8

9 .621 .807 .498 .309 84.5 89.4 74.3 | 15.1

10 .625 178 .492 .286 84,4 88.6 78.6 .| F5.0

11 .621 764 ¿452 .312 83.9 88.4 TANCIA

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hourg-

during the month.

1v Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

takcen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month 0f May, 1860.

Hourly Means, ác. of the Observations and of the Eygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

= 54 o E SES E

a z E > A E

E o o Sl es e Ss

Hour.| Y 3 A a a | naa 2 Aa E

CM A

E + ES] A = a] LE =

E ae A a ia

S a po a A 33 322 [3>-es|38353

5 a O a A S «4 =

O 0 o O Inches. Proy grs ¡Troy grs

Mid- | vos | 40 | 775 | 60 0925 | 992 | 208 | 083

night. 3 . . «Da 5 S S

1 mad | as. 778 | Bu | 918 .86 1.96 .83

2 784 1.36 | 776 | B4 | .9%28 .97 .85 Sd

3 nas 1 831 776 | 50 | 1.928 .97 71 .85

4 79.2 1.32 ] 776 |] 48 | .928 .97 64 .86

5 79.4 | 29 | 77.9 | 4.4 | .937 | 10.08 50 87

6 79.5 | 29 | 78.0 | 44 | .940 4 .50 87

7 so.4 l. 32 | 788 1 ds | .964 34 .69 .86

8 819 | 49 | 794 Y 74 | 6.988 ¿417 a

9 82.8 | 6.7 | 79.4 | 10.1 | .983 41 3.88 73

10 CO o IA 18 5.36 .66

11 83.7 | 10.9 | 782 | 16.4 | .946-.| 9.92 6.63 .60

Noon Bso 15124 1 mt as 11.991 72 17.66 56

1 84.5 | 18.3 | 778 | 20.0 | .934 E 54,

2 84.7 | 138.5 | 779 | 20.8 | .937 75 .58 53

3 84.8 | 13.5 | 78.0 |20.3 | .940 -78 .61 53

4 646 [124 MEA 186 | .952 Ba 7.80 .56

5 ess) 1170 774 NM 17.6 | 1.922 .65 .09 .58

6 82.3 1,241 PB | 141 |: .92 76 5.43 64 |

7 A E 70 3.94 El

8 Sot 15601 TT 80 .9Ta 74, ¿2 75

9 ar a E Se 902 O a 78

10 78.9 | 5:51 761 | 8.3 | *..885 48 .83 17

11 78:91:50 764 | 7.5 | .893 56 57 79

Al the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. v

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

E 4%

ala

1í 138.0

2| 137.0

3 135.0

4 132.0

5| 124.5

-6 Sunday.

7| 128.2

8| 128.0

9| 133.0

101.:129.8

11| 135.0

12 137.0

13| Sunday.

14 140.0

15| 143.9

16| 144,0

Eo 139:0

18, 141.0

19 142.6

20| Sunday.

21| 144.8

221 146.8

23| 136.0

Rain Gauge

5 feet above

Ground

Inches.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of May, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, de.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

(07)

E E

Ea Y

pm RL em pon

er er

53 g

ES y

General Aspect of the Sky.

Scatd. clouds

afterwards.

Scadt. clouds till 1 P. m. cloudless till

7 P. M. cloudy afterwards.

till 8 a. m. cloudless

Cloudless till 9 4. M. Scatd. —i € nitill 4

P. M. cloudy afterwards ; also raining

between 6 8 P.M.

Cloudless till 4 A. m. Scatd. clouds till

7 P. M. cloudy afterwards ; also thun-

der and lightning, accompanied with

little rain between 9 € 11 Pp. m.

Scatd. clouds till 5 P. m. cloudless till

9 P. M. cloudy afterwards.

Scatd. clouds till 4 P. m. cloudy after-

wards; also raining between 6 4 8

P. M.

Scatd. clouds till 6 P. mM. cloudy after-

wards; also thunder 4 lightning

a little rain between 7 4 9 P. m.

Cloudless till 4 A. M. Scatd. —i till 1

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudy till 10 a. m. cloudless till 5 p.

M. Scatd. clouds afterwards.

Cloudy ; also rain accompanied with

thunder d lightning between 7 € 8

P. M.

Cloudless till 3 A. M. Scatd. clouds till

7 P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless,

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 3 p. m. cloudy till 7 2. u,

cloudless afterwards.,

Cloudless till 11 A. m. Scatd. —i till 6

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless,

Cloudless.

Cloudless ti!l 4 A. Mm. Scatd. —i till 5

P. M. cloudy till 9 p.m. cloudless

afterwards.

v] Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of May, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, «e.

O E

3.38 |2.27%

A 43 [9 5 5| Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

MN ON of the Wind.

la] 3 7

á SA 5 pda)

Inches.

24| 1350 | .. /8.4S.E.8G E. Cloudless till 4 A. mM. Scatd. clouds till

8 P. M. cloudless afterwards; also

thunder d lightning at 5 P. M.

25; 133.0 O AS A Cloudless till 7 a. Mm. Scatd. Mi after-

wards ; also lightning at 8 P. M.

261 134.5 ed S. € $. E. Cloudless till 7 A. mM. Scatd. clouds af-

terwards; also slightly drizzling at

6 P. M.

27| Sunday.

28| 136.4 | .. S.£ N. E. Cloudless till 4 A. Mm. Scatd. —i till 3

P. M. cloudy afterwards ; also slight-

ly drizzling between 8 4 9 P. Mm.

pe A E ESA DE Scatd. clouds ; also lightning at 7 P. mM.

301 133.4 S. Cloudless till 4 A. M. Scatd. clouds af-

terwards.

A A DA Scatd. —i € Ni; also slightly drizzling

at 1 P.M.

M Cirri, —i Cirro strati, Vi Cumuli, +1 Cumulo strati, Wi _Nimbi,—i Strati,

WM 1 Cirro cumuli.

MM.

Meteoroloyical Observations. vil

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

un the month of May, 1860.

MonNntHLY RusuLtrs.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, Ss .. 29.613

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 9 a. Mm, on the 5th, ye 29.845

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 5 P. M. on the 31st, Es 29.417

Extreme Range of the Barometer during the month, .. .. 0.428

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, aja de e 29.682

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, a Bn de 29.537

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. de 0.145

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, pg d 88.7

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 P. M. on the 21st, A al 105.8

Min. Temperature occurred at 1 A. M. on the 4th, A bg 72.8

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. Sa 33.0

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, Se Sa Se 98.7

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, Sa Se e 81.0

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, E VRT

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, só ¿e 81.4

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. ES

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, ho. 77.7

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew Bomb 11.0

Inches

Mean Elastic force of vapour for the month, .. xo “e 0.931

Troy grains

Mean weight of Vapour for the month, se 58 e 9.88

Additional weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, E 4.08

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.71

Inches

BRained 8 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, ss “. 0.94,

Total amount of rain during the month, .. “s 2 2.21

Prevailing direction of the Wind, .. .. S. GS, E,

viii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Ilowrly lLeteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

im the month of May, 1860.

MonNxtHLY REsuLos.

Table showing the number of days on which ata given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. S : ¿ . e

3 S O S sp. [S|3

E E sl ls E a EEE

E. (S]S.E.£1S. 2lu (S|W.|(£l ells ls

No. of days. | a

Midnight. | | 7 19

5 ; y 19

2 Y 18

3 8 18 1

d 9 14 1

5 1 8 17 il

6 4 8 14 il

7 4, 6 15 á

Soma] 1 5 21 :

9 | 1 1 25

10.) 7 í 23 3

A 3 O E, 1

Noon. | 1 19 ¡4 2

1 | 4 13| 5 1

E 6 Toa E E OS!

3.0 cal ¡OS 1.1112 R42

5 | A Da ies

5001) | A A A a O

q 0 A 18114 1

sí E A A e:

9 | ais Rabioso 1d 21d

10 | 4, 7 13

E 3 7 14 1

Meteorological Observations. 1x

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Ofice, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33 1” North. Longitude 88% 20” 34” East,

feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, e. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

o 0 “>

- o AS Range of the Barometer E 2 Range of the Tempera-

E E E during the day. pa 3 ture during the day.

255 E

A [eh]

S | ¿33 | Max. | Min. | Dif | ES | Max | Mio. | Dif

a | =

Inches. | Inches, | Inches. | Inches O O o O

1 |29.575 |29.621 |29.499 0.122 88.0 99.2 79.2 | 20.0

9 615 681 .990 .131 88.8 98.9 78.8 | 20.1

3 | Sunday

4 ¿610 677 .523 154 88.2 98.6 79.0 | 19.6

5 602 665 545 120 86.5 95.6 82.0 | 13.6

6 637 691 .586 105 84.3 91.3 81.0 | 10.3

7 670 742 .620 122 82.3 87.4 79.2 8.2

8 627 673 575 098 82.2 86.4 79.8 6.6

9 608 657 509 102 84.6 92.3 718.5 | 13.8

10 | Sunday

11 097 ¿643 521 .122 86.1 93.4 SL.2 112,2

12 572 631 510 .121 83.9 91.0 80.4 | 10.6

13 507 594 446 .108 Sl.4 84.8 79.4 5.4

14 44.2 484, 368 .116 81.8 85.5 79.2 6.3

15 386 4.48 319 .129 83.4 88.8 193 9.5

16 337 389 .293 .092 84,4 91.5 80.2 | 11.3

17 | Sunday.

18 ADA 513 .402 .111 89.4 96.4 83.4 | 13.0

19 .9539 ¿608 479 .129 83.8 94.5 TITO NAATO

| 20 ¿615 ¿663 .560 .103 82.7 90.5 77.6 | 12.9

| 21 ¿629 .676 298 als 85.3 91.0 S0.6 | 10.4

| 22 624 .674 ¿574 .100 84.4 89.0" ":SI2 7.8

| 23 .094 ¿645 ¿334 .111 86.1 92.6 81.3 | 11.3

24 ¡| Sunday.

25 .180 574 413 .161 84,2 87.4 78.2 9.2

26 423 4508 .380 .078 85.1 92.6 PTDASIDO

27 .906 .999 416 .143 84.8 90.6 80.6 | 10.0

28 .529 597 469 .128 86.1 93.8 80.8 | 13.0

29 497 .056 413 143 85.5 92.0 80.8 | 11.2

30 478 .049 ¿436 .113 84.1 89.2 81.0 8.2

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-fouxr hourly observations made during

he day.

Xx Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

an the month of June, 1860.

Daily Means, 8:c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

S E ETE

E k o A 1D) SIS a

A = E = ES es 0

E = Ss o 2 “s E Pis E E

= (5) dE 3 S A o S o 3

Date. | A S 5 S E 28 le EXE

> G > 2 A o

ye == 2 iS As |pE¡8-5| 227

3 E 5 es 2, A lo A

E ca 2 3 ss e? as ss

S 8 Pp a poa 3> 132 (8 2] 38.5

= A S a = 2 |< 5

o O 0) O Inches TE gr “P. 1

1 Sil 6.9 77.6 10.4 0.928 9.87 | 3.81 | 0.72

2 81.0 7.8 CNE 1 E 913 .68 | 4.32 69

3 | Sunday.

4 80.0 8.2 75.9 12.3 879 34 42 68

5 80.3 6.2 77.2 9.3 916 AINARSS 5

6 80.1 4.2 78.0 6.3 940 [10.07 | 2.21 82

7 79.4 2.9 77.9 4,4 937 .08 | 1.50 87

8 79.6 2.6 78.3 3.9 949 .20 34 88

9 80.1 4.5 77.8 6.8 934 9.99 12:40 Sl

10 | Sunday.

11 80.5 5.6 27.7 8.4 931 JA NUSOL 7

12 80.0 3.9 78.0 5.9 940 [10.07 | 2.06 83

13 79.2 2.2 78.1 3.3 943 «16 4.14 90

14 79.3 2.5 78.0 3.8 940 .11 29 89

15 80.2 3.2 78.6 4.8 958 .28 .68 86

16 80.6 3.8 78.7 5.1 961 29 | 2.02 ¿84

17 Sunday.

18 82.7 6.7 79.3 10.1 979 38 | 3.87 13

19 80.5 3.3 78.8 5.0 964. .34 | 1.76 86

20 79.6 S.L 78.0 4.7 94.0 .09 63 86

21 80.6 4.7 78.2 7.1 946 (11 12:58 80

22 80.6 3.8 78.7 5.7 961 .29 .02 84

23 81.6 4.5 79.3 | 6.8 979 44 51 sl

24 | Sunday.

25 81.4 2.8 80.0 4..2 1,001 HA O .88

26 81,0 4.1 78.9 6.2 0.967 .34 | 2,23 .82

27 s1.3 3.5 79.5 5.3 .986 .55 | 1.91 .35

28 81.5 4.6 19,2 6.9 .976 41 | 2.54 .80

29 81.2 4.3 79.0 6.5 970 .35 .37 .81

30 80.8 3.3 79.1 5.0 973 :42 | 1.79 85

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

Meteorological Observations, xa

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

S 3 . | Range of the Barometer for = = as A 0S ateo]

55 each hour during the a A A

E SS A », E po

Hour. má 2, A El month. |

so” ¿ E xQ . ,

3-22 Max Min Diff. SE Max. | Min. | Dif,

a =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. - O (o) O lo)

Mid-

might. 29.555 129.742 |29.369 0.373 81.8 85.6 eb 7.9

á .541 .112 .349 .363 81.5 85.4 eN Br 7

2 .531 .682 .310 372 81.2 85.3 77.6 DE

3 .530 .628 .320 .238 81.2 85.2 77.6 7.6

4 .532 .650 .301 .349 80.8 85.0 78.0 7.0

5 3037 .64:7 .302 .345 80.9 84.2 77.8 6.4,

6 554. .665 «317 .348 81.1 84.6 78.0 6.6

7 .569 .679 .344, .335 82.0 85.6 79.4 6.2

8 .082 .688 .396 .332 84.5 89.0 79.6 9.4,

9 .987 692 .360 .332 86.2 90.8 198. 1 LO

10 .586 .691 .363 .328 88.2 93.2 S1.4 | 11.8

11 .579 ¿684 .364 .320 89.5 96.4 81.8 | 14,6

Noon.| .564 .690 .346 .344 90.2 99.0 SL. 7d

E 547 .677 .325 -392 89.8 99.2 81.4 | 17.8

2 .526 .647 .315 ¿392 89.7 99.0 81.2 | 17.8

3 .509 .640 .297 .343 89.4 98:9 77.0 | 21.9

4 .490 ¿634 .293 .341 88.7 97.8 TT.O | 202

5 «494 .620 .300 .320 87.8 97.2 MET NAS

6 501 .629 :324, .305 85.8 94.0 17.6 | 16.4,

7 .522 ¿650 .332 .318 84,4 91.0 FS:0 01 158:0

S .538 .658 .347 .311 83.7 90.0 “78 12.9

9 .556 .678 .367 Aida 83.3 88.6 77.8 | 10.8

10 .569 .687 .367 .320 82.9 87.8 77.8 | 10.0

11 .561 .691 374 .317 82.3 86.6 78.4 8.2

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month,

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

Meteorological Observations.

taleen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1860.

Hourly Means, 8c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Contimued.)

E —- a E pb) DS Saz a LL a

o (o) ES] po) o O. 0053 35

A A EL

2 2 E > S A E

o ES) . S al =

Hi E A 3 Ss 1.2 O E

22 E E A 0 CA EA

E 5 = NS A a ES

23 ca > 0-3 E” a 3 9 IS Aa Sea

ua >> a PA SS 3a2 BPE [38323

Ss a $) a E > < >

O O O O Inches. | T. gr. LT. pr

aña, 79.0 2.8 77.6 4,2 | 0.928 9.99 1.41 0.88

night. . . e e.) sal . . .

1 78.8 27 77.4 4.1 .922 93 .38 .88

2 78.8 2,4 77.6 3.6 .928 .99 .22 .89

3 79.0 2.2 77.9 3.3 .937 10.10 11 .90

4, 78.6 2.2 TT E .925 9.98 .09 90

5 78.8 al nas: 3.2 .931 10.04, .06 «91

6 79.0 2.1 77.9 3.2 .937 .10 .07 .90

74 79.7 2.3 78.5 0 955 a ¿20 .90

8 80.9 3.6 79.1 5.4 973 42 93 .34

2, 81.4 4.8 79.0 7.2 .970 ¿9 2.64 .80

10 82.1 6.1 79.0 9.2 .970 .31 3.45 O,

11 82.4 Gel 78.8 107 .964, .21 4.08 71

Noon.| 82.6 6 78.8 | 11.4 .964, 2 .38 70

ll 82.3 Eo 78.5 LES .955 .12 .30 70

2 82.4 ás 78.7 11.0 .961 .18 .19 oq

3 82.2 HZ 78.6 10.8 .958 .15 .10 71

4, 82.0 6.7 78.6 10.1 .958 17 3.79 13

5 81.9 5. 78.9 8.9 .967 .28 .32 76

6 81.2 4.6 78.9 6.9 .967 .32 20m .80

7 80.2 4,2 78.1 6.3 943 .10 .21 .82

8 80.1 3.6 78.3 5.4 .949 .18 1.89 .S4

9 80.0 3.3 78.3 5.0 .949 .18 19 85

10 79.9 3.0 78.4 4.5 .952 .21 .98 .37

11 79.6 2.7 78.2 4.1 946 17 Al 88

All the All the Hygrometrical elem: elements are computed by Me Greenwich constants,

Meteorological Observations. x11i

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor General?s O/ffice, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

gd [Sor

4311837 e

1238 [5 * 3| Prevailing direction

S| 43 (58 5| ofthe Wind.

3 3 ES

al a rod

(0) Inches

1| 134.0 Es: S.46GE.G6S8. E

AE .9 y S.% 8. W

3| Sunday.

4| 133.0 E N, E

6 ME ES.

AS 0.15 | E.

8 hd E. 4 8.

9 124, 0 | 0.34 S. € E.

10| Sunday.

MEA 0.32 |N.E.% S. E.G E

12 ls de E. 4 $.

13 E 1.16 |8S. 4 8S. W.

2 E 0.28 |8S. W. 8 W.

15 se 0.34 |S. W. d calm

0.39 |S. W.4 $.

AO NE a

1.189 (8.6 E. $. E,

0.14 [S.4G 8. E. € E.

sa O E de

AAA A A |

General Aspect of the Sky.

Scatd. clouds ; also very slightly driz- .

zling at 7 P. aL.

Cloudless till 3 A. m. cloudy till 11 A.

M. Scatd. —itiló5 Pp. mM. cloudless

afterwards.

Scatd. clouds till 4 a. mM. cloudless till

10 a. M. Scatd. —i afterwards.

Scatd. —i £ Ni tilll p. m. cloudy after-

wards; also very slightly drizzling

at Ó P.M.

Scatd. —i til 6 A. Mm. cloudy afterwards ;

also drizzling after interverals be-

tween 1 Pp. m. € midnight.

Cloudy; also constantly drizzling be-

tween Noon € 6 P. M.

Cloudy ; also constantly drizzling.

Scatd. —i 4; Nitill 6 p. M. cloudless after-

wards; also raining between 5 di 6 P. M.

Scatd. —i till 6 A. M. cloudy afterwards ;

also ral ning between 6 4 7 p. m.

Cloudy ; also drizzlingat1 45 € 6 P.M.

Cloudy; also constantly raining or

drizzling.

Cloudy ; also occasionally drizzling.

Cloudy ; also raining between Noon ds

1?.M.4 drizzling between 8 « 11

P. M.

Cloudy ; also drizzling at 11 A. m. d

between 5 4 9 P. mM.

Cloudy till 8 a. Mm. cloudless till 3 p. m.

cloudy till 8 P. mM. cloudless after-

wards.

Cloudless till 3 A. M. cloudy afterwards ;

also raining between 2 4 6 p. mM.

Cloudless till 8 a. M. Scatd. —i til 1

P. M. cloudy afterwards ; also raining

at 2 P.M.

Cloudless till 10 A. Mm. Scatd. Ni € —i

till 7 P. m. cloudless afterwards.

Mi Cirri, —i Cirro strati, Mi Cumuli, -i Cumulo strati, Wi Nimbi, —i Strati,

Mi Cirro ld

x1v Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of ¿he Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

¿n the month of June, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

Ss (me

33 15,23

cl %3 [9 5 5| Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

2| ES (585 of the Wind.

O Inches

221.0 0es A Cloudless till 7 A. m. cloudy til 2 p. m.

Scatd. Ni 4 —iafterwards ; also driz-

zling between 9 4 10 a. mM.

231. 132.0 mal ISS ¡| Cloudless till 4 A. M. Scatd. —i 6 Mi

> till 11 a. mx. cloudy till 7 P. m. cloud-

less afterwards.

24| Sunday. | 1.32

o EAS 0.21 |8. 6 8. W. Cloudy; also drizzling between midnight

€ 2 A. m.;also slightly raining at

noon di at 11 P. M.

26| 126.0 | 0.46 [8.4 8, W. Cloudy till 9 a, mM. Scatd. i after-

wards ; also raining between mid-

night 42 4. M.

2 251] 8. E. Cloudy ; also drizzling between 3 4 7

A. M.

281 “120 MA AN. B: Scatd. clouds till 3 Pp. wm. Seatd. —i

afterwards.

29| 132.4 | 0.10 | N. E. € E. Cloudy; also drizzling at noon ds

between 4 4 6 P.M,

30| 126.0 | 0.07 |8S.€ N. Cloudy ; also drizzling at14%G54%6A.

M., di also at Noon.

Meteoroloyical Observations. xv

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

an the month of June, 1860.

MonNtHLY RESULTS.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, sl .s 29.544

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at Midnight on the 7th, .. 29.742

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 p. mM. on the 16th, ee 29.293

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, be A

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures, SE 8 59 29.601

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, a e .k 29.482

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. =b 0.119

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, $ e 84.9

Max. Temperature occurred at 1 P. M. on the 1st, “> .. 99.2

Min. Temperature occurred at 3 P. M. on the 19th, de sde 77.0

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. $e 22.2

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, «E “> 3-1 91.7

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, Eo e x 79.9

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, do 11.8

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, e a 80.6

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 4.3

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, AA Y Mii

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean ode -polmt, .. 6.5

Inches

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, de se 0.952

Troy grains

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, ps ; $ 10.17

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete satur brida de 2.32

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.81

Inches

Rained 21 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, de ba 1132

Total amount of rain during the month, ce >. Sn 6.46

Prevailing direction of the Wind, Sl eL S. € E,

xvl Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1860.

MoNTHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which ata given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour, when

any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. á E E E z Z a.

o o (2) o [=) > o of .-

<lBls| | E les ¿|

NiálzgálE. ¿[sE ¿ls (¿lu (Sw. £lz

No. of days

Midnight. | 1 1 6 |1fÍ 3 Pa E

1 1111 6 3 2 2|1

al da 6 3 E NL

3 2 6 1 a Ia E

4 2 2 S|14 1 24 1 1

5 311211 6|1f 2 UNS 2

6 1 3 TNA 14.44 AF 1

7 3) ES 14 6 1

8 3 3 2 21 4

9 1 10 2 a

10 dl 9 3 13 6 1

11 9 9 2 SN IE

Roa y Ea

RN AO

RA jp

RO AAA yA

N DD Dr?nN»nno y

WO 0 00 0 Ora Ep Or

0) 0 WN IN NOA py

0) UY) UU) E) a 9 NN Ud) =100 O)

= O O00aOoÉA NN

jad tod

A A E A

Ro pp

TEA TL cr Esc RANENTIIA lo nr

Rain on.

Calm.

UV NDNNyDAHA

Rain on.

Missed.

Meteorological Observations. xvi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33 1” North. Longitude 88% 20” 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18,11

Daily Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

SB E

$ E Range of the Barometer da += |Range of the Tempera-

Eo E E during the day. > E ture during the day.

E: 3

Date. 2 ES aa

so a a

Ss == Max Min Diff SS Max. | Min. | Diff.

s A

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. lo) o 10) 0

- 1 | Sunday.

2 29.530 | 29.584 | 29.462 0.122 89.30 1.914 81.0 | 10.4

| 3 ¿PAN 558 4157 ¿LOl 85.5 91.3 78.6 | 12.7

| 4, 524, .561 .458 .103 85.0 89.6 82.2 7.4

5 «239 .586 .488 .098 | 85.3 90.6 81.4 9.2

6 509% .569 478 .091 85.5 90.6 82.5 8.1

7 .500 ¿537 .134 .103 85.3 90.4, 82.0 8.4

8 | Sunday.

9 .526 .561 .482 .079 85.7 90.8 81.6 9.2

10 .505 .566 .468 .098 87.3 93.8 82.8 | 11.0

| dd 446 .494 373 .121 88.8 96.8 82.0 | 14.8

12 456 .519 .401 US 87.0 96.4, 83.4 | 13.0

13 .511 E 458 IV7 87.0 94.0 81.4 | 12.6

14 9034 14 ¿186 .088 85.4 89.8 82.0 7.8

| 15 | Sunday.

| 16 561 | .622 Dl O 826701. 87.401 79:8 MA

| 17 .584 ¿624 527 .097 83.2 88.8 80.0 8.8

18 .599 .644 537 AO 83.7 88.6 80.0 8.6

| 19 567 .605 514 ¿091 83.7 87.2 80.7 6.5

20 578 .619 .502 .117 83.0 84.8 80.6 4.2

| 21 552 .592 .491 «101 83.3 87.8 80.6 7,2

22 | Sunday.

23 579 637 .536 .101 79.4, 81.6 77.0 4.6

24, .592 .635 932 .103 80.7 87.2 77.8 9.4

25 5932 573 476 ¿097 80.7 83.4 78.0 5.4

26 .496 .546 434 .112 79.6 80.6 77.9

27 .508 .561 .160 .101 81.6 84.1 78.4 5.7

23 9LL 045 164 .081 81.8 87.2 77.6 9.6

29 | Sunday.

30 .512 374 4151 .123 82.3 85.7 79.0 | 6.7

Sl .537 .586 471 115 82.9 89.0 79.2 9.8

* The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty- -four howrly observations made during

the day.

xviil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taleen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

Daily Means, Gc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued,)

79.7 2.6 78.4, 3.9 .952 .23 .35 .98

3.9

80.3 2.6 7310 970 .42 .37 .98

ss ES KS O E OE

. [b) em

E ¿ EA is 9 es [23 |85

5 :S e A os

5 e O A ds

ES D o Ss Ss aa (105

3 5 E 3 o ES 0 O 253

Date. E 2 a 3 So E 55 D 2

o 3 8 S == 3 ál 3-3 93l 82

= o — E El as a > S q 0 uN AS]

SN a s As 9 5 IO

ars a a 5 IN ES

$ 8 po S por 3 > $52 laa] 33

EAS, TA == a O a == A E A

0 10) o o Inches. 1 «Tae DI

1 Sunday.

2 81.4 3.9 79.4 5.9 0.983 | 10.49 2.15 0.83

3 81.4 4.1 79.3 6.2 .979 46 .26 .82

4, 81.8 3.2 80.2 4.8 | 1.008 dd 1.26 .86

5 82.1 3.2 80.5 4.8 917 .87 AY 86

6 81.8 3.7 79.9 5.6 0.998 65 2.07 .S4

7 81.7 3.6 79.9 9.4 .998 57 1.97 .S4

8 | Sunday.

9 82.0 3.7 80.1 5.6 1.005 adiE 2.09 84,

10 82.5 4.8 80.1 da .005 .69 72 .80

Yi 83.1 5.7 80.2 8.6 .008 68 3.32 16

12 82.4 4.6 80.1 6.9 .005 69 2.60 .80

13 81.6 5.4, 78.9 8.1 0.967 .30 95) 78

14 80.7 4.7 78.3 rs .949 .14 34 .80

15 | Sunday.

16 1978 2.8 78.4 4,2 992 «23 1.45 .38

17 80.3 2.9 78.8 4,4 .964 .36 58 .87

18 80.5 3.2 78.9 4.8 967 .37 70 .86

19 80.2 3.5 78.4 5.3 952 .21 .86 .85

20 80.4 2.6 ¿9 39 973 45 37 .88

91 80.8 2.5 79.5 3.8 .986 57 .36 .89

92 Sunday.

23 el 1.6 77.0 2.4 .910 9.85 0.77 .93

24, 78.5 2.2 77.4 3.3 .922 .95 1.09 .90

25 79.2 1.5 78.4 2.3 .952 | 10.27 0.77 .93

26 78.7 0.9 78.2 1.4 .946 24 45 .96

27 79.5 2.1 78.4 3.2 .952 .25 1.09 .90

28 79.2 2.6 77.9 3.9 937 .08 .32 .88

29 | Sunday.

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. XIX

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

_ Hourly Means, dc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

y 2 . | Range of the Barometer = E Range of the Temperature

284 for each hour during a 3 for each hour during

OA the month. PO the month.

“| más a E

ado en . ES

a 22 Max Min Diff. E E Max. Min. Difr,

a Ps

Inches. | Inches.| Inches. Inches.| o o 0 0

Mid- |,

night. 29.549 ¡29.630 [29,459 | 0.171 ¡ 82.1 86.0 78.4 7.6

El .537 .609 447 .162 81.7 85.8 1 8.5

2 .530 ¿605 ¿136 .169 81.4 85.4 77.8 7.6

3 DO) 6021 4200 ps sde 776 7.2

4 518 397 .421 .176 80.7 84.6 77.0 7.6

5 .524, .600 ¿431 .169 80.7 84.4, 77.6 6.8

6 .537 ¿608 | .450 .158 | 80.6 | 84,2 77.8 6.4

di .551 ¿623 .469 154 81.3 85.2 78.2 7.0

8 564 ¿644 | .479 1657 "834 1 87.8 78.6 9.2

9 .569 .643 .490 .153 84.6 89.4 78.0 11.4

10 .568 .631 .484, .147 86.1 91.6 78.6 13.0

11 563 637 | .477 LOU. 3.071 :98.7 79.6 14.1

Noon. 547 616 | .457 .159 | 87.6 | 95.0 79.5 15.5

1 .531 GUS lA .176 | 87.6 | 96.4 79.6 16.8

2 .508 .588 ¿414 ¿174 87.3 96.8 80.4 16.4

3 493 .569 «401 .168 86.7 96.8 80.4 16.4

4 479 ¿547 .373 .174 86.4, 96.8 80.4 16.4

5 479 .041 -376 .165 85.9 94,4, 80.6 13.8

6 .490 .552 .392 .160 85.0 92.2 80.6 11.6

A .509 319 .398 .181 84.1 91.4 78.8 12.6

Ss .529 597 .136 .161 83.6 88.8 79.8 9.5

9 .548 .616 .158 .158 83.0 86.6 79.6 7.0

10 .558 .637 472 .165 82.7 86.4: 79.0 7.4,

Ea .560 .637 | .469 .168 | 82.4 | 86.0 78.8 7.2

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Boi

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month,

XX Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

Hourly Means, €c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

2 EE EE ES a. TENES

E Els Jan sa AS. A

o = o 3 E CI ES

Bs > E E E del 33 | 20285

Hour. ES a A E a 50 = 32 | E 3 E

23 | 2 E 000 E AN E

= la E E 0 A O 0 AS

3 A A 7 ao es s=z2 352 SS

23 | p E O RE A E Ll ES

á 2 $) a 5 A ES 38

o o o o Inches. ¡Troy grs. Troy grs.

Mid- | 800 | 21 | 789 ) 3.2 [0.967 (1041 | 110 | 0.90

E E 2,0 | 78.7 | 3.0 | .961 .35 .02 .91

2 | 795 19 | 78.5 2.9 | .955 29 | 0.98 .91

3 | 793 19 | 783 29 | .949 .22 .99 .91

4 11 790 UT a Tak 2.6 | .943 16 .88 .92

B| 790 LS UR: 2.6 | .943 16 .88 .92

6 | 790 16 | 782 | 24 | .96 .21 .80 .93

ml 7el6 DNS 2.6 | .961 .35 .89 .92

8 | 80.7 TOS A > c979 .51 1.45 .88

9 108 38.3 | 79.6 | 5.0 | .989 .58 .81 .85

109 800 4,2 | 79.8 6.3 | .995 .62 2.33 .82

11 82.3 4.7 79.9 7.1 .998 .63 .66 .80

Noon. | 82.5 5.1 79.9 7.7 .998 .61 91 79

1 82.4 5.2 79.8 7.8 .995 .98 94 78

2 82.4 4,9 da 7.4 .998 63 78 79

3 81.7 5.0 79.2 7.5 976 .39 79 79

4 81.7 4.7 79.3 dol e) 44, 62 80

5 81.5 4.4, 79.3 6.6 .979 44, 43 81

6 80.9 4,1 78.8 6.2 .964s .31 22 82

e 80.7 3.4 190 5.1 .970 .40 1.81 85

8 80.5 3.1 78.9 4.7 .967 .37 66 86

a 80.2 2.8 78.8 4.2 964 36 46 88

10 80.2 2.5 CLAS) 3.8 967 39 33 89

11 80.1 2.3 78.9 3.0 967 39 22 90

A A A A

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations.

XXI

Absiraci of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, «ce.

3.3

. E 3

[b] e rS

S| sg

a| =*

1| Sunday

2| 130.8

3 a...

4 ..

5 o.

6| 115.0

8S| Sunday

10 120.0

11 135,0

VA 123.7

13| 128.0

14 sa

15 Sunday

16 .

17 ..

18 .:

19 ..

20 ..

21 ..

22| Sunday.

23 2

5feet above

Rain Gauge

Ground.

Inches.

0.86

0.09

0.60

1.38

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

S. 4 S. E.

S. € $. E,

S. € S. W.

S. W. € $.

S. E. € 8.

S. E. GS. € E.

S. GS. E.

S. € $. E.

S. 6: S. E.

S. GS. W.

S. E.

S. 6 8. W. € $. E.

S.4 8, E.

General Aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless till 6 a. w. Scatd. —i € "i

afterwards ; also drizzling at 14% at

5 P. M.

Scatd. —i € Mi till 6 p. m. cloudless

afterwards; also raining at 4: A. M.

Cloudless till 4 A. Mm. cloudy afterwards ;

also constantly drizzling between 2

di 8 P. M.

Cloudy ; also raining between 8 A. M.

6 1 Pp. M.

Cloudy ; also slightly raining at 4 A. M.

Scatd. —1 till 54. Mm. cloudy afterwards ;

also raining after intervals between

14610 Pp. mx.

Cloudy.

Scatd. —1 till 1 P. m. Scatd. clouds till

7 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards.

Scatd. Mé Li till 7 4. m. cloudless till

1 Pp. M. Scatd. —i till 7 P. mM. cloud-

less afterwards.

Cloudy.

Cloudless till 9 a. mM. Scatd. Ni4% —i

afterwards.

Cloudless till 4 A. mM. cloudy till 7 P. m.

cloudless afterwards.

Scatd. —i till 10 A. mM. cloudy after-

wards ; also drizzling at Noon dG

3 P. M.

Cloudy; also raining at Midnight «e

between 10 A. M. 4 1 P. m.

Cloudy ; also rainingat 1 4.m.4 10 «

11 A.M,

Cloudless till 7 A. mM. Scatd. ”i till 6

P. M. Scatd. M € —i afterwards.

Cloudy till 7 P. m. cloudless afterwards ;

also drizzling at 9 A. M.

Cloudless till 8 a. mu. cloudy afterwards ;

also raining at 10 A. mM.

Cloudy ; also constantly raining before

1 p.m.

EX Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

23 |9

Sa l|8.27

| 23 (9 S 8| Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

2| »$8 [8.S2| ofthe Wind.

Ss AS E]

al q O

24 Ae 0.12 (S.E. € 8. Cloudy ; also constantly raining.

25 ¿ 2.84 |S. E. € W. 4 8. Cloudy ; also constantly raining.

26 : 2.02 |8. Cloudy, with rain the whole day.

27 “> ES. Cloudy ; also drizzling at 6 A. M.

28 S: 1.10 |$S, €, $. E. Cloudy ; also incessantly raining be-

tween 248 A. M.

29| Sunday. | 0.28

30 0.49 |S. €. S, E. Cloudy ; also occasionally drizzling.

31| 117.0 | 0.98 [E. € 8. Cloudy ; also raining at 3 4 7 P. M.

M Cirri, —i Cirro strati, Mi Cumuli, -1 Cumulo strati, Wi Nimbi, —i Strati,

M ¡i Cirro cumuli.

Meteorological Observations. xXx11i

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteoroloyical Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

MontHLY RESULTS.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, a .. 29.532

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 8 A. M. on the 18th, .. 29.644

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 P.M. on the 11th, .. 29.373

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, Ae daa OSI

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, ye Se ne LOT

Ditto ditto Vin. “+ dibto, ls. ce “e e. 29.475

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, +. A 0.104:

- Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. dos. 83.9

Max, Temperature occurred at 2 4 3 P. mM. on the 11th, .. .. 96.8

Min. Temperature occurred at 4 A. M.on the 23rd, eS be 77.0

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, rei .. 19.8

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, .. .. .. 88.8

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, de Sk | pS 80.3

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, =e 8.5

Mean Wet bulb Thermometer for the month, .. se de 80.7

Mean Dry bulb Thermometer above mean Wet bulb Thermometer, .. 3.2

Computed Mean-Dew point for the month, .. 2 sa 79.1

Mean Dry bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew-point, e 4.8

Inches

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, .. da DOI

Troy grains

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, .. “. q 10.42

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, a L7E

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.86

Inches

Rained 23 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, .. .. 2.84

Total amount of rain during the montl,, sa ZA a 17.92

Prevailing direction of the Wind, .. .. "> S. GS, E.

XXIV Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1860.

MoNTHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. dl ES S 3 s|.|S S S|3

slálel. [elóásl [slB sl. |< dE

Nélz ¿le (Elilólo ¿jo le 2 ES

No. of days

Midnight. 8 111 Ls

1 1 9 3] 1

2 1 9 311

3 9 8 121 1

4 AUS 29 2 1 2

5 1 6 112 1 3

6 1 1 8 22 1

7 1 3 7 112 1

S 4|1 4 11 1 Ey Al

9 3 6 21 4 11 1| 1

10 1 3 49 6 112

11 1 5 513 211

Noon. 1 Y 44 3 21 1

1 J 1 Y 4 5 lab

2 1 3 5 216 2

3 A E Os 246 21 1

4 2|113 1] 4 2]

5 1 3 44 1 1

6 1 5 31 1

7 1 1117 113

8 8 29 1

9 7 23 1

10 Y 31 1 1

11 7 11 1 1 1

AMeteorological Oldservations. EXV

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General*s Ojjice, Calculta,

in the month of August, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33 1” North. Longitude 88? 20 34” East. ,

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, $c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

ou ÉS

> E £ Range of the Barometer E 2 Range of the Tempera=

El 3 during the day. a. ture during the day.

ES Aa Ss —

A ga” ES

g a Max Min Dif Ss Max Min. | Diff

Ss — la

1 $

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o o poo o

1 |29.536 |29.571 ¡29.479 0.092 82.6 87.0 79.6 7.4,

9 454 .546 .365 .181 83.5 88.2 80.8 7,4

3 403 ADO .363 .092 81.6 85.4 19.2 6.2

4 471 .019 «409 .140 S2.4 85.8 132 6.6

5 | Sunday.

6 .039 .583 483 .100 84.1 88.4 81.0 7:

o .094 644 .548 .096 82.1 85.7 79.8 SY

8 .621 .661 573 ¿088 81.6 81.8 79.0 5.8

9 .627 .681 541 .140 85.3 92.0 | 79.4 | 12.6

10 .603 .678 024 154 87.2 92.8 82.6 | 10.2

11 515 .964 «124 .140 88.5 99.6 84.2 | 11.4

12 | Sunday.

13 514 573 4:70 .103 83.5 97.4 80.6 6.8

14 .569 .613 .511 .102 83.5 88.0 80.6 7.4

| 15 587 645 .526 .119 83.9 87.6 80.6 70

| 16 508 .600 «4186 .114 84.1 88.8 81.2 7.6

| 7 575 .630 .530 .100 81.5 82.7 19,8 2)

| 18 .664 122 .607 .115 80.7 83.5 78.8 4.7

| 19 | Sunday.

| 20 .701 .748 653 095 82.7 86.8 79.4 A

21 .652 .710 .583 .127 8

| E EBS6 11.678 | 591 | .087 86.2. | 79.2

| a 663 | 696 | '.605 | .091 | 82.8 | 886 | 792

0.8 826 MS. ea.O

24 .675 745 .617 .128 3.2 88.4 | 79.6 |' 8.8

| 25 719 377 .667 110 82.5 so 0080.00 5,1

| 26 | Sunday.

;

| er lomsil .s6 | 702 | 12% | 826 | 860 | 790 | 70

| 28 722 784 .640 144 85.5 326 VISIO di

| 29 .669 734 585 .149 86.4 93.0 | 82.2 | 10.8

| 30 .652 .708 .580 .128 86.6 91.8 | 828 | 9.0

31 .683 .148 615 .133 86.3 91.5 82.6 8.9

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-four hourly observations made during

ihe day.

XXVI Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1860.

Daily Means, £c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

S 5 E 0 =D

En 3 E A Y A Sa

A e E E o Y es

E 2 Es (3) o > o PE ES

E a Ae S E amas

= o Es ÑS IN S he E

Date. | A a e s le e OS a

2 3 a le A CE 0

o o E En As les (223 |90=

E 3 E 0 Ss ("Siles

so ER = 3 O a“ 33 | e

3 53 p> 8 a 2 (323 apio s.2

po A ¡S) a A > < 5

o o o o Inches. ¡ T. gr. | T. gr.

1 80.3 2.3 79.1 3.5 | 0.973 [10.45 | 1,23 | 0.90

2 80.9 2.6 79.6 3.9 .989 .60 .40 .88

3 79.3 23 78.1 3.5 943 14) | RABO .S9

4 79.8 2.6 78.5 3.9 995 27 MESA 89

5 |Sunday.

6 800 4.1 77.9 6.2 .937 .04 | 2,17 .82

1 79.2 2.9 bei 4.4 .931 .02 | 1.49 87

8 79.2 2.4 78.0 3.6 940 .11 238 .89

9 81.1 4.2 79.0 6.3 .970 37 A .82

10 82.3 4.9 79.8 7.4 .995 60 LALTRATATO

11 83.4 El 80.8 er 1.027 .89 -99 .19

12 | Sunday.

13 80.5 3.0 79.0 45 | 0.970 40 | 1.60 | .87

14 80.4, 3.1 78.8 4.7 964 34 .66 .86

15 80.9 3.0 79.4 4.5 .983 .51 62 .87

16 81.1 3.0 79.6 4.5 .989 58 1066314 87

17 80.0 A 2.3 976 52 (049 15 ..93

18 79.2 1.5 * 78.4 2.3 9592 327 ir .93

19 | Sunday.

20 80.4 2.3 79.2 3.5 976 ¿48 | 124 .89

21 79.5 1.3 78.8 2.0 .964, 40 | 0.67 94

22 78.7 3.7 76.8 5.6 909. LO. 7 144 SOS Cd

23 79.1 3.2 77.5 4.8 925 94 | .64 | .86

24 80.0 3.2 78.4 4.8 | 0527 AllON21 .68 | .86

25 80.1 2.4 78.9 3.6 967 39114. 223 .89

26 | Sunday.

27 80.8 1.8 79.9 AN .998 72 | 0.96 92

28 82.0 3.5 80.2 5.3 1.008 TN AS 85

29 81.9 4.5 79.6 6.8 | 0.989 54 | 2.52 81

30 82.3 4.3 80.1 6.5 | 1.005 69 ¿45 .81

31 82.1 4.2 80.0 6.3 ¿001 68 | .34 82

Al the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. xxvli

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

Range of the Tempera-

S E . | Range of the Barometer for = 5

2S5 each hour during the Ea a Pin Bor subn hour

e o EE month. po 8 rip

Hour. Fr ÉS 2, iS E month.

s ya E E 3 E E

332 Max Min Diff. sz Max. | Min. | Dif.

=> 5

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches, O O lo) O

Mid- E E E

nieht. 29.621 |29.750 |29.407 .343 81.9 85.0 79.6 5.4

1 .606 .750 .403 .347 81.7 84.8 79.4 5.4

2 .596 124 .398 .326 81.4 84.7 79.2 5.5

3 .589 .724, .385 .339 81.2 84.6 79.0 5.6

4, .591 .726 .378 .348 80.7 83.4, 78.7 4.7

5 092 741 .396 .345 80.8 84.2 79.0 5.2

6 ¿609 745 .397 .348 80.6 84.2 78.8 5.4

7 ¿625 763 «A16 .347 81.2 84.8 | 78.8 6.0

8 ¿640 794 423 .371 82.6 86.2 79.0 EZ

9 .651 .816 .435 .381 84,1 88.2 79.3 8.9

10 ¿652 .826 .430 .396 85.2 90.4: 79.2 | 11,2

11 ¿645 .816 .426 .390 86.0 92.2 79.8 | 12,4

Noon.| .631 796 .410 .386 86.3 93.6 80.6 ¡ 13.0

1 610 178 .389 399 86.6 94.4, 80.4 | 14,0

2 .586 746 SÍ .369 87.2 95.6 79.6 | 16.0

| 3 .965 724 .303 .361 87.1 94.0 81.2 | 12.8

| 4 054 ¿(16 .369 347 86.7 95.4 80.2 | 15.2

5 .549 .702 .365 1337 85.9 94.2 80.4 | 138

6 .559 .709 372 e 84.7 92.4 EST Ad

7 .576 .718 .383 .335 83.5 88.0 79.4, 8.6

8 .602 152 ¿105 .347 82.9 87.0 79.2 7.8

5) .621 167 .425 .342 82.7 86.8 79.4 7.4

10 .636 .168 434 .334 82.2 86.0 79.2 6.8

11 ¿626 167 .429 .338 82.2 83.6 79.2 6.4

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several houra

during the month,

xxviii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General*s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1860.

Hourly Means, éc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

L pi = E v NS SI 0 LY 5

v o = o S) o. o 525

E 2 E > JS) CCA “E ES

= 5 a ES E E E = D o 3

Horror E A 3 53 E E les

Ear E E a A a

A o

38 a 5 pa (| Ss [Sal [3>-2SEJ55853

A a O a a A « =

O O o O Inches, ¡Troy grs. Troy grs.

Mid-

night. 80.0 1.9 79.0 2.9 | 0,970 | 10.44 1.00 0.91

ql 79.8 1.9 78.8 2.9 .964, .38 0.99 .91

2 79.6 1.8 78.7 2.7 -961 .35 .92 92

3 79.5 1.7 186 - (1. 266 .958 .32 .89 El

4 79.2 1,5 78.4 2.3 952 2d 17 .93

5 79.2 1.6 78,4 2.4 ¿952 27 .30 .93

6 79.1 1.5 78.3 2.3 ,949 .24, er! 93

de 79.4 1.8 78.5 2.7 .955 .29 ¿92 Ja

8 80.0 2.6 78.7 3.9 .961 :33 1.35 .88

o) 80.9 3.2 79.3 4..8 .979 48 13 -86

10 81.2 4.0 79.2 6.0 976 43 2.18 83

11 81.5 4.5 79.2 6.8 .916 41 .00 .91

Noon. 81.6 4.7 79.2 7.1 976 .41 61 80

1 81.8 4.8 79.4 7.2 983 47 .67 .30

2 82.1 5.1 79.5 TN .986 49 .38 79

3 81.9 5.2 79.3 7.8 979 4,2 .91 78

4 81.7 5.0 79.2 73 976 39 2r/E) 79

5 81.5 4.4, 79.3 6.6 973 44, 43 81

6 81,2 3.5 79.4 5.8 983 .51 OM 85

dl 80.5 3.0 79.0 4.5 970 .40 .60 87

8 80.2 27 78.8 4.1 964 .36 43 8S

9 80.3 2.4, 79.1 3.6 973 45 32 89

10 80.1 2.1 79.0 3.2 070 44, -10 91

11 80.1 2.1 79.0 3.2 970 4:4, 10 91

AA 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Veteorological Observations. XXIX

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Metcorological Observations

taleen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

tween 3 € 64. M.; also drizzling at

10 A. M.

Ba |

9-2 3.2 pe

ai ¡da A 2 | Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

21 BS [423| ofthe Wind.

O E

10) Inches

cea 2.13 |8. € E. Cloudy and heavy rain in the morning.

pa AL N.GE.4S8 Scatd. clouds with slight drizzling be-

tween 54 6 P. M.

OS 0.35 |! N.E.4€ $. € E. Scatd. clouds «€ occasionally drizzling.

4 ee 0.38 | S. € E. Cloudy with rain between 2 4 5 A. M.

5| Sunday.

AO .. N. E. € E. Cloudy with slight'drizzling at 11 A. m.

di 7 P. M.

7| 1120 | 0.12 | E.48. E. Cloudy é occasionally drizzling.

Sa AN 0.29 | E.4S. Cloudy with occasional drizzling.

9| 135.8 | 0.05 | SUS, E. Scatd. Li ú Mi.

ZAS e. 1 WS. W. Scatd. clouds of various kinds till 6 P. mM.

cloudless afterwards.

11/ 139.0 | 1.29 | W.4 E Cloudless till 5 A. M. Scatd. —i € Mi till

6 Pp. mM. cloudly afterwards ; also rain-

ing between 7 4 9 P. mM.

12| Sunday. | 1.16

e 0.15 | S. 46 E. Cloudy ; also drizzling at 24£'7 £G8P.M.

E 0.26 | S.£G 58. E Scatd. clouds; also drizzling at 1 4 11

A. M. ; also raining at 10 P. M.

15 se S. 68, E Cloudy till 7 p. mM. cloudless afterwards ;

also drizzling at 142410 A. M.

161 ome 1.18 |S.4S, E Cloudy ; also drizzling between Midnight

6% 3 A. M.; also raining between 8 4 11

P. M.

At ss 1.09 | S.G 8, E Cloudy ; also constantly raining between

3 A. M. 4 3 P. M.

Le 0.43 | 8.6 E Cloudy ; also constantly raining.

19| Sunday.

O ala 112186 E Cloudy ; also raining between 3 € 6 P. M-

a 0.87 | S.W.SG 8 Cloudy ; also constantly rainingbetween

1 A. M. 64 P.M.

o A 0.27 | W.86 8.8% 5. W Cloudy ; also drizzling at 4 d 5 A. M,

65 at Noon.

AS aa 0.93 | S. €. S. W, Cloudless till 5 A. M. cloudy afterwards

between 4 € 11 pP. m.

241... .. S, E S. W. Cloudy ; also drizzling at midnight ; also

constantly raining.

NR la 0 00. 10. Cloudy dé drizzling occasionally.

26| Sunday. | 1.76

27 ale 057 | E.d 8. Cloudy; also constantly raining be-

XXX Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals O/fice, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

e o Oo

¿8 (38)

o.9 3.027

A 3 S | Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

£l| 843 1828 of the Wind.

al aras

Inches

28| 135.8 Se S. E. 48. Seatd. —i € ni till 77. mM. cloudless

afterwards.

291 ; 134.0 Só S. € W. Scatd. —i € ni.

301 1132,8 S. 68. W. Scatd. M «€ Li.

31/ 140.4 | 0.25 | S.4 8. E.4 E. Scatd. —i á ni.

Mi Cirri, Mi Cirro strati, Vi Cumuli, +i Cumulo strati, Mi Nimbi,—i Strati,

Wi Cirro cumuli,

Meteoroloyical Observations. XXx1

Abstract of” the Results of” the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General?s Office, Calcutta,

un the month of August, 1860.

MoNtuLY RrEsuLrs.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, .. .. 29.605

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 A. mM. on the 27th, .. 29.826

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 3 P. M. on the 3rd, .. 29.363

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, 50 e 0.463

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, Ae le A 29.662

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, : E e 29.544,

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. ee 0.118

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, E a 83.6

Max. Temperature occurred at 2 P. M. on the 11th, E JS 95.6

Min. Temperature occurred at 4 A. mM. on the 21st, PA | a ASE

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. Ze 16.9

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, e .. De 88.0

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, E Ss a 80.4,

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, e 7.6

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, <e 2 80.5

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 3.1

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, 6 se 78.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew-point, .. 4.7

Inches

Mean Elastic force of vapour for the month, .. .. .. 0.967

Troy grains

Mean weight of Vapour for the month, es Se sa 10.37

Additional weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, Sn 1.66

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.86

Inches

Rained 25 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, E ho 2.18

Total amount of rain during the month, 5 A 14.69

Prevailing direction of the Wind, dls .. 9. dí E,

xxxil Meteorological Observations.

Alstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taleen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

en the month of August, 1860.

MONTHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which ata given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. E E E El E a $ E Ñ

o IS ES ON o 5 » .Jo

a IE E je a LN EEE

IN. 317 2] E da Ela le W.¿lz (¿158135

No. of days. 1 É : d

Midnight. | pal 3 6 y 1|] LEA 2

Al 1 Saona ap 113 o]

2 pl 512 5 O: O A

3 11 51315 221 |) 1

0. p1 51314 a il a yes

Al 2H lam 31:58:11] 1 11

Emol paa 6 A

LE eN e 3 712 DA É

8 SAO 8 1 0. NS O h 1 y y 1

9 MEA 7 a 1 6 1. 3 y Al Ll

10: PUTA 613 2 4/11] 5 O ud

A A 4/2 2 31 4| 14 5 1 0

Noon. 1 |2 1] 1 2 24 5/2 5| 1]

A AA y 2 2 34 6 5

2 Qi ul 11/1108 da O O A

A ALU dl 2 1 O A

O EU LU 212114020

5 ¡ 11 2/1 2 21 4 g 2 a! i 1

O E O 3121 4 A

7 Adios A O

8 |1 5 3 2 o O EA

9 12 4/1 4 Jl E

10 2 2 4, 2 1

11 3 1 4 A A 2

Meteorological Observations. XXxlil

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1860.

Latitude 222 33 17 North. Longitude 88% 20” 34” East.

Feet,

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, éc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

a, ESTER

o wm 0D

Lo, Range of the Barometer a W |Range of the Tempera-

E S E during the day. > 3 ture during the day.

Date. |" A% ñ :

S a + Max. Min. Diff 2 E Max Min. | Dif.

= ñ

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | inches. o o O o

1 29.687 | 29.737 | 29.611 0.126 | 84,2 89.6 81.5 8.1

2 | Sunday

3 .686 740 :640 .100 | 84.0 89.6 80.8 8.8

ás ¿691 152 :625 .127 | 84.5 89.4 80.8 8.6

5 712 .762 .666 .096 y 83.5 87.4 81.2 6.2

6 .124 .791 .669 .122 | 83.2 88.6 81.2 7.4

7 .660 .224 974 .150 | 83.9 89.5 80.2 9.3

8 586 643 507 .136 ¡ 82.2 86.0 79.4 6.6

9 | Sunday. ;

10 724 794 ¿638 .136 | 81.9 83.8 81.0 2.8

11 .706 174 .621 .153 | 83.6 89.2 80.0 9.2

12 .684, .736 .613 .123 | 84.6 91.0 81.0 | 10.0

13 F10 ¿167 .660 .107 | 84.5 89.6 80.8 8.8

14 .701 766 641 .125 | 84,1 89.0 80.4 8.6

15 .627 .683 .967 .116 | 83.2 88.4 80.6 7.8

16 | Sunday.

17 .588 ¿650 .536 .114 | 84,2 89.1 81.4, 1

18 963 ¿610 904, 100147 99,1 90.0 80.0 | 10.0

19 .909 .598 ad (LLO. 81.6 85.6 79.4 6.2

| 20 005 .608 417 .191 | 80.6 82.8 | 73.2 4.6

| 21 633 ¿17 .563 .154 | 81.0 86.2 11 9.0

22 694, 145 ¿635 110 | 89.0 91.2 19.0 16122

23 | Sunday.

24 694; 756 .620 .136 | 84.7 89.2 82.4 6.8

25 .118 .187 635 .152 | 84.9 91.1 81.3 9.8

26 0125 .193 .671 .122 | 82.2 88.4 80.4 | 8.0

27 714 7 653 1 820 89.8 79.6 | 10.2

23 LO .796 642 .154 | 83.2 85.2 79.8 8.4

29 .708 Siri .630 147 | 84,2 91.2 80.4 | 10,8

30 | Sunday. S

| |

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-Lour hourly observations made during

the day.

XXxX1V Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor Generals O/fjice, Caleutta,

in the month of September, 1860.

Daily Means, €c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

. . E 9 Ss. % 8 = 8

É O EL e

= Ez v 3 ÑO ds 53”

== Do 5 nd su a Zzol|=2%3

3 3 o o Pe (PS

Date. | E. 3 A 3 2 EZE| 250

A A

E0 = 2 cas A3 ES E a e

a E [da] = As a 3 532 Da

EE S NS = ED O

S A po a PA 3 > O o

5 A A

o O o o Enches. |. Der. De

J 80.9 3.3 19.2 5.0 0.976 | 10.45 1.79 0.85

2 | Sunday. >

3 81.1 20 79.6 4.4 989 .60 57 87

4, 80.8 3.7 78.9 5.6 967 .34 2.01 84

5 80.7 2.8 79.3 4.2 970 .51 1.49 88

6 80.9 2.3 ER 3.5 992 63 26 89

7 80.6 3.3 78.9 5.0 967 .37 76 86

8 79.6 2.6 18.3 SY) 949 «20 34 88

9 | Sunday.

10 80.4 1.5 79.6 2.3 .989 65 0779 93

11 81.0 2.6 19d, 3.9 .992 63 1.40 38

12 81.3 3.3 195 5.0 989 58 .S1 85

13 80.7 3.8 78.8 5.17 964 .31 2.04, 84

14 80.8 3.3 79.1 5.0 973 .42 1.79 85

15 80.5 ad 79,1 4.1 973 «45 44, 88

16 | Sunday.

7 81.2 3.0 Oz 4.5 992 61 .63 37

18 80.4 2.7 79.0 4.1 970 12 Sd .88

19 79.5 2,1 78.4 3.2, 952 25 .09 .90

20 78.8 1.8 rl) 2.7 937 .10 0/07 .92

21 ES 3.1. 76.3 4.7 .890 9.59 1.55 .86

22 80.9 4.1 78.8 6.2 .964 | 10.31 2.22 .92

23 Sunday.

24 81.7 3.0 80.2 4.5 1.008 7 1.65 87

25 81.1 3.8 79.2 5.7 0.976 13 2.06 84

26 vis) 2.5 78.4 3.8 .952 .23 1.31 89

27 79.8 2 78.4 4.1 952 .23 41 88

28 80.2 3.0 78.7 4.5 .961 .31 58 .87

29 80.9 3.3 79.2 5.0 976 ¿45 79 .85

30 | Sunday.

RA A A A A A

AU the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. XXXV

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor Generals Ofice, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1860.

Hourly Means, £c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

“3 E .: | Range of the Barometer = 3 Range of the Temperature

=8g% for each hour during a E for each hour during

a Al z Fa the month. pa o the month.

"(Ea s as y

(1D) E A ; a] = h

Ss | Max. Min. DifF, SEA Max, Min. Difr.

p= A

Inches. | Inches.| Inches. Inches. O O 0 o

ist ,. 129.683 [29.740 29.543 | 0.197 | S17| s46 | 78.0 6.6

1 .666 124 4154 2.70 81.4 84,2 TS 6.4,

2 .656 718 .44:2 276 81.2 84.7 77 A 7.3

3 ¿648 (15 ,427 .288 80.9 84.4 77.2 Y Ms

4, .647 711 417 .294, 80.7 84.0 77.2 6.8

5 .653 *.724, 442 .282 80.7 83.8 77.6 6.2

6 .671 750 144, .306 80.6 83.6 77.2 6.4

7 .690 764 .464 .300 81.3 84.2 77.8 6.4

8 710 790 213 27 83.1 85.6 79.8 5.8

9 122 794 .216 .278 84.4, 87.2 80.0 2

10 123 796 .323 273 85.5 88.2 81.0 7.2

| 11 112 .180 .230 .250 86.3 89.6 81.0 8.6

| Noon. | .691 761 | .513 .248 | 86.9 | 89.6 | 81.8 7.8

| pS .664 743 497 246 87.0 91.0 81.6 9.4

| 2 .641 125 A67 .258 86.9 91.2 81.2 10.0

| 3 .619 1720 ¿444 .276 86.1 91.2 80.6 10.6

4, .610 .700 «450 .250 35.5 91.0 80.0 11.0

5 .613 .705 443 .262 84.6 89.8 79.8 10.0

6 .626 709 ¿450 .259 83.6 86.5 79.6 6.9

q 544 128 A61 .267 83.0 86.4 79.4, 7.0

Ss .668 746 .488 .258 82.6 85.8 79.6 6.2

9 .685 746 «499 247 32.4 85.0 79.6 5.4

10 .687 152 02M .231 82.0 84.6 178.8 5.8

11 ¿683 «761 .502 .259 81.8 84.2 78.2 6.0

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet BUE

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month.

XXXVI Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

- ¿ ETE a A O

ale, E len [ESE

o a v ES SE “oo |5So=2

Pa > E > ha 2.2311 0.92

a ÉS A 2 2 iS ES USE a.

Hour. | 53 3 a ea e o

E ¿2 3 2 qn EE D s “2 | 3828%

Eo E E O EN A

3 8 el a, e .S == 2% 32 E ES

= 3 p. E a o E

E O $) a ps o E

o o o o Inches. Troy grs.|Troy grs.

En 7o9 | 18 | 790 ) 27 | 0970 11044 | 093 | 0.92

1 79.8 1.6 79.0 2.4 970 «46 .81 93

2 79.6 1.6 78.8 2.4 .964 «40 .81 -93

3 79.5 1.4 78.8 2.1 .964 «40 70 94

4, 79,4 1.3 TEJPIMN 20 .961 37 .67 94,

5 79.4 1.3 78.7 2,0 .961 37 .67 «94

6 79.8 1,3 78.6 2.0 958 34 0 A

7 79.8 1.5 79.0 2.3 2970 46 .78 .93

8 80.5 2.6 79.2 39.9 976 «48 1.38 .88

9 81.0 3,4 79.8 5.1 -979 .48 .83 .35

10 81.3 4.2 79,2 6.3 976. ,43 2.29 .832

11 81.4 4,9 78.9 7.4 .967 .392 170 19

Noon. | 81.6 DES 78.9 8.0 267 30 95 78

1 81.5 5.5 18.7 8.3 961 24 3.05 77

2 81.6 5.3 78.9 8.0 967 30 2.95 78

3 81.2 4,9 18.7 7.4, .961 26 .69 +9

4 81.1 4,4 78.9 6.6 967 .32 AD .81

5 80.9 3.7 79.0 5.6 .970 -37 -02 S4

6 80.6 3,0 79.1 4.5 973 «42 1.61 87

7 80.5 2.5 79.2 3.8 :976 18 .34 89

8 80.3 2.3 del 3.5 973 45 .23 90

9 80.3 Ze L 79,2 3.2 .976 .90 AY 90

10 80.2 1.8 79.8 2.1 .979 -03 0.94 92

xY 80.0 1.8 OL 2.7 973 47 .93 92

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. XXXVII

Abstract 0f the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

en the month of September, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, de.

gd |S0>

35 MSIE

Sa |3.273 "Y '

o 57% 3 | Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

21 3 ja 3 2 of the Wind.

B| == [Bes

O Inches

1 DR do da Scatd. M $ Li till 1 ?. m. cloudy af-

terwards ; also drizzling at3 «5 P.M.

2| Sunday. | 0.44

E e A S. € $. E. Scatd. clouds ; also drizzling at 1 P. M.

4 127.0 a S. EG $. E. Scatd. —i 4 ni,

9 .. 0.12 [S, E. £G 8. Scatd. Má Li till 6 Pp. m. cloudless

afterwards.

6 . 0.15 |E.4€ 8. Scatd. M € —i till 9 a. m. cloudy till

6 P. M. cloudless afterwards; also

constantly drizzling between 10 A,

M. 4 DP. M.

7 De O Cloudless till 6 A. M. Scatd. clouds till

7 P. M. cloudless afterwards.

8 h 0.35 | E. € W. Cloudy «€ constantly raining in the

afternoon.

9 Sunday. | 1.25

10 AS SA O Cloudy, « slightly drizzling between 3

4 A. M. d also at 9 A. M.

11 E LIS Scatd. clouds till 6 p. mM. cloudless af-

terwards, '

OA. 18. Cloudless till 8 4. Mm. Scatd. clouds till

6 P. M. cloudless afterwards.

13 .. .. |8.6G8S.E.4 S. W. | Cloudless till 5 a. m. Scatd. —i till 9

A. M. cloudy till 9 P. m. cloudless

afterwards ; also drizzling between 4

di D P. M.

14 .. AS Cloudless till 6 a. m. Scatd. clouds till

6 P. M. cloudless afterwards.

15 .. 1.02 |S. E. 48, Cloudy till 7 P. M. cloudless afterwards ;

also raining at14£ 34 4P,M.

16 Sunday.

7 .. asa. E de. Cloudy till 7 P. m. cloudless afterwards ;

also slightly drizzling at 1 P. m.

18 .“. 0.21 | E. Cloudless till S a. m. cloudy afterwards ;

also constantly drizzling between 2

G 8 P.M.

19 .. 0.588 [E.G N. E. Cloudy ; alsoconstantly raining between

1.5.0 Po. Ms

20 .. 0.30 |S. W. 468.4 E, Cloudy; also constantly drizzling be-

tween 14 44. Mm. Galso at 4 P. M.

21 .. .. |[S.W.G W.4NÑN. |Scatd. clouds till 4 P.M, Scatd. -—i

afterwards.

Za 189 1 NS. Cloudless till 8 A. m. Scatd. ni till 8

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

XXXVill Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General'sO/fice, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, dc.

EEES

A EIA

oL 32

e O 3 8 | Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

21 3 [8539 of the Wind.

S 3 A 3

23| Sunday

24| 125.0 | 0.09 | 8. Cloudy, also drizzling at 9 A. M. 4; 5 di

6 P.M.

2301 ISO SS, E Scatd. clouds ; also slightly drizzling

at 10 A. M.

26 e 1.07 [S. W. 6 E. 4 N. Cloudless till 8 A. M. cloudy afterwards ;

slso raining at 11 A. M. dí between 1

G 3 P.M.

27 bi 0.09 |S. á, E. Cloudy ; also drizzling at2 4 6 47

P. M.

28 se 1.46 |E. GS. W. GS, E, | Scatd. clouds ; also raining between 8 d:

9 P. M.

24) A e es 1 Ed SE, 68. Cloudless till 5 1. Mm. Scatd. clouds

afterwards.

30| Sunday.

Mi Cirri, —i Cirro strati, Ni Cumuli, A] Cumulo strati, Wi Nimbi, —i Strati

M 1 Cirro cumuli.

Meteorological Observations. XXXIX

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

an the month of September, 1860.

MonNtTHLY RESULTS.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, Ele 120057

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 A. M. on the 28th, 11 20:796

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 A. M. on the 20th, elo AL

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, ee a AS

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, 5d Se so OS

Ditto ditto Mini Quito, as le Sa .. 29.600

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. «0, 0:180

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, 5 .. 83.4

Max, Temperature occurred at 2 46 3 P. m. on the 22nd « 29th, a 91.2

Min. Temperature occurred at 4 A. M.on the 21st, de Se a

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. .. 14.0

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, .. .. .. 88.5

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, AÑ e E 80.3

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, .. 8.2

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. Ea .. 80.4

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 3.0

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, .. se ala 78.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew-point, 0 4.5

Inches

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, .. .. E O007

¡ Troy grains

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, Se Ss de 10.37

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, .. 1.59

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.87

| Inches

Rained 19 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, .» .. 1.46

Total amount of rain during the month, a .. Ab 7.13

Prevailing direction of the Wind, .. Je me S.£ E.£8, E.

xl Neteorological Observations.

Abstract of” the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taleen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1860.

MoNtTHnLY ResuLrTs.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. Sd Sp. [5] s|,-[5 SE

Hlsl la |] dslels S|a

Nólzl¿l E. ¿4 Flair a

¡ No. of days. |

Midnight. y 0 A E 2 2

1 dl 3/14 12

2 o 3 14 | 21 | 1

3 1 f1 4 |142 11158 [2 |

4 0 4/12 113 |1| | 4

5 A e! alfa pis 12 | 2

6. 0 e Sd Ja6 | 11

' 7 3 NATS6 i [1

8 1 9 1-6 11 3

9 11 91 17 414 (1/1

10 1 s|u4 : 12

11 11 6|28 2

Noon. ¡2 4126 | ¡1

dl 1 13 5 5 a E

2 MIES al 0 A E

3 11112 3 115 pa 21 |1

4 a 41138 Isaia |1 2

5 l 1 os E 141112 111

6 ap 6/14 Pal [11

7 aj | 514 a Pi1

8 2 4124 Sa a

9 2 3ld4 131111) 1 1

10 2 5Blta ls Pi 1

11 2 5 4 13 El

Meteorological Observations. xli

Abstract 0f the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33 1” North. Longitude 88% 20' 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, Suc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

— a,

o o 6

. 2. Range of the Barometer E 2 Range of the Tempera-

de 5 a during the day. al 3 ture during the day.

o = ,

na JE

k — aa

£ 333 Max Min Diff. ap Max Min. | Diff

a+ 5

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O o O o

1. 129,659 129.717 129.600 0.117 82.1 88.2 80.0 8.2

2 ¿632 .679 .570 .109 80.8 83.4 78.7 4.7

3 .646 .697 594 .103 83.5 87.8 80.0 7.S

4 .712 166 655 «IUL 82.9 85.8 81.0 4.8

5 760 .810 706 .104 83.4 88.5 79.6 8.9

6 .831 .883 .786 .097 84.5 91.2 79.4 | 11.8

7 Sunday

S .851 927 .810 Bo Ed lr 84.1 89.4 79.2 | 10.2

y .816 .885 743 .142 81.7 84.6 79.6 5.0

10 .807 .872 760 202 S0.0 81.6 78.4 3.2

11 .348 .920 792 .128 82.9 88.3 78.8 9.5

12 374 .940 .811 .129 82.9 89.0 78.8 | 10.2

13 .890 .959 .329 .130 83.0 90,4 ¿04 E

14 | Sunday.|

15 .348 .925 794 .131 82.7 90.4 79.6 | 10.8

16 .84:7 ¿17 .192 .125 82.6 87.6 79.2 8.4

17 .849 .916 .801 .115 83.2 89.4 79.0 | 10.4

18 .872 .946 .817 .129 82.5 89.2 EPA DI A

| 19 876 .950 .827 .123 81.6 88.4, 75.4 | 13.0

| 20 .395 .921 ¿Sel .110 81.5 88.6 74.8 | 13.8

| 21 | Sunday

| 22 .365 945 .809 .136 82.4 89.0 76.4 | 12.6

| 23 .857 .933 .802 .131 81.3 86.4, 76.4 | 10.0

| 24 .359 .930 .809 .121 81.8 88,8 75,4 | 13.4

| 25 .354 .933 9L .142 82.0 88.8 75.8 | 13.0

| 26 .827 .908 158 .150 81.0 87.8 76.0 | 11.8

| 27 .SO1 .370 137 .133 78.8 89.0 72.6 | 12.4

| 28 | Sunday

| 29 .749 .302 .702 .100 79.3 85.2 74,4 | 10.8

| 30 780 .340 ATA, .121 80.3 87.2 74.6 | 12.6

| 31 .800 .871 741 .130 TAL 85.8 74.0 | 11,8

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-fowr hourly observations made during

the day.

xli1 Meteorological Observations.

dbstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1860.

Daily Means, €c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

S ES ee Ue IS

3 : VA E IS

lo] 2 fl 5 Oo u 8.2

= o “= o 3 A

= - a S AN E RE

Date. a p e E “2 b= 2 S E 5 S E

la = 5 2 2. 132/1198 dep

>. ES o ERA As IN E | 2

oy Ej E ae) == o ES o|325

a D en E 3 sE y EA

3 E p> 8 pa 3> | ¿35 [852] 858.8

= A O [a a = < a

O O O O Inches. ¡ T. gr. | T. gr.

1 80.0 2.1 78.9 3.2 0.967 |10.41 | 1,10 | 0.90

2 78.7 2.1 77.6 3.2 928 .01 06 90

3 79.5 4.0 15 6.0 925 9.92 112.08 83

4 78.6 4,3 76.4 6.5 893 .58 21 81

5 79.3 4.1 77.2 6.2 916 .83 .13 .82

6 79.1 5.4 76.4 8.1 .893 96 .79 17

7 | Sunday.

8 78.9 5.2 76.3 7.8 890 09 .68 78

9 79.1 2.6 77.8 3.9 934 |10.05 | 1.32 88

10 77.9 yn) 76.8 3.2 908 219.77 (rd 90

11 78.5 41,4, 76.3 6.6 890 55 | 2.24 81

12 78.6 4.3 76.4 6.5 893 .58 .21 81

13 79.1 3.9 77.1 5.9 913 30 02 83

14 | Sunday.

15 78.8 ' 3.9 76.8 5-9 905 71 .01 .83

16 79.1 3.5 77.3 5.3 919 .88 | 1.80 85

17 78.2 5.0 75.7 7.5 873 .36 | 2.53 79

18 76.2 6.3 73.0 9.5 801 8.58 | 3.06 74

19 74.7 6.9 71.2 10.4 756 .13 21 72

20 75.6 5.9 72.6 8.9 790 .50 | 2.81 75

21 | Sunday.

22 75.9 6.5 72.6 9.8 .790 A9 3.12 73

23 75.5 5.8 72.6 8.7 .790 .50 | 2.74 76

24 75.7 6.1 72.6 9.2 .190 .90 «90 75

25 76.2 5.8 73.3 8.7 .309 .68 79 76

26 73.2 7.8 69.3 Ll 711 7.64 | 3.50 69

27 71 L ad 67.2 11.6 664 «17 27 69

28 | Sunday.

29 74.4 4,9 71.9 74 778 8.36 | 2.23 Eya9)

30 74.7 5.6 71.9 8.4 173 .34 07 .76

31 71.2 79

67.2 11.9 ¿664 7.17 | 3.36 .68

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations, x1l11i

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1860.

Hourly Means, $c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

23 Range of the Barometer for | E 3 HANS en pe on

OS ' 5 ture for each hour

258: each hour during the ES eos »

2% month. p 3 uring tae

Hour.| £ = E month.

pa A 5 A =

522 | Max. | Min. | DIR | $8 | Max. | Min. | Dif.

= = |

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O | O O 0

Mid- e 00

night. 29.803 |29.888 | 29.655 0.233 d 83.2 76.6 6.6

1 795 .880 .633 247 79.3 82.8 75.6 7.2

2 .189 873 .621 .252 78.8 82.5 74.6 7.9

3 788 .850 ¿623 .227 78.4 82.3 74.0 8.3

4 185 .869 ¿613 .296 78.3 82.6 73.5 9.1

5 .810 .884 ¿613 .271 77.6 81.2 72.6 8.0

6 .818 .900 .635 .265 > DAS 82.2 72.8 9.4

7 .839 ¿019 .698 .261 78.3 81.8 73.2 8.6

| 8 .857 945 ¿682 263 80.4 84.0 75.4 8.6

| ea | 1.9867 | 1.679 0.277.824 | 85. |784 | To

| 10 .873 ,959 .671 .288 83.7 87.0 79.2 7.8

| 11 .895 .944, ¿663 .281 30%. | ¡88.% 79.2 9.0

| Noon.| .831 .909 647 .262 86.3 89.6 79.4 ¡ 10.2

1 .806 .385 ¿604 .281 86.7 90.6 80.2 | 10.4

2 DO .S5l .589 .262 86.9 91.2 s1.3 9.9

3 166 .837 .570 .267 86.4 90.4, 81.2 9.2

4 761 -835 .580 .209 86.0 89 3 s1.6 21

5 .761 .835 .586 .249 84.9 89.2 81.2 8.0

6 Erirp .856 599 - 297 83.2 86.2 80.4 5.8

7 .791 .887 .611 .276 82.0 85.4 78.8 6.6

8 .806 .893 .648 245 81.2 | 84.2 77.6 6.6

9 .821 .896 .657 .239 80.7 83.6 76.4 7.2

10 325 .903 ¿673 .230 80.2 83.6 76.0 7.6

11 .328 .903 674 .229 79.8 83.6 75.2 8.4

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet PRulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the month, .

xliv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1860.

Hourly Means, $c. of the Observations and of the ey pleerncal elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

o A E o ES A o

o La PS] e =0 6 S 0 20

== > BP > e 2 3o [SS

= S = 2 2 E e 2 V 8

A A o a al e

SN A o RO MS o

A O E

S 8 po S pa | 59 | al 3-2”

A a de a a a « >

O O 0 O Inches. ¡Troy grs. Troy grs.

Mid-

night, 76.9 2.7 75.5 4.1 | 0.868 9.38 1.31 0.88

1 77.0 2.3 75.8 3.5 .876 .46 .13 .89

2 76.5 2.3 75.3 3.5 .862 .32 .12 .89

3 76.2 2.2 A. 33 .857 .28 03 .90

de 76.2 2.1 e y .857 .28 .00 .90

5 75.5 2.1 74,4 3.2 .S38 .10 0.97 .90

6 75.8 2.0 74.8 3.0 .849 .20 93 .91

7 76.1 2.2 75.0 3.9 .394, .25 1.03 90 *

S 76.5 3.9 74.5 5.9 .840 .07 .S7 | 399

9 vil 5.3 74.4, 8.0 .838 .00 2.61 78

10 77.2 6.5 73.9 98 324 8.83 3.24 73

ql 77.6 7.6 73.8 | 114 .822 18 .83 70

Noon.| 77.7 8.6 73.4 | 12.9 .811 64, 4.38 .66

1 dede 9.0 73.2 | 13.5 .806 57 .61 65

2 EN 9.2 73.1 13.8 .303 54 Eno «659

3 77.3 9.1 72.7 13.7 .192 A4 .62 .65

4 elrias 8.9 72.6 13.4 .790 AS «48 ¿65

5 71.2 ed 73.3 11.6 .809 .63 3.56 ¿69

6 77.6 5.6 74.8 8.4 .549 9.11 2.78 1,

7 77.4 4.6 75.1 6.9 .857 .21 .26 .80

8 172 4,0 75.2 6.0 .360 .26 1.95 .803

9 77.L 3.6 75.3 5.4 -362 .91 13 .34

10 76.9 3.3 75.2 5.0 .860 A SO .89

11 76.7 3.1 75.1 4.7 897 .20 .90 .86

All the A elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. xly

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taleen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

ñS

ali RE

0 m3

el 52

ans”

1 ...

2 ¿en

3| 136.0

d, Ss

5 135.4

6 144,0

7| Sunday.

al 2137.0

9 vos

10 Sa

El 139.0

12| 127.6

13| 147.0

14. Sundaye

15| 149.0

16| 125.0

17| 142.2

18, 140.0

19| 141.7

20| . 140.0

21: Sunday.

22) 148.4

23 -

24 146.0

Rain Gauge

5 feet above

Ground.

pun

LoS

in the month of October, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, «e.

Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

of the Wind.

¡—_na— _ A

Scatd. Li till 6 4. m. cloudy afterwards

also raining at Noon £ 143P. Mm.

á E. Cloudy also drizzling at 34% 44 7 P. Mo

Scatd. clouds.

« $5. Cloudy.

di. S. Cloudy till 7 A. mM. Scatd. clouds till 4:

P, M. Scatd. —i afterwards.

N. E.GN.|8Scatd. M till 3 P. mM. cloudless after-

wards:

Ss. W.

S, W.dó

S. € W. 68. W. Cloudless till S A. mM. Scatd. clouds till

6 P. mM. cloudless afterwards.

N. 4 8. W. Scatd. —i till 5 A. m. cloudy till 6 p.

M. cloudless afterwards also driz-

zling between 6 4 9 A. M.

S. W. 948, Cloudy, also raining after intervals

between 2 10 A. M.

S. £G E. 46 8. W. Scatd.—l.

W. “S. E. € E. Scatd clouds.

S, Cloudless till 6 A. M. Scatd. clouds till

6 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards, also

slightiy drizzling at 3 P. m.

S, Cloudless till 8 A. M. Scatd. clouds t111

9 Pp. mM. cloudless afterwards.

S. € W. Cloudless till 5 A. M. Scatd. clouds till

6 P. M. cloudless afterwards, also

drizzling between noon 4% 1 p. mM.

W.«“S. «48. W. Cloudless till 5 A. mM. Scatd. clouds till

2 P. mM, cloudless afterwards.

S. W ¿S. € W. Cloudless.

W Era et E) Cloudless.

N. E.4€ W.4 8. Cloudless till 10 A. M. Scatd. clouds

afterwards.

S. E. 4 N. E. Cloudless till 8 A. M. Sceatd. “Mid —i

afterwards.

S. € E. Scatd. —i till 4 a, mM. cloudless till 9

A. M. Scatd. clouds till 4 *. m. cloud-

| less afterwards.

N.E.4NÑN, d W. | Cloudless till 11 A, mM. Scatd ”i till 4

P. M. cloudlesa afterwards,

xlvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, «e.

Es [62

| PAE 2 S | Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

2| 3 (3882 of the Wind. |

al =* 509

Inches

25| 140.0 01 NE Ni W., Cloudless till 10 A. mM. Scatd. —i € Mi

till 9 P. m. cloudless afterwards.

261 143.0 e Ni Ni PWVL Cloudless till 6 a. m. Scatd. M till 3

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

27 123.0 IN NWE Scatd. M € —i.

28| Sunday.| ...

ZO A A Scatd. Wi till 6 a. mu. cloudy after-

wards.

30| 1440 | .. |N. W. “N. Seatd. MEG —i till 9 .. m. cloudless

afterwards.

31; 140.0 E N. 4 W. Cloudless till 3 a. m. Scatd. MúÚú i

till 4 p. Mm. cloudless afterwards.

—

M Cirri, —i Cirro strati, Vi Cumuli, —i Cumulo strati, Wi Nimbi,—i Strati,

Wi Cirro cumuli.

Meteorological Observations. xlvi1

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

an the month of October, 1860.

MoNTHLY RrEsuLrs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, de “s 29.810

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 A. m. on the 13th, .. 29.959

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 3 P. M. on the 2nd, .. 29.570

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, .. .. 0.389

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, 20 e .. 29.876

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, a ¿3 .3 29.754

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. e 0,122

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. .. 81.9

Max. Temperature occurred at 2 P. M. on the 6th, .. .. 91.2

Min. Temperature occurred at 5 A. M. on the 27th, .. ., 72.6

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. 8 18.6

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, ea e “4 87.6

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, 7 3 A 77.5

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, +] 10.1

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, Se pe 76.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, . . 5.0

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, E ed 74,4

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew-point, .. 75

Inches

Mean Elastic force of vapour for the month, .. .. .. 0.838

A »

Troy grains

Mean weight of Vapour for the month, .. “na .. 9.00

Additional weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, 0 2.44,

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.79

Inches

Rained 6 days, Max, fall of rain during 24 hours, 8 .. 1.26

Total amount of rain during the month, .. “. .. 1.68

Prevailing direction of the Wind, .. .. S. € N.

xlv11i Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1860.

MONTHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which ata given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. . d a : el E A a

S E 5 A A E sl... J8l.(S(

al le E eE |s O El E

N. ale. l¿lsz.Zis. (¿lo la w.l¿lz (sli

No. of days. :

Midnight. | 7 A 11 30 Mo ati 2

1 6 4 1 11 3| | 2

2 714 a 1 9 8 dal 1] pl

3 74 1 1 8 E ¡2

4 Br pa 1 1 9 Sie ala UA ES

5 6.13 1 E O o 14

6 7113 3 E A | A:

7 6/11 2 3 7 5 MS Did 3

8 8| 11 1 5 2 4 2.1.1.2.) 1:42 ES

9 6.113 4 2 Y, 212 ee ds :

10 IN EE: 2 Sao al 13 1 e

11 br 2 1 2 5 6| [3 3 )

Noon. | 6 1 3 6 EN A e

A Ardo 1 A O AS a :

2 "17 1 2 3 O O

3 516 3 8 A A O

a A 1 2 E A A pl

5. Fe 11 1 ñ COS si P5 E

6 Ss 1 1 8) |.2 7 dio

7 3 2 1 8.1118 A

8 eS 1 9 | 4 Di ¡1

9 AS 1 1 9 4, 415

10 4 1 1 9 4 E |

A 1 Dl 8 3 81 174 ¡2

Meteorological Observations. xlix

Abstract of the Results off the Howrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General?s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1860.

Latitude 22 33 1” North. Longitude 88% 20' 34” East,

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, $c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

o o e

> o EE Range of the Barometer a 2 Range of the Tempera-

ES S = - during the day. E S ture during the day.

IA LA Os

Fl YE

2 $32 Max Min Diff Ea Max. | Min. | Diff.

ER” =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o O O O

1 |29.792 ¡29.865 | 29.741 0.124. 78.1 85.5 TES ASS

| 9 .813 .888 MZ .116 del. L 86.2 70.0 | 16.2

| S .851 .931 .803 .128 J0,1 89.8 68.0 | 17.8

| 4 | Sunday |

| 5 .935 .992 .898 .094, 78.1 85.4 711.8 | 13.6

6 ¿913 .968 .856 .112 78.8 85.0 74.6 | 10.4

| 7 886 ¿09% se 920 .131 78.1 85.6 73.0 | 12.6

8 .8380 .947 .825 .122 78.9 85.0 74,9 | 10,1

9 .908 975 -860 .115 78.5 86.2 72.4 | 13.8

10 .939 | 30,000 377 .123 77.8 89.2 71.4 | 13.8

| 11 Sunday

12 .964 ¿043 .891 .152 77.8 85.8 71.0 | 14.8

13 970 .042 917 .125 76.6 85.5 69.6 | 15.9

14 4960 ¿034 .989 .145 76.7 86.6 6931 "LS

15 .908 |29.973 .540 .133 76.6 86.6 69.5): L7.L

16 874 .923 .S20 .103 78.0 85.8 72.6 | 13.2

| Y .841 .914 758 .156 79.0 87.2 73.2 | 14.0

18 Sunday

19 182 |* .837 .740 .097 79.4, 88.6 72.8 | 15.8

| 20 .871 .939 .806 133 78.1 87.0 72.0 | 15,0

21 .932 |30.006 .887 .119 77.0 85.6 70.8 | 14.8

22 .958 .029 .913 .116 72.5 82.1 67.0 | 15.1

23 975 .036 .928 .108 70.0 80.9 62.9 | 18.0

24 |30.001 .079 ¿951 .128 69.6 80.3 61.4 | 18.9

25 | Sunday.

26 ¿028 .087 .978 ¿109 | 69.9 80.6 62.4 | 18.2

27 .081 .167 [30.031 .136 69.7 81.2 60.4 | 20.8

28 .077 .149 .017 .132 69.4, 80.6 60.8 | 19.8

29 ,043 .116 |29.956 .160 70.2 80.4 62.8 | 17.6

30 .017 .106 .938 .168 70.9 80.6 63.2 | 17.4

the day.

1 Meteorological Observations.

dbstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1360.

Daily Means, Suc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

o E = 3 g ->o

E A

= o) = a 2 E IS E a

“3 o SS O o 218 o ES US

Date. | a S o de 3 LE2 ls sn|03

ñ= a zz o 11

E ? a = Sy [363 (4385 585

Eu 2 E ss LABRA e:

D 5 3 23 9 Se a

g 0 a a E = Me a Ss 1125 la

gs > 8 PA > | 398 [38882] 88.5

pa A ¡S) a a = |< a

o o 0 O Inches. ¡ T. gr. | T. gr

1 69.4 8.7 65.0 13.1 0.617 6.69 | 3.53 | 0.66

2 69.2 7.9 65.2 11.9 .621 TA 18 68

3 69.0 TH 65.4 10 ¿626 80 | 2.83 71

4 | Sunday :

5 70.9 7.2 67.3 10.8 .666 TI OR 71

6 73.2 5.6 70.4 8.4 .136 97 | 2.47 .76

1 73.6 4.5 71.3 6.8 .758 8.21 ¿01 .80

8 73.7 5.2 vol. E 7.8 758 15 .32 .78

9 71.8 6.7 68.4 10.1 .690 7.47 .38 .72

10 71.0 6.8 67.6 10.2 .672 .29 .34 12

11 | Sunday

12 70.3 7.5 66.5 11.3 .648 .03 | 3.10 .69

13 69.0 7.6 65.2 11.4 .621 6.76 .01 .69

14 69.6 dl 66.0 10.7 .638 .92 | 2.88 E

15 69.9 6.7 66.5 10.1 .648 7.05 M0 AÑ

16 72.3 5.7 69.4 8.6 713 72 47 .16 |

17 73.9 5.1 71.3 1.7 758 8.20 .30 .18

13 Sunday.

19 73.4 6.0 70.4 9.0 .736 7.95 .67 75

20 70.4 7.7 66.5 11.6 .648 .02 | 3.20 69

21 68.2 8.8 63.8 13.2 .593 6.44 AD 65

22 64.8 DN 60.9 11.6 .9039 9.90 | 2.73 68

23 62.5 7.5 58.7 11.3 .501 .52 .48 .69

24 61.4 8.2 57.3 12,3 A7S .26 64 .67

25 | Sunday.

26 62.8 TA 59.2 10.7 .509 .60 .38 .70

27 60.6 dl 56.0 13.7 .458 .03 .90 .63

28 61.3 8.1 57.2 12.2 476 24, .62 .67

29 63.5 6.7 60.1 10.1 .5025 17 .28 .12

30 64.7" 6.2 61.6 9.3 092 6.06 .17 14%

AlU the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations, li

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

“S 2 Range of the Barometer for = a o Ap

ts y le ture for each hour

SES each hour during the a do

0 35 g during the

O Es month, Po month.

Qu. AS 1 A E

aio a =] = : c

332 Max Min Dif. Ss Max. | Min. | Dif£.

> =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. (0) O 19) O

Mid- ; A

night. 29.926 (30.092 |29.773 0.319 72.1 76.8 641.2 | 12.6

1 .923 .080 768 .312 71.3 76.4 63.3 | 13.1

2 .915 .070 760 .310 70.8 76.0 6271 Sa

3 .916 ¿058 .760 .298 70.1 15.7 61.0 | 14.7

4, .905 057 155 .302 70.0 75.0 61.3 | 13.7

5 .910 .062 765 297 69.4 74.7 GUA ISS

6 .936 ¿083 TZ .311 68.9 75.0 60.4 | 14.6

7 .956 .114 196 .318 69.3 75.8 61.2 | 14.6

| 8 .983 ¿198 31% .321 71.9 77.8 62.6 | 15.2

| 9 .998 .161 .836 .325 74.6 79.8 66.4 | 13.4

| 10 .995 ¿107 .836 .331 77.8 81.8 TEO 11 10,8

| 11 976 .146 .837 .309 80.4 84,4 74.6 9.8

Noon .950 .114 792 322 82.5 86.3 76.6 9.7

| 1 .919 .080 (67 SS 83.8 88.0 79.4 8.6

| 2 .896 .046 .744, .302 84.2 88.6 80.3 8.3

| 8 .881 .031 1740 .291 83.6 86.6 79.2 7.4

| 4 .876 .034 746 .288 81.9 85.2 77.5 rará

| 5 .884, .035 .740 .295 79.9 83.2 75.0 8.2

| 6 394 + .039 746 .293 77.8 82.2 71.8 | 10.4

7 .917 .058 173 .285 75.8 80.4 70.0 | 10.4

| 8 .932 074, «791 .283 74.7 794 | 68.0 | 11.4

9 943 ¿084 .198 .286 13.7 78.6 66.9 | 11.7

10 .948 .091 .807 .284 72.8 77.9 65.6 | 12.3

11 .943 .101 .803 .298 72.4, ¿7.6 64.8 | 12.8

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet PBulb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the several hours

during the moníh,

li Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talkeen at the Surveyor General's Ofice, Oalcutta,

in the month of November, 1860.

Hourly Means, €c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Contimued.)

2 > E > o AS NS lA

3 2 o eS 2. a O E 3

Hour 112 3 A a 3 | nay A

32 2 15 sal Sl ls

E 3 E A A o

NS A 2 3 y A E CA

EN po z PA | 338 [322.322 38385

== a $) a == A « >

O O o O Inches. Troy grs. Troy grs.

Mid-

nie 67.9 4.2 65.8 6.3 | 0.634 6.96 1.57 0.82

1 67.3 4.0 65.3 6.0 .623 .85 .48 .82

2 66.8 4.0 64.8 6.0 .613 15 45 .82

3 66.2 3.9 64.2 5.9 .601 ¿61 42 .82

4, 66.2 3.8 64.3 5.7 ¿603 .64 .36 .83

5 65.8 3.6 64.0 5.4 .597 .598 .28 .S4

6 65.1 3.8 63.2 Ad .582 41 .33 33

El 65.2 4.1 63.1 6.2 .580 39 4d .82

8 66.5 5.4 63.8 8.1 .593 00 .98 A

9 68.0 6.6 64.7 9.9 .611 .66 2.54 172

10 69.0 8.8 64.6 | 13,2 ¿609 .60 3.53 65

11 70.1 |,10.3 64.9 | 15.5 .615 .63 4.31 ¿61

Noon. |, 17015, [1240 64.5 | 18.0 .607 52 5.12 .56 E

1 71.0 12.8 64.6 19.2 .609 .92 .98 04

2 TO | 183.2 64.4 | 19.8 ¿605 47 10 53

3 70.7 12.9 64.2 19.4 .601 44 .99 04

4. 70.3 11.6 64.5 17.4 .607 93 4.91 57

5 70.3 9.6 65.5 14,4 .628 US .00 63

6 70.6 7.2 67.0 | 10.8 .659 7.14 2.99 ML

dá 69.9 5.9 66.9 8.9 657 15 .39 .75

8 69.4 5.3 66.7 8.0 .653 LE LA 0d

9 69.0 4.7 66.6 Al .651 .11 1.85 19

10 68.2 4.6 65.9 6.9 .636 6.96 15 .80

11 67.9 4.5 65.6 6.8 ¿630 .90 70 .S0

——_———_—__—_—_—

Al the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. li

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, ác.

3 [S02

E E 3.2 ÁS

MN e 3 | Prevailing direction General Aspect of the Sky.

“ Le E hs 3 S of the Wind.

al «O

(o) Inches

1 149.4 . ¡W.¿£N.Q4N. E. Cloudless.

2 142.0 E W.% N. E.Q£GN. Cloudless.

3 144,5 ne W.“€S. W.G N, E. | Cloudless.

4 Sunday.| ..,

5, 140.0 ES N.£G N. W. € W. | Cloudy till 7 A. m. Scatd. M € —i af-

terwards.

6 de E AIN SW Scatd. clouds.

7 : «o |E.6G N.E.4G N. W. | Cloudless till 5 A. M. Scatd. clouds till

8 P. mM. cloudless afterwards.

S| 123.0 o NE NW. Scatd. clouds till 5 p. Mm. cloudless after-

wards.

5 141.7 an N. Cloudless.

E ALA N. Cloudless till 11 A. m. Scatd. —i 4 ni

afterwards.

11 Sunday. í ...

12| 139.5 a NW de N. Cloudless till S A. mM. Scatd. —i till

4 P. M. cloudless afterwards.

13| 144.5 .. |IN.4«GW.«“€NÑN. W. |Cloudless till 4 A. Mm. Scatd. M «€ —i

till 11 A. u. cloudless afterwards.

14| 142.0 a ll NN. Wi. Cloudless till 11 a, mM. Scatd Mé —i

| till 6 P. Mm. cloudless afterwards.

15| 144,8 eb N. Cloudless till 7 A. m. Scatd. —i till 3

| P. M. cloudless afterwards.

16| 139.0 o NE. 6 Bl. Cloudless till 2 a, mM. Scatd. —i 4% Ni

| atterwards.

| 17| 146.0 NE Scatd. clouds.

| 18| Sunday. ,

| BA ATA. IN. W. Scatd. clouds till 6 p. m. cloudless after-

| wards.

| 201 146.4 NN, We Cloudless.

| 21] 144.4 b N. Cioudless.

0 22| 1390 o Cloudless.

| 231 139.2 sde N. W.GN Cloudless till 11 A. mM. Scatd, M € —i

| till 6 P. m. cloudless afterwards.

| 24| 141.0 A E AT Cloudless.

25, Sunday. .

26| 139.0 s.m IN. W.4W. Cloudless.

2 ' 138.0 .. IN. W.¿4 W. 4% N. | Cloudless.

28| 140.0 ANI Cloudless,

29| 136.0 slo N. W. Cloudless till 5 A. M. Scatd. M € —i

afterwards.

30 136.0 .. |N.W.£N.4GS. W. | Scatd. clouds of different kinds.

M Cirri, —i Cirro strati, 0i Cumui, vi Cumulo ¡Strati, di Nimbi,—i Strati

Wi Cirro cumuli,

liv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of” the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

¿n the month of November, 1860.

MontaLY KeEsuLrTs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, .. .. 29.930

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 A. m. on the 27th, .. 30.167

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 3 4 5 P. m, on the 19th, .. 29.749

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, ye Si 0.427

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, eo ve E 30.000

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, “. de ak 29.874

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. al 0.126

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. .. 75.5

Max. Temperature occurred at 2 P. M. on the 19th, as .. 88.6

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 A. M. on the 27th, .. .. 60.4:

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. el 28.2

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, Pe .. .. 84.4

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, ea Se ES 68.8

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, ale 15.6

: O

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, di al 68.5

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 7.0

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, ¿ sE 65.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean os «point, .. 10.5

Inches

Mean Elastic force of vapour for the month, .. “'. ale 0.617

Troy grains

Mean weight of Vapour for the month, .. Os ole 6.72

Additional weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, “. 2.74

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.71

Inches

Rained No day, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, Nil.

Total amount of rain during the month, .. .. .. Nil,

Preyailing direction of the Wind, .. .. N. € N. W.

Meteorological Observations. lv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Ceneral's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1860.

MONTHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Hour. A: . S . o .

E A E IN

sa E E slo | a E EJE E

Niza E [S/S.E.£] S. ¿ou (SW. (Sl z (aj3l8 ls

No. of days.

Midnight. (15 1 | 1 3 4, 2

1 1 1 3 4,

2 1 q 3 4,

3 1 Ñ 3 4

4 2 2 3

| 5 2 dl 3 5

i 6 3 1 2 6

| 7 4 1 2 6

| 8 4, 1 3 Y

| 9 1 3 1 3 y

| 10 2 3 9

| 11 1 1 1 4 | 8

| Noon. 4 1 1 3 7

| 1 2 1 1 4, id

| 2 1 1 1 F 5 7

| E 3 2 2 2 7

| 4 2 1 2 1 8 1

| 5 2 1 6 9

6 5 2 1 6 7

7 4, 2 1 5 Ñ

8 4, 2 1 5 5

9 4, 2 1 5 5

10 3 1 1 5 4 4

11 3 2 1 5 6 1

Meteorological Observations. : lvil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1860.

Latitude 22% 33" 1” North. Longitude 88% 20” 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18,11

Daily Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

ependent thereon.

E = 8

AS “ Range of the Barometer Aa 5 Range of the Tempera-

E S S during the day. p» E ture during the day.

= 39 a E

Date. ES E

3232 | Max. | Min. | Dif 55 | Max, | Min. | Diff

S ==

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o O o o

1 29.984 | 30.058 | 29.931 0.127 | 70.3 80.4: 63.4 | 17,0

2 | Sunday

3 ¿999 .056 .950 .106 | 68.7 79.0 60.8 | 18.2

4 .989 .075 .943 .132 | 68.9 77.0 60.4 | 16.6

5 [991 .069 937 .132 ¡ 69.7 78.6 62.6 | 16.0

6 977 | .048 .926 .122 | 69.6 79.2 162.1 | 17.1

7 967 | 049 | 903 | 144 | 70.3 | s0.0 | 63.0 | 17.0

8 .994 ¿090 947 ¿143 | 69.4 79.9 61.2 | 18.7

9 | Sunday.

10 30.016 ¿092 .964 | .128 | 67.5 77.6 60.2 | 17.4

11 014 .100 .951 .149 | 66.2 77.2 57.0 | 20.2

12 29.993 .072 .932 .140 | 65.7 77.2 58.0 | 19.2

13 .980 .069 .935 .134 | 65.5 77.0 56.6 | 20.4

14 .998 .080 .946 .134 | 66.4 78.6 58.0 | 20.6

15 30.050 .149 .994 .159 | 65.8 7/.S 57.2 | 20.6

16 | Sunday.

17 29.993 .078 .932 .146 | 65.1 76.6 56.7 | 19.9

18 .984 072 .925 .147 | 65,1 76.4 56.2 | 20.2

| 19 992 063 237 11.126 47 66.3 77.0 57.6 | 19.4

| 20 | 30.007 .083 .937 146 | 66.9 77.6 | 59.6 | 18.0

| ¿al .033 097 IO p 51 122 15 67.1 78.0 59.9 (118.1

| 22 .050 .133 973 .160 | 63.8 75.4 55.0 | 20.4

| 23 | Sunday.

| 24, .050 .124 | 30.009 118 1 > 67.7 78.6 58.4 | 20.2

| 25 .04:8 .126 .003 .123 | 67.8 78.7 59.0 [19.7

26 034, .120 | 29.974 .146 | 66.9 77.6 58.2 | 19.4

27 .028 .110 .990 .120 | 68.5 79,4 58.8 | 20.6

| 28 .023 .095 .980 AG Na 67.7 78.8 58.9 | 19.9

| 29 044 .119 | 30.001 .118 | 67.8 78.6 59.8 | 18.8

30 | Sunday.

31 ¿086 .172 .035 .137 | 63.6 75.6 54.0 | 21.6

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wot Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-four hourly observations made during

the day,

lvi

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1860.

Daily Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

Date.

(0 0 TIO) 0 CN

Mean Wet Bulb Ther-

mometer.

64.1

Sunday.

61.9

63.1

64.5

64.9

64.0

63.4

Sunday.

60.6

59.6

59.3

58.9

59.4

58.9

Sunday.

58.5

59.1

60.0

60.8

59.1

56.4

Sunday.

62.1

61.7

61.0

62.0

61.1

60.2

Sunday.

56.1

EPA AAA A A A - e __- _ _ __ o e

Dry Bulb above Wet.

: cd

O Y “TIN 00 00 [X9)

DD EDO

SD DD

DOoDaDo0

7.5

Computed Dew Point,

[e]

61.0

58.5

60.2

61.9

62.5

60.8

60.4

56.5

59.6

55.0

54.9

59.2

54.8

54.5

55.9

56.2

57.1

54.3

51.2

58.7

58.0

57.5

58.7

57.1

99.6

50.8

: Bulb above Dew

Point.

12.8

Mean Elastic force

Vapour.

Inches.

0.541

498

.527

557

.568

537

.930

.465

«452

ADO

.441

440

435

«150

«461

ATÓ

132

.289

.501

.189

«181

.501

«475

A02

383

ght of Vapour

in a Cubic foot of air.

Mean Wei

.24,

«00

4.28

pour required for com-

plete saturation.

a : Weight of Va-

[e]

«29

dity, complete satura»

Mean degree of Humi-

tion being unity.

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. lix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

3 2 ,s | Range of the Barometer 2 3 Range of the Temperature

== for each hour during ME for each hour during

a 2 the month. Po the month.

A A Sa A S

sg. e = E

S-< 2 | Max Min Diff. | SEG | Max. Min. Difr.

= 5

Inches. | Inches.| Inches.| Inches, 0 0 O o

Mid- [30.006 (30.100 (29.964 | 0.136 | 626 | 66.4 | 57

night E ñ ; B x ñ a

.001 .090 | .949 .141 62.0 66.0 57.0

29.994, 075 945 .130 | 61.3 65.2 56.5

.988 .067 .938 12901 160% 64.4 56.1

.984: ¿051 | .949 .102 | 60.2 63.8 56.8

.999 .079 963 .116 | 59.7 | 64.0 54.1

10811 989 ¿LON DO 63 54,0

.04:1 .131 [30.005 :126 | 593 | 648 54.4

.068 «129. 029 .100 | 62.6 | . 66.8 58.1

.090 .172 | .041 .131 65.9 71.4 61.4

.087 .159 ¿034 .125 69.8 | 74.2 64.6

.071 .140 | .021 «1190 734 77.0 68.8

00D POLO y

NODO“TRRCOoIO 0

O (0 01D UA NA E

(99)

SÓ

Pl pa

Noon. | .039 | .116 29.987 | .129| 75.6 | 785 | 72.4 6.1

1 .006 | .096 | .952 | .144 | 77.1 | s00| 744 5.6

2 |29.982 | .059 | .924 | .135 | 77.9 | 804 | 75.4 5.0

3 aro 0.0% | Lom isa Al 704 di AS 4.6

4, 961. 1.037 | .905: | .182 | 75.2 1. 77.01. 710 6.0

5 965 | .035)| .9197%| Ile 73.21: %758 lo 706 5.2

6 974 | .056 | .927 | .129| 70.4 | 73.0 | 66.8 6.2

7 a (068, | 948, Ll 68.244 71.7 |. 1644 7.3

s |30.006 | .075| .955 | .120 | 66.6 | 698 | 62.4 7.4

8 016. |; .070.1 .962 | .108/| 65.4. |: 69.8.| 60.4 9.4

10 ¿019 | .076 | .977 | .099 | 64.4 | 68.4 | 59.8 8.6

11 016 | .067 | .968 | .099 | 63.5 | 67.2 | 58.9 8.3

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean Dry and Wet Bnlb

Thermometers are derived from the observations made at the- several hours

during the month.

Ix Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's O/Jice, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1860.

Hourly Means, Sc. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

= ¿ E E 3 ao ta a

[0D] o Ne Eos

A Eu] ES Ab Bv Gn O E

(D) a a o “3-2 50 Y Z 32

De. > E > Sa a) a ES a

TT a E 2 235. (Pe

Hour. | FS s A 3 ¡a EA EE

El a > 2 Es pes a, o (5 E E SS o 2

Eo E 5 sul Eo [Fee o

S 8 [ea] Ss ashes a O sl

A 3 p> 8 pa e ¿eos |

E A 6) A = ES g 3

o o 0 o Inches. ¡Troy grs.|Troy grs.

Mid [bas 334,500) 581 040780) 528, | UU IOsS

mig. : z E 4 ; ' E

1 58.8 3.2 56.6 5.4, .467 .23 .02 .S1

2 58.3 3.0 55.9 5.4, 4156 UE .01 .84

3 57.8 2.9 55.5 5.2 ¿450 .05 0.95 94,

4 57.5 2.7 55.3 4.9 447 .02 .S9 .85

5 56.9 2.8 54.7 5.0 138 4.92 .90 .85

6 56.6 2.6 54.5 4.7 135 .89 .S4 .35

7 56.6 2.7 54.4 4.9 134, .87 .87 .85

8 58.3 4.3 55.3 7.8 447 5.00 1:37 479

9 60.1 5.8 56.6 9.3 «467 .18 .88 13

10 CEJA 7.9 57.9 11.9 «488 .36 2.59 .67

11 63.2 9.9 58.2 14,9 «493 .38 3,41 .61

Noon. 63.7 11.9 577 17.9 485 .26 4,22 .56

il 64,2 129 57.7 19.4 «185 25 .67 53

2 64.6 13.3 57.9 20.0 .488 .27 .S9 .52

3 64.0 13.4 57.3 20.1 ¿478 .17 .S4 .52

4, 63.3 11.9 57.3 17.9 478 .20 N7 .56

5 63.5 9.7 58.6 14.6 499 40 3.37 .62

6 63.5 6.9 60.0 10.4 023 75 2.35 71

7 62.6 5.6 59.2 90 .009 ¿63 1.95 14

8 62.1 4.5 59.4 7.2 513 .68 93 .79

9 61.2 4.2 587 6.7 .501 .56 .39 .S0

10 60.6 3.8 57 9 6.5 .488 .41 .39 .80

ad 59.9 3.6 57.4 6.1 «180 .39 .20 .82

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constante.

Meteorological Observations. 1xi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

talcen at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1860.

Solar Radiation, Weather, ác.

as (hÉ

38 E

o: oro)

2 m3 ds o

O Inches.

EPISSO |...

2, Sunday.

8| 135.0 ..

4 121.5 ..

USO |...

OIES0 |...

E TAQ.O | ..

8 139.4 ..

9| Sunday.

10. 134,2 ..

LA 139.0 | ..

da ASg.O |...

13 135.6 ..

14 136.7 po

A is

16| Sunday.

17; 132.0 ..

18| 133.0 .

20/ 1340] ..

21| 136.0 ..

22| 134.0 ..

23| Sunday.

23. 136.0 |...

25| 135,0 | ..

26 136.0 ..

E 136.0 |...

e 1372 |...

am 157.0 | ..

30| Sunday.

31! 131.4

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

N. € N. W.

N. € W.

S. W.€8S.E.4N.

E.G6N E, 8 N.

er 43 e

AZ de qa A

334323 2

A a A

€ N. E.

di $.

€ W.

€ N. W.

W.4nN.

GS. W.

N. € W.

ad 2

General Aspect of the Sky.

Scatd. clouds till 4 p. mu. cloudless after-

wards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 10 A. M. Scatd. —i after-

wards.

Cloudless till 10 A. mM. Scatd. clouds

till 4 p. x. cloudless afterwards ; also

fogey after 9 P. M.

Cloudless till 10 A. mM. Scatd. clouds

afterwards ; also foggy between Mid-

night «65 A, Mo.

Cloudless.

Cloudlegss.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 5 A. M. Scatd. —i till 10

A. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless ; also foggy after 9 P. M.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 11 A. mM. Scatd. —i till

5 P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 6 A. m. Scatd. —i till 4

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 5 A. Mm. Scatd. M € —i

till 5 P, mM, cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 6 A. Mm. Scatd. Md Li

till 6 P. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 2 A. Mm. Scatd. —i € Mi

afterwards,

Cloudless.

Mi Cirri, —i Cirro strati, Vi Cumuli, "-1 Cumulo strati, Wi Nimbi, —i Strati

hi Cirro cumuli.

1xii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Houwrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

y in the month of December, 1860.

MontHLY ResuLTs.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, Sa .. 30.012

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 A. M. on the 31st, sa 072

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 P.M. on the 7th, .. 29.905

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, SS 20 1.0207

Mean of the Daily Max. Pressures, Sd .. .. 30.092

Ditto ditto Mia, “dubto, .. => “s 80 1129.939

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month, .. 01139

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. .. 67.2

Max, Temperature occurred at 2 P. M. on the 1st, .. .. 80.4

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 A. m.on the 31st, A .. 54,0

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. .. 26.4

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature, .. .. .. 78.0

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, ES Se di 58.9

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month, .. 19.1

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month,.. e .. 60.8

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 6.4

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, .. .. .. 57.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew-point, de 10.2

Inches

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, .. .. 2.550.478

Troy grains

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, .. .. de 5.23

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saburation, .. 2.12

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saburation being unity, 0.71

Inches

Rained No. days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, «»e .. Nil.

Total amount of rain during the month, > .. .» Nil.

Preyailing direction of the Wind, .. .. .. N. € N. W.

Meteorological Observations. 1xi11

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1860.

MoNtTHLY RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Missed,

Midnight. 16

al pa pl

RA A Al Al

N WI

a] a | [|

Hour. lA sp ¡o o O o le

sl |s sa |.3 AE = 1=i

A E S.[3P .. 3] .[al [3] «sf (31:

NSlz Sp E. [jo ala aja als (e y

No. of days

=RO000* TODA NN

pun

R*+DFDDDN»A

N NR 02 NN

QOUN E 010 0 NA NDN

RN NINA

bd) 9

hal

pl pal

Noon, 10

RR hp

=R000-7T0DDA NN

pue

WN W WN NN NY Ar dwnny

al pl pl ll pl

Ra A A A A

RA a A a

DN FDDDND»y»

HN NWONNDNNNO0NNwO

papa

QUO DDD ANwO-700

EA A

$e e

GEN

A A

du ya

e ela

eo. 42

, »

ron dt per q

payo

«ana ye ppp

qq - yola

yr mo de

p-4 , -i --. Lo

A A o

dh A p-

p...n-

-pe e urb.

TARA ph

me. y- 4...

es.

mb he o

pr $4 A en

A dd

-rosotst a.

E o

a qe

2... q E

bn |

Lies

AAA

Lorazas

eiii

POE nr

de bh

unta cria nes

to ap e su.

....s

a lp

o...

PS A

. sa

arre

da 0 e o A

hepsthoe

<b> hn... 8-4.

nd to

yu mriós

pon

oh ce

na. %

mm.“ -4sD-.

16/12

37 1]

em Es

AA 2

ei--4-e

eL.

eqónta

h- ee

O a tol

...

pe dr

1.95

eE ha en

o a

e e

ES Y

2 y 1 4h

Na =1 y

a a

pet

a e

ip a e >

AA E A

¡ap oa a

40-454

pa/-..9

eb. r

qna”

Fea 1% má

eri. y.

Ln IDO

A E toco ld

J-

41m.”

pares

e” ab.

131

13 es $ ..:

EAS

aseo

CARA

DIyiFe io

Dad

.7s

Oi .r

pd Pt

ae.

: PEA

Hb,

Seta?

5es

dad

2191

RAS

qm 6 hi

4 da -Ú

2 y

ade

“e

A o

«grrr ue

nat 4 e

(.l

-q.p-d

de As

=Yrb

> el

FUI o?»